ml mf

•■ H

\

.

■

■

I . .'

• '

i

'

.

■

".

:

.

■

.

•

-

■ ■

-*. •* -•"

.

■

"*&

•

•••

• ]

•

•

		.*,.
•	.
	'

*-.

' ■

MARYLAND

m/gfi

_ _ ,_ j

s* J^

GRADUATE CATALOG 1987-1988

COLLEGE PARK

J4

■ ■

•

■

;

■

'

"

'

32

Registration and Credits

'

■'

■

■

i

s

J

1

.

\

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the depart- ment or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for graduate level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 799 and 899, for undergraduate credit.

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with a grade of "B" or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in the appropriate or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain prior approval of the department offering the course.

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent de- partmental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor may the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland.

Credit by Examination

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general rule, credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a con- tinuing interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of advanced study.

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the student is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain the consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. Once the student begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded.

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are avail- able or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course re- gardless of the number of credits or units to be earned.

Transfer of Credit

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at region- ally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may be applied toward master's degrees at the University of Maryland. There is no need for transfer of credit at the doctoral level. All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the following criteria:

1. They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned.

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree previously earned.

3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to degrees awarded by the Graduate School.

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree pro-

-

I

i

!

m. mi m-e m,

!

!

;

Registration and Credits

gram the student is pursuing at Maryland.

5. The student must have earned a "B" or better in the courses offered for transfer credit.

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement.

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School as promptly as possible for its review and decision.

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less than a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to the participants must meet the following criteria:

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit.

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture.

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session.

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits)

3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per week.

Course and Credit Changes

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change be- tween audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the listed range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the ne- cessary approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The dead- lines are published each term in the "Schedule of Classes;" the procedures governing each of these transactions are listed below.

Procedures for Dropping a Course

A graduate student may drop a course through the 10th week of classes in a term by submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registrations Office, North Administration Building. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for each drop processed after the 10th day of class. There is no refund of tuition and fees for drops processed after the 5th class day (see "Schedule of Classes").

Procedure for Adding a Course after Registration

A graduate student may add a course until the 10th day of classes in a term (see "Schedule of Classes" for precise date each term), without paying the $2.00 adminis- trative fee and without Graduate School approval.

To add a course:

Submit Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registration Office, North Administration Building (an appointment is necessary during the first ten days of class. See "Schedule of Classes" for further details).

i

*Tfc

s •

BOARD OF REGENTS

Mr. Allen L. Schwait, Chairman

Mrs. Constance C. Stuart, Vice Chairman

Dr. Joel A. Carrington, Secretary

Mr. A. Paul Moss, Treasurer

Mrs. Betty R. Coss, Assistant Secretary

Mr. John J. Mattras, Jr., Assistant Treasurer

The Hon. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr., Ex Officio

Ms. Geraldine Aronin

Mr. Frank J. De Francis

Mr. George V. McGowan

Mr. Julius A. Rainess

Mr. Robert F. Tardio

Mr. Albert W. Turner

Mr. Rodney Lydell Tyson

Mr. John W. T. Webb

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Dr. John S. Toll, President

Dr. Raymond J. Miller, Vice President for

Agricultural Affairs

Mr. Donald L. Myers, Vice President for General

Administration

Dr. Patricia S. Florestano, Vice President for

Governmental Affairs

Dr. David S. Sparks, Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Graduate Studies and Research

Dr. Jean E. Spencer, Acting Vice President for

Policy and Planning

Mr. Robert G. Smith, Vice President for University

Relations

OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

Dr. John B. Slaughter, Chancellor

Dr. William E. Kirwan, Vice Chancellor for

Academic Affairs and Provost

Mr. Charles F. Sturtz, Vice Chancellor for

Administrative Affairs

Dr. A. H. Edwards, Vice Chancellor for Institutional

Atffmrs {£dL*h*s~>jis%+4s*J~

Dr. William L. Thomas, Jr., Vice Chancellor for

Student Affairs

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL, COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

Dr. Jacob K. Goldhaber, Acting Dean for Graduate Studies and Research

Cover Design by: Michael A Abemethy

Design Service Project

Cover photo provided by University Book Center.

GRADUATE CATALOG

The University of Maryland College Park

1987-1988

Raphael. Apollo and the Nine Muses, detail from Parnassus, Stanza della Segnatura, Vatican. Scala New York/Florence. Photo provided by Art Resources, NY, NY.

A Guide to Graduate Programs

A Guide to Graduate Programs

Graduate Program (course code)

Aerospace Engineering (ENAE)

Degrees Offered Page Contact Person

MS.. Ph D

Agricultural & Extension Education M.S., Ph.D. (AEED) A.G.S. Certificate

Agricultural & Resource Economics	M.S. Ph D
(AREC)
Agricultural Engineering	M.S., Ph.
(ENAG)
Agronomy	M.S., Ph.D.
(AGRO)
American Studies	M.A.. PhD
(AMST)
Animal Sciences	M.S., Ph.D.
(ADVP)
Anthropology	MA. A
(ANTH)
Applied Mathematics	M.A., Ph.D.
(MAPL)
Architecture	M Arch
(ARCH)
Art (History or Studio Art)	M.A.. M.FJ
(ARTS)
Astronomy	M.S.. PhD
(ASTR)
Biochemistry	M.S.. Ph.D.
(BCHM)
Botany	M.S., Ph.D.
(BOTN)
Business & Management	M.S., MBJ
(BMGT)
Business/Law Combined	MBA. J.D
(LMBA>

69

70

71

73

74

75

77

79

79

83

89

91

92

96

Dr Sung Lee

Bldg. 088

454-8767

Dr. Merl Miller

Rm. 0220, Symons Hall

454-3738

Dr Bruce Gardner

Rm. 2210, Symons Hall

454-3807

Dr Fred Wheaton

Rm. 1124, Shriver Lab.

454-3901

Dr. Marvin Aycock

Rm. 1 109, H.J. Patterson Hall

454-3718

Dr John Caughey

Rm 2140, Taliaferro

454-2533

Dr. John Vandersall

Rm. 4151, Animal Science Bldg.

454-7848

Dr. Michael Agar

Rm. 1115, Woods Hall

454-5069

Ms. Ann Barlied

Rm. 1112, Glenn L. Martin Bldg

454-2841

Stephen F. Sachs

Rm. 1205. Architec. Bldg.

454-3427

Ms. Connie McCuIley

Rm 1211, Art/Soc.

454-3431

Dr. Leo Blitz

Rm 0233. Computer & Space

Sciences Bldg.

454-6061

Dr Marcia Durso

Rm. 1320. Chemistry Bldg.

454-2606/05

Dr. Glenn Patterson

Rm. 1210, H.J. Patterson Hall

454-3812

Ms. Mary Ann Walsh

MBA Coordinator

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall

454-5140

Ms Mary Ann Walsh Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 454-5140

A Guide to Graduate Programs

Business/Public Affairs Combined M.B.A., M.P.M. 96

(BMPM)

97

Chemical Engineering (ENCH)	M.S., Ph D.
Chemical Physics (CHPH)	M.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry (CHEM)	M.S., Ph.D.
Civil Engineering (ENCE)	M.S., Ph.D.
Classics (CLAS)	M.A.
Communication Arts &Theatre (CMRT)	M.A.,M.F.A.,Ph.D (see Public Communication)

Counseling & Personnel Services (EDCP)

Criminal Justice & Criminology (CRIM)

Curriculum & Instruction (EDCI)

98

100

102

103

105

Comparative Literature M.A., PhD

(CMLT)

Computer Science M.S., PhD

(CMSC)

106

107

M.Ed.. M.A . Ph.D. 109

Integrated Master's

AGS Certificate

MA, PhD 112

M. Ed, M.A, Ed. D. 113

Ph D.. AGS Certificate

Economics M.A., Ph D

(ECON)

Education Policy, Planning &

Administration

(EDPA)

Electrical Engineering M.S., Ph D

(ENEE)

Engineering Materials M.S., Ph.D.

(ENMA)

115

MA, M.Ed.. Ed. D, 117

Ph.D.. AGS Certificate

118

120

Ms. Mary Ann Walsh

Rm. 3104. Tydings Hall

454-5140

Dr. Ted Smith

Rm. 2115, Chemical Engr Bldg

454-2431

Ms. Diane Mancuso

Rm. 1109, Inst, for Physical

Science & Technology

454-3839

Dr. Marcia Durso

Rm 1320, Chemistry

454-2606/05

Dr. James Colville

Rm. 1I73D. Bldg. 088

454-6617/2438

Dr Robert J Rowland. Jr.

Rm. 4220. Jiminez Hall

454-2510

Dr. Edward L. Fink

Speech

454-5122

Dr. Gene Weiss

Radio- Television-Film

454-6218

Dr Harry J. Elam

Theatre

454-6210

Tawes Fine Arts Bldg.

454-2541

Dr Ralph Heyndels

Rm. 4223. Jiminez Hall

454-2685

Ms Anna Marie Brennan

Rm. 2313, Computing & Space

Sciences Bldg

454-2003/04

Dr E. G. Campbell

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg

454-2015/3443

Dr. Charles Wellford

Rm. 2220. Le Frak Hall

454-4538/5318

Dr. E. G Campbell

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg

454-2015/3443

Dr John Adams

Rm. 31 15G. Tydings Hall

454-3451

Dr. E. G. Campbell

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg.

454-2015/3443

Dr Charles Silio. Jr.

Rm. 3179D. Electrical Engineering

454-4173

Dr Manfred Wuttig

Rm 1110. Chemical Engr. Bldg.

454-1609

A Guide to Graduate Programs

English Language & Literature (ENGL)

M.A., Ph D

Entomology (ENTM)	M.S.,	PhD
Family & Community Development (FMCD)	M.S.
Food, Nutrition & Institution Administration (FNIA)	M.S.,	Ph.D.
Food Science (FDSC)	M.S.,	Ph.D.
French Language & Literature (FRIT)	MA.	, Ph.D.
Geography (GEOG)	M.A.	, Ph.D.
Geography/Library & Information (GELS)	M.A.	, MLS.
Geology (GEOL)	M.S.,	Ph.D.
Germanic Language & Literature (GERS)	M.A.	, Ph.D.
Government & Politics (GVPT)	M.A.	, Ph.D.
Health Education (HLTH)	MA.	, Ph.D.
Hearing & Speech Science (HESP)	M.A.	, Ph.D.
History (HIST)	M.A.	, Ph.D.
History/Library & Information Services (HILS)	M.A.	, M.L.S.
Horticulture (HORT)	M.S.,	PhD
Human Development (EDHD)	M.Ed Ph.D.	., M.A., Ed.D., , AGS Certificate

121

122

124

125

126

129

130

Industrial. Technological & Occupational Education (EDIT)

M.Ed., M.A., Ed.D.. Ph.D., AGS Certificate

132

133

134

135

136

137

141

142

143

145

Dr. Theresa Coletti or

Dr. John Howard

Rm . 1131, Taliaferro

454-4109

Dr. Robert F. Denno

Rm. BOOB, Symons Hall

454-3843

Dr. Roger Rubin or

Dr. Leda Wilson

Marie Mount Hall, Suite 1204

454-2142/6461

Dr. Merrill Read

Rm. 3304, Marie Mount Hall

454-2139

Dr. Robert Wiley

Rm. 11 22 A, Holzapfel Hall

454-3611/2829

Dr. William MacBain

Rm 3122. Jiminez Hall

454-4303

Dr. Kenneth Corey

Rm. 1113, LeFrak Hall

454-2241

Dr. Kenneth Corey

Rm. 1113, LeFrak Hall

454-2241

Dr. Henry Siegrist

Rm. 4101, Geology Bldg.

454-3548

Dr. Christoph Herin

Rm. 3215, Jimenez Hall

454-4301

Dr. Don Piper

Rm. 2181F. Le Frak Hall

454-6745

Dr. Robert Gold

Rm. 2383, Physical Education

Recreation and Health

454-3055/2629

Dr. Gerald McCall

Rm. 0100, Le Frak Hall

454-5831

Dr Ronald Hoffman

Rm. 2102G. Francis Scott Key Hall

454-2846

Ms. Jean Diepenbrock

Dr. Ronald Hoffman

Rm 4110, Hombake Library

454-3016/2846

Dr. Theophames Solomos

Rm. 1122, Holzapfel Hall

454-6504

Dr. E. G. Campbell

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg.

454-2015/3443

Dr. E. G. Campbell

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg.

454-2015/3443

6 A Guide to Graduate Programs

Journalism	MA., (Ph D. see Public	146
(JOUR)	Communication)
Library & Information	MLS.. Ph.D.	148
Services
(LBSC)
Linguistics	MA.. Ph.D.	150
(LING)
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental	M.S.. Ph.D.	151
Sciences
(MEES)
Mathematical Statistics	MA. Ph.D.	153
(STAT)
Mathematics	M.A.. Ph.D.	155
(MATH)
Measurement. Statistics	M.A., Ph.D.	157
and Evaluation
(EDMS)
Mechanical Engineering	M.S., Ph.D.	159
(ENME)
Meteorology	M.S.. Ph.D.	161
(METO)
Microbiology	M.S., Ph.D.	165
(MICB)
Music	MM.. DMA., Ph.D.	167
(MUSC)
Nuclear Engineering	M.S.. Ph.D.	170
(ENNU)
Nutritional Sciences	M.S., Ph D.	171
(NUSC)
Philosophy	M.A., Ph.D.	171
(PHIL)
Physical Education	M.A., Ph.D.	173
(PHED)
Physics	M.S.. Ph.D.	176
(PHYS)
Poultry Science	M.S., Ph D	179
(POUL)
Psychology	M.S., MA.. PhD	179
(PSYC)

School of Public Affairs (Public Management and Public Policy)

M.P.M., M.P.P.

181

Dr. L. John Martin

Rm 2104. Journalism

454-5040

Ms Jean Diepenbrock

Rm 4110, Hombake Library

454-3016

Kathi Faulkingham

Rm. 1107, Mill Bldg.

454-7002

Dr. Robert E. Menzer

Rm. 0313, Symons Hall

454-3714

Dr. Paul Smith

Rm. 1107, Mathematics Bldg.

454-4944

Dr. Jeffrey Cooper

Rm. 1106, Mathematics Bldg.

454-2841

Dr. E. G. Campbell

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg.

454-2015/3443

Dr. Colin H. Marks

Rm. 2168, Eng. Classroom Bldg.

454-4261

Dr. Robert G. Ellingson

Rm. 2201, Computer & Space

Science Bldg.

454-2708

Dr Anthony MacQuillan

Rm. 3112A, Skinner Bldg.

454-5370

Mr Jack Cooper

Rm. 2110, Tawes Fine Arts Bldg.

454-6554

Dr. Frank Munno

Rm 2309. Chemical Engineering

454-2430/2436/2812

Dr. Joseph H Soares, Jr.

Rm. 2145. Animal Sciences Bldg.

454-7838/5062

Dr. Jerrold Levins

Rm. 1131. Skinner Hall

454-2850/2851

Dr. David Kelley

Rm. 2343. Phys. Ed.. Recreation

& Health Bldg

454-2928

Mrs. Jean Clement

Rm 1120. Physics & Astro. Bldg.

454-3514

Dr. Owen P Thomas

Rm. 3129, Animal Science Bldg.

454-3837

Dr Barry Smith

Rm. 1 147, Zoo-Psych Bldg.

454-6392

Ms. Lynn E. Chasen

Suite 2106, Morrill Hall

454-7238

A Guide to Graduate Programs

184

186

187

189

190

192

194

195

197

Dr. Thomas J. Ay I ward

Km 1206. Tawes Fine Arts Bldg.

454-4373/2541

Dr. Adah Strobell

Rm. 2363, Phys. Ed. & Health

454-3388/2930

Dr. Joseph Lengermann

Rm. 2103. Art/Soc. Bldg.

454-5933

Dr. Eduard Gramberg

Rm. 2215G, Jiminez Hall

454-4305/6

Dr. E. G Campbell

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg.

454-2015/3443

Dr. B. F. Smith

Rm. 2100, Marie Mount Hall

454-5150

Dr. Judd Nelson

Rm. 0300, Symons Hall

454-7134

Ms. Barbara Williams

Rm. 1113, LeFrakHall

454-2662

Dr. J. David Allan

Rm. 2233, Zoo-Psych Bldg.

454-7300

Public Communications	Ph.D.
(PCOM)
Recreation	M.A.	, Ph.D.
(RECR)
Sociology	M.A.	Ph.D.
(SOCY)
Spanish Language & Literature	M.A.,	Ph.D.
(SPAP)
Special Education	M.Ed	, M.A.
(EDSP)	Ph.D.	.AGS
Textiles and Consumer Economics	M.A.	Ph.D.
(TXCE)
Toxicology	M.S.,	Ph.D.
Urban Studies	M.A.
(URBS)
Zoology	M.S.,	PhD.
(ZOOL)

Contents

Contents

Part 1: General Information Admission to Graduate School

General 11

Criteria for Admission 11

Eligibility 12

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 13

Non-degree Admission Categories 13

Offer of Admission 16

Change of Status or Program 16

Termination of Admission 17

The Admission Process 17

Admission of Faculty 19

Application Instructions 19

International Students 19

Records Maintenance and Disposition 20

Fees and Expenses

Graduate Fees 20

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and

Charge-differential Purposes 21

Payment of Fees 22

Refund of Fees 22

University Refund Statement 23

Fellowships, Assistantships, and Financial Assistance

Fellowships 24

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 24

Assistantships 25

Work-Study Program 25

Graduate Tuition Grants 25

Loans and Part-time Employment 26

Veterans Benefits 27

Contents

Registration and Credits

Academic Calendar 27

Developing a Program 27

Course Numbering System 28

Designation of Full and Part-time Students 28

Minimum Registration Requirements 29

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 29

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 29

The Inter-Campus Student 30

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 30

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 31

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 32

Credit by Examination 32

Transfer of Credit 32

Course and Credit Changes 33

Grades for Graduate Students 35

Computation of Grade Point Average 35

The Academic Record 36

Degree Requirements

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees ... 36 Graduate School Requirements for the M. A., M.S.

Thesis Option 37

Non-thesis Option 37

Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree 38

Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 38

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees . . 38

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 39

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 40'

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the

Dissertation Defense 41

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis

or Dissertation 42

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 42

Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 42

Time Extension Governing Degrees 42

Waiver of Regulations 43

Commencement 43

1 0 Contents

Resources

Location 43

Special Research Resources 44

Special Opportunities for Artists 45

Libraries 45

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 47

Consortia 61

Student Services

Housing 64

Dining Services 65

Career Development Center 65

Counseling Center 66

Health Care 66

Health Insurance 66

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 67

Part 2: Graduate Programs 69

Part 3: Graduate Course Descriptions 201

Part 4: The Graduate Faculty 517

Part 5: Other University of Maryland Campuses 593

Part 6: Appendices 595

University Policy Statements 595

Policies on Non-Discrimination 595

Resolution on Academic Integrity 595

Code of Student Conduct 598

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 598

Index 605

Campus and Area Maps

Admission to Graduate School 1 1

General Information

Admission to Graduate School

General

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and the staff, who regularly seek the advice of the de- partment chair and graduate admission committees of the academic programs in mak- ing their decisions. In the case of foreign student applicants, the University's Director of International Education Services is also consulted. Standards applied by the Graduate School and individual programs are to insure that students admitted have high qualifications and a reasonable expectation of successfully completing a graduate program. Standards for admission to doctoral programs are frequently higher than those for admission to master's programs. In many degree programs applications by qualified students for admission to graduate study regularly exceed the number of stu- dents who can be accommodated. In order to maintain programs of outstanding quali- ty, the number of spaces in each program is limited according to the availability of fa- culty, special resources, and funds for students requiring financial assistance. The Graduate School admits the most highly qualified applicants up to the limit of the number of spaces in each program.

Criteria for Admission

Those who have earned or will earn a bachelor's degree at a regionally accredited college or university in the United States, or the equivalent of this degree in another country, will be considered for admission to the Graduate School at UMCP.

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a combina- tion of the following criteria according to requirements of the specific program or de- partment:

1. Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The Graduate School requires as a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, in a program of study resulting in the award of a bac- calaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or university. If an applicant has studied at the graduate level elsewhere less weight may be, but is not necessarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate academic record. Some programs may require a minimum grade aver- age higher than 3.0 for admission.

2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable success in graduate school. Usually these letters are from the applicant's former professors who are able to give an in-depth evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses with respect to academic work. Additional recommendations may come from employers or supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's work experience. Applicants should instruct their references

1 2 Admission to Graduate School

to send all letters of recommendation directly to the program in which they desire entrance. (See application form.)

3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the predictive utility of these scores may vary from one group of applicants to another, a discriminating use of all relevant materials will be made in each applicant's case. The three most widely used standardized ex- aminations are the Graduate Record Examinations, Graduate Management Admissions Test, and the Miller Analogies Test.

GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS (GRE): Although many graduate programs do not require the GRE, almost all will use such test scores as an additional measure of an applicant's qualifications. The GRE may be taken in either or both of two forms: The General Test and The Advanced Test. Applicants can take this test in their senior year or when filing for admission. For details, applicants should write directly to Graduate Record Examinations, Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, NJ 08540.

GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST (GMAT): Details about this test, required when applying to a program in Business and Management, can be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, Box 966, Princeton, NJ 08540.

THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about the grad- uate form of this test can be obtained by writing to the Director, Counseling Center, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please see the List of Graduate Programs in this catalog and the instructions accompanying application forms.

4. Statement by the applicant of academic career objectives and their relation to the intended program of study. These statements help the department or program identify students whose objectives are consonant with the objectives of the program.

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other evidence of graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work, completion of specialized examinations, or personal interviews.

Notes about Eligibility for Admission

1. Prospective students may apply for admission to the University of Maryland during or after their final year of undergraduate study, but must furnish proof of graduation before the end of their first term of enrollment at the University.

2. Prospective students applying for admission to a graduate degree pro- gram in a field of specialization in which they already hold that same degree or its equivalent may do so only if the previous degree program was of substantially different character or was not accredited.

Admission to Graduate School 1 3

3. Prospective summer-only students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions should check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to de- termine if the courses they wish to take will be offered. To obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

4. Non'U.S. Citizens who are permanent residents and or immigrants may use regular applications. Other non-U. S. citizens must use the International Student Application Form obtainable from the Office of Graduate Admissions, Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

Categories of Admission to Degree programs

Applicants for degree programs may be admitted to either full or provisional status as outlined below:

Full Graduate Status

Applicants admitted to full graduate status must have submitted official documents indicating a completed baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution (or the equivalent) and be otherwise fully qualified in the judgment of the individual program and the Graduate School.

Provisional Graduate Status

Students may be admitted to provisional status because:

1. The previous academic record is borderline or prerequisite coursework in the chosen field is insufficient; or

2. The applicant has majored in another field with a creditable record but has not yet clearly demonstrated abilities in the proposed new field; or

3. The applicant has completed the baccalaureate degree but has not yet submitted official verification of the last semester's work and receipt of the degree.

Official transcripts indicating receipt of the degree must be submitted before the end of the first semester.

A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will be outlined by the faculty and the student is expected to become fully qualified within a specified time limit. When all conditions have been met, the department may recommend admission of the student to full status. Students who are unable to qualify for full admission under the conditions specified may have their admission terminated.

Non-degree Admission Categories

Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status

The Advanced Graduate Specialist Program is designed to promote a high level of professional competence in an area of specialization in the field of education. The candidate must be able to show that he or she can operate as an effective counselor, administrator, teacher or skilled person in a major field of professional endeavor. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs in

1 4 Admission to Graduate School

the College of Education and the Agricultural and Extension Education program in the College of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by the College of Agriculture. Requirements are as follows:.

1. Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as are prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have completed a master's degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at the University of Maryland or at another regionally accredited institu- tion. The Miller Analogies Test scores are required at the time of ap- plication.

2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a "B" from an accredited institution may be transferred to the program at the University of Maryland.

3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and filed with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education.

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a mini- mum of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester hours of credit completed with the University of Maryland. At least one half of the credits earned either at other institutions or at the Uni- versity of Maryland must be in courses comparable to those in the 600-800 series. The student may be required to take a substantial por- tion of the program in departments other than those in the College of Education or the College of Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds of field study, field experience, apprenticeship or internship may also be required.

5. There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B" average with no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the certifi- cate can be awarded.

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures; Advanced Graduate Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education.

Advanced Special Student Status

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to indi- viduals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take graduate level courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is to conduct pro- grams of graduate instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty wel- comes, to the extent that resources allow, qualified students who have no degree ob- jectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies of diplomas will be accepted with the application for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the first semester of enrollment, the student must submit official copies of all required documents. Official transcripts must be submitted from all institutions except the University of Maryland, College Park.

Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must satisfy one of the following criteria:

1 . Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official

Admission to Graduate School 1 5

transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate de- gree requirements.

2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited institution. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the award of a master's or doctoral degree.

3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and have at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate work or professional experience. Applicants must submit an official tran- script showing the award of the baccalaureate degree.

4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile of appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analogies Test, the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where different percentiles are possible, the Graduate School will determine which score is acceptable.

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will normally continue for five years. If there is no registration in three consecutive academic year semesters, the admitted status will lapse, after which a new application will be required.

Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average.

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students in this status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research Assistants or Fellows, or receive other forms of financial aid. All other services, e.g. parking, library privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other graduate stu- dents.

Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used as a pre- paratory program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program nor to the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program. No more than six credits earned while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program at a later time, with the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the student is subse- quently accepted for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admission to a degree program at a later time, the student must submit a new application.

Visiting Graduate Student Status

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school who wishes to enroll in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and who intends thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is matriculated, may be admit- ted as a Visiting Graduate Student.

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in another recognized graduate school. The applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, but must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School and pay the application fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have the appropriate graduate dean certify, in writing, to the Graduate School that the student is in good standing and that the credits will be accepted toward the graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified, ad- mission will be offered for one year only.

1 6 Admission to Graduate School

Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland

The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and services of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are re- sidents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired persons will be con- sidered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for more than 20 hours per week). People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate admission, either as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same admis- sions criteria pertaining to either category as do all applicants. Once admitted and having been issued the Golden Identification Card, such persons may register for courses in any sessions, subject to the same restricions as any other student, and use the library and other campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses. Tuition fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card.

Admission to an Institute

Application for admission to a special institute (e.g.. National Science Foundation) should be made directly to the director of the institute. If admission to the Graduate School is also necessary, the decision will be based on the same criteria for admitting other degree applicants. Admission to an institute does not imply that the individual will be automatically admitted in any other status at the University of Maryland at a later date. The status terminates upon completion of the institute in which the student was enrolled. A new application must be submitted for admission to any other gradu- ate status or program.

Students already admitted to a regular graduate degree or nondegree status may also qualify for participation in an institute.

Offer of Admission

Applicants admitted to the Graduate School will receive a written offer of admis- sion from the Graduate School which specifies the date of entrance. The offer of ad- mission must be responded to. If the applicant wishes to accept, decline, or change the effective date of the offer, the Graduate School must be notified or the offer of admission becomes void. Failure to register for the authorized term also voids the offer of admission. If the offer of admission is voided, the applicant must submit an- other application in order to be considered for admission in a subsequent semester.

Graduate students must consult their academic department for precise registration information.

Change of Status or Program

Students are admitted only to specified programs for specified objectives. New ap- plications are required under the following conditions:

1. If the student wishes to change programs (students may be admitted to only one graduate program at any one time); or

2. If the student wishes to change status (from nondegree to degree); or

3. If the student wishes to pursue a new degree objective (change from master's to doctoral degree).

Admission to Graduate School 1 7

Admission to a new program and/or status is not granted automatically. Each ap- plication is subject to approval.

Termination of Admission Status

A student's admission terminates when time limits for the completion of the degree or nondegree status have been exceeded or when the student is no longer in "good standing." Admitted applicants who fail to register during the term for which they are admitted will also be terminated. Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all graduate courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional depart- mental and Graduate School program requirements. The admission of all students, both degree and nondegree, is continued at the discretion of the major professor, the department or program director, and the Dean for Graduate Studies.

The Admission Process

To be considered for admission to the University of Maryland College Park Graduate School each applicant must obtain and complete the application form, fol- lowing all instructions. An application may be obtained by writing directly to the Graduate School, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

Each applicant must submit the following items in order to be considered for ad- mission:

1 . A completed application form.

2. An application fee of twenty dollars (do not send cash). Effective July 1988, the application fee will be twenty-five dollars.

3. Two complete sets of transcripts reflecting all undergraduate and gradu- ate work elected or in progress. Each transcript must bear the signature of the registrar and the seal of the granting institution and should in- clude the years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, class standing, and the degree, certificate, or diploma received. If the appli- cant attended UMCP, the Graduate School will obtain the records of courses completed on the College Park Campus. To facilitate the pro- cessing and review of an application, send two sets of unofficial copies of transcripts from institutions other than the University of Maryland College Park Campus. Official copies of those transcripts are required before full admission can be granted.

4. Three letters of recommendation submitted by professors or others who can assess the quality of the applicant's academic performance and scholastic potential. Letters of recommendation should be sent directly to the academic department in which the applicant is interested. Be certain that the applicant's full name is included on each recommenda- tion.

5. Each applicant must prepare a 300-500 word statement of the applicant's goals and objectives in pursuing graduate study.

6. Standardized Test Scores. Many departments and programs require ap- plicants to submit scores of standardized examinations, either the

1 8 Admission to Graduate School

Graduate Record Examination (GRE), the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). To de- termine if one of these examinations is required for admission to the department or program to which the applicant is applying, please con- sult the listing at the end of the brochure. If standardized test scores are required the applicant may write to the following addresses for further information:

Graduate Record Examinations

CN 6004 Educational Testing Services

Princeton, NJ 08541-6004 USA

Graduate Management Admissions Test

Box 966

Princeton, NJ 08541 USA

Miller Analogy Test Psychological Corporation 7500 Old Oak Blvd. Cleveland, OH 44130 USA

Examination scores should be sent directly to the department or pro- gram to which you are applying.

7. Departmental Requirements. Some departments and programs require additional information such as a portfolio or other supplementary ma- terials. It is important that applicants contact the department or pro- gram to which they are applying for information concerning additional admission requirements. Failure to do so may result in an application not being considered.

8. Calculation of Grade Point Average. All applicants must calculate se- parate grade point averages for the following categories: (1) all courses taken for the baccalaureate; (2) all credits earned after the first 60 cred- its for the baccalaureate; (3) credits which constitute the undergraduate major; and (4) all credits taken beyond the bachelor's degree. All grades are to be converted to a four-point grading system. Pass/fail, satisfactory, completed credit, and similar grades are not included in these calculations.

All numerical, alphabetical, or equivalent grades, except as already noted, must be calculated as follows:

a. Multiply quarter credit hours by (.66) to convert to semester credit hours.

b. Multiply the number of semester credit hours for each course by the number of quality or honor points earned, as follows: A=4; B=3; C=2; D=1;F=0.

c. Divide the total number of quality points by the total number of se- mester credit hours. The quotient will be your grade point average.

Admission to Graduate School 1 9

Admission of Faculty

No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the rank of Assistant professor or above is permitted to enroll in a program leading to an ad- vanced degree at this institution. Faculty who wish to take course work for personal enrichment may wish to investigate the Advanced Special Student status.

Application Instructions

Application Deadlines

Students should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each application booklet. In general it is to the student's advantage to apply well before the published deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be considered for fellowships, assis- tantships, or other forms of financial aid. The Graduate School recommends that stu- dents time their applications, transcripts, and letters of recommendation to arrive be- fore February 1 . Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their tran- scripts have, in fact, been received by the Graduate School.

If possible, the application should arrive before the arrival of transcripts and other supporting evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be attached to the appli- cation .

Application deadlines for the Fall and Spring Semesters are listed below:

1. Fall (Aug.) and Spring (Jan.) Semesters — Each department, in consul- tation with the Graduate School, sets its own deadlines for Fall se- mester entrances for U.S. citizens, resident aliens, and refugees.

2. International Students-All citizens of foreign countries must submit ap- plications for admission by the following dates:.

a. Fall — February 1 of prior academic year (unless the department in which you are interested sets an earlier deadline).

b. Spring —June 1 of prior academic year.

Summer School

Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are urged to check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they wish to take will be offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

International Students

Foreign students seeking admission to the University of Maryland should not plan to leave their country before receiving an official offer of admission from the Graduate School.

1 . All citizens of foreign countries must submit applications for admission in accordance with stated deadlines.

2. Special Notes for International Students:

a. Academic Credentials: The complete application and official tran- scripts or mark sheets with English translations must be received in the Graduate Admissions Office prior to stated deadlines.

20 Admission to Graduate School

b. English Proficiency: Applicants must demonstrate English language proficiency by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) since all foreign students are expected to read, speak, un- derstand and write English fluently.

c. Financial Resources: Each applicant must furnish a statement of financial status to the Office of International Education Services. Approximately $14,550.00 annually is required for educational and living expenses.

d. Immigration Documents: Applicants admitted to graduate study will be issued a student visa where appropriate. No foreign student seeking admission should leave his/her country before obtaining an official offer of admission from the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies.

e. Non-U. S. Citizens should address any questions to the Director, International Education Services, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742, USA.

Reporting Upon Arrival:

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International Education Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible after arrival at the Uni- versity. This Office will be able to assist not only with various problems regarding immigration, housing, and fees, but also with problems relating generally to orienta- tion to university and community life.

Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign applicants should be ad- dressed to the Director, International Education Services, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

Records Maintenance and Disposition

All records including academic records from other institutions, become part of the official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. Students should obtain an additional copy of their official credentials to keep in their posses- sion for advisory purposes and for other personal requirements.

The admission credentials and the application data of applicants are retained for 18 months only and then destroyed in the following cases: 1) Applicants who do not reg- ister for courses at the time for which they have been admitted; 2) Those whose appli- cations have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond to the departmental requests for additional information; and 4) Those whose applications are not complete with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results.

Fees and Expenses

Graduate Fees *

Application fee $20.00

A non-refundable $20 application fee and a separate application must be submitted

Fees and Expenses 21

for each program in which entrance is sought. Effective July, 1988, the application fee will be $25.00

The University is pleased to waive the application fee if the student has been ad- mitted to and has attended the University of Maryland, College Park Graduate School previously.

Tuition Per Credit Hour:

Resident Student $99.00

Non-Resident Student $176.00

Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees whether or not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate student who wishes to audit a course must pay the usual graduate tuition.

Continuous Registration Fee (per semester) $10.00

Graduation Fee

Master's Degree $25.00

Graduation Fee

Doctor's Degree $50.00

Mandatory Fees*

(Students taking 1-8 credits) $56.00

(Students taking 9 or more credits) $90.50

The fees and waivers listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged in a particular semester are published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester.

*For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees," consult the "Schedule of Classes."

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and Charge- Differential Purposes

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and charge- differential purposes will be made by the University at the time a student's application for admission is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any determination made thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determination is successfully challenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state status and for submitting all documents for reclassification is the last day of re- gistration for the semester the student wishes to be classified as an in-state student.

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in completing the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be made within nine- ty (90) days of a request for determination. During this period of time, or any further period of time required by the University, fees and charges based on the previous de- termination must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and charges will be refunded.

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who wish as- sistance with their classification should contact: Office of Residency Classification,

22 Fees and Expenses

1116 Francis Scott Key Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.

Payment of Fees

Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are satisfied. Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot assume responsibil- ity for their receipt. If a student does not receive a bill on or before the beginning of each semester, it is the student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 1103, South Administration Building, 8:30-4:30, Monday through Friday.

The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan. Payment for past due balances and current semester fees are due on or before the first day of classes.

It is the policy of the University not to deter payment on the basis of a pending ap- plication for financial assistance to an outside agency, including Veterans Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, etc.

Students will be severed from University services for delinquent indebtedness to the University. In the event that severance occurs, the individual may make payment during the semester in which services were severed and all services except housing will be restored. A $25.00 Restoration of Services fee will be assessed in addition to payment for the total past due amount.

State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections Unit, and in accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all delinquent ac- counts to that office for collection and subsequent legal action.

Refund of Fees

A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Registrations Office before the offi- cial first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit or refund of semester tui- tion.

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must follow the withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes." Students will find the necessary forms for withdrawal in the Records Office. The effective date used in computing refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed. "Stop Payment" on a check, failure to pay the semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute withdrawal.

A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Division of Business Services; otherwise any credit on the student account will automatically be carried over to the next semester.

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in accordance with the following schedule:

Period from date Refundable tuition

Instruction begins only (Additional

fees non refundable)

Two weeks or less 80%

Between two and three weeks 60%

Between three and four weeks 40%

Fees and Expenses 23

Between four and five weeks 20%

Over five weeks No refund

University Refund Statement

Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund only if the student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is dismissed from the University. Residence Hall and Dining Services charges are authorized for refund only if the student completes the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract release procedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete refund information and procedures.

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and makes every effort to offer financial assistance through a variety of programs to qualified students. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate students receive financial support which may include remission of tuition fees, teaching and research assistant- ships, the work-study program, and University and state fellowships. Referrals for on-campus or area employment opportunities for students and students' spouses are also available in various departments and in specific student service centers on cam- pus.

Admission to a graduate program is a prerequisite for the award of a teaching or research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a work-study award. Please be sure that all required documents for your application for admission, as well as the appropriate application for financial aid, have been submitted. Some awards are made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit, others on the basis of need.

There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of financial sup- port: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office of Student Financial Aid. The Graduate School processes applications for the University of Maryland Fellowships (application deadline: February 1) and the Other Race Grants (application deadlines: early November and May). The individual programs award graduate teaching and research assistantships (priority application deadline: March 1) and nominate students for the Graduate Fellowships (to be considered for nomination, apply by February 1). The Office of Student Financial Aid processes College Work- Study and National Direct Student Loans (priority date for consideration; February 15). To be considered for the priority date in the Office of Student Financial Aid. you must have submitted a completed Financial Aid Form (available at most colleges throughout the country and by request from the Office of Student Financial Aid), financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required documentation to be received by the Office of Student Financial Aid by February 15. Note that the Financial Aid Form must be sent to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton for analysis, which takes approximately 4 weeks.

A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is given be- low.

24 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance

Fellowships

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit and promise. All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to the Graduate School on a full-time basis to be eligible. Inquiries and requests for appropriate forms should be directed to the Graduate Fellowship Office, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

The Maryland Fellowships Program, established by the State Legislature and ad- ministered by the Graduate School, provides a limited number of fellowships to quali- fied applicants who are enrolled in doctoral programs. The stipend is $4,000 for the academic year, with remission of tuition. These fellowships carry a three year non- renewable tenure, for students making satisfactory progress toward the degree.

Deadline for the application, which is available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School, is February 1.

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive basis. Students cannot apply directly for the award; rather they must be nominated by the department in which they intend to enroll. The stipend, which includes remission of tuition, is $7,650 for the 1987-88 academic year. The standard application for de- partmental financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowship program and must be submitted by February 1 directly to the department in which you seek admis- sion. Awards are based on merit.

Other Race Grants. This grant is intended to increase the participation of black students in graduate education at the College Park campus. Students who are first- year students and students in disciplines in which blacks are underrepresented will be given preference.

Applicants for the Other Race grant must:

1 . be citizens or permanent resident aliens who are classified as Maryland residents;

2. be admitted as degree-seeking students;

3. be willing to register as full-time students;

4. be able to demonstrate special merit or need.

The individual educational grants vary, and have ranged from $500 - $7,650. Tuition is also remitted for up to 10 credits per semester. Students may apply for reappointment on a yearly basis for up to three years. Additional details and applica- tion materials are available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School.

In addition to these University sponsored fellowships, the Graduate School has a Fellowship Information Office which lists fellowships and grants available from out- side agencies.

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships

First-time graduate students who are residents of the state of Maryland and have an undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited American college or universi- ty may ask their departments to nominate them for a Graduate Tuition Scholarship. If you think you qualify, please mark the appropriate space on the departmentally-

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 25

administered financial aid form. Departments may have additional criteria, e.g., full- time status, for nomination of students in their program.

Assistantships

Offers of assistantships, which are made by the individual departments, are contin- gent upon the applicant's acceptance as a graduate student by the Graduate School. Departments may set additional criteria.

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students in many departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition, these carry ten or twelve month stipends ranging, in 1987-88, from $7,650 to $9,480. Applications for assistantships should be made directly to the department in which the applicant will study.

Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available in some departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information, inquire in the in- dividual department or program.

Resident Graduate Assistantships. in limited number, are also available. In 1987-88, the 12 month stipend is $9,180, plus remission of tuition in exchange for part-time work in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff members. These Resident Assistantships are open to both men and women. Applications for a Resident Graduate Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources, Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

Administrative Assistantships. Many offices on campus currently have graduate assistant positions. For further information, contact the Fellowships Office, or the in- dividual office or department.

Work Study Program

The University has in operation a College Work-Study Program which offers part- time opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient financial need. Every ef- fort is made to match the student's interests and career goals with suitable assign- ments. Graduate students who are awarded work- study are usually given positions in their programs, according to their experience and skill, assisting with research projects or administrative duties. To apply, you must submit to the Office of Student Financial Aid a Financial Aid Form, developed by the College Scholarship Service and available at most colleges throughout the country or by request from the Office of Student Financial Aid, financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required documentation. For priority consideration, all materials must be received in the Office of Student Financial Aid by February 15.

Graduate Tuition Grants

These grants, which are awarded on the basis of financial need, provide remission of tuition of up to ten credits. Recipients must enroll as at least half-time students. To apply complete the regular University financial aid application.

26 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance

Loans and Part-Time Employment

National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to graduate students of the University of Maryland. Applicants must be United States nationals (citizens perma- nent resident status, or recognized refugees). Loans are approved based upon finan- cial need. Repayment begins six months after the borrower leaves school, and no interest is charged until the beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest after that date is charged at the rate of five percent per annum. Repayment of the loan, includ- ing interest is deferred during the time the borrower may be in military service, the peace Corps, VISTA, and ACTION, up to a period of three years, as well as during time of continued study on at least a half-time basis. Applications should be directed to the Director, Office of Student Financial Aid, North Administrative Building. Uni- versity of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742, by February 15 for the fall semester.

Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been established for State of Maryland residents through the Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation, permit students to borrow money from their hometown banks or other local financial institu- tions. When the student's adjusted gross income, or that of his/her parents in the case of dependent students, exceeds $30,000, students must submit documentation, to de- termine need. Graduate students in good standing may borrow up to $5,000 per year, but state agencies and individual banks may set their own limits up to this amount. A five percent origination fee will be deducted from the face value of each student's loan. In 1987-1988, new notes bear 8% simple interest. Students who previously borrowed at 7% or 9% may continue to borrow at that rate. Monthly repayments be- gin six months after graduation or withdrawal from school. The federal government will pay the interest for eligible students while the student is in school. Further de- tails regarding this program for Maryland residents may be secured from the Office of Student Financial Aid. For prospective non-Maryland borrowers unable to obtain in- formation concerning the particular loan programs of their states, the Office of Student Financial Aid can provide necessary information.

PLUS Loans. Under this federal loan program, $3,000 per year (up to a $15,000 total) may be borrowed at 12% interest. The award is based on the cost of university attendance, and there is no financial needs test. Repayment of the loan begins im- mediately, with the exception of full-time students, who can have the principal de- ferred. For application forms, contact the Financial Aid Office, or the lender.

The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North Administration Building, serves without charge as a clearinghouse for students seeking part-time work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are available in the residence halls, li- braries, laboratories, and elsewhere on and off campus. All full-time students seeking work are welcome to visit the office and consult referral lists. A computer scholar- ship search is also available.

Additional information may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid, Student Employment Section, located in Room 2114, North Administration Building, Telephone: 454-3046.

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 27

Veterans Benefits

Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the veteran-graduate stu- dent. People who originally were entitled to 36 months of V.A. Educational Benefits now have a total of 45 months of educational benefits. The new complement of benefits can be used for graduate work.

See the Veterans Section of the Current "Schedule of Classes" for other current in- formation.

The University of Maryland Veteran's office assists veterans, their dependents, and servicemen and women with all V.A. related questions and problems. This office can offer you help in getting your monthly educational assistance checks, as well as other less known but available benefits. Some of these are compensation for service connected disabilities, guaranteed home loans, and vocational rehabilitation services for disabled veterans.

Related information, such as facts on individual state bonuses, removal of derog- atory SPN codes from your military discharge (DD214), and University of Maryland Veterans Club activities, is also available.

The Veteran's office is located in Room 1108, North Administration Building. Telephone 454-3430.

Registration and Credits

Registration for courses is ongoing during most of the time that the University is in session. Information concerning registration procedures, deadlines, and current tuition and expenses is found in the "Schedule of Classes," published regularly by the Office of Registration and Records. Students interested in summer session courses should consult the Summer Session "Schedule of Classes," obtainable from the Office of Summer Sessions, Reckord Armory.

Academic Calendar

The Academic Calendar is printed in the "Schedule of Classes" for each semester. The Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate students, which lists deadlines for submitting requirements for degrees in a particular academic year.

Developing a Program

The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules and procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department or graduate program requirements which govern the individual program of study.

Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or certificate begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate program or de- partment to which the student has been admitted. There the student will obtain infor- mation about specific degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those of the Graduate School.

The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in consulta- tion with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and research.

28 Registration and Credits

Students admitted to Advanced Special Status may seek advice from the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research or from appropriate faculty members.

The Associate Dean for Graduate Student Affairs is the individual to whom re- quests or petitions for exceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate degree require- ments should be addressed and to whom appeals from decisions of departmental or program faculty or administrators should be directed.

Course Numbering System

Courses are designated as follows:

000-099 Non-credit courses. 100-199 Primarily first-year courses. 200-299 Primarily sophomore courses.

300-399 Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate degrees. 400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some graduate de- grees.

500-599 Professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and post- baccalaure- ate courses not for graduate degree credit. 600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 799 Master's thesis credit. 899 Doctoral dissertation credit.

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and the last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are courses that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must end in 0 through 7.

Graduate credit will not be given unless the student has been admitted to the Graduate School. The student is warned that no credit earned while in a Non-degree Student Status-Undergraduate will be applied at a later date to a graduate degree pro- gram.

Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students

In order to reflect accurately the involvement of graduate students in their programs of study and research and the use of University resources in those programs, the Graduate School uses the graduate unit in making calculations to determine full or part-time student status in the administration of the minimum registration requirements described below and in responding to student requests for certification of full-time stu- dent status. The number of graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in the following manner:

Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour.

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially regis- tered for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate as-

Registration and Credits 29

sistants holding regular appointments are full-time students if they are registered for at least 24 units in addition to the assistantship. Courses taken for audit do not generate graduate units and cannot be used in calculating full-time or part-time status. The University of Maryland may alter this system in the near future.

Minimum Registration Requirements

All graduate students, masters and doctoral, making any demand upon the academ- ic or support services of the university, whether taking courses, using university li- braries, laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with fa- culty advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the number of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accurate- ly reflect the student's involvement in graduate study and use of university resources. In no case will registration be for less than one credit.

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register each se- mester, excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded.

Dissertation Research

Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of Dissertation Research (809) must register for a minimum of one credit of research each semester. (See the following sections for specific doctoral degree registration requirements.) Doctoral candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that repre- sented by this minimum registration will, of course, be expected to register for the number of units which reflect their use of University resources.

Continuous Registration

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hours of Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University resources, must meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each semester, except for summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submitting the Continuous Registration Form and paying the $10.00 Continuous Registration fee, in person or by mail, directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be re- ceived before the end of the eighth week of classes during the fall and spring se- mesters. Continuous Registration forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, Room 2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742.

Failure to comply with the requirement for maintaining Continuous Registration will be taken as evidence that the student has terminated the doctoral program, and admitted status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new application for ad- mission, with the consequent reevaluation of the student's performance, will be re- quired of a student wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission has been terminated under this regulation.

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students

The Graduate School recognizes that physically handicapped students may derive considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories or other

30 Registration and Credits

non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented from participating because of the handicap. It is therefore, the policy of the Graduate School to allow handi- capped students to enroll in such courses, complete only those parts of the course that their physical capabilities permit, and receive credit for the course proportionate to their levels of participation.

Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses but par- ticipate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Associate Dean for Student Affairs in the Graduate School. The Dean will assist the student in making the neces- sary arrangements with the department offering the course, the department supervising the student's graduate program, and the Registration Office. The final agreement as to the student's level of participation and the amount of credit to be awarded will be specified in an agreement to be drawn up by the Graduate School and signed by all parties concerned.

The Inter-Campus Student

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University is eli- gible to take courses on any other campus of the University with the approval of the academic advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host campuses. Credits earned on a host campus are resident credit at the home campus and meet all degree requirements. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be maintained on the home campus, and fees will be paid to the home campus. Forms for registration as an inter-campus student may be obtained from the Graduate School offices on any campus of the University.

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement

The University of Maryland College Park is a member of the Consortium of Universities of the Washington Metropolitan Area. Other institutions currently associ- ated with the consortium include the American University, The Catholic University of America, the George Washington University, Howard University, University of the District of Columbia, Gallaudet College, Mount Vernon College, and Trinity College. Students enrolled in these institutions are able to attend certain classes at the other campuses and have the credit considered "residence" credits at their own institutions. The consortium program permits both undergraduate and graduate students to partici- pate. The policies governing registration through the Consortium arrangement are listed below.

UMCP Graduate Students

1. University of Maryland College Park degree-seeking graduate students may take courses at other consortium schools, to be treated as UMCP residence credits, with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies of the degree program in which they are enrolled.

2. No more than 25% of the course credits required for the UMCP gradu- ate degree may be taken at other consortium schools through the con- sortium arrangement. Practica, internships, workshops and similar ex- periential learning courses cannot be taken at other consortium schools.

3. Significant factors to be considered by the Director of Graduate Studies

Registration and Credits 31

may include but are not limited to:

a. Unavailability of a similar of comparable course at UMCP within a reasonable time frame. Mere convenience is not adequate justifica- tion.

b. Possible enhancement of the student's overall program in a way not possible at UMCP, as by the presence of unique faculty or the availability of a course not offered at UMCP.

c. The level and content of the course, including the nature of prere- quisite coursework.

Visiting Students

1. Students from other consortium schools may register for University of Maryland College park courses on a space available basis beginning with the first day of classes.

2. Courses for majors in departments or colleges at UMCP that have se- lective admission programs will not normally be available to students from other consortium schools.

3. Students from other consortium schools are expected to meet all prere- quisites for UMCP courses for which they wish to enroll.

4. Students from other consortium schools will not normally be permitted to register for practica, workshops, internships and other experiential courses at UMCP.

5. Students from other consortium schools who have previously applied for admission to a UMCP graduate degree program and have been denied admission will be permitted to register for graduate courses in that program only with the specific approval of the Director of Graduate Studies of the program.

6. Students from other consortium schools who have been dismissed from UMCP for disciplinary or financial reasons will not be permitted to en- roll in courses at UMCP under the consortium arrangement.

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates

A senior in the final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who is within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an undergraduate degree may, with the approval of the undergraduate dean, the department or program offering the course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate courses. These may later be counted for graduate credit toward an advanced degree at the University, if the stu- dent has been approved for admission to the Graduate School. The total of under- graduate and graduate courses must not exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot be used for graduate credit unless proper prearrange- ment is made. Seniors who wish to register for graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School, Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs, 2125 South Administration Building, for information about the procedure.

32 Registration and Credits

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the depart- ment or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for graduate level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 799 and 899, for undergraduate credit.

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with a grade of "B" or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in the appropriate or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain prior approval of the department offering the course.

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent de- partmental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor may the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland.

Credit by Examination

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general rule, credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a con- tinuing interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of advanced study.

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the student is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain the consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. Once the student begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded.

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are avail- able or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course re- gardless of the number of credits or units to be earned.

Transfer of Credit

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at region- ally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may be applied toward master's degrees at the University of Maryland. There is no need for transfer of credit at the doctoral level. All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the following criteria:

1 . They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned.

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree previously earned.

3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to degrees awarded by the Graduate School.

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree pro-

Registration and Credits 33

gram the student is pursuing at Maryland.

5. The student must have earned a "B" or better in the courses offered for transfer credit.

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement.

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School as promptly as possible for its review and decision.

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less than a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to the participants must meet the following criteria:

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit.

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture.

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session.

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits)

3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per week.

Course and Credit Changes

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change be- tween audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the listed range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the ne- cessary approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The dead- lines are published each term in the "Schedule of Classes;" the procedures governing each of these transactions are listed below.

Procedures for Dropping a Course

A graduate student may drop a course through the 10th week of classes in a term by submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registrations Office, North Administration Building. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for each drop processed after the 10th day of class. There is no refund of tuition and fees for drops processed after the 5th class day (see "Schedule of Classes").

Procedure for Adding a Course after Registration

A graduate student may add a course until the 10th day of classes in a term (see "Schedule of Classes" for precise date each term), without paying the $2.00 adminis- trative fee and without Graduate School approval.

To add a course:

Submit Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registration Office, North Administration Building (an appointment is necessary during the first ten days of class. See "Schedule of Classes" for further details).

34 Registration and Credits

After the 10th day of classes all graduate students are required to obtain:

1 . Departmental and instructor authorization stamped or written on the add slip.

2. Approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Students, 2125 South Administration Building, for each add.

Approved requests must be promptly delivered to the Records Office, 1101 North Administration Building.

Procedures for Late Registration

Students registering after the established registration period and before the end of business hours on the tenth day of classes in each term must call the Office of Registrations and Records for an appointment to register during the late registration period. Students registering after the established registration period (i.e., beginning with the schedule adjustment period) will be assessed a $20 late registration fee.

To register after the tenth day of classes a graduate student must:

1 . Obtain the approval of the department written or stamped on the regis- tration form.

2. Obtain the written approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs, 2125 South Administration Building. A written ex- planation of the circumstances involved may be required.

Procedures for Credit Level Change and Change of Grading Option

Students wishing to change their grading option or credit level in a course may do so without special approval until the tenth class day each term. After the tenth class day, departmental and Graduate School authorization is required until the end of the tenth week. No credit level changes or grading options are permitted after the tenth week of classes.

1 . Exceptions to this deadline require the written approval of the instructor and the approval of the Graduate School .

2. The departmental stamp must be placed on the change of grading option/credit level form.

3. Approved forms should be submitted to the Registrations Office, North Administration Building.

Procedures for Withdrawal from the University

Graduate students wishing to cancel their admitted status and withdraw permanently from the University may do so at any time. The procedure for withdrawal is to write a letter of resignation to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. This letter will be reviewed and processed and the necessary offices notified. Please note that although students may withdraw during the course of a given term, they are liable for all fees and other obligations due the University, and their academic records will reflect their status at the time of withdrawal. It should be noted that readmission to the same pro- gram is not possible should the student wish to return to the University at some later time.

Registration and Credits 35

Procedure for Cancelling Registration for a Term

To cancel a registration for a given term, after the stated deadlines, a graduate stu- dent must provide a written explanation, endorsed by the graduate director of his or her program, to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. If appropriate, the request will be processed and, if fees are involved, the necessary adjustments made. Please note that the cancellation of one's classes during the course of a given term is not meant to be used as a means of avoiding poor grades.

Grades for Graduate Students

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 for all graduate level courses taken is re- quired in order to be in good academic standing and for graduation with a graduate degree. Graduate students are required to meet all departmental and program rules and regulations. Departments and programs may stipulate requirements more strin- gent than those minimally expected by the Graduate School.

Grading Systems

The Conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level courses.

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of the department or program, for certain types of graduate study. These include courses which require independent field work, special projects, or independent study. Departmental seminars, workshops, and departmental courses in instructional methods may also be appropriate for the S-F grading system.

The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates. However, in certain cases, a Department or program may give permission for a graduate student to use the Pass-Fail option for any 100-300 level courses that a student takes. Graduate credit may not be earned for these courses.

Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled "Independent Study" or "Special Problems," may use either the A-F or the S-F grading system.

Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular semester. The grading system will be designated by the department or program offering the course.

Computation of Grade Point Average

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality points. The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points. After a student is matri- culated as a graduate student, all courses taken numbered 400 and above (except 500-level courses), those numbered 799 or 899, and those graded with an S, will be used in the calculation of the grade point average. A student may repeat any course in an effort to earn a better grade. The later grade, whether higher or lower, will be used in computing the grade point average. Grades for graduate students remain as part of the student's permanent record and may be changed only by the original in- structor on certification, approved by the department chair and the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research, that an actual mistake was made in determining or recording the grade.

No course taken after August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable" for the

36 Registration and Credits

purpose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student. No graduate credit transferred from another institution will be included in the calculation of the grade point average.

The Academic Record (Transcript)

A graduate student's academic record (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete history of the student's academic progress at the University of Maryland. As such, it cannot be altered except in conformance with stated Graduate School policies go- verning change of election. Under no circumstances will the academic records be al- tered because of dissatisfaction with a grade or other academic accomplishment.

Degree Requirements

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees

Programs

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute a unified, coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor and by the Graduate School.

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit towards a graduate degree is required (some degree programs require more than 30 credits); in certain cases, six of the thirty semester hours must be thesis research credits. The graduate program must include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, ad- ditional courses may be required, which may not be considered as part of the student's graduate program. Credits to be applied to a student's program for a master's degree cannot have been used to satisfy any other previously earned degrees.

Grade-Point Average

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade of "B" (3.0) in all courses taken for graduate credit.

Time Limitation

All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year period. This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be in- cluded in a student's program.

Additional Requirements

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- ments may be imposed, especially for degrees which are offered only in one depart- ment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the course descrip- tions which appear in this catalog or the special publications which can be obtained from the department or college.

Degree Requirements 37

Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science

THESIS OPTION

Course Requirements

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit (799) is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in the major subject. No less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be selected from courses number 600 or above.

Thesis Requirement

A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees except for those programs in which a non-thesis option has been approved by the Dean in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis is the responsibility of an examining committee appointed by the Dean, on the recom- mendation of the student's advisor. The advisor is the chairperson of the committee, and the remaining members of the committee are members of the graduate faculty who are familiar with the student's program of study. The chairperson and the can- didate are informed of the membership of the examining committee by the Dean.

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the Thesis Manual, which may be obtained from Room 2117, South Administration Building.

Oral Examination

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has completed the thesis to the satisfaction of the student's advisor, providing all other requirements for the degree have been completed, and a 3.0 grade point average, computed in ac- cordance with the regulations described under "Grades for Graduate Students" has been earned.

The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, conducts the oral examination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be required at the option of the department or program). The chairperson of the examining committee selects the time and place for the examination and notifies other members of the com- mittee and the candidate. Members of the committee must be given a minimum of seven school days in which to read the thesis. The duration of the examination is normally about an hour, but it may be longer if necessary to insure an adequate exam- ination.

The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous. Students may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the com- mittee, signed by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research no later than the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates for Advisors and Students" if the student is to receive a diploma at the Commencement in the semester in which the examination is held.

NON-THESIS OPTION

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without thesis

38 Degree Requirements

vary slightly among departments and programs in which this option is available. Standards for admission are, however, identical with those for admission to any other master's program. The quality of the work expected of the student is also identical to that expected in the thesis programs.

The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a minimum of 30 semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum average grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in courses numbered 600 or above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and successful completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion of which must be written.

A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet the same deadlines for application for a diploma and for final examination reports estab- lished for all other degree programs.

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list of Graduate programs in the Catalog.

Requirements for the Degree of Master of Education

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree with the following requirements:

1 . A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average of B. Grades for courses not a part of the program but taken in gradu- ate status will be computed in the average.

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the re- mainder at least in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in departments outside of those in Education.

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. A part of the examination may be oral.

4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar pap- ers.

5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 45 1 .

6. Test battery.

For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Procedures: Master's Degrees in Education," issued by the College of Education, and descriptions of departmental pro- grams.

Requirements Applicable to other Master's Degrees

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, and Master of Fine Arts are given under the individual Graduate program entries in those fields.

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Doctoral Degrees

Credit Requirements

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree regi- ster for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits, but the number of research and

Degree Requirements 39

other credit hours required in the program varies with the degree and program in question.

Admission to Candidacy

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments may elect, are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy.

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years after admission to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before the date on which the degree will be conferred.

It is the responsibility of the student to submit an application for admission to can- didacy when all the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications for admission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to the ma- jor department for further action and transmission to the Graduate School. Application forms may be obtained at the Graduate School Records Office.

Time Limitation

The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the disser- tation and final examination, during a four year period after admission to candidacy. Extensions of time are granted only under the most unusual circumstances. If stu- dents fail to complete all requirements within the time allotted, they must submit an- other application for admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another ap- plication for Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program prerequi- sites prior to Advancement to Candidacy.

Dissertation

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral degree. The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or program commit- tee.

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral degree must register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation Research (899) at the University of Maryland.

Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found in the Thesis Manual, which may be obtained from the Graduate School Records Office.

Additional Requirements

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- ments may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered in only one de- partment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the descrip- tions which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publications which can be obtained from the department, college, or division.

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent research. It is not awarded for the completion of course and seminar requirements no matter how suc- cessfully completed.

40 Degree Requirements

Foreign Language Requirement

A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding this re- quirement. Students must satisfy the departmental or program requirement before they can be admitted to candidancy for the doctorate.

Program

There is no Graduate School requirement stipulating a specific number of course credits in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to encourage the development of individual programs for each student who seeks the Ph.D. To that end, the academic departments and interdisciplinary programs have been directed to determine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of re- quired courses, and similar rquirements for submission to the Graduate Council for approval.

Admission to Candidacy

See requirements for all doctoral degrees.

Dissertation

The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original disser- tation on a topic approved by the department or program.

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral re- search (899) at the University of Maryland.

Constitution of Dissertation Committee

1. A dissertation committee must consist of a minimun of five members, at least three of whom must be regular members of The University of Maryland Graduate Faculty. Additional committee members may be required or invited to serve at departmental discretion.

2. Each dissertation committee will have a chair, who must be a regular member of the Graduate Faculty. Dissertation committees may be co- chaired upon written recommendation of the department graduate direc- tor or chair and the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. At least one of the co-chairs must be a regular member of the Graduate Faculty.

3. Each committee shall have appointed to it a representative of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. This person must be a regular member of the Graduate Faculty at The University of Maryland College Park and must be from a department other than the student's home de- partment. In cases where a student is in an interdisciplinary department or program, the Dean's Representative must be from a program outside the departments and programs involved in the interdisciplinary endeav- ors.

4. Individuals from outside The University of Maryland system may serve on dissertation committees provided that their credentials warrant this

Degree Requirements 41

service and upon the written request of and justification by the depart- ment involved. These individuals must, however, be in addition to the minimum required number of regular members of the College Park Graduate Faculty.

5. Emeriti and retired professors may serve on dissertation committees provided they are members of the Graduate Faculty.

6. Graduate Faculty who terminate employment at The University of Maryland may be regarded for dissertation committee service purposes, as members of the Graduate Faculty for a 12-month period following their termination. During that time they may chair individual disserta- tions and theses and work with students as necessary. After that time, they may no longer serve as chairs of dissertations, although they may be placed in the status of co-chair. After they leave UMCP, faculty may not serve as Dean's Representative.

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the Dissertation Defense

Each doctoral candidate is required to orally defend his/her doctoral dissertation as a requirement in partial fulfillment of the doctorial degree. The final oral defense of the dissertation is conducted by a committee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research upon the advice of the candidate's disserta- tion advisor and department graduate director.

Oral defenses must be attended by all members of the officially established doctoral examining committee as approved by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Should a last minute change in the constitution of the committee be required, said change must be sanctioned by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research in consul- tation with the graduate director of the student's home department and the student's dissertation chair.

Notice of doctoral defenses must be published in the student's home department at least 5 days before the scheduled event. All doctoral defenses must be open to Graduate Faculty of The University of Maryland, College Park campus and any other interested parties whom the chair of the dissertation committee, in consultation with the Graduate Director of the department, believe to be appropriate. Departments may wish routinely to open dissertation defenses to a broader audience, in which case de- partmental policies must be established, recorded and made available to all doctoral students.

Oral defenses of dissertations must be held in University facilities that are readily accessible to all members of the committee and others attending the defense.

Two or more negative votes constitute a failure of the candidate to meet the disser- tation requirement. In cases of failure, it is required that the examining committee specify in detail and in writing to the department graduate director, the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research, and the student the exact nature of the deficiencies in the dissertaion and/or the oral performance that led to failure. A second defense is permitted, which if failed, results in termination of the student's admitted status.

42 Degree Requirements

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis or Dissertation

1. A graduate student may, upon the recommendation of the dissertation director, and with the endorsement of home department graduate direc- tors or chairs, include his or her own published works as part of the final dissertation. Appropriate citations within the dissertation includ- ing where the work was previously published are required. All such materials must be produced in standard dissertation format.

2. It is recognized that occasionally a graduate student will co-author works with faculty and colleagues which should be included in a disser- tation. In such instances, the graduate student may include those works but only upon the recommendation of the dissertation advisor, the ap- proval of the department graduate director or chair and the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. In a co-authored paper, it is incumbent upon the examining committee to determine that the student made a substantial contribution to the paper which is being included. The for- mat of such inclusions must conform to be standard dissertation format. A forward to the dissertation, as approved by the Dissertation Committee, must state that the student made the primary contributions to the relevant aspects of the jointly authored work included in the dis- sertation.

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree are for the most part the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of Education. The Ed.D. project requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of dissertation credit, while the Ph.D. requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of dissertation credit. Consult the Graduate Studies Office in the College of Education and the individual department for additional details.

Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Musical Arts are given un- der the corresponding program description.

Time Extensions Governing Degrees

Students who fail to complete all requirements by the prescribed deadlines may pe- tition their departments in order to seek up to a one year extension of time in which to complete the outstanding requirements. This extension may be granted by the de- partment, which must then notify the Graduate School in writing of its decision. The Graduate School will confirm this decision in writing to the student and adjust the computer database accordingly. Students who fail to complete all requirements for the degree following the granting of a time extension by the department must seek any additional extension by petitioning the department. If the department supports the request, it must forward the request to the Graduate School for review. In such cases, the Administrator of Graduate Admissions and Records evaluates the request in light of the written explanation provided, and may grant up to one additional year's extension. The Graduate School decision will be communicated in writing to each

Degree Requirements 43

petitioner and a copy will be sent to the student's home department.

Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a Regulation

All policies of the Graduate School have been formulated by the Graduate Council, the governing body of the Graduate School, with the goal of ensuring academic quali- ty. These policies must be equitably and uniformly enforced for all graduate students. Nevertheless, circumstances occasionally occur which warrant individual considera- tion. Therefore, if a graduate student believes that there are compelling reasons for a specific regulation to be waived or modified, the student should submit a written peti- tion to the Graduate School, Room 2125 South Administration, explaining the facts and issues which bear on the case. In all instances, the petitions must be reviewed by the departmental graduate director or chair and, if the petition involves a course, by the course instructor. If both of these people recommend approval and so state in writing, it is then forwarded to the Graduate School for final review.

Commencement

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which the candidate ex- pects to obtain a degree, except during summer session. During the summer session, the application must be filed during the first week of the second summer session. Exact dates are noted for each semester and the summer sessions in 'important Dates for Advisors and Students." Failure to meet specific deadlines may result in a delay of one or more semesters before graduation.

If, for any reason, students do not graduate at the end of the semester in which they have applied for the diploma, they must re-apply for it in the semester in which they expect to graduate.

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement exercises. Those who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the University of Maryland student supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before the date of commence- ment but may be cancelled later if students find themselves unable to complete the re- quirements for the degree.

Resources

Location

In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of all possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., which is rapid- ly becoming the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political power. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the many fine area theaters regularly present performances by the world's most exciting and renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, among others, sponsor outstanding collections and special exhibits that attract national attention. In addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital provides interested students the opportunity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit

44 Resources

in the galleries of congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to attend pub- lic Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal enrichment offered in this exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous.

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the scene in the Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recrea- tional and leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, from the Catoctin Mountains in Western Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the Atlantic bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. Historic Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, with its rich variety of ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and its impressive urban transformation is only thirty miles from College Park.

Special Research Resources

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations of research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries and laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within easy commut- ing distance. There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, techni- cal skills, and scholars between the University and these centers. The libraries and facilities of many of these centers are open to qualified graduate students at the uni- versity. The resources of many more are available by special arrangement.

In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, with its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the world's most out- standing research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the Smithsonian Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the National Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries of the Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and Welfare; Housing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and approximately 500 other specialized libraries are all within a few minutes drive of the College Park Campus. These resources make the University of Maryland one of the most attractive in the nation for scholars of all disciplines.

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States Department of Agriculture has stimulated the development of both laboratories and opportunities for field research in the agricultural and life-sciences. The National Institutes of Health offer unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical and behavior research. Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate study programs with other major government laboratories, such as the National Bureau of Standards, the Naval Research Laboratory, and the U.S. Geological Survey.

The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland in the development of the commercial and recreational resources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the esta- blishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of marine science at the Uni- versity of Maryland Center for environmental and Estuarine Studies, with research fa- cilities at Horn Point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at Solomons Island, Maryland.

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in the

Resources 45

behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for fully automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys.

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small Van de Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a PDP 1 1/45, a UNIVAC 1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW training nuclear reactor,; a full scale low ve- locity wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; specialized facilities in the Institute for physical Science and Technology; a psychopharmacology labora- tory; shock tubes; a quiescent plasma device (Q-machine) and a speromak compact fu- sion device for plasma research; and rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteoro- logical phenomena.

Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even laboratory- equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also owns and operates one of the world's largest and most sophisticated long-wavelength radio te- lescopes located in Clark Lake, California and in the Astronomy Program Observatory on campus.

Special Opportunities for Artists

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is concentrated in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed Art- Sociology Building. Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has developed be- tween the students and faculty of the University and the artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, the Smithsonian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony Orchestra and small musical groups. The Kennedy Center for the performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for creative artists attending the University.

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is aided by the proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washington and Baltimore area. There is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and talent be- tween students and faculty at the University and both educational and commercial ra- dio and television media, as a consequence of the large professional staffs which are maintained in the Washington area.

Libraries

The University library system includes major research libraries on both the College Park and Baltimore Campuses.

The libraries on the College Park Campus contain over 1.7 volumes, and they sub- scribe to more than 20,000 periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections of re- search materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, phonograph records, tapes and films.

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the princi- pal library of graduate use. Special collections include those of Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter and Djuna Barnes; materials from the Bureau of Social Science Research; the archives

46 Resources

of the Baltimore News America; Maryland documents; and the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America. In addition, the University is a regional depository of U.S. Government publications, and the Government Documents/Maps Room in McKeldin includes U.S. Government publications, docu- ments of the United Nations, the League of Nations and other international organiza- tions, agricultural experiment station and extension service publications, and maps from the U.S. Army Map Service. The East Asia Collection is the world's largest repository of published and unpublished Japanese-language materials from the Allied Occupation period. The McKeldin collections also include microfilm productions of government documents, rare books, early journals, and newspapers.

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Six branch librar- ies also are included as part of the UMCP Libraries system. Although the Hornbake Library's collection is primarily for the undergraduate student, this library does offer ample study space and a 24-hour study room. In addition, Nonprint Media Services, the central location for audiovisual materials in the library system and the campus, is in the Hornbake Library.

Also in the Hornbake Library building is the Music Library with books, periodi- cals, music scores and parts, and music recordings. The Music Library's special col- lections include items from the American Bandmasters Association Research Center, the National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instructors Research Center, the International Clarinet Society Research Library, and the International Piano Archives at Maryland.

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library (EPSL) contains materials in phys- ics, engineering, mathematics and geology with other significant collections in com- puter science, environmental sciences, water resources, and aerospace science. EPSL is also a U.S. patent depository and has collections from NASA, ERDA, and Rand Corporation, and other agencies and organizations.

The Charles E. White Memorial Library is a collection of chemistry, bio-chemistry and microbiology materials. Materials include periodicals, major indexes and comprehensive spectra collections.

Architecture students are served by the Architecture Library with materials on ar- chitectural design, theory and history, urban design, landscape architecture and build- ing technology. This library's special collections include rare architecture books dat- ing as far back as the seventeenth century, materials on world expositions from 1857 to 1937 and the collection of the National Trust for Historic preservation.

For graduate students in art, the Art Library collects materials in art history, studio art, art education, photography, graphic arts, interior design and textiles. Special col- lections include art reproductions and art exhibition catalogs.

Research is supported in the UMCP Libraries with a variety of technological tools. An online catalog identifies library materials from the collections of libraries in the University of Maryland system including the UMBC, UMES and UMAB-Law cam- puses. It provides access to this information through public terminals located throughout the library system and soon through telephone connections using terminals in homes or offices. Research is also supported through CARS and MiniCARE, com-

Resources 47

puter assisted reference services for accessing hundreds of remote bibliographic, tex- tual and numeric databases. Both McKeldin and Hornbake Libraries offer microcom- puters for the use of anyone in the UMCP community.

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge, the University maintains organized research units outside the usual department structures. These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities for faculty and stu- dents to engage in research and study in specialized areas and in public service activi- ties.

Bureaus

Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: John H. Cumberland. The Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts economic research in the areas of regional and urban development, environmental and natural resources management, and state and local public finance. Projects are funded by the University and by State and Federal Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau faculty members, who hold joint appointments with the Department of Economics, and by advanced graduate students working on degree programs.

Bureau of Governmental Research: Acting Director: Michael Nacht. Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to the problems of state and lo- cal government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings with reference to local, state and national governments and their interrelationships. It undertakes surveys, sponsored programs and grants, and offers its assistance and ser- vice to units of government in Maryland. The Bureau furnishes opportunities for qua- lified students interested in research and career development in state and local ad- ministration.

Centers

Center on Aging: Director: Dr. Edward F. Ansello. The Center on Aging, estab- lished in 1974, has a university-wide mandate to promote aging-related activities. The Center's goals are to: (1) promote disciplinary and interdisciplinary aging related research by assisting in proposal preparation and in communication with various gov- ernment and private funding sources. (2) Encourage departments, schools, and col- leges to pursue aging-related research and develop gerontologically-oriented courses. (3) provide students with educational programs, field experiences, training opportuni- ties, and job placements that will prepare them for careers in aging-related occupa- tions. (4) Conduct training programs, sponsor conferences, and provide on and off- campus technical assistance to meet the needs of practitioners who serve older per- sons. In addition, the Center sponsors a colloquium series on aging-related topics that is open to students and the public, conducts training and conferences for community level practitioners, and offers the annual Institute for Gerontological practice for per- sons involved in direct service activities for the elderly. The Center coordinates the Graduate Gerontology Certificate for students pursuing master's and doctoral degrees in regular university departments as well as for those who return to the campus as ad- vanced special students.

48 Resources

Architecture and Engineering Performance Information Center (AEPIC):

Director: John Loss. A joint center of the School of Architecture and the College of Engineering, AEPIC was founded in 1982 to develop the systems, programs, sof- tware, and storage networks for the systematic collection, collation, analysis, and dis- semination of information about the performance (dysfunction) of buildings, civil structures, and other constructed facilities.

Architects, engineers, contractors, developers, manufacturers, lawyers, building owners and users, federal and state agencies, insurance underwriters, university and private research organizations, and others interested in the objectives of AEPIC can use this computer-based collection of performance information for: (1) planning new projects; (2) reviewing existing structures for rehabilitation or restoration; (3) teaching (case studies); (4) modifying codes and regulations; (5) planning research; (6) prepar- ing professional texts; (7) investigating for dispute resolution; (8) developing new pro- ducts for the industry; (9) implementing effective quality control measures; (10) im- proving professional and industry practice; and (11) creating an in-house resource base with lessons learned from project performance.

Center for Automation Research: Director: Azriel Rosenfeld. The Center for Automation Research, established in 1983, conducts interdisciplinary research in many areas of industrial and business automation. The Center currently consists of four laboratories: Business Automation, Computer Vision, Human/Computer Interaction, and Robotics, some of the principal areas of interest of these laboratories are as follows:

• Business Automation: office automation systems, impact of automation on organizational behavior; decision support systems; man-machine in- terfaces.

• Computer Vision: robot navigation; industrial computer vision; knowledge- based vision systems; machine architectures for vision; im- age processing algorithms and software.

• Human/Computer Interaction: experimental studies of human perfor- mance with computers; user interfaces for expert systems; programmer workstation and system development tools; training; on-line assistance, and documentation.

• Robotics: control systems; kinematics; dynamics; computer-aided de- sign,; manufacturing automation; modeling and identification; artificial intelligence; locomotion; structural design; applications.

In addition the Center has close relationships with other research groups at the Uni- versity. These include the Laboratory for Computer Aided Design (Department of Electrical Engineering); the Database Systems Research Laboratory (College of Business and Management); the Machine Intelligence and Pattern Analysis Laboratory (Department of Computer Science); and the Laboratory for the Study of Psychological Aspects of Automation (Department of Psychology).

Center for Business and Public Policy: Director: Frank E. McLaughlin. The Center, housed in the College of Business and Management at UMCP, seeks to en- courage more effective public policy development in the contemporary social and po-

Resources 49

litical environment. It conducts and promotes research and dialogue among members of the affected groups and public officials concerning the broad pattern and changing character of business and society relationships, and directs attention to specific public policy issues through conferences and seminars. It emphasizes the study of more ef- fective approaches to the resolution of disputes involving business and society. The Center publishes and distributes a wide range of documents reflecting its work.

Comparative Education Center: Director: George A. Male. Established in 1967, the Comparative Education Center provides cross-cultural encouragement and assist- ance to faculty and students with international education interests. Center staff members represent special competence on Western Europe, Africa, the Near East, and on international organizations.

The Center arranges study visits for educators from other countries, holds symposia and occasional lectures, and periodically publishes research essays on international education topics. The Center is associated with the Department of Education policy, planning, and Administration.

Computer Science Center: Director: Dr. Glenn Ricart. The Computer Science Center is the hub of University computing services on the College Park campus. As a trendsetter in intra- and inter-university computer communication, the Center provides a broad range of computer power via a highspeed broadband coaxial cable data net- work, local Ethernet networks, and gateways to such national networks as BITNET, ARPAnet, SURAnet, and MFEnet.

Researchers, faculty, staff and students can access instructional and research com- puting resources on the Center's Sperry (Unisys) 1100/92, IBM 3081, IBM 4381, and two IBM 4341 systems. Depending on the machine, computer account holders can use general programming packages like Fortran, Cobol, Basic, and Assembler, as well as more specialized packages in statistics (SAS and SPSSx), graphics, and data- base (SQL). For qualified users with large-scale computing needs, the Center oper- ates a VAX 11/785 with a Floating point System-164 array processor, and maintains a link via satellite with a CRAY X-MP/48 supercomputer at the San Diego Supercomputer Center.

Because of the enormous popularity of microcomputers on campus the Center has established numerous workstation labs for faculty, staff and students. These labs fea- ture IBM PCs (and compatibles) and Apple Macintosh microcomputers.

Support services for faculty, staff and graduate researchers using CSC- sponsored computing resources include:

programming, microcomputing, and statistical consultation;

• software evaluation and development;

• data entry;

• publication production;

• Kurzweil scanning;

• mark sense reading (Optical scanning);

• collection of specialized software for micro and mainframe computers;

50 Resources

non-credit short courses; and • maintenance and repair service on computer equipment.

An additional service arm of the Center is the Computer Emporium, located on campus. The "store" sells microcomputers, related peripherals, terminals and mo- dems to faculty, staff and students at prices reflecting educational discounts.

Additional information and numerous free handouts about the Center's resources and services are available in the Program Library, Room 2337.

Center for Curriculum Development and Change: Director: Louise M. Berman. This Center is committed to working with public and private schools, schools of nursing and medicine, business and industrial organizations, museums, and govern- mental and private agencies on issues pertaining to curriculum development and change.

Among the activities of interest to Center staff and groups they serve are plans for designing, implementing, and evaluating curriculum programs; advanced study and in- service education for faculty and administrators; networking and identification of spe- cialized experts in the curriculum field; and development of national and international curriculum programs and exchanges. The Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration.

Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD): Director: Dr. John T. Guthrie. Associate Director: Dr. Gerald V. Teague. The Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD) is a research facility devoted to promoting the study of analysis and complex issues in education. The problems ad- dressed include student learning and development, teacher effectiveness, curriculum theory, policy analysis, and the social context of education. Issues are examined through a variety of methodologies including qualitative approaches, surveys, correla- tional studies, experiments and philosophical/literary analysis. The Center communi- cates its findings broadly, attempting to bring new knowledge to the attention of edu- cational decision-makers and the public through a variety of publication outlets.

The Center provides service to College staff in the development of scholarly activi- ties. Assistance is given in the areas of literature retrieval and review, research de- sign and analysis, and the communication of findings. Preparation of grant proposals including financial preparation, monitoring and accounting is supported. For the pur- poses of conducting research activities and sustaining communication regarding the application of new knowledge to educational problems, the Center provides a liaison with local, state and national education agencies. Collaborations of educational, cor- porate, and university communities engaged in common research pursuits are facili- tated.

Industrial Relations and Labor Studies Center: Director: Paul A. Weinstein. The program of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently organized at UMCP and is concerned with two kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research directed primarily toward the study of labor-management relations, wages and related problems, the labor market, comparative studies and personnel problems. The Center draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from the College of Business and Management, the School of Law and the Department of Economics, History,

Resources 51

Psychology and Sociology. The second main activity consists of community and la- bor relations education projects serving management, unions, the public and other groups interested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These projects consist of public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as non-credit courses. Discussions concerning the development of a Master's degree in Industrial Relations and Labor Studies are currently underway.

Center for Innovation: Director: Jerald Hage. The Center for Innovation has three main goals: (1) the development of new theories about organizations broadly con- ceived. (2) the search for innovative solutions to practical problems, and (3) research on technologically advanced and innovative organizations. Among its theoretical frameworks are a multidimensional approach to technology and product systems, and a contigency theory of mental health delivery systems. Several other research projects focus on the attempt to integrate organizational theory and the analysis of societies. Among the items on the Center's research agenda is an innovative project in Chile on quality work circles, industrial democracy, and the problems of employment and pro- ductivity.

Throughout the past year, members of the Center, which is sponsored jointly by the Departments of Psychology and Sociology and the College of Business and Management at UMCP, have presented papers at numerous conferences; these working papers are available to interested parties upon request.

Center for International Development and Conflict Management (CIDCM):

Director: Edward E. Azar. The Center is a think tank focusing on management and resolution of protracted conflict in the world today.

The Center's staff, composed of University faculty and visiting fellows and associ- ates, studies dozens of comtemporary international and intercommunal conflicts their causes, dynamics, management strategies, and peaceful resolution.

The Center's activities pursue three goals, consistent with the mission of the Uni- versity of Maryland: research, service, and teaching.

Research at the Center is organized in groups of projects — a) Conflict Theory and Management Strategies; and b) Regional and Country Studies. Key areas of research at the Center include: Theory of protracted Social Conflict, Strategies of Conflict Management and Resolution, population and Development. The Center's current area studies and projects include:. Central America Project, Studies on Israel, Studies on Korea, Studies on Lebanon, Middle East Project, and South Africa Project.

Service to the wider community of scholars, government, campus, and public in the United States and abroad to share knowledge and to provide technical assistance is the second focus of the Center.

The Center sponsors public lectures, seminars, and policy round-table discussions on a variety of contemporary issues.

The Center hosts resident and visiting scholars and fellows from the United States and other parts of the world and collaborates with national and international institu- tions.

Teaching Faculty members and fellows of the Center work closely with the teach-

52 Resources

ing departments of the University of Maryland in organizing and teaching undergradu- ate and graduate courses and seminars.

As a research tool, the Center has been building a computerized information base on conflict and cooperation events on a worldwide basis.

Center for Language and Cognition: Director: David L. Horton. The purpose of the Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for instruction and research training on all aspects of language and cognition represented by the training staff. The Center's specific goals are to (1) encourage and support research and (2) to train students capable of making substantial contributions to the understand- ing of human cognitive systems and of relating this understanding to behavior in nat- ural settings.

The training program consists of classroom instruction (courses and seminars), re- search apprenticeships, and a variety of special features designed to provide an inte- grative program for all students. The special features include an "interdisciplinary" center seminar which provides a common forum for the discussion of contemporary issues and an evening discussion seminar in which a variety of professional, practical, and theoretical issues are considered. Also of importance are the visiting scholar se- ries, a technical report series, and a variety of informal procedures for the training of competent, mature scientists.

The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life: Director: Tom Turtle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life op- erates within the College of Business and Management. The Maryland Center was established in 1977 to promote productivity quality and labor-management cooperation in Maryland.

Helping organizations develop productivity measurement systems, employee in- volvement programs, productivity gain-sharing systems, joint labor-management pro- jects and other "tactical" improvements is an important part of the Center's work. But the real challenge is helping organizations understand that productivity and quality of working life must be viewed as strategic issues to be built into the fabric of the or- ganization.

Only by thinking strategically can businesses, labor organizations and government agencies work together to make the substantive changes needed to survive in the rap- idly changing world we live in... and assure that jobs will remain and grow in Maryland.

The Center has four major functions: 1) to foster increased productivity and quality of working life and to increase competitiveness through work with public and private sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing house for information about productivity and quality of working life and publish a bimonthly newsletter, "The Maryland Workplace" 3) to increase knowledge levels about productivity and quality of working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the University, as well as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to conduct research which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the quality of working life.

Center for Mathematics Education: Director: Dr. Patricia F. Campbell. The

Resources 53

Center for Mathematics Education facilitates a graduate program in mathematics edu- cation a program with an integrated focus relating mathematics, psychology, and learning. The faculty of the Center believe that crucial to the kind of research effort envisioned is a milieu conducive to such an effort a physical-psychological local in which students, faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate visitors can become involved in the formal and informal interactions so essential to integrative re- search.

In support of its graduate program, the Center sponsors two major projects: The Arithmetic Clinic and the Mathematics Teaching Laboratory. The Arithmetic Clinic provides a context wherein graduate students can study difficulties in teaching and learning mathematics as they work directly with children. Models and procedures for the diagnosis and treatment of learning difficulties in mathematics are tested and re- fined.

The Mathematics Teaching Laboratory provides an extensive array of materials for teaching elementary school mathematics materials which graduate students not only evaluate but also use in their work with children or with pre-service teachers.

Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere Interactions: Director: Jagadish Shukla. The Center for Ocean- Land-Atmosphere Interactions (COLA) has been established in the Department of Meteorology to foster interdisciplinary research and to increase our understanding of the physical processes in the oceans, atmosphere, and at the land surface, and their interactions. It is recognized that the interactions among the ocean-atmosphere-land processes are perhaps the most important determinants of the fluctuations which affect the global and regional habitability of the planet earth. A better understanding of interactions among the ocean-atmosphere-land processes is es- sential to enable us to distinguish between the natural variability of the coupled sys- tem, and changes caused by external forcing or human activities. An important ob- jective of the center is to study the contributions of internal dynamic processes and the slowly varying boudary conditions at the earth surface in determining the variabili- ty and predictability of short term climate, and to explore the feasilibity of dynamic prediction of monthly and seasonal averages. Specific atmospheric, biospheric and oceanic studies currently being conducted by the Center are listed below:

1 . Study of physical mechanisms which determine the interannual variabil- ity and predictability of monthly and seasonal averages.

2. Mathematical modeling of large scale atmospheric processes and predictability of the coupled ocean-land-atmosphere system.

3. Study of climatically significant feedbacks operating between the land surface and the regional and global circulation using a biologically and physically realistic biosphere-atmosphere model.

4. Investigation of the use of satellite remote sensing data in initializing and validating the combined atmosphere-biosphere model.

5. Research on mesoscale coastal modeling and tropical ocean modeling.

6. Four dimensional assimilation of ocean data using realistic ocean mod- els.

Reading Center: Director: Robert M. Wilson. The Reading Center provides support

54 Resources

services for undergraduate and graduate students in the area of reading education. The faculty of the Center believe that a positive learning environment facilitates learning and are continuously searching for ways to improve reading instruction.

The Center operates a diagnostic and remedial clinic in which graduate students work with children who have mild to severe reading difficulties. Clinic diagnosis and instruction is of the highest quality and is closely supervised. Over 2,000 children have been assisted in the clinic. Hundreds of graduate students have refined their diagnostic and remedial instructional skills there. The clinic provides a pool of re- search subjects for faculty and graduate students.

The Center facilitates faculty research through awarding small grants, obtaining re- search subjects, and sponsoring staff development in such areas as research design and statistical procedures.

Collaborative efforts are made with other UMCP faculty as well as with the Maryland State Department of Education and the local schools. These efforts have resulted in interdisciplinary classes, conferences, and research projects. Faculty and graduate students aid local schools by conducting inservice activities, consulting on curriculum development, and providing support to parent organizations.

Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies: Director: S. Schoenbaum (UMCP). Executive Director: Adele Seeff (UMCP). The Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies, housed in the Division of Arts and Humanities at UMCP, was established in 1981 to serve all disciplines within the Division of Arts and Humanities.

The Center has several objectives: to promote interdisciplinary research and teach- ing among faculty in Renaissance and Baroque studies; to aid individual departments in the development of new curricula and programs; to support and publicize faculty research projects; to promote closer relations with major research centers in the Washington and Baltimore areas; to strengthen ties with faculty in humanities disci- plines from regional colleges and universities; to enrich the life of the university and area community through lectures, conferences, exhibitions, concerts, and other public presentations; and to consolidate ties between university and secondary school faculty in Maryland.

Major programs sponsored by the Center include the scholar-in-residence program, which appoints a distinguished scholar for a semester to teach, lecture, and conduct faculty colloquia; an annual interdisciplinary symposium; the Maryland Handel Festival, Newton Symposium; and two summer institutes for secondary school teach- ers in Fine Arts and Shakespeare.

Center for Research in Public Communication: Director: Michael Gurevitch. Associate Director: Jay Blunder. The Center for Research in Public Communication is sponsored jointly by the College of Journalism and the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre and is housed in the College of Journalism. The Center was established in 1972 and serves today as an institute dedicated to the study of the structure and processes of journalism, public relations, advertising, and other forms of mass communications.

The Center's philosophy has three elements: 1) stress on the holistic character of the public communication process; 2) concern with comparative cross-cultural re-

Resources 55

search; and 3) policy orientation. This philosophy underlies such studies as the rela- tionship between journalists and their news sources; the interactions between public relations departments, activist groups, and government; and the role of mass media in different societies.

Some examples of projects, on-going and planned, include a study of the role of the media as sources of interpretative frameworks by which people give meaning to their awareness of social issues; a study of interactions between candidates and jour- nalists in setting the agenda of campaign issues in recent British and U.S. elections; and a five-year study, funded by the foundation of the International Association of Business Communicators (IABC), on the characteristics of "excellent" public relations departments and how those departments contribute to the effectiveness of their organ- izations.

Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research: Director: Prof. Alfred Gessow. The Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research operates within the Department of Aerospace Engineering, and is one of the Centers of Excellence in Rotorcraft Technology created by the U.S. Army Research Office. The purpose of the Center is to provide the helicopter industry with trained manpower, and to expand the tech- nology base to enhance the capability of the U.S. vertical flight industry.

Graduate studies and research are conducted in areas including aeroelasticity, struc- tural dynamics and vibrations, aerodynamics, and flight dynamics and controls. The experimental and computational facilities available to the Center include the Glenn L. Martin wind tunnel, with a test section of 8 by 11 ft and speeds of up to 230 mph, an extensively instrumented aeroelastic rotor test rig, a structural dynamics laboratory, a state-of-the-art composite structures fabrication and testing facility, and the Cray X- MP supercomputer of the San Diego Supercomputer Consortium, of which the Uni- versity of Maryland is a founding member.

Science Teaching Center: Director: William G. Holliday. The Science Teaching Center, through the Department of Curriculum and Instruction, offers master's and doctoral degrees specializing in science education. Students may focus their studies on research in:

science curriculum development, evaluation and implementation,

interactive computer systems,

problem solving and inquiry processes,

science classroom processes and management,

learning science in non-school settings,

studying how students learn science,

science textbook learning, and

science teacher development.

In addition, other education topics at the elementary, secondary, and post- secondary levels directly related to the learning and teaching of science can be pursued.

Currently, the Center consists of nine professors, a support staff, and over 40 ac- tive master's and doctoral students. Faculty members in collaboration with graduate

56 Resources

students are actively engaged in research in new technologies, reading comprehension, and classroom processes. Excellent facilities and a comprehensive collection of curri- culum materials, documents and journals enhances the functioning of the Center.

Course requirements, while flexible, allow students to develop competence in the theory and research of science education, as well as in a science discipline. Graduate students in consultation with a faculty advisor develop a program of study to meet their needs and interests. The core of the student's program consists of course work in science education, research methodology, and science.

Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values: Director: Barbara Finkelstein. A research and development center which serves as an organizing center for research, education and service activities providing sustained occasions for bring- ing university professors, public officials, educators, and community groups together in order to address problems of compelling ethical and political importance in educa- tion.

The Center has organized and directed the Mid-Atlantic Region Japan-in-the- Schools program (MARJis), a regional program designed to enhance the quality of cross-cultural instruction in pre-collegiate schools in the region through summer semi- nars, study tours, curriculum development activities, and research in the conduct and practice of Japanese education. The Center operates a CLEARINGHOUSE for high- located global instructional resources with a special emphasis on Japan, conducts in- service programs for teachers, school administrators, and public education officials, conducts seminars for scholars aiming to explore aspects of education policy and hu- man values, serves as a site for research and ongoing dialogue and dissemination of scholarly work for public use. It provides orientations American education design to initiate foreign visitors into an exploration of American schools in a sensitive fashion.

The Center also serves as a focus for interdisciplinary research in the history of childhood, the history of education, curriculum development, education policy, and civic education, bringing in scholars from around the world to study these problems. Monographs, position papers, conferences supplement these activities. Internships and postdoctoral study opportunities are available through the Center for individuals interested in the humanistic study of education. The Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, Planning and Administration. Its programs focus on civic education, and social studies teachers in pre-collegiate schools.

Survey Research Center: Director: John Robinson. The Survey Research Center was created in 1980 as a Division-wide research facility within the behavioral and so- cial sciences. The Center specializes in the design of questionnaires and the conduct of surveys for policy purposes, and has the capacity to conduct mini-survey experi- ments, and in-depth clinical interviews. The Center provides assistance to researchers in sample design, has technical expertise on the storage, manipulation, and analysis of very large data sets, and provides support services to archive and maintain such data sets.

The Center supports graduate education by providing both technical training and practical experience to students. Also, the Center has a strong community service mission through the provision of technical assistance on survey methods and survey

Resources 57

design to units of state and local governments, and by conducting surveys on a con- tract or grant basis for these governmental units.

Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett Carter (UMCP). Housed in the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering, and with input from the other divisions of the College Park campus as well as from academic departments on the Baltimore County campus, the Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and development and interdisciplinary studies in transportation and to provide the means for investigators from different disciplines to work together on a wide range of trans- portation related problems. Objectives of the Center are to identify potential research projects by establishing a dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agencies and offices; to provide coordination between the various disciplines engaged in or having potential to engage in transportation research and between potential research sponsors and Uni- versity researchers; to facilitate cooperation between the University of Maryland and other universities and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, where appro- priate, to supervise specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary nature.

Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are transporta- tion systems management, transportation planning, public policy, public utilities, sys- tems economics, multiple uses of rights-of-way, mass transit systems, conversation of energy, terminal siting, bridge and pavement design, traffic flow coordination, traffic safety and efficiency, transportation economics, aerospace transportation, meteorolog- ical factors, noise control, highway landscaping, environmental considerations, and air, rail, water and highway alternatives.

Water Resources Research Center: Director: Robert E. Menzer. The Water Resources Research Center sponsors and coordinates research on all aspects of water supply, demand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and al- location or management. The Center brings together water resource user groups, such as local, state and federal management and regulatory agencies and citizens groups, with university researchers and educators to assist in the solution of both basic and applied water resources problems. Research proposals are solicited from researchers which address water problems within the state, while water resources problems con- fronting management, regulatory and health agencies and or citizens of the state are determined by use of an advisory committee. The Center acts to bring together the technical expertise, financial resources and other contributions necessary to help solve existing water resources problems and to generate basic scientific information which may contribute to solutions of future problems or which may prevent development of new water resource problems. The Center's funds are derived from the Water Resources Division, U.S. Geological Survey, under PL 98-242, from substantial uni- versity contributions in faculty time and other expenses, and from other local, state and federal agencies and private sources. Funds are made available for research pro- jects on a competitive basis. Training of graduate and undergraduate students in wat- er resources and the transfer of existing water resources knowledge to user groups are integral components of the Center's activities.

Center for Young Children: Director: Marilyn Church. The Center for Young Children is a research facility for graduate students and faculty. It is located in the College of Education and is under the direction of the Department of Curriculum and

58 Resources

Instruction. Approximately 70 children ages 3 through 5 attend daily sessions in a nursery school-kindergarten setting. Observation booths adjoin each room providing facilities for observational research and instruction. An individual testing room is also available for use in working with individuals or small groups of children.

Institutes

Institute for Advanced Computer Studies: Acting Director: Larry Davis. The Uni- versity of Maryland Institute for Advanced Computer Studies was established in 1985 by Governor Harry Hughes as a separate research department. UMIACS, while resid- ing on the College Park campus, is intended to serve the entire University system as a focal point for research activities in computing.

UMIACS has 34 affiliate faculty whose principal academic appointments are in other educational departments in the University. The departments represented are: computer science (UMCP), electrical engineering, mathematics, physics, business and management, philosophy, and computer science (UMBC).

The Institute publishes and distributes technical reports. Other activities include a Distinguished Lecturer Series, workshops, conferences and seminars; graduate student research; and a Visiting Scholars program.

Institute for Child Study: Director: Robert C. Hardy. In its program, the Institute collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various fields that are concerned with human growth, development, learning and behavior. Programs, which have an educational psychology focus, provide study of all aspects of life span development from infancy through aging. Institute research is primarily concerned with social aspects of development. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of human development.

Cooperative Institute for Climatic Studies (CICS): Director: Ferdinand Baer. Following more than a decade of fruitful collaboration in meteorology and climate re- search, NOAA and UMCP have established a Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies on campus. Principal participants are the National Weather Service and the National Environmental Satellite Data and Information Service of NOAA and the Uni- versity of Maryland Meteorology Department. The Institute is organized to: 1) foster collaborative research between NOAA and the University in studies of satellite clima- tology and climate diagnostics, modeling, and prediction, 2) serve as a center where scientists and engineers working on problems of mutual interest may focus on studies contributing to the understanding of earth-ocean-atmosphere climate systems, climate modeling, climate prediction and satellite climatology. The Institute's activities are also expected to include cooperative programs with other research groups, both na- tionally and internationally, and to stimulate training of scientists and engineers in ap- propriate disciplines involved in the atmospheric sciences.

The Institute employs numerous Fellows, research scientists, and research associ- ates from the cooperating agencies as well as graduate research assistants to accom- plish its goals.

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology: Director: Charles Wellford. The

Resources 59

Institute coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of law en- forcement, criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very extensive and care- fully integrated undergraduate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on graduate programs and on research.

The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make possible the achievement of its primary goal the education of social and behavioral scientists who have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention and controls as their spe- cialization. The Institute offers the M.A. degree with options in criminology or cri- minal justice and the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology.

Institute for Governmental Service: Director: Donald F. Norris. The Institute pro- vides information, consulting, research and technical assistance services to county, municipal, and state governments. Assistance is provided in such areas as program evaluation, survey research, preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal management, personnel, zoning, information systems, and related local or intergo- vernmental activities. The Institute analyzes and shares with governmental officials information concerning professional developments and opportunities for new or im- proved programs and facilities.

Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Dr. Douglas MacLean. The Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program of re- search and curriculum development, investigating the structure of arguments and the nature of values relevant to the formation, justification, and criticism of public policy. Most research efforts, chosen from topics expected to be a focus of public policy de- bate during the next decade, are coordinated by Institute research staff and conducted cooperatively by working groups composed of philosophers, policymakers, analysts, and other experts from within and without the government. This diversity permits comprehensive examination of the major aspects of the complex issues investigated. Current research areas include: regulatory policy, environmental ethics, nuclear strate- gy, the nature of ecology, the rationality of attitudes toward risk, equality of oppor- tunity, the ethics of legal negotiation, and the mass media and democratic values. Research products are made available through commercial publication, distribution of model courses, a quarterly newsletter, working papers, and workshops.

The Institute's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical issues before future policymakers and citizens. Courses dealing with contemporary normative issues in the national and international arenas are offered through the School of Law, School of Public Affairs, and various undergraduate programs. Courses which have been offered include: Hunger and Affluence, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy; Human Rights and Foreign Policy; Ethics and Energy Policy; The Endangered Species Problem; Risk and Consent; Ethics and the New International Order; The Morality of Forced Military Service; Theory of Regulatory Policy; Ethics and National Security; and Environmental Ethics. The Institute operates within the School of Public Affairs.

Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Acting Director: James A. Yorke. The Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a center for interdisciplinary re- search in pure and applied science problems that lie between those areas served by the academic departments. These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging opportuni- ties for thesis research and classroom instruction. Current research topics include a

60 Resources

variety of problems in applied mathematics, statistical physics, optical physics, fluid mechanics, physics of condensed matter, space science, upper atmospheric physics, engineering physics, and biomathematics. Other areas of interest are remote sensing, the effect of ionizing radiation on chemical systems, and the history of science and technology.

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are provided through the graduate programs in the academic departments of the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering. The Institute sponsors a wide variety of seminars. Of principal interest are general seminars in statistical physics, applied mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Information about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by calling (301) 454-2636.

Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education: Director: Robert 0. Berdahl. The primary focus of the Institute is to encourage and support the study of public policy issues concerning the relations between institutions of higher and adult education and their state and federal governments. The Institute concentrates on state level problems, particularly those relating to Maryland institutions.

The Institute's location in College Park, next to the nation's capital, facilitates monitoring and researching federal policies in postsecondary education. The Institute addresses problems such as (1) legislative performance audits of higher education, (2) evaluation of statewide boards of higher education, (3) interactions among statewide boards, accrediting agencies and universities, (4) fundraising and research develop- ment, and (5) inter-institutional cooperation.

The teaching base of greatest relevance to the Institute lies in the graduate pro- grams in higher and adult education in the UMCP Department of Education policy, planning and Administration; however, interaction with students and faculty from oth- er relevant areas is strongly encouraged.

Institute for the Study of Exceptional Children and Youth: Director: Philip J. Burke. The Institute is a research unit adjunct to the Department of Special Education in the College of Education at UMCP. The Institute is a problem-centered organization engaged in innovation, research, and evaluation related to major issues affecting the lives of exceptional individuals, the gifted and talented as well as the handicapped. The Institute has five interlocking task areas: policy studies, consumer involvement and evaluation, leadership development, interdisciplinary studies, and dissemination.

Projects administered by the Institute include doctoral training programs in the areas of public policy and a variety of technology research projects in the areas of po- licy, technology, and program evaluation.

The Institute is an ongoing part of the University that also serves as a center for technical assistance to local schools and agencies with respect to needs of handi- capped children and youth. The Institute focuses its resources on key issues, prob- lems, and research areas that will maintain a strong and independent voice in matters relating to exceptional children and youth.

Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Kenneth E. Corey. The Institute aims at

Resources 61

developing students knowledgeable both in the technical competencies which consti- tute the skills of "urban manpower" and in the professional understanding of the urban community as an object of interdisciplinary analysis.

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary B.A. and M.A. degree granting program. It was created to offer a teaching program to educate urban administrators and specialists to plan, manage and develop metropolitan communities. The Washington- Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent teaching and research setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved by a multi- disciplinary approach, the master's program supplements the Institute's core courses with the specialized problem solving methods of the diverse departments and professional schools of the University. The Institute has developed a joint pro- gram with the UMAB Community planning program to enable the Master of Community planning (M.C.P.) degree to be taken by students in College Park as well as in Baltimore.

Laboratories

Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration: Director: Edward J. Andrews, Jr. This laboratory is the research and development unit of the Maryland Commission on School-Based Administration and the Maryland Assessment Center project. It is concerned with the professional preparation and inservice devel- opment of school principals. Collaborating with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration in these efforts are the Maryland State Department of Education, other institutions of higher education, and the 24 local school districts in Maryland.

The Laboratory's mission is to devise and activate a systematic plan to strengthen the effectiveness of school principals in Maryland through programs of principal as- sessment, professional preparation and development, and research on principal assess- ment and development.

Consortia

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local consor- tia concerned with advanced education and research. They offer a variety of oppor- tunities for senior scholar and graduate student research.

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit educational and research consortium of 51 colleges and universities in the South formed in order to broaden the opportunities for member institutions collectively to participate in many fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to the environment, energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship pro- grams administered by ORAU for the U.S. Department of Energy.

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), was created to serve as a focal point of a vigorous and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric sciences. NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation by the UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RE- SEARCH (UCAR), made up of 48 U.S. and Canadian universities with doctoral pro-

62 Resources

grams in the atmospheric sciences or related fields. The scientific staff includes me- teorologists, astronomers, chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and representatives of other disciplines. Over the years, UMCP Meteorology department, faculty, and staff members have had an active collaboration with NCAR colleagues and have made use of NCAR facilities. The Meteorology Department maintains a mini-computer which allows access to NCAR's CRAY 1 computer.

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION, INC. (URA), a group of 52 uni- versities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for the Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's highest-energy proton acce- lerator. University of Maryland faculty and graduate students have been involved in experiments at Fermilab since its inception.

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM) pro- vides a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in communications science and technology and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges and universities. The council particularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the area of communications science.

The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was designed to promote cooperation between universities, research organizations, and the govern- ment in the development of space science and technology, and in the operation of lab- oratories and facilities for research, development, and education in these fields. USRA currently has four active research programs. They focus on low gravity cloud physics, computer applications in science and engineering, lunar science, and ma- terials processing in space.

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL and SOCIAL RESEARCH (ICPSR). One purpose of the Consortium is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data for social science research. The data include survey data from the University of Michigan Center for political Studies and from studies conducted by other organizations or by individuals, census data for the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judi- cial decision results, and biographical data.

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research program, with the Johns Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and the Smithsonian Institution. The Consortium coordinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake Bay region and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the manage- ment and control of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty expertise in a diversity of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, geolo- gy, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through this interdisciplinary research program a computerized Management Resource Bank is being developed containing a biological inventory of the Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic data of the surrounding communities. The Consortium provides research opportunities for faculty members, graduate students, and undergraduate students at the University.

Officially chartered in 1969, the SEA GRANT ASSOCIATION is a growing or- ganization concerned with the development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes re-

Resources 63

sources. Composed of the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with ocean programs, the Association works for the betterment of the management and utilization of marine resources. Maryland's research and education program is greatly involved with estuarine processes and commercial fisheries, especially oysters, in the Chesapeake Bay. Other important research efforts such as the joint cholera program with Florida, Louisiana and Oregon, represent strong national efforts.

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant funding by the Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six univer- sities, colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or associate member- ships in SGA, Maryland is one of only about twenty who have comprehensive institu- tional programs and who are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges.

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN EDUCA- TION is to involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in the identifica- tion, development, and utilization of the human resources of the State for the purpose of improving human relationships in education. The consortium provides training ac- tivities for educational personnel, promotes the sharing of expertise among education professionals, disseminates information as to activities, personnel and materials con- cerning human relationships, and promotes cooperative relationships among the agen- cies involved.

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER RESOURCES (UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was created to provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to water re- sources research in academic communities. Member institutions also exchange infor- mation on special conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities.

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVERSITY- NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to improve coordinated use of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing to- gether the Community of Academic Oceanographic Institutions which operate those facilities, and creating a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the University of Maryland op- erates research programs in the marine sciences and operates the University of Maryland Center for Environmental and Estaurine Studies.

Chartered in 1981-1982 with the University of Maryland among its founding members, the POTOMAC RIVER BASIN CONSORTIUM comprises 20 or so aca- demic, governmental and private sector institutions whose intent is to expand scholar- ly and popular interest and involvement with the many natural, cultural, and historical dimensions of the potomac Valley basin arid its subregions and the Chesapeake Bay. Consortium interests range from agriculture, anthropology, and engineering to historic preservation, environment, geography, history, public policy and urban studies. Consortium activities, intramural and interdisciplinary, are aimed at enhancing oppor- tunities for collaborative studies of the region in academic curricula, student ex- change, internships, workshops, seminars, and a publication program of academic studies and papers.

The University of Maryland is one of the charter members of THE SOUTH- EASTERN UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (SURA), a consortium of

64 Resources

35 institutions of higher learning formed in 1980 for the purpose of managing large cooperative projects in science, engineering and medicine. SURA's first undertaking was the proposal for a National Electron Accelerator Laboratory (NEAL). Although NEAL's primary research potential is in nuclear science, research in condensed matter physics, medicine, and industrial applications is a natural byproduct.

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited resource peoples and less developed countries. Memberships in the organization is open to universities, research institutions and other organizations with capabilities related to rural and urban development and technology transfer. The University of Maryland is a charter member and has participated in several SECID technical assistance contracts including ones in Kenya, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Guyana, Malawi, Zambia, Senegal, and Mali.

The goal of the CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL CROP PROTECTION (CICP) is to promote economically efficient and environmentally sound crop protec- tion practices in developing countries. CICP sponsors training for developing country extension workers, researchers, agricultural and health officials, and others to help reduce dependence on chemical insecticides and foster a more holistic approach to pest control; fields research teams to assess plant protection problems; and provides specialists for other technical assistance.

The consortium, which operates under an $8.7 million, five-year authorization budget, most of which derives from the U.S. Agency for International Development, claims as members 13 U.S. universities and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. UMCP entomologist Allen Steinhauer serves as the executive director of CICP, which this spring moved to its new headquarters in College Park. Entomology professor Dale Bottrell serves as one of CICP's key personnel in his role as technical assistance specialist in entomology.

Student Services

Housing

The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1195, Student Union, 454-3645), in coop- eration with many of the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an exten- sive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also provide students with con- venient maps of the College Park area and with lists of local motels, trailer and mo- bile home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies. In addition, the University has set aside a limited number of furnished rooms in the undergraduate res- idence halls for single graduate students.

Current rates for housing in the area are about $200-$250 per month for a room in a private home, $375-$475 per month for an efficiency or one bedroom apartment; $200-5250 per month for a shared apartment, and $800-$850 per month for an unfur- nished house.

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married graduate stu- dents and for a limited number of single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert

Student Services 65

Apartments and University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of campus, which means that there is usually a waiting list, especially during the period immedi- ately preceding the fall semester. Priority for housing in these complexes is currently given to married full-time graduate assistants, then married full-time graduate non- assistants. Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is currently (1987-1988) $358/month, with two-bedroom apartments costing from $400/month; a limited number of efficien- cies are available to single students for a monthly rent of $309. Students must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit of $100 (payable when an apartment is as- signed). There is a nonrefundable application fee of $10.00. After the initial lease expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly basis. Graduate students who maintain full-time status are permitted to live in the apartments for a maximum of thirty-six months.

Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained from the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, MD 20783, (422-7445).

University Dining Services

The University Department of Dining Services offers several dining options avail- able to graduate students. The D.S. Cash Plan or the Resident Dining Plans offer stu- dents the ability to dine at various restaurants all over campus. The D.S. Cash Plan has a minimum deposit of $50.00. The Resident Dining Plans cost $843.00 per se- mester. Information on both plans is available from the Dining Services Contract Office (454-2906).

Dining Services features over 17 different restaurants and Eateries across campus. Menu offerings range from salad bars, delis and fresh dough pizza to a buffet res- taurant and steak house. All facilities are open to everyone, but students on board plans receive discounts and are entitled to specially priced meals. For more informa- tion, call 454-2901.

Career Development Center

The Career Development Center, located in Hombake Library offers a wide variety of services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist students in ex- ploring career opportunities and planning their careers. Services include career advis- ing, the Career Library, the credentials service, and the on-campus interview pro- gram.

The career advising program includes both individual and group advising sessions and workshops on jobseeking skills, resume preparation, and interviewing skills. The Career Library contains occupational information, full-time job listings, employer directories, and other reference sources.

Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on-campus interview program, which involves campus visits by representatives from business, government, and edu- cation. Students interested in employment in the fields of education and library science will find the credentials service especially valuable.

Certain services of the Center are also available to students' spouses.

66 Student Services

Counseling Center

The Counseling Center offers consultation on education/psychological concerns; an open educational-vocational information library; recorded interviews with department heads on the characteristics of graduate majors offered on the campus; and a weekly Research and Data series of presentations on current educational/psychological topics.

Available services include the following: the Counseling Service, which offers ini- tial consultation on any problems and provides further counseling services or referral services to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area; the Reading and Study Skills Laboratory for those interested in improving any of their educational skills in- cluding special assistance for students for whom English is a second language; the parent Consultation and Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of services to the parents of young children with learning or behavior problems; and the Testing, Research and Data processing Division, which serves as the testing and census taking arm of the campus.

The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and individuals concerning organizational development and group productivity. Other programs include a series of self-understanding and development groups for interested students and staff.

The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on characteristics of students and campus environment.

National testing programs (GRE, Miller Analogies, etc.) are administered by the Counseling Center as well as testing for counseling purposes. Office location; Shoemaker Building. Telephone: Counseling Services 454-2931; Reading and Study Skills Lab 454-2935; Testing Information 454-3127.

Health Care

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from the Student Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for health care at the Health Center. Services provided include both emergency and routine medical care, mental health evaluation and treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, gynecological services, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, dermatolog- ical services and orthopedic services.

Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an appointment. Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment will be seen on a walk-in basis. Emergencies always receive highest priority.

The Health Center is open 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. weekdays and 11:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses taking priority on evenings and week- ends. People with emergencies are seen 24 hours a day.

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for routine medical care and professional services at the Health Center. Charges, however, are made for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be noted that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. For informa- tion and emergencies, call 454-3444: Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 454-4925; Women's Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922.

Graduate Programs 67

Health Insurance

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many stu- dents do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is available to students. This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surg- ery, emergency, laboratory, and x-ray purposes; some coverage for mental and nerv- ous problems; and contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid- year for a half-yearly rate, and they may elect to have family coverage. Enrollment periods for the policy are August 15, January 1, and June 1. For additional informa- tion and application forms, see the brochure available in the Health Center.

In addition, teaching, research, and graduate assistants are eligible for the State employee insurance plan options. Please note that fellows and hourly employees are not eligible for the State employee insurance plan. For further information, contact your department, or the Personnel Benefits office.

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students

In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following publications:

Graduate Application Booklet. This booklet, which contains the application forms and information you need to complete the forms, is available on request from the Graduate School Mailing Office or from the individual departments.

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new graduate stu- dent with an introduction to the campus and the College Park area, is available from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies, procedures, and services of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the departmental gradu- ate offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.

The Thesis Manual. This manual contains the instructions for preparation of theses and dissertations and is available from the Graduate School (Room 2117, South Administration).

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of dates for submis- sion of final documents is available from the various departmental graduate offices, as well as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.

68 The University of Maryland

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK.

Aerospace Engineering 69

Graduate Programs

Aerospace Engineering (ENAE)

Professor and Chair: Gessow

Professors: Anderson, Chopra, Donaldson, Melnik

Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones, Lee, Winklemann

Assistant Professors: Celi, Fabunmi, Vizzini

Lecturers: Agrawal, Billig, Chandler, Chien, Hong, Kammeyer, Kim, Korkegi,

Kushner, Lekoudis, Regan, Stanzione, Vamos, VanWie, Yanta, Wardlaw, Waltrup,

Weissman

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a broad program of graduate studies leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula for these degrees are adapted to meet the objectives and background of the individual student and are planned by the student and an advisor. Applications for admission are invited from those holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sciences, and mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, Rotorcraft, and Flight Dynamics are the major areas of specialization available to graduate students. Within these areas of specialization, the student can tailor programs such as Computational Fluid Dynamics, Hypersonic Aerodynamics, Composite Structures, and Helicopter or V/STOL Technology.

Admission and Degree Information

Two master's degree options are available: thesis and non-thesis. No special de- partmental requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate School requirements.

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the Aerospace Engineering Department re- quires a minimum of 42 semester hours of course work beyond the B.S. including: (1) not less than 18 hours within one departmental area of specialization, (2) not less than 6 hours from among the other areas of specialization in the department, (3) not less than 9 hours in courses which emphasize the physical sciences or mathematics rather than their applications. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at least 15 hours all of which are 600 level. Written qualifying and oral comprehensive exam- inations are also required.

Facilities and Special Resources

Facilities and equipment which support experimental studies in low speed aero- dynamics, structural dynamics, helicopter dynamics and composite structures include the Glenn L. Martin Wind Tunnel with a 7 feet, 9 inches by 1 1 feet test section, oth- er open and closed section subsonic tunnels, a supersonic tunnel, a structural dynam- ics rig, a model rotor test stand, a micro processor controlled autoclave with a 3 feet by 4 feet working section, testing machines and a laboratory minicomputer system for fully automated data acquisition. In addition to the main frame computer available on campus, the department currently maintains dedicated multi-user computer systems

70 Aerospace Engineering

such as the Hewlett-Packard HP1000 E, HP9000, HP1000/A900 and the Sperry 5000. For courses, see code ENAE.

Agricultural and Extension Education Programs (AEED)

Acting Chair: Miller

Professors: Longest, Ryden (Emeritus)

Associate Professors: Cooper, Rivera, Seibel, Smith

Assistant Professor: Gibson

Lecturer: Sieling

Affiliate Professors: Booth, Coffindaffer, Jones, Oliver, Shelton, Snipp

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Flyger, Jarvis, Ross, Soobitsky, Werge

Programs in Agricultural and Extension Education enable professionals to be more effective in their careers. The department programs are multidisciplinary and organ- ized into Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and Extension Education; Community Development; and Natural Resources Management majors.

Faculty competencies and specializations within the department include; teacher education; program administration and supervision; staff and leadership development; program development and evaluation; community analysis, development and leader- ship; organizational development and, leadership; public affairs education; program management; natural resources management; and environmental education. In addi- tion, department faculty and graduate students are involved in interdisciplinary pro- grams such as international extension and research, rural sociology, and natural re- sources management and environmental education.

Degree Information

Student academic programs are built around core departmental and major field re- quirements. Courses may be included from other departments and colleges as appro- priate to the student's special interests and career aspirations.

Graduate degrees are offered in Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and Extension Education; Community Development; and Environmental Education (M.S. only) with specializations in each. Master of Science, both thesis and non-thesis pro- grams, are available. Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate requiring 30 credits beyond the master's degree is also available.

Doctor of Philosophy programs are to meet graduate school and department re- quirements and are planned according to the student's previous education, experience, special interests, professional plans and aspirations. No specific number of credits is required, but is dependent on the student's qualifications and area of concentration. No foreign language is required but is encouraged for those interested in international development. Research and major competencies will be developed through specific courses, department research projects and/or projects developed by the student as part of his or her academic program.

Agricultural Engineering Program 71

Admissions

Applicants for all programs must present transcripts and recommendations from three individuals qualified to assess academic abilities of the applicant. Results of the Miller Analogies and/or GRE tests must also be included with the application.

Facilities and Special Resources:

Graduate education programs are enhanced by accessability to the graduate library and the computer center.

Departmental emphasis is placed on providing opportunities for interaction between faculty and graduate students representing an international culturally diverse dimen- sion.

Proximity of the Department to Washington, D.C. and the national headquarters of many organizations and agencies is ideal to allow access to, and interaction of faculty and students with key leaders and sources of data. Some of the resources include: USDA, EPA, National Agricultural Library, Library of Congress, International Development Management Center, Lifelong Learning Research Conference, AEED Center for International Extension Development, National 4-H Center, and National FFA Center.

Financial Assistance

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- demic performance and availability of funds. Many of the full-time students in the department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid.

Additional Information

For additional information on programs, admission procedures, and financial aid contact:

Chair

Agricultural and Extension Education Department

0222 Symons Hall

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

Phone: (301) 454-3738.

For courses, see code AEED.

Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC)

Professor and Chair: Hueth

Professors: Brown, Cain, Foster, Gardner, Lessley, McConnell, Norton, Stevens,

Tuthill, Wysong

Associate Professors: Bockstael, Chambers, Hardie, Lawrence, Levins, Lopez,

Strand

Assistant Professor: Phipps

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics offers a course of study leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate program prepares students through courses in traditional subject matters areas, re-

72 Agricultural and Resource Economics Program

search experiences designed to give technical and creative competency in applied economics, and seminar and discussion opportunities.

The Department provides two areas of specialization, agricultural economics and resource economics. Both areas of specialization integrate opportunity and resource economics. Study and research within these two areas of specialization can include agricultural development, international trade, agricultural marketing, farm manage- ment and production economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land use, marine resources, water resources and environmental quality.

There are substantial employment opportunities for persons with advanced training in agricultural and resource economics. Graduates from the department obtain em- ployment in government, industry, and universities. In government, graduates are hired by such agencies as the U.S. Department of Agriculture and Interior and the Environmental Protection Agency. Some obtain positions with the World Bank and similar agencies. Industry sometimes include management or program responsibili- ties. Positions obtained in academics usually include assistant professor positions (teaching, research, extension) in major universities. A few graduates have accepted teaching positions in smaller colleges.

Admission and Degree Information

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in both areas of specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum of 24 credits for course work and six credits for thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place after completion of the thesis and is primarily a defense of the thesis. The non-thesis op- tion requires 33 credits for course work and a scholarly paper. There is a final comprehensive written examination for the non-thesis option. The examination is pri- marily concerned with course work taken during the program.

Students with a bachelor's degree generally enter the master's program before ap- plying for the doctoral program. A minimum of 48 credits for course work beyond the bachelor's degree and 12 credits for dissertation research are required for the Ph.D. degree. Qualifying examinations are administered on completion of core course requirements. Written field examinations are held when course work has been completed. An oral dissertation defense is also required.

There is no foreign language requirement for any graduate degree. The time re- quired to complete a master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D. adds a mini- mum of two years beyond the master's program. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Aptitude Test scores are required with the application for admission.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Department actively employs the resources of many state, federal, and interna- tional agencies unique to the Washington, D.C. area to offer experience from the world of government and business. The Library of Congress in Washington and the National Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance teaching and research efforts.

Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 73

Financial Assistance

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- demic performance and availability of funds. Many full-time students in the depart- ment hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. Part-time and summer work is often available for students not on assistantships.

Additional Information

The Policy Handbook for the Graduate Program provides course requirements, examination procedures, and descriptive material for M.S. and Ph.D. programs. For specifics information contact:

Dr. Bruce Gardner

Graduate Coordinator

Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20770

For courses, see code AREC.

Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG)

Associate Professor and Chair: Stewart

Professors: Harris, Johnson, Wheaton

Associate Professor: Grant

Assistant Professors: Magette, Muller, Shirmohammadi

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Brinsfield

Visiting Professor: Yeck

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a graduate program of study with specialization in either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading to the de- gree of Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems place emphasis on the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, processing and marketing of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the con- servation of land and water resources and the utilization and/or disposal of byproducts associated with biological systems is included in order to maintain and enhance the quality of our environment while contributing to efficient production of food and to meet increasing population demands.

Agricultural Engineering graduate students can look forward to excellent employ- ment opportunities. Recent estimates indicate three to five openings presently exist for every student completing an advanced degree in Agricultural Engineering. Future projections indicate the demand for Agricultural Engineers with advanced degrees will be as good or better than it is presently.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission is open to B. S. graduates in engineering, physical science or biological science who meet graduate school requirements and who have satisfactory completed a core of basic engineering courses. For the thesis M.S. program, a minimum of 30 semester hours are required of which at least 9 hours will be agricultural engineering

74 Agricultural Engineering Program

courses, 6 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. A non-thesis M.S. is also available, requiring a minimum of 33 semester credit hours. At least 9 credit hours will be ENAG courses, 3 hours will be a required paper, and 3 hours will be biometrics.

A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program of which 12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. Additional courses may be required depending on the student background.

The department has no language requirements for either graduate degree. Except for the above requirements, a M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal basis and is oriented toward the intellectual and professional objectives of the student.

Facilities and Special Resource

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the department, the facilities of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College of Engineering are available. Facilities of the University of Maryland Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies enhances the aquacultural phase of the Department's graduate program.

Financial Assistance

Financial assistance may be available to qualified candidates.

Additional Information

For additional information contact:

Chair

Agricultural Engineering Department

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ENAG.

Agronomy Program (AGRO)

Professor and Acting Chair: Aycock

Professors: Bandel, Decker, Fanning, McKee

Associate Professors: Dernoe, Glenn, Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Mulchi, Ritter,

Sammons, Turner, Vogh, Weil, Weismiller

Assistant Professors: Angle, Bruns, Hill, James, Rabinhorst, Thomison, Welterien

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate courses of study leading to the de- grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy The student may pursue major work in the crops division or in the soils division of the department. Programs are offered in cereal crop production, forage management, turf management, plant breed- ing, tobacco production, crop physiology, week science, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, soil survey and land use, soil mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, air pollution, waste disposal, and soil environment interactions.

All graduate with advanced degrees in Agronomy from this university have found

Agronomy Program 75

employment in areas of their interests. Most are doing teaching or research at other universities or with the federal government; some are with international agencies and a few have advanced to administrative positions. A number are employed by indus- tries in research or sales-related positions. Some graduates are managing whole divi- sions of these corporations. Others are employed by consulting firms or are breeding new varieties of crops for sale to the farmers. Opportunities for employment of Agronomy graduates in the future appear to be excellent.

Admission and Degree Information

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. A bachelor's degree in Agronomy is not required if the student has adequate training the basic sciences. All students must complete the Master of Science degree before ad- mission to the doctoral program. Departmental regulations have been assembled for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available from the Department of Agronomy.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-equipped laboratories to carry out bas- ic and applied research in crop and soil science. Basic equipment in the laboratories include: x-ray diffraction and mass spectrophotometer, atomic absorption gas chroma- tograph, isotope counters, petrographic scopes and equipment for thin section prepara- tions, neutron soil moisture probe and scaler, tissue culture equipment, grin quality analyzer, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers, extensive greenhouse space, and five research farms and/or research and education centers permit a wide range of soil and environmental conditions for research into plant growth procedures. A complete complement of planting and harvesting equipment is available for field research. A computer center, located on campus, is available for use by the department. Microcomputers within the department are also available. The University and the National Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented by the Library of Congress, make the library resources among the best in the nation. Many projects of the depart- ment are conducted in cooperation with other departments on campus and the Agricultural Research Service of the United States Department of Agriculture with headquarters located three miles from the campus.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of research assistantships and teaching assistantships are avail- able for qualified applicants.

For courses, see code AGRO.

American Studies (AMST)

Associate Professor and Chair: Kelly

Associate Director and Director of Graduate Studies: Caughey

Associate Professors: Caughey, Johns, Lounsbury, Mintz

Assistant Professor: Diner

Adjunct Professor: Washburn

American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program of study leading to the M.A.

76 American Studies

and the Ph.D. degrees. The department is particularly oriented toward the study of 19th and 20th century American culture with special emphasis in the areas of popular culture, literature and society, women's studies, ethnography, film, art, and social and cultural change. By combining courses in American Studies with study in other de- partments and fields, students can tailor their graduate program closely to their indi- vidual interests and career goals. Internship opportunities are available in area mu- seums, archives, government agencies, and local historical societies. Courses in ma- terial culture taught at the Smithsonian Institution and George Washington University are open to students in American Studies through a cooperative agreement. The de- partment also cooperates with the Departments of History, Anthropology, Geography and Urban Studies, and the School of Architecture in sponsoring a certificate program in Historic Preservation. Students interested in that program are admitted to one of the cooperation departments and, upon successful application to the Committee on Historic Preservation, complete 24 additional credit hours in preservation related courses.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants to the program should have a broad liberal arts background appropriate to the interdisciplinary study of American culture at the graduate level.

The master's program requires completion of 30 credit hours. Students who elect to write a thesis take 24 hours of course work and 6 hours of AMST 799 (thesis cred- it). Students who elect the non-thesis option take 30 hours of course work and submit a scholarly paper based on independent research in lieu of a thesis. In addition, all students must pass a written examination.

Ph.D. candidates must complete at least 30 credit hours beyond the master's degree organized around an area of concentration, pass three written comprehensive examina- tions, and write and defend a dissertation based on original research.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Washington area offers extraordinary research facilities for the study of American culture, past and present, including the Library of Congress, the National Archives, the National Museum of American History, and the National Gallery, as well as numerous other museums, collections, archives, and libraries. Through con- sortial arrangements with other schools in the area, including the George Washington University and Georgetown University, students may augment their programs with courses otherwise unavailable at the University of Maryland.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available. Students holding assis- tantships typically teach two sections of AMST 201, Introduction to American Studies. Awards are generally made to students who have successfully completed one year in the graduate program.

Additional Information

Additional information on program offerings, degree requirements, and financial aid can be obtained by writing to:

American Studies 77

Director of Graduate Studies Department of American Studies University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code AMST.

Animal Sciences Program (ADVP)

Professor and Program Vandersall

Professors: Westhoff (Department Chair), Mather, Vandersall, Vijay, Williams,

Young (Animal Science); Marquardt, Mohanty (Associate Dean), (Veterinary

Medicine)

Professor Emeriti: Flyger, Keeney

Associate Professors: DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Harsock, Majeskie, Peters,

Russek-Cohen, Stricklin (Animal Sciences); Dutta, Mallinson (Vetrinary Medicine)

Assistant Professors: Mills, Barao, Cassel, Marshall, Varner (Animal Sciences);

Gorham, Ingling, Snyder (Vetrinary Medicine)

The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences offers work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and non-thesis op- tions are available for the Master's Degree. Areas of concentration within the Program include animal nutrition, physiology, virology, immunology, and cell biolo- gy. Opportunities for study are primarily related to domestic animals but studies with other species are possible.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examinations (aptitude) and at least 3 letters of recommendation.

It is recommended that during the first semester, required by the second, that the student select a chairman of his/her Adivsory Committee for Program approval. With this committee's advice, a proposed schedule of courses which includes at least one credit of ADVP Seminar (ANSC 693 A) must also be filed. Committees may require remedial courses if the student enters with inadequate prerequisites or has deficiencies in her/his undergraduate program. By the third semester a thesis research or non- thesis "scholarly paper" must be approved and filed. This thesis or "scholarly paper" must be presented in a public seminar in addition to the final oral examination by the Advisory Committee. A written comprehensive examination is required of non-thesis students. A final bound copy of the thesis or scholarly paper must be submitted to the Program office. Students with adequate undergraduate training usually complete the Master's degree within two years.

Ph.D. students entering from other institutions with the Master's are expected to meet the requirements indicated above. The M.S. is not a prerequisite for admission to Ph.D. study, however, most students find it advantageous. Two additional credits to the program seminar are required. Early in the program an Advisory Committee must be formed for Program approval. A plan of study and research proposal must be filed as in the Master's program. At least one semester of teaching experience is required. The Admission to Candidacy examinations are both written and oral. Prior

78 Animal Sciences Program

to the final oral examination the candidate must present his/her dissertation in a public seminar. In addition to the dissertation, at least one paper in form for publication in a referred scientific journal must be approved. A final bound copy of the dissertation must be submitted to the Program office. The Ph.D. degree should be completed within three years after the M.S. degree.

Facilities and Special Resources

Faculty in the program are an outstanding group representing research accom- plished in a wide variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses in physiolo- gy, biochemistry and microbiology are available in the appropriate departments. Courses in biometrics listed in the catalog under BIOM provide a strong background in experimental design and statistical analysis. Several terminals and micro computers are available in the Animal Sciences Center. The Computer Science Center offers analysis of thesis data.

Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in the Animal Sciences Center which includes the combined resources of the Departments of Animal Sciences and College of Veterinary Medicine. Facilities are available for cell culture, monoclonal antibody production, and enzyme-iinked immunosorbant assays. Instrumentation is available to graduate students for gas lipid chromatography, atomic absorption, ultra violet and visable spectrophotometry, calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid scintillation ra- dioactivity measurements, electrophoresis, ultracentrifugation, ovum micromanipula- tion and a variety of microbiological techniques. Controlled environment facilities in the Center permit work with laboratory animals and detailed experiments on larger animals. Surgical facilities are available for research in the areas of reproductive and nutritional physiology.

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep and swine are readily available for graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments can be conducted on the campus with large animals. Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are carried out at one of four outlying farms. A cooperative agreement with with the Agricultural Research Service at nearby Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) makes available laboratory, animal and research personnel resources of importance in the graduate pro- gram.

In addition to excellent library facilities on the campus, the National Agricultural Library, the National Library of Medicine and the Library of Congress, all located within 10 miles, constitute the best library resource for graduate study available any- where.

Financial Assistance

A number of Graduate Assistantships are available and awarded to students pre- senting strong academic records and a capability and motivation to perform well in teaching or research assignments.

Additional Information

For specific information on the program, admission procedures or financial aid, contact:

Animal Sciences Program 79

Dr. J. H. Vandersall, Chair

Animal Sciences (ADVP) Graduate Committee

Department of Animal Sciences

For courses, see code ANSC.

Anthropology Program (ANTH)

Associate Professor and Chair: Chambers

Professors: Agar, Gonzalez, Kerley, A. Williams, M. Williams

Associate Professor: Leone

Assistant Professors: Dent, Stewart, Wali

Lecturers: Cassidy, Eidson, Kedar, Seligman, Vorek, Wulff

The Department of Anthropology offers a Master of Applied Anthropology (MAA) degree. This is a new professional program for students interested in an anthropology career outside academia. Core courses include preparation in cultural analysis and management. Students intern with an agency or organization suitable to their career interests. Specialization is flexible permitting students to select from a variety of areas of career focus or to tailor coruse requirements to their special career require- ments.

Admission and Degree Requirements

Students are required to submit evidence of Graduate Record Examination scores and to fulfill the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School. Forty-two semester hours of work are required. All students must complete an internship. There is no thesis requirement.

Facilities and Special Resources

A departmental computer lab, four teaching and research labs for physical anthro- pology and archeology, a photographic darkroom, and a departmental library are available for student use.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available to qualified graduate stu- dents. Part-time employment related to department research is occasionally available.

Additional Information

For additional information please contact:

Dr. Michael Agar, Graduate Director Department of Anthropology University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ANTH.

Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL)

Professor and Director: Wolfe (ENAE) Professor: Donaldson

80 Applied Mathematics Program

Associate Professors: Jones, Lee

(BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass, Golden, Kotz

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Fromovitz, Widhelm

Assistant Professor: Trader

(ENCH) Professors: Cadman, Gentry, McAvoy

Assistant Professor: Calabrese

(ENCE) Professor: Sternberg

Associate Professors: Garber, Schwartz

(CMSC) Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, Stewart

Associate Professor: O'Leary

Assistant Professors: Elman, Fontecilla, Reggia

(ECON) Professors: Almon, Betancourt, Kelejian

Associate Professor: Coughlin

(ENEE) Professors: Baras, Blankenship, DeClaris, Davisson, Ephremides, Harger,

Mayergoyz, Newcomb, Ott, Taylor

Associate Professors: Krishnaprasad, Makowski, Tits, Tretter

Assistant Professor: Narayan

(Math) Professors: Alexander, Antman, Benedetto, Berenstein, Cooper, Doughs,

Evans, Fitzpatrick, Gdaz, Green, Greenberg, Hummel, Johnson, Liu, Osborn, Pearl,

Sweet, Wolfe

Associate Professors: Arnold, Sather, Schneider, Vogelius

Assistant Professors: Jones, Maddocks

(ENME) Professors: Marks, Yang

Associate Professors: Bernard, Shih, Walston

(METO) Professors: Baer, Vernekar

Associate Professors: Robock, Rodenhuis

(IPST) Research Professors: Babuska, Dorfman, Faller, Hubbard, Kellogg,

Newhouse, Oliver, Yorke, Zwanzig (Dinguished Professor)

(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Dragt, Ferrell, Glasser, Glick, Gluckstem,

Greenberg, Griffin, Korenman, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Redish, Sucher,

Wallace, Woo

Associate Professors: Einstein, Fivel, Gates, Hu, Kim, Wang

Assistant Professors: Das Sarman, Hassam

(STAT) Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith

(PUAF) Professor: Young

(ANSC) Associate Professor: Russek-Cohen

The interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program offers the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study and research in mathematics and its applications in the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In addition, the Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathe- matics for graduate students not enrolled in the Program.

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. Under this arrangement the Department of Mathematics assumes the responsibility for the administration of the applied mathematics courses under the MAPL label. Moreover, the Graduate Office of the Department maintains the records of all students

Applied Mathematics Program 81

in the Applied Mathematics Program and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. However, it is important that any application for admission indicates clearly whether a student wishes to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied Mathematics (MAPL) Program.

The faculty considers the primary aim of applied mathematics to be the understand- ing of a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena through the use of both a mathemati- cal specialist and a versatile scientist whose interests and motivations derive from a strong desire to confront highly complex or descriptive situations with mathematical analysis and ideas. In line with this, at least half of the required work is expected to be in coruses with primarily mathematical content, and the remaining part has to in- clude a coherent set of courses in some field of application outside of the usual math- ematics curriculum. Some of the areas currently pursued by graduate students in the Program are various areas of physics information structures, meteorology, operations research, pattern recognition, structural mechanics, and systems and control theory. Many other areas of study are available through the participating departments. It may also be noted that the faculty includes a strong group in numerical analysis and that all students include courses on numerical and scientific computing in their programs.

Employment opportunities in industry, government, and education are currently very good for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have little difficulty finding satisfactory employment. In particular, the local employment environment is very favorable since there are many scientific and educational institutions in the area, such as the Goddard Space Flight Center, the National Bureau of Standards, and the National Institutes of Health.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- mission to graduate study in the program should have completed, with at least a B av- erage (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a strong emphasis on mathematics. The student's general ability for graduate study of the Program and mathematical capabilities will be determined from his or her record and recommendations .

A mathematical preparation with grades of B or better at least through the level of advanced calculus in a school of good academic standing is normally considered suffi- cient demonstration of the required mathematical background. Previous education in some part of an application area, such as physics or in computational techniques will be favorably considered in a student's application of admission to the Program, al- though this is not a prerequisite.

When a student has decided upon an area of specialization, a student advisory com- mittee is appointed by the Director of the Program. This committee, working togeth- er with the student, is responsible for fomulating a course of study leading toward the degree sought. This course of study must constitute a unified, coherent program in an acceptable field of specialization of applied mathematics and must meet with the ap- proval of the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics.

Besides any other requirements specified by the Graduate School, the following specific conditions must be met for an M. A. degree in Applied Mathematics:

82 Applied Mathematics Program

1. At least 12 of the 24 required course credits for the M.A. degree with thesis are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of these 12 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 12 credits are in courses on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 12 credits is in an approved applied mathematics seminar.

2. The 24 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level or, alternatively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application.

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and (2) above.

3. At least 15 of the 30 required course credits for the non-thesis master's option are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 15 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of these 15 credits are in a course on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 15 cred- its is an approved applied mathematics seminar.

4. The 30 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level or, alternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application.

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both ( 1 ) and (2) above.

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the M.A. degree without thesis. The examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in a mathematics area and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be taken as closely together as possible. (Comprehensive examinations are not required for the M.A. degree with thesis.) A scholarly paper is required for the M.A. degree without thesis.

The student in the doctoral program must take a minimum of 36 hours of courses exclusive of dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits are at the 600-800 level.

A transfer of at most 24 credits of graduate-level work taken at a regionally ac- credited institution prior to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is permitted prov- iding: (1) the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics has approved the transfer,

(2) a grade of B or better was earned in the courses taken (no course with pass/fail grades will be accepted), and (3) the credit was earned within the time limit imposed for completing the Ph.D. degree at the University of Maryland.

Course Distribution: (1) at least 18 of the required 36 credits are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 credits are in approved mathematics seminars. (2) The 36 credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level or alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 lev- el in courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application.

(3) No course may be used to meet the requirements under both items (1) and (2) above.

Applied Mathematics Program 83

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. The examina- tion consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in an area of mathe- matics and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be taken as closely together as possible.

In addition, the student must pass the Candidacy Examination for the Ph.D. de- gree. The Candidacy Examination is an oral examination which serves as a test of the detailed preparation of a student in the area of specialization and seeks to discover if he or she has a deep enough understanding to carry out the proposed research. The examination assumes further advanced course work beyond the Comprehensive Examination.

Certified Minors

The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics to regular graduate students who are enrolled in a graduate degree program of the University of Maryland other than the program itself. The successful completion of the requirements for such a minor will be recorded in the student's transcripts. Moreover, a number of departments participating in the Applied Mathematics Program permit the requirements of the certified minor to replace part of the degree require- ments of the major department.

A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in applied mathematics must fill out an application form for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such forms are available from the Office of the Director of the Applied Mathematics Program.

The Certified Minor Program at the master's level must contain at least 6 semester hours in 400-level courses and 3 semester hours in 600-level courses, or 6 semester hours in 600-level courses. At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program must contain at least 9 semester hours of graduate credit of which at most 3 hours may be at the 400-level.

Financial Assistance

The main source of support for full-time students in the program is teaching assis- tantships in the Department in Mathematics. These assistantships carry a stipend plus remission of tuition of up to ten hours each semester. In addition there are some re- search assistantships available in participating departments once a student has acquired advanced training.

For courses, see code MAPL.

Architecture Program (ARCH)

Professor and Dean: Steffian

Graduate Director: Sachs

Assistant to the Dean: LaPanne

Professors: Hill, Lewis, Loss, Lu, Schlesinger, Steffian

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, Bennett, DuPuy, Etlin, Fogle, Johns, Lewis,

Schumacher, Vann

Assistant Professors: Berke, Mclnturff, Thiratrakoolchai, Wiedemann

Lecturers: Dynerman, Muse

84 Architecture Program

Instructor: Mason

The School of Architecture offers a graduate program leading to the professional degree. Master of Architecture. The school's basic objective is to provide the highest possible quality professional education and training in architecture. Its program is or- ganized around required courses in architectural and urban design, architectural histo- ry and theory and architectural science and technology. Electives in Architecture and related fields are available in a curriculum that is rigorous and challenging. The school is accredited by the National Architectural Accreditation Board. It is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture assigned to the Northeastern Region.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission to the graduate program is competitive. Candidates must satisfy the general requirements of the Graduate School and submit the following: (1) three letters of recommendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable success in graduate architectural school; (2) results of the Graduate Record Examination aptitude tests (not over five years old); and (3) evidence of creative abili- ty in the form of a portfolio of drawings, photographs, or other expressive media; de- tails concerning format and content may be obtained from the School of Architecture.

Applications will be considered from three categories of students: ( 1 ) students with four-year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent major) from accredited ar- chitecture schools; (2) students with baccalaureate degrees not in architecture from an accredited college or university who successfully complete specified undergraduate prerequisites which are outlined by the School of Architecture; and (3) students with an accredited professional degree in architecture, Bachelor or Master of Architecture. Students are expected to enroll on a full-time basis. For complete information on cur- ricula requirements for these categories, write to the School of Architecture.

(1) Students entering the program with a four-year baccalaureate degree in architec- ture from an accredited college or university normally require two years of graduate study to complete the requirements for the professional degree Master of Architecture. The established curriculum requires four semester of academic work encompassing a total of 60 credits. Additional credits may be required depending upon the admissions committee's evaluation of the individual's academic and architectural experience.

(2) Students entering the professional program with other than architecture bacca- laureate degrees will normally require seven semesters of design studio and other prerequisite courses. Students may be granted advanced standing if they have com- pleted the appropriate prerequisites. Information on required courses and curriculum may be obtained from the School of Architecture.

(3) A special option leading to the Master of Architecture degree is available for those students already possessing a professional degree in architecure (B.Arch. or M.Arch.) from an accredited program. This option is designed to accommodate the needs of students who wish to do advanced work beyond that required for the profes- sional degree. Applicants must specify in detail the nature of the proposed course of study, for review and approval by the admissions committee prior to their admission. They must complete a minimum of 30 credits, including ARCH 799 Thesis in

Architecture Program 85

Architecture (6 credits). At least 12 credits, other than thesis, shall be 600-level or above. All course selections must be approved by the graduate committee of the school.

Presently, areas of concentration in which the school has noteworthy resources for advanced work are architectural and urban design for developing countries, architec- tural history and preservation, and architectural technology.

4) A program leading to a Master's Certificate in Historic Preservation is available to M.Arch. candidates. The course of study include 24 credits and an approved the- sis, which may satisfy requirements of both the Architecture and Preservation curricu- la.

Facilities and Special Resources

The School of Architecure is ideally located between Washington, D.C. and Baltimore, in the midst of a large number of historic communities and a varied physi- cal environment. The resulting opportunity for environmental design study is unsur- passed. Resources of the school include a modern physical plant providing design work stations for each student; a wood-working and modelshop; and environmental testing laboratory; computer aided design facility; and a darkroom. The library, lo- cated in the school, contains some 26,000 volumes and 130 current periodicals, mak- ing it one of the major architectural libraries in the nation. The National Trust Library for Historic Preservation, housed in the school, contains 11,000 volumes and 450 periodical titles. The slide collection numbers some 205,000 slides on architec- ture, landscape architecture, planning and technical subjects. An opportunity for pro- fessional and service is provided through the school's nonprofit Center of Architectural Design and Research, CADRE Corporation, whose mission is to broa- den the educational experience of students through environmental design services directed by faculty members, rendered to a variety of clients.

The school is a member of the Architectural Research Centers Consortium, Inc., a group of over 25 schools and centers whose objective is to increase the quality and quantity of architectural research. Current research is in process through funding by agencies such as the National Science Foundation, providing research opportunities for faculty and students.

Maryland students continue to participate in field archaeology. Projects in the past have been in Portugal, Tunisia, Turkey, Jordan, Israel, and Sri Lanka. The School is a sponsoring institution of CAHEP (Caesarea Ancient Harbor Excavation Project) now in its seventh year. Qualified students participate in both land and underwater ar- chaeology.

Summer workshops for historic preservation are sponsored by the school in Cape May, NJ, a designated national historic landmark district, and Kiplin Hall, North Yorkshire, England. Students may earn credit doing hands-on restoration work and by attending lectures presented by visiting architects, preservationists, and scholars.

Students may also earn studio credit by attending summer programs abroad; the School sponsors excursions to Turkey (Istanbul), Sri Lanka, Italy (Rome), and France (Paris).

86 Architecture Program

Financial Assistance

The School of Architecture offers a limited and varying number of teaching and re- search assistantships, scholarships, fellowships, and internships. Applicants should apply for financial assistance when submitting the application for admission.

For courses, see code ARCH.

Art Program (ARTS)

Professor and Acting Chairman: Morrison

Professors: Driskell, Lapinski, Morrison, Truitt

Associate Professors: Craig, DeMonte, Forbes, Gelman, Klank, Krushenick, Niese,

Pogue

Assistant Professors: Blotner, Kehoe, Koscianski, Richardson, Sanborn

The Department of Art offers a program of graduate study leading to the degree of Master of Fine Arts. The graduate faculty of the Art Department consists of over 20 active professional artists specializing in the traditional studio areas of painting, sculp- ture, printmaking, drawing, and photography. Additional interests are reflected in course offering such a papermaking, environmental art, and mixed media.

Studio facilities are spacious and well-equipped. Painting students are able to work in oils, acrylic, watercolor, fresco, encaustic, and pray/airbrush. Of special interest is a methods and materials course offered yearly. The sculpture area includes two woodshops, a foundry, shops for welding, forging, stone and wood carving, and an environmental sculpture space. Printmakers can choose to work with intaglio, lithog- raphy, photo-etching, silkscreen, or woodcuts. Drawing and papermaking facilities are also available, as well as special projects rooms. For photography students there is a complete darkroom.

Each graduate student is provided with a spacious studio, access to models and to classroom facilities. Environmental works and sculptural installations may be built both indoors and outside on the grounds.

Within the building housing studio art, there are two galleries and two libraries. The University of Maryland Art Gallery features national and international exhibi- tions, as well as faculty and MFA thesis shows. The West Gallery provides student organized exhibitions by and for undergraduate students, and a space for social activi- ties for both students and faculty members. The Art Library, which is shared by the Studio and Art History Departments, provides both visual and literary reference vo- lumes in addition to films and videos. The slide library boasts a growing collection of reproductions of artworks from significant art movements.

Admission and Degree Information

For admission to graduate study in studio art, an undergraduate degree with an art major from an accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. The candidate should have a minimum of 30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio courses and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special de- partmental requirements must be met. Candidate for the Master's of Fine Arts degree will be required to pass an oral comprehensive examination, present an exhibition of

Art Program 87

their thesis work, write an abstract based on the thesis, and present an oral defense of the thesis.

Financial Assistance

The department offers seven teaching assistantships. There are also two year fel- lowships available from the college and a number of University Graduate Fellowships. Applicants should submit their applications by February 1 for consideration for a graduate assistantship or for a fellowship.

For further information, call or write:

The Art Department University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742 (301) 454-3431

For courses, see code ARTS.

Art History Program (ARTH)

Professors: Denny, DiFederico, Driskell, Eyo, Miller, Rearick Associate Professors: Farguhar, Hargrove, Spiro, Wheelock, Sithers Assistant Professors: Caswell, Kim, Peters-Campbell, Venit

The Department of Art History offers programs of graduate study leading to the de- grees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The program is committed to the advanced study and scholarly interpretation of works of art from the prehistoric era to the present, and is grounded in the concept of art as a humanistic experience.

Admission and Degree Information

For admission to the Master's program, an undergraduate degree from an ac- credited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. Although the applicant must demonstrate a general knowledge of art history, an undergraduate major in art history is not required. The candidate should, however, have completed a minimum of 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. The verbal and quantitative Graduate Record Exam is required for admission.

To complete the Master's program, the student must complete 30 credit hours with a grade of B or better, including ARTH 692, Methods of Art History; pass a depart- mentally administered language examination in either French or German; pass a writ- ten comprehensive examination which tests the candidate's knowledge and compre- hension of the principal areas and phases of art history; complete a thesis which de- monstrates competency in research and in original investigation; and pass a final oral examination on the thesis and the field which it represents.

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree include 30 credit hours of courses taken at the 600 level or above, with a grade of B or better; ARTH 792, Methods of Art History; reading knowledge of both French and German; oral and written qualifying examinations in the candidate's major and minor fields; a disserta- tion which demonstrates the candidate's capacity to perform independent research; and a final oral examination on the dissertation and the field it represents.

88 Art History Program

All applicants are encouraged, and those seeking financial assistance are required, to submit their applications by February 1 for entrance in the fall term; for admission in the spring, applications must be complete by November 1.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art is an annual spring event which is sponsored by the University of Maryland and held jointly at the National Gallery of Art and the university. This symposium provides the opportunity for ad- vanced graduate students from the member institutions to present their research in a professional forum.

The University also supports the University of Maryland Caesarea Project, an on- going excavation at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate students are eligi- ble for participation in the excavations, and work at this site may lead to M.A. or Ph.D. dissertation subjects.

The University of Maryland Art Gallery is under the administration of the College of Arts and Humanities, and works cooperatively with the Departments of Art and Art History. The gallery organizes and hosts major exhibitions and produces catalogues of historical and contemporary art for the benefit of the University community and the general public. Graduate courses in museum studies are offered through the gallery. In addition to its exhibition programs, the gallery maintains a permanent collection of twentieth-century American paintings, prints and works on paper, and a study collec- tion of African sculpture.

The University of Maryland is located in the suburban Washington, D.C. area, and is 30 minutes from the National Gallery of Art, the Smithsonian Museums, the Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips Collection and other museums in the metropolitan area. The campus is a 50-minute drive from the Walters Art Gallery, the Baltimore Museum of Art and the Johns Hopkins University. In addition to the university's 64, 000- volume art library, students have access to the Library of Congress, Archives of American Art, and the research libraries of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of American Art and other branches of the Smithsonian. The department's slide collec- tion, with some 175,000 slides is the largest and most comprehensive in the area. The department is a member of the Consortium of Washington Universities, which has seven member institutions and which offers, on average, twenty to twenty five graduate courses and seminars each semester.

Financial Assistance

Fellowships are awarded strictly on the basis of merit by the College of Arts and Humanities and by the Graduate School. Graduate assistantships are awarded by the Department of Art History.

Additional Information

A more detailed description of departmental requirements for the above programs and other information may be obtained directly from the Department of Art History.

For information on the Master of Education in art education, refer to the section devoted to Secondary Education in this catalog.

Astronomy Program 89

For courses, see code ARTH.

Astronomy Program (ASTR)

Professor and Acting Director: A'Hearn

Professors: Bell, Erikson, Kerr (emeritus), Kundu, Papdopoulos, Rose, Trimble,

Wentzel

Adjunct Professors: Hauser, Westerhout

Associate Professors: Blitz, Eichler, Harrington, Heckman, Matthews, Wilson, Zipoy

The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the Department of Physics and Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in as- tronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and non-thesis options. Areas of specialization include: galactic structure, solar physics, solar system, astronomical in- strumentation, cometary studies, and high energy and plasma astrophysics.

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy is offered including galactic astronomy, general astrophysics, solar system astrophysics, observational astronomy, celestial mechanics, solar physics, study of the interstellar medium, extragalactic as- tronomy, and plasma astrophysics. The faculty has expertise in most major branches of astronomy. The research program is centered around several major areas of inter- est. One is high energy and plasma astrophysics with particular interest centering on applications to the study of extragalactic radio sources and of solar phenomena. There are related observational programs in the areas of solar radio astronomy and of extragalactic astronomy. Other areas include galactic structure, the interstellar medium with particular emphasis on molecules in space and on star formation, sellar atmospheres and cometary physics.

Opportunities for permanent jobs in the "traditional" areas of universities and ob- servatories are limited, although initial temporary appointments as Research Associates are considerably easier to obtain. While the more traditional positions are highly competitive, opportunities exist in other areas especially in computer software first which do contract work for federal laboratories. All recent Maryland Astronomy Ph.D.'s have obtained full-time employment in work related to their training.

Admission and Degree Information

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy is required. However, an entering student should have a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy such as is obtainable from one of the many elementary textbooks. A more advanced knowledge of astronomy will of course enable a student to progress more rapidly dur- ing the first year of graduate work.

Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced Test in Physics is required be- fore an applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be considered. In special cases, the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive this requirement, and set other conditions as a requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either before admission or during the first year at Maryland.

Ph.D. program: During the first two years, full-time students must take at least four and normally will take all of the principal courses: ASTR 600, 605, 610, 620, 640, and 670 plus the required courses in physics. A research project, ASTR 690 and

90 Astronomy Program

691 is required during the second year. Students will be aided in identifying a suit- able project by the end of the first year. Qualification for the Ph.D. program is based on the overall performance in course work research projects, and a written examina- tion integrating the six principal courses. The examination is taken during the summer after the second year, with an allowance for students who postponed one or two of the principal courses.

Course requirements for the Ph.D. include the principal courses, at least two addi- tional advanced astronomy courses, and twelve credits of advanced physics. In addi- tion, students must acquire some personal experience with modern observational methods and analysis, normally by accompanying a faculty member to a suitable ob- servatory. All of the principal courses are required before advancement to candidacy.

Candidates for the Master of Science Degree with thesis are required to obtain 24 credits (exclusive of registration for masters research) of which at least 12 are in the major area and at least 12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the same 12). In addition, at least 6 credits must be in a related field (supporting area).

To obtain the Master of Science Degree without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at the 600 level are required in addition to the general requirements described above. That is, a total of 30 credits are required, of which 18 must be in the major, and at least 18 at the 600 level. The student must also pass a written examination, usually consisting of the written part of the Ph.D. qualifying Examination with appropriately chosen passing requirements.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive research program in the areas dis- cussed above with the graduate students playing an active role in this research. Approximately one-fourth of all research papers published have a graduate student as one of the authors. The program maintains a small optical observatory on campus. Due to the site, its main use is to enable students to gain experience in observational techniques and to test out new equipment to be used ultimately at better sites. There is an important effort in the program devoted to the development of optical instrumen- tation. A Fourier Transform Spectrometer and a photoelectric Fabry Perot Interferometer and a CCD camera are operational.

The program has strong interaction with the national astronomy observatories, and many of the students and faculty carry on observing programs at them. There are also very close ties with neighboring scientific institutes. A major program of coo- perative research has been established with the Goddard Space Flight Center and a number of graduate students carry on research programs there. There are also con- tacts with the Naval Observatory, the Naval Research Lab, and other government agencies.

For courses, see ASTR.

Biochemistry (BCHM)

Professors: Gerlt, Holmlund, Munn, Ponnamperuma

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dunaway-Mariano, Hansen, Sampugna

Assistant Professor: Brusilow

Biochemistry 91

The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the College Park component of the University of Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which also has compo- nents at the University of Maryland Baltimore County and at the University of Maryland Medical School and Dental School in Baltimore. The program offers study leading to Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research specializa- tion at College Park is available in analytical biochemistry, developmental biochemis- try, drug metabolism, enzyme kinetics, immunochemistry, lipid biochemistry, marine biochemistry, membrane structure and function, metabolic regulation, neurochemistry, nucleic acid biochemistry, and nutritional biochemistry.

Admission and Degree Information

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants should have completed an undergraduate program of study with strong emphasis on chemistry and/or biology with appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and physics. Before obtaining a degree in the program, a student must demonstrate ade- quate preparation in biochemistry and in analytical, organic and physical chemistry. For this purpose diagnostic examinations in these subjects are offered to students at the beginning of their first semester. Students who perform unsatisfactorily on these examinations or who may not have had undergraduate preparation in one or more of these areas will be advised to register for appropriate courses. Information on course work, comprehensive examinations, and the research interests of the faculty is avail- able for the guidance of degree candidates.

Facilities and Special Resources

Biochemistry research is conducted in a new wing occupied in 1975. In addition to well-equipped research laboratories, the following central facilities are available: animal colony, fermentation pilot plant, electron microscope, analytical ultracentri- fuge, PDP-11 computer, liquid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, and a chemistry- biochemistry library.

Financial Assistance

Graduate teaching assistantships are usually available in the Chemistry and Biochemistry Departments. The assistantships involve teaching undergraduate labora- tory and recitation classes and permit a tuition waiver for a ten credit program of graduate study each semester.

Additional Information

Information on requirements and research interests of the faculty may be obtained from:

Director of Graduate Studies Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry University of Maryland College Park, MD 20770

For courses, see code BCHM.

92 Botany Program

Botany Program (BOTN)

Professor and Chair: Patterson

Professors: Bean, Corbett, Kantzes, Krusberg, Kung, Lockard, Reveal, Sisler

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Cooke, Kalrander, Motta, Racusen, Steiner,

Sze, Teramura

Assistant Professors: Collmer, Foreseth, Grybauskas, Hutcheson, Van Valkenburg,

Watson, Wolniak

Adjunct Professor: Bantt

Adjunct Associate Professor: Chen

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems are developed on a personal basis and arranged according to the intellectual and profes- sional needs of the student. Course programs are flexible and are deigned under close supervision by the student's advisor. The objective of the program is to equip the student with a background and techniques for a career in plant science in academic, governmental, industrial or private laboratories.

The areas of specialization are anatomy and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell biology, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular biology, marine botany, mycology, paleobotany, plant nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant physiology, taxonomy, and virology.

Job opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree holders in botany continue to be good. A very high percentage of our graduates currently find appropriate positions within a short time of graduation. Conditions can change rapidly within the disci- pline, however, and consultation with a graduate advisor is recommended.

Admission and Degree Information

There are no special admission requirements. A high degree of intellectual excel- lence is of greater consequence than completion of a particular curriculum at the undergraduate level. The degree requirements are flexible. However, they involve demonstration of competence in the broad field of botany, as well as completion of courses in other disciplines which are supportive of modern competence in this field. A foreign language may be required if deemed essential by the student's Graduate Advisory Committee.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department has laboratories equipped to investigate most phases of botanical and molecular biological research. Field and green house facilities are available for research requiring plant culture. Major pieces of equipment include transmission and scanning electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges, a liquid chromatograph, low-speed centrifuges, microtomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometer, re- cording spectrophotometers, gas chromatographs, and environmentally controlled growth chambers. A herbarium, departmental reference room, enzyme preparation rooms, dark rooms, cold rooms, special culture apparatus for algae, fungi and higher plants, spectrophotometers, and respirometers are among the many special pieces of equipment and facilities that are available for research.

Botany Program 93

Financial Assistance

Financial assistance is available in the form of teaching and research assistantships.

Additional Information

The department has a special brochure available upon request. For specific infor- mation on departmental programs, admission procedures, or financial aid contact:

Chair, Department of Botany University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code BOTN.

Business and Management Program (BMGT)

Dean: Lamone

Asssociate Dean: Leete

Assistant Dean: Brown

Director of Doctoral Program: Preston

Director of MBA & MS Programs: Waikart

Chairpersons: Bradford, Loeb, Golden, Durand, Locke, Corsi, Hevner

Assistant Director of MA Programs: Saks

Professors Emeritus: Taff , Wright

Professors: Bartol, Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Chen, Dawson, Gannon, Gass, Golden,

Gordon, Greer, Haslem, Jolson. Kolodny, Kotz, Lamone, Leete, Levine, Locke

(Psychology), S. Loeb, Masi, (Affiliated), Preston, Simon

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Bedingfield, Corsi, Courtright, Edelson,

Edmister, Fromovitz, Hevner, Hynes, M. Loeb, Nickels, Poist, Taylor, Widhelm,

Yao

Assistant Professors: Ahad, Basu, Chang, Christofi, Eun, Friar, Grimm, Gupta,

Holcomb, Huss, Krapfel, Mattingly

(Affiliated), Olian, Power, Scheraga, Schick, K. Smith, R. Smith, Soubra, Startk,

Stephens, Stutton, Trader, Wardlow

The College of Business and Management offers graduate work leading to the de- grees of Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Business and Management (MS), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The College's MBA pro- gram is accredited nationally by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. Only about 30% of the more than 1,000 graduate programs in the country are accredited by the AACSB, a reflection of the quality of faculty, students, curricu- lum, and facilities.

Areas of faculty specialization include accounting, finance, management science statistics and information systems, marketing, organizational behavior and industrial relations, transportation, and business and public policy.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission criteria for the MBA, MS and PhD programs are based on (1) quality of recent undergraduate and graduate course work; (2) score on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT); (3) letters of recommendation; (4) other rele-

94 Business and Management Program

vant information and professional experience, and (5) written essays of objectives. Prospective applicants should contact the program for application materials.

MBA Program The College of Business and Management offers an MBA program designed to provide the educational foundation for those students with the potential to exhibit the highest degree of excellence in future careers as professional managers. The MBA program requires 54 credits of course work (18 courses of which 5 are electives), normally 4 semesters for a full-time student. There is no thesis require- ment. Successful students in the program are expected to demonstrate the following: (1) a thorough and integrated knowledge of the basic tools, concepts and theories re- lating to professional management; (2) behavioral and analytical skills necessary to deal creatively and effectively with organizations and management problems; (3) an understanding of the economic, political, technological, and social environments in which organizations operate; (4) a sense of professional and personal integrity and so- cial responsibility in the conduct of managerial affairs both internal and external to the organization.

Program prerequisites include a bachelor's degree, working knowledge of calculus, and a computer programming language.

About one-half of the students enrolled are full-time and one-half are part-time. Full-time students take 15 credits during each semester of the first year, attend a four-session management workshop the second semester of their first year and take 12 credits each semester during their second year. Part-time students take 6 credits and the management workshop each regular semester and may take courses during the summer. Should these requirements not be met or should a student's grade point av- erage fall below 3.0, the student will be placed on probation and granted one semester to remedy these deficiencies. Failure to do so will result in termination from the pro- gram. Most courses for part-time students will begin at 8:00 p.m. However, occa- sionally there may be an evening course with an earlier starting time. Maryland MBA graduates obtain employment in a wide spectrum of organizations. Starting sa- laries typically range from $25,000 to $45,000 per year.

MS Program The college offers an MS program for students wishing to concen- trate in Accounting and Information Systems, Information Systems, Operations Research, or Statistics. The program is designed for students with strong quantitative skills who desire a more technical management education. Students typically come to the program with undergraduate majors in business, engineering, sciences, informa- tion and computer systems, mathematics, or economics. Prerequisites include calcu- lus and a high level computer language. Additional pre- requisites in Business Economics, and probability or statistics are determined by the student's concentration. Depending on the concentration selected, the program calls for either 30 or 33 credit hour beyond the prerequisites. A thesis option is offered which may represent 6 cred- its in the area of concentration. Program progress and admission standards described above for the MBA program area also applicable to the MS program.

PhD Program The PhD program is designed to produce outstanding scholars in management related disciplines. To this end, a strong research philosophy pervades the entire program. The low student to faculty ratio fosters a high degree of interac- tion between faculty and students on research projects of mutual interest, frequently

Business and Management Program 95

culminating in journal articles. Students whose career aspirations are congruent with the program's research orientation can look forward to a learning experience that is not only demanding but also stimulating and enriching. Recent graduates are em- ployed at the following academic institutions: Ben Gurion University, Boston College, Georgia, Tech, Penn State, Texas A & M, Syracuse, Houston, Vanderbilt University, the University of North Carolina, and the University of Texas.

Maryland Ph.D. students achieve excellence through course work preparation in basic and major and minor fields (required), supervise teaching during the period of residence (recommended), and independent research culminating in the writing of a doctoral dissertation (required). A full-time commitment (3 courses per semester) to the program is mandatory as a condition of admittance.

All Ph.D. students are provisionally admitted and must achieve a 3.25 GPA in each of their first two semesters. Failure to do so results in being placed on proba- tion. The probationary period will last one semester, at which time the student will be dismissed unless a 3.25 overall GPA is obtained.

Ph.D. course requirements range upward from a minimum of 42 units, plus disser- tation credits, depending on the amount of relevant prior study. Preparation in calcu- lus is required for admission.

The Ph.D. student may select a single major (18 credits) with one minor (12 cred- its), or a double major (18 credits each). Major areas of concentration may be chosen from among such fields as: accounting, finance, human resource management and la- bor relations, information systems, management science and statistics, marketing, or- ganizational behavior, management strategy and policy, and transportation and physi- cal distribution.

Minors and second majors may include areas inside or outside the College of Business and Management. Typical outside minors include: computer science, economics, engineering, government and politics, mathematics, psychology and socio- logy.

Additional course requirements include: two courses from the MBA core (accounting, finance, marketing, and behavioral factors); one or two graduate courses in economics; a course in research methodology (not required in all majors); and four research tools courses specified by the major area. Some of these requirements may be waived if equivalent courses have been satisfactorily completed at AACSB institu- tions.

Students are required to take written comprehensive examinations in the major area and the minor or research tools subject area. After all course work and written exams have been successfully completed, each student must pass a comprehensive oral ex- amination. Having passed the oral exam, the student is advanced to candidacy.

Each Ph.D. candidate prepares a formal dissertation proposal and defends it at an open meeting of faculty and students. The proposal should clearly indicate how the dissertation will make a major contribution to the literature of the field. Every doc- toral student must register for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits during the program

The minimum residency requirements is the equivalent of three years of full-time

96 Business and Management Program

graduate study and research. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year must be spent at the University of Maryland.

MBA/JD Joint Program

The College of Business and Management and the School of Law of the University of Maryland at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and JD de- grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law School at Baltimore as well as to the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both programs.

Under the joint program 75 credits in law school coupled with 39 credits in busi- ness courses are required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be substituted for MBA elective course work. Grade point averages in each program will be computed separately and student must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the program. The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit for course work ta- ken outside the joint program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is ter- minated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains en- rolled but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the law school advisor for the joint program and the MBA Program Director. For further dis- cussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see above and consult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog.

MBA/MPM Joint Program

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs offer a joint program of studies leading to the MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in approximately five semesters. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must be admitted to both programs.

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint pro- gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Associate Dean of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the general admission requirements for each program.

Business and Management Program 97

Facilities and Special Resources

The college faculty has been recruited from the graduate programs of leading uni- versities in the nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and professional leaders with a strong commitment to academic excellence, and to the education of the profes- sional manager and researcher.

Special programs offered by the college include an Executives-in-Residence Program and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791, in which students research a problem of significant management concern in a participating firm or agency. Through graduate program requirements and faculty research activities, students gain exposure to private enterprise to the public sector, and to the vast education, research, library, and cultural resources of Washington, D.C.

The students also have access to the exceptional academic and professional re- source of the College Park campus including excellent library and computer facilities. A remote computer terminal and on-line teletype facilities are located in the building.

Financial Assistance

Financial aid is available to qualified students in the form of fellowships, graduate assistantships, work-study, scholarships, and for Ph.D. students, instructorships.

Additional Information

The college has available brochures which give specific degree requirements for the MBA and Ph.D. programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to:

Director of the Masters Programs College of Business and Management

or

Director of the Doctoral Program College of Business and Management University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code BMGT.

Chemical Engineering Program (ENCH)

Professor and Director: Smith

Professor and Department Chair: Roush

Professors: Asbjornsen, Beckmann, Birkner, Cadmna, Gentry, Hsu, McAvoy, Regan

Associate Professor: Gasner

Assistant Professors: Calabree, Choi, Davison, Halemane, Payne, Wang, Zafiriou

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interest and backgrounds as established between the student, an advisor, and the department chair. The general chemical engineering program is focused on four major areas; applied po- lymer science, biochemical engineering, environmental and energy-related engineer- ing, and process analysis and simulation.

98 Chemical Engineering Program

Admission and Degree Information

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regulations of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.

The candidate or the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Chemical Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirement are set forth by the department in the departmental publications.

Facilities and Special Resources

A number of special facilities are available for graduate study and research and are coordinated through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the Polymer Reaction Engineering Laboratory, the Chemical Process Systems Laboratory, the Laboratory for Biochemical Engineering and Environmental Studies, the Biochemical Reactor Scale Up Facility and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories con- tain advanced digital process control computers, AI computers, a gamma radiation fa- cility, an electron accelerator, polymer processing equipment and polymerization reac- tors, polymer characterization instrumentation, a laser anemometry facility, a thermo- hydraulics facility and an aerosol characterization facility.

For courses, see code ENCH.

Chemical Physics Program (CHPH)

Director: Coplan

Associate Director: Moore

(CHEM) Professors: Alexander, Greer, Khanna, Miller, Moore, Tossell, Weiner

Assistant Professor: Mignerey (CHEM/IPST)

Assistant Professor: Thirumalai (ENCH)

Professor: Gentry

Assistant Professor: Calabrese (ENEE)

Professors: Davis, Hochuli, Lee (ENME)

Assistant Professor: Radermacher

Associate Professor: Gupta (IPST)

Professors: Benesch, Coplan, Ginter, Mcllrath, Sengers, Wilkerson, Zwanzig

Associate Professor: Gammon

Assistant Professor: Hill

Adjunct Professor: Nossal (METO)

Associate Professor: Ellingson

Assistant Professor: Dickerson (PHYS)

(PHYS) Professors: Ferrell, Lynn, Redish

Associate Professor: Einstein

Assistant Professor: Williams

Chemical Physics Program 99

(PHYS/IPST) Professor: Dorfman Assistant Professor: Kirkpatrick

The Chemical Physics Program provides an academic path for those candidates wishing to establish a professional career for which knowledge of both physics and chemistry is necessary. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Candidates have the option of concentrating their studies in chemistry, physics, chemical engi- neering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering or meteorology.

The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint sponsorship of the Institute for Physical Science and Technology and six academic departments (Chemistry, Physics, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Meteorology). The Chemical Physics Committee oversees the program and is made up of representatives from the various sponsoring units with the director of the pro- gram as its chair. The Chemical Physics Program Office administers the program and is affiliated with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A booklet de- scribing Chemical Physics at Maryland (College Park) can be obtained from the Chemical Physics Office upon request.

The research of the 35 member faculty covers a diversity of disciplines such as sta- tistical mechanics, laser spectroscopy, intermolecular energy transfer, molecular dynamics, phase traditions, properties of fluids, fluctuation phenomena, biophysics and particle scattering. Access to national research laboratories in the Washington metropolitan area is made possible through the related research activities of the Chemical Physics faculty.

Admission and Degree Information

Students with an undergraduate major in physics, chemistry, engineering or mathe- matics may apply. A strong background in physics and some background in chemis- try is desirable for successful completion of the program. Students admitted to the Chemical Physics Program will also be listed in the department of their chosen area of concentration.

The program, of course, is adjusted to the needs of the individual student. When a candidate does not possess the required undergraduate background in both physics and chemistry, an advisory committee will prescribe appropriate undergraduate courses. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must pass the chemical physics qualifying examina- tion. This exam is based on material covered by the physics qualifying examination in the areas of classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, thermo- dynamics, electricity and magnetism. Additional questions, appropriate to chemical physics, on atomic and molecular spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding theo- ry, chemical reaction dynamics and chemical thermodynamics are also part of the ex- amination. In addition to passing the Ph.D. qualifier exam the student is required to take a graduate laboratory course, 2 semesters of seminar, 4 advanced courses and 12 credit hours of thesis research concluded by the presentation and defense of an origin- al dissertation.

Students may choose either a thesis or non-thesis option for the M.S. degree. Programs of work are arranged on an individual basis and require approval of an advi- sor associated with the Chemical Physics Program. The requirements for the non-

1 00 Chemical Physics Program

thesis option are completion of 30 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laboratory course, unless specifically ex- empted, and the submission of a scholarly paper along with a master's level pass on the Ph.D. qualifying exam. The requirements for the thesis option are completion of 24 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, or CHEM 687, PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laboratory, unless specifically exempted, 6 credit hours of thesis research, a written thesis and a passing grade on an oral examination which include the defense of the written thesis.

Financial Assistance

Teaching and research assistantships are available for qualified students.

Additional Information

Requests for further information concerning the Chemical Physics Program can be obtained by writing to:

Professor M. A. Coplan, Director Chemical Physics Program (I.P.S.T.) I.P.S.T. Building, Rm. 1109 University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code CHPH.

Chemistry Program (CHEM)

Professor and Chair: Mazzocchi

Professor and Associate Chair: Greer

Professors: Adler, Alexander, Ammon, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gerit, Gordon,

Greer, Grim, Hansen, Helz, Henry-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey, Jaquith, Janis,

Khanna, Kozarich, Mariano, Mazzochi, Miller, Moore, Munn, O'Haer, Ponnam-

peruma, Poulos, Stewart, Rossell, Walters, Weiner, Zwanzig

Professors Emeriti: Pratt, Rollinson, Stuntz, Svirlbely, Vanderslice, Veitch

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Boyd, DeVoe, Dunaway-Mariano, Heikkinen,

Kasler, Mignerey, Murphy, Ondov, Sampugna

Assistant Professors: Brusilow, Herndon, Thirumalai

Research Professor: Bailey

The Chemistry Department offers programs leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in the fields of analytical chemistry, biochemistry, bioorganic chemistry, chemical physics (in cooperation with the Institute of Physical Sciences & Technology and the Department of Physics and Astronomy), environmental chemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organ- ic chemistry, and physical chemistry. The graduate program in biochemistry is de- scribed separately in this catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has been de- signed with maximum flexibility so that students can achieve strong backgrounds in their chosen fields of specialization.

Chemistry Program 101

Admission and Degree Information

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Departmental regulations concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive exam- inations, and other matters pertaining to course work have been assembled for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available from the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Department has many special research facilities to support research in the fields given above. The new research wing of the chemistry building houses bioche- mistry research, a centralized animal colony, and some of the inorganic and analytical chemical research. Other facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and environmental sample analysis, an electron microscope, X-ray fluorescence instrumentation, an elec- tron microprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR spectrometers including 100 MHz and 200 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spectrometers, ESC A spectrometers, ultracentri- fuges, and analytical optical spectrometers. Departmental research is supported on two large computers in the Computer Science Building, a Unisys 1 100/92 and a IBM 3081, both of which are accessible by remote time-sharing terminals. A variety of fa- cilities including a laser laboratory, and other electron microscopes are available on campus. The department has an excellent glassblowing shop, a fine student faculty machine shop, and access to other campus machine shops. The Chemistry Library has an extensive collection of books, journals, and abstracts in chemistry, biochemis- try and other fields. Included in the Chemistry Library is a computer terminal for li- terature searching.

Financial Assistance

Entering graduate students are normally supported on graduate teaching assistant- ships. Their assistantships usually involve teaching undergraduate laboratory and reci- tation classes and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of graduate study each semester.

Additional Information

The department has a brochure available describing its graduate program and the research interests of its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific informa- tion on graduate programs in chemistry, admissions procedures, or financial aid con- tact:

Dr. Sandra Greer

Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and Research,

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code CHEM.

1 02 Civil Engineering Program

Civil Engineering Program (ENCE)

Professor and Chair: Colville

Professors: Albrecht, Birkner, Carter, McCuen, Ragan, Rib, Sternberg, Witczak

Associate Professors: Aggour, Garber, Goodings, Schelling, Schoenfeld, Schwartz,

Vannoy, Wolde-Tinsae

Assistant Professors: Ayyub, Bernold, Chang, Hao, Perl, Smith, Walters

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of Science an Doctor of Philosophy. All programs are planned on an indi- vidual basis by the student and an advisor to consider the student's background and special interests. Course and research opportunities are available in the general area of transportation an urban systems, environmental engineering, water resources, struc- tural engineering, geotechnical engineering, and in construction engineering and management. In general, emphasis is on learning sound engineering principles and applying them to human needs.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree in Civil Engineering. However, applicants with undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be accepted with the stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate course work be cor- rected before enrolling in graduate courses. There are no entrance examinations re- quired for the program.

Two options are available for the Master of Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. The department's policies and requirements are the same as the requirements of the Graduate School.

The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are the same as those posed by the Graduate School. An approved program of study suited to the needs of the student is developed by the student and an advisor. The student must pass a qualify- ing examination before being admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying exam is taken when the student's course work is at least 75% completed. There is no lan- guage requirement for the Ph.D.

Facilities and Special Resources

Departmental research facilities available to graduate students include laboratories in the following areas; transportation, systems analysis, environmental engineering, hydraulics, remote sensing, structure, and soil mechanics. Computer facilities avail- able include the Computer Science Center's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 comput- ers, complemented by remote terminals and mini-and micro-computer systems located within the department.

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan Areas are easily accessible for data, field studies, library access, contacts with national organizations and attendance at na- tional meetings. The location of the University of Maryland offers a unique oppor- tunity to obtain an advanced degree in Civil Engineering.

For courses, see code ENCE.

Classics Program 103

Classics Program (CLAS)

Professor and Chair: Rowland

Associate Professors: Duffy, Hallett, Hubbe, Staley

Assistant Professor: Lee

Visiting Faculty (1986-87): Bums, D'Amato, Doherty, Lipovsky

The Department of Classical Studies offers a graduate program of study with spe- cializations in Latin, Latin and Greek, and Classical Civilization leading to the degree of Master of Arts. The goal of this program is to provide students with advanced study of the Latin and/or Greek languages and literatures in the context of a broader and deeper knowledge and understanding of Greek and Roman culture and civiliza- tion. In addition to advanced courses in language, each student will be required to take course work in related disciplines outside of the Classics Department. Some in- dividual programs may require more than 30 hours. Students may chose one of three tracks toward the degree: Latin, Latin and Greek, or Civilization of the Classical World. The Department of Ancient Studies at the University of Maryland-Baltimore County cooperates in offering this program; however, no more than twelve (12) cred- its earned at UMBC will be accepted in satisfaction of the requirements for this de- gree.

Department Requirements

During their first semester in the program, students will be required to demonstrate their proficiency in reading Latin, Greek, or both well enough to pursue course work at the graduate level. Students may not enroll for further graduate level courses until they have demonstrated this proficiency. All degree candidates in the program will be required to take either Latin 490 or Greek 490, or both, depending on the areas of concentration, along with CLAS 601, unless they have previously taken similar courses. Before being approved for the degree, students will also have to demonstrate proficiency in reading one modern foreign language — normally French, German, or Italian; a different modern foreign language, if related to the student's research area, may also be approved. Students who elect to write a thesis will be required to take an oral examination on that thesis.

Requirements and Areas of Concentration

The Latin program requires a minimum of thirty hours of approved course work, twelve of which, exclusive of thesis research credits, must be in Latin at the 600-level or higher; six of these hours must be from the period courses LATN 620-6301. Six of the thirty hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses in Latin at the 600-level or higher may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An independent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of the thirty hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of classical civilization offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and romance philology, or in approved allied fields.

Final examination: Sight translation in Latin (3 hours); written examination (3 hours) in Latin literature.

1 04 Classics Program

SAMPLE PROGRAMS:

1) Outside emphasis in linguistics, non-thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 610, LING 432, LATN 604, LATN 620, LATN 623, LATN 631, LATN 640, FREN 602

2) Outside emphasis in history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 604, LATN 623, LATN 640, LATN 630, HIST 838, HIST 841, LATN 799

The Latin and Greek Program requires a minimum of thirty-three hours of ap- proved course work. Nine hours of course work in one language and three in the oth- er, exclusive of research credit, must be at the 600-level or higher. Six of the thirty hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses, in the languages at the 600-level or higher may with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An inde- pendent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of the thirty-three hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of classical civiliza- tion in courses offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and romance philology, or in approved allied fields.

Final examination: Sight translation examination in both languages (2 hours in one, 1 hour in the other); written examination (3 hours) in classical Greek and Latin litera- ture.

SAMPLE PROGRAMS:

1) Outside emphasis in philosophy, non-thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 490, LATN 704, LATN 605, LATN 623, GREK 602, GREK 604, GREK 606, PHIL 412, PHIL 413

2) Outside emphasis in art history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 490, LATN 623, LATN 624, LATN 630, GREK 604, GREK 606, ARTH 403, ARTH 702, CLAS 799

The Civilization of the Classical World Program requires a minimum of thirty hours of approved course work. Twelve of those hours, exclusive of thesis research, must be at the 600-level or higher, and six of those twelve must be in either Latin or Greek language courses or in any combination of the two. The other six hours at the 600-level or higher will be in the study of classical civilization or the classical tradi- tion in courses offered in archaeology, art, classics, history, philosophy, or in ap- proved allied fields. Six of the remaining hours should be in thesis research. An independent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. The remaining six hours, which must be at the 400-level or above, can be in aspects of classical civilization in courses offered either by the Classics Department or in ar- chaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and romance philology, or in ap- proved allied fields. Students in this concentration will have an advisory committee of three faculty members appointed by the departmental chair.

Final examination: Sight translation examination (2 hours);written examination on the civilization of the classical world (4 hours).

SAMPLE PROGRAM:

1) Outside emphasis in theatre, non-thesis: CLAS 601 GREK 490, CLAS 470, CLAS 621, CLAS 670, LATN 404, LATN 624, LATN 631, GREK 603, THET 490, THET 690

Communications Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 1 05

2) Outside emphasis in comparative literature, thesis: CLAS 01, LATN 490, CLAS 620, CLAS 670, LATN 605, LATN 623, CMLT 488, CLAS 799.

For courses, see codes CLAS, GREK and LATN.

Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT)

Professor and Chair: Gillespie

Professors: Aylward, Bentley, Boyd, Kolker, Meersman, Milhous, Pugliese

(Emeritus), Wolvin

Associate Professors: Falcione, Fink, Freimuth, Gaines, Gomery, Kirkly, Klumpp,

McCaleb, O'Leary, Weiss

Assistant Professors: Carlson, Coleman, Blum, Brown, Parks, Robinson, Shykles,

Patterson, Elam, Jr., Kriebs, Marchetti, Milton, Stowe, Wilson

Lecturers: Doyle Niles, Lancaster

Radio-Television-Film

A student in the Radio-Television-Film division may either concentrate in a particu- lar area (Film or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general program coring the multiple aspects of electronic and film communication. Students whose academic goals extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film division may, upon approval of their advisor, take as many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions or other departments of the university. Examples of such programs would include edu- cational uses of media, broadcast management and electronic journalism.

Speech Communication

Students who elect to pursue a program of study in the Division of Speech Communication are encouraged to develop programs reflecting an understanding of the genesis, the nature, and the effects of human speech behavior. A student may concentrate within a specialized area of Speech Communication (Political Communication or Organizational Communication, for example) or may elect a more general course of study. Students in the Speech Communication Division are urged to augment their program of study with course work in complementary disciplines and with communication internships in the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area.

Theatre

The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to provide the student with opportunities to enhance and develop historical and critical faculties and to prepare for participation in further graduate work at the doctoral level. This is accomplished through course work and in the writing of a thesis using historical and official research methodolo- gies.

The three-year M.F.A. in Theatre is designed to offer superior students advanced training and opportunities for creative activity, the program prepares the student for entrance into the professional theatre or for teaching in the creative area at the college or university level. The areas of concentration are costume design and theater management.

1 06 Communication Arts and Theatre Program

Facilities and Special Resources

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, Arena Stage, and the National, Ford's and Folger Theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a number of Equity and non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional experimental theatres abound in the area.

Two of the greatest libraries in the world, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, are in close proximity to campus. Students also regularly make use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National Archives and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the Washington metropolitan area.

The department has use of the Tawes Fine Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on campus, the Communication Research Center, and audio and video production facili- ties.

For courses, see codes RTVF, SPCH and THET.

Comparative Literature Program (CMLT)

Professor and Director: Heyndels

Professors: Beck, Bentley, Best, Bryer, Clignet, R. Cohen, Damrosch, Freedman,

Fuegi, Gillespie, Gramberg, Haber, Herin, Holton, Jones, Kerrigan, MacBain, Oser,

Pacheco, Panichas, Patterson, Price, Rimer, Rowland, J. Russell, Schoenbaum,

Sosnowski, Therrien, Wittreich

Visiting Professors: Lifon, Logan, Semprun

Associate Professors: Barry, Beiken, Bennett, Berlin, Bilik, R.H. Brown,

Caramello, Coogan, David, Duffy, Fink, Flieger, Fredericksen, Glad, Grimsted, Hage

Hallett, Handelman, J. Harris, Herman, Igel, Joyce, Kelly, Kerkham, Klein,

Levinson, Loizeaux, Mintz, Peterson, Pfister, J. Robinson, C. Russell, Staley,

Tarica, Trousdale

Assistant Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Falvo, Dungey, Gullickson, Kristal, Leinwand,

Levine, Strauch, Zappala

Instructor: Spector

Faculty Research Assistant: Taitsch

The Comparative Literature Program and Center for Critical studies offer graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. It associates a distinguished faculty and offers concentrated work in major movements and genres, in literary theory and in literature and other arts. The greatest strength of the program is currently in the history and criticism of dramatic literature in the novel, in sociolo- gy of literature and culture and in film studies. Interdisciplinary work is very much encouraged as is practical criticism in the arts. The three main priorities into the pro- gram are:

1 . The critical theory and socio-philosophical approach of the literary pro- cess (including cultural anthropology);

2. The study of literature as a part of the global "representation" and sym- bolic process (with an emphasis on film studies and drama);

Comparative Literature Program 1 07

3. The historical and theoretical approach of the relationship between li- terature and the arts (including painting, music, architecture, etc.).

The different fields concerned by the program are: English, French and Italian, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese literatures; American, Women's, East- Asian, Jewish studies; Classics, History, Sociology, Philosophy, Arts and History of the Arts, Communication Arts, Theatre, Radio-Television-Film, Music.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants should have a strong background in the arts and humanities. Since ad- vanced work in Comparative Literature is based on the premise that literature should be read in the original whenever possible, students are expected to be able to read at least one langauge other than English with a high degree of aesthetic appreciation. Ph.D. students are expected to use at least two foreign languages actively in their work, and it is assumed that efforts will be made to develop an acquaintance with one or two additional languages. Entrance examinations are not required, but high scores on GRE literature and language examinations will add weight to publications.

Students take courses in CML and in the different affiliate departments and pro- grams. The M.A. degree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of course work, a comprehensive examination and a thesis, or thirty hours of course work and a comprehensive examination. To enter the Ph.D. program, the M.A. thesis is highly recommended. No specific number of hours is required for the Ph.D., as the number will vary according to the preparation and goals of the individual student; the average has been eight to ten courses beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is a required step toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. comprehensive examinations cover four major areas, de- termined after consultation with the individual student's committee.

Facilities and Special Resources

The resources of the Library of Congress, the Kennedy Center, the Folger Library, the American Film Institute, Kennan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly drawn upon as are internship possibilities in the greater Washington area and graduate exchange programs with European universities. Students have, of course, ready ac- cess to all the museums, galleries, libraries and cultural institutions of the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. The CMLT Program and Center for Critical Studies, in cooperation with several departments and schools, is also running a comprehensive international artistic and cultural exchange program called "Maryland in Europe/Europe in Maryland."

Financial Assistance

Various teaching and research assistantships and general university fellowships are available. CMLT students may teach in various departments cooperating in the CMLT Program and may be considered for a year abroad as a teacher at cooperating European universities.

For courses, see code CMLT.

1 08 Comparative Literature Program

Computer Science Program (CMSC)

Professors: Agrawala, Atchison, Basili, Chu, Davis, Edmundson, Kanal, Mills, Minker, Samet, Stewart

Associate Professors: Austing, Gannon, Knott, Nau, O'Leary, Roussopoulos, Shnei- derman, Tripathi, Weiser, Zelkowitz

Assistant Professors: Aloimonos, Amir, Carson, Elman, Faloutsos, Fontecilla, Fu- ruta, Gasarch, Hendler, Jalote, Johnson, Kruska, Mark, Mount, Pedis, Plateau, Pur- tilo, Remakrishnan, Reggia, Ricart, Rombach, Sanders, Sellis, Shankar, Smith, Stotts The Department of Computer Science offers graduate programs leading to the de- grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: applica- tions, artificial intelligence, computer systems information processing, numerical anal- ysis, programming languages, and theory of computing.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission and degree requirements specific to the graduate programs in computer science are described in a brochure available through the Departmental Graduate Office. There are two options for the master's degree: 1) 24 hours of course work plus the completion of a thesis, or 2) 30 hours of course work, a comprehensive ex- amination, plus the completion of a scholarly paper. There is no minimum course re- quirement in the doctoral program. The number and variety or courses offered each semester enables students and their advisors to plan individualized degree programs.

Facilities

The Department maintains a research laboratory containing a DEC 8600, VAX 11/785, two VAX ll/750s, a Pyramid 90x and 20 Sun work stations all networked to- gether running Berkeley UNIX. In addition, we are developing software to integrate 30 Xerox STAR work stations running XDE or Interlisp into our network. The Department has received approximately two dozen IBM PCs (XTs and ATs) from IBM, a Data General MV 10000, and a Burroughs XE-550 UNIX processor. The Departmental network is also on ARPANET (address: Maryland) and on CSNET (address: UMCP-CS).

In July, 1983 the Department was awarded $4.3 million from the National Science Foundation as part of the Coordinated Experimental Research (CER) program to es- tablish a Laboratory for Parallel Computation. ZMOB - a distributed processor con- sisting of 256 communicating Z-80 microprocessors is the center of the Laboratory for Parallel Computation.

Several faculty members are also affiliated with the University's Center for Automation Research (CfAR). CfAR has two VAX ll/785s, a Symbolics 3600, and a 16-node Butterfly parallel processor for use by its research assistants (most of whom are computer science graduate students).

The Computer Science Center maintains large Univac and IBM mainframes, a OPDP 1 1/44 running UNIX, and several IBM 4341s which are used in classes and are also available for research. The Computer Science Center also provides other ser- vices, most notably the Program Library which contains a large collection of journals, conference proceedings, and technical reports.

Computer Science Program 1 09

Additional Information

For information on degree programs and graduate assistantships contact: Graduate Office

Department of Computer Science University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code CMSC.

Consumer Economics Program

(See Textiles and Consumer Economics Program)

Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP)

Professor and Chair: Hershenson

Professors: Birk, Marx, Magoon1'2, Pumroyl, Schlossberg

Associate Professors: Allan3, Hoffman, Greenberg, Lawrence, Leonard2, Medvene2,

Power, Rhoads, Scales2, Sedlacek2, Spokane, Teglasi, Westbrook2

Assistant Professors: Boyd2, Freeman2, Lucas2, McEwen, Molla3, Mullison2, Strein,

Thomas3

'joint appointment with Psychology 2joint appointment with Counseling Center 3joint appointment with Student Affairs

The Department of Counseling and Personnel Services offers graduate programs de- signed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for practice and scholarship in counseling and related human service professions. These fields are concerned with assisting people (individually, in groups, and in organizations) to attain their optimal level of personal, social, educational, and career functioning. Graduates of the de- partment are employed in a variety of settings including schools, colleges and univer- sities, mental health agencies, rehabilitation agencies, correctional facilities, business and industry, government agencies, other community service facilities, and private practice. These professionals may serve any of several roles either at the practitioner's level or at an advanced level as supervisors, researchers, educators, or program administrators. Master's level professional entry-level programs are offered in five areas of specialization.

(1) The School Counseling specialization program prepares students to become school counselors in elementary, middle, and high school settings. School counselors provide expertise in the personal, social, academic, and vocational development of the school-aged child; counsel children individually and in groups; coordinate pupil ser- vices in schools; and, function as a consultant to classroom teachers, school adminis- trators, and parents. (2) The School Psychology program prepares students for certifi- cation as school psychologists, whose principal duties are to assess intellectual and emotional factors that affect pupils' functioning in school settings and to devise inter- vention strategies to enhance the learning and behavioral adjustment of pupils. (3) The College Student Personnel specialty program prepares specialists for service in higher education settings in two areas of concentration: College Counseling and

110 Counseling and Personnel Services Program

Student Personnel Administration which includes such functions as student develop- ment, student union, housing, admissions, placement, deans of students and vice pre- sidents of student affairs. (4) The Community Counseling specialization provides three emphases within the program: career development and vocational counseling, community mental health counseling and consultation, and adult development and counseling. (5) The Rehabilitation Counseling specialty program prepares counselors to work with persons having mental, emotional, social, or physical handicaps.

Because of differences in certification, licensure, and employment requirements across specialty areas, professional entry-level programs of two types are offered, de- pending on the area of specialization: (1) a master's degree program (M.A., thesis re- quired or M.Ed., thesis not required), or (2) an integrated Master's/ Advanced Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) program. In this program, the student is admitted to the full sequence, takes the master's comprehensive examination after twenty-four hours of course work, writes a master's thesis (if M.A.) after about twenty-four more hours of course work, then takes the A.G.S. comprehensive examination while completing the degree and A.G.S. certificate simultaneously. It is possible for students in the integrated Master's/A. G.S. program to stop at the master's level, after completing thirty to thirty-six semester hours (including the thesis, if M.A.); but this master's de- gree will not qualify them for certification in those specialty areas that require a sixty-semester hour academic program. The applicant should contact the department for further information concerning the entry-level requirements and curriculum of each area of specialization.

It is possible for individuals who wish to enter a career in counseling but who are undecided about which area of specialization they wish to pursue to apply for admis- sion at the master's level as "undesignated" applicants. These students may apply for admission to a specialty area within their first 15 credits of coursework within the de- partment. While admission to a particular specialty will depend on available space and the student's appropriateness for that specialty area, they will be assured of being admitted to one or more areas as long as their academic performance and professional development have been satisfactory.

The A.G.S. certificate is offered in all of the aforementioned areas of specializa- tion. For individuals who hold a master's degree in counseling or a closely related field, this certificate program may serve: (1) to provide the additional education re- quired for professional certification or licensure in those specialty areas which require a program of two year's length, and/or (2) to provide the academic background for an advanced level of professional practice within a specialty area.

The Ph.D. degree in Counseling and Personnel Services is offered in four areas of specialization: (a) Counseling Psychology (in collaboration with the Psychology Department), (b) School Psychology, (c) College Student Personnel Administration, and (d) Counseling and Consultation. The goal of doctoral studies is to prepare stu- dents to achieve exceptional competence in the theory and practice of their field; to develop high level skills as researchers, educators, and administrators; and to assume positions of leadership in various relevant settings. Students in the counseling psy- chology specialization are educated to work as doctoral level counseling psychologists and supervisors in such settings as college and university counseling centers, com-

Counseling and Personnel Services Program 111

munity mental health agencies, and academic departments. Doctoral level school psy- chologists serve as advanced level practitioners, supervisors, administrators, research- ers, and teachers of school psychology. Students in College Student Personnel Administration are prepared to assume leadership positions as administrators of col- lege or university student personnel services or as teachers and researchers of college student personnel work. Doctoral students in counseling and consultation are pre- pared to assume roles as supervisors, consultants, administrators, educators or re- searchers in school counseling, rehabilitation, career development, or gerontological counseling programs. All Ph.D. students in the department are educated in accord with the scientist-practitioner model, wherein they are expected to attain advanced skills as both practitioners and researchers in their area of specialization.

Professionally accreditated/approved programs within the department include: School Psychology (provisional) and Counseling Psychology Doctoral Programs, by the American Psychological (provisional) and Counseling Psychology Doctoral Programs, by the American Psychological Association; Rehabilitation Counseling Masters/ A. G.S. Program, by the Council on Rehabilitation Education; Community Counseling Masters (M.A. or M.Ed.) and Counseling and Consultation Doctoral Programs, (provisionally) by the Council on Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs. The M.A. /A. G.S. Program in School Psychology and the Master's (M.A. or M.Ed.) Program in School Counseling are approved for certifica- tion by the Maryland State Department of Education and are accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants for regular admission to master's degree programs must have an overall undergraduate average of B (3.0 on a 4-point scale) and must submit their scores on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination (required for School Psychology M.A. /A. G.S. program). Their undergraduate program must include at least 15 semester hours of course work in behavioral science fields (anthropology, education, psychology, sociology, and/or statistics). Applicants for admission to A. G.S. and Ph.D. programs must have a master's degree in counseling or a closely related field. For admission as a Ph.D. student, a grade point average of 3.5 in prior graduate work is required, together with an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination (for Counseling Psychology and School Psychology). Selective screening of qualified applicants is necessary in order to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources of the department.

Departmental comprehensive examinations are required of all master's, A.G.S. and doctoral students. All doctoral students are required to take advanced courses in sta- tistics and research design. There are no foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. degree.

Facilities and Special Resources

All Master's A.G.S. and doctoral students in the department are required to include supervised fieldwork experiences as part of their degree programs. To this end, the department has excellent cooperative relationships with the Division of Student Affairs (including such offices as the Counseling Center, Orientation, Campus Activities, the

112 Counseling and Personnel Services Program

Student Union, Resident Life, and Commuter Affairs) with units in Academic Affairs (such as Advising, Career Development, Admissions, and Experiential Learning) and with units in University College. Fieldwork may also be done at a wide variety of school systems, counseling services, and mental health agencies in the Maryland/District of Columbia area.

In addition to campus and department resources, students also utilize the many ma- jor research and professional institutions of relevance to the counseling and personnel services field which are easily accessible to the campus. These include the Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Institutes of Health and of Education, the American Psychological Association, and the American Association for Counseling and Development.

Financial Assistance

The department offers several graduate assistantships, and paid experiences have been arranged for some students in the department with a variety of on-campus and off-campus agencies.

Additional Information

Individual brochures describing the curriculum of each professional entry-level and each doctoral specialization may be obtained by writing or calling (301) 454-2026 the department.

For courses, see code EDCP.

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) (Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology)

Director and Professor: Wellford

Professor Emeritus: Lejins

Professors: Loftin, Sherman

Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maida, Paternoster

Assistant Professors: Gottfredson, Smith, Uchida, Young

The Program of graduate study leading to Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the area of Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare stu- dents for research, teaching, and professional employment in the operational agencies in the field of criminal justice. This program combines an intensive background in a social science discipline such as sociology, psychology, public administration, etc., with graduate-level study of selected aspects of the criminal justice field.

A study recently completed of Institute M.A. and Ph.D. alumni reveals that Master's degree graduates have found employment in both public and private institu- tions in virtually every kind of activity associated with the criminal justice system: re- search; teaching; federal, state, and local law enforcement; courts; corrections; private security; funded programs; etc. Ph.D. graduates have found employment mostly in teaching, research, and as administrators in government agencies.

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 113

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, special admission require- ments include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in a social science discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate area of criminal jus- tice. For the M.A. applicant, the undergraduate social science major must have in- cluded at least one course each in theory, statistics, and research methods. The Ph.D. applicant must have completed two statistics, two research methods, and two theory courses, one of each being at the master's level. Admission to the Ph.D. program presupposes completion of the M.A. degree. At the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee of the Institute, deficiencies in some of the above areas may be made up by noncredit work at the beginning of the program.

Students enrolled in the M.A. program have two options: a criminology option and a criminal justice option. The general plan of study for both options is as follows: thirty (30) semester hours of courses consisting of: 1) at least 6 appropriate level courses in criminology and criminal justice, three of which are required courses which must be passed with a "B" or better; 2) a graduate level course in statistics, the course to be selected from an approved list; 3) 6 credit hours of either thesis credit or addi- tional course work depending on the option selected by the student; and 4) one elec- tive course. The student has a choice between a M.A. degree with a thesis or an M.A. degree without thesis but with some additional requirements.

For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the general Graduate School Ph.D. requirements, competence in research methodology and in quantitative tech- niques is expected, as well as competence in the general theory of the criminal justice field and in the specialization area selected by the student. The necessary course work is determined on the basis of the student's previous preparation, needs, and interests. The candidate is required to pass comprehensive examinations.

Financial Assistance

Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a competitive basis. Further, graduate research assistantships are sometimes available for graduate students to parti- cipate in research projects directed by faculty members and funded by outside sources.

Additional Information

A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology and its programs is available upon request. Inquiries should be directed to: Graduate Program Coordinator Institute of Criminal Justice University of College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code CRIM and CJUS.

114 Curriculum and Instruction Program

Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI)

Chair: Arends

Professors: E.G. Campbell, Carr, Fein, Fey6, Folstrom1, Holliday, Jantz, Johnson,

Layman8, Lockard2, Roderick, Sublett, Weaver, Wilson

Associate Professors: Amershek, Borko, Brigham, Church, Cirrincione4, Craig,

Davey, Davidson, DeLorenzo, Dreher, Eley, Farrell5, Gambrell, Gamer, Heidelbach,

Henkelman6, Herman, McCaleb9, McWhinnie10, Saracho, D. Williams

Assistant Professors: P. Campbell, Gillingham, Graeber, Krajcik, Markham,

Sanford, Slater", H. Williams12, Young13

'joint appointment with Music

2joint appointment with Botany

3joint appointment with Human Development

4joint appointment with Geography

5joint appointment with History

6joint appointment with Mathematics

8joint appointment with Physics

9joint appointment with Communication Arts and Theatre

10joint appointment with Housing and Applied Design

"joint appointment with English

12joint appointment with Library and Information Services

13joint appointment with Physical Education

The department offers programs leading to the following degrees of certificates: Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis), Master of Education, Advanced Graduate Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The department offers a variety of programs individually designed to meet the personal and professional goals of graduate students. These goals may include educational research, teaching, super- vising, providing leadership as curriculum specialists within the disciplines, teacher education or consulting at all levels of instruction; early childhood, elementary, se- condary, and higher education. Programs are offered to meet the needs of profession- als in school and non-school settings. All programs are available on the College Park campus; some programs are available in off campus centers.

Areas of emphasis include art education, early childhood education (birth to eight years of age), elementary education, history/social studies education, language and cultural studies (English education, foreign language education, teaching English as a second language, speech and drama education), mathematics education, music educa- tion, professional development (teacher education and human relations), reading edu- cation, science education, and uses of microcomputers in education.

Admission and Degree Information

The master's degree programs require a minimum of 30 to 36 semester hours, the A.G.S. diploma program 60 hours beyond the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a planned sequence of approximately 60 semester hours beyond the master's degree.

Curriculum and Instruction Program 115

Programs include both theory and practicum, professional work, research, and aca- demic courses. There are no foreign language requirements unless the dissertation is on a topic that requires it.

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program re- quires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 under- graduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination.

Master's degree students are required to take a 6 hour comprehensive examination near the end of their program. Doctoral students are required to take a preliminary examination, usually written, after approximately 12 semester hours of work and a comprehensive examination near the completion of the program. An oral examination in defense of the dissertation constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate.

Facilities and Special Resources

Special facilities in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction to support gradu- ate study and research include the Micro Teaching and Decision Making Laboratory, the Center for Mathematics Education, the Center for Young Children, the Reading Center, and the Science Teaching Center. Additional facilities in the College of Education include the Educational Technology Center, the Curriculum Laboratory, and Teacher Education Centers in local schools.

Financial Assistance

A number of graduate assistantships are available in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. These assistants work with research, supervision of student teachers, and teaching undergraduate classes.

Additional Information

Write or call the department (301) 454-7346 for more specific information about the various programs.

For courses, see code EDCI.

Economics Program (ECON)

Professors and Chair: Hulten

Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Bergmann, Betancourt, Brechling, Clague, Cum- berland, Harris, Kelejian, McGuire, Mueller, Myers, Oates, Olson Polakoff, Schultze, Straszheim, Wonnacott Professors Emeriti: Dillard, Gruchy, O'Connell, Ulmer

Associate Professors: Bennett, Coughlin, Cropper, Knight, Meyer, Murrell, Pana- gariya, Schwab, Weinstein Assistant Professors: Haliassos, Kessides, Kiguel, Kole, Prucha, Succar, Wallis

Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy de- grees. Areas of specialization include: economic theory, advanced economic theory, comparative economic systems and planning, econometrics, history of economic

116 Economics Program

thought, industrial organization, institutional economics, international economics, la- bor economics, monetary economics, public finance, public choice, and regional and urban economics.

Admission and Degree Information

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take immediately) at least one ad- vanced undergraduate course in microeconomics, macroeconomics, statistics, and cal- culus. In addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Record Examination is required and the Advanced Economics Test is strongly recommended. Letters of re- commendation from three persons competent to judge the probability of the applicant's success in graduate school should be sent directly to the Director of Graduate Studies in Economics. Part-time graduate study is difficult since few courses are taught at night.

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be taken under either the thesis op- tion (24 hours plus a thesis) or the non-thesis option (30 hours, including Economics 621-622, a written examination in economic theory and a research paper). The re- quirements for the non-thesis option for the M.A. are met automatically in the course of the Ph.D. program in Economics.

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are (1) a written examination in economic theory, normally taken at the beginning of the second year of full-time graduate study; (2) written examinations in two approved optional fields; (3) a comprehensive oral examination covering economic theory and the two optional fields; (4) two courses in Quantitative Methods in Economics; (5) two courses (ECON 606 and 607) in the History of Economic Thought or one in Thought and one in Economic History (ECON 611 and 613); (6) foreign language competency or one of several options; (7) a research paper available to the faculty at the time of the oral comprehensive examination; and (8) a dissertation and its successful oral defense.

Facilities and Special Resources

The graduate program in Economics is a comprehensive one. The Department pos- sesses special strength in the Economics of the Public Sector and Public Choice. The Department has general strengths in urban economics, poverty, natural resources and the environment, international economics and economic development, and other ap- plied areas. Special research projects under the supervision of faculty members are carried on in the Economics of Environmental Management, inter- industry fore- casting, and other fields.

Financial Assistance

Research assistantships are available in special projects. Numerous teaching assis- tantships are also available. The Department can usually help graduate students find part-time employment in federal agencies engaged in economic research. There are a limited number of fellowships available, including several from members of groups presently under-represented among economics.

Economics Program 117

Additional Information

A complete description of the requirements of the degrees in economics and the ad- mission process is available on request from:

Director of Graduate Studies in Economics Department of Economics University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ECON.

Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA)

Professor and Chair: Warren

Professors: V. Anderson (Emeritus), Andrews, Berdahl, Berman, Carbone, Chait,

Dudley, Finkelstein, Male, McClure (Emeritus), McLoone, Newell (Emeritus),

Stephens, van Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita)

Associate Professors: Agre, Clague, Goldman, Hopkins, Huden, Lindsay, Noll,

Selden, Schmidtlein, Splaine

Affiliated Associate Professor: Hershfield

Assistant Professor: Slater

Affiliate Assistant Professors: Edelstein, Gilmour

The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration offers programs of study for the M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well as for the Advanced Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) certificate. Areas of specialization include: administra- tion and supervision, curriculum theory and development, education policy, higher education, and social foundations of education. Ed.D. programs are offered at several off-campus sites and also on the College Park campus. Programs are tailored to stu- dents' objective and backgrounds. Graduates enter careers in research, administra- tion, policy making, planning, supervision, or teaching in public or private schools, adult and higher education, non-school educational settings, government agencies, or community organizations. Some graduates find career opportunities in other countries or with international organizations dealing with education.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program re- quires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 under- graduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination. Selective screening of qualified applicants is neces- sary to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources. Doctoral students take a preliminary examination early in their programs. All graduate students take compre- hensive examinations.

A research, teaching, or administrative internship is required in most department programs. The internship is performed under faculty supervision in schools, colleges, or agencies appropriate to the student's professional interests.

118 Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program

Facilities and Special Resources

The department has established liaison with area schools, colleges, and local, state, and federal education agencies which facilitate the use of these agencies for research and field experiences. Embassies in Washington, D.C. provide access to materials for the study of foreign education systems. Associated with the department are the National Center for Postsecondary Governance and Finance, the Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values, the Comparative Education Center, the Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education, the Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration, and the Center for Curriculum Development and Change.

Financial Assistance

Some graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students.

Additional Information

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to the department chair.

For courses, see code EDPA.

Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) Professor and Chair: Destler

Professors: Baras, Barbe, Blankenship, Chu, Davis, Davisson, DeClaris, Eph- remides, Frey, Granatstein, Harger, Hochuli, Lee, Levine, Ligomenides, Lin, Mayer- goyz, Newcomb, Ott, Peckerar, Rabin, Reiser, Rhee, Slaughter, Striffler, Taylor Associate Professors: Antonsen, Emad, Gligor, Goldhar, Ho, Ja'Ja', Krishnaprasad, Makowski, Menyuk, Nakajima, Pugsley, Shayman, Silio, Tits, Tretter, Zaki Assistant Professors: Abed, Farvardin, Geraniotis, Iliadis, Ioannou, James, Narayan, Shamma, Webb

The Electrical Engineering Department offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, seminars, colloquia, and the- sis guidance encompasses a broad spectrum of topics. Specialization is possible in communications (random processes; detection, estimation, coding, and information theories; digital signal processing; optical communications; communication networks; and remote sensing systems), computers (computer architecture, networking, and digi- tal system design; operating systems; and software engineering), control (computer- aided design; nonlinear, sampled data, and distributed parameter systems; system op- timization; and optimal and stochastic control), electrophysics (electromagnetic theory, charged-particle dynamics, quantum electronics, millimeter- and microwave-antenna and optical engineering, lasers, nonlinear optics, chemical physics, and biophysics), and microelectrics (circuits and devices; VLSI and computer-aided design; microwave and integrated circuits, semiconductor materials, and technology).

Joint programs are maintained with the mathematics, physics, and computer science departments and the chemical physics, material science, and transportation programs. Opportunities for programs of study in conjunction with many national laboratories and technical facilities also exist. The department has active theoretical research pro- jects in optical communication, communication networks, coding theory, traffic con-

Electrical Engineering Program 119

trol, remote sensing, solar energy conversion devices, and many other areas.

Employment opportunities for graduates of the department have been exceptionally rich in recent years. Private industry, research laboratories, government agencies and labs, and academic institutions have been hiring at virtually unprecedented rates. This strong demand should continue through the coming decade. The accompanying salary scales have been, and should continue to be, very attractive. Recent graduates from the Electrical Engineering Department have been employed by IBM, Westinghouse, the Applied Physics Laboratory, the Naval Research Laboratory and similar institu- tions in advanced research and development positions. Others have been employed by consulting firms working on a wide range of special problems. The growing de- mand for engineering faculty, particularly in the areas of computer engineering and microelectronics, has created a large number of opportunities for those interested in teaching careers.

Admission and Degree Requirements

The present minimum requirement for admission to the Graduate School as an Electrical Engineering student is graduation from an ABET accredited undergraduate program in electrical engineering with a B+ or better grade point average, or similar undergraduate preparation in mathematics, computer science, physics, or other areas of engineering or science.

Requirements for the master's thesis and non-thesis options are those of the Graduate School. All requirements must be completed within 5 years.

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include a minimum of 42 semester hours of graduate approved courses, the Ph.D. qualifying examination, and completion of all dissertation and oral examination requirements.

Facilities and Special Resources

Modern research and project laboratories in the department support a wide variety of research. They include a microprocessor development laboratory, a gas laser lab- oratory (He-Ne and C02 laser stability and lifetime studies and applications), quan- tum electronics laboratories (nonlinear optics, laser sensors, molecular energy transfer processes, and laser millimeter wave systems), an electromagnetic laboratory (millimeter and microwave systems and interactions and dielectrometry), a semicon- ductor research laboratory with a clean room and a complete set of characterization equipment and techniques, and a charged-particle beam laboratory with two intense relativistic electron beam generators (studies of new accelerator concepts and novel sources of high power millimeter and microwave radiation). Computational support is provided through an integrated campus-wide communications network that provides access for departmental IBM and Zenith personal computers and other terminals to the university's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 computer systems, national and interna- tional packet switching nets, and the department's VAX-1 1/785, Pyramid 90X, and Ridge-32 computers, the several MicroVAX and Sun Workstations, and associated peripherals, including laser printers and fileservers. The communications and signal processing laboratory has a Masscomp 5500 computer and an IIS S575 image pro- cessing system, and the VLSI design facility is supported with VALID workstations. A complete engineering library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathematics.

1 20 Electrical Engineering Program

computer, and physical science collections.

Financial Assistance

Financial aid is available to graduate students in the form of Graduate Research Assistantships, Graduate Teaching Assistantships, and Fellowships. Applications for Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships should be completed and sent to the Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies.

Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded subject to availability of funds and are renewed subject to satisfactory research progress. Summer appointments are often available.

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually awarded in April. Preference is giv- en to United States citizens. Duties may include laboratory teaching assignments, assistance in the computation facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants must register for at least nine credit hours per semester.

Graduate Research Fellowships are available for highly qualified applicants in a number of areas.

Local industries and government agencies have work-study programs in which about half of the Electrical Engineering graduate student body participates. Application should be made directly to the agencies.

Additional Information

Special brochures or publications offered by the department may be obtained by writing to this address:

Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ENEE.

Engineering Materials Program (ENMA)

Professor and Director: Wuttig

Professor and Dean: Dieter

Professor and Department Chair: Roush

Professors: Armstrong, Arsenaut

Adjunct Professor: Kramer

Assistant Professors: Ankem, Salamanca- Young

Associate Faculty: Park

The Engineering Materials program is administered by the Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. Special areas of concentration include diffraction, disloca- tion and mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron microscopic techniques, electronic and magnetic behavior of materials, the chemical physics of materials, and the properties and behavior of polymeric materials.

Engineering Materials Program 121

Admission and Degree Information

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be necessary to require courses to fulfill this background. The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Engineering Materials must enroll in EDNMA 650, 660 and 671. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the department in their departmental publications.

Facilities and Special Resources

Special equipment available includes scanning and transmission, electron micros- copes, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation and mechani- cal testing facilities, and high pressure and cryogenic equipment.

Additional Information

Information is available from:

Director, Engineering Materials Program Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ENMA.

English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) Professor and Chair: Cross

Professors: Bryer, Damrosch, Freedman, Holton, Kerrigan, Isaacs, Lawson, Light- foot, Panichas, W. Petterson, Russell, Salamanca, Schoenbaum, Vitzthum, Winton, Wittreich

Associate Professors: Auchard, Barry, Bennett, Birdsall, Caramello, Caretta, Cate, Coletti, Coogan, Cooper, David, Donaworth, Flieger, Fraistat, Fry, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Hammond, Handelman, Herman, Howard, Jellema, Joyce, Kleine, Kornblatt, Loizeux, Mack, Miller, C. Peterson, Robinson, Smith, Trousdale, Wilson Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Coleman, Collier, Dobin, Dunn, Fahnestock, James, Leinwand, Levine, Rutherford, Smith, Van Egmond

The Department of English offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy with areas of specialization in English and American literature. In addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may take a minor in composition and rhetoric, and they may emphasize creative writing (up to 15 hours, including a creative thesis, out of 30). Traditionally most students enrolled in gradu- ate programs in English Language and Literature have sought employment in post se- condary teaching. Although this situation continues today, the declining number of projected faculty openings means that an increasing number of students are finding it desirable to seek non-academic employment. The non-academic areas that attract

1 22 English Language and Literature Program

most of these students include publishing, business and technical writing, administra- tion and personnel management. For the student who decides to seek one of these al- ternatives, the University of Maryland offers a Career Development Center which helps place students in careers suitable to their interests and to their level of educa- tional achievement.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, applicants to the M.A. program should present a 3.0 GPA in English and 24 hours of upper-level English courses. Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a 3.5 GPA and an M.A. degree in English. Exceptions are occasionally made when other evidence is unusual- ly strong.

Thirty credit hours are required for the M.A.; there is a distribution requirement to assure coverage of the major historical fields. The student may either take 24 hours of course credit and write a M.A. thesis for the other 6 hours, or may take 30 hours and pass a written comprehensive examination.

The Ph.D. requires 51 hours of total graduate work (normally 21 hours beyond the M.A.). There are four further requirements, normally completed after course work: (1) an examination in a foreign language, (2) a general oral examination on the major areas of English and American literature, (3) a written examination on the student's area of specialization, and (4) the dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual resources of Washington, D.C., the English Department is an active participant in the Folger Institute of Renaissance and 18th Century Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have been awarded to advanced graduate students in the English Department.

Financial Assistance

A small number of fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School to candidates nominated by the various departments. Most financial aid is in the form of teaching assistantships (two courses of composition per semester) which are awarded by the de- partment in March. At present about 90 assistantships are awarded each year, of which about 25 go to new students or to others who have not held them previously.

Additional Information

Additional information on admission, financial aid, and degree requirements can be obtained from:

Director of Graduate Studies Department of English University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ENGL.

Entomology Program 1 23

Entomology Program (ENTM)

Professor and Chair: Steinhauer

Professors: Barbosa, Bottrell, Davidson, Denno, Harrison, Hellman, Jubb, Menzer,

Messersmith, Wood

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Ma, Nelson,

Reichelderfer

Assistant Professors: Lamp, Mitter, Raupp, Scott

Adjunct Professors: Baker, Erwin, Ferguson, Griessell, Gwadze, Hsu, Knutson,

Marsh, Miller, Saunders

Professors Emeritus: Bickley, Bissell, Haviland, Jones

Lecturer: Spangler

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate students may specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosyste- matics, ecology and behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, economic entomology, and pest management.

Employment opportunities for graduates exist in industry; academia; federal, state and local governments; and in international and national spheres.

Admission and Degree Information

Students applying for graduate work in entomology are expected to have strong backgrounds in the biological sciences, chemistry, and mathematics. Since the de- partment is particularly anxious to find strong basic preparation, an undergraduate ma- jor in entomology is not required for admission to the program. Students lacking cer- tain specific courses in their undergraduate program may need to extend the normal period of time required for the degree.

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the student is given great latitude in the selection of the advisory study committee, choice of the major study areas and supporting course work, and choice of the research program. The M.S. degree is awarded fol- lowing the successful completion of the course requirements and a satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis M.S. option is available for those interested in qualifying as pest management specialists. In this program a field experience course including a comprehensive report is substituted for the thesis.

Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, the student is given a departmental examination to evaluate general knowledge of biology and entomology. After passing this examination the student's study committee suggests a program of course work and approves a detailed research proposal. Following completion of most course work and demonstration of competency in one foreign or computer language, the Ph.D. student is given an oral qualifying examination before applying for admission to candidacy.

Facilities and Special Resources

Facilities are maintained in the department for research in all areas of specialization offered. In addition, cooperative programs with other departments in Agriculture and Life Sciences are possible. Cooperative research programs are often maintained by the department with several government agencies such as the Beltsville Agricultural

124 Entomology Program

Research Center, the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Students may also participate in the Maryland Center for Systematic Entomology where cooperative guidance toward advanced degrees has been established between the department and scientists in the Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, U.S.D.A. and the Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Specialized facilities are frequently made available to gradu- ate students in these programs. In many instances graduates of the programs in en- tomology find employment in such government agencies because of the contacts made in these cooperative projects.

Financial Assistance

There are a number of teaching and research assistantships available to entomology graduate students on a competitive basis. Several part-time employment opportunities are available in governmental and private research and developmental laboratories in the area.

Additional Information

The department's "Guidelines for Graduate Students" gives additional information on the graduate program, including requirements for admission, course requirements, examinations, seminars, and research areas and facilities. Copies are available from:

Department of Entomology University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code ENTM.

Family and Community Development Program (FMCD)

Associate Professor and Acting Chair: Rubin

Professors: Gaylin, Hanna

Associate Professors: Epstein, Hula, Myricks, Wilson

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Churaman, Leslie

Lecturer: Werlinich

The Department of Family and Community Development is devoted to describing, explaining, and improving the quality of life by means of research, education, com- munity outreach, and public service. The curriculum places special emphasis upon the family and the community as mediating structures and determining life quality. The approach is holistic, i.e., human ecology. Departmental graduate training pre- pares students for jobs in research centers; consulting firms; voluntary and non-profit organizations; federal, state, and local governments; business enterprises; and private practice.

The Department offers a Master of Science degree with individually designed areas of emphasis. These include a working knowledge of the growth of individuals throughout the life span, with particular emphases on inter-generational aspects of fa- mily living and the effective delivery of family-oriented services. A specialization in marriage and family therapy is offered (accredited by the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy) which draws upon knowledge of family dynamics and

Family and Community Development Program 1 25

change using the clinical techniques of therapy and consultation. Courses are avail- able for students interested in the processes and methods of change for improving community services that impact upon families. A student may focus on the efficient utilization of available family and community resources, the relationship between available resources and governmental (and private sector) policies, and the develop- ment of expanded resources through citizen action. Specializations include manage- ment of human service programs, family policy analysis, and consumer affairs. The Family Service Center provides clinical services to several hundred families. The Family Research Center is the research facility for the study of family life.

Admission and Degree Information

The Department employs the general policies of the Graduate School as the basic criteria for admission to the Master's program. In addition, it is required that individ- uals take the aptitude section of the GRE and have adequate undergraduate prepara- tion in one or more of the following areas: anthropology, economics, geography, fa- mily development, planning, political science, psychology, public administration, so- cial work, sociology, or urban studies. A course in elementary statistics at the under- graduate level is recommended.

The Master's program is 30 hours with additional hours for those in the Marriage and Family Therapy specialization. The student may choose either the thesis or non- thesis option. A student selecting the thesis option is required to enroll for six hours of thesis research. For the non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours of course work and take oral and written comprehensive examinations.

Financial Assistance

Due to the limited number of available Graduate Assistantships and the high de- mand for these positions, application for financial aid should be made prior to April 1 st for the fall semester of the coming year.

Additional Information

Further information regarding this program can be obtained by contacting the de- partment directly; telephone (301) 454-2142.

For courses, see code FMCD.

Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program (FNIA)

Professor and Chair: Read

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Prather

Associate Professors: Moser-Veillon, Williams

Assistant Professors: Choi, Curtis, Noble, Rinke, Taylor

Lecturers: Gong, Norton

Adjunct Assistant Professors: Behall, Conway, Deuster, Hallfrisch, James, Miles,

Monagan, Pao, Raiten

Adjunct Associate Professors: Goldberg, Reynolds, Szepesi

Adjunct Professors: Hamosh, Kelsay, Resier, Trout

Affiliate Professor: Heald

Affiliate Assistant Professor: McKenna

1 26 Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program

The Department offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in each of the following major areas: food, nutrition, and institution administration. The Department participates in an interdepartmental program for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nutritional science which is described under that title. The area of food includes study in experi- mental foods as well as cultural and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition includes the science of nutrition as well as the broad area of community and clinical nutrition. Institution administration includes food service systems management.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, a satisfactory score on the aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required. A minimum com- bination of 1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative is re- quired for admission.

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master's of Science degree in food, nutrition or institution administration.

All Master of Science students are required to take seminar, research methods, and a statistics course. Other courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor and/or a committee. Non-thesis option students must prepare a research paper, present an additional seminar, and take a written comprehensive examination in addition to an oral examination. An average of three or four semesters is usually required to com- plete the M.S. thesis option and two or three semesters for the non-thesis option.

Students with bachelor degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a master's degree with appropriate background courses may be admitted directly into the doctoral program. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual ba- sis. Written and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon completion of all course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend the disserta- tion.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Department has special arrangements and cooperative agreements with labora- tories at the Beltsville Human Nutrition Center, A.R.S., U.S.D.A. the University Affiliated Program in Child Development at Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, and University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore for students in nutrition and foods. There are faculty members who have advanced degrees in the areas of experimental foods and food chemistry, cultural foods, community nutrition, clinical nutrition, hu- man and animal nutrition, and food service systems.

Financial Assistance

There are a limited number of graduate teaching assistantships, traineeships, and research assistantships available.

Food Science Program (FDSC) 1 27

Additional Information

Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional information concerning admis- sion requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the Department Chairman.

For courses, see codes FOOD, NUTR, and IADM.

Food Science Program (FDSC)

Professor and Chair: Wiley (Horticulture)

Professors: Bean (Botany), Bender (Agricultural and Resource Economics), Heath

(Poultry Science), Keeny (Chemistry), King, Quebedeaux, Solomos (Horticulture),

Twigg, Vijay (Animal Sciences), Westhoff (Animal Sciences), Wheaton (Agricultural

Engineering)

Associate Professors: Chai (CEES), Doerr (Poultry Science), Schlimme

(Horticulture), Stewart (Agricultural Engineering)

Assistant Professor: Marshall (Animal Sciences)

Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Elehwany, Gillette, Park, Shehata, Solomon, Weeks

The Food Science Program offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Program is interdepartmental with participation or support from the Departments of Animal Sciences, Horticulture, Botany, Poultry Science, Agricultural Engineering, Chemistry, Agricultural and Resource Economics, and the Sea Food Processing Laboratory of the Environmental and Estuarine Studies Center. Programs of study and research are individually planned with the student and an appropriate committee. Areas of study encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fabricated food products. Specialization is available in food microbiology and fermentations, food chemistry and biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering and product develop- ment, nutritional evaluation, food sanitation, packaging, and distribution.

Employment opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree graduates are excellent. Students are employed in federal and state regulatory agencies, research and develop- ment laboratories, quality assurance laboratories, chemistry and microbiological labor- atories, and food production plants. Ph.D. graduates normally accept positions in academia with teaching and research assignments or in upper management positions in above listed laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are competitive.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, the Aptitude Test of the GRE is required. The Food Science Admissions Committee evaluates and makes re- commendations on all applications based on academic and professional experience and letters of recommendations (at least 3 required). When feasible the committee may conduct a personal interview. In the absence of a bachelor's degree in Food Science or Food Technology, a strong background in physical and biological sciences is re- commended. Inadequate prerequisites will result in a requirement to complete a remedial program to remove all deficiencies. Program requirements are as follows: 1) Food Science (the equivalent of the following courses): FDSC 412, 413, Principles of Food Processing; FDSC 421, 423, Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434, Food Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control; 2) Biochemistry: minimum of 3

1 28 Food Science Program

hours graduate credit; 3) Colloquium (seminar): attendance each semester and at least 2 presentations for credit during the program of study; and 4) provisional admission requirements must be satisfied in the time period designated.

For the M.S. degree, students must complete the program of study approved by their committee which will include the minimum requirements. Students entering the program without a background in Food Science must complete all FDSC course defi- ciencies in order to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. with thesis, a research pro- posal must be submitted to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the second semester of study. Students who for various reasons or circum- stances cannot readily satisfy the thesis research requirement may select the M.S. non thesis option. This requires 6 additional hours of courses at the 600 level in addition to the program requirements above. A scholarly paper on a subject approved by the committee must be prepared and presented at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final comprehensive examination, including defense of the scholarly paper, will be con- ducted by the student's committee. Part of this examination will be written. The above programs should be completed within 3 semesters and a summer session.

For admission to the doctoral program the M.S. degree is not required but is gener- ally recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree in the FDSC program, UMCP must receive a favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree final examin- ing committee. Students admitted from outside the FDSC program, UMCP will be examined orally by their committee as a basis for developing a suitable program of study. The student must complete a program of study as approved by the student's committee including requirements of the Graduate School and FDSC Program. There is no required number of hours of course work. Programs are developed based on the individual needs of each student. A proposal for dissertation research will be pre- sented to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the third se- mester of study. A comprehensive oral examination will be conducted by the com- mittee and other interested faculty members after substantial completion of the pro- gram of study and usually before the end of the fourth semester. Satisfactory perfor- mance in this examination is required before recommendation for admission to can- didacy is granted. Each student will assist in teaching at least one course regardless of whether employed as a graduate assistant. The candidate will defend the disserta- tion before a committee of at least 5 members appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies. The candidate's advisor is usually chair of the committee. It is recom- mended that the candidate prepare initial drafts of intended publications for review be- fore the final examination. This program should be completed in 3 years or less de- pending on the candidate's previous background.

Facilities and Special Resources

The combined resources of the participating departments are available for Food Science research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment are located in the Animal Sciences Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory, and Shriver Hall. Facilities are available for the experimental processing of fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and dairy products. A seafood processing facility is located off campus. Laboratories are equipped for microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and engineering research in- cluding facilities for laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid chroma-

Food Science Program 1 29

tographs, atomic absorption, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, radiosotope counters, amino acid analyzer, ultracentrifuge, fermenters, and controlled environment incubator. University research farms are available for both plant and animal produc- tion studies. Specialized facilities of nearby governmental and food industry labora- tories are regularly made available for graduate student research. The National Agricultural Library is about 3 miles from the campus. The FDSC program has an exchange agreement with the Food Science Department of the Central University of Venezuela for graduate study and research.

Financial Assistance

Teaching and research assistantships are made available by the participating depart- ments. Financial support is also available from contracts and grants and by special arrangements with several nearby government laboratories and industry.

Additional Information

A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food Science," is available and can be obtained by contacting:

Dr. R.C. Wiley Coordinator and Chair Food Science Program Holzapfel Hall 1122A University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742 Telephone: (301) 454-2829

For courses, see code FDSC.

French Language and Literature Program (FRIT)

Associate Professor and Chair: Tarica

Professors: MacBain, Therrien

Associate Professors: Black, Cottenet-Hage, Demaitre, Fink, Russell

Assistant Professors: Joseph, Mossman, Rubin, Verdaguer

The Department of French and Italian prepares students for the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in French language and literature. The composition of the graduate faculty and the variety of course offerings make it possible for students to specialize in any period or movement of French literature or any aspect of the French language, with the consent of their advisors.

Admission and Degree Information

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students having a solid grounding in French language and literature. It is strongly recommended that all applicants, wheth- er graduates of the University of Maryland or not, take the GRE Advanced Examination in French.

The students' knowledge of French is screened at the beginning of their first se- mester through a Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to evidence of inde- pendent scholarly research in the form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial re-

1 30 French Language and Literature Program

search paper (non-thesis option), successful completion of the M.A. program involves passing a comprehensive examination (a six hour written examination followed by a one hour oral examination) in French literature and/or culture from the Middle Ages to the present. The M.A. program is generally completed in four semesters.

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most highly qualified and most highly motivated candidates who can show that individual research is their major interest and who give evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that interest.

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except M.A. graduates of this department) must pass a three-part preliminary examination administered at the start of the first se- mester, consisting of an explication de texte, an essay, and an oral examination be- fore being fully admitted to the program. They are then required to complete a pro- gram of seminars related to their field of interest and to pass four special topic exam- inations and a Foreign Language Translation examination before being admitted to candidacy and beginning work on their dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

In addition to the university graduate and undergraduate libraries, the department maintains a reference library. Area research facilities include the Library of Congress and the Folger Library (specializing in 16th, 17th, and 18th-century literature). The department has a chapter of the National Honor Society, Phi Sigma Lota.

Financial Assistance

Financial support is available in the form of assistantships and fellowships. For in- formation contact the Department of French and Italian.

Additional Information

For complete information concerning the department's requirements set forth in the Guide to Graduate Programs in French write:

Department of French and Italian Language and Literature University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see codes FREN and ITAL.

Geography Program (GEOG)

Professor and Chair: Corey

Professors: Fonaroff, Harper

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Christian, Groves, Leatherman, Mitchell, Thompson,

Wiedel

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Goward, Kearney, Lai, Petzold

Lecturers: Broome, Chaves, Frieswyk

Visiting Professor: Deshler

Affiliate Faculty: Corsi

The Department of Geography offers the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. All degree- seeking graduate students are required to complete the following courses during their

Geography Program 131

first full year of study: GEOG 483 (requires non-class time on campus), GEOG 600, GEOG 605, GEOG 610 (M.A. students only), and all prerequisites associated with these required courses.

While progress in the graduate program is largely an individual matter, students entering the Ph.D. should think of three years as the norm. The department requires few particular courses; students at both levels initiate their own program of course work and submit a plan of study for approval.

Admission and Degree Information

Incoming M.A. students are expected to have an undergraduate degree in geo- graphy. Students from other fields will be required to do additional remedial work. All graduate applicants should submit aptitude test scores of the Graduate Record Examination.

The M.A. degree program offers four specializations: (1) coastal environments; (2) metropolitan analysis and planning; (3) human geography, especially historical geo- graphy; and 4) remote sensing-cartography-geographic information systems-spatial analysis. Geography internships are encouraged for students in each specialization.

All M.A. degree students will specialize by taking at least five courses in one of the four M.A. level specialty areas. In addition, each M.A. student will devise a three course non-specialization designed to provide some breadth of knowledge in geography or in a related field; a regional or area-studies focus can be taken as part of the three course non-specialization. M.A. degree requirements are set at a minimum of 38 graduate credit hours. No more than 13 credit hours may be taken at the 400 level.

General M.A. students may take the six credit hour thesis or non-thesis, two paper option. Students specializing in remote sensing-cartography-geographic information systems-spatial analysis are expected to take the non-thesis, two paper option. The non-thesis option involves the preparation of two substantial research papers. All M.A. students take an oral examination defense of a research proposal and a final oral examination based either on the thesis or the first of the two research papers.

The Ph.D. program provides for individual student specialization. Doctoral appli- cants must submit a written statement of study that is used to solicit faculty sponsors. Because of the degree specialization inherent in Ph.D. study, the department only considers applicants whose interests coincide with departmental faculty competence.

For admission to the doctoral program, the department normally requires a grade point average higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized geography de- partment, or competence in terms of fields of study and level of achievement compa- rable to the M.A. degree of the department. A non M.A., direct Ph.D. program is possible by petition from the student and upon approval of a faculty committee ap- pointed by the department chair.

After completion of formal course work requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two-part qualifying examination. Part one is a written examination in the student's two major fields of specialization. Part two is an oral examination evaluating the dis- sertation proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a final oral examination.

132 Geography Program

Employment opportunities in applied geography, especially in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, while highly competitive, remain strong. Would-be practic- ing geographers should stress such marketable studies as remote sensing, cartography, computer cartography, geographic information services, international development, lo- cational analysis, management and program planning.

Facilities and Special Resources

Departmental research facilities are contemporary and outstanding. They include a cartographic laboratory, a computer mapping and spatial analysis facility, an environ- mental analysis laboratory, and remote sensing facilities. A minicomputer graphics system and numerous computer terminals are housed in the department. These new instructional quarters in Lefrak Hall include a physical geography laboratory, carto- graphic teaching and production laboratories. The department publishes an Occasional Papers Series. The University's Institute for Urban Studies (see "Urban Studies Program") is a program associated with the department.

Additional Information

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be obtained from:

Graduate Program Advisor Department of Geography 1163 Lefrak Hall University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742 Tel: (301) 454-6655

For courses, see code GEOG.

Dual Master's Degrees Programs in Geographic Information Systems

This is a joint program of the College of Library and Information Services and the Department of Geography. It results in two master's degrees: the Master of Library Science (MLS) and the M.A. in Geography. The dual-degree program requires a minimum of 56 graduate credit hours. For a full-time student, the program requires two years of intensive study. Admission to the program is competitive and students must apply separately and be admitted both to Library and Information Services and to Geography. Contact either the Department, (301) 454-2241 or the College of Libray and Information Services, 454-3016 for more information.

Geology Program (GEOL)

Professor and Chair: Chang

Professor: Adler

Associate Professors: Ridky, Segovia, Siegrist, Stifel, Weidner, Wylie

Assistant Professors: Candela, Nielsen, McLellan

The Department of Geology offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Broad research interests among faculty members make study and re- search available in all major fields of geological sciences with specialization in

Geology Program 1 33

economic minerals, fuels, and deposits; engineering and environmental geology; ex- perimental petrology and crystal chemistry; solution and trace element geochemistry; sedimentation; stratigraphy and paleontology; structural geology; and regional geolo- gy- Admission and Degree Information

Qualified students with a major in geology as well as in physics, chemistry, biolo- gy and related sciences and engineering are invited to apply for admission to the grad- uate programs. There is no single prescribed curriculum for all graduate students. The entire course of study is individually developed for each student by his/her gradu- ate program committee. All students are required to take an entrance examination, re- sults from which are used to design their academic schedules.

The M.S. degree is awarded following the successful completion of the course re- quirements and a satisfactory thesis. For the Ph.D. degree, requirements include sa- tisfactory course work, a comprehensive examination, and completion of all disserta- tion and oral examination requirements.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Department has all standard laboratory equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil preparation and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully automated x-ray spec- trometer; an electron microprobe analyzer; x-ray diffractometers; atomic absorption spectcophotometer research transmitted and reflected light microscopes; geophysical equipment of magnetic, seismic, resistivity and EM measurements; and a complete laboratory for mineral synthesis and phase equilibrium studies at high- temperatures and high-pressures including hydrothermal, internally-heated piston-cylinder, and Bridgman opposed-anvil systems. Extensive library, computer, and electron micros- cope facilities are available on campus for graduate research.

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, D.C. and close to the city of Baltimore where a large number of outstanding institu- tions are located. These include the United States Geological Survey, Bureau of Mines, Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, National Bureau of Standards, NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Smithsonian Institution, the Carnegie Institute's Geophysical Laboratory and Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, and the Geological Survey of Maryland. Opportunities exist for programs of study in cooperation with many of these institutions.

Financial Assistance

Graduate students are eligible for Departmental teaching assistantships, Graduate School assistantships, and grant- supported fellowships and research assistantships. In addition, some curatorial, library, and other part-time work is available.

Additional Information

The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at Maryland" gives additional in- formation on the requirements, examinations, faculty research interests and publica- tions, research facilities, and financial aids. Copes are available from: Department of Geology

134 German Language and Literature Program (GERS)

University of Maryland College Park, MD 20770

For courses, see code GEOL.

German Language and Literature Program (GERS)

Associate Professor and Chair: Brecht

Professors: Best, Jones, Herin, Oster

Associate Professors: Beiken, Bilik, Fletcher, Frederiksen, Pfister

The Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures offers programs of study leading to the MA. and Ph.D. degrees. Specialization includes the following areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Medieval Literature and Culture; and Literature of the German Speaking Countries from the Renaissance to the Present.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to the Graduate School requirements, candidates must have a bachelor's degree with an undergraduate major in German language and literature or the equiva- lent and fluency in the written and spoken language. Candidates for the doctorate must have a master's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related discipline, for exam- ple: German, Scandinavian Studies, Language Education, Medieval Studies, etc.

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) are: 24 hours of course work, the thesis, and a written comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis option) re- quires 30 hours of course work, a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written comprehensive examination. For both options the comprehensives consist of four two-hour examinations based on the course work and the M.A. reading list.

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours of course work beyond the master's degree over a period of residency at the University of Maryland of at least one year, and a further 12 hours of dissertation re- search; 2) a reading skill examination in a language other than English or German, which may be another Germanic language or a language related to the candidate's re- search; 3) comprehensive written examinations; 4) presentation of the dissertation top- ic to the Germanic Section graduate faculty before the topic is approved; and 5) the three-hour examinations. The candidate has considerable freedom in choosing the fields of philology or applied linguistics, medieval literature, and modern literature. Candidates who opt for all three selected topics in German literature will choose sub- jects in the following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th century, 19th century, 20th century; in which case the required modern literature examination will require philology, Scandinavian studies, medieval studies, etc., will take a general examina- tion in the modern literature required exam.

Facilities and Special Resources

In addition to its course offerings listed below, the Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the German Club, the University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi Alpha (the national German language honors society). Distinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as visiting

German Language and Literature Program 1 35

professors, visit the metropolitan area and campus regularly. College Park's closeness to Washington, D.C. facilitates participation in the many cultural functions of the ca- pital with its wealth of German and Scandinavian social groups and national societies.

Financial Assistance

The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the financial support of its graduate students in the form of teaching and non-teaching assistantships as well as several fel- lowship.

Additional Information

For further information write to:

Director of Graduate Studies

Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literature

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see codes GERM and SLAV.

Government and Politics Program (GVPT)

Professor and Chair: Quester

Professors: Azar, Bobrow, Butterworth, Claude, Conway, Dawisha, Glass, Hsueh,

McNelly, Oppenheimer, Phillips, Segal, Stone, Uslaner, Wilkenfeld

Associate Professors: Alford, Elkin, Glendening, Heisler, Pirages, Ranald, Reeves,

Terchek

Assistant Professors: Kaminski, Lanning, McCarrick, Mcintosh, Soltan

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include American politics, comparative politics, international politics, political theory, politi- cal economy, public administration, public policy, public law, national security, and political development.

Admission and Degree Information

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a non-thesis option, both of which require six semester hours of political theory or political philosophy, six se- mester hours of methods courses, and a comprehensive examination in one field. Both options require a total 30 semester hours of credit.

The doctoral program involves seminars, research, and opportunities for teaching experience. Generally, students will be expected to complete 42 hours of graduate work including courses in political theory and methods which are required for all stu- dents. In consultation with an advisor, students will identify two fields of specializa- tion and must pass comprehensive written examinations in both fields and complete a dissertation.

Financial Assistance

In addition to teaching assistantships, the department also has a government intern- ship program for students interested in public administration and a limited and vari- able number of research positions with research grants.

136 Health Education Program (HLTH)

Additional Information

Further information and a manual on graduate study can be secured from the department's Office of the Director of Graduate Studies.

For courses, see code GVPT.

Health Education Program (HLTH)

Professor and Chair: Gilbert

Professors: Burt, Gold, Greenberg, Leviton

Associate Professors: Allen, Beck, Clearwater, Feldman, Miller

Assistant Professors: Hollander, McKay, Thomas

The Department of Health Education offers a program designed to prepare students to enter health education and related health professions in teaching, research, con- sulting, and administrative roles. Graduates of the program have placement oppor- tunities in professional education, research, health maintenance, public schools, com- munity health agencies, health care delivery and promotion, and private and govern- mental consulting settings.

Admission and Degree Information

The department offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis and non-thesis op- tions.

The department offers fully developed tracks of study and some field experience in service areas including stress, management, health behavior safety education, school health, sexuality, drug education, community health, and others. Advanced degree study is not limited to these areas. Each student, in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the appropriate faculty, designs an individual program of study to meet his/her projected professional needs.

Admission is open to students holding at least a bachelor's degree in areas related to the social, psychological, or biological basis of human health. Entrance require- ments include an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 and a graduate GPA of 3.5, satis- factory GRE scores (quantitative and verbal sections), and letters of recommendation.

Facilities and Special Resources

The student may experience specific application of theory through numerous field studies and departmental service programs in the areas of controlling stress and ten- sion, children's health and development, programs for the aged, weight control, women's health, and safety education. Special departmental facilities include the Psychophysiological Research Laboratory, the Biofeedback Learning Lab, the Safety Education Center, and a college microcomputer laboratory.

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health, the National Library of Medicine, and the Library of Congress render the University of Maryland unusually well suited for graduate work in health education.

Health Education Program 1 37

Financial Assistance

A limited number of Graduate Teaching and Research Assistantships are available through the department. University fellowships may also be obtained.

Additional Information

For any additional information and program specifics, write to:

Dr. Robert S. Gold

Director of Research & Graduate Studies

Department of Health Education

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code HLTH.

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP)

Professor and Acting Chair: McCall

Professor: Yoni-Komshian

Associate Professors: Baker, Dingwall, Hamlet, Roth

Assistant Professors: Gordon-Salant, Ratner

Professor Emeritus: Newby

Admission and Degree Information

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences offers the M.A. degree with either the thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in speech and language pathology or in audiology. The Master's degree is required for individ- uals preparing for positions as speech pathologists or audiologists in schools, in hospi- tals or rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical settings. Academic course work is combined with supervised clinical practice in the University Speech and Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that the graduate will meet the academic requirements for clinical certification by the American Speech and Hearing Association and for licensing in the State of Maryland. The Master's degree program is accredited by the American Boards of Examiners in Speech Pathology and Audiology.

Applicants for the M.A. degree with an undergraduate major in the hearing and speech sciences or a related field are considered for admission. The M.A. degree program usually requires a full two years of graduate study. The program of study for individuals without a background in the hearing and speech sciences may need to be extended beyond two years. Only full-time students are admitted to the program.

The department also offers the Ph.D. with a major emphasis in speech, language, or hearing. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree are considered for admission to the doctoral program. Matriculated doctoral students will choose a spe- cial interest area within their major. Special interest areas may focus on the normal aspects of their major or disorders related to the major. A student must also select a minor area of study either from within or outside departmental offerings. There are no foreign language requirements for the degree. However, advanced courses in sta- tistics and experimental research design are required. Course programs for the doctor-

1 38 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program

ate are planned by the student and a committee of at least four faculty members. All doctoral students are expected to participate for academic credit in varied research ac- tivities within the department. Written and oral comprehensive examinations for ad- mission to candidacy are scheduled following completion of formal academic course work. Doctoral students must register for at least 12 semester hours of dissertation research credit before completing the degree.

In addition to the application materials required by the Graduate School, the depart- ment requires applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions of the Graduate Record Examination. Prospective applicants should note that decisions on summer and fall admissions are made in early March, and on spring admission in early November. Early application is encouraged.

Facilities and Special Resources

The facilities of the department include: (1) several modern research laboratories equipped to support research in the areas of language, acoustic phonetics, physio- logical phonetics, psychoacoustics, speech, perception, neuropsychology, and brain stem evoked response audiometry; (2) an integrated audiovisual laboratory; (3) a de- partmental library; and (4) a hearing and speech clinic which includes several audio- logical test suites and diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation. Additional research and clinical facilities are available in the Washington and Baltimore metro- politan areas. The Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the li- braries of various medical schools in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement the university's libraries at College Park.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available through the Department. Assistantships carrying teaching, research, or clinical responsibilities are awarded on a competitive basis.

Additional Information

Additional information about the M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be obtained by writing to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences.

For courses, see code HESP.

History Program (HIST)

Professor and Chair: Evans

Professors: Betz, Berlin, Brush, Callcott, Cockbum, Cole, Foust, Gilbert, Goodblatt,

Haber, Harlan, Kent, McCusker, A. Olson, K. Olson, Price, Smith, Sparks, Warren,

Yaney

Associate Professors: Breslow, Darden, Farrell, Flack

Folsom, Friedel, Greenberg, Grimsted, Harris, Hoffman, Kaufman, Holum, Lampe,

Majeska, Matossian, Mayo, Moss, Perinbaum, Ridgway, Speigal, Stowasser,

Weissman, Wright, Zilfi

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Eckstein, Gullickson, Nicklason, Rozenbilt, Sumida,

Williams

The Department of History offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of

History Program 1 39

Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United States, Ancient, Medieval, Early Modern European, Modern European, British, Russian, Latin American, African*, Middle Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic, Economic, Science, and Women's History*

*Fields at M.A. level only.

Admission and Degree Information

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm grounding in a field of history for teaching purposes and as preparation for the pursuit of the doctorate. In addition to general Graduate School requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are required; it should be noted that an undergraduate major in history is not required for admission. Thirty credit hours are required for the degree.

The department offers both a thesis and a non-thesis program. Departmental re- quirements for the degree include one section of a general seminar (American, European, or Comparative World History) and two 800- level research seminars. A maximum of nine hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. For those stu- dents who select a thesis option, six hours in M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 799) are required. There will be a final oral examination confined to the thesis and the area in which it lies. Candidates selecting the non-thesis option must take 30 credits (15 in the major field, 9 in the minor field, and 6 hours of electives), submit two scholarly papers to their examining committee, and pass a four hour comprehen- sive examination in their major area.

Admission to the doctoral program will be decided by the student's M.A. examin- ing committee on the basis of the student's record of achievement in course work, written examination (if required in the student's major area), and thesis and oral de- fense of the thesis or two submitted research papers. Students with M.A. degrees awarded at other institutions will be asked to submit substantial evidence of their writ- ten work when they apply for admission to the doctoral program. Doctoral candidates must complete three sections of the General Seminar. Within four semesters after entering the doctoral program, every student must pass a general oral and a special field written examination in his or her major area and one written field examination in a minor area. These examinations will test a broad, intelligent, and informed handling of the major historical problems and literature of that field.

An oral examination on the student's dissertation prospectus and a bibliography on the dissertation field are required. The dissertation is to be understood as constituting the largest single portion of the doctoral program; it is expected to be a distinct contri- bution to historical knowledge and/or interpretation.

All doctoral students must show a reading competence in one foreign language.

Facilities and Special Resources

In addition to the field concentrations described above, the Department of History offers several forms of specialized training. In the field of historical editing the de- partment has introduced a successful internship course in archival work in conjunction with the National Archives. Since 1970 the department has sponsored a journal of history. The Maryland Historian, which features scholarly articles and reviews and

1 40 History Program

which provides practical experience for graduate students in the production of a jour- nal. The journal was founded and is managed and produced by graduate students in the Department of History. The department also sponsors major editorial projects: the Booker T. Washington Papers, The Samuel Gompers Papers, the Freedom in Southern Society project, and the Charles Carroll of Carrollton papers. A number of history department graduate students have gained valuable research and editing experi- ence on these projects which also receive support from the National Historical Publications and Records Commission. In conjunction with the Department of Philosophy, the Department of History sponsors and participates in the Folger Institute of Renaissance and Eighteenth-Century Studies. The Institute offers seminars for graduate students and faculty, workshops, conferences, colloquia, and lectures. The Institute awards fellowships to graduate students, and several of these awards have gone to doctoral candidates from the University of Maryland's History Department. Still another project in which the Department of History participates is the Caesarea excavations. This project provides a rich source of theses and dissertation topics for graduate students in Ancient History.

Financial Assistance

The department offers financial assistance principally in the form of teaching assis- tantships to outstanding graduate students. These positions, which vary in number ac- cording to the availability of funds are awarded to advanced students working toward the Ph.D. or M.A. degree. Appointment as a teaching assistant provides students an opportunity to work closely with faculty members in the teaching of undergraduate survey courses in history. Paid internships at regional historical institutions which carry tuition scholarships are also available.

Additional Information

Complete descriptions of programs and requirements may be obtained from the his- tory department.

For courses, see code HIST.

Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science

The Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science supervises graduate study leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in history or philosophy. Courses are offered in a wide range of subjects in the history and philosophy of science and technology, and research facilities are available on the College Park campus and in the Washington area. For advanced research the emphasis is on the history and philoso- phy of physical and biological science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of the philosophy of science and scientific ideas; genetics, computer science, geophysics and astronomy; and scientific institutions in the United States. Integration of historical and philosophical interpretations of science is stressed in both teaching and research.

While academia is the traditional employer of historians and philosophers of science, other opportunities exist with museums, government, and industry. Academic opportunities for historians and philosophers of science recently have been more plentiful than for historians or philosophers in general. While the numbers are small, thus far the committee has successfully placed all its degree recipients.

History Program 141

Students should apply for admission to either the History Department or the Philosophy Department, indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the field of specialization. Since people with diverse backgrounds can be successful in this field, there are no rigid requirements for admission; the quality of a student's work in science, history, and philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and test scores but also by papers and independent projects, is more important than the number of credit hours in these subjects. But prospective students should also be warned that the minimum requirement for doing research in the history and philosophy of science covers substantially more areas than normally expected of Ph.D.'s in any one of the traditional fields of history or philosophy or a science; it includes training in a science equivalent to a B.S. (preferably M.S.) degree, proficiency in both oral and written expression, and ability to read at least one foreign language (preferably both French and German).

The committee also encourages applications from students who do not intend to ob- tain a Ph.D. in history and philosophy of science but desire only the M.A. as prepara- tion for careers in science, teaching, government service, technical administration, museum work, etc., or who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in another field.

A few teaching assistantships are available in the History and Philosophy Departments for students who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects.

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to:

Chairperson

Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science

1131 Skinner Building

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code HIST.

Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the M.L.S.

The Department of History and the College of Library and Information Services coordinate two master degree programs to meet the need for multi-disciplinary gradu- ate training for archivists, records managers, manuscript curators, rare book librarians, bibliographers, conservation administrators, and those wishing to become subject and research specialists in academic, special, and/or research libraries. Because of the University's proximity to a variety of immensely rich research collections, students are able through internships to gain first-hand experiences that reinforce their class- room instruction.

The aim of the sequence of courses leading to the two degrees is to prepare stu- dents to understand the intellectual approach of the research scholar through historic training and to meet those research needs through the information services offered in CLIS. The coordinated curricula provide four main options: 1) archives and records managements, 2) curatorship of historical collections, 3) scholarly editing and publish- ing, and 4) reference research and bibliographic services. The fifty-four hours re- quired for the degrees combine twenty-four hours in each component plus six elective courses. The M.A. -M.L.S. is a non-thesis plan, but students may choose to write a

142 Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the MLS.

thesis when such research enhances their program.

Admission and Degree Information

Students may apply for admission under the rubric HILS (History-Library Science) either through the Department of History or CLIS. Each has a coordinator who serves as an advisor for students. Since many of these courses are offered in se- quence, it is important for students to work closely with these advisors. The two de- grees are awarded simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete the special re- quirements for the coordinated degree programs may not receive either degree. If stu- dents subsequently wish to receive only one degree, they must transfer from HILS either to the graduate program in History (HIST) or to the College of Library and Information Services (LBSC) and fulfill the normal requirements for the separate M.L.S.

Financial Assistance

A few teaching assistantships are available in the Department of History, and the College of Library and Information Services has some fellowship aid for students in this course of directed study. These are awarded on a competitive basis in both com- ponents.

Additional Information

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to the HILS Coordinator, in either the Department of History or the College of Library and Information Services.

For courses, see code HIST.

Horticulture Program (HORT)

Professor and Chair: Quebedeaux

Professors: Gouin, Hegwood, Oliver, Solomos, Wiley

Adjunct Professors: Galletta, Kretchmer, Krizek, Pollack

Professors Emeritus: Link, Scott, Shanks, Stark. Thompson, Twigg

Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Gould, Kundt, McClurg, Ng, Schales,

Schlimme, Swartz, Walsh

Assistant Professors: Hamed, Healy, Hershey, Stutte

Lecturer: Mityga

The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Science degree is offered with both thesis and non-thesis options. Candidates place major emphasis in the areas of pomology, vegetable crops, floriculture, or ornamental horticulture. Within these commodity areas students may direct their studies and research efforts to mineral nu- trition, postharvest physiology, genetics and breeding, chemical growth regulation, water relations, plant propagation, histochemistry, photoperiodism, and other factors affecting production, postharvest handling, and preservation of horticultural crops. The research activities required for the thesis or dissertation are normally carried out in conjunction with the research programs of the departmental staff.

The candidate's program may be directed toward a career in research, teaching, ex- tension education, or industry. Many recent graduates are currently involved in pro-

Horticulture Program 1 43

grams at major universities; others are teaching at the vocational agriculture and com- munity college level. Still others are employed as county agents with the Cooperative Extension Service or work in research and development with the U.S. Government, private industry, or international agriculture.

Admission and Degree Information

Students seeking admission should present undergraduate preparation in horticul- ture, botany, chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Those without this background are advised to enroll as undergraduate students to correct these deficien- cies. Students entering the doctoral program should have, or plan on completing, a Master of Science degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the M.S. in a re- lated plant science field may be acceptable. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required.

Upon admission and arrival, a graduate student is assigned a temporary advisor. During the first semester the student will select a major advisor and an advisory com- mittee will be appointed. It is an early function of the committee to work with the candidate in developing a program of courses and research to meet the goals and aspirations of the student. A comprehensive, oral examination is given each can- didate for the M.S.; candidates for the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying examination as well as a final oral exam covering the dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

Modem laboratory and greenhouse facilities are located at the College Park cam- pus. Laboratory instrumentation provides for chromatography, spectrophotometry, elemental analysis, histology, biotechnology, and other procedures. A system for automatically monitoring respiratory gases and volatiles is available in connection with controlled atmosphere chambers. Controlled-temperature storage and growth chambers provide facilities for postharvest and environmental control studies. Greenhouse and plot areas are available for research with floricultural and ornamental plants. Orchards for research with fruits are located at the Western Maryland Research and Education Center; other research studies are conducted cooperatively with fruit growers in the western part of the state. Field research with vegetable crops is carried on at the Vegetable Research Farm, Salisbury and with ornamental and vegetable crops at the Wye Research and Education Center, Grasonville.

The Beltsville Agriculture Research Center of the United States Department of Agriculture is located 3 miles from the campus. Opportunities to attend seminars, conferences, and workshops and to conduct cooperative research with the USDA Beltsville ARS Center scientists exist. In addition, the National Agricultural Library at the Research Center is available to graduate students and faculty.

Financial Assistance

Some graduate students are supported with financial aid. Research and teaching assistantships are offered on a competitive basis to students on full admission status, as available. All graduate assistants are expected to assist in the teaching program of the department, and those in the M.S. program will follow the thesis option.

For courses, see code HORT.

144 Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) (EDHD)

Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) (EDHD)

Professor and Chair: Hardy

Professors: Eliot, Grambs, Hatfield, Porges, Seefeldt, Tomey-Purta

Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Dittman, Goering, Kurtz, Morgan, Perkins

Associate Professors: Bennett, Flatter, Fox, Gardner, Huebner, Koopman, Marcus,

Matteson, Robertson-Tchabo, Rogolsky, Tyler

Assistant Professors: Green, Holloway, Hunt, Taylor

The interdisciplinary programs of the Institute for Child Study attempt to collect, interpret, and synthesize the findings of the human sciences that are concerned with human growth, development, and learning, and to communicate this synthesis to per- sons who need such understandings as a basis for their practice and planning. Courses are psychological in nature and are intended to increase the student's under- standing of human behavior. Research thrusts are primarily concerned with the social aspects of human development.

Admission and Degree Information

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate programs leading to Master of Education, Master of Arts with thesis. Master of Arts without thesis. Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees, and Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate (a planned program of 30 graduate hours beyond the master's degree). Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination. The research oriented M.A. and Ph.D. degree programs in hu- man development are designed to develop student competencies in the theoretical areas of biological, psychological learning, and sociocultural processes, and related research methods in human development. The practice oriented M.Ed., M.A. without thesis, and Ed.D. programs are designed to develop student competencies in identify- ing the implications of scientific knowledge for specific situations through training in program design, management, delivery, and evaluation of human services consistent with current scientific knowledge of human development.

The primary thrust of Institute Programs is focused upon educational institutions and services and secondarily with other human services which might also draw upon scientific knowledge of human growth and development. The graduate program is in- tended to prepare educational psychologists for service in schools and other communi- ty agencies dealing with individuals of all ages, to prepare teachers of human devel- opment in higher education, and to prepare research-oriented individuals for service in public (county, state, or federal) or private organizations. A student's program is in- dividually developed through consultation with advisers and appropriate committees to meet the unique needs of the student consistent with the purposes and goals of the Institute for Child Study. A listing of graduate degree requirements is available from the EDHD office. Knowledge of foreign languages is generally not required unless a

Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 145

need for foreign languages is indicated in the student's program.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of Maryland are particularly rich in resources for graduate study in human development. The faculty of the Institute is uniquely multi-disciplinary, representing the broad range of the human sciences and related applied fields. The Institute has ongoing in-service field programs in child and youth study, and opportunities for participating in research. Internship experi- ences are available through cooperation with various agencies and schools in the area. Resources of the College of Education include a Center for Young Children, a Curriculum Materials Center, an Educational Technology Center, a Reading Center, Science Center, and financial and advisory support services for research and evalua- tion. In addition, the Institute has two major developmental assessment laboratories and a mobile developmental assessment laboratory through which the student can gain first-hand experience in making assessment of infants and young children.

For courses, see code EDHD.

Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education (EDIT)

Professor and Chair: Maley

Professors: Hombake (Emeritus), Luetkemeyer

Associate Professors: Anderson, Beatty, Herschbach, Mietus, Peters, Stough

Assistant Professors: Boyce, Elkins, Hultgren, Hunter, Inana, Sullivan, Usiak

The graduate programs in Industrial Technological and Occupational Education are designed to prepare specialized personnel in a variety of fields related to positions in education as well as government, business, industry and labor. Programs related to education prepare personnel for teaching, administration, research, and supervisory positions in secondary, post-secondary, and higher education as well as education as- signments in government and military agencies. Programs designed for business and industry are in such fields as training, human resource development, production, su- pervision, safety and fire science.

The specific teaching and education majors in the department include Business Education, Marketing and Distributive Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial Arts Education, and Vocational-Industrial Education. The Industrial Technology program is directed towards the preparation of personnel for the business, industry, and labor segments of society. The programs in the department enjoy a na- tional and international reputation. Placement is excellent in practically all programs at all levels. There is actually a shortage of teachers in the areas of industrial arts and vocational education.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate

1 46 Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education

Record Examination.

Programs are offered at the master's degree level in seven different areas: Business Education, Marketing and Distribution Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial Arts, Industrial Technology, Technical Education, and Vocational-Industrial Education. The M.A. and M.Ed, degrees are offered in each of these program areas.

The Ed.D. and Ph.D. degrees, as well as an Advanced Graduate Specialist certifi- cate may be earned in the following areas: Business, Marketing and Distributive, Home Economics, Industrial Arts, and Vocational-Industrial education.

Every graduate program in the department is developed on an individual basis to meet the particular needs of the person. At the same time, the graduate student is ex- pected to have achieved certain specified objectives upon completion of his/her pro- gram. The student should exhibit competence in a major field in the department; analyze, conduct, and report research activities; and attain a broad understanding of the relationships of his/her field of study to education and society in a technological culture.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department is housed in a large three-story structure fully accessible to the handicapped. The building includes an auditorium, research center, learning center, curriculum research center, seventeen laboratories, faculty and staff offices, seminar and class rooms.

In addition to the extensive library and computer facilities available on the College Park Campus, there are numerous other institutions located in the Washington- Baltimore area to enrich the scholarly and research potential for the student. These institutions include the Library of Congress, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Department of Education, American Industrial Arts Association, American Home Economics Association, American Vocational Association, and the National Business Education Association.

Financial Assistance

A number of graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students.

Additional Information

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to the chairperson of the department.

For courses, see code EDIT.

Journalism Program (JOUR)

Professor and Dean: Cleghorn

Professors: Blunder, J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hiebert, Holman, Martin Associate Professors: Barkin, Beasley, Franklin, Geraci, Levy, Zanot Assistant Professors: L. Grunig, Paterson, Smith, Stepp Lecturer: Greenfeld

The College of Journalism offers a Master of Arts degree in Journalism and, with the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre, the Ph.D. in Public

Journalism Program 1 47

Communication. The master's degree is primarily a professional degree intended for students who wish to deepen their understanding of the communication professions and their preparation for those professions. It thus includes advanced practical courses and courses in communication theory and research. M.A. students specialize in public affairs reporting, public relations, international communication, science com- munication, broadcast journalism, advertising, opinion and evaluative research, politi- cal communication, or education and journalism.

The Ph.D. in Public Communication is an interdisciplinary program embracing the College of Journalism and the three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre: Radio-Television-Film, Speech Communication, and Theatre. The Ph.D. prepares students for creative scholarship and research. It emphasizes both the necessary tech- niques and skills to conduct research and the ability to think innovatively about prob- lems of public communication. Within this Ph.D. program, the College of Journalism stresses five fields: political and governmental communication, public relations and organizational communication, international communication, mass communication his- tory, and science and medical communication. Other areas of emphasis in the Public Communication program include rhetoric and public address, broadcast communica- tion, theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthet- ics. For complete information on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public Communication Program" entry.

Admission and Degree Information

The master's degree is a one-year program with the typical student taking 12 hours of graduate work in the fall, 12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis or non- thesis option seminars in the summer or during an additional semester. Work on the degree may be started at any time. JOUR 600 and JOUR 601 are required for the M.A. in Journalism.

Applicants seeking admission to the master's program should hold a bachelor's de- gree from a recognized institution of higher learning. Undergraduate study of journal- ism or professional experience in journalistic fields are helpful but not required. Students who have majored in some other field as undergraduates are required to make up professional deficiencies by taking up to five selected courses in journalism without graduate credit. Completion of the general aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required, and three letters of recommendation must be submit- ted.

Facilities and Special Resources

The University of Maryland is in an advantageous location for the study of journal- ism. It is within easy reach of five of the nation's top newspapers: The Sun and Evening Sun of Baltimore, The Washington Post, The Washington Times, and USA Today. It is also near the Washington press corps, the large Washington bureaus of the Associated Press and United Press International, the New York Times, and most important American and foreign newspapers; NBC, CBS, ABC, and other broadcasting news bureaus; and news magazines and major book publishing offices. It is at the doorstep of the nation's major news makers in the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the federal government.

1 48 Journalism Program

Special facilities include photographic, electronic, broadcasting, news editing, and advertising laboratories as well as a reading room with daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, clippings and bulletin files. Its Center for Research in Public Communication engages in and supports a variety of research projects on topics of interest to the faculty and the center's research associates.

Financial Assistance

The College of Journalism offers a limited number of assistantships in exchange for teaching or research assistance in journalism of up to 20 hours per week. Internships in various offices both on and off campus also are available to journalism graduate students as are some fellowships and scholarships.

For courses, see code JOUR.

Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) Professors: Bundy, Kidd, Liesener, MacLeod, Soergel, Walston, Wasserman Associate Professor: White

Assistant Professors: Marchionini, Newman, Stielow, Williams Lecturer: Cunningham

The college offers programs leading to the Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) de- gree and the Ph.D. in Library Science, a joint degree of an M.A. in history and the M.L.S. for students desiring advanced studies in the field of archives, manuscripts, and historical collections (for details see the entry in this catalog following history), and a joint degree of an M.A. in geography and the M.L.S. (for details see the entry in this catalog under geography). The college is fully accredited by the American Library Association. The college also provides courses, seminars, and workshops for those who are not degree seeking candidates and are seeking continuing education and professional development opportunities.

The degree programs are academic in nature. They emphasize the theoretical and conceptual foundations of the field. Thus the application of the results of scholarly research are related to current practices and are analyzed with the goal of advancing the quality and scope of services in the variety of information settings.

Specialized study opportunities are offered in such information organizations as public, academic, special, and school libraries, and/or in sub-fields such as automated applications, reference services (conventional and on-line), archival and records management, the organization of knowledge, and information storage and retrieval. Students who complete the school media specialization usually obtain Maryland State certification as Educational Media Generalists, Level II.

The academic program can be augmented by a Field Study in Library Service op- tion in which the student may obtain professional, supervised experience. Over 160 field study sites have been approved including such federal agencies as the Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Gallery of Art, corpora- tions, and professional associations.

Library and Information Services Program 1 49

Admission and Degree Information

Admission and degree requirements specific to library and information services are described in a brochure available through the college's admissions office.

Applicants must exhibit the capacity and motivation for graduate study and the po- tential to contribute to the library and information services profession. Accordingly, in addition to the Graduate School requirements, the Graduate Record Examination and letters of recommendation are required. These, with the undergraduate record, major discipline, work experience, and applicant's statement of purpose form the ba- sis for the admission decision. The college's Committee on Admissions and Academic Standards may request a personal interview and will consider requests for exceptions in unusual cases.

Programs for Master's candidates are planned individually, and faculty advisors re- commend courses they consider most appropriate for each student. All students are required to register for the proseminar and introductory courses in the organization of knowledge and reference upon entry into the program. These three core courses in- troduce the student to the broad range of disciplines fundamental to library and infor- mation services. The remaining 27 credit hours are chosen, with the assistance of the student's assigned advisor, to fulfill the individual student's academic and professional goals. The student may, with the consent of his/her advisor, take courses in other de- partments of the university and may pursue in-depth study in an area of particular interest as an independent study under the supervision of a member of the faculty.

The Master of Library Science degree is awarded to the student who successfully completes a program of 36 hours with an average of B or better within three years from first registration in the program. Under a full-time program a student normally completes four courses in each of the fall and spring semesters and four courses dur- ing the summer terms. Part-time students are also admitted to the program. Many courses are available at night or on weekends at regular intervals and are taught by members of the regular faculty.

No thesis or comprehensive examination is required.

The doctoral program is interdisciplinary in nature and utilizes the resources not only of the college, but of the entire campus. The student and advisor design a pro- gram of study and research particular to the student's professional objectives. Approximately three years of full-time study are required, normally divided into two years of formal course work (60 semester hours, or 36 beyond the master's) and one year of work on the dissertation. At least one year, usually the first, must be spent in full-time residence.

A doctoral qualifying examination is required at the conclusion of the first year to determine the student's ability to complete the program. After completion of the re- quired course credits, and prior to admission to candidacy, the student must pass writ- ten comprehensive examinations in five areas. An oral defense of the dissertation is scheduled prior to the awarding of the degree.

The college has no language requirements unless the individual student's specializa- tion or dissertation requires it.

1 50 Library and Information Services Program

Facilities and Special Resources

The college maintains its own library, organized to afford faculty, students, and re- search staff the kind of modern support service provided by other forward-looking agencies. Students have access to the University of Maryland's excellent Computer Science facility. In addition, the college has an information processing laboratory which serves as a resource for instruction in the areas of library automation and infor- mation processing, as well as for faculty and student research. Thus students have access not only to the university's large-scale computer systems, but to microcomput- ers housed within the college. The instructional Development and Support Center is yet another support service. This non-print media facility provides equipment and materials, workshops, and individual assistance to students, faculty, and staff in all areas of audiovisual production.

Financial Assistance

The college and university offer a limited number of scholarships, fellowships, and teaching and research assistantships. Other sources of aid include work-study (through the university and outside agencies), federally insured loans, and grants from local and national agencies and organizations.

The M.L.S. degree program has been accepted by the Southern Regional Educational Board Academic Market, thus making residents of Virginia and West Virginia eligible for in-state tuition fees. In-state tuition fees are available for those in the CLIS Ph.D. program from the states of Alabama, Mississippi, South Carolina, Virginia, and West Virginia.

Information on the availability of Financial aid may be requested from the Director of Admissions, College of Library and Information Services.

For coruses, see code LBSC.

M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. Course of Study (See entry after Geography Program)

M.A. in History and the M.L.S. Course of Study (See entry after History Program)

Linguistics Program (LING)

Professor and Director: Lightfoot Professor: Vergnaud Associate Professor: Hornstein Assistant Professor: Zubizarreta Lecturer: Weinberg

The Linguistics Program offers M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The goal is to expose students to a research enterprise which seeks to discover what a person's linguistic ca- pacity consists of; how it arises in children; how it functions in speaking, listening, etc.; how it relates to other cognitive capacities; and how it can be investigated by various methods including those of experimental psychology and computer sciences.

The program has some distinctive emphases:

Linguistics Program 151

1 . A requirement that students develop a minor area of specialization.

2. Heavy emphasis on the psychological embedding of linguistic theories and on cross-language work.

3. Special provisions for students who start graduate work with a thorough background in linguistics and clear ideas about their research plans.

4. Desire to attract students who are native speakers of a language which has not been extensively analyzed and who wish to work on a grammar of that language.

Admission and Degree Information

Applications are invited from students with a strong undergraduate background in such areas as: linguistics, mathematics, psychology, computer science, philosophy, anthropology, English, and foreign languages. Students must have a background equivalent to what is covered in the core of the B. A. degree in Linguistics (essentially two semesters of generative syntax and two semesters of phonology). Students lacking this background may be admitted with "Provisional Graduate Status"; such students take undergraduate courses in syntax and phonology alongside those graduate-level courses for which they meet the prerequisites.

M.A. students take a total of 36 credits: 21 credits are in LING and 9 credits are in an area such as biology, computer science, language pathology, philosophy, psycholo- gy or a particular language making up a minor area of specialization. In addition, either a thesis or two comprehensive papers in distinct areas of language study will be written.

Ph.D. students will normally satisfy the requirements for the M.A., although the thesis/two comprehensive papers may be waived for students who have clear research plans and who apply successfully to proceed directly to the Ph.D. Students must complete twelve LING credits at the 800-level and six 600-level credits in non-LING courses. After completing course requirements, students write a dissertation. This paper will demonstrate a capacity for productive research and make an original contri- bution, normally forming the basis for the dissertation research. After satisfactory completion of the research paper, students write a dissertation.

Financial Assistance

The Linguistics Program administers a small number of teaching assistantships. Students may also express an interest in teaching assistantships in other departments; our students often compete successfully for such teaching assistantships.

Additional Information

Application materials and a brochure outlining further details of the program can be obtained from the Linguistics Program.

For courses, see code LING.

1 52 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES)

Program Committee: Menzer (ENTM), Director, Rebach (UMES), Assistant Director, Bonar (ZOOL); Cronin (UMBC); Cummins (Appalachian Environmental Lab); Gupta (UMES); Helz (CHEM); Hopkins (UMES); Malone (Horn Point Environmental Lab); Naumann (UMAB); Turtle (Chesapeake Biological Lab)

The university-wide graduate program in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES) offers work leading to the M.S. (with thesis) and Ph.D. degrees and is de- signed to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue studies on the interactions of biological systems with physico-chemical systems. Appropriate areas of emphasis will involve organisms living in marine, estuarine, or terrestrial environments in their interactions with chemical and physical influences. Possible areas of specialization might include estuarine and marine science, environmental chemistry, environmental microbiology, environmental toxicology, environmental and resource economics, en- vironmental management, marine and environmental technology, and fisheries and wildlife management.

Graduates of the program find employment in the various federal and state agencies concerned with the environment. In addition, academic and private research institu- tions and commercial interests concerned with the development and use of coastal, es- tuarine, and ocean resources will find graduates of the program well prepared for a variety of positions.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to meeting the regular requirements of the Graduate School for admis- sion, applicants are required to submit scores from the GRE Aptitude Test. The applicant's written statement of personal goals is most important in the admissions process. Degree work may be pursued on a part-time basis.

The program is interdisciplinary, and the course of study will be tailored to the needs of the individual student as determined by that student's advisory committee. Course requirements and research are not in excess of general Graduate School re- quirements for the M.S. and Ph.D. There are several specific prerequisites, but these may be satisfied through course work after the student is admitted to the program. Statistics is required of all degree candidates. In addition, each student must com- plete an approved graduate level course in each of the four distribution areas: biology, chemistry, physical sciences, and management.

Facilities and Special Resources

The facilities and faculty anywhere within the state-wide university system are available for use and involvement in the program. The degree candidate may take courses on any campus and may have an advisory committee composed of participat- ing MEES faculty from several locations, including laboratories of the University's Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. Research programs may also be conducted at off-campus sites, including the laboratories of CEES (Chesapeake Biological Laboratory and Horn Point and Appalachian Environmental Laboratories).

Campus facilities include well-equipped laboratories for research in most areas of environmental sciences. Maryland has a very active Sea Grant research program, and

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program 1 53

students in marine and estuarine work will have access to laboratory-equipped re- search vessels for work on the Chesapeake Bay and on other waters.

In addition, students will find their work greatly enhanced by the special ties most faculty members maintain to the many government laboratories and agencies in the Washington-Baltimore areas. Library resources are among the best in the nation due to the proximity of the National Agricultural Library and the Library of Congress, along with several other specialized libraries unique to the area.

Financial Assistance

Financial assistance in the form of teaching and research assistantships (through participating departments and the CEES laboratories) as well as some fellowships may be available to qualified candidates.

Additional Information

For additional information, contact:

Dr. Robert E. Menzer, Director MEES Program 0313 Symons Hall University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code MEES.

Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT)

Director: Smith

Professors: Mikulski, Syski, Yang

Associate Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith, Wei

Assistant Professor: Janssen

The Mathematical Statistics Program offers the degree of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy for graduate study and research in statistics. Areas of faculty research activity include stochastic processes, potential theory, ergodic theory, statisti- cal decision theory, biostatistics, stochastic modeling, nonparametric inference, analy- sis of variance, and time series analysis. Students may specialize in applied or theoretical statistics by selecting an appropriate sequence of courses and a research area to form an individual plan of study. The program has been designed with suffi- cient flexibility to accommodate the student's background and interest. Moreover, the program offers students from other disciplines an opportunity to select a variety of statistics courses to supplement their own study.

The program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. Moreover, the department maintains the records of all students in the Mathematical Statistics Program and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. However, it is important that any application for admission indicates clearly that the student wishes to enter the Statistics (STAT) Program.

Employment prospects for statisticians are extremely bright, as they have been for the past several years. A recent National Science Foundation survey predicts that in the period 1978-90 there will be 19,000 job openings in statistics and only 8,000 new

1 54 Mathematical Statistics Program

graduates to fill them. All of the recent M.A. and Ph.D. graduates of Maryland's STAT Program have found jobs in universities, government, or private industry.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- mission should have completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a strong emphasis on mathematics or statistics. Mathematical preparation at least through the level of advanced calculus will normally be considered sufficient demonstration of the expected mathematical background. In special cases students may be provisionally admitted without having fulfilled the general admission requirements if there is evidence on the basis of other criteria of potential success in the program. The Graduate Record Examination is not required for admission, but applicants for admission who have taken this examination are required to supply their score.

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either of two options. To earn an M.A. degree by non-thesis option a student must have 30 credit hours with at least a B average and at least 18 of these credits must be at the graduate level (600/700 lev- el). Of the required 30 credits, at least 12 of the graduate credits must be in statis- tics. The student must also pass the Mathematics Department written examination in probability, statistics and any third field of mathematics. The student has the choice of taking either the separate M.A. written examination or the Ph.D. written examina- tion and being scored at a lower level. These examinations can be taken only twice except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate work is considered a "free try." The student must also submit a satisfactory scholarly paper.

To earn an M.A. degree by the thesis option, a student must have: a) 24 credit hours with at least 15 at the 600/700 level (of these 15 hours, at least 12 hours must be in statistics), b) maintained an average grade of B or better, c) taken 6 hours of STAT 799 (research) in addition to (a), d) written a satisfactory thesis, and e) passed a final oral examination.

There is no foreign language requirement for M.A. students.

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program. A student in the doctoral program must have a minimum of 36 hours of formal courses (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an average of B or better; at least 18 of the graduate credits must be taken in statistics. In addition, there is a university requirement of at least 12 hours of STAT 899 (doctoral research).

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a written examination in probability, statistics, and any third field of mathematics. The written examination can be taken only twice ex- cept that, as in the case of the M.A. degree, any attempt during the first two years of graduate work is considered a "free try." The written examination is given by the Mathematics Department twice a year in January and August.

If successful in this written examination, the student must pass an oral examina- tion. The oral examination, given by the statistics faculty, usually takes place a year after the student passes the written examination. This examination serves as a test of the in-depth preparation of the student in the area of specialization and of his or her research potential. Successful completion of the oral exam indicates that the student

Mathematical Statistics Program 1 55

is ready to begin writing the doctoral dissertation. In addition to the above, there is a requirement of reading competence in two foreign languages for the Ph.D. The stu- dent may select any two of the three languages: French, German, or Russian. The language examination, given and graded by the Mathematics Department, consists of translating foreign mathematical texts into competent English.

To be admitted to candidacy, the Ph.D. aspirant must pass the written examination, the oral examination, and at least one of the two language examinations. The second language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral examination on the dissertation.

For courses, see code STAT.

Mathematics Program (MATH)

Professor and Chair: Markely

Professors: Adams, Alexander, Antman, Auslander, Babuska, Benedetto, Berenstein,

Chu, Cohen, Cook, Cooper, Correl, Douglas, Edmundson, Ehrlich, Evans, Fey,

Fitzpatrick, Goldberg, Goldhaber, Good, Gray, Greenberg, Grove, Gulick, Heins,

Horvath, Hubbard, Hummel, Johnson, Kellogg, King, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kueker,

Lay, Lehner, Lipsman, Liu, Lopez-Escobar, Markley, Mikulski, Neri, Neumann,

Olver, Osborn, Pearl, Reinhart, Schafer, Syski, Wolfe, Yang, Yorke, Zagier, Zedek

Adjunct Professors: Goldstein, Shanks

Associate Professors: Arnold, Berg, Dancis, Ellis, Green, Hamilton, Helzer, Herb,

Kedem, Owings, Sather, Schneider, Slud, Smith, Vogelius, Warner, Wei,

Winkeinkemper

Assistant Professors: Adams, Boyle, Currier, Maddocks

There are three programs that come under the cognizance of the Mathematics Department: the Mathematics Program proper (MATH), the Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT), and the Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL). Students applying for admission should indicate the program of interest to them by employing the appropriate symbol. The Statistics Program is concerned with mathe- matical statistics and probability. The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Programs is described in detail elsewhere in this catalog, but, as its name implies, is concerned with the interaction between mathematics and applied areas; it is directed by the Graduate Applied Mathematics Committee but administered by the Mathematics Department.

M.A. and Ph.D. degrees can be earned in each of these three programs. The Master's degree is not required for entrance to the Ph.D. program.

The department offers graduate programs in algebra, complex analysis, geometry, mathematic logic, number theory, numerical analysis, ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations, probability real and functional analysis, statistics, and topology.

Graduates in both Ph.D. and M.A. programs continue to face a favorable employ- ment market. It is true that the academic opportunities are becoming more encourag- ing; in fact our Ph.D.s have done very well, in some cases securing prestigious aca- demic posts (MIT, Yale, NYU). Those in the applied programs face a very en-

1 56 Mathematics Program

couraging employment environment and have secured good positions in government and industry. The fact is that some academic institutions are facing competitions from the private sector.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission is granted to applicants who show promise in mathematics as demon- strated by their collegiate mathematics record. Unless courses in advanced calculus and (undergraduate) abstract algebra have been taken, admission may be on a provi- sional basis (passing MATH 410 and/or 403 with a grade of B). The Graduate Record Examination is not required for admission, but applicants for admission who have taken this examination are required to supply their score.

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either the thesis option (general uni- versity regulations prevail) or the non-thesis option; the great majority are choosing the latter. For this option, students must have 30 credit hours with an average of at least B of which at least 18 are at the 600/700 level including at least 12 hours in mathematics. They must complete two full-year sequences at the 600/700 level and must pass the departmental written examinations in three mathematical fields. In ad- dition, the university now requires a scholarly paper.

The student has the choice of taking the separate M.A. battery of written examina- tions or taking the Ph.D. version and being scored at a lower level. These examina- tions can be taken only twice, except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate work is considered a "free try." There is no foreign language requirement for the M.A. degree. It generally takes from two to three years to earn the M.A. Almost 25-30 are granted each year in mathematics (MATH, STAT, and MAPL combined).

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program, but appli- cants who are accepted should show, on the basis of their undergraduate record and recommendations, that they possess not only marked promise in mathematical activi- ties but the potential to perform on a creative level. Again, as in the M.A. case, ad- mission may be granted on a provisional basis.

The departmental course requirements for the Ph.D. are a minimum of 36 hours of formal course work (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an average grade of B or better; at least 18 hours must be taken in the Department of Mathematics. In addi- tion, there is a university requirement of at least 12 hours of MATH 899 (doctoral re- search).

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a set of three written examinations in three mathema- tical fields; these examinations can be taken any time except that an attempt during the first two years of graduate study constitutes a "free try." These examinations are given twice a year in January and August. If successful in these written examina- tions, students must satisfy the particular requirements of the field committee go- verning their special area of interest before they can be admitted to candidacy and en- gage in thesis research. The dissertation must represent an original contribution to mathematical knowledge and will usually be published in a mathematical journal.

The average Ph.D. aspirant will spend five years of graduate study before obtaining the degree. From 5 to 10 Ph.D.s are awarded each year in the department.

Mathematics Program 1 57

There are two foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. Before the aspirant can be admitted to candidacy, he or she must pass a written examination in either French, German, or Russian, translating mathematical texts into competent English. The se- cond language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral exam- ination on the dissertation. Both language examinations are composed and graded within the department.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department is very strong in a number of areas, and the addition of the complement of mathematicians from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology adds further strength. There is a very active research atmosphere, and the department fosters a lively program of seminars and colloquia of which about half are talks by outside specialists. Each year is devoted to a special mathematical field with a number of outside mathematicians in residence; the special year for 1986-87 was in dynamical systems, and that for 1987-88 will be in numerical analysis.

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library is located on the ground floor of the Mathematics Building and contains more than 95,000 volumes in mathematics, physics, and engineering; more than 280 journals in pure and applied mathematics are received. The Library of Congress, with its extensive collection of books and techni- cal reports, is only a half hour away from the campus.

The department cooperates closely with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology and with the Department of Computer Science. Faculty members of both groups offer courses in the department, and the facilities of the computer center are available to serve the research needs of both faculty and graduate students. Members of the department participate actively in the interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program and staff the Mathematical Statistics Program.

Financial Assistance

The department is able to offer graduate assistantships to approximately 1 10 gradu- ate students. Generally these graduate assistants conduct recitation and quiz sections associated with a large lecture class taught by a faculty member. The teaching load is six hours each semester plus the attendant duties of meeting with students and grading papers. There are a limited number of fellowships and research assistantships avail- able.

Additional Information

Special brochures and publications offered by the department are: "Mathematics at Maryland, the Graduate Program," "Departmental Policies Concerning Graduate Students," and "Graduate Course Descriptions."

Ms. Janet Cooper, the administrator of the graduate committee of the department, can be contacted regarding departmental programs, admission procedures, and finan- cial aid. Call (301) 454-^1900.

For courses, see code MATH.

1 58 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS)

Professor and Chair: Lissitz

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard

Associate Professors: Benson, Johnson, Macready, Schafer

In the Department of Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation, programs are avail- able at both the master's (M.A.) and doctoral (Ph.D.) levels for persons desiring a major in measurement, statistics, or program evaluation. In addition, a doctoral minor is offered for students majoring in other areas.

Graduates have been very successful in finding employment. One of the advan- tages of the measurement, statistics, and evaluation areas is that degree holders are equipped to make contributions in a wide variety of fields. This means that, as the employment potential of one area tightens, the student has the requisite skills to move into another area that is more open.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Graduate Record Examination test score. Admission to a doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in pre- vious graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Graduate Record Examination.

The doctoral major program is primarily intended to produce individuals qualified to teach courses at the college level in program evaluation, measurement, and statis- tics; conduct research studies; advise in the conduct of research studies; and serve as applied statistics, measurement, and evaluation specialists in school systems, industry, and government. The master's level program is designed to produce qualified indi- viduals to work in schools, industry, and government. Both the thesis and the non- thesis option are offered. A program for an individual student is planned to take into account his/her own background and future aims. About half the work within the ma- jor is elected to meet the needs and interests of the individual student.

The GRE aptitude test scores are utilized along with other application information in reaching a decision about each applicant.

Facilities and Special Resources

Persons planning a college teaching career will have opportunities to engage in su- pervised activities appropriate for future faculty members whose specialization will be in these areas. Research experience utilizing both mainframe and micro computer equipment will be obtained.

The faculty are actively engaged in a large variety of research projects. Students are encouraged to become involved as well, and gain experience from these activities. The Washington and Baltimore areas have a large number of organizations that pro- vide ready opportunity to become involved in projects that have national importance.

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program 1 59

Financial Assistance

Some graduate assistantships and other funds are available. Once students have the equivalent of the first year of course work, they can easily secure good part-time em- ployment as support for the continuation of the degree. In many cases, this work be- comes the career employment for the student after he or she finishes the degree objec- tive. In other cases, students wait until the degree is obtained before seeking employ- ment outside the university. In either case, the students in the department have easily found good, degree- relevant jobs.

Additional Information

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to: Dr. Robert W. Lissitz Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation College of Education University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code EDMS.

Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME)

Professor and Chairman: Fourney

Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger, Buckley, Cunniff, Dally, Dieter,

Durelli, Holloway, Hyer, Irwin, Kirk, Koh, Marcinkowski, Marks, Sallet, Sanford,

Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Wallace, Weske (Emeritus), Yang

Associate Professors: Barker, Bernard, Gupta, Shih, Sommer, Tsai, von Kerczek

(UMBC), Walston

Assistant Professors: Anjanappa, Azarm, Bigio, Chen, diMarzo, Hammar, Har-

halakis, Jackson, Loftus, Mecklenburg, Palmer, Pandelidis, Pecht, Radermacherer,

Ssemakula, Tsui

Lecturers: Baker, Coder, Der, Ethridge, Gaunaurd, Krayterman, Rangarajan,

Werneth

The Mechanical Engineering Department offers a broad-based program leading to a Master of Science degree with courses drawn from four different areas of specializa- tion: energy, fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and computer integrated manufacturing and design. In certain cases students may wish to concentrate their studies early in their graduate work, and M.S. programs in each of the four areas of specialty are available. For the Ph.D. program, which stresses research capabilities, an area of specialization should be selected early so that the student can establish the depth of understanding in a given technical area necessary to begin thesis research.

Program Specialties

1. Energy. This area of specialization treats the transformation, transpor- tation, storage, and utilization of all types of energy. The area encom- passes: combustion, energy conversion, heat and mass transfer, thermo- dynamics, and solar energy. Combustion deals with the efficient com- bustion of petroleum and of alternative and future low grade fuels so

160 Mechanical Engineering Program

there are not adverse effects on the emission of undesirable trace pollu- tants. Included in the energy conversion coverage are gas turbines, in- ternal combustion engines, furnaces, combustors, heat pumps, thermoe- lectrics, thermionics, photo voltaics, fuel cells and magnetohydrodynam- ics. Analytical, empirical, and experimental solutions are developed in solving heat and mass transfer problems. The coverage in thermo- dynamics includes macroscopic and microscopic considerations, statisti- cal methods, and irreversible processes. Solar energy studies deal with the engineering applications of solar thermal energy storage.

2. Fluid Mechanics. This area of specialization prepares students for study in advanced analytical and experimental methods in fluid mechan- ics. Areas of study include ground vehicle aerodynamics, two-phase flow, boundary layers and jets, vortex dynamics, fluid-structure interac- tion, turbulence, turbulence closure modeling, and combustor flows. Laboratory facilities are available for research in low-speed flow phenomena, two-phase flow studies, vortex motions, and hydromechan- ics.

3. Solid Mechanics. This area of specialization emphasizes exposure to fundamental concepts in analytical and experimental methods of solid mechanics. Areas of study include theoretical and applied elasticity, fracture mechanics, experimental mechanics, noise and vibration con- trol, acoustics, numerical modeling, and linear and nonlinear mechan- ics. Laboratory facilities are available for research in stress analysis, fracture, acoustics, photoelasticity, and holography.

4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Design. This area of special- ization combines the disciplines of controls, mechanical design, manu- facturing processes, and robotics with a strong emphasis on computer application throughout the areas. A wide variety of courses and re- search topics are available which are supported by dedicated labora- tories in microprocessors and interfaces, manufacturing processes, ro- botics, and computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing. Typical research topics include the use of microprocessors for smart product design; the integration of a flexible manufacturing cell into the factory of the future; expert systems; integration of CAD, CAM, and manufacturing resource planning; and systems analysis, control, and automation.

Graduates with an M.S. or Ph.D. in mechanical engineering are in high demand by a wide variety of industries and the federal government. Jobs are more plentiful than ever. Also, career opportunities in academia are excellent for Ph.D. graduates due to the shortage of qualified persons in mechanical engineering.

Admission and Degree Requirements

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees outside of mechanical engineering. In some cases it may be necessary to require undergradu-

Mechanical Engineering Program 161

ate courses to complete the student's background. The general regulations of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice between the thesis option or the non-thesis option. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. Ph.D. students must take a qualifying examination upon entering into the program. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the department in its departmental publications.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department maintains laboratory facilities for graduate research. Air guns, im- pact testers, vibration shaker tables, and acoustic analysis equipment are available for studies in dynamic stress analysis and vibration. Static and dynamic stress analysis are conducted by photoelastic and holographic techniques. Experimental fluid dynam- ics studies are carried out in wind tunnels, on a water table, in a flume, and in a two-phase flow loop. Research in engineering materials is supported by a large complement of departmental mechanical testing equipment and by an electron micros- cope facility, an x-ray diffraction facility, and crystal growing equipment available from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. Combustion research facili- ties include various types of combustors, heat exchangers, droplet generators, and a fouling and particulate deposition apparatus. Research in computer integrated manu- facturing and design is carried out in newly-developed CAD/CAM, robotics, manufac- turing processes, and microprocessor laboratories. Departmental computational equip- ment consists of over 50 modern microcomputers and two VAX 750 mini-computers available for student use. Campus computational facilities include a VAX 785, two IBM 4341 's, Unisys 1100/92 digital computers and a VAX 780 with associated array processors. The Engineering Library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathe- matical and physical sciences collections at the College Park Campus.

Financial Assistance

Financial assistance is available to outstanding students in the form of teaching as- sistantships and research assistantships. Preference is given to U.S. applicants.

Additional Information

Additional information may be obtained from the Graduate Advisor, Department of Mechanical Engineering.

For courses, see code EN ME.

Meteorology Program (METO)

Professor and Chair: Baer

Professors: Shukla, Thompson, Vernekar

Research Professor: Faller

Associate Professors: Ellingson, Pinker, Robock, Rodenhuis

Associate Research Scientists: Schneider, van den Dool

Assistant Professors: Carton, Dickerson, Huffman, Kinter

Assistant Research Scientists: Nigam, Sellers

1 62 Meteorology Program

Adjunct Professor: Rao

Visiting Lecturers: R. Atlas, Lau

Research Associates: D. Atlas, Canfield, Chelliah, Fritz, Harsh vardhan, Holland,

Johansson, Kaufman, Klein, Laszlo, Liebmann, Miao, Mintz, Mooley, Rasmusson,

Saha, Sui, Winston, Yang, Yuan

The Meteorology Department offers a full course of study leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy specializing in the atmospheric sciences. Additionally, a full complement of course work in meteorology is offered at the upper division and graduate level as a service to other campus graduate programs.

The educational program in the atmospheric sciences is broadly based involving many of the applications of the mathematical, physical and applied sciences that characterize modern meteorology. Areas of research specialization presently receiving the most concentrated attention are atmospheric dynamics, atmospheric radiative transfer, remote sensing of the atmosphere, climate dynamics, numerical weather prediction, atmospheric chemistry, synoptic meteorology, and micrometeorology.

Within the Meteorology Department, the Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere Interaction (COLA), under the direction of Professor Shukla, conducts a coordinated research program in the problems of long-range weather forecasting. The Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies, operated jointly with NOAA, also conducts research in long-range forecasting and satellite remote sensing. The department maintains close research and teaching associations with the College's Institute for Physical Science and Technology.

The department's close association with federal agencies in the Washington area provides graduates with good job potential in the atmospheric sciences. As a research assistant the student often has the opportunity to develop a close working relationship with one or more of the scientific agencies. This can put the student in a good posi- tion to contend for jobs as they become available.

The Meteorology Department is in the College of Computer, Mathematical and Physical Sciences.

Admission and Degree Information

The advanced degree programs in meteorology are open to students holding the bachelor's degree in meteorology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, engi- neering or other programs with suitable emphasis in the sciences. Comprehensive, undergraduate level courses in meteorology are provided for students from disciplines other than meteorology.

To qualify for the Master of Science degree in meteorology, the candidate is re- quired to complete the following graduate level core course work: METO 610, Dynamic Meteorology 1 (3 credits); METO 612, Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion (3 credits); METO 620, Atmospheric Radiation (3 credits). METO 640, Micrometeorology may be substituted for METO 612 at the advisor's discretion.

A minimum of 21 additional hours of credit, including research, is required. At least 12 credits must be in meteorology at the 600 level or above, and generally no more than 6 credits of 400 level meteorology courses can be applied toward the de- gree. The program may include up to nine credits or course work at the 400 level or

Meteorology Program 1 63

above in other departments.

The Master's degree program will consist of a coherent program chosen in consul- tation with the student's advisor. Students may elect either a thesis option or a non- thesis option; the latter requires one scholarly review paper and a comprehensive ex- amination instead of a thesis. A final oral examination is administered prior to the awarding of the degree. Full-time students with an appropriate background in me- teorology can complete the M.S. program in one calendar year, but typically take one and one-half to two years. Additional time may be necessary for students entering from other disciplines.

To qualify for the Ph.D. degree, the candidate must select a major and an ancillary course work program. Ancillary course work programs are individually tailored to the needs and interests of the student. Each student is expected to develop a major course work program with his or her advisor which will provide adequate preparation for the candidacy exams and adequate background for a successful research program leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. Students who satisfy minimum requirements on the written examination will be admitted to oral examinations. A single pass-fail outcome of the examinations will be determined from a combination of written and oral grades with standards in each category set to assure an adequate professional level of perfor- mance.

There is no special language requirement for the Ph.D. degree program in meteoro- logy. Ability to do independent research must be shown by a written dissertation which embodies an original contribution to knowledge on some topic connected with meteorology. Departmental requirements for the dissertation are essentially the same as Graduate School requirements. Typically, Ph.D. programs in meteorology require from three to five years of study beyond the bachelor's degree depending on the prior education and training of the candidate.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Department of Meteorology is located in the Computer and Space Sciences Building on campus. Special facilities supporting the teaching and research activities of the department include equipment for receiving facsimile maps and digital alphanu- meric data from the National Weather Service, a solar radiation monitoring station, an instrumented weather station (a NOAA cooperative observing station), a laboratory for atmospheric chemistry, a mobile air pollution laboratory, and a special laboratory fa- cility for fluid dynamics experimentation in rotating systems.

Special data collections supporting the teaching and research activities include Northern Hemisphere meteorological data tabulations on microfilm, a unique historical daily weather map series dating back to 1899, a complete set of climatological data for the United States dating back to 1917, a Geosynchronomous Operational Environmental Satellite data archive including visible and infrared photography, a me- teorological data archive for four out-lying weather stations on university farms, and files of the State Climatologist for Maryland.

The Department of Meteorology has a modem teaching laboratory in which educa- tional color video tapes and 16 mm films may be produced and replayed. Sufficient equipment is installed to allow students and faculty to produce their own educational

1 64 Meteorology Program

materials for classroom and seminar use as well as to record special experiments, field trials, or lecture events for permanent use.

The department maintains a specialized library with several hundred text and refer- ence books in meteorology and allied sciences, many specialized series of research re- ports, and many current journals. In addition to the main campus library, there are li- braries in chemistry, astronomy, and engineering. Finally, there are several excellent government libraries in the area providing a resource which is unsurpassed.

The department has installed a UNIDATA computer graphics animation system which ingests, manages, and displays current weather satellite, weather radar, and weather map data in color for research, instruction, and the preparation of videotape or film materials.

The Department of Meteorology has access to a wide spectrum of computer re- sources. The department has developed its own Apollo supermicrocomputer network, part of which supports Unidata activities. The university's Computer Science Center (CSC), which is located in the same building as the department, operates an IBM 4381 (upgraded with the department's assistance) and a Unisys 1100/92 92. Access to CSC is via high-speed terminals, Ethernet, and the Remote Job Entry emulator. Departmental personnel can communicate with various remote supercomputers at high speed through CSC, including the Cray XMP at San Diego Supercomputer Center (a satellite link), the Crays at NCAR (satellite link), the Amdahls and Cyber 205 at Goddard Space Flight Center (9600 baud terminal line), and the many computers at- tached to GSFC campus network (56 kilobaud land line).

The University of Maryland is located in an area which is rich in a variety of pro- fessional resources which are beneficial to students and faculty in the Department of Meteorology. Because of its location in the metropolitan community of the Nation's Capital, the University of Maryland is able to interact closely with the many govern- mental groups interested in various aspects of the atmospheric sciences. Guest se- minar speakers and visiting lecturers at the University of Maryland frequently are scientists invited from local government laboratories and the department faculty often attend and participate in the seminars, colloquia and scientific workshops being held at these neighboring institutions.

A wide spectrum of meteorological interests are represented in the local scientific community. For example studies of air pollution calibration standards and analytical techniques and studies of the effect of weather and climate on energy supplies and agricultural productivity are being conducted. There are several groups devoted to climate analysis and simulation, new techniques development for long-range fore- casting, and studies in fluid dynamics. Studies of satellite applications to meteorolo- gy, solar, and wind energy analyses and prediction of atmospheric diffusion and tran- sport processes are also represented.

The Washington, D.C. chapter of the American Meteorological Society consists of about 400 members who hold professional meetings each month. Washington, D.C. is frequently the site of national and international conferences, most notably of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and the American Geophysical Union. Although the University of Maryland is the only school in the region which offers degrees in meteorology, there are professional and library resources at several

Meteorology Program 165

other major universities which are located close to College Park. In addition to the various government and academic institutions, the Washington metropolitan area con- tains numerous well-known private contractors and consulting companies involved in meteorology which provide employment opportunities for students both before and after graduation.

The Department of Meteorology maintains professional interactions with scientists of major federal agencies in the atmospheric, oceanographic, and hydrologic sciences. For example, a formal Memorandum of Agreement with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration provides for the development of special courses by visit- ing faculty from NOAA as well as opportunities for faculty and students to work on- site at NOAA facilities.

Under a special grant from NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, similar opportuni- ties exist for professional and student interactions with the NASA facility. Opportunities are provided through existing channels for interactions with the National Weather Service, the National Environmental Satellite and Data Information Service, the Naval Research Laboratory, and the National Bureau of Standards, among others, all located convenient to the University of Maryland. The department participates in a program for students to obtain full or partial course credit by working a few hours per week during the semester at selected governmental laboratories. For example, students may be able to gain synoptic forecasting experience at the National Weather Service as part of their course requirements.

Through membership in the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research, the department enjoys the common facilities offered by the National Center for Atmospheric Research.

Financial Assistance

Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. Research Assistants carry on research in the general areas of synoptic and dynamic meteorolo- gy, satellite meteorology, climate dynamics, micrometeorology and air pollution, theoretical or experimental fluid dynamics, atmospheric radiation, and general circula- tion. Stipends are maintained at a competitive level.

Additional Information

Application material or additional information may be obtained by writing:

Chair, Department of Meteorology University of Maryland College Park, Maryland 20742

For courses, see code METO.

Microbiology Program (MICB)

Professor and Chair: Joseph

Professors: Colwell, Cook, Hetrick, Roberson, Weiner, Yuan

Professors Emeritus: Doetsch, Faber, Pelczar

Associate Professors: MacQuillan, Voll

Assistant Professor: Stein

1 66 Microbiology Program

Assistant Research Scientist: Hamilton Lecturer: Grimes Instructors: Powell, Smith

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with special emphasis on three major areas: biomedical, environmental, and biotechnology. In the biomedical area, a student may specialize in virology, immunology or medical bacteriology. Environmentally related research projects are being conducted in microbial ecology, marine microbiology, dis- eases of finfish and shellfish, microbial food webs, biodegradation of pollutants, and radiation effects. In addition, graduate students carry out research in microbial syste- matics and industrial fermentations. Biotechnology involves bacterial and yeast genet- ics, genetic engineering, cellular immunology, immunochemistry, molecular biology and ecology of plasmids, DNA repair systems and the control of bacterial morpho- genesis. The department maintains a basic science orientation with affiliations with federal and industrial laboratories of the greater Washington area.

Advanced degree graduates in microbiology are in demand, particularly in special- ties involving recombinant DNA technology, immunology, virology-tissue culture, ecology, fermentation and medical microbiology. Positions become available in both the public and private sector and may involve research, quality control, and/or product development.

Admission and Degree Information

Qualified students are accepted in either the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. Applicants for the M.S. program must have acquired a thorough foundation in biological and physical sciences. A strong background in microbiology is desirable but not essential. However, lack of specific courses may lengthen the time required for earning a de- gree. Scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), both the General Test and the Subject Test in Biology, must accompany applications.

Requirements for the M.S. degree include a minimum of 24 semester hours exclu- sive of research credits. A written thesis based upon research is required, and all can- didates must pass a final oral examination given by an advisory committee. All can- didates for graduate degrees must serve as laboratory teaching assistants for at least one semester per degree. Candidates normally require about two years to complete the M.S. program, but quality of performance alone determines awarding of the de- gree.

Candidates for the Ph.D. degree in addition to the above requirements, must suc- cessfully complete a written preliminary examination and supporting minor course work totaling 24 hours.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department maintains facilities which permit research in all of the listed areas of specialization. The program in marine microbiology has access to laboratory equipped vessels suitable for research in the Chesapeake Bay, as well as the world's oceans. The recent addition of a STEM, JEOL electron microscope provides the ca- pacity for accomplishing state of the art EM research.

Microbiology Program 1 67

Financial Assistance

A limited number of graduate teaching assistantships are available. There are also opportunities for research assistantships and scholarships contingent upon current re- search funding.

Additional Information

Interested individuals may request an information brochure describing in detail the program of graduate study in microbiology. For information write to:

Chair, Graduate Program Committee Department of Microbiology University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code MICB.

Music Program (MUSC) Professor and Chair: Cohen Assistant Chair and Lecturer: Cooper

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, Cohen, Folstrom, Garvey, Guameri String Quartet (Dally, Soyer, Steinhardt, Tree), Head, Heim, Helm, Hudson, Johnson, Montgomery, Moss, Schumacher, Serwer, Shirley, Traver, Troth, True

Associate Professors: Bamett, Davis, DeLio, Elliston, Elsing, Fanos, Fleming, Gal- lagher, Gowen, Mabbs, McClelland, McDonald, Olson, Pennington, Robertson, Rodriquez, Ross, Wakefield, Wexler, Wilson

Assistant Professors: Balthrop, Gibson, McCoy, Payerle, Saunders, Sparks Lecturers: Baker, Beicken, Cooper Instructor: Walters

The Department of Music offers programs of study leading to the Master of Music degree with specializations in performance, conducting, historical musicology, eth- nomusicology, music theory, and composition; to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with specializations in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and music theory; and to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree with specializations in performance-literature and composition. Programs in music education, offered cooperatively with the College of Education, lead to Master of Arts, Master of Education, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees; specific requirements and course offer- ings are listed in program descriptions of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction in that college.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission to all graduate degree programs in music, except those in music educa- tion, requires both the general and advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination; music education applicants complete either the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test. Additionally, applicants in music perfor- mance present an audition covering representative repertory from the various historical periods and submit a complete list of all works studied and performed, as well as co- pies of recital programs; applicants in choral conducting present an audition with a

1 68 Music Program

University of Maryland ensemble as well as submit evidence of performance of stan- dard choral repertory; applicants in composition present a portfolio of original works. A personal interview is sometimes requested of applicants for any program.

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in solo performance and in con- ducting include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work elected in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the end of course work, a culminat- ing recital, and an oral examination. In addition, each performance division may have individual requirements, e.g. voice majors must have completed one year each of French and German.

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in historical musicology, ethnomusi- coloy, music theory, and composition include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work elected in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the end of course work, submission of an approved thesis (a minimum of 6 semester hours is required in thesis research), and a final oral examination on the thesis. Moreover, requirements in historical musicology and ethnomusicology include a read- ing knowledge of one pertinent foreign language, preferably demonstrated upon en- trance to the program but at least prior to the second semester of study.

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in historical musicology, eth- nomusicology, and music theory include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the gradu- ate advisor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfacto- ry completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the degree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral defense of the dissertation. Additionally, students in historical musicology and eth- nomusicology must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and at least one oth- er pertinent foreign language either upon entrance to the program or within one se- mester for the first language and two semesters for the second; students in music theo- ry must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German prior to beginning the disserta- tion.

Requirements for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree in performance-literature and in composition include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the graduate academic ad- visor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfactory completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the de- gree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral defense of the dissertation. The composition dissertation is a large-scale original composition. Performance-literature majors also present a lecture-recital and two full-length recitals; they may apply for approval of a Performance-Tape Project as an alternative to the traditional dissertation. In addition, each performance division may have individual requirements, e.g. voice majors must have completed one year each of French, German, and Italian.

Music Program 1 69

Libraries and Special Research Resources

The University of Maryland, College Park offers musical scholars a variety of li- braries, archives, special collections, and other research resources that few universities equal.

The music library in Hombake Library is maintained as a separate branch within the university's library system. Its main collection consists of approximately 22,000 books, 70,000 scores, 2,200 microfilms, 3,500 microfiches, 45,000 phonodiscs, 3,000 tapes, and 2,400 piano rolls along with readers for all microforms, listening fa- cilities for discs and tapes, and equipment for making photographic, microfilm, mi- crofiche, or xerographic copies.

Special collections of particular musical interest are (1) the Jacob M. Coopersmith Collection consisting of his working library and rich in Handel materials (books, mu- sic, journals, reprints of articles, etc.); (2) microfilms of all Handel autographs at the British Library and the Fitzwilliam Museum, and of almost all other known autograph fragments of Handel's music; (3) the Alfred Wallenstein Collection, donated by the violoncellist and conductor, comprising the performance library (about 28,000 titles) of radio station WOR in New York City and dating through the early 1950s; (4) Andre Kostelanetz's own working collection of orchestral scores and parts in manu- script, about 4,000 titles bequeathed by the conductor; (5) the archives of the American Bandmasters Association, the Music Educators National Conference, the National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instructors, the International Clarinet Society, the College Band Directors National Association, and the Music Library Association — among which are the oral history collection; the press books of Edwin Franko Goldman; extensive gathering of clippings, programs, photographs, and historic recordings relating to the history of the American band movement; the Contemporary Music Project Library of the Music Educators National Conference; the Pillsbury Foundation School archives; the Frances Ellicott Clark papers; the Luther Whiting Mason Collection; and the music education textbook collection; and (6) the International Piano Archives at Maryland (formerly the International Piano Library of New York City), which is a unique collection of tapes, phonodiscs, piano rolls, music scores, cylinders, record catalogues, and manuscripts documenting the entire history of recorded piano literature and its performance.

Within a few minutes of the College Park campus are unparalleled research oppor- tunities offered by the Library of Congress, the Folger Shakespeare Library, Dumbarton Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian Institution, the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore, and about 500 specialized libraries.

Special Resources

The Department of Music programs a wide variety of student and faculty solo and ensemble recitals and concerts, including those of the internationally recognized Guarneri Quartet, in residence at College Park. The department also cooperates with the campus in a year-long series of University Community Concerts and in the summer International Piano Festival and William Kapell Competition. The university also sponsors an annual three-day Handel Festival that features the University of Maryland Chorus and scholars and performers from around the world. The musical

1 70 Music Program

environment of the entire Washington-Baltimore area is unusually varied and reward- ing in performances at the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, Constitution Hall, the National Gallery of Art, the Phillips Collection, Wolf Trap Farms Park, the Smithsonian Institution, the Corcoran Gallery of Art, and the Joseph Meyerhogg Symphony Hall in Baltimore.

Financial Assistance

A number of competitive fellowships, tuition waivers, and assistantships are avail- able. Preference may be given to those who have filed application for admission to the university and have been officially admitted.

Additional Information

Applications, program brochures, audition schedules, and further information may be obtained from:

Director of Graduate Studies Department of Music Tawes Fine Arts Building The University of Maryland College Park, Maryland 20742

For courses, see codes MUED, MUSC, and MUSP.

Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU)

Professor and Director: Munno

Professor and Department Chair: Roush

Professors: Duffey, Hsu, Silverman

Associate Professors: Almenas, Modarres, Pertmer

Lecturers: Lee, Marksberry

The Nuclear Engineering Program is in the Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. It has as its primary objective the maintenance and extension of the ever increasing degree of engineering sophistication. The courses and research pro- grams strive to create an atmosphere of originality and creativity which prepares the student for the engineering leadership of tomorrow.

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interests and background is established by the student, his or her advisor, and the department head. General areas of concentration include reactor safety, reactor thermal hydraulics, nu- clear fuel management, transport theory, activation analysis, probalistic risk assess- ment, reliability analysis, reactor physics, radiation engineering, reactor dynamics, ra- diation shielding, and nuclear core design. The general nuclear engineering program is focused toward energy conversion and power engineering with additional specialties in radiation and polymer science and reliability analysis.

Admission and Degree Information

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students holding the B.S. degree. Full admission may be granted to students with degrees in any of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regula-

Nuclear Engineering Program 171

tions of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking gradu- ate degrees in Nuclear Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630, 655 and 440. Many of these courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirements are set forth by the department in its departmental publications.

Facilities and Special Resources

Special facilities available for graduate study in Nuclear Engineering include the nuclear reactor, a large gamma source, a MeV Electron Linear Accelerator, and various analyzers and detectors. Activities in these areas are coordinated through the nuclear reactor facility and the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science. The nuclear reactor is a 250 KW swimming pool type using enriched uranium. In addi- tion, there are considerable computer and graphics facilities available.

For courses, see code ENNU.

Nutritional Sciences Program (NUSC)

Professor and Chair: Soares

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Heald, Holmlund, Keeney, Mather, Munn, Prather,

Read, Thomas, Tildon, Vandersall, Vijay, Westoff, Young

Associate Professors: Axelson, Debarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Hafez, Hansen,

Ottinger, Max, McKenna, Moser, Roeder

Assistant Professors: Alston-Mills, Cassel, Mench, Taylor

The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers study leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. It is an interdepartmental program in- volving faculty in the Department of Animal Sciences, Chemistry, Food, Nutrition & Institution Administration, and Poultry Science on the College Park Campus; Pediatrics at the University of Maryland, Baltimore City Campus; and Human Ecology at the University of Maryland, Eastern Shore Campus. In addition, there are affiliated scientists interacting with the program at federal laboratories in the USDA and the NIH.

For courses, see code NUSC.

Philosophy Program (PHIL)

Professor and Chair: Slote

Professors: Bub, Lesher, Pasch, Suppe, Svenonius Professor Emeritus: Schlaretzki

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Darden, Greenspan, Johnson, Levinson, Mar- tin, Odell, Stairs Assistant Professor: Tolliver

The Department of Philosophy offers graduate programs leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees with emphasis on contemporary Anglo-American philosophy and the

1 72 Philosophy Program

bearing of philosophy on other disciplines. A person seeking the Ph.D. normally enters that program directly, without first pursuing the MA. degree (although the M.A. may be earned on the way to the Ph.D.). Whereas the Ph.D. program is suit- able primarily for persons who wish to enter a career in teaching and research at the college or university level, the M.A. program is appropriate for persons who desire to deepen and expand the knowledge they gained as undergraduates or to develop competence in philosophy for the sake of its applications in some other professional field.

A special interdisciplinary curriculum in the history and philosophy of science, in cooperation with the Department of History and under the supervision of the Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science, is also offered at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels.

The Center for Philosophy and Public Policy, operating under the auspices of the Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences and the Division of Arts and Humanities, engages in research, teaching, and curriculum development in the ethical and concep- tual issues in public policy formation. The center offers graduate students opportuni- ties for course work and research.

The newly instituted Linguistics Program maintains close ties with the Philosophy Department and offers additional teaching and research strength in issues of language and mind.

The department sponsors a series of colloquia by visiting local speakers throughout the academic year.

Admission and Degree Information

The department admits to the Ph.D. program only students intending to undertake full-time study toward that degree.

Students seeking admission to the Ph.D. program in philosophy should normally have completed, with a high grade point average, at least eighteen semester hours (or the equivalent) of philosophy, including one course in logic, two courses in the histo- ry of philosophy, and two courses from among the following areas: ethics, epistemo- logy, or metaphysics. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. Applications must be supported by three letters of recommendation from previous in- structors, at least one of whom is familiar with the applicant's work in philosophy. Applicants are required also to submit a sample of their written work on a philosoph- ical topic. The letters and paper, as well as the GRE test scores, should be sent directly to the Department of Philosophy.

Students may be admitted to the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of Science with fewer than eighteen hours in philosophy provided that this is compen- sated for by a strong background in science. For details, consult the Chairperson, Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science.

Qualitative criteria for M.A. admission are substantially less stringent than for Ph.D. admission, but the same supporting documents must be provided.

The M.A. program may be pursued through either of two options: with thesis or without thesis. Candidates pursuing either option demonstrate competence in symbol-

Philosophy Program 1 73

ic logic and knowledge of modern philosophy. There are no specific course require- ments beyond the Graduate School requirements applicable to all M.A. degrees. Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's research. To earn the M.A. without thesis a student must pass a written comprehen- sive examination and must submit a collection of papers demonstrating competence in philosophical research and writing.

In addition to satisfying Graduate School requirements applicable to all Ph.D. pro- grams, students in the regular philosophy program are required to demonstrate compe- tence in three philosophical fields selected from the following four broad philosoph- ical areas: History of Philosophy, Epistemology and Metaphysics, Logic and Philosophy of Science, and Value Theory. Such demonstration is to be accomplished by the writing of papers of substantial breadth and scope indicating the student's grasp of some important problems in the field and connections to other issues in that field. These demonstrations must be completed within six semesters of full-time study. Other requirements are: qualification in symbolic logic, course distribution with re- spect to the above four philosophical areas, and presentation of a research paper at a departmental colloquium in the latter stages of dissertation research. All Ph.D. stu- dents are required also to gain two semesters experience in teaching undergraduates at an institution of higher learning, normally by way of the department's teaching assis- tantship program.

Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's research.

An accelerated Ph.D. program having somewhat different requirements for excep- tionally promising and well-prepared students permits early concentration on the dis- sertation subject.

Philosophy students pursuing the Ph.D. curriculum in the History and Philosophy of Science are subject to certain special requirements. They must demonstrate compe- tence by examination and written papers, in (a) the history of science and the contem- poraneous philosophies of science, and (b) the philosophy of science and related me- taphysical and epistemological problems. The third area for demonstration of compe- tence is either a field of science (for students not possessing an undergraduate science degree) or an area of philosophy. Course work must include courses in the history of science and technology, the philosophy of science, graduate-level courses in an area of science, a course on research methods in history and philosophy of science, and either Philosophy 471 or 478. In addition the student must demonstrate reading competency in a foreign language, normally French or German.

Financial Assistance

The department administers a number of graduate assistantships. Well-prepared entering students have a good chance of receiving some financial support in the first year, and there is presumption in favor of reappointment through the fourth year.

Additional Information

Brochures describing the regular M.A. and Ph.D. programs in philosophy may be obtained by writing to the Committee on Graduate Admissions and Awards,

1 74 Philosophy Program

Department of Philosophy. Information concerning the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of Science may be obtained from the Chairperson, Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science.

For courses, see code PHIL.

Physical Education Program (PHED)

Professor and Chair: Clarke

Professors: Dotson, Ingram, Kelley, Kramer, Sloan, Steel, Vaccaro

Associate Professors: Church, Hult, Phillips, Santa Maria, Wrenn

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Clark, DiRocco, Hatfield, Hurley, Ryder, Struna,

Tyler, VanderVelden, Young

The graduate student majoring in Physical Education may pursue the degrees of Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis options) or Doctor of Philosophy. The two ma- jor objectives of these programs are: (1) to study the discipline of physical education by examining the effects of physical activity on individuals from a physiological, kinesiological, psychological, social and historical point of view; and (2) to acquaint the student with curricular aspects of physical education, to improve the quality of teaching, and to offer the student ways of improving the administration and supervi- sion of programs in schools and colleges.

The graduate program is organized into three divisions offering major emphasis as follows: (1) Division of Sport Studies including history of sport, psychology of sport, and sociology of sport; (2) Division of Biophysical Studies with specialties in physio- logy of exercise, motor learning, motor development and biomechanics; and (3) Division of Professional Studies with emphasis on curriculum/instruction, administration/supervision (M.A. only), and sports management (M.A. only).

Admission and Degree Information

The basic minimum guideline for admission to the M.A. program in Physical Education is a B average or a 3.0 average for the last two years of undergraduate study both in the major and related subject fields. Students not quite meeting these qualifications may be admitted provisionally. Undergraduate prerequisites for ad- vanced study in physical education include physiology of exercise, kinesiology, statis- tics, and two courses from a discretionary pool. Students without these necessary courses may register as special students or be admitted provisionally with limited course deficiencies. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required for admis- sion.

Admission to the Ph.D. program is secured upon the basis of satisfactory prepara- tion for advanced graduate work and demonstrated potential for scholarly achieve- ment. A B+ grade point average (3.5 on a 4.0 point scale) in previous graduate work, with at least a 3.0 overall average in the final two years of undergraduate study, is the scholastic standard for admission. The GRE is required for admission. In those cases where special qualifications are apparent from letters of recommenda- tion and documentation of special backgrounds, but where the scholastic standards stated above are not met in their entirety, a student may be admitted on a provisional basis. Students on provisional status will have their work carefully reviewed by a

Physical Education Program 1 75

graduate review committee usually within the first year for further classification.

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (thesis option) are a mini- mum of 24 semester hours, exclusive of the thesis. Six are required in the PHED specialty area (Sport Psychology, Exercise Physiology, etc.) with six additional PHED hours required. PHED 610, Methods and Techniques of Research (3 credits) and an- other research processes course (3 credits) are required of all M.A. students. Twelve credits are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department to supplement and support the specialization work. The student is also required to register for six semester hours of thesis credits (PHED 799). Thus the total number of credit hours required for the degree is 30. Two years of full-time graduate study are usually required for completion of the master's degree.

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (non-thesis option) are a minimum of 30 semester hours. Required courses include PHED 610 and a three hour research processes course which supports the major subject matter area. A mini- mum of six credit hours must be taken in the PHED major specialty. Fifteen credits are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department. Three credits must be taken in PHED 689, Special Problems in Physical Education, involving an independent investigation project under the direction of a graduate facul- ty member. The student must also pass a final comprehensive examination.

The requirements for the Ph.D. degree consist of course work in the following areas: (1) a minimum of 12 credits in the area of specialization, (2) a minimum of 6 hours in an additional area within the graduate program to serve as a support area, and (3) a minimum of 15 credits in a related studies area selected from outside the de- partment. In some instances more credits may be required for completion of this re- quirement which must consist of subject matter essential to support the dissertation topic. Courses completed may be taken within a single department or from several departments.

Students within all divisions of the department must demonstrate competency in re- search. Commensurate with this competency is a basic understanding of the scientific method including the ability to apply logic and objectivity to the understanding of phenomena and the ability to formulate and test relevant hypotheses. Normally, competency in the scientific method includes demonstrating and understanding of (1) the research processes in physical education, (2) the quantitative methods of analysis employed in physical education research, and (3) the principles underlying the statisti- cal aspects of experimental and non-experimental designs employed in physical educa- tion research.

Twelve hours is the minimum and eighteen the maximum allotted for the Ph.D. dissertation (PHED 899).

No foreign language is formally required for the Ph.D. degree, although in certain situations it may be required by the advisor of students who are doing extensive read- ing in German, Spanish, French, Russian or some other language.

1 76 Physical Education Program

Facilities and Special Resources

The department maintains a modern research laboratory for physical education in- cluding, but not limited to, cinematographic and biochemical motion analysis, cardio- vascular measurement, strength and other motor fitness assessments, body composi- tion, and motor learning and motor development research. In addition, the new Physical Education, Recreation, and Health building complex offers the graduate stu- dent access to research facilities including a small animal laboratory and minicomput- er and microcomputer-based data acquisition systems for real-time laboratory applica- tion which interfaces with the University Computer Science Center.

Financial Assistance

Each year a number of graduate assistantships are offered to men and women. Specific responsibilities include teaching in the activity program or assisting in the re- search laboratory.

Additional Information

For further information and application, contact:

David L. Kelley Director of Graduate Studies Department of Physical Education University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code PHED and PERH.

Physics Program (PHYS)

Professor and Chair: Liu

Professors: Alley, Anderson, Banerjee, Bhagat, Boyd, Brill, C C. Chang, C.Y.

Chang, Chant, Chen, Currie, DeSilva, Dorfman1, Dragt, Drew, Earl, Falk, Ferrell,

Glasser, Glick, Gloeckler, Glover, Gluckstern, Goldenbaum, Greenberg, Griem,

Griffin, Holmgren, Hornyak, Howarth, Korenman, Layman2 , Y.C. Lee, Lynn,

MacDonald, Misner, Mohapatra, Oneda, Ott, Papadopoulos, Park, Pati, Prange,

Redish, Richard, Roos, Z. Slawsky, Snow, Steinberg, Sucher, Toll, Wallace, Weber,

Wilson, Woo, Yodh, Zorn

Adjunct Professors: Bennett, McDonald, Ramaty

Associate Professors: Antonsen, Bardasis, DasSarma, Einstein, Ellis, Fivel, Gates,

Goodman, Hu, Kacser, Kim, Mason, Paik, Skuja, Wana

Assistant Professors: Hamilton, Hassam, Kelly, Kirkpatrick, Siegel, Skard, Talaga,

Van Orden, Williams

"Joint appointment with Institute for Physical Science and Technology

2Joint appointment with Secondary Education

The Department of Physics and Astronomy has active programs in many areas of current research interest. Those in astronomy are listed under the heading of Astronomy. Those in the Physics Program include: astrophysics, atomic physics, chemical physics, condensed matter physics, dynamical systems, elementary particle theory, fluid dynamics, general relativity, high energy physics, many-body theory,

Physics Program 1 77

molecular physics, nuclear physics, particle accelerator research, plasma physics, quantum electronics and optics, quantum field theory, space physics, and statistical mechanics.

Admission and Degree Information

Because of the large number of qualified applicants, the Department of Physics and Astronomy has had to restrict formal admission to the Graduate School to those who have shown particularly outstanding work in their undergraduate records or who have already done satisfactory work in key senior-level courses at the University of Maryland. Students who have less outstanding records, but who, because of excep- tional circumstances, show special promise may be given provisional admission, with regular admission pending the satisfactory completion of existing deficiencies. Each student so admitted will be informed by an assigned departmental advisor what back- ground is lacking and what must be accomplished to achieve regular admission. The University of Maryland hopes in this way to offer an opportunity for advanced study in physics and astronomy to all qualified students.

Entering graduate students are normally expected to have strong backgrounds in physics, including courses in the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and mag- netism, thermodynamics, physical optics, and modern physics. A student with defi- ciencies in one or more of these areas may be admitted, but will be expected to reme- dy such deficiencies as soon as possible.

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE Advanced Physics) is recommended, and the average GRE score for admission is 730. A minimum overall score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language is required of applicants from non-English speaking countries.

The department offers both thesis and non-thesis M.S. programs. The department- al requirements for the non-thesis option include at least four courses of the general physic sequence: PHYS 601, 602, 603 or 604, 606, 622 and 623 plus the graduate lab PHYS 621, unless specifically exempted; a research paper as evidence of ability to organize and present a written scholarly report on contemporary research; the passing at the master's level of one section of the Ph.D. qualifying exam; and the passing of a final oral examination.

The requirements for the Master of Science degree with thesis include at least four courses of the general physics sequence, the graduate laboratory unless specially ex- empted, and the passing of an oral examination including a defense of thesis.

The requirements for the Ph.D. in physics are set in general terms to allow the in- dividual student as much freedom as possible in preparing a course of study suited to individual needs. These requirements are: competence in basic physics indicated by satisfactory performance on a qualifying examination and in the graduate laboratory; a research paper as evidence of ability to organize and present a written scholarly report on contemporary research prior to candidacy; advanced course study outside the student's field of specialization consisting of at least two courses (6 credits) in physics at the 700 or 800 level and two courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate credit giv- en outside the physics program (this may include astronomy); PHYS 624 or 625 for students with theoretical theses; and research competence through active participation

1 78 Physics Program

in at least two hours of seminar, 1 2 hours of thesis research, and the presentation and defense of an original dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

The current research in the department spans an immense range of theoretical and experimental work on the forefront of knowledge, far too large to describe here. For details of the work in the various fields, the faculty, and the facilities involved, the department biannually puts out a booklet entitled "Research in Physics and Astronomy" which may be obtained upon request.

To give some idea of the magnitude of the program we note that of the profession- al faculty of 77, there are 69 engaged in separately budgeted research; faculty members at other ranks likewise engaged in research number 89. In 1985-86, 98 graduate students also participated in research under stipends. The current federal support for research amounts to approximately 14,290,000 million dollars annually, attesting to both the size and the quality of the program.

The department houses the Center for Theoretical Physics which provides a means for outstanding theoretical physicists to visit the department as postdoctoral fellows and visiting faculty members.

There are close academic ties with the Institute of Physical Science and Technology on the campus; members of the Institute supervise graduate research and share in the teaching of physics courses. The department also has close ties with the University's Computer Science Center which provides outstanding computer facilities for the uni- versity.

In addition to using College Park campus facilities, graduate students can, under certain conditions, utilize resources of nearby federal laboratories.

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, D.C. where it enjoys the proximity of a large number of outstanding institutions such as NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Naval Research Laboratory, the Naval Surface Weapons Center, the National Bureau of Standards, the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory, the Department of Energy, the National Institutes of Health, the Library of Congress, and other federal institutions. The department has close ties with certain research groups at some of these institutions. In order to facili- tate graduate study in the Washington area, the Department of Physics and Astronomy has part-time professors in certain government laboratories.

Students desiring to do graduate work in physics at a government agency should contact a member of the graduate faculty in the department.

Financial Assistance

The department offers both teaching and research assistantships. In 1985-86 there were approximately 74 teaching assistants and 95 research assistants. Summer re- search stipends for advanced graduate students are customary, and a few summer teaching assistantships are available.

The deadline for applications for financial support is February 1 for assistantships and fellowships.

Graduate students also can seek full-time or part-time employment in the many

Physics Program 1 79

government and industry laboratories located within a few miles of the campus.

Additional Information

A booklet is available regarding the graduate program in physics. "Graduate Study in Physics" is a guidebook to procedural requirements and rules concerning the acqui- sition of higher degrees. "Research in Physics" describes the graduate research activi- ties and lists the personnel involved, group by group. It gives the names of faculty and graduate students involved in various research projects, together with brief de- scriptions of those projects. Regarding admission or for further information write:

Mrs. Jean Clement, Secretary

Graduate Entrance Committee

Department of Physics

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code PHYS.

Poultry Science Program (POUL)

Professor and Chair: Thomas

Professors: Heath, Kuenzel, Soares

Associate Professors: Doerr, Murphy, Ottinger, Wabeck

Adjunct Associate Professor: Failla

Assistant Professor: Mench

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Augustine

Course work and research activities leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Department of Poultry Science. The student may pursue work with major emphasis in either nutrition, physiology, or the technology of eggs and poultry.

Recently the demand for graduates has exceeded the supply. Graduates may pursue a career in industry or academia. The career opportunities appear to be good.

Admission and Degree Information

Departmental requirements, supplementary to those of the Graduate School, have been formulated for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these requirements may be obtained from the Department of Poultry Science.

Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere under the headings Animal Science, Nutritional Sciences, and Food Science as appropriate.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department has excellent facilities for both broilers and layers. The labora- tories are well equipped with equipment such as amino acid analyzer, atomic absorp- tion spectrophotometer, gas chromatography, HPLC, Technicon auto-analyzer, Instron food analyzer. Grass polygraph, Leitz Dialux microscope, liquid scintillation system, Arminco-Bowman spectrophotoflurometer, etc.

1 80 Poultry Science Program

Financial Assistance

Graduate research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available in the de- partment.

For courses, see code POUL.

Psychology Program (PSYC)

Professor and Chair: Goldstein

Professors: Anderson, Dies, Fretz, Gelso, Gollub, Hall, Hill, Hodos, Horton,

Lorion, Locke2 , Magoon1 , Martin, Mclntire, J. Mills, Penner, Pumroy', Schneider,

Scholnick, Sigall, B. Smith, Steinman, Sternheim, Trickett, Tyler

Associate Professors: Allen, Brauth, R. Brown, Coursey, Dooling, Freeman1,

Larkin, Norman, Steele

Assistant Professors: Hanges, Helms, Johnson, Klein, O'Grady, Plude

'Joint appointment with Business and Management

2Joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services

The Department of Psychology offers training which leads to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. By departmental ruling, the number of graduate students is limited to a ratio of four resident students per member of the graduate faculty, insuring close and intimate contact in research and seminars.

Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are offered in the areas of clinical, counseling, experimental, industrial, applied developmental psychology, and social psychology. The experimental area is further subdivided into three fields of study: biopsychology, cognitive and psycholinguistics, and sensory and perceptual processes. Many fields have a range of subspecialties (e.g., engineering psychology) in which the student may concentrate. The department's doctoral programs in both Clinical and Counseling Psychology have been approved by the American Psychological Association.

Admission and Degree Information

The department accepts as graduate students only those who have demonstrated su- perior aptitude and appear capable of completing the requirements for the doctoral de- gree. All of the specialty areas offer doctoral level programs; they do not accept stu- dents who are interested in terminal M.A. degrees. The average scores of students admitted for the 1983-84 academic year were: GRE V+Q 1250, GRE Psychology 600, GPA 3.7, Psychology GPA 3.8. The Department of Psychology encourages ap- plications from minority groups.

Applicants must submit applications by February 1 of each year for entrance in the fall as the available spaces are usually filled early.

For a doctoral degree a minimum of 72 hours beyond the B.A. is required. All students entering with a B.A. are required to take two courses in statistics and five courses in areas outside their specialty program. These five courses must be core courses chosen from a group of available courses designed to provide basic informa- tion in a variety of specialty areas.

The remaining credit hours (approximately 50 hours) are devoted to research and

Psychology Program 181

course work in the participant's specialty program. If the student chooses to have a second specialty, two advanced courses along with one core course may be taken in one coherent area to provide a second specialty.

While the course of study in the Department of Psychology is at the doctoral level, most students choose to eam the M.A. or M.S. degree en route to the Ph.D. The M.A. or M.S. degree requirements are thirty hours of course work including the two courses in statistics and three core courses. A research thesis is also required. Advancement to the third and the fourth year of doctoral level work is based upon sa- tisfactory completion of core courses, work in the student's specialty area, and completion of a research requirement.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department moved into a new building during the summer of 1971, and new facilities were designed by the faculty of the Department of Psychology for the train- ing of graduate students. In addition, its geographic location in a suburb of Washington, D.C. makes accessible a wide variety of laboratory and training facilities in governmental and other agencies, as well as many psychologists prominent in the profession.

Financial Assistance

The department gives financial aid to almost all incoming students. The Department of Psychology does not offer a part-time program. Students are required to attend classes, take part in research, and teach as graduate assistants. Each of these assignments is considered a critical part of the graduate training program. It is not possible to obtain this type of education on a part-time basis. Thus, students are not permitted to hold off-campus jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of the faculty.

Additional Information

Additional information concerning the graduate program including specific program brochures and application materials may be obtained by writing: Graduate Secretary Department of Psychology University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742-W1 1

For courses, see code PSYC.

School of Public Affairs (Public Management and Public Policy Programs) (PUAF)

Professor and Acting Dean: Nacht

Professors: Brown, Drestler, Kelleher, Levy, Schick, Young

Assistant Professor: Houseman

Faculty Research Associates: Cohen, Harbour

Lecturer: Slater

The School of Public Affairs provides graduate-level, professional education to men and women of distinction of mind and character. Five disciplines are empha-

1 82 School of Public Affairs

sized: accounting, statistics, economics, politics, and ethics. Students specialize in issues of government/private sector interaction, international security, or public sector financial management. The program is open to pre-career and mid-career graduate students and builds on the school's location in the Baltimore/Washington corridor.

Admission and Degree Information

The school offers two degrees: the Master of Public Management (MPM) and the Mid-Career Master of Public Policy (MPP). The school also offers joint degree pro- grams with the School of Business (MPM/MBA) and the Law School (MPM/JD). In addition, several non-degree certificates are available.

Master of Public Management

The MPM is a two-year, 51 credit, full-time professional degree combining a rigor- ous applied course of study with practical hands-on experience.

About forty students enter the program each fall. Although this number is small, the candidates come from a wide variety of undergraduate schools and majors. The average undergraduate GPA of the entering class is approximately 3.4 and the average GRE score is 620. All students are required to have successfully completed college level math before they enter the school.

During the first year students fulfill the core requirements which emphasize the tools of policy analysis: financial management, statistics, economics, politics, and eth- ics. In addition they are introduced to the policy making process and future job con- tacts through structured interviews with national policy makers. Except for two elec- tive courses during the second semester, the first year students take all of the core re- quirements together.

During the summer between the first and second year, students obtain employment in federal, state, or local government agencies or in private firms which deal exten- sively with government agencies. In addition to gaining practical experience and util- izing the skills acquired during the first year, this opportunity provides contacts and relationships useful for future projects and job placement.

During the second year, students specialize in one of three concentrations: Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, or National Security Policy.

Each concentration requires participation in a project course. Students, working in- dividually or in small groups, conduct research on problems of interest to the sponsor and themselves at sponsoring government agencies or private firms.

Master of Public Policy

The MPP is a 36 credit degree program designed for mid-career students. This de- gree recognizes that individuals in the midst of their careers need to update their knowledge of today's complex public issues in order to move into positions of greater authority and responsibility.

The typical MPP candidate has worked in the public or public-related sector for a minimum of three years and is capable of handling a rigorous academic program as well as excelling in his/her professional career. The candidates enter the school with

School of Public Affairs 1 83

varied academic as well as professional backgrounds. Most have a minimum of a 3.0 GPA from their undergraduate school with some college level math and economics. (If candidates do not have these courses in their background, admission will be con- tingent upon the successful completion of appropriate course work).

The MPP degree consists of two components: the core curriculum in Methods of Policy Analysis and a selected area of concentration in Public Management, Public Sector Financial Management, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, or National Security Policy.

The courses are typically offered in the early morning or late afternoon. It is ex- pected that the program will be completed in a maximum of three years with all stu- dents taking two courses each fall and spring semester.

Master of Public Policy candidates may also be considered for the Mid-Career Fellowship Program. Under the joint auspices of the school and various federal agencies and state and local governments, this program recognizes high potential em- ployees for accelerated career development and education. Fellows participate in the Master of Public Policy degree program as well as a professional development series which includes special seminars, guest speakers, and a management development re- treat.

Certificate Programs

The School offers Certificate Programs in four areas: Methods of Policy Analysis, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, and National Security Policy. Each program consists of 18 credits (6 courses) and should be completed in a maximum of three semesters.

MBA/MPM Joint Program

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs, both of the College Park Campus, offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both de- grees in approximately five to six semesters. The accelerated program is possible be- cause some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must be admit- ted to both programs.

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (non-joint pro- gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Assistant Dean of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the admissions re- quirements for each program.

1 84 School of Public Affairs

MPM/JD Joint Program

The School of Public Affairs and the School of Law (located on the University of Baltimore City campus) offer a joint program of studies leading to MPM and JD de- grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law School as well as the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both programs.

Under the joint program, 75 credits in the Law School coupled with 39 credits in the School of Public Affairs are required for graduation. Grade point averages in each program will be computed separately and students must maintain minimum stan- dards in each school to continue in the program. A student must complete both pro- grams satisfactorily in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon the same conditions as re- quired of regular (non-joint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the deans of each school. For further discussion of admission and de- gree requirements, students should see the above and consult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog.

Financial Assistance

The school has substantial financial aid available in the form of fellowships and graduate assistantships. All qualified applicants are considered.

Additional Information

For additional information, contact: Lynn Chasen

Assistant Dean for Student Affairs School of Public Affairs 2106 Morrill Hall University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742 Telephone: (301) 454-7238

For courses, see code PUAF.

Public Communication Program (PCOM)

Professor and Director: Aylward

Professors: Aylward, Bentley, Boyd, Gillespie1, Kolker, Meersman, Milhous,

Pugliese (Emeritus), Wolvin (Communication Arts and Theatre), Blumler, Cleghorn2,

J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hierbert, Martin (Journalism)

Associate Professors: Falcione, Fink, Freimuth, Gomery, Kirkley, Klumpp, Weiss

(Communication Arts and Theatre), Barkin, Beasley, Levy, Zanot (Journalism)

'Chair, Department of Communication Arts and Theatre

2Dean, College of Journalism

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre and the College of Journalism

Public Communication Program 1 85

offer a program leading to the Ph.D. in Public Communication. The program is inter- disciplinary in nature embracing the three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre: radio-television-film, speech communication, and theatre and the College of Journalism. The Ph.D. prepares students for creative scholarship and research, and emphasizes both the necessary techniques and skills to conduct research and the abili- ty to think innovatively about problems of public communication. Areas of special- ization within the program include political and governmental communication; public relations and organizational communication; international communication; science and medical communication; rhetoric and public address; broadcast communication; thea- trical theory and aesthetics; theatre history, cinema history and aesthetics; and media history and criticism.

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with all aspects of communication. Employment opportunities may be found in private business and industry; in local, state, and federal government agencies; in various educational institutions, and in the media and theatre.

Admission and Degree Information

Students may apply for admission to the Ph.D. in Public Communication Program by writing the director of the program.

The student in the Ph.D. program in Public Communication develops an individual- ized course of study in consultation with his/her doctoral committee after considering the needs of the student and the specialized resources of the program faculty and of the Washington metropolitan area. The typical doctoral student will complete 10 to 12 courses beyond the master's degree. The majority of the courses will be in the student's area of specialization, but some will be in areas of study outside the pro- gram to enhance the individual's research capability and to insure the interdisciplinary nature of the degree.

The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. include: an MA. degree or equivalent; completion of four required courses: PCOM 700, 701, 711 and 712 or PCOM 711, 702 and 703 for specialization in quantitative research; minimum hours of 600-800 level course work in the area of specialization; a minimum of nine hours in cognate graduate level courses elsewhere in the university; courses recommended by the doc- toral committee to enhance research competence; successful completion of a written and oral qualifying examination taken upon completion of required course work; and submission and defense of a doctoral dissertation. Applicants must have a M.A. de- gree in one of the four areas of the program. They must also submit GRE scores, evidence of scholarly potential, and three letters of recommendation.

Additional courses for students in the Public Communication Program are listed un- der the Journalism and the Communication Arts and Theatre program entries.

Facilities and Special Resources

The University of Maryland is in an especially advantageous location for students wishing to pursue a degree in Public Communication. Several of the nation's major newspapers are published in the area, and the Washington bureaus of national and in- ternational news media are nearby. The university is also close to the John F.

1 86 Public Communication Program

Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Arena Stage, the National, Ford, and other theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts.

Of the many important libraries which are in close proximity to the campus, two of the most outstanding are the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library. Students also make use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National Archives, and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the Washington metropolitan area.

Financial Assistance

Students may apply for research or teaching assistantships in the College of Journalism or the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre. A limited number of fellowships, scholarships, and internships are also available to qualified students.

Additional Information

For information on the Ph.D. in Public Communication contact:

Dr. Thomas J. Aylward, Director Ph.D. Program, Public Communication Department of Communication Arts and Theatre University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see code PCOM.

Recreation Program (RECR)

Professor and Chair: Humphrey

Professor: Iso-Ahola

Associate Professors: Churchill, Kuss, Strobell, Verhoven

Assistant Professors: Fedler, Leedy, Riddick

Lecturers: Annand, Smith, Ward

The Department of Recreation offers the M.A. degree, with either a thesis or pro- ject track, and the Ph.D. degree. Special areas of concentration include: administra- tion, therapeutic recreation, program planning, natural and historical interpretation, re- source planning and management, employee relations, military, tourism and commer- cial recreation, and others. The program of advanced studies is designed to assist professional practitioners in the leisure services field and to prepare those who wish to enter the teaching profession, government or institutional service, and community ser- vices and education.

Admission and Degree Information

In addition to meeting the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School, students are encouraged to have completed two years of full-time work experience pri- or to applying for admission. All Ph.D. applicants are required to complete an inter- view with at least one faculty member. Doctoral students must complete prescribed course work in research methods, statistics, and computer science. A project, thesis, or dissertation is required of all students.

Recreation Program 187

Facilities and Special Resources

Recreation students have access to the university's McKeldin Library, the College's Research Laboratory and statistical resources, the Computer Science Center, the al- most unlimited facilities and programs of the metropolitan areas of Baltimore and Washington, D.C., and the headquarters and offices of appropriate national organiza- tions, agencies and federal governmental units in the nation's capital.

The department sponsors a Leisure Research Unit that develops, supports, and coordinates a broad based research effort on the part of both faculty and students which addresses existing and evolving societal issues relevant to the leisure behavior of individuals and groups. A department Field Service Unit has been established to develop and coordinate the professional service activities of the department in re- sponse to needs identified in cooperation with the leisure services agencies/institutions of the metropolitan area, state, and region. The department also works cooperatively with the Center on Aging in promoting research, course offerings, and training pro- grams.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified graduate students.

Additional Information

For additional information about specific requirements, please contact:

Dr. Adah P. Strobell, Graduate Coordinator Department of Recreation The University of Maryland College Park, Maryland 20742

For courses, see code RECR.

Sociology Program (SOCY)

Professor and Acting Chair: Falk

Professors: Billingsley1, Clignet, Dager, Hage, Janes (Emeritus), Kammeyer, Lejins

(Emeritus), Presser, Ritzer, Rosenberg, Robinson2, D. Segal

Associate Professors: Brown, Finterbusch, Henkel, Hirzel, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Kahn,

Landry, Lengermann, Mclntyre, Meeker, Neustadtl, Panning, Pease, M. Segal,

Vanneman

Assistant Professors: Canjar, Falabella, Harper, Imamura, Snipp

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Goldsmith, Silbergeld

Affilliate Professors: Gonzales, Longest

'Joint appointment with Afro-American Studies

2Joint appointment with Survey Research Center

The Graduate Program in Sociology offers course work leading to M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. Particular areas of emphasis in the department include: Social Psychology (socialization, self-concept, small groups, attitudes); Survey and Social Research Methods; Theory (classical theory, contemporary theory, theory construction, meta-

1 88 Sociology Program

theory); Organizations and Occupations (with special concentration on innovation); Family (with a special concentration on family mental health); Social Demography (with a special emphasis on family demography); Sex Roles, Markets, and Stratification; Military Sociology (with a special emphasis on manpower planning); Comparative Macro Sociology (with a special focus on development, social move- ments and new theories of the state and equality); and Rural Sociology (emphasis on demography and human ecology, community, and social indicators). Other areas of specialization may be developed by individual students working with one or more fa- culty members. Each specialty area has at least one basic course at the 600 level, one or more specialized or supporting course at the 600 level, and an advanced special topics seminar at the 700 level. Several of the 600 level courses can apply to more than one area. Highly specialized courses are offered once every four semesters, while basic courses and the more specialized courses that are in high demand are of- fered once a year.

Within the last three years, about half the students finishing Ph.D. degrees in the Sociology Department have found employment doing college-level teaching, and about half in research, administration, and consulting in federal, state, or private or- ganizations. We anticipate that an increasing proportion of students completing grad- uate work in the near future will be engaged in either research administration or ap- plied research in government or private organizations.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission to the graduate program is based upon the student's prior academic re- cord, GRE scores, letters of recommendation, and other information relevant to the applicant's chances of successfully completing the program. Although a previous ma- jor in sociology is not required, students entering the master's degree program should have had the following in undergraduate courses: mathematics through college alge- bra, elementary statistics, sociological theory, and sociological research methods. Students entering the Ph.D. program should have had at least one graduate level course each in sociological theory, sociological research methods, and statistics. Students deficient in any of these areas may be admitted to the program provisionally, but must satisfy the requirements their first year in the program.

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the master's degree, including one course each in statistics, sociological theory, and two courses in research methods. A master's thesis is required. Usually, this phase of the program can be completed in two years.

Ph.D. candidates should have met all the master's degree requirements. In addi- tion, there are four required courses; one each in sociological theory, statistics, re- search methods, and one course that integrates theory and methods. It is possible to take some of the Ph.D. courses at the master's level. A minimum of 24 hours of course work in addition to master's degree courses is required. Ph.D. students must pass three comprehensive examinations, at least one general examination (Social Organization or Social Psychology), and at least one area of specialization. The lan- guage requirement may be met by passing a language examination or making a B or better in one of a number of other research tool courses. Usually these requirements

Sociology Program 1 89

plus the dissertation can be completed in three years.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Sociology Department is located in a new building with ample office and re- search space. Facilities include data processing and computer capabilities, a small groups laboratory, a demography laboratory, and a department library. The university has excellent computer facilities and computer time is readily available to faculty and graduate students.

Financial Assistance

Financial assistance for graduate students is available through teaching and research assistantships, and for advanced students through part-time instructorships. All carry remission of tuition and fees.

Additional Information

For information and application forms, write or call:

Director of Graduate Studies Sociology Department University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742 Phone (301)454-5933

For courses, see code SOCY.

Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP)

Professor and Chair: Sosnowski

Professors: Gramberg (Director of Graduate Studies), Martinez, Nemes, Pacheco

Associate Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Diz, Igel

Assistant Professors: Kristal, Zappala

The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The department's offerings are designed to provide the required advanced training in language, litera- ture, and linguistics for achieving professional excellence in high school and college teaching and for undertaking creative research in related fields of inquiry.

Employment statistics show that opportunities for the M.A. and Ph.D. graduate of this department have been excellent during the last ten years. All our M.A. graduates have found employment commensurate with their academic training. Most graduates entered teaching careers; several work in government agencies and international or- ganizations. During the same period, all of our Ph.D. graduates who wished to un- dertake a career in teaching and research have obtained satisfactory appointments at colleges and universities. The important role played in this country by Hispanics and the recognition of their cultural imprint bode well for future expansion in all areas re- lated to this particular field.

The department participates actively in the program of the Center of Renaissance and Baroque Studies of the College of Arts and Humanities, and offers regularly courses of an interdisciplinary nature with the cooperation of faculty members of other

1 90 Spanish Language and Literature Program

departments.

New academic program: "DISCOVERING THE AMERICAS."

Starting in the fall of 1987, the Department of Spanish and Portuguese and the Latin American Studies Center will present a special six-year academic program titled "Discovering America" which will focus on the cultural encounter of the worlds that shaped our modern history.

The project has been divided into three two-year cycles that encompass the follow- ing areas: 1) Precolumbian cultures, 2) Africa in America, and 3) Spain in America. Every year the department will hold symposia and offer lectures and graduate courses given by specialists in each area.

For detailed information, please write to the department chair.

Admission and Degree Information

The degree of Master of Arts has two options: the non-thesis option and the thesis option. A total of 30 credit hours are required for the non-thesis option with 3 credits in linguistics; 3 credits in literary theory and/or criticism; 15 credits in either Spanish or Spanish-American literature, one of which is to be considered the candidate's "major" literature; and 9 credits in the other or "non-major" literature. Students must also submit a written scholarly paper in the final semester of their program which will be read and evaluated by at least two appropriate faculty members.

The requirements for the thesis option are the same as for the non-thesis option with one exception; the course requirement in the "major" literature is reduced from 15 to 9 credits with 6 hours of thesis research credit required. All M.A. candidates take comprehensive examinations.

The doctoral degree is a research and specialized degree and it does not require a fixed number of credit hours. Before admission to candidacy, the student must de- monstrate: 1) a thorough knowledge of the literary production in the chosen area (Spanish or Spanish-American Literature), 2) an in-depth knowledge of the field of specialization, 3) proficiency in a minimum of two fields of the other Hispanic litera- ture, 4) a reading knowledge of a language other than Spanish and English, to be used as a research tool in the field of specialization, 5) a minimum of two courses in linguistics at the graduate level, one of which should be "History of the Spanish Language", 6) a minimum of one course in literary theory and/or criticism, 7) ac- quaintance with a third literature (e.g. Luso-Brazilian, French, English, etc.), and 8) a background in supporting fields to be used as research tools (e.g. history, philosophy, political science, sociology, art, etc). Students must pass both a preliminary and a comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. in addition to presenting a dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

The department maintains a special research and reference library for graduate stu- dents of Spanish in honor of one of its former instructors, the late Pedro F. Entenza. The students publish a literary magazine, Prismal/Cabral. Dr. Sosnowski is the edi- tor of the journal Hispamerica.

Spanish Language and Literature Program 191

Additional Information

Financial assistance is available. For additional information please write to the de- partment chair.

For courses, see codes SPAN and PORT.

Special Education Program (EDSP)

Professor and Chair: Burke

Professors: Hebeler, Simms

Associate Professors: Beckman, Egel, Kohl, Seidman

Assistant Professors: Cooper, Gradel, Graham, Harris, Leiber, Leone, Neubert,

Speece

Research Associates: Adger, Florian, Haynes, MacArther, Malouf, McLaughlin

Graduate studies in the Department of Special Education include programs leading to Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees. Advanced Graduate Specialist certificates, and Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of concentration may include: Learning Disabilities; Mental Retardation; Behavior Disorders; Severely Handicapped (including autism); Early Childhood (including in- fancy); Gifted & Talented; and Career- Vocational Special Education for the handi- capped. Concentrations in Special Education Administration and Supervision and Policy Studies are also available at the doctoral level.

The Ph.D. in special education is targeted primarily towards research, scholarship, and educational leadership. This overall goal is achieved in and through the selection of areas of emphasis or the major concentrations listed above. Graduate work at the doctoral level can also be done in educational administration and supervision, and po- licy development and implementation for the handicapped with a specialized national focus. The Ed.D. is focused on these same areas, but has an emphasis on applied re- search and programming. A variety of minor specializations taken outside the depart- ment are also possible. Content course work in the areas of administration and policy studies are developed in collaboration with other departments in the college and uni- versity.

Special education graduates are eligible for a wide variety of professional oppor- tunities. Students who graduate with a master's degree in special education may enter positions in the public schools as master teachers or in other positions of leadership. Opportunities also exist in private settings where graduates may find positions as coordinators, administrators, or other specialized support staff. Doctoral degree grad- uates have numerous options, such as university faculty positions, professional staff positions in state departments of education, the federal government, and in the public schools. Private agencies and organizations may also seek doctoral graduates as directors or specialized support staff. Historically, employment opportunities for spe- cial education graduates have been excellent.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5

192 Special Education Program

grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination.

Graduate programs are planned individually by the student and advisor. Each pro- gram reflects the individual student's background, goals, and the level of competency being sought. There is no one program of study which all graduate students follow. Individual programming by students and advisors allows wide latitude of career direc- tion within the field of special education upon completion of graduate study.

Graduate study in special education requires advanced competencies in the educa- tion of exceptional children. Students entering the program with special education ce- rtification are required to take a minimum of 36 credit hours. Additional course work is required for students entering without academic preparation in education. For ex- ample, students entering without certification in education are required to take a mini- mum of 60 credit hours; students entering with early childhood, elementary, or se- condary education certification are required to take a minimum of 45 credit hours. Upon completion of their degree, students in each of these categories may qualify for Maryland State Certification in Special Education.

Students pursuing the master's degree program in special education may earn the Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree. Specific basic course re- quirements in special education are the same for either program with differentiation of thesis requirements. The student generally takes a minimum of 15 hours special edu- cation. Specific programs and the number of credit hours required will be determined with the student's advisor according to the student's background and career plans.

The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in special education is available to students wishing to take increased graduate work beyond the master's level. The minimum number of graduate hours for the A.G.S. is 60. The core of the program should be made up of special education courses and other work within the College of Education or other colleges of the university as approved by the student's advisor and the special education graduate faculty.

Students pursuing the doctoral program in special education must have completed the Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree and may elect to work for either the Ed.D. or Ph.D. degree. Students should consult the Department Statement on Graduate Programs. A student in the doctoral program will generally complete a minimum of 90 hours of graduate study of which 30 to 40 hours will be in the major field. Candidates must develop doctoral level competencies in research and in any of the areas of specialization (listed above) which fulfill their professional goals.

Facilities and Special Resources

Special strengths of the special education program include the focus on integrated field experiences, the utilization of special education research facilities, and the wide backgrounds of faculty members which enable the department to maintain an inte- grated approach.

Special Education Program 193

Additional Information

Prospective graduate students are requested to consult "Graduate Programs in Special Education," which is available in the department office, for additional specific information on departmental programs, admissions procedures, and financial aid.

For courses, see code EDSP.

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE)

Professor and Chair: Smith

Professors: Chern, Dardis, Hollies, Spivak, Yeh

Associate Professors: Block, Brannigan

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Ettenson, Hacklander, Paoletti, Pourdeyhimi, Sober-

on-Ferrer, Wagner

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Ordonez

Lecturer: Morris

The Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Fields of special- ization are textiles and/or consumer economics. In the field of textiles, students may concentrate in textile science, textile economics and marketing, textile evaluation or historic textile/costume/conservation. In the field of consumer economics, students may concentrate in consumer economics, consumer policy, consumer behavior, or consumption analysis.

Students completing the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in Textiles and Consumer Economics have strong employment opportunities with government, industry, and educational institutions.

Admission and Degree Information

There are no rigid course requirements for admission to the graduate program in Textiles and Consumer Economics. A major in home economics, consumer econom- ics, textiles and clothing, textiles, or a relevant discipline such as chemistry, econom- ics, or psychology is acceptable as background for study in this field. Preparation in the basic physical and social sciences (chemistry, mathematics, economics, psycholo- gy, and sociology) is highly recommended. Necessary course prerequisites (without graduate credit) can be completed after admission to the graduate program. All appli- cants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test.

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. In the thesis option, students must complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work, a thesis, and pass a final oral examination on the thesis. In the non-thesis option, stu- dents must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work, submit one scholarly paper, and pass a written comprehensive final examination. Students in both the the- sis and non-thesis options must present one departmental seminar.

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants hold- ing a master's degree in an equivalent field from an accredited institution may be ad- mitted for immediate doctoral study. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an

1 94 Textiles and Consumer Economics Program

individual basis, but a minimum of 18 hours of course work beyond the master's level is required for the Ph.D. degree in addition to 12 hours of dissertation research. Qualifying examinations are administered upon completion of basic course require- ments in either textiles or consumer economics. Written and oral comprehensive ex- aminations are given upon completion of all course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend the dissertation.

Facilities and Special Resources

The graduate program is multidisciplinary in nature with graduate faculty from chemistry, engineering, economics, behavioral sciences, and the arts. Departmental research facilities include the historic textiles and costume collection and a number of fully equipped specialized research laboratories. These include comfort research facil- ities, a textile conservation laboratory, several textile chemistry laboratories, a dark room for photomicroscopy, several temperature and humidity controlled textile evalua- tion laboratories, a flammability testing, and evaluation laboratory, a color and en- vironmental evaluation laboratory, a consumer behavior laboratory, and a resource room for reference materials frequently used by graduate students and faculty. In ad- dition, the department has a computer-aided design laboratory and a microcomputer/CRT laboratory interfaced with the university's central computing fa- cility. To the graduate student, perhaps our most important resource is the depart- ment itself and the people in it. The members of our graduate faculty are active in a variety of fields, from textiles science to law. These faculty members, together with our graduate students and adjunct faculty, form a lively and intellectually stimulating community. Access to federal agencies where decisions affecting consumers are made provide graduate students with a unique opportunity to conduct consumer re- lated research.

Financial Assistance

Graduate teaching and/or research assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past academic performance and experience. Work study/tuition waiv- ers are awarded by the Financial Aid Office on the basis of need. More than half of the full-time students in the department hold assistantships or some form of financial aid. Part-time and summer work is often available for students not receiving financial aid.

Additional Information

Additional information on departmental programs, admissions, procedures and financial aid may be obtained by contacting:

Chair

Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics

Room 2100, Marie Mount Hall

University of Maryland

College Park, MD 20742

For courses, see codes CNEC, TEXT, and TXCE.

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program 1 95

Toxicology Program

The program in Toxicology is university- wide, using faculty and resources at College Park, Baltimore City and County, Eastern Shore, and the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory of the Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. The program's objectives are to provide educational and professional training opportunities in fundamental and applied fields of toxicology leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduates from this program will be highly qualified to conduct research, teach, and provide services to federal, state, and local governments, industry, labor, and the pub- lic.

Specialization at the doctoral level will be available in various areas such as aquatic and marine toxicology, neurotoxicology, occupational toxicology, environmental toxi- cology, regulatory toxicology, drug toxicology, and others depending on the interest of the student.

For further information, please contact:

Dr. Judd Nelson Room 0300 Symons Hall Entomology Department University of Maryland College Park, MD 20742

Urban Studies Program (URBS)

Director and Professor: Corey

Professors: Marando, Stone

Associate Professor: Christian

Assistant Professors: Howland, Kim

Lecturer: Williams

Affiliate and Adjunct Faculty: Baum, Brower, Florestano, Fogle, Laidlow, Levin,

M. Williams, Ziegler

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a program leading to the Master of Arts de- gree in Urban Studies. The program is interdisciplinary and professionally oriented to educate students in metropolitan area problem solving through the use of generic planning and management methods. A graduate of the program would be prepared to enter a career in metropolitan organizations from the non-profit and government sec- tors relating to urban affairs. The Institute's faculty specialize in: metropolitan and regional planning, public policy analysis and management, quantitative planning methods, and economic-development planning. Internships are encouraged; career- oriented management and planning competencies are stressed. The Institute has a joint program with the professional, American Planning- Accredited Master of Community Planning (MCP) Program, University of Maryland, Baltimore City Campus. For more information, contact Dr. Melvin Levin, c/o 525 W. Redwood Street, Baltimore, MD 21201; (301) 528-3600. Graduates also are eligible to pursue doctoral degrees in disciplines selected for specialized study or in interdisciplinary ur- ban studies planning, management, and policy analysis programs.

Urban studies graduate students (more than half of whom are part-time) come from

1 96 Urban Studies Program

a wide variety of academic backgrounds (e.g., engineering, fine arts, English, history, business, geography, sociology, economics, and political science) and from many walks of life; undergraduate liberal arts degree holders turned career-minded, veter- ans, returning housewives, and others who have been out of the job market and want a program to provide them re-entry skills and credentials, as well as persons already in urban-related jobs who want to enrich their education and upgrade their credentials. This diverse student body provides a rich learning environment in which many types of experiences and ideas are exchanged.

The Institute provides specializations in metropolitan management and metropolitan planning. Specializations may also be developed through course work in other depart- ments of the university offering courses related to urbanization. Some of the depart- ments providing such opportunities include: Afro- American Studies, Architecture, Business and Management, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Criminal Justice and Criminology, Economics, Education, Family and Community Development, Fire Protection Engineering, Geography, Government and Politics, Health, Housing and Design, Journalism, Recreation, Sociology, and Speech and Communications. The student's specialization is developed in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies.

Employment opportunities for Institute graduates, though highly competitive, re- main strong. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan region offers diverse employment potential in urban analysis, program management and planning, and computer applica- tions.

Admission and Degree Information

The Institute's admissions policy is designed to achieve a student mix of experi- enced practitioners and strong recent graduates. The aptitude test score of the Graduate Record Examination is required of recent graduates whose grade point aver- ages are below 3.2. Applicants with professional experience should provide three letters of recommendation and a resume indicating their education and employment history. Experienced applicants may be admitted provisionally (subject to successful completion of initial course work) if their undergraduate grade point average is below regular university requirements if their employment experience indicates a high prob- ability of success in the program. To accommodate part-time students and students with internships, all required courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening.

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a 37 credit hour Master of Arts degree. Candidates for this degree are required to meet these core requirements: (1) methods courses (7 credit hours), GEOG 483, URBS, 601, and URBS 602; (2) Substantive courses (12 credit hours), URBS 630, URBS 640, URBS 660. URBS 670 and URBS 680 (take 4 of 5 courses); (3) Procedural courses (3 credit hours); URBS 656 and URBS 666 (take 1 of 2 courses); (4) Specialization courses (15 credit hours). With the advice of an urban studies advisor, degree candidates must design a coherent spe- cialization from courses in urban studies and from related departments. Specializations might include: metropolitan planning, urban management, urban de- sign, community development, urban geography, public management, international development, computer mapping and spatial analysis, urban history, and many other

Urban Studies Program 1 97

designs of a cross-disciplinary nature. An urban internship is optional. The special- ization may include 6 credits of thesis. (5) Synthesis: these leanings are synthesized by means of a required set of written comprehensive examinations.

Both a thesis and a non-thesis option are available. Each option requires 37 credit hours. Both options require successful completion of a written comprehensive exam- ination covering the synthesis of core course knowledge. Students are eligible to take the comprehensive examination after completing 24 credit hours, including core courses.

No more than 13 credit hours at the 400-level may be applied towards the URBS M.A. degree. These may include: 13 credits from URBS 410, 438, 450, 460, 470, 480; GEOG 483; and others as approved by the URBS graduate advisor.

A degree in urban studies is not awarded solely on the basis of the accumulation of the minimum numbers of credit hours. If in the judgement of the faculty a degree candidate needs to demonstrate additional academic performance, remedial work may be assigned before the degree will be awarded.

Facilities and Special Resources

In addition to its regular faculty, the Institute regularly draws a number of out- standing adjunct faculty from the Washington Metropolitan Area to teach several courses a year.

Financial Assistance

A limited number of graduate assistantships and fellowships are available and the Institute assists students in finding work-study positions, internships, and part-time jobs in government agencies. USED Public Service Fellowships for under-represented groups are available in a joint program with the School of Public Affairs.

Additional Information

Further information and the graduate bulletin of the Institute for Urban Studies may be obtained from:

The Director of Graduate Studies Institute for Urban Studies 1113 LefrakHall College Park, MD 20742 (301) 454-2662

For courses, see code URBS.

Zoology Department (ZOOL)

Professor and Chair: Corliss

Professors: Allan, Carter, Clark, Gill, Highton, Levitan, Pierce, Vermeij

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bonar, Colombini, Goode, Higgins, Imberski, Inouye,

Linder, Reaka, Small

Assistant Professors: Ades, Borgia, Olek, Shapiro, Wilkinson

Adjunct Professors: Kleiman, Manning, Morton. O'Brien, M. Potter

Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelly, Wemmer

The Department of Zoology offers programs of study leading to the degrees of

1 98 Zoology Department

Master of Science (thesis and non-thesis) and Doctor of Philosophy with specialization in the following fields: cell biology, developmental biology, estuarine and marine bio- logy, genetics, physiology, systematics and evolutionary biology, behavior, inverte- brate zoology, endocrinology and ecology.

Admission and Degree Information

Admission to graduate study in the Department of Zoology requires a baccalaureate degree from a recognized undergraduate institution. In addition, course work in cal- culus, physics, and organic chemistry is required. Able students who lack preparation in a particular area may be admitted provided that the deficiency is corrected early in the graduate work, including the subject test, which should be taken in some area of biology.

The thesis master's program enables a student to engage in advanced study and to undertake a research project. It may be a terminal degree or may demonstrate the student's research ability and lead to continuation of graduate work for the Ph.D. in the same or related area. There are no requirements in excess of the general require- ments established by the Graduate School. All requirements for the master's degree are to be completed within a three year period. A final oral examination on the thesis is given whenever the student has completed all other requirements for the degree.

The non-thesis master's program provides opportunity for advanced education and a terminal degree for those who are not research-oriented. All non-thesis master's stu- dents are required to complete at least 30 hours of course work, of which no fewer than 18 must be at the 600 level or above in zoology or appropriate related fields. No fewer than 16 hours of courses must be in zoology and three of these courses should be in a single area of specialization. In addition, at least one satisfactory scholarly paper must be written in an area approved by the student's advisor. A writ- ten comprehensive examination in three areas of zoology must be passed before the degree is awarded. All requirements must be completed within a three-year period.

The Ph.D. program in zoology is basically a research program providing maximal opportunity for the student to evolve and develop his or her capacity for scholarship and independent work. Opportunity is provided for in-depth study in an area of spe- cialization. A doctoral candidate must complete at least 30 credit hours of advanced course work, including a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research. A for- mal preliminary examination is given to all doctoral students within the first two years of enrollment in the department. The examination is basically an oral examination fo- cusing primarily on determination of whether or not the student has the proper moti- vation, intellectual capacity and curiosity, and educational background and has or can develop the technical skills to successfully pursue the Ph.D. program. However, there is no formal restriction on the extent or the range of the questions asked of the candidate. The doctoral dissertation must be completed and defended usually within three, preferably two, years after passing of prelims.

Facilities and Special Resources

The Zoology Department's share of the Zoo-Psych Building provides adequate space for graduate teaching and research. The research laboratories are well equipped with a wide variety of scientific instrumentation. In addition, the department has spe-

Zoology Department 1 99

cial suites for both transmission and scanning electronmicroscopy, constant tempera- ture rooms, four sound proof rooms (one being an anechoic chamber designed specifi- cally for sophisticated research in ethology), photographic dark rooms, sterile transfer rooms, and a histotechnology suite. In addition, some research opportunities are available to students through the department's association with staff members of the National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Smithsonian Insti- tution, National Zoo, and several marine laboratories.

Although the department maintains no library of its own, the university has a fine graduate library housing a Science and Technology Division. In addition, facilities such as the National Library of Medicine and the Department of Agriculture Library as well as the Library of Congress greatly expand the library material within relatively easy access to the department.

Additional Information

Students are urged to communicate directly with the faculty in the area of their interest, but additional general information and a statement of particular departmental requirements may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Zoology.

For courses, see code ZOOL.

200 The University of Maryland

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK.

Zoology Department 201

Graduate Course Descriptions

AASP — Afro-American Studies

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-American Studies (3)

The readings will be directed by the Director of Afro-American Studies. Topics to be covered: the topics will be chosen by the director to meet the needs and interests of individual students.

AASP 401 Seminar in Afro- American Studies (3)

The theory and concepts of the social and behavioral sciences as they relate to Afro-American studies. Required for the certificate in Afro- American studies. Prerequisites: at least 15 hours of Afro-American studies or related courses or permission of the director.

AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies (3)

Analysis of contemporary African ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of Nyerere, Nkrumah, Senghor, Sekou Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of African ideologies on mo- dernization and social change.

AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements (3)

A comparative study of the black resistance movements in Africa and America; analysis of their interrelationships as well as their impact on contemporary pan-Africanism.

AASP 428 Special Topics in Black Development (3)

A multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary educational experience concerned with questions rele- vant to the development of black people everywhere. Development implies political, economic, so- cial, and cultural change among other things. Consequently, a number of topics may be examined and studied.

AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Culture (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists around the world. Emphasis is placed upon contributions of the black man in Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to the literary arts, the musical arts, the performing arts, and the visual arts. Course content will be established in terms of those ideas and concepts which reflect the cultural climate of the era in which they were produced. Attention to individual compositions and works of art through lectures, concepts, field trips, and audio-visual devices.

AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education

AEED 423 Extension Communications (3)

An introduction to communications in teaching and within an organization, including barriers to communication, the diffusion process and the application of communication principles person to per- son, with groups and through mass media.

AEED 426 Development and Management of Extension Youth Programs (3)

Designed for present and prospective state leaders of extension youth programs. Program devel- opment, principles of program management, leadership development and counseling; science, career selection and citizenship in youth programs, field experience in working with youth from low in- come families, urban work.

AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Extension Education (3)

Concepts involved in working with groups planning extension and continuing education pro- grams. Analysis of group behavior and group dynamics related to small groups and development of a competence in the selection of appropriate methods and techniques.

AEED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3)

Examination of the many aspects of rural life that affectand are affected by changes in technical, natural and human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role which diverse organizations, agencies

202 Graduate Course Descriptions

and institutions play in the education and adjustment of rural people to the demands of modem so- ciety.

AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3)

Topics examined include conditions under which people in poverty exist, factors giving rise to such conditions, problems faced by the rural poor, and the kinds of assistance they need to rise out of poverty. Topics and issues are examined in the context of rural-urban interrelationships and their effects on rural poverty. Special attention is given to past and present programs designed to alleviate poverty and to considerations and recommendations for future action.

AEED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Concentration on subject matter. Taken concurrently with AEED 497 in summer season.

AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1)

Current problems and trends in rural education.

Prerequisite: consent of department. Planned field experience for both major and non-major stu- dents. Repeatable to a maximum of four credits.

AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Methods of teaching conservation included. Taken concurrently with AEED 487 in summer season.

AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: staff approval.

AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in Agricultural Education (2-3)

Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selection and organization of course content, criteria and procedures for evaluating programs.

AEED 626 Program Development in Adult and Continuing Education (3)

Concepts in program planning and development. Study and analysis of program design and implementation in adult and continuing education.

AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Continuing Education (3)

Prerequisite: AEED 626 or consent of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation concepts as they relate specifically to adult continuing education. Program evaluation concepts, issues and prob- lems with emphasis on the use of evaluation procedures.

AEED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5)

The student assists in the development of an educational program in an institutional or communi- ty setting. He also develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the program. Seminar ses- sions are based on the actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, and evaluating programs. Repeatable to a maximum of five credits.

AEED 630 Teaching-Learning in Adult and Continuing Education (3)

The teaching/learning process in adult continuing education. Instructional techniques and metho- dologies appropriate for adults. The curriculum development process. Issues and priorities in adult continuing education.

AEED 631 Seminar in Adult Basic Education (3)

The social context of illiteracy. Problems and issues in literacy education. Existing strategies of adult basic education (ABE).

AEED 632 International Extension/ Adult Education (3)

The state of extension/adult education in other countries. The social context of extension/adult education in selected countries. Analysis of existing extension/adult education programs and the contributions of these systems to the field.

AEED —Agricultural and Extension Education 203

AEED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3)

Studies the process through which adults have and use opportunities to leam systematically under the guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A variety of program areas will be reviewed giving the student an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for adults.

AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3)

First semester. Analysis of structure and function of rural society and application of social un- derstandings to educational processes.

AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3)

First semester. Theories of leadership are emphasized. Techniques of identifying formal and in- formal leaders and the development of rural lay leaders.

AEED 691 Research Methods in Adult and Continuing Education (3)

The scientific method, problem identification, survey of research literature, preparing research plans, design of studies, experimentation, analysis of data and thesis writing.

AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: approval of staff.

AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1)

Summer session. Identification of experiences and activities in an effective student teaching pro- gram, responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and evaluation of student teaching.

AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3)

May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided content is different.

AEED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3)

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several agencies of rural and/or vocational education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight credits.

AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

AEED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1)

AEED 888 Apprenticeship in Education ( 1-8)

Prerequisites: experience, a master's degree, and at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students whose application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the other persons involved.

AEED 889 Internship in Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Internships in the major area of study for experienced students who are assigned to an appropriate school system, educational institution, or agency in a situation different than that in which the student is regularly employed.

AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

AGRI — Agriculture

AGRI 411 Biology and Management of Shellfish (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week.

Prerequsite: one year of biology or zoology. Field trips. Identification, biology, management, and culture of commercial important molluscs and Crustacea. The shellfisheries of the world, with em- phasis on those of the northwestern Atlantic Ocean and the Chesapeake Bay.

AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture (1-4)

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. A lecture series organized to study in depth a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated with one of the existing pro- grams.

204 Graduate Course Descriptions

AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the Agricultural Sciences (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Organization of research projects and pre- sentation of experimental results in the field of agricultural science. Topics included will be: sources of research financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and industrial sup- ported research programs, and popular presentation of research data.

AGRO — Agronomy

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 213. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plant and perennial forage species.

AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improve- ment of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco produc- tion. Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed.

AGRO 405 Turf Management (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of principles and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields and highways for commerical sod production.

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3)

Prerequisites: BOTN 101, and AGRO 100: or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A general look at world grasslands; production and management requirements of major grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage and pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar development and release; seed pro- duction and distribution of improved cultivars.

AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3)

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A study of principles and practices of corn, small grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans and other oil seed crops. A study of seed production, processing, distribution and federal and state seed control programs of corn, small grains and soybeans.

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3)

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological na- ture and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated.

AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3)

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop production.

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil erosion control, and the effect of conservation practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil and water conservation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips.

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4)

Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. Processes and factors of soil genesis. Taxonomy of soils of the world by U.S. System. Laboratory covers soil morphological characteris- tics, composition, classification, survey and field trips to examine and describe soils.

AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land and the environmental implica- tions of soil utilization. Interpretation of soil information and soil surveys as applied to both agricul- tural and non-agricultural problems. Incorporation of soil data into legislation, environmental stan-

AGRO —Agronomy 205

dards and land use plans.

AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and a course in physics, or permission of instructor. A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity.

AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertil- izer requirements.

AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 302, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study of biochemical processes involved in the formation and decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance of soil- biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition will be considered.

AGRO 423 Soil- Water Pollution (3)

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of instructor. Reaction and fate of pesti- cides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with emphasis on their relation to the environment.

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2)

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordination of information from various courses in the development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to differnet objectives in various areas of the state and nation.

AGRO 453 Weed Control (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical her- bicides in the control of weeds.

AGRO 483 Plant Breeding Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 and consent of instructor. Current plant breeding research being con- ducted at The University of Maryland and USDA at Beltsville. Discussion with plant breeders about pollination techniques, breeding methods, and program achievements and goals. Field trips to se- lected USDA laboratories.

AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy ( 1-3)

Prerequisites: AGRO 302, 406, 407 or permission of instructor. A detailed study, including a written report of an important problem in agronomy.

AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding I (2)

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic and cytogenetic theories as related to plant breed- ing including interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms.

AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2)

Prerequisites: AGRO 601 and a graduate statistics course. Quantitative inheritance in plant breed- ing including genetic constitution of a population, continuous variation, estimation of genetic vari- ances, heterosis and inbreeding, heritability, and population movement.

AGRO 608 Research Methods U-4)

Prerequisite: permission of department. Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop and soil research of the Maryland Agriculture Experiment Station or review and dis- cussion of literature on specific agricultural problems or new research techniques. Repeatable to a maximum of four credits.

206 Graduate Course Descriptions

AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. A continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements neces- sary for plant growth.

AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4)

Prerequisite: permission of department. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. Repeatable to a maximum of four credits.

AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1)

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. Degree, 6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

AGRO 802 Breeding For Resistance to Plant Pests (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252, BOTN 221, AGRO 403, or permission of instructor. A study of the development of breeding techniques for se- lecting and utilizing resistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect of resistance on the interrelationships of host and pest.

AGRO 804 Design and Analysis of Crop Research (3)

Field plot technique, application of statistcal of application of statistical analysis to agronomic da- ta, and preparation of the research project.

AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2)

Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 plus advanced training in plant sciences. Major emphasis will be on physiological processes affecting yield and productivity of major food fiber and industrial crops of the world. Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration, nitrogen metabolism will be related to crop growth as affected by management decisions. Topics of discussion will also include growth analysis and the use of computer modeling of crop growth by plant scientists.

AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2)

Two lectures a week.

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or permission of instructor. The importance of chemical structure in relation to biologically signifi- cant reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances in herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposi- tion and movement in the soil will also be studied.

AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and legumes to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, humidity, lenght of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices. Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical composition, quality. and persistence of forages will be considered.

AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with em- phasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry.

AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4)

Soil minerals, with emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the viewpoint of soil genesis and physical chemistry. Mineralogical analyses by x-ray and chemical techniques.

AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of physical properties of soils.

AGRO —Agronomy 207

AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

AMST — American Studies

AMST 418 Cultural Themes in America (3)

Examination of structure and development of American culture through themes such as "the dynamics of change and conflict", "culture and mental disorders", "race", "ethnicity", "regionalism", "landscape", "humor". Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3)

Investigation of a decade, period, or generation as a case study in significant social change with- in an American context. Case studies include "Puritan dynamics in American culture, 1630-1700", "Antebellum America, 1840-1860", "American culture in the Great Depression". Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3)

Topics in popular culture studies, including the examination of particular genres, themes, and issues. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3)

Examination of the relationship between literature and society: including literature as cultural communication and the institutional framework governing its production, distribution, conservation and evaluation.

AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Studies (3)

AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3)

AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3)

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar: Material Aspects of American Civilization (3)

Class meets at the Smithsonian.

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected Aspects of American Civilization (3)

Class meets at the Smithsonian.

AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3)

This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to pursue independent, interdis- ciplinary research and reading in specific aspects of American culture under the supervision of a fa- culty member. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3)

Research and writing in American studies. Repeatable to six credits, provided topics are differ- ent.

AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ANSC — Animal Science

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental role of all nutrients in the body including their digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man.

ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisites: MATH 1 10, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A critical study of those fac- tors which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in formulation of economically efficient rations will be presented.

208 Graduate Course Descriptions

ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3)

Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical and physiological modifications employed by animals adapted to certain stressful environments will be considered. Particular empha- sis will be placed on the problems of temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas for consideration will include: animals in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving ani- mals and animals in high altitudes.

ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1)

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management.

ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. This course gives basic instruction in the nature of dis- ease: including causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects and prevention and control of the common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poul- try.

ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3)

A comprehensive course in care and management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the different species. Disease prevention and regulations for maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will be required.

ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. A study of parasitic diseases resulting from protozoan and Helminth infection and arthropod infestation. Emphasis on parasites of veterinary importance: their identification; life cycles, pathological effects and control by management.

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory.

An introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and mammals with their environment, po- pulation dynamics and the principles of wildlife management.

ANSC 421 Swine Production (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: ANSC 101, 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of swine production systems in- cluding the principles of animal science for the efficient and economical management of swine breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing.

ANSC 422 Meats (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: ANSC 221. A course designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food and the factors influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of characteristics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory periods are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets and University Meats Laboratory.

ANSC 423 Beef Production (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 401. Application of various phases of animal science to the management and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine.

ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of sheep production systems including the principles of animal science for the efficient and economical management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing.

ANSC —Animal Science 209

ANSC 425 Herpetology (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of beef production systems including the principles of animal science for the efficient and economical management of beef breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing.

ANSC 427 Principles of Breeding II (3)

Prerequisites: ANSC 327 and BIOM 401 or permission of instructor. Advanced theory of quanti- tive and population genetics applicable to the artificial evolution of domestic livestock.

ANSC 430 Topics in Equine Science (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week.

Prerequisites: ANSC 211, 212, 230. Pre- or corequisite, ANSC 401. Specific problems of impor- tance to the equine industry, including such areas as nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics and pathology.

ANSC 431 Horse Production (2)

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week.

Laboratory and assigned project to be performed at University of Maryland Horse Farm, Ellicott City, Md. Prerequisite: ANSC 101, 210, 211, 230 and consent of department. Field trips. Application of equine science principles to the management and production of horses.

ANSC 432 Breeding Farm Management (2)

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: ANSC 211, 212, 230 and consent of department. Animal equine science principles in the management of equine breeding establishments. Field trips.

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation (3)

Prerequisites: ANSC 212 or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. The physiology and biochemistry of milk production in domestic animals, particularly cattle. Mammary gland development and maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed lactating gland. Abnormalities of the mammary gland.

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3)

Prerequisites: AREC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns associated with each seg- ment. The economic impact of pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent developments in animal nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and agronomic prac- tices are discussed as they apply to management of a dairy herd.

ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction (3)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive processes in domesticated and wild mammals.

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction Laboratory (1)

Pre- or corequisites: ANSC 446. One three-hour laboratory per weeK. Animal handling, artificial insemination procedures and analytical techniques useful in animal management and reproductive re- search. Not open to students who have credit for ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976.

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2)

(Alternate even years) one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: a basic course in animal physiology. The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive sys- tem. Special emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates.

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physio- logy of embryonic development as related to principles of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry are discussed.

ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: ANSC 401/NUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. Digestibility studies with ruminant and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food pro-

210 Graduate Course Descriptions

ducts, and feeding trials demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals.

ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101. Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication.

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 210. Gross and micro- scopic structure, dissection and demonstration.

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1)

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition.

ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1)

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatchery management prob- lems, egg and poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry.

ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife Management (3)

Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife management. This would include: fish stocking programs, Maryland deer management program, warm water fish management, acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl management, wild turkey management and regulations relative to the administration of these programs.

ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service personnel. One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in- structor and students will be presented each session.

ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2)

First semester. One one-hour lecture and one-three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: per- mission of instructor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemical aspects of the nutrition of ru- minants as compared to other animals.

ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 481 and 463. The role of miner- als in metabolism of animals and man. Topics to be covered include the role of minerals in energy metabolism, bone structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts.

ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3)

Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. Advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutrition including chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syndromes. A critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins with other substances and of certain laboratory techniques.

ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: per- mission of instructor. Theory of electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen preparation and techniques, operation of electron photography, interpretation of electron images, related instruments and techniques.

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2)

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461, or consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative descriptions of energy requirements and utilization.

ANSC 614 Proteins (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and

ANSC —Animal Science 21 1

metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance.

ANSC 626 Advanced Animal Breeding (3)

Prerequisites: ANSC 426, MATH 400, BIOM 603 or permission of instructor. Application of lin- ear models to genetic evaluation of domestic livestock. Introduction to estimation of components of variance in mixed linear models.

ANSC 641 Experimental Mammalian Surgery I (2)

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A course presenting the fundamentals of anesthesia and the art of experimental surgery, especially to obtain research preparations.

ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 641, permission of instructor. A course emphasizing ad- vanced surgical practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surgery and chronic vascu- larly isolated organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator systems, profound hypothermia, hemodialysis, infusion systems, implantation and transplantation procedures are taught.

ANSC 643 Research Methods (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: permission of in- structor. The application of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to problems in bio- logical research.

ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4)

First and second semesters.

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed.

ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or its equivalent. The role of the endocrines in reproduction is considered. Fertiltiy, sexual maturity, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of oviposition are studied. Comparative processes in birds and mammals are discussed.

ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANSC/NUSC 401; and either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and techniques desired for advanced nutri- tional research. The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals.

ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic Animals (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: a course in basic genetics and biochemis- try. The underlying physiological basis for genetic differences in production traits and selected mor- phological traits will be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and physiological traits will be studied.

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the Environment (2)

First semester. Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or permission of instructor. A detailed consideration of certain anatomical and physiological modifications employed by mamals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a library paper concerning a specific adaptation to an environmental stress.

ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3)

Prerequisite - ANSC 412. The characteristics and role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in dis- eases of domestic animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties, pathogenesis and types of disease, epizootiology, modes of transmission and prophylaxis.

ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3)

Prerequisite: MICB 460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial diseases of domestic and labora- tory animals. Emphasis on viruses of veterinary importance along with techniques for their propaga- tion, characterization and identification.

212 Graduate Course Descriptions

ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics of Domestic Animals (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current literature and research dealing with the principles of population genetics as they apply to breeding and selec- tion programs for the genetic improvement of domestic animals, population structure, estimation of genetic parameters, correlated characters, principles and methods of selection, relationship and sys- tems of mating.

ANSC 698 Seminar (1)

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific publications relating to animal science, or upon their research work, for presentation before and dis- cussion by the class; (I) recent advances; (2) nutrition; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry.

ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2)

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: ap- proval of staff. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of work the stu- dent is pursuing. ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ANTH —Anthropology

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology: Principles and Processes (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of the nature of human culture and its processes, both historical and functional. The approach will be topical and theoretical rather than descriptive.

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology: World Ethnography (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the world through an examination of the ways of selected representative societies.

ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania (3)

A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-historical problems will be emphasized.

ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa (3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples and cultures of Africa and their historical relationships, with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of the Sahara.

ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East (3)

A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will be dealt with in presenting this material.

ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest (3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, economic and social institutions, religion, and mythology of the Indians of the southwest United States.

ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America (3)

Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and cultures of North America north of Mexico and their historical relationships, including the effects of contact with European-derived po- pulations.

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America (3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background and modern social, economic and reli- gious life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and central America; processes of acculturation and currents in cultural development.

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples (3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey of the structures of non-literate and folk societies, covering both general principles and special regional developments.

ANTH —Anthropology 213

ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the religious systems of primitive and folk so- cieties, with emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects of culture.

ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy (3)

A survey of technology, food economy and general economic processes in non-industrial so- cieties.

ANTH 437 Politics and Government in Primitive Society (3)

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of important anthropological theories con- cerning this aspect of society.

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships.

ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of North and South America with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships.

ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the human skeleton, its morphology, measure- ment, and anatomic relationships.

ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. The gross anatomy of non-human primates. Laboratory dissection of various primate cadavers under supervision. Occasional lectures.

ANTH 463 Primate Studies (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A combination lecture and laboratory examination of non-human pri- mates. Major studies of various types that have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field.

ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the growth, development and age changes in the human body from conception through old age, including gross photographic, radiographic, and microscopic study of growth and variation.

ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or permission of the instructor. A laboratory study of the methods used to identify human remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of the role of the anthropo- logist in medico-legal investigation.

ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of human population genetics, dynamics and varia- tion, including anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics and hair microscopy.

ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology (1-6)

Field training in the collection and recording of ethnological data.

ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology (1-6)

Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey and excavation.

ANTH 601 Applied Anthropology (3)

History and theory of applied anthropology. The relationship between applied anthropology and other major subfields of the profession; the interdisciplinary and public context of application; prob- lems of significance and utility in applied work.

ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology (3)

History and current trends of cultural anthropological theory, as a basic orientation for graduate studies and research.

ANTH 606 Methods of Cultural Analysis I (3)

Objectives of cultural analysis and their relationship to policy and decision making. An introduc- tion to problem formulation, qualitative and quantative research design, and the conduct of research;

214 Graduate Course Descriptions

problems of reliability and validity in social research.

ANTH 607 Methods of Cultural Analysis II (3)

Advanced preparation in the analysis and review of social research. Case studies of the uses of cultural analysis in applied contexts (i.e., social indicators, evaluation, impact assessment, fore- casting).

ANTH 61 1 Management and Cultural Process (3)

Basic principles of managing cultural and human resources, decision-making in public and pri- vate contexts. The diversity and types of cultural resources (archeological, historical, folk and socio- cultural), and their recognition and value in contemporary society; introduction to the identification, protection and professional management of cultural resources.

ANTH 620 Strategies for Cultural Understanding (3)

The political, scientific, bureaucratic, and ideological background to decision making in the pub- lic and private sectors.

ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of the nature of the interrelationships be- tween human cultures and the natural environmentals in which they exist.

ANTH 630 Quantitative Approaches to Applied Anthropology (3)

Introduction to variety of statistical techniques applied to problems in policy and decision mak- ing. Practical experience in computer applications for problems in cultural analysis and management. The use of existing statistical data sources.

ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An examination of the principles and purposes involved in the gathering and interpretation of archaeological data.

ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change (3)

Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, innovation, fusion, integration, and cultural evolu- tion.

ANTH 688 Current Developments in Anthropology (3)

Detailed investigation of a current problem or research technique, the topic to be chosen in accor- dance with faculty interests and student needs. May be repeated, as content varies, for a total of not more than nine semester hours.

ANTH 689 Special Problems in Anthropology (1-6)

ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in Ethnology (1-6) Offered in the summer session only.

ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Archaeology (1-6) Offered in the summer session only.

ANTH 701 Internship Preparation (3)

Preparation for internship includes practicum training in development, presentation and evaluation of position papers, proposals and work plans: literature search and use of secondary data sources in decision making affecting cultural analysis and management. Ethics and professional development for work in non-academic settings.

ANTH 705 Internship (6-12)

Prerequisite: ANTH 701. Problem-oriented internship with an appropriate public agency or pri- vate institution under the direction of a faculty and agency supervisor.

ANTH 712 Internship Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 705. The preparation and presentation ofintemship reports; development of skills in report writing and presentation. The completion of a professional quality report based on the internship experience. Review of problems in ethics and professional development.

APDS —Applied Design 21 5

APDS — Applied Design

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3)

Two studio periods.

Prerequisite: APDS 33 1 . Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing compe- tency in one or more areas of advertising design.

APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3)

Two studio periods.

Prerequisite: APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing compe- tency in one or more areas of advertising design. ?

APDS 437 Advanced Photography (3)

Three studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337.

APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied Design (3-4)

Written consent of instructor. Open only to advanced students who, with guidance, can work independently.

ARCH —Architecture

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio I (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week.

Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural design including field problems. For ar- chitecture majors only.

ARCH 401 Architecture Studio II (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week.

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 with a grade of C or better. Continuation of ARCH 400. For architec- ture majors only.

ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week.

Prerequisite: ARCH 401 with a grade of C or better. Design projects involving the elements of environmental control, basic structural systems, building processes and materials. For architecture majors only.

ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 402 with a grade of C or better. Design projects involving forms generated by different structural systems, environ- mental controls and methods of construction. For architecture majors only.

ARCH 408 Selected Topics in Architecture Studio (1-6)

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Topical problems in archi- tecture and urban design. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided the content is different.

ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 312. Design of steel, timber, and reinforced concrete elements, and subsys- tems; analysis of architectural building systems. Introduction to design for both natural and man- made hazards.

ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications For Buildings (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings and related techniques for reducing energy consumption.

ARCH 415 Illumination, Electrical and Systems Technology in Buildings (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 115 and PHYS 122. For architecture majors only. Theory, quantification, and architectural design applications for electrical systems, illumination, daylighting, communication systems, conveying systems, fire protection and plumbing.

216 Graduate Course Descriptions

ARCH 416 Advanced Architectural Structures (3)

Prerequisites: ARCH 403 and ARCH 412. Analysis of structural issues in architectural design; structure as an architectural form determinant; integration of architectural, structural and other tech- nical disciplines in building design.

ARCH 417 Advanced Environmental Technology in Buildings (3)

Prerequisites: ARCH 403, 313, and 415. Analysis of environmental technology issues in architec- tural design; mechanical systems, illumination and acoustics as architectural form determinants; inte- gration of environmental technology systems and related technical disciplines in building design.

ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Science (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is different.

ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural Science (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits.

ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor. American architecture from the late 17th to the 20th century.

ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical prob- lems in American architecture.

ARCH 422 History of Greek Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Greek architecture from 750-100 B.C.

ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Roman architecture from 500 B.C. To AD. 325.

ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Selected historical and modern theories of architectural design. For architecture majors only.

ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.

ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Architectural History (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Architecture of western Europe from the early Christian and Byzantine periods through the late Gothic, with consideration of parallel deve- lopments in the eastern world.

ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Renaisssance architectural principles and trends in the 15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in the Baroque period.

ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Architectural trends and principles from 1750 to the present, with emphasis on developments since the mid-19th century.

ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical prob- lems in modern architecture.

ARCH —Architecture 217

ARCH 436 History of Islamic Architecture (3)

Survey of Islamic architecture from the seventh through the eighteenth century.

ARCH 437 History of Pre-Columbian Architecture (3)

Architecture of Pre-Columbian Mexico and Central America from the Pre-Classic Period through the Spanish conquest.

ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 401. Studio work in visual design independent of architectural problem solving.

ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3)

One and one-half hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. Examination of the meaning of documentation and the use of photography in the evaluation of archi- tecture. Architecture students only, except by permission of the instructor.

ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3)

Two hours of lecture and two hours of studio per week.

Prerequisites: ARCH 401 and ARCH 343, or permission of the instructor. Visual principles of architectural design through graphic analysis.

ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3)

Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 337 or JOUR 351; and consent of instructor. Advanced study of photographic criticism through empirical methods, for students proficient in photographic skills. Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (4-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.

ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3)

Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and techniques, dealing with normative, urban, structural, economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a process. Architectural majors or by permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced investigation into problems of analysis and evaluation of the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on physi- cal and social considerations, effects of public policies, through case studies. Field observations.

ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A case study of urban development issues, dealing primari- ly with socio-economic aspects of changes in the built environment.

ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3)

Theories of planning and design of urban spaces, building complexes, and new communities.

ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3)

Principles and methods of site analysis; the influence of natural and man-made site factors on site design and architectural form. For architecture majors only, or by permission of instructor.

218 Graduate Course Descriptions

ARCH 461 Design and Energy (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 402 and ARCH 415. Two hours of seminar, two hours of laboratory each week. Energy strategies in building related to the broader context of architectural problem solving.

ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 or permission of instructor. Introduction to computer programming and utilization, with emphasis on architectural applications.

ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture (3)

Introduction to economic factors influencing architectural form and design, including land economics, real estate, financing, project development, financial planning, construction and cost control.

ARCH 475 Advanced Architectural Construction and Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ARCH 375 and 403. Processes of construction, assembly, integration, and coord- ination of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and structural aspects of building; special attention to design development of building details.

ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural Preservation (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation in America, with emphasis on the problems and techniques of community preservation.

ARCH 481 The Architect in Archaeology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The role of the architect in field archaeology and the analysis of excavating, recording, and publishing selected archaeological expeditions.

ARCH 482 The Archaeology of Roman and Byzantine Palestine (3)

Archaeological sites in Palestine (Isreal and Jordan) from the reign of Herod the Great to the Moslem conquest.

ARCH 483 Field Archaeology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Participation in field archaeology with an excavation offi- cially recognized by proper authorities of local government.

ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preservation (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the con- tent is different.

ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural Preservation (1-4)

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week.

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and urban design; studio options in advanced topical problems.

ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 600. Continuation of ARCH 600.

ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis in Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 416. Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of selected complex structural systems.

ARCH —Architecture 219

ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCHHP416 or permission of instructor. Theory and application of selected complex structural systems as they relate to architectural decisions.

ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 415 AND 417 or permission of instructor. Qualitative analysis of selected environmental systems and design determinants.

ARCH 654 Urban Development and Design Theory (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced investigation into planning, development, and urban design theory and practice.

ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the sub- ject matter is different.

ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6)

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Continuation of ARCH 601.

ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Project management, organizational, legal, economic and ethical aspects of architecture.

ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3)

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Directed research and preparation of thesis program.

ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) Prerequisites: ARCH 700 AND 797.

ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403. An introduction to agricultural price behavior. The use of price infor- mation in the decision-making process, the relation of supply and demand in determining agricultural prices, and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the marketing system. Elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of parity and the role of price support programs in agricultural decisions.

AREC 405 Economics of Agricultural Production (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 403 and MATH 220. The use and application of production economics in agriculture and resource industries through graphical and mathematical approaches. Production func- tions, cost functions, multiple product and joint production, and production processes through time.

AREC 407 Agricultural Finance (3)

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Application of economic principles to develop criteria for a sound farm business, including credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of ap- praising farm properties, the summary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective control and profitable operation of the farm business.

AREC 414 Agricultural Business Management (3)

Prerequisite: AREC 250. The different forms of businesses. Management functions, business in- dicators, measures of performance, and operational analysis. Case studies are used to show applica- tions of management techniques.

AREC 427 Economics of Agricultural Marketing Systems (3)

Prerequiste: AREC 250. Basic economic theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural pro- ducts, including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current developments affecting market structure

220 Graduate Course Descriptions

including effects of contractual arrangement, vertical integration, governmental policies and regula- tion.

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy (3)

Development of natural resource policy and analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the use of natural resources. Examination of present policies and of conflicts between private individ- uals, public interest groups, and government agencies.

AREC 433 Eood and Agricultural Policy (3)

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Economic and political context of governmental involvement in the farm and food sector. Historical programs and current policy issues. Analysis of economic effects of agricultural programs, their benefits and costs, and comparison of policy alternatives. Analyzes the interrelationship among international development, agricultural trade and general economic and domestic agricultural policies.

AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the Quality of Life (3)

Prerequisite: AREC 250. An examination of the key aspects of the agricultural development of less developed countries related to resources, technology, cultural and social setting, population, in- frastructure, incentives, education, and government. Environmental impact of agricultural develop- ment, basic economic and social characteristics of peasant agriculture, theories and models of agri- cultural development, selected aspects of agricultural development planning.

AREC 453 Natural Resources and Public Policy (3)

Prerequisites: AREC 250 or ECON 203. Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory, methodology, and policies concerned with the allocation of natural resources among alternative uses. Optimum state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard, and cost-benefit analysis.

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agriculture (3)

An introduction to the application of econometric techniques to agricultural problems with em- phasis on the assumptions and computational techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single equation models. Includes linear and non- linear regression models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis and factor analysis.

AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resources Economics (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits.

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3)

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a basic understanding of the development of economic and political thought as a foundation for under- standing our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequisite: acceptance in the honors program of the department of agricultural and resource economics.

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3)

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1850 to the present. This couse contin- ues the development of a basic understanding of economic and political thought begun in AREC 495 by the examination of modem problems in agricultural and resource economics in the light of the material read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: successful completion of AREC 495 and registration in the honors program of the department and resource economics.

AREC 615 Agricultural and Resource Economics Research Techniques (3)

Philosophy and basic objectives of research in the field of agricultural and resource economics. Econometric techniques and tools applied to agricultural and resource economics.

AREC 639 Internship in Resource Management (2-4)

Prerequisite: permission of major advisor and department chairman. Open only to graduate stu- dents in the arec resource management curriculum. Repeatable to a maximum of four hours.

AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Agriculture Business and Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The application of mathematical programming to solve a wide variety of problems in agriculture, business and economics. Emphasis on modeling large-scale systems and interpreting results.

AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 221

AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3)

First and second semester. Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on the persons available for teaching unique and specialized phases of agricultural and resource economics. The course will be taught by the staff or visiting agricultural and resource economists who may be se- cured on lectureship or visiting professor basis.

AREC 698 Seminar (1)

First and second semesters. Students will participate through study of problems in the field, re- porting to seminar members and defending positions adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will present ideas for analysis and discussion among class members. Students involved in original re- search will present progress reports. Class discussion will provide opportunity for constructive criti- cism and guidance.

AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Resource Economics (1-2)

First and second semesters and summer.

Intensive study and analysis of specific problems in the field of agricultural and resource economics, which provide information in depth in areas of special interest to the student.

AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand Analysis (3)

Second semester. An advanced study in the theory of: ( 1 ) the individual consumer, (2) household behavior, and (3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price and cross elasticities of demand, income elasticity of demand, and elasticity of substitution will be examined in detail. The use of demand theory in the analysis of welfare problems, market equilibrium (with special emphasis on trade) and the problem of insufficient and excessive aggregate demand will be discussed.

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3)

First semester. Study of the more complex problems involved in the long-range adjustments, or- ganization and operation of farm resources, including the impact of new technology and methods. Applications of the theory of the firm, linear programming, activity analysis and input-output analy- sis.

AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3)

Theory and practice of the complex functional and institutional aspects of food distribution sys- tems analyzed from the perspective of management decision-making in the food industry. Possible long range economic effects of current structural adjustments: social and ecological aspects of food industry management decision-making.

AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income Policy (3)

Second semester, alternate years, 1973. The evolution of agricultural policy in the united states, emphazing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon agricultural production, prices and income.

AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3)

Economic theory, policies and practices in international trade in agricultural products. Principal theories of international trade and finance, agricultural trade policies of various countries, and agri- cultural trade practices.

AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic Development (3)

First semester, alternate years, 1972. Theories and concepts of what makes economic develop- ment happen. Approaches and programs for stimulating the transformation from a primitive agricul- tural economy to an economy of rapidly developing commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis of selected agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and Latin America.

AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Assessment and evaluation of our natural, capital, and human resources; the use of economic theory and various techniques to guide the allocation of these re- sources within a comprehensive framework; and the institutional arrangements for using these re- sources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite.

222 Graduate Course Descriptions

AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ARTE —Art Education

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3)

ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ARTH —Art History

ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3)

Survey of Greek and Roman frescoes and panels; study of extant paintings and lost works known only through literary sources.

ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3)

Greek art and archaeology from 1000 B.C. To 50 B.C.

ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3)

Roman art and archaeology from Etruscan origins to Diocletian.

ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3)

Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean.

ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3)

Survey of Japanese painting from the sixth through the sixteenth centuries, including traditional Buddhist painting, narrative scrolls, and Zen-related ink painting.

ARTH 406 Arts of China (3)

Chinese art from pre-history through the 14th century, with special focus on painting, sculpture, and minor arts.

ARTH 407 Arts of Japan (3)

A survey of Japanese art from pre-history through 14th century, concentrating on architecture, sculpture and painting.

ARTH 410 Early Christian - Early Byzantine Art (3)

Sculpture, painting, architecture, and the minor arts from about 312 TO 726 A.D.

ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726 - 1453 (3)

Sculpture, painting, architecture and the minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D.

ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. First semester will stress Romanesque.

ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. Second semester will stress the Gothic period.

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 15th Century (3)

Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany.

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 16th Century (3)

Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany.

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 to 1430.

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1430 to 1475.

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 to 1500.

ARTH —Art History 223

ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 to 1525.

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major southern European centers in the 17th century.

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major northern European centers in the 17th century.

ARTH 434 French Painting (3)

French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to Poussin.

ARTH 435 French Painting (3)

French painting from 1600 to 1800. From Le Brun to David.

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism.

ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe. From Realism, to Impressionism and Symbolism.

ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-Impressionism (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor. History of Impressionism and Neo- Impressionism: artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence on 20th century.

ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 19th century to 1920.

ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the present.

ARTH 452 History of Photography (3)

History of photography as art from 1839 to the present.

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Sculpture (3)

Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of sculpture during the 20th century.

ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261, or consent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists.

ARTH 462 African Art (3)

First semester, the cultures west of the Niger river (Nigeria through Mali) FROM 400 B.C. To the present. The art is studied through its iconography and function in the culture and the intercultur- al influences upon the artists, including a study of the societies, cults and ceremonies during which the art was used.

ARTH 463 African Art (3)

Second semester, the cultures east and south of Nigeria. The art is studied through its iconogra- phy and function in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the artists, including a study of the societies, cults and ceremonies during which the art was used.

ARTH 464 African Art Research (3)

Seminar with concentration on particular aspects of African art. The course is given at the Museum of African Art in Washington, D. C.

ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3)

Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods.

ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3)

Art of the 19th and 20th centuries.

ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3)

The visual arts of Black Americans from the Colonial period through the 19th century, including crafts and decorative arts.

224 Graduate Course Descriptions

ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans II (3)

The visual arts of Black Americans in the 20th century, including crafts and decorative arts.

ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900 (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from the Colonial period to 1900.

ARTH 477 History of American Art Since 1900 (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from 1900 to the present.

ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I (2-3)

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for cred- it if content differs.

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II (2-3)

ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3)

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th and 12th centuries; regional styles; relation- ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content.

ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3)

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 1 1th and 12th centuries; regional styles; relation- ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content.

ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3)

Prerequisite: ART 423 or permission of instructor. Mannerism in Europe during the 16th century; beginnings in Italy; ramifications in France, Germany. Flanders, Spain; painting, architecture, and sculpture.

ARTH 634 French Painting From Lebrun to Gericault: 1715-1815 (3)

Development of iconography and style from the Baroque to neo-Classicism and Romanticism. Trends and major artists.

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3)

Prerequisite: ART 440 OR 441 or equivalent. Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors, David, Gericault, landscape schools; Manet; artistic and social theories; realism outside France.

ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed examination of the art of a individual country in the 12th century: France. Germany, Italy, Spain, England.

ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. The "Eight," the Armory show, American abstrac- tion, romantic-realism, new deal art projects, American surrealism and expressionism.

ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3)

Methods of research and criticism applied to typical art-historical problems; bibliography and oth- er research tools. May be taken for credit one or two semesters.

ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3)

ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3)

ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3)

For advanced graduate students, by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for credit if content differs.

ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor.

ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 402. 403 or permission of instructor.

ARTH —Art History 225

ARTH 708 Seminar in Japanese Painting (3)

Prerequisite - ARTH 406 OR 407 or permission of instructor. Japanese painting of the 14th through 16th centuries, and its origins in Chinese models. Course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits if the content differs.

ARTH 709 Seminar in Early Christian and Byzantine Art (3)

Prerequisite - ARTH 410 OR 41 1 or permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for a max- imum of six credits if the content differs.

ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 412, 413 or permission of instructor.

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian Renaissance Art (3)

Problems selected from significant themes in the field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture, 1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if content differs.

ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century European Art (3)

ARTH 740 Seminar in Romanticism (3)

Problems derived from the development of romantic art during the 18th and 19th centuries.

ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century European Art (3)

Problems derived from the period starting with David and ending with Cezanne.

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3)

ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor.

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art (3)

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 20th centuries; Mexicanismo; the "mural renaissance"; architectural regionalism.

ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century American Art (3)

Problems in architecture and painting from the end of the Colonial period until 1860.

ARTH 780 Seminar: Problems in Architectural History and Criticism (3)

ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art History (3)

Art historical sources from Pliny to Malraux.

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ARTS —Art Studio

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: either ARTS 220, 330 OR 340. Investigation and execution of process oriented art. Group and individual experimental projects.

ARTS 418 Drawing (3)

Six hours per week.

Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Original compositions from the figure and nature, supplemented by problems of personal and expressive drawing. Repeatable for total of 12 credits.

ARTS 428 Painting (3)

Six studio hours per week.

Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Original compositions based upon nature, figure, still life and expres- sive painting emphasizing development of personal directions. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.

226 Graduate Course Descriptions

ARTS 438 Sculpture (3)

Six studio hours per week.

Prerequisite: One 300 level sculpture course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level elements of sculpture courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.

ARTS 448 Printmaking (3)

Six studio hours per week.

Prerequisites: One 300 level printmaking course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level elements of printmaking courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.

ARTS 468 Advanced Seminar in Studio Art (3)

Three studio, three discussion hours per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Relationship of student's work to historical and contemporary context. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours.

ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art (2-3)

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for cred- it if content differs.

ARTS 610 Drawing (3)

Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. Wide variety of media.

ARTS 614 Drawing (3)

Traditional materials and methods including oriental, sumi ink drawing and techniques of classi- cal european masters.

ARTS 616 Drawing (3)

Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and preparation of large scale mural compositions.

ARTS 620 Painting (3)

ARTS 624 Painting (3)

ARTS 626 Painting (3)

ARTS 627 Painting (3)

ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3)

ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3)

ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture (3)

For advanced students, methods of armature building, and the use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, and plastic materials.

ARTS 637 Sculpture: Casting and Foundry (3)

The traditional methods of plaster casting and the complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, sand-casting and newer methods, such as cold metal process.

ARTS 640 Printmaking (3)

Advanced problems. Relief process.

ARTS 644 Printmaking (3)

Advanced problems. Intaglio process.

ARTS 646 Printmaking (3)

Advanced problems. Lithographic process.

ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking (3)

ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours.

ARTS —Art Studio 227

ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (3)

Preparation and execution of a wall decoration.

ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3)

For advanced graduate students by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for credit if content differs.

ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ASTR — Astronomy

ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3)

Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 420 or PHYS 421 or consent of instructor. Stellar atmospheres, stellar structure and evolution, neutron stars and black holes.

ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic Astrophysics (3)

Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. A survey of the physics of the interstellar medium and of astrophysics as it relates to galaxies and cosmology.

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263, and 3 credits in astronomy. An introduction to current methods of obtaining astronomical information. Emphasis on optical and radio techniques, with brief cover- age of X-ray, ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on understanding how instruments af- fect the data.

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3)

Prerequisite: ASTR 410. Laboratory work with photographic and photoelectric techniques and with components of radio telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving observations with various instruments. Often requires all-night observing sessions.

ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Methods of galac- tic research, stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy, study of our own and nearby galaxies.

ASTR 430 The Solar System (3)

Prerequisite - MATH 246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 294, or consent of instructor. The structure of planetary atmospheres, radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote sensing of planetary surfaces, interior structure of planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of asteroids, satellite systems, and solar system evolution.

ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Properties of nor- mal and peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars; expansion of the universe and cos- mology.

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3)

Three lectures a week.

Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of motion.

ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6)

Prerequisite: major in physics or astronomy and/or consent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit according to work done.

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3)

Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar atmospheres, or consent of instructor. Oberservational methods, line formation, curve of growth, equation of transfer, stars with large envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars.

228 Graduate Course Descriptions

ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3)

Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar interiors, or consent of in- structor. A study of stellar structure and evolution: energy transfer and generation in the interior of a star, the structure of stars including problems of turbulence, determination of chemical composition, non-homogeneous stars, pulsating stars, novae, evolution of both young and old stars, the final stages of stellar evolution.

ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3)

Prerequisites: ASTR 420, 410, 411, or consent of the instructor. Current methods of research into galactic structure, kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynamical theory. Optical and radio obser- vational methods and current results. Review of presently-determined distribution and kinematics of the major constituents of the galaxy. Evolution of the galaxy.

ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3)

Three lectures per week.

Prerequisite: PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolution of dynamical systems encountered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body problem, statistical treatment of encounters, study of dynamical problems in connection with star clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity stars. ?

ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3)

Three lectures per week.

Prerequisite: PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of interplanetary space, the solar wind, com- ets and meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of particles in the earth's magnetic field.

ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 411 AND 422 or their equivalents, or consent of instructor. The first se- mester survey of the theoretical tools of astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynamics applied to in- terstellar and solar phenomena. Radiation of high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar atmo- spheres.

ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3)

Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or consent of instructor. Brief survey of stellar structure and evolution, and the physics of the interstellar medium and the solar atmosphere.

ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 422, ASTR 400 or consent of instructor. A detailed study of solar atmo- sphere. Physics of solar phenomena, such as solar flares, structure of the corona, etc.

ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3)

Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief introduction to interstellar matter, or consent of in- structor. A study of the physical properties of interstellar gas and dust: regions of ionized hydrogen, regions of neutral hydrogen, the problems of interstellar dust and molecules.

ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special topics such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma as- trophysics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstellar medium, radiophysics of the sun.

ASTR 698 Seminar (1)

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the contents var- ied each year. One credit for each semester. There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually on topics related to their own work.

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astronomy (1-6)

ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3)

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ASTR —Astronomy 229

BCHM —Biochemistry

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 243 or 245; or permission of instructor. A comprehensive introduction to general biochemistry. The chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins.

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3)

Prerequisite: BCHM 461. A continuation of BCHM 461

BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre or corerequisite: BCHM 461.

BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisite: CHEM 483 or BCHM 463, pre or corequisite: BCHM 462.

BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2)

Prerequisite: BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or consent of instructor.

BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent.

BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2)

Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent.

BCHM 671 Protein Chemistry and Enzymic Catalysis (3)

Principles of protein structure and function, characterization of active sites, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, antibody structure.

BCHM 672 Biological Membranes (3)

Organization of biological membranes, metabolism of membrane lipids, membrane proteins, in- cluding receptors, membrane functions including bioenergetics and transport, assembly of mem- branes.

BCHM 673 Regulation of Metabolism (3)

Intracellular milieu, compartmentation, metabolic and enzymic approaches to identifying control points, regulation by covalent modification of enzymes, metabolic disorders.

BCHM 674 Nucleic Acids (3)

Chemistry of nucleotides and polynucleotides, organization of cells and genome from viruses to eukaryotes, dna replication, rna synthesis, ribosome biogenesis, regulation of protein synthesis.

BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6)

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a re- search environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

BCHM 898 Seminar (1)

BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) BIOL —Biology

BIOL 501 Life Science for Middle School Teachers I (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

An introductory lecture/laboratory course for teachers emphasizing the process and interdepend- ence of living organisms, their general organization and association with humans in natural ecosys- tems. Discussion of the genetic and evolutionary process involved in the continuity of life.

230 Graduate Course Descriptions

BIOL 502 Life Science for Middle School Teachers II (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: BIOL 501. A second-level lecture/laboratory course that provides a general introduc- tion to the classification, anatomy and physiology of plants and animals, with a special emphasis on humans.

BIOL 503 Life Science for Middle School Teachers III (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: BIOL 502. A third-level laboratory/field course that investigates the ecology and natural history of the Chesapeake Bay and man's relationship to it.

BIOM — Biometrics

BIOM 401 Biostatistics I (4)

Three lectures and one discussion per week.

Prerequisite: MATH 115, BIOM 301, or permission of the instructor. Descriptive statistics, probability models useful in biology, expectations, hypothesis testing, sign test, goodness of fit tests, central limit theorem, point and interval estimates, analysis of variance, regression, correla- tion, sampling, rank tests. Emphasis on the uses and the limitations of these methods in biology.

BIOM 405 Computer Applications in Biometrics (1)

One, 2-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. An introduction to computer usage in statistical analyses. Topics include file manipulation, formating data, transformations, descriptive statistics, graphical di- splays of data, and several introductory inferential statistical procedures.

BIOM 420 Sampling Techniques in Biometrics (3)

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or permission of the instructor. Methods of sampling: probability, ran- dom, cluster, stratified, inverse; ratio estimates methods in field surveys: mark recapture studies, line transect sampling; surveys, design of collection forms; sample size calculations. Emphasis on the use of these methods in biological research.

BIOM 602 Biostatistics II (3)

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. The principles of experimental design and analysis of vari- ance and co variance.

BIOM 603 Biostatistics III (3)

Corequisite: BIOM 604. Prerequisites: BIOM 602 and BIOM 405 or equivalent. Applications of the general linear model to the life sciences.

BIOM 604 Linear Models Computer Laboratory (1)

Two hours of laboratory per week.

Corequisite: BIOM 603. Prerequisite: BIOM 405. Implementation of linear model analyses com- mon to the life sciences.

BIOM 688 Topics in Biometrics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in various areas of bio- metrics. Credit assigned will depend on lecture and/or laboratory time scheduled and organization of the course.

BIOM 698 Special Problems in Biometrics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual study of a particular topic in biostatistics or biomathematics.

BIOM 699 Seminar in Biometrics (1)

BMGT — Business and Management

BMGT 402 Database and Data Communication Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 302. Introduction to database and data communications systems. Modeling and database construction using the three data models: network, relational and hierarchical.

BMGT — Business and Management 231

Implementation project using DMS 1100 database system. Data communications protocols and com- munications support software. Analysis of distributed systems and computer networks. Emphasis on new technologies.

BMGT 403 Systems Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 402. Techniques and tools applicable to the analysis and design of computer based information systems. System life cycle, requirements analysis, logical design of data bases, performance evaluation. Emphasis on case studies. Project required that involves the design, analysis and implementation of an information system.

BMGT 404 Seminar in Decision Support Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 301. Design of computer systems to solve business problems and to support decision making. Human and organizational factors are considered. Emphasis on case studies.

BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and practice of accounting as applied to governmental entities and not-for-profit associations.

BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3)

Prerequisites - BMGT 311 and 323. Federal taxation of corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and gratuitous transfers. Tools and techniques of tax research for compliance and planning.

BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, cur- rent problems and case studies in accounting.

BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, cur- rent problems and case studies in accounting.

BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. A study of the independent accountant's attest function, generally ac- cepted auditing standards, compliance and substantive tests, and report forms and opinions.

BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized topics and current problems. Emphasis on consolidated statements and partnership accounting.

BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 321. Advanced cost accounting with emphasis on managerial aspects of in- ternal record-keeping and control systems.

BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 422. An examination and in depth study of special auditing topics such as statistical sampling, professional ethics, EDP auditing, legal liability, and SEC accounting.

BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or consent of instructor. Model building involving an intensive study of the general linear stochastic model and the applications of this model to business problems. The model is derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the regression and anova for- mulations of the general linear model.

BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in Business (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231. Surveys ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimental design concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation are emphasized. Applications of these tech- niques to business problems in primarily the marketing and behavioral sciences are stressed.

BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design For Business and Economics (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231. Design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, stra- tified random sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster sampling designs are developed and com- pared for efficiency under varying assumptions about the population sampled. Advanced designs

232 Graduate Course Descriptions

such as multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are surveyed. Implementing these tech- niques in estimating parameters of business models is stressed.

BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or consent of instructor. Bayesian approach to the use of sample infor- mation in decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, expected returns, and expected utility are examined. Application of these concepts to decision-making in the firm in various con- texts are considered.

BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 220 or permission of instructor. Primarily for students majoring in manage- ment science and statistics. Linear programming, postoptimality analysis, network algorithms, dynamic programming, nonlinear programming and single variable minimization.

BMGT 435 Introduction to Applied Probability Models (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 220 and BMGT 231 or permission of the instructor. Stochastic models in management. Stochastic Markov processes, probabalistic inventory models, queueing theory, simula- tion, reliability theory and dynamic programming.

BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Management Science (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and applications of linear, integer, and nonlinear programming models to management decisions. Topics convered include the basic theorems of linear programming; the matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual Simplex al- gorithms; decomposition, cutting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gra- dient based algorithms; and quadratic programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model formula- tion and solution using prepared computer algorithms.

BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and MATH 240 or permission of the instructor. Selected topics in sta- tistical analysis which are relevant to management for students with knowledge of basic statistical methods. Topics include evolutionary operation and response surface analysis, forecasting tech- niques, pathologies of the linear model and their remedies, multivariate statistical models, and non- parametric models.

BMGT 440 Financial Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings relating to financial deci- sions of the firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution of financial problems is empha- sized.

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. Study and application of the concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially common stock.

BMGT 444 Futures Contracts and Options (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. The institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets in futures and options. Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, efficiency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options.

BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 430. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings in com- mercial bank management. The loan function is emphasized; also the management of liquidity re- serves, investments for income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, policies, organiza- tion, structure, services, and regulation are considered.

BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 230 AND 350. Recommended that BMGT 430 be taken prior to this course. This course is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research; the planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report preparation.

BMGT —Business and Management 233

BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. Recommended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. Considers the growing importance of the American consumer in the marketing system and the need to understand him. Topics include the foundation considerations underlying consumer behavior such as economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the consumer in marketing situations-as a buyer and user of products and services-and in relation to the various individual social and marketing factors affecting his behavior. The influence of marketing communications is also considered.

BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. The industrial and business sector of the marketing system is considered rather than the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial products range from raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant, business office, or institution. Topics include product planning and introduction, market analysis and forecasting, channels, pricing, field sales force management, advertising, marketing cost analysis, and govern- ment relations. Particular attention is given to industrial, business and institutional buying policies and practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior.

BMGT 454 International Marketing (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus any other marketing course. A study of the marketing functions from the viewpoint of the international executive. In addition to the coverage of international mar- keting policies relating to product adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of distribution, pricing, communications, and cost analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, and organizational aspects of international marketing.

BMGT 455 Sales Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in the management of people, resources and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems involved in sales organization, forecasting, planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. The applica- tion of quantitative techniques and pertinent behavioral science concepts in the management of the sales effort and sales force.

BMGT 456 Advertising (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 354. The role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of adver- tising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners; the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an adver- tising campaign, modern research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising and the organ- ization of the advertising business. (Not open for credit to students with credit for BMGT 352.)

BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3)

Prerequisite: three courses in marketing. Integrative decision making in marketing. Emphasis on consumer and market analysis and the appropriate decision models. Case studies are included.

BMGT 460 Personnel Management: Analysis and Problems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 360. Recommended, BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case analysis, simulation, and field investigations are used to develop a better understanding of personnel problems, alternative solutions and their practical ramifications.

BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3)

Case method analysis of the modem law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.

BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 362 or permission of instructor. Development and structure of labor relations in public sector employment; federal, state, and local government responses to unionization and col- lective bargaining.

BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 364. An examination of research and theory concerning the forces which contribute to the behavior of organizational members. Topics covered include: work group behavior,

234 Graduate Course Descriptions

supervisory behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication problems, organizational change, and organizational goals and design.

BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel Management (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This course is open only to the top one-third of undergraduate majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered during the fall semester of each year. Highlights major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations.

BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial problems facing land carriers; emphasis on rail and motor modes of transportation.

BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial problems facing air and water carriers; em- phasis on international and domestic aspects of air and water modes of transportation. (Not open for credit to students with credit for BMGT 472.)

BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical examination of current government transportation policy and proposed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are also considered.

BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the role of urban transportation in present and fu- ture urban development. The interaction of transport pricing and service, urban planning, institution- al restraints, and public land uses is studied.

BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 370, 372, 332. Application of the concepts of BMGT 372 to problem solving and special projects in logistics management; case analysis is stressed.

BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3)

The course examines the principal ideas in law stressing those which are relevant for the modem business executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country will be one of the central topics of study. Several leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the reasoning process as well as the interplay of business, philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of law which give direction to the process. Examination of contemporary legal problems and proposed solutions, especially those most likely to affect the business community, are also covered.

BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated industries as specific examples, attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and management.

BMGT 482 Business and Government (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of limitations on government regulation of private enterprise.

BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study of typical problems encountered by the factory manager. The objective is to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in management control of produc- tion and in the formulation of production policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, pro- duction planning and control, methods analysis, and time study.

BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3)

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of urban land and property. Included are such subjects as land use and valuation matters.

BMGT 493 Honors Study (3)

First semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: candidacy for honors in business and management. The course is designed for honors students who have elected to conduct intensive study (independent

BMGT — Business and Management 235

or group). The student will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the chairman of the honors committee. They shall determine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity de- serving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the study may be required by the faculty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program. Group meetings of the candidates may be called at the discretion of the faculty advisors and/or chairman of the honors committee.

BMGT 494 Honors Study (3)

Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued candidacy for hon- ors in Business and Management. The student shall continue and complete the research initiated in BMGT 493, additional reports may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and honors program chairman. Group meetings may be held.

BMGT 495 Business Policies (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 340, 350, 364, and senior standing. A case study course in which the aim is to have the student apply what they have learned of general management principles and their spe- cialized functional applications to the overall management function in the enterprise.

BMGT 496 Business and Society (3)

Prerequisite: one course in BMGT or consent of instructor. Normative role of business in society; consideration of the sometimes conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its objectives.

BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Management (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Special topics in business and management designed to meet the changing needs and interests of students and faculty. Repeatable to a maximum of six cred- its if the subject matter is different.

BMGT 501 Business Functions (4)

Intensive review of marketing and finance functions in the business enterprise. Credit not appli- cable to graduate degrees.

BMGT 505 Organizational Behavior and Strategic Management (3)

Intensive review of organizational behavior theory, and administrative processes and policy in the business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees.

BMGT 610 Financial Accounting (3)

Intensive review of the technical and conceptual aspects of financial accounting and accounting information systems as they apply to the business enterprise.

BMGT 611 Managerial Accounting I (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. The use of accounting data for corporate financial planning and con- trol. Organization for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and administration of the control lership function in smaller organizations.

BMGT 620 Management Information Systems (3)

The concepts, theory and techniques of information systems. The system life cycle. The role of information systems in the management and control of the organization. Effectiveness measures of information systems. Case studies of information systems as developed by industry and government. Societal impact.

BMGT 630 Managerial Statistics (3)

Application of statistical concepts to solution of business problems; laboratory use of computer packages.

BMGT 631 Operations Research and Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Application of operations research and operations management concepts to solution of business problems. Emphasis on integrated approach to management decision making.

BMGT 640 Financial Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 610 and 630. The role of financial management in the firm. Valuation and leverage, capital budgeting, cost of capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, working capital management, short-term financing, intermediate-term financing and leasing, mergers and internation- al financial management topics.

236 Graduate Course Descriptions

BMGT 650 Marketing Management (3)

Analysis of marketing problems and evaluation of specific marketing efforts regarding the organ- izations' products and services, pricing activities, channel selection, and promotion strategies in both domestic and international markets.

BMGT 660 Management and Organizational Behavior (3)

The influence of the behavioral sciences on the theory and practice of management. Motivation, leadership, and international styles of management.

BMGT 661 Human Resources Management (3)

The human resorce function in organizations. Human resource planning, procurement and selec- tion, training and development, performance appraisal, wage and salary administration, and equal employment opportunity.

BMGT 670 Economic Environment (3)

The macroeconomic environment and its impact on the business enterprise. Nature of economic fluctuations, analysis of consumer spending, theory and analysis of investment spending, supply and demand for money and capital, modern macroeconomic theory, international problems, forecasting and an analysis of economic conditions.

BMGT 671 Managerial Economics (3)

The application of economic theory to the business enterprise in respect to the determination of policy and the handling of management problems with particular reference to the firm producing a complex line of products, nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production and marketing problems, basic types of cost, control systems, theories of depreciation and investment and the impact of each upon costs.

BMGT 672 Physical Distribution Management (3)

Managerial practices required to fulfill the physical movement needs of extractive, manufactur- ing, and merchandising firms. The total cost approach to physical distribution. Interrelations among purchased transport services, privately-supplied transport services, warehousing, inventory control, materials handling, packaging, and plant location. The communications network to support physical distribution. The problems of coordination between the physical movement management function and other functional areas within the business firm, such as accounting, finance, marketing, and pro- duction.

BMGT 680 Business and Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 670. Survey of conceptual and legal aspects of the business-environment re- lationship; nature of public policy; major historic and current policy issues; business role in the poli- cy process; developing and managing corporate social policy and impact; special problems of the multinational corporation.

BMGT 690 Strategic Management (3)

Prerequisites: All other MBA core courses. Case studies and research in the identification of management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- ment implementation.

BMGT 701 Management Analysis and Communication (1)

Analysis of business problems through case studies to generate written and/or oral reports de- scribing problem definition, alternative solutions, decision criteria, and recommended solutions.

BMGT 702 Applied Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 640, BMGT 743 and permission of instructor. Applications in definition of investment objectives, security analysis, portfolio analysis, portfolio selection, and portfolio manage- ment as they relate to the MBA Educational Investment Fund. Emphasis on analysis and recom- mendations.

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. Contemporary issues in financial accounting. The nature of income, the relationship between asset valuation and income determination, and various approaches to ac- counting for inflation. The accounting standards setting process. The measurement and valuation of

BMGT — Business and Management 237

assets (e.g., foreign investments) and liabilities (e.g., leases and pensions).

BMGT 711 Advanced Managerial Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: First year MBA courses. Study of advanced topics such as residual income, transfer pricing, information inductance, break-even analysis under uncertainty, statistical significance of standard cost variance, cost analysis and pricing decisions, distribution cost accounting, accounting data and managerial incentive contracts, and decision support systems for capital budgeting.

BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. Study of the unique accounting problems of industrital regulation by governmental agencies.

BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation On Business Decisions (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. The impact of tax law and regulations on alternative strategies with particular emphasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and other divestures from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and tax deferment.

BMGT 715 International Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. International accounting, its problems and organization with the study of the issues involved; international standards of accounting and auditing; national differences in ac- counting thought and practice.

BMGT 721 File Processing and Database Systems (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Concepts and techniques for structuring data on secondary storage devices. Experience in the use of these techniques. The basic data structures necessary for these techniques. Typical file processing applications.

BMGT 723 Database Technology (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or permission of instructor. The concepts, theory and models of data, its structure, manipulation, and storage. The various architectures of data management systems. Evaluation and selection of database systems.

BMGT 724 Economics of Information Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Methods for the economic construction and operation of computer systems. Techniques for sizing and costing system components and for optimizing system design. Methods for efficient utilization of computer resources with particular consideration of rela- vent economic topics such as transfer pricing, joint costs, peak load pricing problems and public goods problems.

BMGT 725 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Introduction to practical techniques for information sys- tems and design. Design requirements for information processing systems. Models and tools for re- quirement analysis. Case studies for real world systems and applications.

BMGT 726 Distributed Data Processing (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Introduction to distributed data processing concepts. The building blocks of distributed systems: computers, terminals, and communications; the interface and protocols that allow them to function as an integrated system. Major categories of distributed sys- tems; resource-sharing networks, multiple-processor networks, and tightly coupled multiprocessors.

BMGT 727 Security and Control of Information Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. The information control risks faced by corporations. Techniques for enhancing the security and integrity of corporate information resources. The auditing and control procedures for corporate information systems. Real-world case studies.

BMGT 730 Bayesian Statistics and Decision Theory (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Concepts and methods of Bayesian statistical decision theory with ap- plication to business problems.

BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. The usefulness of statistical principles in survey design. The nature of statistical estimation, the differential attributes of different estimators, the merits and weaknesses of

238 Graduate Course Descriptions

available sampling methods and designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random samples, stratified random samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and the problems posed by biases and non- sampling errors.

BMGT 733 Developments and Trends in Production Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Case studies of production problems in a number of industries. Decisions concerning operating programs and manufacturing policies at the top level of manufactur- ing. Basic concepts of process and product technology, taking into consideration the scale, operat- ing range, capital cost, method of control, and degree of mechanization at each successive stage in the manufacturing process.

BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Selected topics and case studies in the application of management science to decision making in various functional fields.

BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management Science (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 630 and 632. Critical examination of the philosophy underlining the tech- niques and methodology of management science from a systems analysis point of view.

BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Methodology of systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and di- screte simulation. Verification and validation of simulation models with computer applications.

BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Concepts underlying financial decision making in the firm. Case stud- ies, model building and applications in financial theory and management.

BMGT 742 Financial Planning and Strategy (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Integration and extension of financial theory to financial planning and strategy. Financial decision making through case analysis and financial planning models.

BMGT 743 Investment Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Methods of security selection and portfolio management in the debt and equity markets. Investment alternatives, securities markets, bond and common stock valuation, op- tions, portfolio theory, and behavior of stock prices.

BMGT 744 Futures Contracts and Options Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 640 and BMGT 743. The institutional features and economic rationale und- erlying markets in futures and options. Hedging, speculation , structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, efficiency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. Current journal litera- ture.

BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in financial institutions. The economic role and regulation of financial institutions, analysis of risks and returns on financial assets and liabilities, and the structure of assets, liabilities and capital.

BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in the multinational firm. The financing and managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies, imports and exports. National and international financial institutions and markets.

BMGT 747 Risk Management (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 640. Strategies for pure risk management, including property, personnel, and liablility exposures. Quantitative decision-making techniques applied to self-insurance, insur- ance, and noninsurance transfers in organizations.

BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. The role of advertising, promotion, public relations and related efforts in the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. The development of competence in the formulation of mass communications, objectives in budget optimization, media appraisal, theme se- lection, program implementation and management, and results measurement.

BMGT —Business and Management 239

BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 630 and 650. The process of acquiring, classifying and interpreting primary and secondary marketing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. Evaluation of the appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as the inductive, deductive, survey, observa- tional, and experimental. Recent developments in the systematic recording and use of internal and external data needed for marketing decisions.

BMGT 753 International Marketing (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of international marketing as well as problems of marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product poli- cy, and communications which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or which face foreign firms in their operations.

BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. A systematic examination and evaluation of the literature, research tra- dition and theory of buyer behavior in the market place from a fundamental and applied perspective. The cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the buying process of individuals and institutions.

BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel Administration (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 661. Applications in the design, implementation, and evaluation of human resource management programs. Experiential learning activities and simulations.

BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bargaining (3)

Current problems and issues in collective bargaining, including methods of handling industrial disputes, legal restrictions on various collective bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of col- lective bargaining, and internal union problems.

BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3)

Analysis of labor relations at the plant level with emphasis on the negotiation and administration of labor contracts. Union policy and influence on personnel management activities.

BMGT 765 Application of Behaviorial Science to Business (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Case analysis of behavioral knowledge applied to management prob- lems. Analysis of modes for introducing change, group versus organizational goals, organizational barriers to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on behavior, and the relationship between technology and social structure.

BMGT 766 Management Planning and Control Systems (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Analysis of planning and control systems as they relate to the fulfill- ment of organizational objectives. Identification of organizational objectives, responsibility centers, information needs, and information networks. Case studies of integrated planning and control sys- tems.

BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The transportation system and its components. The development and present form of transportation in both the United States and other countries. Theoretical concepts employed in the analysis of transport problems.

BMGT 771 Transportation and Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The nature and consequences of relations between governments and agencies thereof, carriers in the various modes, and users of transport. The control of transport firms by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, methods employed in the allocation of funds to the con- struction, operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the direct subsid- ization of services supplied by privately-owned entities. Labor and safety. Comparative international transport policies and problems.

BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. Organization structure, policies, and procedures employed in the ad- ministration of inter- and intraurban transport firms. Managerial development, operational and finan- cial planning and control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional policies, intra- and intermodal competitive and complementary relationships, and methods for accommodating public policies de-

240 Graduate Course Descriptions

signed to delimit the managerial discretion of carrier executives. Administrative problems peculiar to publicly-owned and operated transport entities.

BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities: Energy and the Environment (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 671. Current developments in regulatory policy and issues arising among public utilities, regulatory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis on the electric, gas, water, and communications industries in both the public and private sectors of the economy. Changing and emerging problems such as cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate base, differential rate-making, and labor. The growing importance of technological developments and their impact on state and federal regulatory agencies.

BMGT 791 MBA Field Project (3)

Permission of director of MBA program. Experiental research project in the identification of management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- ment.

BMGT 794 The Environment of International Business (3)

The international business environment as it affects company policy and procedures. In-depth analysis and comprehensive case studies of the business functions undertaken in international opera- tions.

BMGT 795 Management of the Multinational Firm (3)

The problems and policies of international business enterprise at the management level. Management of a multinational enterprise as well as management within foreign units. The multina- tional firm as a socio-econometric institution. Cases in comparative management.

BMGT 798 Special Topics in Business and Management (3)

Selected advanced topics in the various fields of graduate study in business and management. With permission of the college program director, may be repeated to a maximum of six credits pro- vided the content is different.

BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: admission to the D.B.A. Program or approval of the college director of graduate studies. Selected advanced topics in the various fields of doctoral study in business and manage- ment. With permission of the college director of graduate studies, may be repeated provided the content is different.

BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3)

Prerequisite - BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar in the continuing development of the fundamen- tal theoretical framework of accounting.

BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice (3)

Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the accounting and reporting requirements of the securities and exchange commission.

BMGT 821 Seminar in Management Accounting (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 720 or equivalent. Seminar in the management and controllership aspects of accounting in large business organizations.

BMGT 823 Data Base Design (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The problem of data base design in the development of information systems. An integrated database design methodology. Techniques for different phases of database design. Computer-aided tools for data base design.

BMGT 824 Database Systems Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The important design issues in the software architecture of a database management system. Group projects for the purpose of designing and implementing subsystems of a simple relational database system. Database types and applications.

BMGT —Business and Management 241

BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and Management ((1-9)

BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Programming (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of linear programming models, theoretical development of the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual prob- lems and theory.

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear Programming and Network Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of network and graph theory in linear models with emphasis on computional algorithms.

BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and Nonlinear Programming (3)

Prerequisites: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory and applications of algorithmic approaches to solving unconstrained and constrained non-linear optimiza- tion problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions, Lagrangian and Duality Theory, types of convexity, and convergence criteria. Feasible direction procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, and cutting plane procedures.

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Programming (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory, ap- plications, and computational methods of interger optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, branch and bound methods, and cutting plane methods.

BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 241 and STAT 400 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical foundations for the construction, optimization, and applications of probabilistic models. Queuing theory, inventory theory, markov processes, renewal theory, and stochastic linear programming.

BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3)

Prerequisites: knowledge of fortran programming, BMGT 732 AND 734 or equivalent, or per- mission of instructor. Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments.

BMGT 840 Seminar in Financial Theory (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- pirical research in the foundations of finance.

BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- pirical research in corporate finance.

BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- pirical research in portfolio theory.

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and Markets (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- pirical research in financial institutions and markets.

BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3)

Focuses on the fundamentals explain alternate channels of distribution and the roles played by various intermediaries, the evolution of business structures in marketing, reasons for change, and projected marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of in- structor.

BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing: Demand and Cost Analysis (3)

Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the analysis and prediction of market demand and marketing costs. Topics in connection with demand include market potentials, sales forecasting, consumer analysis, promotional and pricing results, and the like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs by marketing functions, products, territories, customers and marketing personnel. Statistical techniques, mathematics, models and other methods are utilized in the solution of marketing prob- lems. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of instructor.

242 Graduate Course Descriptions

BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3)

An inquiry into the problems and elements of theory development in general with specific refer- ence to the field of marketing. A critical analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to formulate theories of marketing and to integrate theories from the social sciences into a marketing framework. Attention is given to the development of concepts in all areas of marketing thought and to their potential application in the business firm.

BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning and Selection (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- cal literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and staffing.

BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and Training (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- cal literature in performance appraisal and training.

BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administration (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- cal literature in the compensation of human resources.

BMGT 863 Seminar: the Organization and the Individual (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on the relationship between individual and organizational characteristics.

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and the Group Process in Organizatio (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the literature of small group behavior among industrial work groups, white-collar work groups, professional staff, and managerial units.

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of Organization (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the inerdisci- plinary literature on classical management, systems, and contingency theories of organization.

BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and Change (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction of planned and systematic changes in small work groups, organizational subsystems, and the entire or organization through the use of behavioral science techniques.

BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3)

Concentrates on the design and application of methods for the solution of advanced physical movement problems of business firms. Provides thorough coverage of a variety of analytical tech- niques relevant to the solution of these problems. Where appropriate, experience will be provided in the utilization of computers to assist in managerial logistical decision-making.

BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3)

Focuses on the application of quantitative and qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial problems drawn from firms in each of the various modes of transport. Included is the application of simulation to areas such as the control of equipment selection and terminal and line operations. The application of advanced analytical techniques to problems involving resource use efficiency within the transportation industry and between transportation and other sectors of the economy is an integral part of the course .

BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3)

Covers the nature, scope, and application of research methodology. The identification and for- mulation of research designs applicable to business and related fields. Required of D.B.A. Students.

BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

BOTN —Botany

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1)

Prerequisite: 20 credit hours in biological sciences including BOTN 101 or permission of instruc- tor. History of botany as a science, from ancient Greece through the 18th century; emphasis on bo-

BOTN —Botany 243

cany as an intellectual and cultural pursuit.

BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2)

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and CHEM 104. A study of plants important to man that have medi- cinal or poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant source, plant description, the active agent and its beneficial or detrimental physiological action and effects.

BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212, or equivalents. A review of the history and principles of plant taxonomy with emphasis on monographic and floristic research. A detailed laboratory re- view of the families of flowering plants.

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2)

Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week, for eight weeks.

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of the biological principles of com- mon plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and se- condary schools.

BOTN 410 Grass Systematics (3)

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or AGRO 405 or permission of the instructor. A study of the grass fa- mily including the structure, classification, identification, and economic importance of members of this diverse family. Grass identification.

BOTN 411 Evolutionary Biology of Plants (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 202 or equivalent. Evolution of basic plant biological systems, major struc- tural adaptations of plant organs, and origins of vascular plant groups. The pace, patterns and mech- anisms of evolution, discussed within a genetic, systematic and paleontological framework.

BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 OR 416, or equivalents. Comparative studies of structural adaptations, reproductive biology, and phylogenetic relationships of bryophytes, fern "allies," fems, gymno- sperms and angiosperms.

BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally associated with such distribution.

BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The basic principles of plant genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of basic and economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered.

BOTN 416 Plant Structure (4)

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 101. A survey of the basic structural features of vascular plants, including subcellular organelles, cells, tissues, and organs. Emphasis on structural phenomena as they relate to physiological processes of agricultural importance.

BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2)

Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks.

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each student will make an individual collection.

BOTN 420 Plant CeU Biology (3)

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and two years of botany, or permission of the instructor. A study of eucaryotic cell organization, integrating structure with function and concentrating on subcellular

244 Graduate Course Descriptions

organelles and the mechanisms of physiological regulation at the cellular level.

BOTN 421 Principles of Plant Disease Management (3)

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 221, or equivalent. A logical, holistic approach to understanding and planning disease control using multiple strategies and tactics to prevent crop losses from exceeding economic damage levels.

BOTN 423 Diseases of Agronomic Crops and Turf (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Practical experience in recognition and control of diseases affecting field crops such as corn, soybeans, small grains, tobacco and turf. Symptoms of ecomomic impor- tance and control measures for the important diseases of these crops.

BOTN 426 Mycology (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisite: BOTANY 101 or permission of the instructor. An introductory course in the biolo- gy, morphology and taxonomy of the fungi.

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1)

Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be arranged.

Prerequisite BOTN 221, or equivalent. The techniques of pesticide evaluation and the identifica- tion and control of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed. Offered in alternate years or more fre- quently with demand.

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4)

Two lectures and one four-hour laboratory period per week.

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and general chemistry. Organic chemistry stron?ly recommended. A survey of the general physiological activities of plants.

BOTN 456 Principles of Microscopy (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 420 or its equivalent. An introduction to optical principles that underlie light and electron microscopic image formation. Brightfield, darkfield, phase contrast, differential interf- erence contrast, fluorescence and polarized light microscopy. Comparison of light and electron mi- croscopy. The application of these techniques to problems in biological research.

BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The dynamics of populations as affected by environmental factors with special emphasis on the structure and composition of natural plant com- munities, both terrestial and aquatic.

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2)

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. An examination of the biology of higher plants in dune and marsh ecosystems.

BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour labor- atory period a week. Two or three field trips per semester. The application of field and experimental methods to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegatation and ecosystems.

BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. An ecological discussion of plant life in the marine en- vironment of sea coasts, salt marshes, estuaries and open seas.

BOTN 475 General Phycology (4)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and BOTN 202, or permission of instructor. An introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae, in- cluding the taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of both fresh water and marine forms.

BOTN 476 Biology of Phytoplankton (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratories per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 and an introductory course in ecology (ZOOL 212 or equivalent) or per- mission of instructor. Collection, identification, culture, physical and chemical requirements, life cy-

BOTN —Botany 245

cles, community structure, specialized environments, blooms of phytoplankton.

BOTN 484 Plant Biochemistry (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 and CHEM 233. 3 lectures per week. Biochemical processes characteris- tic of plants, including photosysnthesis, nitrogen fixation and biosynthesis of plant macromolecules.

BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: botn 416, or equivalent. Form and evolution of selected fossil plant groups beginning with precambrian biota and finishing with flowering plants. Geological setting, with consideration of ecology and sedimentology of preserva- tion.

BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A methodology and techniques course designed to give the student background and experience in plant tissue culture.

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2)

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformation, fungal pro- ducts, and mechanism of fungicidal action.

BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1)

One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. Application of equipment and techniques in the study of fungal physiology.

BOTN 624 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens (2)

Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour discussion session per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221 and permission of instructor. A study of plant-pathogenic prokaryotes with emphasis on systemat- ics, etiology, cytologicaJ and physiological characteristics of the plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, epidemiology, control, and genetics.

BOTN 625 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens Laboratory (2)

One four hour laboratory and discussion period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221, BOTN 628 or concurrent registration therein, and permission of instructor. Emphasis on techniques and methods applicable to clinical studies and to research with prokaryotic plant pathogens.

BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and biophysical aspects of viruses and virus diseases of plants. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biolog- ical science and permission of instructor.

BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2)

Second semester. Two laboratories per week on the application and techniques for studying the biological, biochemical and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and permis- sion of the instructor.

BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of in- structor. The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Emphasis on recent advances.

BOTN 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Pathogenesis (2)

Prerequisites: BCHM 461 and permission of the instructor. Evaluation of current evidence on the role in plant disease development of various molecules produced by hosts and parasites. Examination of the molecular basis of microbial pathogenicity and plant disease resistance.

BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2)

Pre or corequisite BOTN 642. Use of apparatus and application of techniques in the study of the chemistry of plants and plant materials.

246 Graduate Course Descriptions

BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441. Physiology of plant hormones, control of morphogenesis and regulation of biosynthesis, photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism.

BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 416 or equivalent. Biophysical aspects of plant development with particular focus on such structural phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell division, cell expan- sion, meristem organization, phyllotaxis, and organ formation.

BOTN 650 Nutrition and Transport in Plants (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or permission of instructor. The uptake, partioning and utilization of the materials of the plant body. Transport of ions across cell membranes, fixation and metabolism of carbon and nitrogen, and long distance transport of inorganic chemicals and photosynthates in vascu- lar plants. Special emphasis on control and regulatory mechanisms that are unique to plant systems.

BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2)

Prerequisite: MATH 220, BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or their equivalents. An advanced course dealing with physical and chemical phenomena associated with the study of plants, stress on problem solving.

BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2)

Pre or corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement of and utilization of light and other parameters associated with plants.

BOTN 656 Techniques in Microscopy (3)

Prerequisites: BOTN 456. Two three-hour laboratories per week and additional arranged time. Preparation and study of biological materials for light and electron microscopy.

BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3)

Prerequisite: a working knowledge of elementary genetics and calculus, or permission of the in- structor. Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the analysis of natural communities. Special emphasis will be given to recent theoretical developments.

BOTN 662 Physiological Plant Ecology (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent. Environmental effects on plant ecophysiology. Microclimatology, leaf energy balance, plant responses to temperature and radiation, physiological adaptions, water relations, plant gas exchange and resistance.

BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 642 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor a study of the physiology of the algae.

BOTN 684 Plant Membrane Physiology (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441, 484 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to plant membrane structure and function.

BOTN 685 Advanced Plant Physiology Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or consent of instructor. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to the study of the physiological processes of plants.

BOTN 686 Molecular Genetics of Plants (2)

Prerequisites: BOTN 414, BOTN 441, BOTN 484 or equivalents. Current status of research on the structure, expression, and in vitro manipulation of plant nuclear genes and on the molecular gen- etics of plant organelles.

BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3)

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit toward an ad- vanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the department. This course is organized as lectures, discussions or literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under the direction of vi- siting lecturers or or resident faculty

BOTN —Botany 247

BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics and current literature in all phases of botany.

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3)

Credit according to time and scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit towards an advanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the student's advisor. This course em- phasizes research on a specialized advanced topic and may consist primarily of experimental proce- dures under the direction of visiting lecturers or resident faculty.

BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2)

Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions, observation of symtoms and disease pat- terns in the field, collecting specimens, and writing control recommendations. Student electing one credit hour may emphasize either field or clinical aspects.

BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

CHEM —Chemistry

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481.

CHEM 403 Radiochemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of college chemistry and one year of college physics. Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmo- logy; chemical, biomedical and environmental applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as chemical tools; interaction of radiation with matter.

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3)

Pre or corequisite: CHEM 482 and CHEM 483. An examination of some advanced topics in quantitative analysis including nonaqueous titrations, precipitation, phenomena, complex equilibria, and the analytical chemistry of the less familiar elements.

CHEM 425 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 321. An intro- duction to modern instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Electronics, spectroscopy, chromatogra- phy and electrochemistry.

CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, AND 243 OR 245.

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 481. An advanced study of the compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on molecular orbital theory and organic reaction mechanisms.

CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, AND 243 OR 245. The systematic identification of organic compounds.

CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to structures, properties and reactions of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the relation of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, polymor- phism, and isomorphism.

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of various ele- ments and chemical reactions between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and biological effects of air and water pollution by certain elements are discussed.

248 Graduate Course Descriptions

CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115; CHEM 243 OR 245; MATH 141; PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken concurrently); or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3)

Three lectures per week.

Prerequisite; CHEM 481, or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.

CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (2)

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Corequisite: CHEM 481. An introduction to the principles and application of quantitative techniques in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 481.

CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2)

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, 483; corequisite: CHEM 482. A continuation of CHEM 483. Advanced quantitative techniques necessary in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 482.

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2)

Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other selected topics.

CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor.

CHEM 487 Computer Applications in the Biological and Chemical Sciences (4)

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: CHEM 113; CHEM 287 or equivalent; and knowledge of a scientific programming language (PASCAL, FORTRAN or "C"). The utilization of computers to solve chemical and biolog- ical problems, with emphasis on the utilization of available software rather than "de novo" pro- gramming.

CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3)

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated for credit if the subject matter is substantially different, but not more than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major sup- porting area requirements for chemistry majors.

CHEM 503 Physical Science of Elementary/Middle School Teachers III (4)

Three lectures, one discussion and three hours of laboratory per week.

A second-level survey of major chemistry concepts, with emphasis on the properties and behavior of common substances. Types of chemical reactions, the relationship between molecular structure and reactivity, periodicity, oxidation-reduction acids and bases, equilibrium, and practical applica- tions of chemistry. The laboratory portion of the course supports skills/understandings needed to pre- pare teachers for this aspect of physical science education.

CHEM 504 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prereq: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A one-semester survey of organic chemistry and biochemistry. The chemistry of carbon: aliphatic compounds, aromatic compounds, stereochemistry, halides, amines, amides, acids, esters, carbohydrates, and natural products. The laboratory experiments deal with synthetic and analytical organic activities.

CHEM 513 Principles of Chemistry U (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A continuation of the advanced survey of topics started in CHEM 503. Kinetics, thermodynamics, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry, and the chemistry of common metals and nonmetals. Quantitative problem solving. Laboraory experi- ments, mostly quantitative in nature, support the topics developed in the lectures.

CHEM —Chemistry 249

CHEM 521 Quantitative Analysis (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per week.

Prereq: CHEM 115 or equivalent. Volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and colorimetric meth- ods in analytical inorganic chemistry.

CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures per week. A survey of the fundamentals of modern inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced work.

CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 601. Three lectures per week. A continuation of CHEM 601 with more em- phasis on current work in inorganic chemistry.

CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration therein. One lecture and two three-hour labor- atories per week. Practice in synthesis and modern experimental techniques in inorganic chemistry.

CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. Structure and proper- ties of coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on which these are interpreted.

CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. An in-depth treatment of the properties of compounds having metal-carbon bonds.

CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 AND 602, or equivalent. One to three lectures per week. Topics of spe- cial interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are different.

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2)

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry.

CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2)

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 621. A study of the optical properties of crystals.

CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The quantitative applications of various methods of optical spectroscopy.

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The use of conductivity, potentiometry, po- larography, voltammetry, amperometry, coulometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantitative analy- sis.

CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The theory and application for quantitative anal- ysis of various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent extraction, distillation, and mass spectroscopy.

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 AND 482. A study of advanced methods, in- cluding topics such as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, analytical measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques.

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)

Three lectures per week.

CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week.

250 Graduate Course Descriptions

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2)

Two lectures per week. An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers.

CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2)

Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and symme- try to the chemical properties and reactions of organic molecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 441 AND 482.

CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids (2)

Two lectures per week.

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2)

Two lectures per week.

CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3)

One to three lecture hours per week. Topics of special interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided the topics are different.

CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 441. The chemistry and physiological action of nat- ural products. Methods of isolation, determination of structure and synthesis.

CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chemistry (3)

Prerequisite - CHEMISTRY 474. In-depth treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of current research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits. Provided subject is different.

CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3)

Three lectures per week.

CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent.

CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent.

CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3)

Three lectures per week.

CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of single- crystal x-ray methods.

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent.

CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (2)

Two lectures per week.

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week.

CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 485.

CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 690 or PHYS 622.

CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6)

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. Option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

CHEM —Chemistry 251

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2)

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor.

CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radio isotopes with special emphasis on applications to problems in the life sciences.

CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2)

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: chem 702 and consent of instruc- tor. Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to problems in the life sciences.

CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3)

Nuclear structure models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reactions in complex nuclei, fis- sion, nucleosynthesis and nuclear particle accelerators.

CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-3)

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be giv- en at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours.

CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of nat- ural organic products in the geological environment. The influence of diagenetic factors, such as hy- drolysis, heat, pressure, etc.. On such compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids. Detailed consideration of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and crude oil.

CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and evolution of the solar system with emphasis on the experimental data available to chemists from ex- amination of meteorites, the moon, and the earth.

CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of the ocean; composition of sea water, density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide sys- tem. The geochemistry of sedimentation with emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and biological production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate containing minerals.

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3)

Distribution of the chemical elements in the earth and the mechanisms by which the distributions came about.

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical Geochemistry (2-3)

One or two lectures per week and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This course will be subtitled each time it is offered to indicate the analytical method discussed. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will be limited.

CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3)

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be giv- en at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours.

CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 441, BCHM 462. or CHEM 721; or ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or consent of instructor. The chemical processes leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical and ex- perimental considerations related to the geochemical, organic, and biochemical phenomena of chemi- cal evolution.

CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (l-«)

CHEM 898 Seminar (1)

252 Graduate Course Descriptions

CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

CHIN —Chinese

CHIN 401 Readings in Modern Chinese I (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Readings in history, politics, economics, sociology, and li- terature. Emphasis on wide-ranging, rapid reading, reinforced by conversations and compositions. Not open to native speakers of Chinese.

CHIN 402 Readings in Modern Chinese II (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 401 or equivalent. Continuation of CHIN 401. Not open to native speakers.

CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Introductory classical Chinese using literary and historical sources in the original language.

CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Further classical studies by various writers from famous ancient philo- sophers to prominent scholars before the new culture movement.

CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or permission of instructor. Practice in writing essays, letters, and reports on selected topics. Conversation directed toward everyday situations and topics related to life in china. Conducted in Chinese. Not open to native speakers.

CHIN 415 Readings in Current Newspapers and Periodicals (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 402 or equivalent. Reading of periodical literature on selected topics with dis- cussions and essays in Chinese.

CHIN 421 Sounds and Transcriptions of Mandarin Chinese (3)

Production and recognition of Mandarin speech sounds and tones, their phonological patterns, comparison with English, and representation by the various Romanization systems.

CHIN 422 Advanced Chinese Grammar (3)

Chinese sentence patterns studied contrastively with English and in terms of current pedagogical as well as linguistic theories.

CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Introduction to the history and theories of translation/interpretation; contrastive studies of the structures of English and Chinese; development of the four language skills.

CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 431 or equivalent.

CHIN 441 Traditional Chinese Fiction (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 314 or permission of instructor. Major works of fiction from the 4th century tales of the marvelous through the 19th century Ching novel. Taught in Chinese.

CHIN 442 Modern Chinese Fiction (3)

Prerequisite: CHIN 315 or permission of instructor. Examination, through selected texts, of the writer's role as shaper and reflector of the republican and communist revolutions. Taught in Chinese.

CHIN 499 Directed Study in Chinese (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Readings in Chinese under faculty supervision. If content

differs, repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

CHPH —Chemical Physics

CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 622 or equivalent. Atomic and molecular physics. Energy levels of multi- electron atoms and diatomic molecules; transition between energy levels.

CHPH —Chemical Physics 253

CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Molecular structure, atomic and molecular collisions and chemical kinetics including experimental techniques.

CHPH 618 Special Projects in Chemical Physics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent reading and study covering chemical physics sub- ject areas not available in other courses. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

CHPH 709 Seminar in Chemical Physics (1)

Current research and developments in chemical physics.

CHPH 718 Special Topics in Chemical Physics (1-3)

A discussion of current research problems in chemical physics.

CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

CJUS — Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology

CJUS 400 Criminal Courts (3)

Prerequisites: CJUS 100 or consent of instructor. Criminal courts in the United States at all lev- els; judges, prosecutors, defenders, clerks, court administrators, and the nature of their jobs; prob- lems facing courts and prosecutors today and problems of administration; reforms.

CJUS 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administration (3)

Prerequisite: CJUS 340 or consent of instructor. The structuring of manpower, material, and sys- tems to accomplish the major goals of social control. Personnel and systems management. Political controls and limitations on authority and jurisdiction.

CJUS 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the development of innovative ideas using a re- search and development approach to change.

CJUS 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice II (3)

Prerequisite: CJUS 455 or consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which are appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level positions.

CJUS 462 Special Problems in Security Administration (3)

Prerequisites: CJUS 360 and consent of instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to focus on specific concerns in the study of private security organizations; business intelligence and espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security; transportation, banking, hospital and military security problems; uniformed security forces; national defense information; and others.

CJUS 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected topic to be announced in the field of criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

CJUS 600 Criminal Justice (3)

Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program in criminal justice or consent of instructor. Current concept of criminal justice in relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical perspec- tive. Criminal justice and social control. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of eva- luation.

CJUS 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3)

Prerequisite: CJUS 230 or its equivalent and a course in introductory criminology. The criminal law is studied in the context of general studies in the area of the sociology of law. The evolution and social and psychological factors affecting the formulation and administration of criminal laws are discussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in the light of recent empirical evidence.

254 Graduate Course Descriptions

CJUS 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administration (3)

Prerequisites: one course in the theory of groups or organizations, one course in administration; or consent of instructor. Examination of external and internal factors that currently impact on police administration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation; the conversion of inputs into decisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing and assessing administrative decisions.

CJUS 650 Research Seminar in Public Policy and Crime Control (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of the political and organizational process of policy development and implementation in criminal justice. Collection, analysis and interpretation of re- search data on current and ongoing efforts to form and implement policy.

CJUS 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected problem in the field of criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

CJUS 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3)

Prerequisites: one course in criminal justice and one course in research methodology. System the- ory and method; examination of planning methods and models based primarily on a systems ap- proach to the operations of the criminal justice system.

CJUS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

CLAS — Classics

CLAS 470 Advanced Greek and Roman Mythology (3)

Prerequisites: CLAS 170 of permission of instructor. Selected themes and characters of Greek and Roman myth. History of the study of myth and research methods in mythology.

CLAS 601 Intro to Graduate Study in Classics (3)

Introduction to the central problems and methods of investigation in the main fields of Classical studies.

CLAS 620 Classical Epic (3)

The nature of ancient epic, its development through a close reading of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, the Argonautica of Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil's Aeneid. Selections from other ex- amples of epic as a basis for further comparison of the techniques of composition, the poet's objec- tives, and the influence of historical context and literary precedent upon the poems. Comparison with Near Eastern epics such as the Gilgamesh poem, or with post-Classical texts. Epic conventions.

CLAS 621 The Classical Tradition (3)

The role which the classics have played in western thought, with particular attention to literature.

CLAS 670 Classical Myth and Literature (3)

The nature and function of myth in Greek culture. Consideration of a variety of theoretical appro- aches to myth, beginning with those developed by the Greeks, allegory and euhemerism, and includ- ing Jungian and Freudian psychology, structuralism, and the myth-ritual school.

CLAS 688 Special Topics in Classical Civilization (3)

May be repeated if the content differs for a total of nine hours.

CLAS 699 Independent Study in Classical Civilization (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

CLAS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) CMLT — Comparative Literature

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3)

Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modem literature to the ancients.

CMLT — Comparative Literature 255

CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3)

Study of the medieval and modern continental literature.

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3)

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world.

CMLT 415 The Old Testament As Literature (3)

A study of sources, development and literary types.

CMLT 416 New Testament As Literature (3)

A study of the books of the New Testament, with attention to the relevant historical background and to the transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not essential.

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance

(3)

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required.

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance

(3)

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required.

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the middle ages studied in translation.

CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3)

A reading of the divine comedy to enlighten the discovery of reality in western literature.

CMLT 461 Romanticism: Early Stages (3)

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required.

CMLT 462 Romanticism: Flowering and Influence (3)

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required.

CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3)

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the existentialists, selected from literatures of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain.

CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3)

Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, w;th some attention given to selected predecessors, con- temporaries and successors.

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3)

CMLT 488 Genres (3)

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy, etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit up to six hours when different material is presented.

CMLT 489 Major Writers (3)

Each semester two major writers from different cultures and languages will be studied. Authors will be chosen on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies between their respective works, and the importance of each writer to his literary tradition.

CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3)

Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, correlating the courses in various literatures which the student has previously taken with the primary themes and masterpieces of world literature. This course is required of undergraduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be taken un- til the final year of the student's program.

CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Literature (3)

256 Graduate Course Descriptions

CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3) CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3) CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3)

CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours.

CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence (3) CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature (3)

CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature (3)

Studies in eighteenth century literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.

CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3)

Studies in romanticism: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.

CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3)

Seminar in modern and contemporary literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.

CMLT 681 Literary Criticism: Ancient and Medieval (3)

CMLT 682 Literary Criticism: Renaissance and Modern (3)

CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3)

CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

CMSC — Computer Science

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and Systems (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no programming background. Organization and characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and as- sembly languages. Representation of data, characters and instructions. Introduction to logic design and systems organization. Macro definition and generation. Program segmentation and linkage. Extensive use of the computer to complete projects illustrating programming techniques and machine structure. (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit in the graduate program in computer science.)

CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. Input/output processors and techniques. Intra-system com- munication, buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallelism, and pipeling.

CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. An introduction to batch systems, spooling systems, and third-generation multiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an operating system in terms of function, structure, and implementation. Basic resource allocation policies.

CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 412. Basic algorithms of operating system software. Memory management using linkage editors and loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. File systems and input/output control. Processor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. Emphasis on practical systems programming, including projects such as a simple linkage editor, a stand-alone executive, a file system, etc.

CMSC 420 Data Structures (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 220 or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage allocation of data structures including lists and trees. Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications from areas such as data processing, information retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems.

CMSC —Computer Science 257

CMSC 421 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 330 and 420. Areas and issues in artificial intelligence, including search, inference, knowledge representation, learning, vision, natural languages, expert systems, robotics. Implementation and application of programming languages (e.g. LISP, PROLOG, SMALLTALK), programming techniques (e.g. pattern matching, discrimination networks) and control structures (e.g. agendas, data dependencies).

CMSC 424 Database Design (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 220 and CMSC 420. (CMSC 450 recommended.) Motivation for the data- base approach as a mechanism for modelling the real world. Review of the three popular data mod- els: relational, network, and hierarchical. Comparison of permissible structures, integrity constraints, storage strategies, and query facilities. Theory of database design logic.

CMSC 426 Image Processing (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques of analysis and mani- pulation of pictorial data by computer. Image input/output devices, image processing software, en- hancement, segmentation, property measurement, Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, processing, and analysis of curves.

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 330. Formal translation of programming languages, program syntax and se- mantics. Finite state grammars and recognizers. Context- free parsing techniques such as recursive descent, prededence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code improvement and gen- eration, syntax -directed translation schema.

CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 220, 330, 430. A detailed examination of a compiler for an algebraic lan- guage designed around the writing of a compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and parsing, code generation, optimization and error recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as bootstrapping and translator writing systems.

CMSC 434 Human Factors in Computer and Information Systems (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 330, PSYC 100, and STAT 400. Human factors issues in the development of software, the use of database systems, and the design of interactive computer systems. Experimentation on programming language control and data structures, programming style issues, documentation, program development strategies, debugging, and readability will be emphasized. Interactive system design issues such as response time, display rates, graphics, on-line assistance, command language, menu selection, or speech input/output.

CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 AND 430, or equivalent. State-of-the-art techniques in software design and development. Laboratory experience in applying the techniques covered. Structured design, structured programming, top-down design and development, segmentation and modularization tech- niques, iterative enhancement, design and code inspection techniques, correctness, and chief- programmer teams. The development of a large software project.

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is the same course as MATH 444. An ele- mentary development of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algorithms, hiring machines and recursive functions. Topics include post productions, word problems, and formal languages.

CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and CMSC 250. CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for designing and analyzing computer algorithms. Basic methods include Greedy methods, divide-and- conquer techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic programming, backtracking methods, branch- and-hound methods, and algebraic transformations.

258 Graduate Course Descriptions

CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and 250. Introduction to alternative theoretical models of computation, types of automata, and their relations to formal grammars and languages.

CMSC 456 Data Encryption and Security (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 and CMSC 451. Methods of protecting computer data from unauthorized use and users by data encryption and by access and information controls. Classical cryptographic systems. Introduction to several modern systems such as Data Encryption Standard and public-key cry ptosy stems.

CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 1 10 or 122. Basic computational methods for interpo- lation, least squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, systems of linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary dif- ferential equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational properties rather than on their analytic aspects. Listed also as MAPL 460. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 460 or CMSC 470.)

CMSC 466 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240, 241 and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Floating point computations, direct methods for linear systems, interpolation, solution of nonlinear equiations. Listed also as MAPL 466.

CMSC 467 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL/CMSC 466. Advanced interpolation, linear least squares, eigenvalue prob- lems, ordinary differential equations, Fast Fourier Transforms (also listed as MAPL 467).

CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 241; CMSC 1 10 or 122. The first half of a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level, supplemented with programming assign- ments. Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear equations, ac- celeration of convergence, numerical treatment of differential equations. Listed also as MAPL 470. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 460 or CMSC 470.)

CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 241; CMSC 110 or 122. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470, forms a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level. Direct solu- tion of linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric eigenvalue problem, basic iterative methods. Topics will be supplemented with programming assignments. (Listed also as MAPL 471.)

CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, generating functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of graph theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as MATH 475.)

CMSC 477 Optimization (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 401 or MATH 405; CMSC 110 or 122. Linear programming including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and elements of convex programming, combinatorial optimization integer programming. (Listed also as MAPL 477.)

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An individualized course designed to allow a student or students to pursue a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the senior staff. Credit ac- cording to work done.

CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 411, CMSC 412, CMSC 250, and STAT 400. or equivalent. Basic theoreti- cal results in computer systems, including synthetic models of system structure, analytical (probabilistic) models of system structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of

CMSC —Computer Science 259

operating system mechanisms, and analysis of resource allocation policies.

CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial Intelligence (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 AND 450. Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by heuristically guided trial and error search methods. State-space problem reduction, and first-order predicate calculus representations for solving problems. Search algorithms and their "optimality" proofs.

CMSC 624 Database Management Systems (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 424 or permission of instructor. Theoretical and implementation issues of da- tabase systems. Topics include: data semantics and models, deduction and expert database systems, implementation techniques of database management systems, advanced access methods and query optimization, distributed databases, and database machine architecture.

CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 430. Contemporary topics in the theory of programming languages. Formal specification and program correctness. Axiomatic proof systems (both Floyd-Hoare and Dijkstra's predicate transformers), Mills' functional correctness approach, abstract data types (both abstract model and algebraic specifications), and Scott-style denotational semantics based on least fixed points.

CMSC 650 Theory of Computing (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 452. Formal treatment of theoretical models of computation, computable and uncomputable functions, unsolvable decision problems, and computational complexity.

CMSC 651 Analysis of Algorithms (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 451 or consent of instructor. Efficiency of algorithms, orders of magnitude, recurrence relations, lower-bound techniques, time and space resources, NP-complete problems, po- lynomial hierarchies, and approximation algorithms. Sorting, searching, set manipulation, graph the- ory, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier transform, pattern matching, and integer and polynomial arithmetic.

CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: MATH/CMSC 460 OR 470, and CMSC 1 10. Detailed study of problems arising in the implementation of numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems include rounding er- rors, their estimation and control; numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for converging processes; parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, differential equations, minimization. (Also listed as MATH 684).

CMSC 666 Numerical Analysis I (3)

Prerequisites: MAPL 466 and MATH 410. Iterative methods for linear systems, piecewise inter- polation, eigenvalue problems, numerical integration (also listed as MAPL 666).

CMSC 667 Numerical Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 666. Nonlinear systems of equations, ordinary differential equations, boun- dry value problems (also listed as MAPL 667).

CMSC 720 Logic for Problem Solving (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 620. Logic programming and its use in problem solving, natural language re- cognition and parsing, and robotics. The PROLOG language. Meta-level and parallel logic pro- gramming. Expert systems. Term project in logic programming.

CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of computational techniques to lin- guistics and natural-language processing. Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, keypunch- ing, processing, post-editing, and evaluation. General-purpose input, processing, and output rou- tines. Special-purpose programs for sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom recogni- tion, paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse analysis. Programs for dictionary, thesaurus, and con- cordnace compilation, and editing. Systems for automatic abstracting, translation, and question- answering.

260 Graduate Course Descriptions

CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 640 and STAT 400. Introductory course on applications of mathematics to linguistics. Elementary ideas in phonology, grammar, and semantics. Automata, formal grammars and languages. Chomsky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's depthhypothesis and syn- tactic complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sentence generation, shannon's information theory, Carnap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics and stylostatistics, Zopfs law of frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Mathematical models as theoretical foundation for computational linguistics.

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Heuristic programming; tree search procedures. Programs for game playing, theorem finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose pro- grams. Conversation with computers; question-answering programs. Trainable pattern classifiers- linear, piecewise linear, quadratic, "o", and multilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, deci- sion functions, likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detection. Neural models, compu- tational properties of neural nets, processing of sensory information, representative conceptual mod- els of the brain.

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Information (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Input, output, and storage of pictorial information. Pictures as informa- tion sources, efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, approximation. Position-invariant operations on pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax language, applications to matched and spa- tial frequency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement" and "image restoration". Picture prop- erties and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of complex pictures; "figure" extraction, proper- ties of figures. Data structures for pictures description and manipulation; "picture languages". Graphics systems for alphanumeric and other symbols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional objects, cartoons and movies.

CMSC 735 A Quantitative Approach to Software Management and Engineering (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 435 and STAT 400 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the fundamen- tal ideas for measuring and evaluating the software development process and product. Types of mod- els and metrics currently in use. Paradigms for using practical measurement for managing and engi- neering the software development and maintenance process; evaluating software methods and tools; and improving productivity, quality and the effective use of methodology.

CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This is the same course as LBSC 721. Definition of in- formation science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems analysis, information, basic constraints on information systems, processes of communication, classes and their use, optimaliza- tion and mechanization.

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 47 1 and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and other topics. (Same as MAPL 600.)

CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlinear equations in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected applications. (Same as MAPL 604.)

CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical Systems (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and STAT 400. Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating mod- els of interest to physical scientists. Generation and testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deter- ministic and incomplete models.

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science (1-3)

CMSC —Computer Science 261

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of computer systems to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit.

CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Processing (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of information processing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for cred- it.

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Languages (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature of programming languages to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit.

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computing (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of theory of computing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit.

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of numerical methods to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit.

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

CNEC — Consumer Economics

CNEC 400 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 110 OR 115. Research methodology in textiles and consumer economics, with particular emphasis on the application of statistical concepts and techniques to the analysis of data from the areas of textiles and consumer economics. May not be taken by students who have credit in TEXT 400.

CNEC 410 Consumer Finance (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203. An economic approach to the problems of income allocation and consumer financial planning, including income maximization, principles of asset choice, finan- cial management and risk management. The effects of fiscal and monetary policies on lifetime economic planning. May not be taken by students who have credit for FMCD 441.

CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law (3)

Three lectures a week.

A study of legislation affecting consumer goods and services. Topics covered include product safety and liability, packaging and labeling, deceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The impli- cations of such legislation for consumer welfare with particular emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our society will be examined.

CNEC 433 Consumer Law: Advertising and Solicitation (3)

Prerequisite - CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. An advanced study of the legal consequences of inducing consumers to enter into commercial transactions. Individual consumer remedies, collec- tive consumer remedies and government regulation.

CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption (3)

Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203 or ECON 205 for non-majors. The application of economic theory to a study of consumer decision-making and its role in a market economy at both the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered include empirical studies of consumer spending and saving, the consumer in the market and collective consumption.

CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior (3)

Three lectures per week. ?

Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to a study of consumer behavior. Current theories, models and empirical research findings are explored.

262 Graduate Course Descriptions

CNEC 455 Product Standards (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The process of product standard development, and the signifi- cance of such standards to the consumer. History, procedures and uses of standards by industry and government, including both voluntary and regulatory standardization; the impact of product stan- dards, and mechanisms for obtaining consumer input in the standardization process.

CNEC 456 Product Liability and Government Regulation (3)

Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. Legal concepts involved in society's determina- tion of consumer's rights to product safety. Litigation determining the obligation of manufacturers and sellers to injured consumers. Government regulations defining the obligations of manufacturers to design and construct products in accordance with government standards.

CNEC 457 Product Safety (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An interdisciplinary investigation of consumer product safety. Major statutes and agencies regulating safety. Alternative means of promoting consumer product safety. The application of product liability and cost benefit analysis to the economics of product safety. Consumer response to safety labeling, advertising and educational efforts.

CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis (L4)

Limited to undergraduate students in the departmental honors program. An independent literary, laboratory or field study, conducted throughout the student's senior year. Student should register in both fall and spring.

CNEC 498 Special Studies (2-4)

Independent study by an individual student or by a group of students in advanced work not other- wise provided in the department. Students must prepare a description of the study they wish to un- dertake. The plan must be approved by the faculty directing the study and the department chairman.

CRIM — Criminology

(KIM 432 Law of Corrections (3)

Prerequisite: LENF 230 ORR 34 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of criminal corrections from sentencing to final release or release on parole. Probation, punishments, special treatments for special offenders, parole and pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined.

CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analy- sis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.

CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3)

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Methods and programs in pre- vention of crime and delinquency.

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents in the Community (3)

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the processes and methods in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a community setting.

CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3)

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. History, organization and func- tions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles.

CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3)

Prerequisite: CRIM 220, CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical overview of criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent re- search in criminalistic subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent proposals for "decriminalization".

CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3)

Prereqisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331 or equivalent. Biological, environmental, and personality factors which influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology and crime, stress and crime, maladjustment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent crime, sex-

CRIM —Criminology 263

motivated crime and sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and criminal behavior.

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3)

Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in criminology. Such courses will be of- fered in response to student request and faculty interest. No more than six credits may be taken by a student in selected topics.

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice and Criminology (3)

Prerequisite: completion of research methods and statistics requirements for the M.A. Degree. Examination of special research problems and techniques.

CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3)

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research.

CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3)

Second semester.

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3)

First semester.

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency As A Community Problem (3)

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquen- cy in Maryland.

CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3)

Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent. A study of the development of criminological thought from antiquity to the present.

CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of selected problems in the field of crimino- logy. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Doctoral dissertation research in criminal justice and criminology.

DANC —Dance

DANC 408 Choreography III (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 308 or audition. Theoretical and creative aspects of choreography for small groups. Emphasis on individual projects. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

DANC 410 Dance Production II (3)

One lecture and four labs. Prerequisite: DANC 210. Continuation of DANC 210.

DANC 411 Dance Management and Administration (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 210. Principles of dance management and administration, including organ- ization of touring, bookings, budgets, public relations, grantsmanship and audience development.

DANC 428 Principles of Pointe Work and Partnering (2)

Prerequisite: DANC 329 or audition. An introduction to pointe work for the advanced female stu- dent pursuing the tradition of classical ballet. Principles of partnering for the male dance student. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 credits.

DANC 429 Ballet Variations and Repertory (3)

Pre- or corequisite: DANC 428. Choreography, music, scenario and staging of standard works in ballet. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

DANC 430 Dance Ethnology (3)

Social and cultural aspects of dance in world cultures with emphasis on non-western peoples.

DANC 448 Modern Dance VII (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 349 or audition. Advanced technique in contemporary dance with emphasis on physic ll and expressive skills. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

264 Graduate Course Descriptions

DANC 449 Modern Dance VIII (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 448 or audition. Intensive work in modern technique for the professionally oriented dancer. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

DANC 468 Modern Repertory (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 165 AND 249 and permission of the instructor. The form, content, music, design and performance of selected works of well known modern choreographers, including Humphrey, Graham and Limon. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

DANC 471 Movement Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 165. The social psychology of movement; reciprocity of physical and emo- tional behavior.

DANC 482 History of Dance I (3)

The development of dance from primitive times to the middle ages and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture.

DANC 483 History of Dance II (3)

The development of dance from the Renaissance period to the present time and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture.

DANC 484 Philosophy of Dance (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 482, OR 483 or permission of instructor. Critical analysis of dance as a creative experience and the role of professional, educational and recreational dance in our society. Study of selected approaches to current developments in dance.

DANC 485 Survey of Dance Literature (3)

Prerequisite: DANC 482 AND 483. Research methods and bibliography in dance.

DANC 486 Movement and Media (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Theory and pra- tice of recording solo and group dances on film and video-tape. Analysis of significant dance films, photographic lighting and editing techniques.

DANC 489 Special Topics in Dance (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided subject matter is different.

DANC 499 Dance Workshop IV: Practicum (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the department chairman. Advanced workshop in dance presentation, including performing, production and planned field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 6

credits.

DHCR — Human and Community Resources

DHCR 488 Selected Topics in Human and Community Resources (1-3)

Topics in interdisciplinary processes relevant to the study of human and community resources. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when the subject matter is different and when there is no suffix .

DHCR 788 Advanced Topics in Human and Community Resources (3)

Topics in interdisciplinary areas relevant to the study of human and community resources. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is different.

ECON —Economics

ECON 401 National Income Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors. Analysis of the determination of national income, employment, and price levels. Discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, and government fiscal and monetary policy.

ECON —Economics 265

ECON 402 Business Cycles (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 430. A study of the causes of depressions and unemploy- ment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling economic instability.

ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors. An analysis of the theories of consumer behavior and of the firm, and of general price and distribution theory, with applications to current economic issues.

ECON 405 Intermediate Macro-economic Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Analysis of determination of na- tional income, employment, prices, and growth. Major sectors of economy, models of their interac- tion, fiscal and monetary policy, inflation. Especially recommended for economics majors and those with analytic backgrounds. Credit will be given for only one course, ECON 401 or ECON 405.

ECON 406 Intermediate Micro-economic Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Theory of prices and markets. Analysis of the theory of the household and of the firm, concepts of general equilibrium, and wel- fare economics. Especially recommended for economics majors and those with analytic back- grounds. Credit will be given for only one course, ECON 403 or ECON 406.

ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, and senior standing. Graduate students should take ECON 705. A survey of the development of economic thought since 1900 with special reference to Thorstein Veblen and other pre-1939 institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-institutionalist s such as J.K. Gal bra i th and Gunnar Myrdal.

ECON 415 Introduction to Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) -

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the economic and social characteris- tics of underdeveloped areas. Recent theories of economic development, obstacles to development, policies and planning for development.

ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected Areas (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific area are discussed and alternate strategies and policies for development are analyzed.

ECON 421 Economic Statistics (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent. Not open to students who have taken BMGT 230 or BMGT 231. An introduction to the use of statistics in economics. Topics include: probability, ran- dom variables and their distributions, sampling theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, regression analysis, correlation.

ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, AND 421 (or BMGT 230); or permission of instructor. Emphasizes the interaction between the economic problems posed by economists and the assump- tions employed in statistical theory. Deals with the formulation, estimation and testing of economic models. Topics include single variable and multiple variable regression techniques, theory of identi- fication, autocorrelation and simultaneous equations. Independent work relating the material in the course to an economic problem chosen by the student is required.

ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 401 AND 403 and one year of college mathematics. A course designed to enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will be presented.

ECON 430 Money and Banking (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. The structure of financial institutions and their role in the provision of money and near money. Analysis of the Federal Reserve System, the techniques of central banks, and the control of supply of financial assets in stabilization policy. Relationship of money and credit to economic activity and the price level. Credit will be given for only one course:

266 Graduate Course Descriptions

ECON 430orECON431.

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405. Monetary theory and the role of money, financial institu- tions and interest rates in macro models. Analysis of money demand and supply and of the Monetarist-Keynesia n debate as they affect inflation and stabilization policy. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 430 or ECON 431 .

ECON 440 International Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. A description of international trade and the analysis of international transactions, exchange rates, and balance of payments. Analysis of policies of protec- tion, devaluation, and exchange rate stabilization and their consequences. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441.

ECON 441 Theory of International Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405, and ECON 403 or ECON 406. Theoretical treatment of international trade and international finance. Includes Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin theories of comparative advantage, analysis of tariffs and other trade barriers, international factor mobility, bal- ance of payments adjustments, exchange rate determination, and fiscal and monetary policy in an open economy. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441.

ECON 450 Introduction to Public Sector Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203; or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, and local go- vernments in meeting public wants. Analysis of theories of taxation, public expenditures, govern- ment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis and income redistribution, and their policy applications. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454.

ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203, OR 205. Analysis of collective decision making, economic models of government, program budgeting, and policy implementation; emphasis on models of public choice and institutions which affect decision making.

ECON 454 Theory of Public Finance and Fiscal Federalism (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. Study of welfare economics and the theory of public goods, taxation, public expenditures, benefit-cost analysis, and state and local finance. Applications of theory to current policy issues. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454.

ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403 and 406. Changing structure of the American economy; price policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to problems of public po- licy.

ECON 465 Health Care Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205. Analysis of the health care, the organization of its deliv- ery and financing. Access to care; the role of insurance; regulation of hospitals, physicians, and the drug industry; role of technology; and limits on health care spending.

ECON 470 Theory of Labor Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. An analytical treatment of theories of labor markets. The theory of human capital and allocation of time in household labor supply models; marginal producti- vity theory of labor demand; market structure and the efficiency of labor markets; information theory and screening; discrimination; distribution of income; and unemployment. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 370 or ECON 470.

ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 470. For students who wish to pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor field. Issues and topics selected for detailed examination may include: manpower training and devel- opment, unemployment compensation and social security, race and sex discrimination in employ- ment, wage theory, productivity analysis, the problems of collective bargaining in public employ- ment, wage-price controls and incomes policy.

ECON —Economics 267

ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the organization, operating principles and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the struc- ture and growth of national income.

ECON 484 The Economy of China (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. Policies and performances of the Chinese economy since 1949. Will begin with a survey of modern China's economic history. Emphasizes the strategies and institutional innovations that the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of economic development. Some economic controversies raised during the "Cultural Revolution" will be covered in review of the problems and prospects of the present Chinese economy.

ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special reference to the planning problems of West European countries and the United States.

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An introduction to the study of urban economics through the examination of current policy issues. Topics may include suburbanization of jobs and residences, housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of new towns, ghetto economic development, problems in services such as education and police.

ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of metropolitan development processes, the consequences of alternative growth patterns, and the evaluation of policies to control growth.

ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional Growth (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403, or consent of instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies of regional economic development and the location of economic activity for both rural and metropol- itan regions. Methods of regional analysis.

ECON 601 Macro-economic Analysis (3)

First semester of a two-semester sequence, 601 AND 602. Topics normally include general equi- librium theory in classical, Keynesian, and post- Key nesian treatments; the demand for money; theo- ries of consumption behavior and of inflation.

ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3)

Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601. Major topics include growth and technological change, investment, business cycles, and large empirial macroeconomic models. Also included are material on wages and employment and on international and domestic stability.

ECON 603 Micro-economic Analysis I (3)

Prerequisite: a calculus course or concurrent registration in ECON 621. The first semester of a two-semester sequence which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving the basic economic problem of allocating scarce resources among alternative uses. The central problem of welfare economics and general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed analysis of consumption and production theories including linear programming with decisions under uncertainty.

ECON 604 Micro-economic Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. Qualifications of the basic welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive market structures, external economies and diseconomies and secondary constraints. Application of price theory to public expen- diture decisions, investment in human capital, international trade, and other areas of economics.

ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics covered include Pareto optimality, social welfare funtions, indivisibilities, consumer surplus, output and price policy in public enterprise, and welfare aspects of the theory of public expenditures.

268 Graduate Course Descriptions

ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of the instructor. A study of the development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy.

ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth- century and twentieth-century schools of economic thought, particularly the Classicists. Neo- Classists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic thought, the Socialists, and Keynes.

ECON 611 Seminar in American Economic Development (3)

ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism (3)

Second semester. Studies the transition from feudalism to modern capitalistic economies in Western Europe. Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed with the aid of tools of mo- dern economics, and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less developed areas of the present day.

ECON 615 Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401 AND 403. An analysis of the forces contributing to and retarding economic progress in underdeveloped areas. Macro and micro-economic aspects of devel- opment planning and strategy are emphasized.

ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ECON 615. Special emphasis is on the application of economic theory in the institutional setting of a coun- try or area of particular interest to the student.

ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Development (3)

First semester. Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources to finance and accelerate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy and prac- tice by the government sector to design and implement national development plans.

ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3)

First semester. An introduction to the theory and practice of statistical inference. Elements of computer programming and a review of mathematics germane to this and other graduate economics courses are included.

ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621. Techniques of estimating relationships among economic variables. Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and covariance, and techniques for dealing in time series. Further topics in mathematics.

ECON 623 Econometrics I (3)

Introduction to and development of aspects of mathematical statistics relevant for econometrics; distribution theory and inference. Topics considered include: random variables, density functions, moment generating functions, maximum likelihood estimators, sufficient statistics.

ECON 624 Econometrics II (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 623. Formal treatment of regression analysis; emphasis on formulation, specifications, and estimation of single equation models; elements of computer usage; experience with problems and examples.

ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. The modern firm; review of the theory of profit: neoclas- sical and managerial theories of the firm. Decisions of the firm: investment, research and develop- ment, advertising, mergers; analysis of determinants and effects of these decisions. Theoretical and empirical studies of the firm.

ECON —Economics 269

ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and Performance (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on firm conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies of scale and their relation to concentration levels. Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and monopolistic pricing. Impact of con- centration, entry barriers, and other structure variables on prices and profits of the industry. Social cost of market power.

ECON 663 Antitrust Policy and Regulation (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. U.S. Antitrust policy after 1890; actual policies com- pared to theoretical policies to promote economic efficiency. Development of policy toward mono- polies, cartels, mergers, and patents. Models of the regulatory process and empirical evidence. Studies of regulation of electricity, transportation, airlines, and other industries. Economics of pro- duct safety. Regulation of drugs, automobiles, food, and other products.

ECON 670 The Economics of Labor Markets (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 603 or consent of instructor. Economics of labor markets with trade unions and governmental control. Employer-employee relations in the public, voluntary, and private sectors. Nature of unions in bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage levels, productivity, em- ployment, inflation. Economic goals and consequences of public control, bargaining, and employ- ment conditions.

ECON 681 Comparative Economic Systems and Economic Planning (3)

Theory and practice of economic systems that differ markedly from competitive capitalist system; command economies, in particular the Soviet Union; planned capitalist economies, including French and Dutch experience; self-managed systems (Yugoslavia); and market socialism (Hungary). Emphasis on the nature of institutions and on applying economic tools.

ECON 682 Topics in Comparative Economic Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 681. Detailed analysis of planned economic systems; theoretical study of neoclassical, input-output, and development planning models; use of economic analysis to uderstand the behavior and development of the economies of Western Europe, the USSR, Eastern Europe, and China.

ECON 684 Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union (3)

Measurement and evaluation of Soviet economic growth; interpretation and use of Soviet statis- tics; planning and economic administration; manpower and wage policies; foreign trade and aid. Selected topics in Bloc development and reform.

ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3)

ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3)

Prerequisite: background in calculus and matrix algebra such as provided by ECON 621 AND 622. Optimization techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear programming. Mathematical treatment of general equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of production, con- sumption, and welfare.

ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral growth models and questions of optimal growth. Last half of course consists of presentations of seminar papers.

ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3)

Second semester. A study of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory in the United States and abroad.

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3)

ECON 721 Econometrics III (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 624. Additional topics on the single equation model, including autocorrela- tion, heteroskedasticity, dummy variables, maximum likelihood estimation, and functional forms. Consideration of systems problems.

270 Graduate Course Descriptions

ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 721. Nonlinear econometric systems, simulation, dynamic properties of mod- els, disequilibrium systems, random parameter models, Bayesian analysis, Stochastic control, and other topics. Emphasis on applications to micro and macro models, to value-of-information prob- lems, and to other problems.

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3)

First semester. An adequate knowledge of micro and macro-economics is assumed. Theory of money, financial assets, and economic activity; review of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian con- tribution; emphasis on post- Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley- Shaw, Friedman, and others.

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms through which central banking affects economic activity and prices; formation and implementation of of monetary policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy.

ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 601. The international mechanism of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and income changes. The flexible exchange rate system, international monetary reform and international investment and capital flows.

ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure theory of international trade. Comparative costs, the Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, com- mercial policy and customs unions. The gains from trade and ranking of policy interventions.

ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3)

Review of utility analysis to include the theory of individual consumer resource allocation and exchange and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques upon alloca- tion, exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their production, exchange and consumption. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for government decisions.

ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3)

Second semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with particular emphasis on income taxation; empirical studies; the burden of the public debt. Research paper by each student to be presented to seminar.

ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of rationality in individual and collective decision-making with particular reference to the theory of games. The reasons why nonmarket col- lective decision procedures are required, the properties of several voting rules, and their normative implications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule, the Borda rule, and the demand revealing process. The properties of various representative voting mechanisms.

ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 755 or consent of instructor. The normative properties of collective choice procedures. Specific reference to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls, Nozick and others; and the import of contractarian theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow and Sen. Problems raised by voter ignorance and bounded rationality. The theory of bureaucracy.

ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and Evidence (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622, 624, or consent of instructor. Modern analytical and quantitative labor economics. Labor supply decisions of individuals and households; human capital model and distribution of income. Demand for labor; marginal productivity theory, imperfect information and screening. Interaction of labor demand and supply; unemployment; relative and absolute wages; ma- croeconomic aspects of the labor market.

ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 771 or consent of instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the labor market. Programs examined chosen from among: employment training and public employment pro-

ECON —Economics 271

grams; public assistance; unemployment insurance, social security, wage-setting policies such as fair labor standards act and Davis-Bacon act; policies toward unionization; anti-discrimination programs.

ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. Theory of externalities, microe- conomic models of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of alternative pollution control measures, macroeconomic models of material and energy balance, limits to economic growth and long-run problems of intergenerational and interregional efficiency and equity.

ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Resources (3)

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and non-renewable resources from the normative and positive points of view; evaluation of alternative uses of natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and intergenerational transfers. Discussion of natural resource problems and policies.

ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3)

Market processes and public policies as related to urban problems and metropolitan change. Employment, housing, discrimination, transportation and the local public sector.

ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3)

Theoretical and empirical analysis of the location and spatial distribution of economic activity. Analysis of regional growth and development. The study of analytical methods and forecasting mod- els.

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction

EDCI 401 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Art (4-8)

Limited to art education majors who have consent of department. Fulfils elementary teaching re- quirements in K-12 art education program.

EDCI 402 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Art (2-8) Prerequisite: EDCI 300.

EDCI 403 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public Schools (3)

Introduction to theories of art criticism as related to teaching of art. Trips to galleries and mu- seums. Open to fine arts majors and students from other disciplines.

EDCI 406 Practicum in Art Education: Two-Dimensional (3)

Theory and practical experience in two-dimensional design in various art media; development of teaching procedures and presentation of materials in school settings.

EDCI 407 Practicum in Art Education: Three-Dimensional (3)

A lecture-studio course to develop skills, material resources, and educational strategies for three- dimensional projects in school settings.

EDCI 410 The Child and the Curriculum: Early Childhood (3)

Relationship of the school curriculum, nursery school through grade 3, to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readi- ness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3.

EDCI 411 Student Teaching: Preschool (4)

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of the department.

EDCI 412 Student Teaching: Kindergarten (4)

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department.

EDCI 413 Student Teaching: Primary Grades (8)

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department.

272 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDCI 416 Mainstreaming in Early Childhood Educational Settings (3)

Theoretical bases and applied practices for integrating handicapped children into regular early childhood programs.

EDCI 420 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Social Studies (3)

Corequisite: EDCI 421. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and tecniques in relation to the student teaching experience.

EDCI 421 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 320.

EDCI 422 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Geography (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 321.

EDCI 423 Social Studies in Early Childhood Education (3)

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of en- vironmental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, nur- sery school through grade 3.

EDCI 424 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3)

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of en- vironmental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6.

EDCI 425 Social Studies and Multicultural Education (3)

Seminar relating to general social science principals that are applicable to multicultural education as a component of social studies instruction. Cultural experiences arranged on an independent basis for each participant.

EDCI 426 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to social studies education. For in-service teachers. Includes emphasis on multicultural education.

EDCI 430 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Foreign Language (3)

Co-requisite: EDCI 431. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience.

EDCI 431 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Foreign Languages (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 330.

EDCI 432 Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary School (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Methods and techniques for developmental approach to the teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary schools. Development of oral-aural skills in lan- guage development.

EDCI 433 Teaching the Audio-Lingual Skills in Foreign Languages (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to foreign language education. For in-service teachers.

EDCI 434 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (3)

An introductory course in methods for teaching listening, speaking, reading and writing tech- niques and a review of research findings.

EDCI 435 Teaching Reading in a Second Language (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of selected theories and practices in first language reading applied to second language teaching/learning; diagnostic and prescriptive techniques and analysis of the student's cultural background as a factor in evaluating reading achievement in the se- cond language.

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 273

EDO 436 Teaching for Multicultural Understanding (3)

The techniques and content for teaching culture in foreign language classes and English as a Second Language (ESL) classes. Research and evaluation of selected aspects of a culture as basis for creating teaching materials.

EDCI 437 Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3)

Analysis of bilingual-bicultural education in the U.S. and abroad with emphasis on TESOL. Methods of teaching, goals, instructional materials and mainstreaming of bilingual students.

EDCI 438 Field Experience in TESOL (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Systematic observations, tutor- ing and teaching in a TESOL field setting.

EDCI 440 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: English, Speech, Drama (1)

Corequisite: EDCI 441. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience.

EDCI 441 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: English (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 340.

EDCI 442 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Speech (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 340.

EDCI 443 Literature for Children and Youth (3)

Analysis of literary materials for children and youth. Timeless and ageless books, and outstand- ing examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual authors, il- lustrators and children's book awards.

EDCI 444 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education (3)

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3.

EDCI 445 Language Arts in the Elementary School (3)

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6.

EDCI 446 Methods of Teaching English, Speech, Drama in Secondary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to english, speech, and drama education. For in-service teachers.

EDCI 447 Field Experience in English, Speech, Drama Teaching (1)

Corequisite: EDCI 340. Practical experience as an aide to a regular english, speech or drama teacher; assigned responsibilities and participation in a variety of teaching/learning activities.

EDCI 450 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Mathematics (3)

Corequisite: EDCI 451. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience.

EDCI 451 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Mathematics (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 350.

EDCI 452 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3.

EDCI 453 Mathematics in the Elementary School (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6.

274 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDCI 454 The Mathematics Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. The definition, design, and uses of an elementary school mathematics laboratory. Laboratory visitations. The design of instruc- tional activities and field-test activities with children.

EDCI 455 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to mathematics education. For in-service teachers.

EDCI 456 Diagnosis of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3)

Prerequisites: all courses in the EDSP 330 block and MATH 210 or consent of the instructor. Development of skills in diagnosing and identifying learning disabilities in mathematics and in planning for individualized instruction. Clinic participation required.

EDCI 461 Reading in Early Childhood Education (3)

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experi- ence stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3.

EDCI 462 Reading in the Elementary School (3)

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experi- ence stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-8.

EDCI 463 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School (3)

The fundamentals of secondary reading instruction, including emphasis on content reading in- struction.

EDCI 464 Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis and Instruction (3)

Prerequisite, EDCI 362 or 463. A laboratory course in which each student has one or more pu- pils for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction.

EDCI 466 Literature for Adolescents (3)

Reading and analysis of fiction and nonfiction: methods for critically assessing quality and ap- peal; current theory and methods of instruction; research on response to literature; curriculum design and selection of books.

EDCI 467 Teaching Writing (3)

Sources and procedures for developing curriculum objectives and materials for teaching written composition; prewriting. composing, and revision procedures; contemporary directions in rhetorical theory; survey of research on composition instruction.

EDCI 471 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Science (12) Prerequisite: EDCI 352

EDCI 472 Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools (3)

Prerequisites: EDHD 300, EDCI 390, and consent of instructor. The study of the teachers role in secondary school science instruction: preparing objectives, planning lessons, selecting and organ- izing for classroom and laboratory instruction, determining appropriate teaching methods, selecting textbooks and other instructional materials, measuring and evaluating student achievement. Includes lab and field experience. For in-service teachers.

EDCI 473 Environmental Education (3)

Two lecture-discussion periods and one three hour laboratory-field experience session per week. An interdisciplinary course covering the literature, techniques and strategies of environmental educa- tion. Emphasis on the study of environmental education programs and the development of a specific program which is designed to implement the solution of an environmental problem. The laboratory- field experience is provided as a model for future activities of students. [Open to any student who wishes to become actively involved in the process of environmental education program

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 275

development.]

EDCI 474 Science in Early Childhood Education (3)

Objectives, methods, materials and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3.

EDCI 475 Science in the Elementary School (3)

Objectives, methods, materials, and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6.

EDCI 476 Teaching Ecology and Natural History (3)

An introduction to the teaching of natural history in the classroom and in the field. Ecological principles; resources and instructional materials; curricular materials. Primarily for teachers, park na- turalists, and outdoor educators.

EDCI 480 The Child and the Curriculum: Elementary (3)

Relationship of the school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to leam; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6.

EDCI 481 Student Teaching: Elementary (12)

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department.

EDCI 482 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Special Education (8)

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. Limited to spe- cial education majors who have previously applied. Provides 8 weeks of full-time experience in the regular elementary classroom.

EDCI 483 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Elementary (6)

Prerequisites: EDHD 300, EDCI 480, or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in elementary and middle school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the manage- ment and operation of an on-going media program.

EDCI 484 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Music (4-6)

Limited to MUED majors who have consent of department. Fulfills elementary teaching require- ments in K-12 music education programs.

EDCI 485 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Physical Education (4-8)

Limited to PHED majors who have consent of the department. Fulfills elementary teaching re- quirements in K-12 physical education programs.

EDCI 486 Supervision of Student Teachers (3)

Designed for in-service teachers. The development and refinement of skills in observing, evaluat- ing and conducting conferences with student teachers. Clinical supervision and cooperative problem solving. Required by some school systems for supervision of student teachers.

EDCI 487 Introduction to Computers in Instructional Settings (3)

Prerequisite: at least six hours in education or instructional experience. A first-level survey course for students interested in the possibilities of using computers for instructional purposes. "Hands-on" experience with computers. Site visits, guest speakers, and individual project opportunities.

EDCI 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: Major in curriculum and instruction, or consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDCI 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDCI 490 Curriculum and Instruction in the Middle and Junior High School (3)

Curriculum and Instruction in the middle and junior high school. Purposes, functions and characteristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, meth-

276 Graduate Course Descriptions

ods, staff, and other topics together with implications for prospective teachers.

EDCI 491 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Health (12) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

EDCI 492 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Dance (2-8) Prerequisite: EDCI 383.

EDCI 493 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Secondary (6)

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in secondary school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the management and operation of an on going media program.

EDCI 494 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Music (2-8) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

EDCI 495 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Physical Education (2-8) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

EDCI 496 Student Teaching Seminar in Library Media Services (3)

An analysis of theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience.

EDCI 498 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6)

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Available only to curriculum and instruction majors who have definite plans for individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work.

EDCI 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. The following types of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors.

EDCI 600 Trends in Art Education Curriculum (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in art education.

EDCI 601 History of Art Education (3)

A study of the growth of the art curriculum in American schools. Perspective on art education philosophy as viewed through a historical survey beginning with the United States colonial period to the present.

EDCI 602 The Teaching of Aesthetics in the Public Schools (3)

The aesthetic foundations of art education. Development of skills necessary for critical investiga- tion of works of art, and identification of curriculum implications resulting from various aesthetic and psychological approaches to art.

EDCI 610 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education (3)

Basic examination of curriculum theory, research and practice in educational settings for infants and children to age eight.

EDCI 611 The Young Child in the Community (3)

Analysis of the impact of major social and economic trends on young children through study and research of community agencies, commercial enterprises and social experiences.

EDCI 612 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood Education (3)

An examination of theory and research concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of planning, organization of learning environment', evaluation of learning, general classroom manage- ment, and inter-personal relationships.

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 277

EDCI 613 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3)

Research in the teachers' role in parent involvement in school activities and processes.

EDCI 614 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in Early Childhood Education (3)

A critical examination of theories of intellectual and creative development, language develop- ment, problem solving and critical thinking.

EDCI 620 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Social Studies (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in social studies.

EDCI 621 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Geography (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in geo- graphy.

EDCI 622 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 322 or consent of instructor. Examination of current literature and research re- ports in the social sciences as they relate to social studies curriculum and instruction.

EDCI 630 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Foreign Language (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in foreign language education.

EDCI 631 Testing in the Foreign Language/ESL Classroom (3)

Analysis of standardized and teacher-made FL/ESL tests; i.e., aptitude, ach ievement, and profi- ciency; emphasis on principles of FL/ESL test construction with opportunity to field test commercial and teacher-made materials.

EDCI 634 Advanced TESOL Methods (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent. Reading, writing, listening and speaking skills; work in diagnosing student strengths and weaknesses in English; development of ESOL instructional ma- terials and TESOL research projects.

EDCI 637 Advanced Laboratory Practice in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (2-6)

Prerequisites: EDCI 434 and 634 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship in TESOL setting. Six credits require full-time work for one-half semester. A full-time commitment involving observing, tutoring, teaching.

EDCI 640 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: English (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in eng- lish education.

EDCI 641 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Speech (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in speech.

EDCI 642 Communications and the School Curriculum (3)

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environ- ment.

EDCI 643 Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (3)

Prerequisite, EDCI 342 or consent of instructor: Analysis of current issues, trends, and problems in language-arts instruction in terms of research in educational theory and the language arts; pro- cesses for effecting changes in methods and materials for classroom instruction.

EDCI 644 Teaching Children's Literature in the Classroom (3)

Issues and trends in children's literature with emphasis on implications in classroom settings. Contemporary social conditions and problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship, media adaptation, and reading habits.

278 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDCI 650 Trends in Mathematics Education (3)

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in mathematics.

EDCI 651 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Theoretical and research li- terature interrelating mathematics education with psychology, sociology, philosophy, and history. Evaluation of the influence of this literature on research, teacher preparation, and mathematics in- struction in schools.

EDCI 652 Elementary School Mathematics Curricula (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of past and present curricular projects, experimental programs, and instructional materials. Design and imple- mentation of elementary school mathematics curricula.

EDCI 653 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics I (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of dis- abilities in mathematics. Theoretical models, specific diagnostic and instructional techniques and ma- terials for working with children in both clinical and classroom settings. Practice using techniques by conducting case studies with children previously diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than se- verely disabled. Clinic hours to be arranged.

EDCI 654 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics II (3)

Prerequisite. EDCI 653 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of se- vere learning disabilities in elementary school mathematics. Theoretical models, relevant research and specific techniques appropriate for accessing the interaction of subject matter, organismic, and instructional variables. Clinic hours for case study work to be arranged.

EDCI 655 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 654 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Supervised clinical research studies with children experiencing learning difficulties in mathematics.

EDCI 660 Corrective Reading Instruction (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463, or equivalent. Diagnostic techniques, instructional materials and teaching procedures useful in the regular classroom; appropriate for teachers, supervisors, and ad- ministrators.

EDCI 661 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463. The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the teaching of reading in the content areas. Focus on improving student achievement in content disciplines where reading materials are used as instructional resources.

EDCI 662 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and Prescription (3)

Prerequisites: 12 credits of graduate study in education, or consent of instructor. Survey course in reading diagnosis and prescription for graduate students not majoring in reading. The interpretation of reading diagnostic techniques with an overview of various prescriptions based on diagnosis.

EDCI 663 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3)

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the ele- mentary school.

EDCI 664 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3)

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials use- ful to the reading specialist in assessing serious reading difficulties. At least one diagnostic screening conducted with a school age student.

EDCI 665 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabilities (3)

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Remedial procedures and materials useful to the reading specialist in planning programs of individual and small group instruction.

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 279

EDO 666 The Role of the Reading Resource Teacher (3)

Prerequisites: EDCI 663 or 667 and EDMS 645. Preparation of reading personnel to function as resource persons to classroom teachers, administrators and the school community. Emphasis on role expectations, pertinent research, literature review and on site experiences.

EDCI 667 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (3)

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the se- condary school.

EDCI 670 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Science (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in science education.

EDCI 671 Teaching Science in Elementary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 372 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the teaching of science to children through (1) the identification of problems to teaching science, (2) the investigation and study of re- search reports related to the identified problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of methods for improving the effectiveness of science education for children.

EDCI 672 Curriculum Innovations in Early Childhood-Elementary Science Education (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of curricula in early childhood-elementary science; interaction with early childhood-element ary school children using selected activities from science curricula.

EDCI 680 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum.

EDCI 681 Trends in Elementary School Curriculum (3)

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in elementary education.

EDCI 682 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Urban Schools (3)

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in urban schools.

EDCI 683 Implementation of Curricular Specialties (3)

Implementation of curricular specialties in educational settings; research methods applied in curri- culum implementation; societal values, ethics and responsibilities associated with the implementation of curricular specialties; and personal capabilities to successfully implement curriculum.

EDCI 684 Introduction to Field Methods in School and Community (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Application of selected field research methods to problems of professional practice. Issues pertaining to the role and responsibilities of the field investigator working in schools and other service agencies. Students plan and conduct field study utilizing quali- tative field techniques.

EDCI 685 Research Methods (3)

The interpretation and conduct of research in curriculum and instruction.

EDCI 687 Applications of Computers in Instructional Settings (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or consent of instructor. Applications of computers in instructional settings. Psychological and human-factor implications. The application of learning theory to such topics as simulations, CMI, CAI, and representative courseware and hardware evaluations.

EDCI 700 Theory and Research in Art Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.

EDCI 701 Theory and Research in Music Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

280 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDO 710 StafTing in Early Childhood Programs (3)

For advanced students in early childhood education. Prohlems involved in administration of fa- culty and staff in programs for young children.

EDO 711 Education and Group Care of the Infant and Young Child (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or consent of the instructor. The historical, theoretical and empirical ba- sis for the group care and education of young children with special emphasis on the child under the age of three.

EDO 713 Research in Early Childhood Education (3)

Prerequisites: EDMS 645 or equivalent. The design and conduct of research with infants and children to age eight; reviews, evaluations and discussions of significant and relevant early child- hood research literature.

EDO 720 Theory and Research in Social Studies Education (3)

Prerequisites: EDO 620 or 622, and EDMS 645. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; considertation of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of mo- dern teaching methods and techniques.

EDO 730 Theory and Research in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDO 731 Advanced Teaching of Reading in a Second Language (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 435. A survey of research literature and evaluation of research techniques ap- plied in second language teaching/learning. Interpretations of diagnostic techniques with prescrip- tions for meeting individual differences based upon student's cultural background.

EDO 740 Theory and Research in English Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.

EDCI 741 Theory and Research in Speech Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDCI 750 Theory and Research in Mathematics Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDCI 761 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 762. Diagnostic work with children in clinic and school situations. Administration, and interpretation. Prescription, diagnostic instrument, case report writing and conferences.

EDCI 762 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Instruction (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 761. Remedial instruction with children in clinic and school situations. The development of competency in remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching and evaluation.

EDCI 769 Theory and Research in Reading (3)

Prerequisite - consent of instructor. Survey of the literature in reading and allied fields, an exam- ination of current research directions and methodologies. Implications for classroom practice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

EDCI 770 Foundations of Science Education (3)

Prerequisites: EDCI 670 or 671, or consent of instructor. The study and interpretation of science education literature describing the development of science education; pre-kindergarten through col- lege; the establishment of frames of reference to determine the influences on current and future prac- tices in science education; and the identification and critical analysis of topics in science education.

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 281

EDO 771 Theory and Research in Science Education (3)

Prerequisites: EDCI 770 and EDMS 646, or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques and paradigms for research in science education, pre-kindergarten through college. The significance of selected science education research studies. The identification and critical analysis of one re- searchable topic in science education and the development of a proposal for this topic which outlines a well delineated research plan.

EDCI 780 Theory and Research on Teaching (3)

Analysis of general theory and research on teaching; the interactive process of instruction pre- school through higher education in school and non-school settings; future directions and needed re- search.

EDCI 781 Persons as Researchers (3)

Study of the ways persons function as researchers and the reasons they pursue selected areas of inquiry. Analysis of research roles, designs, and approaches in a variety of educational settings.

EDCI 782 Theory and Research in Urban Education (3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDCI 787 Computer Courseware Development (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 687 or consent of instructor. The design, creation, and refinement of instruc- tional sequences using microcomputer capabilities and appropriate learning theory implications. Instructional modes including tutorial, drill and practice, simulation, and real-world interfacing. Advanced programming techniques using BASIC and author languages such as PILOT.

EDCI 788 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3)

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDCI 798 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6)

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Intended for masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education who desire to pursue a research problem.

EDCI 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

EDCI 800 Seminar in Art Education (3)

EDCI 810 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3)

EDCI 820 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3)

EDCI 822 Seminar in Secondary Education (3)

EDCI 830 Seminar in Foreign Language Education (3)

EDCI 840 Seminar in English Education (3)

EDCI 841 Seminar in Speech Education (3)

EDCI 858 Seminar in Mathematics Education (1-3)

Survey and analysis of literature on an identified research topic in mathematics education. Design and implementation of a research study to investigate the identified topic. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

EDCI 860 Seminar in Reading Education (3)

EDCI 861 Research Methods in Reading (3)

Prerequisite: EDCI 769 and EDMS 646 or equivalent. Current research questions and methods culminating in a study suitable for submission to journals. Emphasis on using and conducting re- search.

EDCI 870 Seminar in Science Education (3)

EDCI 880 Doctoral Proposal Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: consent of advisor and instructor. EDCI 685 and either EDCI 780 or EDCI 683. Definition of the problem, development of research design, design of data collection processes, and

282 Graduate Course Descriptions

writing of proposal.

EDO 881 Seminar in Instructional Computing (3)

EDO 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for ex- perience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students.

EDO 889 Internship in Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel Services (3)

Presents principles and procedures, and examines the function of counselors, psychologists in schools, school social workers, and other personnel service workers.

EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3)

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom problems.

EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3)

Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a variety of social situations, including contingency contracting and time out will be acquired.

EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3)

Development of student proficiency in analyzing complex patterns of behavior on the basis of empirical evidence.

EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Basic principles of human behavior will be reviewed and application of these principles will be implemented under supervision.

EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3)

Two hours of lecture discussion and two hours of laboratory per week.

The nature and property of groups, interaction analysis, developmental phases, leadership dynam- ics and styles, roles of members and interpersonal communications. Laboratory involves experimen- tal based learning.

EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3)

Strategy development for counselors and educators to deal with problems of racism.

EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling (3)

Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation counseling, social work, psychology, or education who desire to work professionally with physically or emotionally handicapped persons.

EDCP 461 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3)

Theory and research concerning disability, with emphasis on crisis theory, loss and mourning, handicapped as a deviant group, sexuality and functional loss, attitude formation, dying process and coping. Implications for counseling and the rehabilitation process.

EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A systematic analysis of research and theoretical literature on a variety of major problems in the organization and administration of student personnel services in higher education. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel philosophy in education, counseling services, discipline, housing, student activities, financial aid, health, remedial services, etc.

EDCP —Education Counseling and Personnel Services 283

EDCP 489 Field Experiences in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-4)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to major students who have formal plans for individual study of approved problems.

EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops conducted by the Department of Counseling and Personnel Services (or developed coo- peratively with other departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in counseling and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; institutues developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups.

EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3)

Theoretical approaches to adult development. The scope and variety of settings (industry, educa- tion, government) in which programs of adult counseling and guidance take place, and the nature of such programs.

EDCP 606 Counseling Adults in Transition (3)

Theoretical background for understanding adult transitions such as divorce, promotion, major ill- ness and bereavement. Strategies for helping adult clients cope with major life changes.

EDCP 610 Professional Orientation (3)

Survey of knowledge base and practices in counseling and personnel services specializations, pro- fessional ethics, credentialling relevant legislation, current issues.

EDCP 61 1 Career Development Theory and Programs (3)

Research and theory related to career and educational decisions; programs of related information and other activities in career decision.

EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and Personnel Services (3)

Examination of constructs and research relating to major personality theories with emphasis on their significance for working with the behaviors of individuals.

EDCP 615 Counseling I: Appraisal (3)

For counseling and personnel majors only. Collection and interpretation of appraisal data, synthe- sis of data through case study procedures. Development of interview skills.

EDCP 616 Counseling II: Theory and Practice (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 615. Counseling theories and the practices which stem from such theories.

EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 616. A survey of theory, research and practice of group counseling and psy- chotherapy with an introduction to growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic factors in groups, composition of therapeutic groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, research meth- ods, theories, ethics and training of group counselors and therapists.

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6)

Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of instructor. Sequence of supervised counseling experi- ences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in advance. Two hours class plus labor- atory.

EDCP 625 Counseling the Chemically Dependent (3)

Chemical dependency and its effects on the individual's personal, social, and work functioning. Counseling procedures for persons with drug and alcohol problems.

284 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and consent of instructor. A supervised field experience in group counseling.

EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3)

Prerequisite: graduate course in group process. Study of case consultation, systems consultation, mental health consultation and the professional's role in systems intervention strategies.

EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (4)

Assessment of development, emQtional and learning problems of children in schools. Practicum experience.

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (4)

Prerequisite: EDCP 633. Assessment of development, emotional, and learning problems of ado- lescents in schools. Practicum experience.

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management I (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treatment of problems presented by teachers and parents. Practicum experience.

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management II (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 635. The objective of this course is to understand and to treat children's problems. The focus is primarily on the older child in secondary school and the orientation is essen- tially behavioral. Practicum experience will be provided.

EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Personnel Services (2)

Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of personnel services programs and implementing personnel services practices.

EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services Seminar (2)

Prerequisite: advanced standing. Examination of issues that bear on professional issues such as ethics, interprofessional relationships and research.

EDCP 662 Medical Aspects of Disability (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or consent of instructor. Appraisal of medical aspects in rehabilitation; nature, cause, treatment, limitations, prognosis of most common disabilities; medical terminology; role of the medical specialities.

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Part of core curriculum in reha- bilitation counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding his needs, treatment appro- aches available, and society's reaction to the client.

EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours.

EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: Master's degree in counseling, or instructor's permission. Systematic investigation of methods of theory analysis and their application to counseling theory.

EDCP 717 Evaluation of Research in Counseling (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Research on process and outcome in counseling. A review of research and appropriate research methodologies.

EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes (2-6)

Prerequisites: EDCP 626. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

EDCP 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 622. The administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and Wechsler scales of intelligence.

EDCP 727 Practicum in Individual Testing II (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 622 and consent of the instructor. Practicum experience in the administration of and the interpretation of the results of individual psychological tests. Alternate instruments to the

EDCP —Education Counseling and Personnel Services 285

Stanford-Binet and Wechsler scales of intelligence and the measurement of special abilities through the use of appropriate instruments.

EDCP 73S Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (2)

This course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide the advanced rehabilitation counseling student with a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach personal resolution regarding pertinent professional problems and issues in the field.

EDCP 771 The College Student (3)

A demographic study of the characteristics of college students as well as a study of their aspira- tions, values, and purposes.

EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction to intake and counseling relationships.

EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Praticum (3)

Prerequisite: EDCP 776 and permission of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 776. Further experi- ence under direct supervision of more varied forms of counseling relationships.

EDCP 778 Research Proposal Seminar (3)

The development of thesis, dissertation or other research proposals.

EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor, previous practicum experience. Individual supervision in one of the following areas: (a) individual counseling, (b) group counseling, (c) consultation, or (d) administration.

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6)

Master"s AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit under this number.

EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis.

EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals . Credit not to be granted for experi- ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students.

EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel Services (3-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a

Ph.D. Dissertation.

EDHD — Education, Human Development

EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3)

Multidisciplinary survey of the processes of aging. Physiological changes, cultural forces, and self-processes that bear on quality of life in later years. Field study of programs, institutions for eld- erly, individual elders, their families and care providers.

EDHD 411 Child Growth and Development (3)

Theoretical approaches to and empirical studies of physical, psychological and social develop- ment from conception to puberty. Implications for home, school and community.

286 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDHD 413 Adolescent Development (3)

Adolescent development, including special problems encountered in contemporary culture. Observational component and individual case study. Does not satisfy requirement for professional teacher education program.

EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human Development III (3)

Guided reading and observation of students through the school year. Impact of family, school, society, and peer group on individual. Analysis of field data in terms of behavioral patterns.

EDHD 417 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 416. Continuation of analysis of field observations; emphasis on cognitive processes, motivation, self-concept, attitudes and values.

EDHD 419 Human Development and Learning in School Settings (3)

Prerequisite: classroom teaching experience or consent of instructor. Advanced study of human development and learning in different phases of school program over a period of time. Repeatable for maximum of 6 credits if topics differ.

EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Practical aspects for helping and working with children, drawing on research, clinical studies, and observation. Implications for day care and other public issues.

EDHD 460 Educational Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Application of psychology to learning processes and theories. Individual differences, measurement, motivation, emotions, intelli- gence, attitudes, problem solving, thinking and communicating in educational settings. (May not be substituted for EDHD 300 by students in professional teacher education programs.)

EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for individual study of approved problems.

EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors.

EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3)

An overview of the multidisciplinary, scientific principles which describe human development and behavior and an application of these principles in an analysis of a behavioral record. Techniques of observation, recording, and analysis of human behavior. Emphasis on critiquing and applying research findings.

EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior (3)

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes and implications for understanding and working with people.

EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior (3)

The social forces and expectations that influence behavior from infancy through old age and death. The effects of ethnicity, social learning values, attitudes, historical events and mass media on

EDHD — Education, Human Development 287

perception and behavior in societal interactions.

EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior (3)

EDHD 600 or its equivalent. Prerequisites are EDHD 601 AND 602. Analyzes the organized and integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group.

EDHD 610 Physiological Aspects of Aging (3)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 201 OR 202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Physiological changes with advancing age including cells and tissues; metabolism; homeostasis; and sensorium, with impli- cations with respect to coping with these changes.

EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I (3)

First of a three-hour sequence in the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon the major forces which shape the development and learning of children and youth. Summer session only.

EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence in the behavior analy- sis of children and youth focusing on self-developmental and self-adjustive processes. Summer ses- sion only.

EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a three-course sequence in the behavioral analy- sis of children and youth which contrasts the child's concept of self and the world and the world's concept of the child. Summer session only.

EDHD 619 Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3)

A critical examination of concepts and issues in contemporary culture as these relate to the devel- opment and learning of children and youth. Summer session only. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

EDHD 620 Aging in the Cultural Context (3)

The factors and forces that affect life quality in the late years. Identification of economic, social? and governmental influences in the cultural context that enhance or impede continued growth of the person. Individual projects involving direct field experience.

EDHD 630 Cognitive Processes During Aging (3)

Cognitive functioning of the aged. The roles of cultural, environmental and affectional variables as they contribute to the healthy functioning of cognitive processes. On-site field trips to consolidate an understanding of these interrelationships. Designed for those who desire a fuller understanding of life-span human development and/or are interested in working with the elderly.

EDHD 659 Direct Study of Individuals (3)

Observational techniques to record the behavior of an individual. Procedures to ensure objectivi- ty in data collection. Methods used to analyze, categorize, quantify observational data in research.

EDHD 700 Infant Development (3)

An examination of recent research findings in physical, social, emotional and language develop- ment during infancy. A review of prenatal and perinatal factors in relation to their influence on later development.

EDHD 701 Training the Parent Educator (3)

Prerequisite: course in child development at the 400 level or above. History, philosophy, and ethics of parent education, and examination of issues critical to the design, implementation, and eva- luation of parent education programs. Training in communication and leadership skills.

EDHD 710 Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Development (3)

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Describes the normal devel- opment, expression and influence of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. Deals with the influence of parent-child relationship involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, in- consistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional behavior and personality adjust- ment and development.

288 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDHD 711 Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Development (3)

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Analyzes the process of group formation, role-taking and status-winning, describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" dur- ing childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. Analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated with winning, belonging, and playing roles in the peer group.

EDHD 721 Learning Theory and the Educative Process I (3)

Major theories, issues and research in learning and cognitive development. Emphasis on the ap- plication of these theories to education and the helping professions.

EDHD 722 Learning Theory and the Educative Process II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 721 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of theories, issues and research in several categories of cognition and learning applied to education and the helping professions.

EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Offers introductory training and apprenticeship preparing per- sons to become staff members in human development workshopd, consultants in child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psy- chology.

EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or consent of instructor. Offers advanced training and apprenticeship preparing persons to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psychology.

EDHD 740 Theories of Conflict Resolution in Human Development (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Psychological and sociological theories regarding the nature of human conflict and its resolution and research regarding bargaining and negotiation techniques. Applications to students' professional work.

EDHD 741 Conflict Resolution in Divorce Settlement (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Conflict resolution and negotiation techniques to the di- vorce settlement process. Neutral third party negotiation in conjunction with legal professionals in resolving issues of child custody and visitation, division of marital property, spousal support, and child support.

EDHD 779 Special Topics in Human Development (1-6) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

EDHD 780 Research Methods in Human Development (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Potentials and limitations of empirical observation for contributing to human development knowledge, locating and evaluating relevant human development research, and choosing and applying statistical techniques to human development problems.

EDHD 789 Internship in Human Development (3-8)

Prerequisites: nine credits of human development and consent of instructor. Internship experience in one or more human service agencies in the community. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits.

EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)

Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number.

EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis.

EDHD — Education, Human Development 289

EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human Development I (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on the biological bases of hu- man behavior including physiological processes which have an impact on human development and behavior. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives and identification of research problems.

EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human Development II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 810 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar in the biological bases of behavior with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 810. Identification of research problems and areas of application.

EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human Development I (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on the socialization of human beings. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives from sociology, anthropology, and psychology; exam- ination of the outcomes of socialization (e.g., sex role, moral behavior).

EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human Development II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on socialization and social development with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 820. Identification of research problems and areas of application.

EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Development I (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on personality theories - — their history, constructs, and methods; examination of the reciprocal relation between self and the social environment; consideration of different conceptualization of self-processes and related personality re- search.

EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Development II (3)

Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on current theoreti- cal perspectives in self-processes, with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 830. Identification of research problems and areas of application.

EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3)

Prerequisites: EDHD 810, 820 and 830. A seminar wherin advanced students work toward a per- sonal synthesis of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed on see- ing the dynamic interrelations between all process in the behavior and development of an individual.

EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students.

EDHD 889 Internship in Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. Dissertation.

EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education

EDIT 400 Technology Activities For the Elementary School (3)

Experience in the development and use of technology and career education instructional materials for construction activities in an interdisciplinary approach to elementary school education.

EDIT 401 Essentials of Design (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: EDIT 101 and basic laboratory work. A study of the basic principles of design and practice with application to the construction of laboratory projects.

290 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDIT 402 Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related Subjects (3)

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office knowledge and skills. Consideration of materials and teaching procedures.

EDIT 403 Problems in Teaching Office Skills (3)

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards of achieve- ment, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills.

EDIT 404 Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (3)

Subject matter selection; methods of organization; and presenting business principles, knowledge and practices.

EDIT 405 Business Communications (3)

The fundamental principles of effective written communication. Word usage, grammar, punctua- tion, principles and procedures for writing business letters, and the principles and procedures for writing formal research reports.

EDIT 406 Word Processing (3)

An introduction to the word processing field with emphasis on word processing theory and con- cepts including hands-on equipment training. Management of office personnel, procedures, and equipment; the incorporation of word processing into the school curriculum, the automated office of the future and career opportunities. On-site field experiences are scheduled throughout the course.

EDIT 410 Administration and Program Development For Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (3)

Principles and practices of program development and supervision with reference to the role of the departmental chairperson in vocational, technical, and industrial arts programs at the secondary and post-secondary levels.

EDIT 412 Management of Physical Facilities in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (3)

Principles, practices, and theory related to the role of the departmental chairperson charged with the management of the physical facilities in vocational, technical, and industrial arts laboratories.

EDIT 413 Methods and Materials in Distributive Education (3)

Basic methods and materials needed to teach the preparatory classroom related instruction of a one or two year distributive education program. The organization of special supplementary materials for individual and group instruction. Youth club programs, organization, and administration.

EDIT 414 Organization and Coordination of Cooperative Education Programs (3)

The organization of a cooperative distributive education program; the development of an effective cooperative relationship between coordinator and training sponsor; the selection, orientation, and training of sponsors; analysis of training opportunities, reports and records; the evaluation and selec- tion of students for part-time cooperative work assignments; and the evaluation of the program.

EDIT 415 Financial and Economic Education I (3)

Problems of teaching courses in personal finance and economics in the public schools, including materials and resources.

EDIT 416 Financial and Economic Education II (3)

Continuation of EDIT 415.

EDIT 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education (3)

Four hours laboratory and one hour lecture per week. Prerequisite: EDSP 470 and 471 or consent of instructor. Experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial processes applicable for classroom use. Emphasis on individual research in the specific area of major interest in special edu- cation.

EDIT 422 Student Teaching: Industrial Arts Education (2-12)

EDIT 425 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs I (3)

An overview of the function of industrial training, including methods of instruction, types of pro- grams and their organization, development of program objectives, and evaluation.

EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 291

EDIT 426 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs II (3)

Prerequisite: EDIT 425. Continuation of EDIT 425. Studies of training programs in a variety of industries, including plant program visitation, training program development, and analysis of indus- trial training research.

EDIT 427 Experimental Electronics (2)

Six hours of laboratory per week. Student investigation of an area of electronics of particular interest or usefulness at a depth appropriate for student background and need. Emphasis on student- based objectives relating to one or more of the following: digital circuitry, communication, energy conversion, test equipment utilization, analog circuitry.

EDIT 432 Student Teaching: Business Education (2-12)

EDIT 433 Advanced Topics in Power Technology (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 233 or equiva- lent. The development of a competency in building and evaluating the performance of energy trans- mission, control and converter systems. Methane digestors, solar collectors, electric motors, steam turbines, and fluid power systems.

EDIT 434 Color Reproduction in Graphic Communications (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: EDIT 334 or equivalent. An advanced course in the theory and processes of color graphic reproduction. Continuous tone color photography, flat color preparation, process color se- parations and the reproduction of a multi-color product on a semi-automatic or automatic printing press. ?

EDIT 435 Curriculum Development in Home Economics (3)

An analysis of curriculum development including the tools for planning, managing, and evaluat- ing the teaching/learning environment of conceptual curriculum design.

EDIT 436 Analysis of Child Development Laboratory Practices (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 332 or EDHD 411. Integration of child development theories with laboratory practices; observation and participation in a secondary school child development laboratory arranged to alternate with class meetings.

EDIT 440 Industrial Hygiene (3)

Introduction to the concept of industrial hygiene and environmental health. Evaluation tech- niques, instrumentation for identification of problems; design parameters for achieving control over environmental epidemological and toxicological hazards.

EDIT 442 Student Teaching: Home Economics Education (2-12)

EDIT 443 Industrial Safety I (3)

The history and development of effective safety programs in modern industry including causes, effects and values of industrial safety education including fire prevention and hazard controls.

EDIT 444 Industrial Safety II (3)

Study of exemplary safety practices through conference discussions, group demonstration, and or- ganized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices. Evaluative criteria in safety programs.

EDIT 445 Systems Safety Analysis (3)

The development of systems safety, a review of probability concepts and the application of sys- tems technique to industrial safety problems. Hazard mode and effect, fault free analysis and human factors considerations.

EDIT 450 Training Aids Development (3)

Study of the aids in common use. Sources and applications. Special emphasis on principles to be observed in making aids useful to laboratory teachers. Actual construction and application of aid de- vices will be required.

292 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDIT 451 Research and Experimentation in Industrial Arts (3)

A laboratory-seminar course designed to develop persons capable of planning, directing and eva- luating effective research and experimentation procedures with the materials, products and processes of industry.

EDIT 452 Student Teaching: Marketing and Distributive Education (2-12)

EDIT 453 Fire Safety Research and Transfer (3)

The technological transfer of scientific findings to private sector fire safety. Review of research applicable to the adequacy and reliability of fire safety in industry.

EDIT 454 Private Fire Protection Analysis I (3)

Risk analysis, life safety and property conservation from fire in industrial properties and com- plexes. Emphasis on a systems approach for implementing private fire protection.

EDIT 455 Private Fire Protection Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: EDIT 448. Internal property detection and fire suppression systems that can mitigate a fire in the incipient stage. Review of systems, with emphasis on the performance objectives of pre- venting, controlling, and extinguishing fires.

EDIT 457 Tests and Measurements (3)

The construction of objective tests for occupational and vocational subjects. Use of measures in domains of learning and examination of test analysis techniques.

EDIT 460 Design Illustrating II (2)

Four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: EDIT 160. Advanced drawing, rendering, shadow construction, lettering techniques and advanced pictorial representation techniques.

EDIT 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance (3)

The underlying principles of guidance and their application to the problems of educational and occupational adjustment of students of all ages.

EDIT 462 Occupational Analysis and Course Construction (3)

Application of the techniques of occupational and job analysis concepts to instructional develop- ment and the design of occupational programs.

EDIT 464 Laboratory Organization and Management (3)

The basic elements of organizing and managing an industrial education program, the selection of equipment, facility development, legal responsibilities of laboratory instructors, inventory, and stor- age control.

EDIT 465 Modern Industry (3)

The manufacturing, service, and extractive industries in American social, economic, and cultural patterns. Representative basic industries studied from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production procedures, distribution of products, etc.

EDIT 466 Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (3)

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in a well-rounded program of general education.

EDIT 467 Problems in Occupational Education (3)

The procurement, assembly, organization, and interpretation of data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education.

EDIT 470 Numerical Control in Manufacturing (3)

The historical development of numerical control (N/C) in manufacturing, recent industrial trends in N/C, and a variety of N/C equipment and support services. N/C machine operations: machine mo- tions, positioning control systems, N/C tapes and their preparation, manual and computer assisted (APT 111) part programming. Experience in product design, part programming, and product machin- ing.

EDIT —Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 293

EDIT 471 History and Principles of Vocational Education (3)

The development of vocational education from primitive times to the present with special empha- sis given to the vocational education movement with the american program of public education.

EDIT 472 Quality Control and Assurance in Industrial Settings (3)

Principles and theory of quality control and assurance, with focus on "quality of conformance." Organizational aspects of QC/QA, data collection and analysis, quality control in input, process and output functions, and human and cultural dimensions of quality control.

EDIT 474 Organization and Administration of Youth Groups (3)

Principles, practices, and theoretical considerations related to youth organizations as a co- curricular function of the subject areas of industrial arts, business and distributive education, home economics, health occupations and trades and industry.

EDIT 475 Recent Technological Developments in Products and Processes (3)

Recent technological developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry. The nature of newer products and processes and their effect upon modern industry and/or society.

EDIT 476 Application of Technology to Societal Problems (3)

A study of alternative solutions of a technological nature with respect to such areas as housing, transportation, energy, communications, production, trash and waste disposal, water development, and pollution control.

EDIT 481 Manufacture and Use of Inorganic Nonmetallic Materials (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 381 or equiva- lent. Fabrication of products from calculated compositions; application of forming process; utiliza- tion of compositions; experiences with property analysis and product design.

EDIT 482 Student Teaching: Trade and Industrial Education (2-12)

EDIT 484 — 486 Field Experiences in Vocational Areas.

Supervised work experience in an occupation related to vocational education. Application of the- ory to work situations as a basis for teaching in vocational education programs. By individual ar- rangement with advisor.

EDIT 485 Field Experiences in Business Education (3)

EDIT 486 Field Experiences in Marketing and Distributive Education (3)

EDIT 488 Selected Topics in Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDIT 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDIT 491 Plastics Design and Equipment Selection (3)

Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: EDIT 391 or permission of the department. Experience with material selection, product design, mold design, auxiliary equipment and fixtures.

EDIT 493 Home Economics for Special Need Learners (3)

Mental, emotional, social and physical handicaps affecting learners in home economics education settings. The unique needs and abilities of special learners and methods of teaching daily living skills.

EDIT 498 Special Problems in Education (1-6)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Available only to majors who have definite plans for indi- vidual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work.

EDIT 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading:

294 Graduate Course Descriptions

Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors.

EDIT 600 Administration and Supervision of Business Education (3)

Major emphasis on departmental organization and its role in the school program, curriculum, equipment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, placement and follow-up, school-community rela- tionships, qualifications and selection of teaching staff, visual aids, and in-service programs for teacher development. For administrators, supervisors, and teachers.

EDIT 605 Principles and Problems of Business Education (3)

Principles, objectives, and practices in business education; occupational foundations; current atti- tudes of business, labor and school leaders; general business education in relation to consumer busi- ness education and to education in general.

EDIT 606 Curriculum Development in Business Education (3)

Study of curriculum planning in business education. Emphasis on the philosophy and objectives of the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate course content.

EDIT 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (3)

An overview of the development of the industrial arts movement and the philosophical frame- work upon which it was founded. Special emphasis on contemporary movements in industrial arts and their theoretical foundations.

EDIT 614 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (3)

The principles and problems of providing the physical facilities for industrial education programs. The selection, arrangment and placement of equipment, and the determination of laboratory space requirements, utility services and storage requirements for various types of industrial education pro- grams.

EDIT 616 Supervision of Industrial Arts (3)

The nature and function of the supervisory function in the industrial arts field. Administrative and supervisory responsibilities, techniques, practices and personal qualifications of the industrial arts su- pervisor.

EDIT 620 Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education (3)

A theoretical and research base for the study of practices in vocational and technical education. Examination of administrative processes.

EDIT 636 Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3)

Construction and use of evaluation processes in home economics programs.

EDIT 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3)

A seminar for students conducting research in industrial arts, vocational education, and industrial technology.

EDIT 641 Content and Method of Industrial Arts (3)

Examination of methods and procedures used in curriculum development. Application of those suited to the field of industrial arts education. Methods and devices for industrial arts instruction.

EDIT 642 Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (3)

Philosophy and practices of cooperative programs. Methods and techniques of coordination in comprehensive and part-time programs.

EDIT 643 Curriculum Trends in Marketing and Distributive Education (3)

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in distributive education.

EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 295

EDIT 644 Curriculum Trends in Business Education (3)

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in business education.

EDIT 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3)

A seminar for students conducting and developing research in industrial arts, vocational educa- tion, and industrial technology.

EDIT 650 Teacher Education in Industrial Arts (3)

The function and historical development of industrial arts teacher education. Program adminstra- tion and development, physical facilities and requirements, staff organization and relationships, college-secondary school relationships, philosophy and evaluation.

EDIT 676 Planning and Policy Issues in Vocational and Technical Education (3)

Prerequisite: EDIT 471 or permission of the instructor. Current problems and issues in policy planning, including training, social, and economic functions of vocational and technical education. Characteristics of youth, adult client populations, training in public, private, domestic and interna- tional settings.

EDIT 705 Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics Education (3)

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervi- sory practices.

EDIT 742 Theory and Research in Business Education (1-3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDIT 743 Theory and Research in Marketing and Distributive Education (1-3)

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.

EDIT 746 Theory and Research in Home Economics Education (1-3)

Prerequisite; EDMS 645 or consent of instructor. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of mo- dem teaching methods and techniques.

EDIT 760 Modes of Inquiry in Industrial and Social Institutions (3)

Modes of inquiry used to conduct research in industrial and social institutions in the interest of human context in these settings. Interpretive and critical science as alternatives to the empirical orientation.

EDIT 780 Leadership Seminar in Vocational Education (3)

Seminar in the contributions of local, state, and national agencies to the formulation of vocational/technical education programs.

EDIT 788 Selected Topics in Education (1-3)

Current topics and issues in education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDIT 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)

Prerequisite; consent of advisor. Intended for Masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education who desire to pursue a research problem.

EDIT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

EDIT 821 Seminar in Business Education (3)

EDIT 823 Seminar in Distributive Education (3)

EDIT 826 Seminar in Home Economics Education (3)

EDIT 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi-

296 Graduate Course Descriptions

ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree-and certificate-seeking graduate students.

EDIT 889 Internship in Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDIT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

EDMS — Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation

EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and Evaluation (3)

Basic principles including the steps in the specification of instructional objectives and subsequent development of teacher-made tests; problems in the use and interpretation of achievement and apti- tude tests; introduction to the development and use of non-testing evaluation procedures; basic con- sideration in the assignment of marks and grades; introduction to computer technology as applied to measurement.

EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational Statistics (3)

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is upon educational applications of descriptive statistics, including measures of central tendency, variability and associa- tion. Also included are inferential statistics through one-way ANOVA.

EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods in Educational Research (3)

Introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in educational research. Instruction in a basic scientific computer source language as well as practical experience in program writing for solving statistical and educational research problems.

EDMS 489 Field Experiences in Measurement and Statistics (1-4)

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDMS 498 Special Problems in Measurement and Statistics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to education majors who have formal plans for individual study of approved problems. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six credits.

EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Standardized Testing (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 410, 645 or 451. Study of groups tests typically employed in school testing programs; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities; practice in standardized group test administrations.

EDMS 623 Applied Measurement: Issues and Practices (3)

Prerequisites: EDMS 645, 646. Current research and applications in Measurement Theory.

EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques For Research (3)

Theory, development and applications of various measurement instruments and procedures used in educational research. Questionnaires, interviews, rating scales, attitude scales, observational procedures, ecological approaches, Q-sort, semantic-differental, sociometry and other approaches. Prerequisite: EDMS 451 or 646.

EDMS 645 Quantitative Research Methods I (3)

An introduction to research design principles and the scientific method as applied to behavioral phenomena. Instrumentation procedures including the planning and construction of simple data col- lection instruments and their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and validity of such instru- ments. Statistical procedures appropriate to the analysis of data from simple research designs. Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized.

EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods II (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 645. Special problems arising in the implementation of educational research designs. Instrumentation to measure attitudes and collection of questionnaire data. Additional statisti- cal procedures appropriate to the analysis of education research designs. Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized.

EDMS —Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 297

EDMS 647 Introduction to Evaluation Models (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 646, or equivalent. Explores the principal approaches to evaluation research.

EDMS 651 Intermediate Statistics in Education (3)

Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of contingency tables; analysis of variance; introduction to multiple correlation and regression.

EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Systematic development of simple regression, multiple regression, and non-linear regression as applied to educational research problems. Emphasis is on underlying theory of procedures and on analytical approaches which are amenable to computerization.

EDMS 657 Factor Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Development and evaluation of models for factor analysis and their practical applications. Treatment of factor extraction, rotation, second-order factor analysis, and fac- tor scoring. Emphasis on computer applications.

EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 410, 451, or 646. Classical measurement theory dealing with the nature of measurement, principles and procedures concerning the accuracy of measurement and prediction, re- liability, and validity theory.

EDMS 724 Measurement Theory II (3)

Theoretical formulations of reliability, validity and scaling as related to problems in measurement theory and prediction. Prerequisites: EDMS 651, 723.

EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems in Measurement (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An apportunity for students with special interests to focus in depth on contemporary topics in measurement. Topics to be announced, but will typically be re- lated to applied and theoretical measurement.

EDMS 747 Design of Program Evaluations (3)

Prerequisites: EDMS 626, 647, and 651, or permission of instructor. Analysis of measurement and design problems in program evaluations.

EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied Statistics in Education (1-4)

Prerequisite: EDMS 771 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Designed primarily for stu- dents majoring or minoring in measurement and statistics in education. Topics to be announced, but will typically relate to the areas of advanced multivariate analysis and advanced design of experi- ments.

EDMS 771 Design of Experiments (3)

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Primarily for the education student desiring more ad- vanced work in statistical methodology. Survey of major types of statistical design in educational research; application of multivariate statistical techniques to educational problems.

EDMS 779 Seminar in Applied Statistics (1-3)

Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with a major or minor in measurement and statistics. Seminar topics will be chosen in terms of individual student interest.

EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials (3)

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measurements and statistical techniques. Primarily for advanced students and doctoral candidates.

EDMS 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number.

EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

Registration required to the extent of 6 hours for Master's thesis.

298 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar (1-3)

Prerequisite: passing the preliminary examinations for a Doctor's degree in education, or recom- mendation of a doctoral advisor. Analysis of doctoral projects and theses, and of other on-going re- search projects. A Doctoral candidate may participate in the seminar during as many university ses- sions as he desires, but may earn no more than three semester hours of credit accumulated one hour at a time in the seminar. An ED.D. Candidate may earn in total no more than nine semester hours, and a Ph.D. Candidate, no more than eighteen semester hours in the seminar and in EDMS 899

EDMS 889 Internship in Measurement and Statistics (3-8)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Provides internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a

Ph.D. Dissertation.

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration

EDPA 400 The Future of the Human Community (3)

Examination of the future of our social and cultural institutions for education and child rearing, social and family relationships, health and leisure, information exchange, and the provision of food, clothing, and shelter.

EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3)

An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters in the curriculum and of the standard logical moves in teaching.

EDPA 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3)

Survey of classroom uses of instructional media. Techniques for integrating media into instruc- tion. Includes preparation of a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher produced media.

EDPA 441 Instructional Materials Development (3)

The planning, production, and evaluation of a variety of instructional materials for use in educa- tion and training. Graphic design, lettering, transparencies, mounting, laminating, still photography, super 8mm photography, audio, video, slide/tape, planning storyboards and scripts.

EDPA 442 Instructional Media Services (3)

Prerequisites: teaching experience and EDPA 440, or equivalent. Procedures for coordinating in- structional media programs; instructional materials acquisition, storage, scheduling, distribution, pro- duction, evalution and other service responsibilities; instructional materials center staff coordination of research, curriculum improvement and faculty development programs.

EDPA 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3)

Combining televised lessons, on-campus seminars, and related workbook assignments, this course focuses upon planning for the various uses of instructional television with students. State, local school unit, school, and classroom uses will be illustrated through film and studio production. The aspects of producing ITV programs are developed through the television lessons and "hands-on" as- signments of the seminars.

EDPA 444 Programmed Instruction (3)

Analysis of programmed instruction techniques; selection, utilization and evaluation of existing programs and teaching machines; developing learning objectives; writing and validating programs.

EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of Teachers and Students (3)

Selected state and federal court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines regulating public education: speech and other forms of expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search and sei- zure, tort liability for negligence (including education malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and non-renewal of teachers. No prior legal training required.

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 299

EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in education policy and administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

EDPA 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4)

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDPA 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for individual study of approved problems.

EDPA 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors.

EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues in Education (3)

Theoretical and practical consideration of vital social issues currently affecting education.

EDPA 605 Comparative Education (3)

Analyzes and compares leading issues in education in various countries of the world, particularly as they relate to crucial problems in American education.

EDPA 610 History of Western Education (3)

Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval and early modern periods in western civil- ization, as seen against a background of socio-economic development.

EDPA 611 History of Education in the United States (3)

A study of the origins and development of the principal features of the present system of educa- tion in the United States, emphasizing the variety of interpretive and methodological concerns that define the field.

EDPA 612 Philosophy of Education (3)

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the development of modern education, with particular emphasis on recent scholarship on philosophical problems in education.

EDPA 613 Educational Sociology (3)

The sociological study of education as an evolving set of methods and procedures, and body of knowledge. Several major theoretical perspectives used by sociologists studying education, comprise the focus of the course.

EDPA 614 Politics of Education (3)

Educational institutions as political entities with an emphasis on their relationships with federal, state, and local governments as well as with interest groups. The application of competing models of the political process to the passing of laws, development of budgets, and the control of the formula- tion, implementation, and evaluation of education policies.

EDPA 620 Education Policy Analysis (3)

Policy making in education from planning to evaluation with emphasis on the identification of policy problems and the resources available to analysts through multi-disciplinary approaches. An in- troductory experience with education policy analysis.

EDPA 621 Decision Making and Education Policy (3)

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Organizational decision processes and policy formation within educational organizations — schools, colleges, universities, government agencies

300 Graduate Course Descriptions

and industry.

EDPA 622 Values, Ideology, and Education Policy (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. The study of education policy as it reflects val- ues and ideologies and as it structures choice.

EDPA 623 Education Policy and Social Change (3)

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Relationships between education policy-making and social change. The work of theorists in history, economics, political science, philosophy, socio- logy and anthropology.

EDPA 625 Federal Education Policy (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Federal involvement in education in the United States from 1780 to the present, emphasizing the effects of legislation, court decisions, agencies, and presidential initiatives on the distribution of education opportunities.

EDPA 626 Education Policy and the Young (3)

The systematic exploration of education policy as it has organized, reflected and influenced the lives of children, youth, and families, with particular emphasis on American policies and systems.

EDPA 627 Education Policy: An International Perspective (3)

An analysis of education policy issues in various parts of the world. Comparisons with the United States. Teachers' organizations and citizen participation in policy determination. Ethnic and racial group pressures and attempts to control education policy.

EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (2-3)

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through adole- scence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in cur- riculum design.

EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3)

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the selection and organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in classroom and school on curriculum improvement.

EDPA 636 Communication and the School Curriculum (3)

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environ- ment. (Listed also as EDEL 636.)

EDPA 641 Selection and Evaluation of Educational Media (3)

Examination of media policy, and development of criteria for selection and evaluation of educa- tional materials for classroom, school and system use. Measures of readability, listenability, visual difficulty, and interest level.

EDPA 642 Instructional Systems Development (3)

Introduction to the systems approach to designing instruction. Survey of instructional systems and instructional design models. Application of learning/instructional theories to designing instruc- tional systems. Analysis of criteria for selecting and utilizing instructional media and for evaluating instructional systems.

EDPA 644 Practicum in Educational Communications (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 642. Planned and supervised field or internship experience for advanced graduate students in educational communications.

EDPA 650 Professional Seminar in Higher and Adult Education (3)

Introduction to higher and adult education as a field of study. Origins, current dimensions and problems, and emerging issues. Field trips to institutions, state and national capitals, and involve- ment in professional conferences.

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 301

EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3)

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating higher education. First and fourth amendment rights of students and faculty, procedural due process, equal educational op- portunity, equal protection in hiring, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and institution- al liability for civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior legal training required.

EDPA 652 Higher Education in American Society (3)

Examines the concepts of academic freedom, corporate autonomy and institutional accountability with emphasis on twentieth century relationships between higher education and government in the United States.

EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher Education (3)

Basic concepts and terminology related to organizational behavior and institutional governance structures. The governance and organization of higher education in the United States.

EDPA 654 The Community and Junior CoUege (3)

Historical development and philosophical foundations of community and junior colleges in America with emphasis on organizational and administrative structures in two year institutions and the clientele they serve.

EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing Education (3)

An overview of the field of Adult/Continuing education focusing on the administration of institu- tions and organizations that provide both credit and non-credit educational experiences for adult learners. Historical development of adult education in America. Concepts that have molded the adult education movement, and issues in financing and delivering adult education programs.

EDPA 656 Collective Bargaining in Higher Education (3)

Legal and education policy of collective bargaining in higher education. Nature and scope of the bargaining process, impact of collective bargaining on academic governance, student interests, per- sonnel decisions, and grievance mechanisms.

EDPA 657 History of Higher Education in the United States (3)

History of higher education in America from colonial times to the present with emphasis on ex- pansion of higher education and the growing complexity of its structures, organization, and pur- poses.

EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3)

Develops a theoretical and research based structure for the study and practice of administration in the field of education by introducing the student to selected contributors to administration, and by indicating the multidisciplinary nature of administrative study as it relates to purpose-determination, policy-definition, and task-accomplishment.

EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and Organizational Management (3)

A critical analysis of organizational management (informal and formal dimensions), an assess- ment of the contributions from other fields (traditional and emerging) to the study of administrative behavior and the governance of organizations, and an analysis and assessment of the administrator's motivations, perceptions, and sensitivity as determinants of behavior. The theoretical and research bases for these areas and such related concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal relations, and sensitivity training are examined.

EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3)

Develops competence with respect to selected administrative process areas. Examines efforts to develop theories and models in these areas and analyzes research studies and their implications for administrative practice. Develops skill in selected process areas through such techniques as simula- tion, role-playing, case analysis, and computer-assisted instruction.

EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3)

Introduction to education policy at all levels of school governance. Policy formation, administra- tion and evaluation issues are studied. Conceptual and analytical models for the study of policy.

302 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDPA 664 School Surveys (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of school organization and adminstration, finance and school plant planning. Field work in school surveys is required.

EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics such as personnel problems, school-community relationships, student activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting.

EDPA 666 Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (3)

Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction.

EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3)

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and procedures; human relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision.

EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary School Law (3)

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating elementary and secondary education. Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth amendment rights of students and teach- ers, tort liablity for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and non-renewal of teachers, indi- vidual and institutional liablity for federal civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior le- gal training required.

EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining in Elementary-Secondary Education (3)

Evolution and impact of collective bargaining in elementary and secondary education. Impact of collective bargaining on the educational power structure, third-party community interests and educa- tion policy making.

EDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration (3)

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school personnel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and other benefits.

EDPA 676 School Finance and Business Administration (3)

An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school finance acti- vity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the educational program are considered.

EDPA 679 Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision (2-4)

Prerequisite: at least four hours in educational adminstration and supervision or consent of in- structor. A student may register for two hours and may take the seminar a second time for an addi- tional two hours.

EDPA 690 Research Issues in Education Policy, Planning and Administration (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department. An introduction to the practice of research and a survey of various modes of conceptualization, problem identification, and research design used in studies of education policy, planning, and administration.

EDPA 700 Qualitative Research Methods in Education (3)

Qualitative methods in education research, emphasizing the paradigms of philosophy, history, so- ciology, anthropology, and comparative studies as they rely on narrative rather than quantitative ord- ering of data.

EDPA 705 International Educational Change (3)

An exploration and analysis of major trends in education in several parts of the world, with atten- tion directed to educational change as the outcome of deliberate efforts by nations and international organizations as well as those which occur without central planning or direction.

EDPA 706 Education in Africa (3)

An examination of the development of modem educational systems in Africa south of the Sahara out of the colonial and pre-colonial past into the independent present and future. The focus is on re- search into the changing philosophies and persistent problems in African education.

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 303

EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3)

A consideration of current educational problems of the Near East as they have emerged from the confrontation of the traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign educational activities and the forces of nationalism and modernization.

EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3)

Analyses of selected concepts used in thinking about education.

EDPA 732 History of Curriculum Theory and Development (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 635 or permission of instructor. The writings of major educators in curricu- lum. Conceptual and formal similarities and differences between current curriculum projects and his- torical antecedents. Survey of curriculum materials for classroom use in their relationship to the cur- riculum theory of their time.

EDPA 734 Organization and Administration of Teacher Education (3)

Teacher education today. Current patterns and significant emerging changes, particularly those in- volving teachers and schools. Deals with selection, curriculum, research, accreditation, and institution-school relationships.

EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary Curriculum (1-3)

Current curricular trends, issues, theory, and research in the light of past curricular and social thought. Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking, disciplines as modes of inquiry, influence of romantic thought, influence of the industrial model, shool as transformer of society, and political ideologies. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

EDPA 750 International Higher Education (3)

Comparison of higher education systems in several countries, and of the problems and issues in higher education faced by these countries.

EDPA 751 Law and Higher Education Policy (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 651 or permission of instructor. Analysis and evaluation of judicial and exe- cutive branch attempts to give operational meaning to federal equity legislation and to develop reme- dial policies relating to equal educational and employment opportunity in post-secondary education.

EDPA 752 State Systems of Higher Education (3)

Creation, operation, alteration and evaluation of state systems of higher education. Campus autonomy versus public accountability. Analysis of topics such as state planning, budget and pro- gram review, and administration of student aid and federal programs.

EDPA 753 Higher Education Planning (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 653 or permission of instructor. Social science concepts underlying planning. Applications of planning concepts and techniques to higher education at institutional, state and na- tional levels.

EDPA 754 Higher Education Finance (3)

Economic perspectives on higher education. Ways of financing higher education and current finance issues. Higher education budget concepts and processes.

EDPA 755 Federal Policies in Post-Secondary Education (3)

Evolution of the federal role, its current scope and funding. Policy issues associated with federal student aid programs, research grants and social equity regulations.

EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3)

An analysis of research in curriculum and of conditions affecting curriculum change, with exam- ination of issues in curriculum making based upon the history of higher education curriculum devel- opment.

EDPA 757 College Teaching (3)

An analysis of various methods and techniques used in college teaching.

EDPA 759 Seminar in Adult and Continuing Education (3)

Current issues and problems in adult and continuing education and lifelong learning in America.

304 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Theory, research findings, and laboratory ex- periences in human skills in organizations. Goal setting, communication, conflict, decision making evaluation, and consultant intervention.

EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Administration (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Group relationships and relevant administrative skills in educational settings. The role of authority, group maturation, group member roles, group decision making, and intra-group and inter-group conflict.

EDPA 764 General Systems Theory I (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 662 or permission of instructor. Theory of complex systems, principles and mechanisms of regulation, control, and adaptation in physical, biological, social, and symbolic sys- tems. Equi-finality, evolution, feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite variety, and self- organization. Applications to policy making, planning, and management in educational organiza- tions.

EDPA 765 General Systems Theory II (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 764 or permission of instructor. General systems theory applied to actual or- ganizational problems. Field work and relevant social science literature for the definition of one or more key, long-range problems and the development of plans to solve the problems.

EDPA 766 Child Accounting (2)

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an examination of the marking system.

EDPA 788 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in education policy and administration. Repeatable to maximum of six credits.

EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number.

EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis.

EDPA 805 Seminar in Comparative Education (3)

Analysis of educational issues on a worldwide basis with opportunities to focus on a particular country on an individual basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods as used in cross-cultural and comparative education studies.

EDPA 809 Research Methods (3)

Specific methodologies employed in educational studies.

EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3)

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of history of edu- cation. The analysis of the various ways in which history of education is approached methodolog- ically and interpretatively.

EDPA 812 Seminar in Philosophy of Education (3)

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of philosophy of education. The function of educational philosophy, methodological approaches, and current research trends.

EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3)

Sociological analysis of educational processes and institutions; emphasis on the social effects of formal organizations.

EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 635. Critical and analytic review of major themes, concepts and language forms relevant to current curriculum theory and research.

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 305

EDPA 839 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6)

A problem seminar in teacher education. A maximum of six hours may be earned in this course.

EDPA 850 Seminar in Problems of Higher Education (3)

Contemporary issues and problems in post-secondary education relevant to the interests of both administrators and college/universtiy faculty members. Problems of individual interest. Preparation of papers for publication on post-secondary education topics.

EDPA 851 College and University Development (3)

Identification and acquisition of extramural fiscal resources for institutions of higher education. The nature of philanthropy, foundation solicitation, alumni administration, publications and public relations, and funding agency relationships.

EDPA 853 Problems in Higher Education (3)

Consideration of current issues in higher education from a historical perspective.

EDPA 855 Lifelong Learning Policy in Non-Collegiate Institutions (3)

Policies and programs for training and continued learning in business and industry, government agencies, unions, professional societies, and nonprofit organizations.

EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School Effectiveness (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 661, 662, 663, and consent of instructor. Examination of organization- al effectiveness and the methodologies for assessing organizational effectiveness. An individual re- search project is required.

EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Administrative Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 661, 662, 663, and consent of instructor. Study of administrative be- havior in educational institutions. Development of a research design for the study of administrative behavior in one educational institution.

EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students.

EDPA 889 Internship in Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDPA 895 Research Critique Seminar (3)

Critiques of research designs in preparation for the doctoral dissertation.

EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a PH.D. Dissertation.

EDSP —Education, Special

EDSP 400 Curriculum and Instructional Methods For Severely Handicapped Students (3)

Corequisites: EDSP 402 and 404. Methodology and curriculum for severely handicapped students in functional skill areas. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely handicapped specialty area.

EDSP 401 Environmental and Physical Adaptations for Severely Handicapped Students (3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 411 and 412; or EDSP 430 and 431. Medical, physical, and manage- ment problems of severely handicapped individuals.

EDSP 402 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped I (2-5)

Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 400 and 404. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handi- capped individuals. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. Field placement for two to five half-days per week.

306 Graduate Course Descriptions

EDSP 403 Physical and Communication Development for Severely Handicapped Students (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Co-requisite: EDSP 405 and 410. The communication needs, methods, and alternatives for severely handicapped individuals.

EDSP 404 Education of Autistic Children (3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 400 and 402. The characteristics and educational needs and methods for children diagnosed as autistic.

EDSP 405 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped II (2-5)

Prerequisite: EDSP 402; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 403 and 410. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week.

EDSP 410 Community Functioning Skills For Severely Handicapped Students (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Corequisite: EDSP 405. Instructional techniques and curriculum devel- opment strategies related to community functioning skills for severely handicapped students.

EDSP 411 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped III (2-5)

Prerequisite: EDSP 405; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 412. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week.

EDSP 412 Vocational Instruction For Severely Handicapped Students (3)

Corequisite; EDSP 411. The development of vocational skills with severely handicapped individ- uals.

EDSP 417 Student Teaching: Severely Handicapped (4-11)

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with severely handicapped individuals. Limited to special education majors admitted to severely handicapped specialty area.

EDSP 418 Seminar: Issues and Research Related to the Instruction of the Severely Handicapped (1-3)

Examines the current research related to the instruction of severely handicapped individuals. Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different.

EDSP 420 Developmental and Behavioral Characteristics of Nonhandicapped and Handicapped Infants and Young Children (3)

Corequisite: EDSP 421. Study of the developmental, behavioral, and learning characteristics of nonhandicapped and handicapped infants and young preschool children. Divergent and parallel pat- terns of development among the respective groups of children. Enrollment limited to students ad- mitted to early childhood special education area of specialization.

EDSP 421 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education I (2-3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 420. Practicum experience in settings serving preschool handicapped children. Opportunities for studying the patterns of development and learning among nonhandi- capped and handicapped infants and older preschoolers. Enrollment limited to students admitted to early childhood specialty. Field placement for two or three half-days per week.

EDSP 422 Curriculum and Instruction in Early Childhood Special Education (Moderate to Mild: 3-8 Years) (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 420. Corequisite: EDSP 424 and EDCI 416. Characteristics, methods and materials for the instruction of young children (ages 3-8) traditionally labeled mild to moderately handicapped.

EDSP 423 Psychoeducational Assessment of Preschool Handicapped Children (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisite: EDSP 430 and 431. Current psychoeducational as- sessment and evaluation procedures used with profoundly to moderately handicapped infants and young preschool children. Psychometric, criterion-referenced, developmental checklists, and automated and ecological assessment procedures. Administration of selected assessment instru- ments.

EDSP —Education, Special 307

EDSP 424 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education II (Moderate to Mild) (2-4)

Prerequisite: EDSP 421; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 422. Practicum experience in settings serving young (ages 3 to 8) mild to moderately handicapped children in self-contained and integrated early childhood programs. Opportunities to apply educational methods and materials. Field placement for two to four half-days per week.

EDSP 430 Intervention Techniques and Strategies For Preschool Handicapped Children (Severe to Moderate, Birth - 6 Years) (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisites: EDSP 423 and 431. Current approaches to the psychoeducational treatment of preschool severely to moderately handicapped children. Emphasis on multi-dimensional approach to intervention with handicapped preschoolers.

EDSP 431 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education III (Severe to Moderate) (2-4)

Prerequisite: EDSP 424; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 and 423. Opportunities to apply tech- niques, strategies, methods and materials for educating severely to moderately handicapped infants and young children. Field placement for two to four half-days per week.

EDSP 437 Student Teaching: Early Childhood Special Education (4-11)

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with handicapped infants and preschool children. Limited to special education majors in early childhood special education specialty area.

EDSP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of current issues and research concerning education of preschool handicapped children. Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different.

EDSP 440 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Cognitive and Psychosocial Development (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 441 and 442. Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 443 and 445. Learning style, cogni- tive, and problem-solving strategies, and psychosocial behavior of educationally handicapped indi- viduals at elementary to secondary levels. Characteristics, assessment and instruction. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors accepted into educationally handicapped area of specialization.

EDSP 441 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Oral Language and Communication Disorders (3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 443 and 445. Characteristics of individuals with oral language and communication disorders, assessment of such disorders and instructional strategies, curricula and materials. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors accepted into educationally handicapped area of specialization.

EDSP 442 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped I (2-3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 441. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handi- capped individuals. Demonstration of the content of EDSP 441. Enrollment limited to students ad- mitted to educationally handicapped specialty.

EDSP 443 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Reading and Written Communication Disorders (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 441; pre- or corequisites: EDSP 440 and 445. Characteristics and assess- ments of individuals with reading and written communication disorders at elementary to secondary levels, and methods of teaching reading and written language skills to such individuals. Adaptation of regular instructional methods and curricula. Curricula and strategies designed specifically for edu- cationally handicapped individuals.

EDSP 445 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped II (2-4)

Prerequisite: EDSP 442; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 440 and 443. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handicapped. The application of instructional design and assessment in the areas of reading, written communication, and cognitive development. Field placement for 2—4 half days per week.

EDSP 446 Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Functional Living Skills (3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 447. Instructional methods, curricula and materials designed to teach functional living skills to educationally handicapped individuals at elementary to secondary levels.

308 Graduate Course Descriptions

Curricula and teaching strategies in science and social studies used in general education and adapta- tions for educationally handicapped individuals.

EDSP 447 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped III (2-4)

Prerequisite: EDSP 445; pre- or corequisite EDSP 446 and 450. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handicapped individuals. The application of the content of EDSP 446 and 450. Field placement for two to four half-days per week.

EDSP 450 Program Management For the Educationally Handicapped (3)

Corequisites: EDSP 446 and 447, or EDSP 464 and 465. Emphasis on skills in managing pro- grams for educationally handicapped individuals. Service delivery models; scheduling; establishing referral, assessment and follow through procedures; methods for mainstreaming; training aides and volunteers.

EDSP 457 Student Teaching: Educationally Handicapped (4-11)

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with educationally handicapped individuals.

EDSP 458 Seminar: Special Issues and Research Related to the Educationally Handicapped (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Current issues and research concerning the education of educa- tionally handicapped individuals. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is differ- ent.

EDSP 460 Career/vocational Education For the Handicapped (3)

Corequisite: EDSP 461. Introduction to career/vocational education for the handicapped. Historical and current issues and trends, characteristics and training needs of handicapped individuals and review of existing programs. Enrollment limited to special education majors admitted into the career/vocational area of specialization.

EDSP 461 Field Placement: Career/Vocational I (2-3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 460. Visitation and observation of sites relevant to career/vocational education for the handicapped, including various program models such as special center-based, comprehensive school-based, vocational center-based, community-based, and public and private sheltered and open employment sites. Enrollment limited to special education majors admitted to career/vocational area of specialization. Field placement for two or three half-days per week.

EDSP 462 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction For the Mild to Moderately Handicapped I (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 460. Corequisites: EDSP 463, EDSP 443, and EDCI 456. The first course of a two course sequence focusing on assessment, interpretation of assessment results, and planning, delivery and evaluation of instruction in career/vocational education for the handicapped. Vocational and prevocational preparation, daily living skills and personal-social development.

EDSP 463 Field Placement: Career/Vocational II (2-3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 461; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 462. Practicum experience in career/vocational programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half-days per week.

EDSP 464 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction for Mild to Moderately Handicapped n(3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 462. Pre-or Corequisite EDSP 465 and EDSP 450. A continuation of EDSP 462.

EDSP 465 Field Placement: Career/Vocational HI (2-3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 463; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 450. Practicum experience in career/vocational programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half days per week.

EDSP 467 Student Teaching: Career/Vocational (4-11)

A full-time eight week field assignment in a setting providing career/vocational education for handicapped students. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors who have successfully com- pleted coursework in career/vocational area of specialization.

EDSP —Education, Special 309

EDSP 468 Special Topics Seminar in Career/Vocational Education For the Handicapped (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Current issues and research relating to career/vocational education of the handicapped. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is different.

EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 288. Designed to give an understanding of the' needs of all types of excep- tional children. Stressing preventive and remedial measures.

EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis etiology, physical, social and emo- tional characteristics of exceptional children.

EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching excep- tional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged.

EDSP 473 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- rently in use.

EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner (3)

Studies the characteristics of the slow learner and those educational practices which are appropri- ate for the child who is functioning as a slow learner.

EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emo- tional characteristics of exceptional children.

EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching excep- tional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged.

EDSP 483 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Gifted (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding current curriculum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curri- cula currently in use.

EDSP 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: major in education or consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDSP 489 Field Experiences in Special Education (1-4)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration.

EDSP 491 Characteristics of Learning Disabled Students (3)

Diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional characteristics of learning disabled students.

EDSP 492 Education of Learning Disabled Students (3)

Prerequisites: EDSP 491 or consent of instructor. Methods of teaching learning disabled children.

EDSP 493 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Perceptual Learning Problems (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 492 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- rently in use.

EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Available only to education majors who have definite plans for individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work.

EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes in Special Education (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been

310 Graduate Course Descriptions

reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops conducted by the special education department (or developed cooperatively with other de- partments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing. Laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors.

EDSP 600 Exceptional Children and Youth (3)

Prerequisite: 9 hours in special education and consent of instructor. Deals primarily with re- search relevant to the intellectual, psychological, physical, and emotional charateristics of exception- al children.

EDSP 601 Characteristics of Behaviorally Disordered Students (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Characteristics and theoretical perspectives re- lated to students with behavioral disorders.

EDSP 60S The Exceptional Child and Society (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Relationship of the role and adjustment of the child with an exceptionality to societal characteristics.

EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. Consideration of the determination, establish- ment and function of educational programs to exceptional children for administrative and supervisory personnel.

EDSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of Exceptional Children and Youth (3)

Prerequisites: EDMS 446, 646, and EDSP 600. Deals with the understanding and interpretation of the results of psychological and educational tests applicable for use with exceptional children.

EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Planning For Learning Disabled Students (3)

Prerequisites: EDSP 491, EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Identification of learning charac- teristics of learning disabled students and planning of educational programs.

EDSP 621 Social and Academic Skill Development for Behaviorally Disordered Students (3)

Prerequisite: EDSP 600, EDSP 601 or consent of instructor. Strategies to teach social and aca- demic skills to behaviorally disordered students.

EDSP 625 Problems in the Education of the Mentally Retarded (3)

Prerequisite: 9 hours edsp including EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of the per- tinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other research and theoretical material relevant to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the mentally retarded.

EDSP 630 Problems in the Education of the Gifted (3)

Prerequisite: 9 hours edsp including EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of the per- tinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other relevant research and theoretical material relevant to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the gifted.

EDSP 635 Seminar: Behavioral Disorders (3)

Prerequisites: EDSP 601, EDSP 621 or consent of instructor. Methodological and theoretical issues related to behaviorally disordered students.

EDSP 640 Seminar: Learning Disabilities (3)

Prerequisites: EDSP 492, EDSP 600, EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Research and theoreti- cal material relevant to trends and practices regarding the learning disabled.

EDSP 651 Program Planning and Instruction for Handicapped Children (3)

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 or equivalent. Program design for serving high risk and handi- capped infants from birth to three years of age.

EDSP 678 Seminar in Special Education (3)

EDSP 788 Selected Topics in Special Education (1-3)

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is different.

EDSP —Education, Special 31 1

EDSP 798 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Intended for Masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education who desire to pursue a research problem.

EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis.

EDSP 860 Doctoral Research Seminar (3)

Issues and procedures relevant to conducting and analyzing research in special education.

EDSP 888 Apprenticeship in Special Education (1-8)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for ex- perience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate- seeking graduate stu- dents.

EDSP 889 Internship in Special Education (3-8)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree.

EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.

ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2)

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452 and ENAE 471. Application of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, aero- dynamic, and propulsion tests, correlation of theory with experimental results.

ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1)

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452, ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. Application of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, struc- tural, aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with experimental results.

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE 345, ENAE 451, and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of air- plane design, subsonic and supersonic.

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of space vehicle de- sign for manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary landing systems.

ENAE 415 Computer-aided Structural Design Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to structural design concepts and analysis techniques. Introduction to computer software for structural analysis which is utilized to verify exact solutions and perform parametric design studies of aerospace structures. Not open to students who have earned credit in ENAE 431.

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3)

Prerequisite:ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynamics.

ENAE 451 Flight Structures I: Introduction to Solid Mechanics (4)

Prerequisite: ENES 220. An introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural members. Introduction to theory of of elasticity, mechanical behavior of materials, thermal effects, finite- difference approximations, virtual work, variational and energy principles for static systems.

ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 451. Application of variational and energy principles to analysis of elastic bodies; stresses and deflections of beams including effects of non-principal axes, non-homogeneity,

312 Graduate Course Descriptions

and thermal gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and cables. Stresses and deflections of torsional members, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of structures.

ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts of computational analysis of continuous media by use of matrix methods. Foundation for use of finite elements in any field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the displacement method to solve ther- mal and structural problems.

ENAE 457 Flight Structures 111 (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. An advanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory and analysis of the structures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures, plate theory, buckling and failure of columns and plates.

ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 216 and ENAE 471. Operating principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket engines, thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine performance, aerothermoche- mistry of combustion, fuels, and propellants.

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 461. Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion.

ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 371 and ENME 216. Elements of compressible flow with applications to aerospace engineering problems.

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 371. Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid.

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems of flight at supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hypersonic and supersonic small distur- bance theories, real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with applications to hyper- sonic flight and re-entry.

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE 371, ENAE 471, and ENME 216. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow, Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equations; laminar, transitional and turbulent in- compressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer; conduction through solids, introduction to radiative heat transfer.

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-4)

Technical elective taken with the permission of the student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and conference courses designed to extend the student's understanding of aerospace engineering. Current topics are emphasized.

ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3)

May be repeated to a maximum of three credits. Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering with permission of the student's advisor and the instructor. Original research projects terminating in a a written report.

ENAE 631 Helicopter Aerodynamics I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Introduction to hovering theory. Hovering and vertical-flight performance analyses. Factors affecting hovering and vertical-flight performance. Autorotation and vertical descent. Physical concepts of blade motion and rotor control. Aerodynamics of forward flight and performance calculations. Prediction and effects of rotor blade stall.

ENAE 632 Helicopter Aerodynamics II (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 631, ENAE 371 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Basic inviscid in- compressible aerodynamic theory with application to the calculation of the flowfield and loads for rotary wings.

ENAE —Engineering, Aerospace 313

ENAE 633 Helicopter Dynamics (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Flap dynamics. Mathematical methods to solve rotor dynamics problems. Rap-lag-torsion dynamics and identify structural and inertia] coupling terms. Overview on rotary wing unsteady aerodynamics. Basic theory of blade aero-elastic stability and ground resonance problems.

ENAE 634 Helicopter Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 63 1 or consent of instructor. Principles and practice of the preliminary design of helicopters and similar rotary wing aircrafts. Design trend studies, configuration selection and siz- ing methods, performance and handling qualities analyses, structural concepts, vibration reduction and noise. Required independent design project conforming to a standard helicopter request for pro- posal (RFP).

ENAE 635 Helicopter Stability and Control (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Advanced dynamics as required to model rotor- craft for flight dynamic studies. Development of appropriate models for the helicopter and study of stability, control, requirements for various applications, and handling qualities as determined by mis- sion requirements.

ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3)

Prerequisites - ENAE 445 or consent of instructor. Studies in the dynamics and control of flight vehicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their motion under the in- fluence of aerodynamic and gravitational forces.

ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3)

Prerequisites - ENAE 640 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ENAE 640.

ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Mechanics (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE 452 or equivalent. Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to cartesian tensors; application of calculus of variations and variational principles of elasticity; Castigliano's theorems; applications to aerospace structures.

ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 453 and ENAE 650, or consent of instructor. Development of finite element representation of continua using Galerkin and variational techniques. Derivation of shell elements and parametric representation of two and three dimensional elements. Application to aerospace structures, fluids and diffusion processes.

ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Continua (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 652. Finite element formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes. Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and creep. Application to nonlinear continua including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer, creep.

ENAE 654 Composite Structures (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Stiffness of unidirectional composites, stress and strain transformation, inplane and bending stiffness of symmetric laminates, properties of gener- al laminates, strength of composite structures, environmental effect.

ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or equivalents: or consent of instructor. Advanced prin- ciples of dynamics necessary for structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue problems for discrete and continuous elastic systems, solutions to forced response boundary value problems by direct, modal, and transform methods.

ENAE 656 Structural Dynamcis II (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. Topics in aeroelasticity: wing divergence; ailer- on reversal; flexibility effects on aircraft stability derivatives; wing, empennage and aircraft flutter; aircraft gust response.

ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 451 or equivalent. Static and dynamic stability of structural systems. Classification of leading systems: linear and nonlinear post — buckling behavior. Perfect and imper-

314 Graduate Course Descriptions

feet system behavior. Buckling and failure of columns and plates.

ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles.

ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3)

Prerequisites: ENAE461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles.

ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. Perturbation methods.

ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. Perturbation methods.

ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compress- ible fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimen- sional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical potential flow. One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition.

ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compress- ible fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimen- sional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symetrical potential flow. One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition.

ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- ods, stability and transition of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows.

ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- ods, stability and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows.

ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3)

ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3)

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of probability theory pertinent to random vibrations, including correlation functions, and spectral densities; example random processes; re- sponse of single degree and multidegree of freedom systems.

ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineering ( 1-3)

ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6)

ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENAG — Engineering, Agricultural

ENAG — Engineering, Agricultural 315

ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Principles of operation and functions of power and machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating units; and control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power unit compo- nents.

ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite; ENAG 100. Characteristics of construc- tion materials and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and electrical controls. Materials handling and environmental requirements of farm products and ani- mals.

ENAG 414 Mechanics of Food Processing (4)

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 121. Applications in the pro- cessing and preservation of foods, of power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments and controls, materials handling and time and motion analysis.

ENAG 421 Power Systems (3)

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENME 217, ENEE 300 and ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Analysis of energy conversion devices including internal combustion en- gines, electrical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination of power sources with methods of power transmission.

ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Applications of engineering and soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of agricultural hydrology and design of water control and conveyance systems.

ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of Agricultural Structures (3)

Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 454. An analytical approach to the design and planning of functional and environmental requirements of plants and animals in semi- or completely enclosed structures.

ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3)

Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the prop- erties, distribution and circulation of water as related to public interest in water resources.

ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Properties, distri- bution and circulation of water from the sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in channels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered.

ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department. A study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza- tion and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing aquatic ani- mals or plants as related to other facets of water resources management.

ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment (3)

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior standing. Theory and methods of agricultural machine design. Application of machine design principles and physical properties of soils and agricultural products in designing machines to perform specific tasks.

ENAG 454 Bioligical Process Engineering (4)

Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Design of systems to pump, heat, cool, dry and control biological materials as part of food and agricultural engineering. The effect of physical parameters on biological material response to these processes.

ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in agricultural engineering technology of current need and interest. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are different. Not acceptable for credit towards major in agricultural engineering.

316 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering (1-3)

Prerequisite: approval of department. Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a technical report. The problem may include design, experimentation, and/or data analysis.

ENAG 499 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3)

Prerequisite: approval of department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit.

ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3)

Prerequisite: approval of department. Analysis of instrumentation requirements and techniques for research and operational agricultural or biological systems.

ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and either ENME 342 or ENCE 330, or consent of instructor. Application and use of dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical, structural, and fluid systems encountered in agricultural engineering.

ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENAG 422 or approval of department. A comprehensive study of engineering aspects of orderly development for land and water resources. Emphasis on project formulation, data acquisition, project analysis and engineering economy.

ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological Systems (3)

Prerequisite: AGEN 454 or equivalent. Description of the physical state of a biological system using geometry, physical properties and forces. Discussion of important interrelationships, measure- ment techniques and resulting transport processes as applied to biological process engineering.

ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engineering (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas of agricultural engineering. Maximum eight credits.

ENAG 698 Seminar (1)

First and second semesters.

ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Aquacultural Engineering (1-6)

First and second semester and summer school. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.

ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENCE —Engineering, Civil

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 220, ENCE 350 and MATH 246. Strength and deformation of deformable bodies, plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of beams, columns, slabs, plates and composite members under load. Elastic and inelastic stability.

ENCE 41 1 Construction Scheduling and Estimating (4)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.

Use of critical path planning and scheduling with arrow and precedence networks; project time control; introduction to resource leveling and least cost scheduling. Cost estimating, using cost in- dices, parametric estimates and unit price estimates.

ENCE 420 Construction Equipment and Methods (3)

Evaluation and selection of equipment and methods for engineering/constructi on projects, includ- ing earthmoving, paving, steel and concrete construction, rock excavation, tunneling, site prepara- tion, and organization of the site.

ENCE 421 Construction Engineering and Management (3)

Overview of the construction industry and the factors that need to be considered to successfully manage engineering/ construction projects. Introduction into how resources of money, labor, ma- terial and equipment are committed and managed within the construction environment.

ENCE —Engineering, Civil 317

ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel Flow (4)

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic princi- ples to the solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid resistance, open channel flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, sediment transport, role of model studies in analysis and design.

ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 330 AND 360. Study of the physical processes of the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometeorology, concepts of weather modification, evaporation and transpiration infiltration stud- ies, runoff computations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation as a tool in the water resource development.

ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development of the ground water resource, hy- drogeology, hydrodynamics of flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial recharge, sea water intrusion, basin- wide ground water development.

ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 and ENCE 221. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory and analytical techniques used in evaluating man's environment. Emphasis on quantitative, physical, electroanalytical and organic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water.

ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3)

Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate re- ceptors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollution control legislation.

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design (4)

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The appli- cation of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the design and operation of water and waste water treatment plants and the control of stream pollution.

ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4)

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Two lectures and two laboratory sessions per week. Review of major soil tests and their interpretation for engineering purposes. Engineering classification tests (Atterberg limits, grain-size distribution, specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties, in-situ and lab density-moisture tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR, unconfined compression, direct shear and triaxial) and compressibility characteristics.

ENCE 441 Soil -Foundation Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of classical lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced excavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet piling design, bearing capacity of shallow founda- tions (footings and mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile capacity and pile group ac- tion.

ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 Principles relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of high- way and airfield pavement systems. Introduction to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, proper- ties of pavement materials and methods of characteriaztion, stochastic treatment of design variables, economic principles of design alternates and the effect of environment upon pavement performance. Review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as well as major fundamentals relative to the rehabilitation of existing pavement systems.

ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3)

Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 360 and ENCE 35 1 . Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures by methods of consistent deformations, virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to design of plate girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two hinged arches and other structures. Elements of plastic analysis and design of steel structures.

318 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4)

Prerequisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or corequisite ENCE 360. Three lecture hours and one labora- tory per week. Design of reinforced concrete structures, including slabs, footings, composite members, building frames, and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis; code require- ments; influence of concrete properties on strength and deflection; optimum design. Introduction to prestressed concrete design.

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques For Structural Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 360 and pre- or corequisite: ENCE 351. Two lecture hours and one labora- tory per week. Application of computer oriented methods and numerical techniques to analysis and design of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility methods for framed structures. Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of selected problems in such topics as plates, structural stability, and vibrations.

ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Application of the principles of engineering economy and statistics to the solution of civil engineering problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using present worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses. Development and use of simple and multiple regression models, and statistical decision theory.

ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: consent of department. Development and application of the principles of engineering economics to problems in civl engineering. Evaluation of design alternatives, depreciation and sensi- tivity analysis. Use of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, PERT and decision networks. Introduction to microeconomic analysis.

ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Location, de- sign, construction and maintenance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering.

ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations and maintenance of airports and waterways, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facili- ties.

ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations, and maintenance of railroads and mass transportation systems, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facilities.

ENCE 489 Special Problems (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing. A course arranged to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for study in a particular field of civil engineering.

ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods for testing engineering materials and structures under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. Laboratory experiments for the determination of strength and stiffness of strucrureal alloys, concrete and other construction materials. Critical examination of the effects of test factors on the determina- tion of engineering properties.

ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 410 AND 411 or consent of instructor. Relation of structural analysis, prop- erties of materials and laboratory study of the behavior of members to structural design methods, codes and specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates and state of combined stress on be- havior of construction materials.

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 600, or consent of instructor. Critical reviews of analytical and experimental investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse conditions of loading and environment. Mechanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry of cements. Theories of the design of Portland

ENCE — Engineering, Civil 319

cement and field experience.

ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300, or equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation in engineering members by the methods of mechanics of materials and elementary theories of elasti- city and plasticity. Problems in flexure, Torison plates and shells, stress concentrations, indeter- minate combinations, residual stresses, stability.

ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent instrumentation, data analysis; states of stress; structural models, structural similitude; analogies; non-destructive testing techniques; planning research projects, lab studies and reports.

ENCE 620 Urban-regional Civil Engineering Planning (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: degree in civil engineering or consent instructor. Theory and metho- dology for the synthesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban and regional planning. Integration of land use conditions and capabilities, population factors and needs, engineering economics and engineering technologies. Application to special problems in urban-regional develop- ment. Preparation of engineering reports. Presentation methods.

ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent. General to comprehensive planning of complex engineering facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and transportation projects. Planning based on the synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on general civil engineering planning including site, structural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and feasibility.

ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3)

Prerequisite or corequisite: ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. Current applications and research approaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban transportation, land-use interrelation- ships, and the planning implementation process in a systems analytic framework.

ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery For Regional Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: foundation courses in computer programming and statisitcs. The concepts and ap- proaches used in the computer-aided interpretation of digital format data collected by orbiting electro-magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the translation of computer compatible tapes from the landsat series of satellites into information required for the analysis of land and water related problems on a regional scale.

ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource Systems I (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Application of statistical and systems engineering tech- niques in the analysis of information necessary for the design or characterization of environmental or hydrologic processes; emphasis on the fundamental considerations that control the design of informa- tion collection programs, data interpretation, and the evolution of simulation models used to support the decision-making process.

ENCE 631 Physical Foundations For Hydrologic Modeling (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 43 1 or permission of instructor. A detailed analysis of the physical processes controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas. Infiltration, interception, transpiration, eva- poration, and spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an understanding of the physics of hy- drologic processes and translating this understanding into models that can be used.

ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3)

Prerequisite ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to prob- lems of free surface flow; computation of steady and transient water surface profiles; stratified flows in reservoirs and estuaries; diffusion; transition structures; sediment transport.

ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or consent of instructor. Application of principles from chemical thermo- dynamics and kinetics to the study and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of natural water systems. Explanation of the chemical composition of natural waters from a consideration of metal ion solubility controls, ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions, redox reactions, and the kinet-

320 Graduate Course Descriptions

ics of oxygenation reactions which occur in natural water environments.

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 434 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. The theory and techniques used in the determination and measurement of chemical, radiological, and bio- logical pollutants in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampling equipment, analytical methods and data evaluation.

ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities (3)

Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Application of basic science and engineering science to design of water supply and purification pro- cesses; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems.

ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 221 or consent of instructor. Properties and quality criteria of drinking water as related to health are interpretated by a chemical and biological approach. Legal aspects of water use and handling are considered. Theory and application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration, centri- fugation, desalinization, corrosion and corrosion control are among topics to be considered.

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of biological principles directly affecting man and his environment, with particular emphasis on microbiological interactions in environmental engineering related to air, water and land systems; microbiology and biochemistry of aerobic and anaerobic treatment processes for aqueous wastes.

ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3)

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to the use of elastic theory in stress and di- splacement solutions to geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The effect of soil mois- ture (at rest) relative to effective stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numeric techniques for the analysis for soil seepage under isotropic and anisotropic conditions. Classical settlement (consolidation) and compressiblility theories, including finite difference solution for vertical and ra- dial drainage.

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3)

Prerquisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to braced lateral earth pressure concepts and theories applied to foundations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining walls and design of can- tilever and anchored sheet piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing capacity theories related to shallow and deep foundations; soil-foundation interactions for footing and mat designs and analysis of single pile and pile group foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques.

ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3)

Pre- or corequisite - ENCE 640 or consent of instructor. Introduction to field and laboratory cethods for determining the dynamic characterization of soil at both small and large strain levels. Analysis and design of soil foundations subjected to machinery generated vibrations. A critical re- view of earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and earth structures relative to earth- quake resistant design methodologies.

ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Shear strength of saturated and partially saturated cohesive and cohesionless soils incorporating the effects of stress history and in-situ stress conditions. Fundamentals of lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis. Integration of basic tech- niques of subsurface exploration methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number of samples) with the above topics to critically analyze stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability and earth dam stability).

ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North America (3)

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. A critcal review of the distribution of the soils in North America with respect to engineering design and construction problems. Design factors such as avail- ability of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture, high volume change soils, potentially poor subgrade support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils.

ENCE —Engineering, Civil 321

ENCE 645 Embankment Dam Design (3)

The design procedures involved in embankment dam design, touching on preliminary considera- tions, embankment design and construction preparation, with special attention to rock fill dams, small dams, and mine waste disposal dams. Dam surveillance, safety and repair.

ENCE 646 Rock Mechanics (3)

The composition, structure, and properties of intact rock and discontinuous rock masses and to the practical analysis and design techniques for common rock engineering problems.

ENCE 647 Underground Construction (3)

Design and construction aspects of soft ground tunnels, rock tunnels and caverns, shafts, and cut-and-cover excavations. Design criteria and philosophies, excavation systems, ground stability, support systems, support load analysis, and ground movement prediction. Project management, risk, liability, and contractual problems peculiar to tunneling.

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3)

Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Development of force and displacement methods with emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such as geometric non-linearity, automated and optimum design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open sections and sub-division of large structures. Emphasis on applications to civil engineering structures.

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equivalent review of theory of elasticity and in-plane forces; theory of orthotropic plates; approximate methods; large deflection theory, buckling; general theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes.

ENCE 653 Structural Dynamics (3)

Analysis of the dynamic response of structures and structural components subjected to impact load, transient load, and ground excitations; study of single degree-of-freedom and multi degree-of- freedom systems in classical closed form solution and approximate numerical solution; solution in the frequency domain and the use of finite element method.

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. The study of the factors effecting the plastic behavior of steel structures and the criteria necessary for design. The design of beams, rigid frames and multi- story braced frames using current specifications. A review of current research and practice.

ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent interpretation of specifications and codes for the design of steel buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel connections, members and structures; the relationship between behavior and design specifications.

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, experience, and experiments in study of structural behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vi- brations, and impact.

ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3)

ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineering Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Basic principles and fundamental concepts of the finite ele- ment method. Consideration of geometric and material nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation and computational procedures in analysis. Applications to plane stress and plane strain, plates and shells, eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and other problems in civil engineering.

ENCE 662 Construction Project Management (3)

The techniques needed by a project manager to be successful in the engineering/construction en- vironment. Organizations and information needed by the construction manager to make timely deci- sions which affect quality, cost, progress and safety issues.

322 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENCE 663 Management of Construction Organizations (3)

Study of establishing authority and responsibility for construction management techniques for mo- tivating construction labor organizations; and traits needed for success in managing construction pro- jects.

ENCE 664 Project Acquisition and Risk Management (3)

Concepts and current issues surrounding construction project evaluation and financing. The use of decision theory in evaluating project feasibility studies.

ENCE 665 Project Planning and Resource Allocation (3)

Analytic techniques for planning and controlling the duration of construction project. Networking techniques, including treatment of uncertainty, resource allocation and leveling, and time/cost tradeoff.

ENCE 666 Cost Engineering and Control (3)

Analytic techniques to estimate and control project costs, including site investigation, quantity takeoff, work analysis and bid preparation. Systematic cost control as related to job production and historical data.

ENCE 667 Construction Operations and Improvement (3)

Applications of time-lapse photography, crew balance, process charts, delay surveys, and other techniques to permit improvement analysis of construction operations. The use of safety, incentive and communication programs for productivity improvement.

ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and Measurements (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or consent of instructor. The study of the fundamental traits and behav- ior patterns of the road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic characteristics of the pedestrian, the driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and intersection operation, parking, and accidents.

ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or consent of instructor. A survey of traffic laws and or- dinances. The design, application and operation of traffic control devices and aids, including traffic signs and signals, pavement markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, and parking ana- lyses.

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Factors involved and the components of the pro- cess for planning statewide and regional transportation systems, encompassing all modes. Transportation planning studies, statewide traffic models, investment models, programming and scheduling.

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3)

The contempory methodology of urban transportation planning. The urban transportation planning process, interdependence between the urban transportation system and the activity system, urban travel demand models, evaluation of urban transportation alternatives and their implementa- tion.

ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Transportation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Basic engineering components of conventional and high speed railroads and of air cushion and other high speed new technology. The study of ur- ban rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, the supporting way, and the terminal re- quirements will be evaluated with respect to system performance, capacity, cost, and level of ser- vice.

ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. The planning and design of airports including site selection, runway configuration, geometric and structural design of the landing area, and ter- minal facilities. Methods of financing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air traffic control, and airport lighting are also studied.

ENCE — Engineering, Civil 323

ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 461, ENCE 462 or consent of the instructor. An examination of physical and statistical laws that are used to represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic models including heat flow, fluid flow, and energy-momentum analogies, car following models, and acceleration noise. Stochastic approaches using independent and Markov processes, Queuing models, and prob- ability distributions.

ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Transportation Engineering (3)

Applications of operations research and management science models to the planning, design and operations of various types of transportation systems. Equilibrium traffic assignment, network de- sign, fleet assignment, fleet routing, crew scheduling, simulation, and queueing theory.

ENCE 681 Freight Transportation Analysis (3)

Application of operations research and system analysis methods to freight transportation systems. Cost and output analysis, terminal location, freight transportation demand models, freight transporta- tion network equilibrium models and analytic models for analyzing the operations of rail, motor car- rier, water carrier and air cargo systems.

ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the current li- terature of civil engineering to suit the needs and background of students. May be taken for repeated credit when identified by topic title.

ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16)

ENCE 730 Environmental and Water Resource Systems II (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 630 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics in operational research. Applications to complex environmental and water resource systems. The use of systems simulation and probabalistic modeling.

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and application of unsteady flow in porous media. Analysis of one and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions of non-linear equation of unsteady flow with a free surface. Development and use of approximate numerical and graphical methods in the study of ground water movement.

ENCE 732 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A critical examination of advanced data analysis and mod- eling techniques used in hydrology; stochastic-deterministic interfaces; trade-offs among lumped, linked system and spatially distributed models; sensitivity analysis in performance evaluation; model formulation; calibration and verification concepts.

ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4)

Prerequisite: ENCE 633 or consent of instructor. Three lectures, one lab a week. A study of the chemistry of both municipal and industrial water treatment processes. Among the topics to be con- sidered are water softening, stabilization, chemical destabilization of colloidal materials, ion ex- change, disinfection, chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions.

ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical properties of air-borne particles. Theories of: particle motion under the action of external forces; coagulation; brownian mo- tion and diffusion. Application of aerosols in atmospheric sciences and industrial processes.

ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and Industrial Wastes Treatment Facilities (3)

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Application of basic science and engineering science to design of municipal and industrial waste treatment processes; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems.

ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste Treatment and Disposal (3)

Prerequisites: ENCE 221 and fundamentals of microbiology, or consent of instructor. Theory and basic principles of treating and handling waste products; hydraulics of sewers; biological oxidation; principles and design criteria of biological and physical treatment processes; disposal of waste

324 Graduate Course Descriptions

sludges and solids.

ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3)

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study of the characterisitcs of liquid wastes from major industries, and the processes producing the wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating or treat- ing the wastes, and their effects upon municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiving waters.

ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media Flow (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 731. Analysis of two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of two immiscible fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic dispersion theories, parameters of disper- sion and solutions of some dispersion problems with emphasis on migration of pollutants. A maxi- mum of six hours may be earned in this course.

ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing in Civil Engineering (3)

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects of the use of remote sensing in engineering. Emphasis on the interpretation of aerial photography and infrared, radar, multispectral and other sensor data. The planning of aerial and field remote sensing missions and the applications of these sensors to engineering programs including regional in- ventories, route locations, environmental surveys and site investigations. Computer analysis of re- mote sensing data is considered.

ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3)

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques for evaluating the physical environment and performing exploration programs for engineering facili- ties. Methods for using various techniques available for engineering site investigations, including interpretation of topographic, geological and agricultural soil maps; and the use of geophysical and subsurface exploration systems.

ENCE 745 Advanced Pavement Design (3)

Fundamentals of recent mechanistic structural design approaches of flexible and rigid systems for highway and airfield pavements. The principles of probabilistic (reliability) design approaches, dynamic material characterization, theoretical stress solutions (multilayer and slab analysis) and fun- damental distress criterion of material fatigue and deformability, integrated into a total structural de- sign system framework.

ENCE 746 Pavement Management Systems (3)

The overall framework necessary to develop a Pavement Management System (PMS) at the pro- ject and network level. Major emphasis on the data collection, maintenance and rehabilitation phases of the systems concept. Pavement condition, performance, safety and structural evaluation . Maintenance and rehabilitation methodologies needed to develop life cycle costing of various alter- native strategies.

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 45 1 or equivalent review of classical determinate and indeter- minate analysis techniques; numerical technique; multistory buildings; space structures; suspension bridges and cables structures; arches; long span bridges.

ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elastic and inelastic behavior of structural members and frames; problems in torsion, stability and bending; open and closed thin-walled sections; curved girders.

ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent the behavior and strength of reinforced concrete members under combined loadings, including the effects of creep, shrinkage and temperature. Mechanisms of shear resistance and design procedures for bond, shear and diagonal tension. Elastic and ultimate strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in multistory frames. Applications to reinforced concrete strutures.

ENCE — Engineering, Civil 325

ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3)

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent. Fundamental concepts of prestressed concrete. Analysis and design of flexural members including composite and continuous beams with emphasis on load balancing technique. Ultimate strength design for shear. Design of post tensioned flat slabs. Various applications of prestressing including tension members, compression members, circular pres- tressing, frames and folded plates.

ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENCH — Engineering, Chemical

ENCH 425 Transport Processes II: Heat Transfer (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 246. Pre- or corequisite: ENCH 280. Steady and unsteady state conduction, convective heat transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat exchangers, evaporators, and other types of heat transfer equipment.

ENCH 427 Transport Processes III: Mass Transfer (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state molecular diffusion, inter-phase transfer, si- multaneous heat and mass transfer, boundary layer theory, mass transfer and chemical reaction. Design applications in humidification, gas absorption, distillation, extraction, adsorption and ion ex- change.

ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3)

Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442. Application of chemical engineering process and unit operation principles in small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experimental ob- servations are used to evaluate performance and efficiency of operations. Emphasis on correct pre- sentation of results in report form.

ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3)

Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 325. CHEM 481. Fundamental of chemical reaction kinetics and their application to the design and operation of chemical reactors. Reaction rate theory, homo- geneous reactions and catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reactor design.

ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 425. Dynamic response applied to process systems. Goals and modes of control, Laplace transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple control systems, closed loop response, dynamic testing.

ENCH 444 Process Engineering Economics and Design I (3)

Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442. Principles of chemical engineering economics and process design. Emphasis on equipment types, equipment design principles, capital cost estima- tion, operating costs, and profitability.

ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Utilization of chemical engineering principles for the design of process equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Comprehensive reports are required.

ENCH 446 Process Engineering Economics and Design II (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 444. Application of chemical engineering principles for the design of chemi- cal processing equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Not open to students who already have credit for ENCH 445.

ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Chemical process industries from the the standpoint of technology, raw materials, products and processing equipment. Operations of major chemical processes and industries combined with quantitative analysis of process requirements and yields.

ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Application of digital and analog computers to chemical engineering problems. Numerical methods, programming, differential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers and

326 Graduate Course Descriptions

analog circuits.

ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Mathematical techniques applied to the analysis and solution of chemi- cal engineering problems. Use of differentiation, integration, differentia! equations, partial differen- tial equations and integral transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical and statistical meth- ods.

ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and Optimization (3)

Prerequisites: ENCH 427. 440. Applications of mathematical models to the analysis and optim- ization of chemical processes. Models based on transport, chemical kinetics and other chemical engi- neering principles will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation of process alternatives.

ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 427 and 440. One lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Experimental study of various chemical processes through laboratory and small semi-commercial scale equipment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer.

ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources (3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or consent of instructor. Theory and application of methods for the control and removal of airborne materials. Principles of design and performance of air quality control equipment.

ENCH 468 Research (1-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Investigation of a research project under the direction of a faculty member. Comprehensive reports are required. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Fundamentals of electrochemistry with application to engineering and commercial processes. Equilibrium potentials, reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, sur- face phenomena. Electrorefining. electrowinning. oxidation and reduction, solid. liquid and gas sys- tems. Aspects of design and performance of electroprocess plants.

ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiological Systems (3)

Engineering description and analysis of physiological systems. Survey of bioengineering litera- ture and an introduction to mathematical modeling of physiological systems.

ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or consent of instructor. Introduction to biochemical and microbiological applications to commerical and engineering processes, including industrial fer- mentation, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceutical processing and resulting waste treat- ment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics and mass transfer.

ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENCH 482. Techniques of measuring pertinent parameters in fermen- tation reactors, quantification of production variables for primary and secondary metabolites such as enzymes and antibiotics, the insolublization of enzymes for reactors, and the demonstration of se- paration techniques such as ultrafiltration and affinity chromatography.

ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. The elements of the chemistry, physics, processing methods, and engi- neering applications of polymers.

ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 481. Corequisite: CHEM 482 or consent of instructor. Kinetics of formation of high polymers, determination of molecular weight and structure, and applied thermodynamics and phase equilibria of polymer solutions.

ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Measurement of mechanical, electrical, optical, thermal properties of polymers, measurement of molecular weight by viscosimetry isometric and light scattering methods. Application of X-ray. NMR, ESR. spectros-

ENCH —Engineering, Chemical 327

copy molecular relaxation, microscopy and electron microscopy to the determination of polymer structure, effects of ultraviolet light and high energy radiation.

ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer Materials (3)

Prerequisite - ENCH 490 or 492. Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of view and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of single phase and multiphase materials. Students who have credit for ENCH 495 may not take ENMA 495 for credit.

ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. A comprehensive analysis of the operations carried out on po- lymeric materials to increase their utility. Conversion operations such as molding extrusion, blend- ing, film forming, and calendering. Development of engineering skills required to practice in the high polymer industry. Students who have credit for ENCH 496 may not take ENMA 496 for credit.

ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar ( 1 )

ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)

First semester. Advanced application of the general thermodynamic methods to chemical engi- neering problems. First and second law consequences: estimation and correlation of thermodynamic properties: phase and chemical reaction equilibria.

ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3)

First semester, application of selected mathematical techniques to the analysis and solution of en- gineering problems: included are the applications of matrices, vectors, tensors, differential equations, integral transforms, and probability methods to such problems as unsteady heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor physics.

ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena (3)

First semester. Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the viewpoint of the basic tran- sport equations. Steady and unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory, me- chanics of turbulent transport; with specific application to complex chemical engineering situations.

ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics (3)

Second semester. The theory and application of chemical reaction kinetics to reactor design. Reaction rate theory; homogeneous batch and flow reactors; fundamentals of catalysis: design of he- terogeneous flow reactors.

ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical Engineering (1-16)

ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations. e.G., Cobalt 60 Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors.

ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations, e.g.. Cobalt 60 Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors.

ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Effect of massive doses of radiation on the properties of matter for purposes other than those pointed toward nuclear power. Radiation processing, radiation- induced chemical reactions, and conversion of radiation energy: isotope power sources.

ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 650. Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of view and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity. anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and multiphase materials.

328 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 630. Development of mathematical models of chemical processes based on transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, and other chemical engineering meth- ods. Emphasis on principles of model building and simulation utilizing mathematical solutions and computer methods.

ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design (3)

First and second semesters. Coordination of chemical engineering and economics to advanced process engineering and design. Optimization of investment and operating costs. Solution of typical problems encountered in the design of chemical engineering plants.

ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes (3)

Second semester. The theory and application of complex equilibrium stages. Binary and multi- component absorption; extraction; fiquefaction.

ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics (3)

First semester. Prerequisites: Differential equations or consent of instructor. Analysis of open and closed control loops and their elements; dynamic response of processes; choice of variables and link- ages; dynamic testing and synthesis; noise and drift: chemical process systems analysis; strategies for optimum operation.

ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization (3)

Second semester. Techniques of modern optimization theory as applied to chemical engineering problems. Optimization of single and multivariable systems with and without constraints. Application of partial optimization techniques to complex chemical engineering processes.

ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 640. Enzyme science and kinetics: principles of enzyme insolublization and denaturation with application to design, operation and modeling of enzyme reactors. The relationship between mass transfer and apparent kinetics in enzyme systems: and techniques of separation and purification of enzymes.

ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 482 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics to include use of a digital computer for mathematical modeling of the dynamics of biological systems; separation techniques for heat sensitive biologically active materials; and transport phenomena in biological systems.

ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. Design concepts and engineering analysis of devices to supplement or replace natural functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor; membrane oxy- genator; materials problems, physiological considerations.

ENCH 784 Polymer Physics (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application and correlation of mechanical and dielectric relaxation. NMR, electron microscopy. X-ray diffraction, diffusion and electrical proper- ties to the mechanical properties and structure of polymers in the solid state.

ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applications (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application of theoretical knowledge of polym- ers to industrial processes. An analysis of polymerization, stabilization, electrical, rheological, ther- mal, mechanical and optical properties and their influence on processing conditions and end use ap- plications.

ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 604

ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical Reaction Systems (3)

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 640.

ENCH —Engineering, Chemical 329

ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer Theory (3)

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 720.

ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation Processes (3)

Second semester. Offered in alternate years.

ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical

ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Computer aided analysis of electronic devices and components. Network topology, computer formulation of Kirchhoff laws, nodal analysis of linear and non-linear networks, computer formulation of the state equations, time domain and frequency domain solution, sensitivity calculations.

ENEE 407 Microwave-circuits Laboratory (2)

One lecture and three lab hours per week.

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 381. Experiments concerned with circuits constructed from microwave components providing practical experience in the design, construction and testing- of such circuits. Projects include microwave filters and S-parameter design with applications of current technology.

ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent knowledge of circuit theory or consent of the instructor. This course is intended for students in the physical sciences, and for engineering students requiring additional study of electron circuits. Credit not normally given for this course in an electrical engi- neering major program. (ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an associated laboratory). P-n junctions, transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating point stability, switches, large-signal analysis, models, small-signal analysis, frequency response, feedback and multistage amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits.

ENEE 412 Advanced Electronics (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Design and analysis of tuned circuits, oscillators. VCO"s phase-locked loops, multipliers, modulators and A/D converters and their application in telemetry, communication and instrumentation.

ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory (2)

One lecture and three laboratory hours per week.

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 314. The specification, design and testing of basic electronic circuits and practical interconnections. Emphasis on design with discrete solid state and integrated circuit components for both analog and digital circuits.

ENEE 414 Network Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Network properties: linearity, reciprocity, etc.: 2-Port descriptions and generalization: Y. S. hybird matrices: description properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc.: basic topo- logical analysis: state-space techniques: computer-aided analysis; sensitivity analysis: approximation theory.

ENEE 416 Network Synthesis (3)

Prerequisite : ENEE 304. Active and passive components, passivity, bounded and positive real. RC properties and synthesis. Brune and Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y2I synthesis, ac- tive feedback configurations, image parameter design, computer-aided optimization synthesis via the embedding concept.

ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3)

Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: permission of instructor and department. Theoretical and ex- perimental projects. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of 5 credits.

330 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical Engineering (2-3)

Hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: completion of sophomore courses and permission of an ap- prenticeship director. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of nine credits. A unique oppor- tunity for experience in experimental research and engineering design. A few highly qualified stu- dents will be selected as apprentices in one of the research facilities of the electrical engineering de- partment and will participate in the current research under the supervision of the laboratory director. In the past, apprenticeships have been available in the following laboratories: biomedical, electron ring accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits, simulation and computer, and solid state laser.

ENEE 420 Communication Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 324. Fourier series, Fourier transforms and linear system analysis; random signals, autocorrelation functions and power spectral densities; analog communication systems: am- plitude modulation, single-sideband modulation, frequency and phase modulation, sampling theorem and pulse-amplitude modulation: digital communication systems pulse-code modulation, phase-shift keying, differential phase shift keying, frequency shift keying: performance of analog and digital communication systems in the presence of noise.

ENEE 421 Information Theory and Coding (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 324. Definition of information and entropy: Memoryless and Markov sourcces; source coding; Kraft and MacMillan inequalities; Shannon's first theorem; Hoffman Codes; Channels, Mutual Information, and Capacity; Shannon's Noisy Channel Coding Theorem: Error Correcting Codes.

ENEE 425 Digital Signal Processing (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Sampling as a modulation process; aliasing; the sampling theorem; the Z-transform and discrete-time system analysis: direct and computer-aided design of recursive and nonrecursive digital filters; the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); digital filtering using the FFT; analog-to-digital and digital-to analog conversion; effects of quantiza- tion and finite- word-length arithmetic.

ENEE 426 Communication Networks (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. The main design issues associated with ordinary, single- user, point-to-point communication systems and their juxtaposition to those involved in multi-user systems such as computer networks, satellite systems, radio nets, and general comminication net- works. Application of analytical tools of queueing theory to design problems in such networks. Review of proposed architectures and protocols.

ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks and Signals (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300. Introduction in the generation and processing of bioelectric sig- nals including structure and function of the neuron, membrane theory, generation and propagation of nerve impulses, synaptic mechanisms, transduction and neural coding of sensory events, central nervous system processing of sensory information and correlated electrical signals, control of effec- tor organs, muscle contraction and mechanics, and models of neurons and neural networks.

ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Processes in Biology and Medicine (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300. Techniques for recording biological signals such as brain, muscle and cardial electrical potentials; membrane theory; half-cell potentials, liquid junction potentials, po- larization of electrodes; biological and medical instrumentation; and applications in the design of car- dial pacemakers, or a similar case study.

ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engineering (1-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. May be taken for repeated credit. The content may vary from semester to semester. Selected topics of current interest from such areas as bioelectric systems, modeling instrumentation, automated diagnostic, health-care delivery, etc. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.

ENEE 440 Microprocessors (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE250. Microprocessor architectures, instruction sets, assembly language pro- gramming; memory organization, I/O interfacing (programmed. DMA. interrupt), special interfaces, (A/D and D/A converters, keyboard, display, floppy disc. etc.).

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 331

ENEE 442 Software Engineering (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 240; ENEE 250 or equivalent. Architectural aspects of software engineering. Machine language and machine structure; assembly language and assemblers: macro-language and macro-processors; loaders and linkers; programming languages and language structure; compilers and interpreters; operating systems.

ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 250. Review of switching algebra; gates and logic modules; map simplifica- tion techniques: multiple-output systems; memory elements and sequential systems; large switching systems; iterative networks; sample designs, computer oriented simplification algorithms; state as- signment; partition techniques; sequential system decompositions.

ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: ENEE 444. One lecture and three lab hours per week. Hardware oriented experi- ments providing practical experience in the design, construction, and checkout of components and interfaces for digital computers and data transmission systems. Projects include classical design tech- niques and applications of current technology.

ENEE 446 Digital Computer Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 250. Essential elements of the hardware design of digital computers. Arithmetic and logic units, adders, multipliers, dividers, logic and shifting operations, floating point arithmetic. Memory organization, design of a basic computer: instruction set, bus structure, fetch- execute microoperations, hard-wired control unit, microprogrammed control unit, index registers, in- direct addressing, interrupt operation, direct memory access. Organization of commercially avail- able computers. No student will be allowed credit for both CMSC 410 and ENEE 446.

ENEE 450 Discrete Structures (3)

Prerequisite: ENES 240 or equivalent. Review of set algebra including relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic structures including semigroups and groups. Graph theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean algebra and prepositional logic. Applications of these structures to various areas of computer engineering.

ENEE 460 Control Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Mathematical models for control system components. Transform and time domain methods for linear control systems. Introductory stability theory. Root locus. Bode dia- grams and Nyquist plots. Design specifications in the time and frequency domains. Compensation design in the time and frequency domain. Introduction to sampled data systems. Introduction to computer aided design of control systems.

ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: ENEE 460. One lecture and three lab hours per week. Projects to enhance the student's understanding of feedback control systems and to familiarize him with the characteristics and limitations of real control devices. Students will design, build, and test servomechanisms. and will conduct analog and hybrid computer simulations of control systems.

ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Computation (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 304. and MATH 246 or consent of instructor. Matrix algebra, state space analysis of discrete systems, state space analysis of continuous systems, computer algorithms for circuit analysis, optimization and system simulation.

ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical Machinery (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Electromechanical transducers, theory of electromechanical systems, power and wideband transformers, rotating electrical machinery from the theoretical and perfor- mance points of view.

ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical Machinery Laboratory ( 1 )

Corequisite: ENEE 472. Experiments on transformers, synchronous machines, induction motors, synchros, loudspeakers, other transducers.

332 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Review of Maxwell's equation, electromagnetic properties of dielectrics; introduction to quantum mechanics and quantum statistics; classical and quantum theory of metals; theory of semiconductors and semiconductor devices; principle of magnetic devices and selected top- ics.

ENEE 481 Antennas (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Introduction to the concepts of radiation, generalized far field formulas; antenna theorems and fundamentals: antenna arrays, linear and planar arrays; aperture antennas; ter- minal impedance; propagation.

ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements Laboratory (2)

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 380. One lecture and three lab hours per week. Experiments designed to provide familiarity with a large class of micro-wave and optical components, techniques for interconnecting them into useful systems, and techniques of high frequency and optical measure- ments.

ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and Engineering Principles (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 380 and PHYS 420. or consent of the instructor. Sources of charged parti- cles: methods of acceleration and focusing of ion beams in electromagnetic fields; basic theory, de- sign, and engineering principles of particle accelerators.

ENEE 488 Topics in Electrical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the department. Selected topics of current importance in electrical en- gineering.

ENEE 494 Solid State Devices (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Introduction to semiconductor materials; p-n junctions; metal- semiconductor contacts: bipolar transistors, insulated gate field effect transistors; and related selected topics.

ENEE 495 Integrated Circuit Technology (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 4°4. Introduction to the fabrication technologies for integrated circuits includ- ing oxidation, diffusion, and photolithography ; concepts of bipolar and MOS device design; layout of simple digital ICs.

ENEE 496 Lasers and Electro-optic Devices (3)

Pre- or corequisite: ENEE 381 . Optical resonators, fabry-perot etalon. Theory of laser oscillation, rate equations. Gaseous, solid state, semiconductor and dye laser systems. Electro-optic effects and parametric oscillators. Holography.

ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Every semester regular seminars are held in electrical science and in the six areas of specialization offered by the electrical engineering department. They may be taken, by arrangement with the student's advisor, for repeated credit.

ENEE 609 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Individual projects on advanced systems in electrical engi- neering. May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of three credits.

ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory (3)

Undergraduate circuit theory or consent of the instructor. Matrix algebra, network elements, ports, passivity and activity, geometrical and analytical descriptions of networks, state variable characterizations, scattering matrices, signal flow graphs, sensitivity.

ENEE 612 Non-linear and Analog Integrated Circuits (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 610 or consent of instructor. The theory and design of nonlinear and analog circuits suitable for integrated circuit realization. Design projects required.

ENEE 620 Random Processes in Communication and Control (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 324 or equivalent. Introduction to random processes: characterization, classi- fication, representation; Gaussian and other examples. Linear operations on random processes, sta-

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 333

tionary processes: covariance function and spectral density. Linear least square waveform estimating Wiener-Kolmogroff filtering, Kalman-Bucy recursive filtering: function space characterization, non- linear operations on random processes.

ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Estimation of unknown parame- ters, Cramer-Rao lower bound; optimum (map) demodulation: filtering, amplitude and angle modula- tion, comparison with conventional systems; statistical decision theory Bayes, Minimax, Neyman/Pearson, Criteria-68 simple and composite hypotheses; application to coherent and incoher- ent signal detection: M-ary hypotheses; application to uncoded and coded digital communication sys- tems. (Listed also as MAPL 644.)

ENEE 623 Digital Communications (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 620 and ENEE 420 or equivalents, or consent of instructor. Review of sampling and quantization, functional characterization of digital signals and transmission facilities, band-limited signals and systems. Digital modulation/demodulation techniques, error probability, in- tersymbol interference and its effects, adaptive equalization. Signaling with coded waveforms, fad- ing and satellite channels, multiple access problems and protocols. Introduction to spread-spectrum Communications.

ENEE 625 Multi-user Communication (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620. Basic queueing models. Store-and forward communications networks; switching modes; delay-throughput measures; capacity assignment; routing; topological design: com- putational aspects; flow control; error control; protocols; specification and validation; local networks; satellite and packet radio systems; multiple access schemes; stability and performance; multi-user in- formation theory; and large scale system theory.

ENEE 630 Advanced Topics: Radar Signals and Systems (3)

Corequisite: ENEE 620. Review of linear systems and signals: fourier transform representation time bandwidth product, resolution, complex representation; maximum signal-to-noise ratio criterion receiver and signal design, radar range equation; statistical detection theory: probability of error per- formance; statistical estimation theory: unknown parameters. range-Doppler radar, ambiguity prob- lem, asymptotic maximum likelihood estimation and Cramer-Rao lower bound: resolution of multi- ple objects.

ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles With Applications to Prosthetic Devices (3)

Prerequisite: undergraduate degree in engineering or physics, or permission of the instructor. Principles and circuit models for resting and active membrane potentials of nerves and muscles; synaptic mechanisms including probabilistic models of neuromuscular transmission; electrode poten- tials and reactions; propagation of biopotentials in a volume conductor; properties, mechanical mod- els, and circuit analogs for muscles and proprioceptors; spinal reflexes in the control of posture: ap- plications of the above in the design of prosthetic and orthotic devices.

ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and Signal Processing in Sensory Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 or permission of the instructor. General organization of sensory systems; receptor mechanisms; receptor and neural models; statistics of neural spike trains; peripheral signal processing in sensory systems, with emphasis on vision and audition; introduction to signal processing in the central nervous system; applications to development of sensory protheses.

ENEE 642 Software System Implementation (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 442 or equivalent. Implementation aspects of software engineering. Programming languages; architectural designs; program design: structured programming; peripheral storage devices; I/O programming; debugging and evaluation.

ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 446. Introduction to design techniques for digital computers; digital arith- metic; logic circuits; digital memories; design of computer elements; arithmetic unit; and control unit. A simple digital computer will be designed.

334 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering (3)

Every semester courses intended for high degree of specialization are offered by visiting or regu- lar electrical engineering faculty members in two or more of the areas listed in 488. The student should check with the electrical engineering office of graduate studies for a list and the description of the topics offered currently.

ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. Application of algebraic techniques to combinatorial switching networks: multi-valued systems: symmetries and their use: optimization algorithms; heuris- tic techniques; majority and threshold logic; function decomposition; cellular cascades.

ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Machines (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. Machine realizations; partitions and the substitution property; pair algebras and applications; variable dependence: decomposition; loop-free structures; set system decompositions; semigroup realizations.

ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 443. Mechanistic methods for differential equation solution; application of analog or hybrid computers and digital differential analyzers for that purpose; design and structure of languages for digital-analog simulation on a general purpose digital computer: mimic language and examples of its use. Class will run simulation programs on a largr-scale computer.

ENEE 660 Modern Control System Design Method (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 663 and ENEE 620, or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Applications of state space design methods; linear regulator problem and applications to tracking, stabilization and disturbance elimination; self-tuning regulators. State estimators. The second method of Liapunov and applications in contol systems design. Applications of modern frequency domain methods in control system design; diagonal dominance, dynamic compensation, decoupling. Applications of the linear quadratic Gaussian problem in control systems design. Case studies from industrial, guidance and other engineering control problems. Analysis of computer algorithms are analyzed for each of the above four basic design methods provided. Analysis of interactive computer aided design meth- ods and validation procedures are extensively analyzed.

ENEE 661 Nonlinear Control Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of instructor. State space methods of stability analysis includ- ing second order systems and the phase plane, linearization and stability in the small, stability in the large and Lyapunov's second method. Frequency domain methods including the describing function. Popov's method and functional analytic methods. Introduction to Volterra series representations of nonlinear systems. Applications to conrol system design.

ENEE 662 Sampled-data Control Systems (3)

Prerequsite. preparations in linear feedback control theory or consent of instructor. Z-transform and modified Z-transform method of analysis, root locus and frequency respqnse methods of analy- sis, ideal and finite width sampling, discrete and continuous compensation of digital control systems, state space equations, controllability and observability of discrete systems, stability, minimum time and minimum energy control, statistical design and the discrete Kalman filter.

ENEE 663 System Theory (3)

General systems models. State variables and state spaces. Differential dynamical systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity and its implications. Controllability and observability. State space structure and representation. Realization theory and algorithmic solutions. Parameterizations of linear systems; canonical forms. Basic results from stability theory. Stabilizability. Fine structure of linear multivariable systems; minimal indices and polynomial matrices. Inverse nyquist array. Geometric methods in design. Interplay between frequency domain and state space design methods. Interactive computer-aided design methods. (Listed also as MAPL 640)

ENEE 664 Optimal Control (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of the instructor. General optimization and control problems. Static optimization problems. Linear and nonlinear programming methods. Geometric interpreta- tions. Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete time maximum principle and applications.

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 335

Pontryagin maximum principle in continuous time. Dynamic-programming. Feedback realization of solutions. Extensive applications to problems in optimal design, navigation and guidance, power systems. Introduction to state constrained and singular optimal control problems. (Listed also as MAPL641.)

ENEE 665 Linear System Identification (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 400 and ENEE 322 or equivalent ENEE 6200 representations for linear sys- tems. Parameter estimation techniques such as least square and maximum likelihood. Correlation methods with white noise inputs. Stochastic approximation and gradient algorithms. Applications of quarilinearization and invariant imbedding. Effect of abrevation noise.

ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 381 or equivalent. Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Maxwell's equations. Boundary value problems of electrostatics and magnetostatics.

ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 381 or equivalent. Continuation of ENEE 680. Theoretical analysis and en- gineering applications of Maxwell's equations. The homogeneous wave equation. Plane wave prop- gation. The interaction of plane waves and material media. Retarded potentials. The Hertz poten- tial. Simple radiating systems. Relativisitic covariance of Maxwell's equations.

ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron and Ion Beams (3)

Three hours per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. General principles of single-particle dynamics; mapping of the electric and magnetic fields; equation of motion and methods of solution; production and control of charge particle beams: electron optics; Liouville's theorem; space charge effects in high current beams; design principles of special electron and ion beam devices.

ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena With Electrical Application (3)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 381 and ENEE 382 or equivalent. Introduction of quantum and wave phenomena from electrical engineering point of view. Topics included: general principles of quantum mechanics, operator algebra, the microwave resonant cavity and the analagous potential well problem, harmonic oscillator, hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method applied to the transmission line and potential well problems. Periodically loaded transmission line and Kronig- Penny model of band theory.

ENEE 696 Integrated and Microwave Electronics (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 310. Registration in ENEE 793 recommended. Active and passive elements used in semiconductor structures. Design application of linear and digital integrated circuits.

ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and Technology (3)

Prerequisite ENEE 496 or equivalent. Registration in ENEE 793 recommended. The principles, structures and characteristics of semiconductor devices. Technology and fabrication of semiconductor devices.

ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models (3)

Prerequisite; ENEE 605 or equivalents. Single-frequency models for transistors; small-signal and wide-band models for general non-reciprocal devices. hybrid-PI and TEE models for transistors; re- lationship of models to transistor physics; synthesis of wide-band models from terminal behavior, computer utilization of models for other semiconductor devices.

ENEE 721 Information Theory (3)

Corequisite: ENEE 620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent. Information measure, entropy, mutual information; source encoding: noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem; exponential error bounds; introduction to probabilistic error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes and error bounds; channels with memorv: continuous channels; rate distortion function. (Same as MAPL 731.)

ENEE 722 Error Correcting Codes (3)

Introduction to linear codes; bounds on the error correction capabilities of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential and viterbi decoding; cyclic random error correcting codes; P-N se- quences: cyclic and convolutional burst error correcting codes.

336 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or consent of instructor. Review of Z transforms; correlations functions and power spectral densities for discrete time stochastic proces;es: discrete time Wiener filters; meth- ods for designing digital filters to meet precise frequency domain specifation; effects of truncation, round-off and finite word length arithmetic on the accuracy and stability of digital filters; adaptive equalizers for narrow band data channels; discrete fourier transform ans fast fourier transform; homomorphic filtering; Gauss-Markov estimates; spectral density estimation.

ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Communication Theory (3)

Topics selected, as announced, from advanced communication theory and its applications.

ENEE 730 Advanced Topics: Radar Signals and Systems (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent. The theory of imagine radar systems. Classiciations. reso- lution mechanisms, and principles. System design for additive noise: effects of ambiguity, multipli- cative noise, motion errors, nonlinearities, and scattering mechanism. System design for ambiguity and multiplicative noise. Optical processing. Application to synthetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram radar.

ENEE 733 Neural Control of Animal Movement (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 633 or 634. Properties of muscles, proprioceptors, reflexes, and central nerv- ous system structures; linear and nonlinear models; field potential analysis and theories of cerebellar function; and the control and coordination of these structures during voluntary and involuntary movement in animals.

ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 646. Systems aspects of digital-computer-based systems; data flow analysis; system organization; control languages; consoles and displays; remote terminals; software-hardware tradeoff; system evaluation; case studies from selected applications areas such as data acquisition and reduction information storage, or the like.

ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design (1-3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Such topics as computer arithmetic, computer reliabili- ty, and threshold logic will be considered. May be taken for repeated credit.

ENEE 760 Mathematical Methods in Control Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 663 or consent of instructor. Applications of compactness in control and communication, geometric methods in optimal control of lumped and distributed systems and har- monic analysis of linear systems. Applications to control and estimation problems. (Listed also as MAPL 740.)

ENEE 761 Control of Distributed Parameter Systems (3)

Prerequisite: An introductory course in functional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760, and background in control and system theory. Study of systems governed by paritial differential equations. Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control. Lyapunov stability. Optimal control of systems governed by paritial differential equations and of delay systems. Applications to con- tinuum mechanics, distributed networks, biology, economics, and engineering. (Same as MAPL 741.)

ENEE 762 Stochastic Control (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 620 or equivalent; and ENEE 663/MAPL 640; or consent of the instructor. Stochastic control systems, numerical methods for the Ricatti equation, the separation principle, con- trol of linear systems with Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic control, sto- chastic stability, introduction to stochastic games. (Same as MAPL 742.)

ENEE 769 Advanced Topics in Control Theory (3)

Topics selected, as announced, from advanced control theory and its applications.

ENEE 772 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in Detection and Filtering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 621. Foundations of random processes. Conditional expectations. Markov processes and Martingales. ITO calculus. Detection and estimation of continuous signals with con- tinuous observations. Jump processes. Detection and estimation with discontinuous observations.

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 337

Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for digital filtering problems. (Listed also as MAPL 735.)

ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Networks (3)

Nonoriented systems, ports, linear orientations, theory of distributions, scattering matrices, opera- tor theory of networks, activity, invariant embedding, multivariable PR and BR state-determined systems, synthesis, interval functions, tolerance analysis, neuron networks and models. Manley- Rowe relations, oscillators and nonlinear subharmonic generation.

ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 681. Mathematical methods for the solution of the wave equation, transmis- sion lines and waveguides, selected topics in the theory of waveguide structures, surface guides and artificial dielectrics.

ENEE 781 Optical Engineering (3)

Fourier analysis in two dimensions, diffraction theory, optical imaging systems, spatial filtering, holography.

ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation (3)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 681. General solutions of Maxwell's equations, geometrical optics approximations, propagation above a plane earth, effects of surface irregularities and stratified atmospheres, scattering by turbulence.

ENEE 784 Antenna Theory (3)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 681 or equivalent. Review of Maxwell's equations: radiative networks; linear antennas; antenna arrays; aperture antennas; advanced topics.

ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I (3)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: A knowledge of quantum mechanics and electromagnetic theory. Spontaneous emission, interaction of radiation and matter, masers, optical resonators, the gas, solid and semi-conductor lasers, electro-optical effect, propagation in anisotropic media and light modulation.

ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II (3)

Nonlinear optical effects and devices, tunable coherent light sources: optical parametric oscillator: frequency conversion and dye laser. Ultrashort pulse generation and measurement, stimulated raman effect, and applications. Interaction of acoustic and optical waves, and holography.

ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics (3)

Prerequisite: A graduate course in quantum mechanics or consent of instructor. Properties of crystals; energy bands: electron transport theory; conductivity and hall effect; statistical distributions; fermi level: impurities; non-equilibrium carrier distributions; normal modes of vibration; effects of high electric fields; P-N junction theory, avalanche breakdown; tunneling phenomena; surface prop- erties.

ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENES — Engineering Science

ENES 401 Technological Assessment (3)

Intended for seniors not majoring in engineering. Not applicable as a technical elective for engi- neering majors. Analysis of assessing technology in terms of goals and resources. Public and private constraints, changes in objectives and organization. Applications to engineering technology.

ENES 405 Power and the Environment (3)

Intended for seniors not majoring in engineering. Not applicable as a technical elective for engi- neering majors. An introduction to the power needs of society. The interrelationship between man's use of energy and the effect on the eeo-system. Introduction to the techniques of power production with special emphasis on nuclear fueled power plants.

338 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENES 414 Solar Energy Applications in Buildings (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 262 or consent of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings; survey of related techniques for reducing energy consumption in buildings. Solar collectors, heating and cooling systems, water heaters, ener- gy storage, solar cells, solar-thermal power systems. Quantitative evaluation of system efficiencies; economics of solar energy utilization; structural and esthetic integration of solar collectors and sys- tem components into building designs.

ENES 473 Principles of Highway and Traffic Engineering (3)

Prerequisites: permission of instructor. Designed to assist the non-engineer in understanding high- way transportation systems. A survey of the fundamentals of traffic characteristics and operations. Study of the methods and implementation of traffic control and regulation. An examination of high- way design procedures, and the role of traffic engineering in transportation systems safety improve- ments.

ENFP — Engineering, Fire Protection

ENFP 411 Fire Protection Hazard Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: ENFP 251 and 315. Appraisal and measurement of fire safety. Application of sys- tems analysis, probability theory, engineering economy, and risk management in the identification and synthesis of components of fire protection engineering. Methods for the development of criteria for the design, evaluation and assessment of fire safety or component hazards.

ENFP 412 Heat Transfer Applications in Fire Protection (3)

Prerequisites: CMSC 110, ENES 240; or ENME 320, ENME 217. The principles of heat transfer. Application of the governing equations for conduction, convection and radiation heat transfer to fire protection problems. Analysis of the concepts of combustion with the chemical and physical components. Discussion and study of ignition, propagation and explosion phenomena.

ENFP 416 Problem Synthesis and Design (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing. Techniques and procedures of problem orientation and solution de- sign utilizing logical and numerical procedures. Student development of research projects in selected areas.

ENFP 417 Fire Protection Hydraulic Design (3)

Prerequisites: ENFP 315; CMSC 110 or ENES 240. Procedures and techniques used to analyze complex fire protection distribution and suppression systems by computer analysis. Examination of existing computer analysis techniques and programs with fire protection design concepts. Student initiated computer design projects.

ENFP 489 Special Topics (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the department. Selected topics of current importance of fire protec- tion. Limited to a total of 6 credits.

ENGL —English

ENGL 402 Chaucer (3)

ENGL 403 Shakespeare (3)

Early period — histories and comedies.

ENGL 404 Shakespeare (3)

Late periods — tragedies and romances.

ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance (3)

ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser (3)

ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)

ENGL —English 339

ENGL 414 Milton (3)

ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)

ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)

Age of Pope and Swift.

ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)

Age of Johnson and the Preromantics.

ENGL 418 Major British Writers (3)

Two writers studied intensively each semester.

ENGL 419 Major British Writers (3)

Two writers studied intensively each semester.

ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period (3)

First generation: Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, et. al.

ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic Period (3)

Second generation: Keats, Shelly. Byron, et. al.

ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period (3)

Early years.

ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian Period (3)

Middle years.

ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian Literature (3)

A study of the literary movements and techniques which effected the transition from Victorian to modern literature.

ENGL 425 Modern British Literature (3)

An historical survey of the major writers and literary movements in English prose and poetry since 1900.

ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to 1810, the Colonial and Federal Periods (3)

ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 1865, the American Renaissance (3)

ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 1914, Realism and Naturalism (3)

ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the Present, the Modern Period (3)

ENGL 434 American Drama (3)

ENGL 435 American Poetry: Beginning to the Present (3)

ENGL 436 The Literature of American Democracy (3)

ENGL 437 Contemporary American Literature (3)

A survey of the poetry, prose, and drama written in America in the last decade.

ENGL 438 Major American Writers (3)

Two writers studied intensively each semester.

ENGL 439 Major American Writers (3)

Two writers studied intensively each semester.

ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910 (3) ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 1910 (3)

ENGL 442 Literature of the South (3)

A historical survey, from eighteenth-century beginnings to the present.

ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature (3)

An examination of the literary expression of the Negro in the United States, from its beginning to the present.

340 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENGL 445 Modern British and American Poetry (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor required for students with credit in ENGL 345. A study of the formation of the "Modern Tradition" in British and American poetry, exploring the distinctive energy and consciousness in the poets of the early twentieth century (1896-1930). Special emphasis on Hopkins. Yeats, Pound, Eliot, and Stevens. Collateral readings in essays on modern poetics, and in other poets of the period.

ENGL 446 Contemporary British and American Poetry (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required for students with credit in ENGL 345. A study of British and American poetry from the Depression to the present. Special emphasis on Auden, Williams, Dylan Thomas, Theodore Roethke, Rohert Lowell. A more general study of the work of some of these: Berryman, Jarrell, Fuller, Bishop, Wright. Kinnell, Larkin and including the projecti- vists, the beats and the present scene.

ENGL 447 Satire (3)

An introduction to English and American satire from Chaucer to the present.

ENGL 449 Playwriting (3)

ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3)

Beginnings to Marlowe.

ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3)

Jonson to Webster.

ENGL 452 English Drama From 1660 to 1800 (3) ENGL 453 Literary Criticism (3) ENGL 454 Modern Drama (3)

ENGL 455 The English Novel (3)

Eighteenth century.

ENGL 456 The English Novel (3)

Nineteenth century.

ENGL 457 The Modern Novel (3)

ENGL 461 Folk Narrative (3)

Studies in legend, tale and myth.

ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad (3)

ENGL 463 American Folklore (3)

An examination of American folklore in terms of history and regional folk cultures. Exploration of collections of folklore from various areas to reveal the difference in regional and ethnic groups as witnessed in their oral and literary traditions.

ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and Culture (3)

An examination of the culture of the Negro in the United States in terms of history (antebellum to the present) and social changes (rural to urban). Exploration of aspects of Negro culture and his- tory via oral and literary traditions and life histories.

ENGL 465 Urban Folklore (3)

An examination of the folklore currently originating in white, urban, American culture.

ENGL 466 Arthurian Legend (3)

Development of the Arthurian legend of heroism and love in English literature from medieval to modem times.

ENGL 476 Modern Fantasy and Science Fiction (3)

Major works of fantasy and science fiction since the mid-eighteenth century, emphasizing their continuity and their relationships to philosophical speculation, scientific discovery, literary history and cultural change.

ENGL —English 341

ENGL 477 Studies in Mythmaking (3)

Major themes, figures, and configurations of northern European mythology, examining the value of the mythic mode of thought in a scientific era.

ENGL 478 Selected Topics in English and American Literature Before 1800 (1-3) ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English and American Literature After 1800 (3) ENGL 482 History of the English Language (3) ENGL 483 American English (3)

ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar (3)

Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484 and LING 402.

ENGL 485 English Phonology and Phonetics (3)

An overview of the sound system of English, surveying traditional methods of analysis as well as contemporary feature analysis. Practice in analysis and transcription of sound.

ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English (3)

An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Selected readings from Old English prose and poetry.

ENGL 489 Special Topics in English Language (3)

Studies in topics of current interest; repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.

ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing (3)

ENGL 496 Advanced Fiction Workshop (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Student criticism of student stories or chapters of novels-in- progress. Craft, execution, and technique. Intensive reading of anthologies and individual works in modem and contemporary fiction. Theoretical and critical works that help to define and analyze the context of the tradition.

ENGL 497 Advanced Poetry Workshop (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Student criticism of student work within the context of craft, technique, and execution. Relationship to Anglo-American and International Post-Modernist poetry.

ENGL 498 Creative Writing (3)

ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing (3)

ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods (3)

ENGL 602 Middle English (3)

ENGL 603 Readings in English Language History (3)

An historical survey of the syntactic, lexical, and phonological patterns of English from Old English and its sources in Germanic and Indo-European through modern English.

ENGL 604 Old English (3)

Grammar, syntax, phonology and prosody of Old English. Designed to give graduate students a working knowledge of Old English and to introduce them to the major Old English texts in the ori- ginal.

ENGL 605 Readings in Linguistics (3)

A survey of theoretical and applied linguistics.

ENGL 607 Readings in the History of Rhetorical Theory to 1900 (3)

Earlier theories of effective written discourse surveyed historically and as influenced by ethical, technical, and social change.

ENGL 611 Approaches to College Composition (3)

A seminar emphasizing rhetorical and linguistic foundations for the handling of a course in fresh- man composition. For graduate assistants (optional to other graduate students).

342 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENGL 612 Approaches to Professional and Technical Writing (3)

A pedagogical approach to professional and technical writing, its history and methodolgy.

ENGL 620 Readings in Medieval English Literature (3)

ENGL 621 Readings in Renaissance English Literature (3)

ENGL 622 Readings in Seventeenth-Century English Literature (3)

ENGL 623 Readings Eighteenth-Century English Literature (3)

ENGL 624 Readings in English Romantic Literature (3)

ENGL 625 Readings in English Victorian Literature (3)

ENGL 626 Readings in American Literature Before 1865 (3)

ENGL 627 Readings in American Literature, 1865-1914 (3)

ENGL 630 Readings in 20th Century English Literature (3)

ENGL 631 Readings in 20th Century American Literature (3)

ENGL 699 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: departmental approval of research project and consent of the instructor.

ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Literature (3)

ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3)

ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3)

ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3)

ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3)

ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3)

ENGL 748 Seminar in American Literature (3)

ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature (3)

ENGL 757 Seminar in Contemporary Literary Theory (3)

Readings and research in the nature of literature from the point of view of author, text, audience, and context.

ENGL 758 Literary Criticism (3)

ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the Other Arts (3)

ENGL 768 Studies in Drama (3)

ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction (3)

ENGL 775 Seminar in Composition Theory (3)

Readings and research in recent theories of effective writing.

ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore (3)

ENGL 779 Seminar in Language Study (3)

Seminar in linguistic aspects of literature and composition.

ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language (3)

May be repeated for credit to a maximum of 9 hours.

ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types in English Literature (3)

ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types in American Literature (3)

ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENGL —English 343

ENMA — Engineering, Materials

ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Relationship of structure to the mechanical properties of materials. Elastic and plastic deformation, microscopic yield criteria, state of stress and ductility. Elements of dislocation theory, work hardening, alloy strengthening, creep, and fracture in terms of dislocation theory.

ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder Processing of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Methods and processes used in the production of primary metals. The detailed basic principles of beneficiation processes, pyrometallurgy, hy- drometallurgy, electrometallurgy, vapor phase processing and electroplating. Liquid metal processing including casting, welding, brazing and soldering. Powder processing and sintering. Shapes and structures produced in the above processes.

ENMA 464 Environmental Effects On Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the phenomena associated with the resistance of materials to damage under severe environmental conditions. Oxidation, corrosion, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation damage are examined from the point of view of mechanism and influence on the properties of materials. Methods of corrosion protection and criteria for selection of materials for use in radiation environments.

ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials (3)

A comprehensive survey of the atomic and electronic structure of solids with emphasis on the re- lationship of structure to the physical and mechanical properties.

ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of Engineering Materials (3)

Equilibrium multicomponent systems and relationship to the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Diffusion in solids, kinetics of reactions in solids.

ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering Materials (3)

Relationship of properties of solids to their engineering applications. Criteria for the choice of materials for electronic, mechanical and chemical properties. Particular emphasis on the relationships between structure of the solid and its potential engineering application.

ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering Materials (3)

The effect of processing on the structure of engineering materials. Processes considered include refining, melting and solidification, purification by zone refining, vapor phase processing, mechani- cal working and heat treatments.

ENMA 495 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Study of the deformation and flow of engineer- ing materials and its relationship to structural type. Elasticity, viscoelasticity. anelasticity and plasti- city of single phase and multiphase materials. Students who have credit for ENMA 495 may not take ENCH 495 for credit.

ENMA 496 Polymeric Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENES 230. A comprehensive summary of the fundamentals of particular interest in the science and applications of polymers. Polymer single crystals, transformations in polymers, fab- rication of polymers as to shape and internal structure. Students who have credit for ENMA 496 may not take ENCH 496 for credit.

ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 470 or equivalent. The structural aspects of crystalline and amorphous sol- ids and relationships to bonding types. Point and space groups. Summary of diffraction theory and practice. The reciprocal lattice. Relationships of the microscopically measured properties to crystal symmetry. Structural aspects of defects in crystalline solids.

ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 650. Electronic and magnetic materials in relationship to their applications. Metallic conductors, resistive alloys, superconducting materials, semiconductors, hard and soft mag-

344 Graduate Course Descriptions

netic materials, piezo-electric and piezo-magnetic materials, optical materials. Emphasis on relation- ships between electronic configuration, crystal structure, defect structure and physical properties.

ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 650. Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics of engineering solids. Cohesion, thermodynamic properties . Theory of solid solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical, electrical, and magnetic phenomena in solids. Chemical thermodynamics, phase transitions and ther- modynamic properties of polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Thermodynamics of defects in solids.

ENMA 661 Kinetics of Reactions in Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 660. The theory of thermally activated processes in solids as applied to dif- fusion, nucleation and interface motion. Cooperative and diffusionless transformations. Applications selected from processes such as allotropic transformations, precipation, martensite formation, solidi- fication, ordering, and corrosion.

ENMA 669 Special Topics in the Chemical Physics of Materials (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

ENMA 671 Dislocations in Crystalline Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 650. The nature and interactions of defects in crystalline solids, with pri- mary emphasis on dislocations. The elastic and electric fields associated with dislocations. Effects of imperfections on mechanical and physical properties.

ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: ENMA 671. The mechanical properties of single crystals, polycrystalline and poly- phase materials. Yield strength, work hardening, fracture, fatigue and creep are considered in terms of fundamental material properties.

ENMA 679 Special Topics in the Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

ENMA 680 Experimental Methods in Materials Science (3)

Methods of measuring the structural aspects of materials. Optical and electron microscopy. Microscopic analytical techniques. Resonance methods. Electrical, optical and magnetic measure- ment techniques. Thermodynamic methods.

ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in Materials Science (3)

Prerequisite: ENCH 620. Theory of diffraction of electrons, neutrons and X-rays. Strong empha- sis on diffraction methods as applied to the study of defects in solids. Short range order, thermal vi- brations, stacking faults, microstrain.

ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimental Techniques in Materials Science (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering Materials (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering Materials (1)

ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineering Materials (1-16)

ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENME — Engineering, Mechanical

ENME 400 Machine Design (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisite: ENME 300, 360. Working stresses, stress concentration, stress analysis and repe-

ENME — Engineering, Mechanical 345

ated loadings. Design of machine elements. Kinematics of mechanisms.

ENME 401 The Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials (3)

Corequisite: ENME 310. The nature and properties of engineering materials as related to their use in all phases of mechanical engineering will be studied. Materials covered include metals, ceramics and glasses, polymer and composites.

ENME 402 Selected Topics in Engineering Design (3)

Three lecture periods per week. Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engineering or con- sent of instructor. Creativity and innovation in design. Generalized performance analysis, reliability and optimization as applied to the design of components and engineering systems. Use of computers in design. Design of multivariable systems.

ENME 403 Automatic Controls (3)

Prerequisites: ENEE 300, senior standing. Hydraulic, electrical, mechanical and pneumatic automatic control systems. Open and closed loops. Steady state and transient operation, stability cri- teria, linear and non-linear systems. Laplace transforms.

ENME 404 Mechanical Engineering Systems Design (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engineering. Design of components that form a complete working system. Engineering economics, performance-cost studies, optimization. Engineering design practice through case studies. Legal and ethical responsibility of the designer.

ENME 405 Energy Conversion Design (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engineering. Application of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer to energy conversion processes. Design of engines, compressors, heat exchangers. Energy storage and fuel handling equipment.

ENME 410 Operations Research I (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engineering. Applications of linear programming, queuing model, theory of games and competitive models to engineering problems.

ENME 411 Introduction to Industrial Engineering (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 300 and ECON 205 or consent of instructor. This course is concerned with the design, improvement and installation of integrated systems of men, materials and equipment. Areas covered include industrial activities, plant layout and design, value analysis, engineering economics, quality and production control, methods engineering, industrial relations, etc.

ENME 412 Mechanical Design For Manufacturing and Production (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering. The physical properities of materials. Review of key fundamental principles used in product design. Characterization of various classes of engineering materials. The types of manufacturing processes which can be applied to production of the design.

ENME 414 Computer-Aided Design (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 205, MATH 241 or equivalents. Introduction to computer graphics. Plotting and drawing with computer software. Principles of writing interactive software. The applications of computer graphics in computer-aided design. Computer-aided design project.

ENME 415 Engineering Applications of Solar Energy (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 315 AND 321. Collection, storage, and utilization of solar thermal energy. Conversion to electricity. Component and system modeling equations. Performance analysis. Systems design.

ENME 420 Energy Conversion (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 320. Chemical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy conversion processes, cycles and systems. Direct conversion processes of fuel cells, thermionics and magneto hydromechanics.

346 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENME 422 Energy Conversion II (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 315. Advanced topics in energy conversion. Direct conversion processes of fuel cells, solar cells, thermionics, thermoelectrics and magnetohydrodynamics.

ENME 423 Environmental Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 321 and senior standing in mechanical engineering. Heating and cooling load computations. Thermodynamics of refrigeration. Low temperature refrigeration. Problems in- volving extremes of temperature, pressure, acceleration and radiation.

ENME 424 Thermodynamics II (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 321, senior standing. Applications to special systems, change of phase, low temperature. Statistical concepts, equilibrium, heterogenous systems.

ENME 442 Fluid Mechanics II (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 342, senior standing. Hydrodynamics with engineering applications. Stream function and velocity potential, conformal transformations, pressure distributions, circulation, nu- merical methods and analogies.

ENME 450 Mechanical Engineering Analysis For the Oceanic Environment (3)

Prerequisite: junior standing. Study of the characteristics of the marine environment which affect the design, operation and maintenance of mechanical equipment, effects of waves, currents, pres- sure, temperature, corrosion, and fouling. Study of design parameters for existing and proposed me- chanical systems used in marine construction, on shipboard, in search and salvage operations.

ENME 451 Mechanical Engineering Systems For Underwater Operations (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 450 or consent of instructor. Study of propulsion, control and environmental systems for submerged vehicles. Design of mechanical systems in support of diving and saturated living operations.

ENME 452 Physical and Dynamical Oceanography (3)

Prerequisites: consent of the instructor. Historical review of oceanography physical, chemical, stratification and circulation properties of the ocean; dynamics of frictionless, frictional, wind driven and thermohaline circulations; air-sea interactions.

ENME 453 Ocean Waves, Tides and Turbulences (3)

Prerequisite: METO 420 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave mo- tions, tides, wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamies, internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion.

ENME 461 Dynamics II (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 360, differential equations, senior standing in mechanical engineering. Linear and non-linear plane and three-dimensional motion, moving axes, LaGrange's equation, Hamilton's principle, non-linear vibration, gyroscope, celestial mechanics.

ENME 462 Introduction to Engineering Acoustics (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 246. Study of the physical behavior of sound waves. Introduction to ter- minology and instrumentation used in acoustics. Criteria for noise and vibration control. Some fun- damentals underlying noise control and applications to ventilation systems, machine and shop quiet- ing, office buildings, jet noise, transportation systems and underwater sound.

ENME 463 Mechanical Engineering Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 246. Mathematical modeling of physical situations. Solution of problems expressed by partial differential equations. Application of Fourier series and integrals. Laplace transformation, Bessel functions, Legendre polynomials and complex problems in mechanical vibra- tions, heat transfer, fluid mechanics and automatic control theory.

ENME 464 Machine Design II (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 400. The study of stress and strain as applied to engineering problems; stress and strain from a three dimensional point of view; theories of failure; residual stresses; dynamic loading; fatigue; environmental influence; temperature extremes; corrosive media. Case studies of design practices.

ENME — Engineering, Mechanical 347

ENME 465 Introductory Fracture Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering. An examination of the concepts of fracture in members with pre-existing flaws. Emphasis is primarily on the mechanics aspects with the develop- ment of the Griffith theory and the introduction of the stress intensity factor, K, associated with different types of cracks. Fracture phenomena are introduced together with critical values of the frac- ture toughness of materials. Testing procedures for characterizing materials together with applica- tions of fracture mechanics to design are treated.

ENME 480 Engineering Experimentation (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engi- neering. Theory of experimentation. Applications of the principles of measurement and instrumenta- tion systems to laboratory experimentation. Experiments in fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and energy conversion. Selected experiments or assigned projects to emphasize planned procedure, anal- ysis and communication of results, analogous systems and leadership.

ENME 481 Engineering Experimentation (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engi- neering. Theory of experimentation. Applications of the principles of measurement and instrumenta- tion systems to laboratory experimentation. Experiments in fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and energy conversion. Selected experiments or assigned projects to emphasize planned procedure, anal- ysis and communication of results, analogous systems and leadership.

ENME 488 Special Problems (3)

Prerequisite: permission of department chairman. Advanced problems in mechanical engineering with special emphasis on mathematical and experimental methods.

ENME 489 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: permission of department chairman. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of 6 credits, with the permission of the student's advisor. Selected topics of current importance in mechanical engineering.

ENME 600 Design with Advanced Technology (3)

Prerequisite: undergraduate course in machine design. Introduction to the design of electrome- chanical componenets. The traditional mechanical elements of design (e.g., gears. V-belts, bearings, etc.), with emphasis on application of fundamental mechanical engineering principles to proper se- lection. Use of manufacturer's catalogs to demonstrate mechanical component selection methodolo- gy. The integration of microprocessor technology and software engineering. Development of smart product design methodology. The role of patents and standards in the design process.

ENME 601 Embedded Microprocessor Design (3)

An introduction to the elements of microprocessor technology and software engineering as used in design. Microcontroller organization and the use of development systems to readily implement in- telligent task management in electromechanical systems. Completion of a design project which em- phasizes a balance between hardware and software design practice. Emphasis on the sensing, deci- sion support and controlling of mechanical elements for design and manufacturing tools and devices.

ENME 602 Computer-Aided Design (3)

An introduction to software engineering, database formation, and database management. Emphasis on the application of computer techniques to aid the designer in synthesizing and analyz- ing mechanical systems.

ENME 605 Advanced Systems Control (3)

Prerequisite: an undergraduate course in control systems theory. The fundamentals of control theory using a computer. Generation of a program for functional or process control in a manufactur- ing environment.

ENME 607 Systems Integration and Simulation (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 605. Modeling simulation and the ability to interface functions and pro- cesses. Use of incompatible information. Methods of validation.

348 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENME 610 Systems Optimization (3)

An introduction to the practical aspects of optimization with a major focus on the techniques rele- vant to engineering applications arising in design and manufacturing. A broad survey of important optimization methods, ranging from those applicable to a single-variable function to those most suit- able for large-scale constrained problems. Formulation of engineering problems. Development and evaluation of the optimal solution.

ENME 611 Manufacturing Processes (3)

A survey of all manufacturing processes with an emphasis on understanding what happens in the process, identification of the capabilities of the process, and demonstrations of specific processes. Hands-on experience for students in a variety of selected processes. Process experience in computer-aided machining applications. Completion of a semester project to investigate, in detail, how a specific consumer item of his choice is produced (from a raw material to finished product), with a class presentation and written report.

ENME 612 Mechanical Packaging of Advanced Electronic Systems (3)

The design and manufacturing of chip carriers and circuit boards for electronic systems which in- corporate LSI and VLSI semi-conductor devices. The development of advanced electronic systems involves mechanical packaging at three different levels and the incorporation of several million cir- cuits into a cabinet provided with cooling, power supplies, power distribution, signal distribution and I/O busses. Information on design and manufacturing processes covered in the course provides the student with background important in the development of new electronic products.

ENME 614 Advanced Production Control Techniques (3)

An introduction to the broad area of computer integrated manufacturing and design in modern production plants. The new concepts of computer-aided production control which will be fully deve- loped and analyzed in the rest of the courses of this cycle. Visits to local industries and video tape programs in conjunction with our own laboratory facilities. Individual student projects on specific topics of production management and control.

ENME 615 Manufacturing Resource Planning Systems (3)

A description, analysis and application of the principles of integrated manufacturing systems in modern manufacturing establishments. The architectural and functional requirements of such a sys- tem within an operating environment. The activities of and interactions among all of the company's production-related departments. Design of a universal data base to satisfy most of the business needs.

ENME 622 Energy Conversion: Solid-State (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 405. Theory, design and performance analysis of fuel cells, photovoltaic cells, and thermoelectric conversion, considering their compatible energy sources.

ENME 624 Energy Conversion: Plasma State (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 405. Theory, design and performance analysis of magnetoplasmadynamic (magnetohydrodynamic) and thermionic-plasma energy conversion, considering their compatible energy sources. Certain aspects of fusion plasma and fusion energy to electrical energy conversion.

ENME 630 Advanced Heat Transfer (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 315, 321, 342, 343. Theory of conduction, convection, and radiation. Physical properties and experimental methods. Equations of transfer and their solution. Network analysis and engineering methods.

ENME 631 Advanced Conduction and Radiation Heat Transfer (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 315, 321, and 700. Theory of conduction and radiation. Anisotropic conduc- tion and bidirectional radiation properties and experiments. General conduction and radiation go- verning equations. Integration, finite-difference, and finite element techniques. Combined conduction and radiation. Engineering applications.

ENME 632 Advanced Convection Heat Transfer (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 315, 342, 343, AND 700. Theory of convection and mass transfer in pipe flow, boundary layer flow, separated flow, free convection, boiling and condensing. Flow and ener-

ENME — Engineering, Mechanical 349

gy equations. Solutions and engineering applications. Experimental methods.

ENME 633 Advanced Classical Thermodynamics (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 315. The laws of classical thermodynamics. Equations of state. Temperature scales. Availability. General equilibrium. Corollaries to the second law. Chemical ther- modynamics.

ENME 634 Statistical and Irreversible Thermodynamics (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 315. Kinetic theory of gases and transport properties. Quantum mechanics and statistics. Partition functions and applications. Solids, liquids, and gases. Irreversible processes, coupled phenomena and applications.

ENME 635 Analysis of Energy Systems (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 403, 404, AND 405. Energy conversion systems for renewable and non- renewable energy sources. Component modeling. Performance charts. Overall indices of perfor- mance. Environmental effects. Cost effectiveness. Optimization strategies. Case studies.

ENME 647 Multiphase Flow and Heat Transfer (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 321 AND 342 or equivalent. Phase-change heat transfer phenomenology, analysis and correlations; boiling and condensation in stationary systems. Multiphase flow funda- mentals; one-dimensional, two-phase flow analysis. Critical flow rates. Convective boiling and con- densation. Two-phase flow instabilities. Applications.

ENME 650 Design of Turbomachinery (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 342 or equivalent. Characteristics and design of turbines, pumps, compres- sors and torque convertors. cavitation, stall and surge.

ENME 651 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics I (3) <

Pre or corequisite: ENME 700 or equivalent mathematical background. A broad study of the fundamental principles of fluid mechanics including potential flow, viscous flow and compressible flow.

ENME 652 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics II (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 651. A continuation of ENME 651.

ENME 653 Topics in Hydrodynamics (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 651 or equivalent. Analysis of the flow of fluids in which viscosity and compressibility are not significant. Complex variable techniques, method of images, small perturba- tion techniques, surface waves, thin airfoil theory, and geophysical flows.

ENME 654 Topics in Compressible Flow (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 652 or equivalent. Study of the compressible flow of fluids. Method of characteristics, experimental techniques, small perturbation theory and similarity rules, and gas- dynamics of two-phase flows and reacting mixtures.

ENME 655 Topics in Viscous Flow (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 652 or equivalent. Current techniques in analysing viscous flows in engi- neering applications. Integral, and numerical methods, asymptotic methods, and their applications.

ENME 658 Current Topics in Fluid Dynamics (3)

May be repeated for credit to maximum of six credits for the M.S. Degree or twelve credits for the Ph.D. Degree.

ENME 662 Linear Vibrations (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Fourier and statistical analysis, transient, steady-state, and random behavior of linear lumped mass systems. Normal mode theory; shock spectrum concepts; mechanical impedance and mobility methods. Vibrations of continuous media including rods, beams, and membranes.

ENME 664 Dynamics (3)

Fundamentals of Newtonian dynamics which includes kinematics of a particle, dynamics of a particle and system of particles, Lagranges equations, basic concepts and kinematics of rigid body motion, dynamics of rigid bodies. Hamilton's principle. Applications to mechanical engineering

350 Graduate Course Descriptions

problems.

ENME 665 Advanced Topics in Vibrations (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 662. Geometrical and numerical analysis of nonlinear and damped vibration systems. Vibration under combined loading of bending, shear and torsion. Random vibrations.

ENME 670 Continuum Mechanics (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. The algebra and calculus of tensors in Riemannian space are developed with special emphasis on those aspects which are most relevant to mechanics. The geometry of curves and surfaces in E-3 is examined. The concepts are applied to the derivation of the field equations for the non-linear theory of continuous media and to various problems arising in classical dynamics.

ENME 671 Linear Theory of Elasticity (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. The basic equations of the linear theory are developed as a special case of the non-linear theory. The first and second boundary value problems are dis- cussed together with the problem of uniqueness. Solutions are constructed to problems of technical interest through semi-inverse, transform and potential methods. Included are the study of plane prob- lems, torsion, dynamic response of spherical shells and tubes, microstructure and anisotropic ma- terials.

ENME 677 Applied Elasticity (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 462 or equivalent. Analysis of stress and strain, equilibrium and compatibili- ty conditions, plane stress and plane strain problems, torsion and flexure of bars, generalthree di- mensional analysis, energy methods, thermal stresses, and wave propagation.

ENME 678 Fracture Mechanics (3)

An advanced treatment of fracture mechanics covering in detail the analysis concepts for deter- mining the stress intensity factors for various types of cracks. Advanced experimental methods for evaluation of materials or structures for fracture toughness. Analysis of moving cracks and the sta- tistical analysis of fracture strength. Finally, illustrative fracture control plans are treated to show the engineering applications of fracture mechanics.

ENME 680 Experimental Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: undergraduate course in instrumentation or equivalent. Advanced methods of mea- surement in solid and fluid mechanics. Scientific photography, moire, photoelasticity, strain gages, interferometry, holography, speckle, ndt techniques, shock and vibration, and laser anemometry.

ENME 681 Engineering Acoustics (3)

Analogies in electrical, mechanical, and acoustical systems. Mathematical treatment of electro- mechano-acoustical systems such as speakers, horns and microphones. Wave equation and its solu- tion to phenomena involving the propagation, refraction and transmission of sound. Acoustical mea- surements and interpretation of results towards noise control. Propagation of spherical waves and the radiation of sound. Architectural acoustics.

ENME 682 Nonlinear Solids (3)

Prerequisite: ENME 700. A survey course dealing with first principals non-linear mechanics. An overview of the classical rheological relations. Theory of creep deformation, viscoelastic deforma- tion and plastic deformation. Emphasis on the more elementary aspects of each topic. Applications to simple engineering problems.

ENME 683 Plates and Shells (3)

Prerequisites: ENME 677 or an equivalent course in elasticity. Theory of surfaces; fundamental equations of thin elastic shells and the specialization of these to the case of flat plates. Problems solved involving orthotropic plates and shells. Shells of revolution under arbitrary loading. Computer usage for the solution of shell and plate problems.

ENME 700 Advanced Mechanical Engineering Analysis I (3)

An advanced, unified approach to the solution of mechanical engineering problems, emphasis is on the formulation and solution of equilibrium, eigenvalue and propagation problems. Review and extension of undergraduate material in applied mathematics with emphasis on problems in heat

ENME — Engineering, Mechanical 351

transfer, vibrations, fluid flow and stress analysis which may be formulated and solved by classical procedures.

ENME 701 Advanced Mechanical Engineering Analysis II (3)

Formulation and solution of mechanical engineering problems. Analysis of oscillatory and non- oscillatory systems utilizing discrete parameter techniques including matrix methods, finite element methods, finite differences and numerical integration. Study of non-linear vibration and control sys- tems with emphasis on perturbation theory and stability analysis. Engineering applications of statisti- cal analysis.

ENME 703 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: an undergraduate course in instrumentation or equivalent. Two lectures and one lab- oratory per week. Theory of measurements, and art and science of using instruments. Instrumentation for measuring fluid flow, temperature and heat, stress and strain, and sound and vi- brations. Introduction to non-destructive testing, optical techniques and electronic data processing. Design, conduction and analysis of an experiment.

ENME 760 Advanced Structural Dynamics I (3)

Advanced topics in structural dynamics analysis: dynamic properties of materials, impact and contact phenomena, wave propagation, modern numerical methods for complex structural systems, analysis for wind and blast loads, penetration loads, and earthquake, non-linear systems, random vi- brations and structural failure from random loads. Prerequisites: ENME 602, 603 or equivalent.

ENME 788 Seminar (1-3)

First or second semester. Credit in accordance with work outlined by mechanical engineering staff. Prerequisite: graduate standing in mechanical engineering.

ENME 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ENME 808 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering (2-3)

ENME 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENNU — Engineering, Nuclear

ENNU 430 Radioisotope Power Sources (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 215 or permission of instructor. Principles and theory of radioisotope power sources. Design and use of nuclear batteries and small energy conversion devices.

ENNU 435 Activation Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 215 or permission of instructor. Principles and techniques of activation anal- ysis involving neutrons, photons and charged particles. Emphasis placed upon application of this analytical technique to solving environmental and engineering problems.

ENNU 440 Nuclear Technology Laboratory (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: MATH 240, PHYS 263. Techniques of detecting and making measurements of nuclear or high energy radiation. Radiation safety experiments. Both a sub-critical reactor and the swimming pool critical reactor are sources of radiation.

ENNU 450 Nuclear Reactor Engineering I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 246 and PHYS 263 or consent of instructor. Elementary nuclear physics, reactor theory, and reactor energy transfer. Steady-state and time-dependent neutron distributions in space and energy. Conduction and convective heat transfer in nuclear reactor systems.

ENNU 455 Nuclear Reactor Engineering II (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 450. General plant design considerations including radiation hazards and health physics, shielding design, nuclear power economics, radiation effects on reactor materials, and various types of nuclear reactor systems.

352 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENNU 460 Nuclear Heat Transport (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 450. Heat generation in nuclear reactor cores, conduction and transfer to coolants. Neutron flux distributions, fission and heat release. Steady and unsteady state conduction in fuel elements. Heat transfer to nonmetallic and metallic coolants. Heat transfer with phase change. Thermal design of reactor cores.

ENNU 461 Chemical Separation in the Nuclear Cycle Reactor Fuel (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 450 or consent of instructor. An introduction to chemical and physical se- paration of the nuclear reactor fuel. Basic separation processes, reactor fuel fabrication, reactor chemistry problems and the handling and treatment of radioactive waste. Calculations of plant design and operation. Related safety issues.

ENNU 465 Nuclear Reactor Systems Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: Math 246, PHYS 263, ENNU 455, or permission of instructor. Power reactor (BWR,PWR,HTGR) system design and analysis. System specifications and modes of operation. Plant documentation (PSAR.FSAR, etc.). Piping and instrumentation drawings. Theory and applica- tion of pump and piping calculations. Steam power plant cycles and calculations. Steam plant equip- ment (turbines, heaters, condensers, etc.) analysis.

ENNU 468 Research (2-3)

Prerequisite: permission of the staff. Investigation of a research project under the direction of one of the staff members. Comprehensive reports are required. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

ENNU 470 Introduction to Controlled Fusion (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering or consent of instructor. The principles and the cur- rent status of research to achieve controlled thermonuclear power production. Properties of ionized gases relating to confinement and heating. Concepts of practical fusion devices.

ENNU 480 Reactor Core Design (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 450 or consent of instructor. Design of nuclear reactor cores based on a se- quence of standard computer codes. Thermal and epithermal cross sections, multigroup diffusion theory in one and two dimensions and fine structure flux calculations using transport theory.

ENNU 490 Nuclear Fuel and Power Management (3)

Prerequisites: ENNU 460 and 480, or consent of instructor. Physics and economics of the nuclear fuel cycle utilizing existing design codes. Mining, conversion, enrichment, fabrication, reprocessing processes. Effects of plutonium recycle, in-core shuffling, fuel mechanical design and power peak- ing on fuel cycle costs.

ENNU 609 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering (1)

ENNU 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3)

Application of selected mathematical techniques to the analysis and solution of engineering prob- lems; included are the applications of matrices, vectors, tensors, differential equations, integral transforms, and probability methods to such problems as unsteady heat transfer, transient phe- nomena in mass transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor physics.

ENNU 630 Nuclear Reactor Physics I (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 450 or consent of instructor. Introduction to neutron physics. The theory of neutron detection instruments including the neutron chopper and solid state detectors. Elements of neutron slowing-down theory. The Boltzman transport equation is developed together with approxi- mations such as PN, SN, and Fermi Age. Nuclear systems are theoretically treated utilizing the dif- fusion approximation, the Fermi Age method and the P-3 method. Elementary temperature and time dependence.

ENNU 640 Nuclear Reactor Physics II (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 320. Mathematical treatment of nuclear reactor systems. The foundations of nuclear reactor kinetics, the multigroup treatment, reflected reactor theory, he- terogeneous reactors, perturbation theory. Thermalization theory and the pulse and sine-wave tech-

ENNU —Engineering, Nuclear 353

niques. Introduction to variational methods.

ENNU 648 Special Problems in Nuclear Engineering (1-16)

ENNU 649 Selected Topics in Nuclear Engineering (2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Topics of current interest and recent advances in the nuclear engineering field. Because of the rapid advances in the field, information on special topics of much practical importance is continually becoming available. Since the content changes, re-registration may be permitted.

ENNU 655 Radiation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes, design of irradiation installations. E.G., Cobalt 60 gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemonuclear reac- tors.

ENNU 656 Radiation Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes, design of irradiation installations. E.G., Cobalt 60 gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemonuclear reac- tors.

ENNU 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Effect of massive doses of radiation on the properties of matter for purposes other than those pointed toward nuclear power. Radiation processing, radiation- induced chemical reactions, and conversion of radiation energy; isotope power sources.

ENNU 671 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: permission of instructor. The uni- versity of maryland swimming pool reactor is employed in experiments on reactor startup and opera- tion, shielding, control, neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma spectrum, cross section mea- surements.

ENNU 672 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: permission of instructor. The uni- versity of maryland swimming pool reactor is employed in experiments on reactor startup and opera- tion, shielding, control, neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma spectrum, cross section mea- surements.

ENNU 720 Neutral Particle Transport Theory (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ENNU 630 or permission of instructor. Transport equations for neu- trons and gamma rays. Infinite space and milne problems. Spherical harmonic and variational meth- ods. Special methods of solving transport equations.

ENNU 730 Radiation Shielding and Energy Deposition (3)

First semester. Prerequisite: ENNU 630 or permission of instructor. A study of the interactions of nuclear radiations with matter. Includes electron, gamma and neutron attenuation, dose calcula- tions, chemical changes, heat generation and removal in shields.

ENNU 740 Nuclear Reactor Dynamics (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENNU 640. Principles of reactor control and operation. Neutron kinetics, temperature and coolant flow effects,, transfer function, stochastic processes. Stability anal- ysis. Accident calculations. Use of analog computer or simulation and problem solving.

ENNU 761 Nuclear Fuel and Waste Processing (3)

First semester, three lectures a week. Processing of nuclear fuel and treatment of nuclear waste. Includes: processing of uranium, thorium, and other ores; chemical separation of plutonium, uranium, fission products and other elements from materials irradiated in nuclear reactors; treatment of radioactive wastes; isotopic separation of U235; and isotopic separation of heavy water and other materials.

354 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENNU 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ENNU 840 Nuclear Reactor Design (3)

Prerequisites: ENNU 630 or consent of instructor. The design features of nuclear reactor systems. The preliminary design of a reactor is carried out by the student. Core design including heat transfer, control system, safety systems and shielding. Standard computer programs are utilized throughout.

ENNU 860 Fast Reactor Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENNU 630. Engineering and physics problems of fast reactors. Neutron economy and breeding. Transport theory based on neutronic core design. Liquid metal and gaseous coolant heat transfer. Aspects of fast reactor plant design.

ENNU 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

ENTM —Entomology

ENTM 407 Entomology For Science Teachers (4)

Summer. Four lectures and four three-hour laboratory periods a week. This course will include the elements of morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using examples commonly available to high school teachers. It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and experimenting with insects insofar as time will permit.

ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture (3)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 111. The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee management.

ENTM 423 Insect Morphology and Classification (4)

Two one-hour lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite:- ENTM 205. A detailed study of the morphology and anatomy of insects. Emphasis on a comparison of structures using specimens from common orders to study the phylogenetic relationships and to form a basis for understanding insect classification systems.

ENTM 424 Insect Collection and Identification (4)

One hour of lecture and seven hours of field work per week. Prerequisites: ENTM 205 and ENTM 423. The techniques of collecting insects in the field and their classification into the latest hierarchial scheme. Field trips will visit habitats throughout the state. An insect collection is re- quired.

ENTM 432 Insect Physiology (4)

Three hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENTM 205, CHEM 233, and CHEM 243: or consent of instructor. The physiology of different insect systems. Hormonal basis of insect metamorphosis and reproduction.

ENTM 451 Insect Pests of Agricultual Crops (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 205. The recog- nition, biology and control of insects injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and stored products.

ENTM 452 Insecticides (2)

Prerequisite: consent of the department. The development and use of contact and stomach poi- sons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- patability. and host injury. Recent research emphasized.

ENTM 453 Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Turf (3)

Prerequisite: ENTM 205 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The recognition, biology and control of insects and mites injurious to ornamental shrubs, trees, greenhouse crops, and turf. Emphasis on pests of woody ornamental plants.

ENTM — Entomology 355

ENTM 455 Urban Entomology (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 or consent of instructor. A study of the appearance, habits, life cycles and methods of control of pests of hu- mans, pets and structures in the urban environment. Field observations of professional pest control operations and a paper on a selected pest group are required.

ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary Entomology (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 205 or consent of department. A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission will be emphasized.

ENTM 611 Biological Suppression of Plant Pests (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An advanced course on the theory and practice of biological control with an emphasis on biological insect pest suppression. The biological control of weeds and plant pathogens with emphasis on the ecological and behavioral foundations of biological control.

ENTM 612 Insect Ecology (3)

Prerequisite: a course in general ecology or permission of instructor. An advanced course in po- pulation and community ecology, plant-insect interactions, and insect biogeography. Emphasis on current entomological literature.

ENTM 622 Principles of Systematic Entomology (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. The princi- ples of systematics including traditional classification methods, cladistics. and numerical taxonomy. Nomenclature, continental drift, and speciation theory. A laboratory problem in systematics is re- quired.

ENTM 623 Insect Evolutionary Biology (3)

Prerequisite: ENTM 423 or consent of instructor. The relevance of evolutionary biology to ecolo- gy, comparative physiology/morphology, and pest management. Phylogeny and paleontology of in- sect orders; insect biogeography; coevolution and evolutionary ecology; insect speciation mech- anisms; population genetics of insects, with emphasis on implications for pest management.

ENTM 652 Laboratory Methods in Toxicology (1-2)

Pre- or corequisite: ENTM 653 or MEES 641 or consent of the instructor. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. A methodology and techniques course designed to give the student experience in toxicological research. The first half of the course may be taken for one credit and will emphasize methods useful to entomologists.

ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides (3)

A study of the physical, chemical, biological and toxicological properties of insecticides. Emphasis on the relationship of chemical structure to insecticidal activity and mode of action. Insect resistance mechanisms.

ENTM 654 Advanced Pest Management (4)

Three lectures a week and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- tor. Current developments in pest management theory and practice. Emphasis on agro-ecosystem components and their manipulation. Biological and environmental monitoring, decision-making, cost-benefit relationships, and modelling.

ENTM 662 Insect Pathology (3)

Three lectures with directed independent laboratory study. Prerequisite: MICB 200. pre- or core- quisite: ENTM 641 or consent of the instructor. An examination of primarily insect pathogens with special reference to symptomology, epizootiology and mode of action, and the microbial control of insect pests.

ENTM 672 Culicidology (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. (Alternate years.) The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes.

356 Graduate Course Descriptions

ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology (1-6)

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the department. First and second semesters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, physiology, taxonomy and applied entomology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual research.

ENTM 722 Biology and Taxonomy of Aquatic Insects (4)

Biology and taxonomy of aquatic insects. One four-hour lecture and laboratory combined per week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. Fifteen Saturday labs per semester will include the morphology, biology, and taxonomy of adult and immature insects living in water.

ENTM 723 Taxonomy of Larval Insects (2)

Taxonomy of larval insects. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 and consent of instructor. A study of the identification and biology of larval insects. A collection is required.

ENTM 728 Advanced Systematics of Selected Orders (1-3)

Advanced systematics of selected orders. One lecture or one three-hour laboratory a week for each credit hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lectures and laboratory sessions on the syste- matics of selected major insect orders such as coleoptera, lepidoptera, diptera, and hymenoptera, or groups of minor orders.

ENTM 788 Entomological Topics (1-3)

One lecture or one two-hour laboratory period a week for each credit hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lectures, group discussions or laboratory sessions on selected topics such as: aquatic insects, biological control of insects, entomological literature, forest entomology, history of entomo- logy, insect biochemistry, insect embryology, immature insects, insect behavior, insect communica- tion, principles of entomological research.

ENTM 789 Field Experience in Pest Management (1-6)

Prerequisite: ENTM 654 or consent of the department. Involvement in practical problems of pest management in field situations. The student will be assigned to a problem area for intensive experi- ence, usually during the summer. A final written report is required for each assignment. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

ENTM 798 Topic Seminar (1)

Discussion and presentation of current research and literature.

ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

FDSC —Food Science

FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I (3)

The principles of thermal processing including heat resistance of bacteria and bacterial spores, concepts of lethality, heat transfer, and thermal process calculations. Advanced systems of thermal processing and packaging including aseptic applications.

FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II (3)

Three lectures per week. A detailed study of food processing with emphasis on line and staff op- erations, including physical facilities, utilities, pre-and post-processing operations, processing line development and sanitation.

FDSC 421 Food Chemistry (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 113. The application of basic chemical and physi- cal concepts to the composition and properties of foods. Emphasis on the relationship of processing technology, to the keeping quality, nutritional value, and acceptability of foods.

FDSC 422 Food Product Research and Development (3)

Two lectures, and one laboratory per week. Prerequisites: FDSC 413, BCHM 461, or permission of instructor. A study of the research and development function for improvement of existing pro- ducts and development of new, economically feasible and marketable food products. Application of

FDSC —Food Science 357

chemical-physical characteristics of ingredients to produce optimum quality products, cost reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment and package development.

FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory (2)

Pre- or corequisite: FDSC 421. Two laboratory per week. Analysis of the major and minor con- stituents of food using chemical, physical and instrumental methods in concordance with current food industry and regulatory practices. Laboratory exercises coincide lecture subjects in FDSC 421.

FDSC 430 Food Microbiology (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200 or equivalent. A study of microorganisms of major importance to the food industry with emphasis on food-borne outbreaks, public health signifi- cance, bioprocessing of foods and control of microbial spoilage of foods.

FDSC 431 Food Quality Control (4)

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Definition and organization of the quality control function in the food industry; preparation of specifications; statistical methods for acceptance sampling; in-plant and processed product inspection. Instrumental and sensory methods for evaluat- ing sensory quality, identity and wholesomeness and their integration into grades and standards of quality.

FDSC 434 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2)

Two laboratories per week. Pre- or corequisite: FDSC 430. A study of techniques and procedures used in the microbiological examination of foods.

FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Commercial methods of canning, freezing, dehydrat- ing, fermenting, and chemical preservation of fruit and vegetable crops.

FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Method of production of fluid milk, butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk products and ice cream.

FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry and the factors affecting their quality.

FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: BCHM 461 or permission of instructor. Physical and chemical characteristics of meat and meat products, meat processing, methods of testing and product development.

FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: BCHM 461 or permission of instructor. The principal preservation methods for commercial seafood products with particular reference to the invertebrates. Chemical and microbiological aspects of processing are emphasized.

FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food Industry (3)

Construction and solution of models for optimizing feed, product formulations, nutrient- palatability costs. Methods for optimizing processes, inventories, and transportation systems.

FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology (2)

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: FDSC 430 or permission of instruc- tor. An in depth understanding and working knowledge of a selected number of problem areas and contemporary topics in food microbiology.

FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science (1-3)

Studies in depth of selected phases of food science are frequently best arranged by employment of a lecturer from outside the University to teach a specific phase. Flexibility in the credit offered permits adjustment to the nature of the course.

FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science (1)

First and second semester. Oral reports on special topics or recently published research in food science and technology. Distinguished scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A maximum of three

358 Graduate Course Descriptions

credits allowed for the M.S.

FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science (1-4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. Credit according to time scheduled and magnitude of problem. An experimental program on a topic other than the student's thesis problem will be conducted. Four credits shall be the maximum allowed toward on advanced degree.

FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology (3)

First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. A systematic review of new products, processes and management practices in the food industry.

FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

FMCD — Family and Community Development

FMCD 430 Gender Role Development in the Family (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY100 and FMCD 260 or consent of instructor. The development of historical, cultural, developmental, and psychosocial aspects of masculinity and femininity within the context of contemporary families and the implications for interpersonal relations.

FMCD 431 Family Crises and Intervention (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Family crises such as divorce, disability, substance abuse, financial problems, intrafamilial abuse, and death. Theories and techniques for intervention and enhancement of family coping strategies.

FMCD 432 Intergenerational Aspects of Family Living (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100, SOCY 100. FMCD 332 or other human development course. The his- torical, cultural, developmental, and psychosocial experiences of contemporary American genera- tions. Interactions across generations within the family and the consequences for individual develop- ment. Cross-national comparisons.

FMCD 441 Personal and Family Finance (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 205, or consent of instructor. Study of individual and family financial strategies with particular emphasis upon financial planning, savings, insurance, investments, income taxes, housing, and use of credit.

FMCD 443 Consumer Problems (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 205, or consent of instructor. The consumer perspective in the pro- duction, marketing, and use of goods and services. Special emphasis on the investigation of current issues.

FMCD 444 Human and Community Program Management (3)

Goals, approaches, settings, and resources relevant to the management of human service pro- grams in the community.

FMCD 445 Family and Household Management (3)

Interrelationship of resources (time, money, energy, space, materials and human resources) in op- eration of the household and in meeting demands of multiple roles of family members. Management as intervention strategy.

FMCD 446 Cross Cultural Family and Community Field Experiences (3-6)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An experience in and analysis of living in a sub-culture other than one's own; participating in family and community activities.

FMCD 447 The Disabled Person in the Family and Community (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or SOCY 100. Disabled persons in family and community settings. Improvement of the quality of life of disabled persons.

FMCD — Family and Community Development 359

FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home Management (3)

Seminar format will be used to examine the ways families set priorities and organize their efforts and resources to achieve both social and economic goals. Prior registration in FMCD 250, 341, or other courses in management theory, systems analysis or research methods is desirable. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits provided subject matter is different.

FMCD 453 Family and Community Advocacy (3)

Prerequisites: 6 credits in SOCY and GVPT. Strategies for change used by governmental and non-governmental institutions to improve the quality of family and community life in a variety of political, social and historical contexts.

FMCD 460 Violence in the Family (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or SOCY 105 or FMCD 487. Theories of child, spousal, parental, grand- parental abuse in the family setting, review of current evidence, and an introduction to methods for prevention and remediation.

FMCD 483 Family and Community Service Systems (3)

Prerequisites: 6 credits in SOCY and GVPT. The planning, implementation, administration, and evaluation of human services systems affecting families and communities. Major organizational theo- ries, managerial styles, administrative techniques, and issues in human service delivery.

FMCD 485 Introduction to Family Counseling (3)

Prerequisites: FMCD 431, PSYC 331, PSYC 335, or permission of instructor. The fundamental theoretical concepts and clinical procedures that are unique to marital and family therapy. Individually-orien ted pysocotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and family, and divorce counseling tech- niques.

FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 105 or SOCY 105. Laws and legal procedures, with emphasis on adoption, marriage, divorce, annullment, and property rights, and how they affect family life.

FMCD 497 The Child and the Law (3)

Legislation and case law regarding children's legal rights with emphasis on the rights of children in the juvenile justice system, and rights to medical, educational, and other social services.

FMCD 499 Special Topics (1-3)

A - Family Studies B - Community Studies C - Management and Consumer Studies

FMCD 600 Research and Theory in Family Studies (3)

Survey of theories and research in the family. An overview of the theoretical frameworks under- lying research on the family, and of the major research and theory in the field.

FMCD 601 Theory and Practice in Community Development (3)

Community development within inter- and intra-national contexts. Inter-disciplinary analysis of the relation between theory and practice.

FMCD 602 Human and Community Management: Theory and Research (3)

Theories of management and their application to the family and community in a variety of social and historical settings.

FMCD 604 Integrative Aspects of Family and Community Development (3)

Multidisciplinary approach to studying and improving the quality of life, drawing upon family, management/consumer, and community studies.

FMCD 605 Community Development in Neighborhoods (3)

Exploration of neighborhoods in cities, suburbs, and small towns. Comparison of neighborhoods in terms of population, culture and prospects for community development. Particular emphasis on the relevance of neighborhoods for the quality of individual and family life.

FMCD 606 Neighborhood Management (3)

The management tasks associated with community development efforts. Practical strategies for the acquisition and coordination of resources from public, private, and non-profit agencies.

360 Graduate Course Descriptions

FMCD 609 Seminar in Family and Community Development (1-3)

Explorations of current theories, methods, and issues in family and community development. Topics vary with instructor and student interests. May be repeated with the permission of the depart- ment to a maximum of 4 credits.

FMCD 610 Research Methods for Family and Community Development (3)

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of department competency examination in statistics or an ap- proved statistics course. Research methods in the family and community development field. The role of theory, use of qualitative versus quantitative techniques, and differences between objective and subjective measurements. Emphasis on the logic and assumptions of research rather than specific techniques.

FMCD 615 Needs Assessment for Family and Community Development (3)

Exploration and application of needs assessment in family and community programs. A survey of theoretical and empirical literature regarding needs, the quality of life, and social indicators, com- bined with practical workshop experience.

FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs (3)

Seminar devoted to research and theory related to consumer affairs.

FMCD 630 Theory and Research in Human Sexuality (3)

Prerequisites: A basic course in human sexuality or consent of instructor. Survey of theory and research in human sexuality and examination of implications for contemporary family and communi- ty life.

FMCD 640 Family Therapy: Theory and Techniques (3)

The fundamental theoretical concepts and clinical procedures unique to marital and family thera- py, with an emphasis on those therapies which operate from a family systems perspective. Contrast between family therapy and individually-oriented psychotherapy. Analysis of family interaction pro- cesses and techniques for facilitating those processes.

FMCD 641 The Dynamics of Couple Therapy (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 640. The dynamics of the couple relationship and methods of facilitating growth and interaction within that relationship. Emphasis on couples with conflicting needs and ex- pectations, and dysfunctional communication and conflict-negotiation skills. Theories on marital therapy.

FMCD 642 Intergenerational Aspects of Family Therapy (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 640. The psychological difficulties encountered within the family context which directly impact upon the parent child relationship. Emphasis on families with school-age chil- dren, and developmental (child) psychopathology in a family context, with some attention to adult children and their parents.

FMCD 645 Sexual Issues and the Helping Professional (3)

Prerequisite: A basic course in human sexuality and consent of the instructor. Sensitization of students to sexual issues and exploration of how their perceptions of such issues affect their work with people. Students are required to participate in a sexual attitudes assessment weekend workshop.

FMCD 646 Sex Therapy: Theory, Skills, and Practice (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 645 or permission of the instructor. Introduction to the theory and practice of sex therapy, including information about human sexual function and dysfunction and appropriate intervention methods. Emphasis on the relationship system and the dynamics of sexual functioning within that system.

FMCD 647 Theory and Techniques of Family Mediation (3)

An introduction to family mediation as an approach to helping families deal effectively with the issues associated with separation and divorce. Theory, practice, and techniques of negotiation, with an emphasis on custody, property division, and the constructive restructuring of family relationships.

FMCD 650 Clinical Seminar in Family Therapy (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic principles and practices of family therapy. Limited to students admitted to the family therapy practicum. Emphasis on basic therapy

FMCD — Family and Community Development 361

skills applied to a family context and on professional ethics of the helping professional.

FMCD 651 Clinical Practicum in Family Therapy I (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 650. Clinical casework in family therapy. Limited to students admitted to the family therapy practicum.

FMCD 652 Clinical Practicum in Family Therapy II (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 651. A continuation of FMCD 651. Limited to students admitted to the fa- mily therapy practicum.

FMCD 653 Clinical Practicum in Family Therapy III (3)

Prerequisite: FMCD 652. Advanced clinical casework in family therapy. Limited to students ad- mitted to the family therapy practicum.

FMCD 660 Planning of Family and Community Development Programs (3)

Theory and methods of planning with special emphasis upon family and community development programs.

FMCD 661 Evaluation of Family and Community Development Programs (3)

Theory and methods of evaluation with special emphasis upon family and community develop- ment programs.

FMCD 689 Internship in Family and Community Development (3-6)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor and department. Internship related to the student's chosen specialization. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits.

FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation (3)

The enhancement of family and community services through the consultation process. Techniques and approaches to consultation, including both the role of the consultant and the needs of agencies. Individual field experience.

FMCD 698 Advanced Topics in Family and Community Development (1-3)

Arranged group study on specific topic which may vary from term to term. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits.

FMCD 699 Independent Study (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor and department. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits.

FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

FOLA — Foreign Language

FOLA 408 Foreign Language I (3)

Intensive study of a foreign language or related topic not available under one of the current foreign language departments or programs. May not be used to fulfill the arts and humanities lan- guage requirement.

FOLA 409 Foreign Language II (3)

Prerequisite: FOLA 408 in the same language or topic. A continuation of FOLA 408. May not be used to fulfill Division of arts and humanities language requirement.

FOLA 459 Foreign Literature in Translation (3)

Reading and discussion of selected authors, periods or genres of a foreign literature not otherwise offered. May be repeated for six credits in a single literature if content is different. All readings and

instruction in English.

FOOD —Food

FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science I (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: FOOD 250 and CHEM 261 or 461. Chemical and physi- cal properties of food as related to consumer use in the home and institutions.

362 Graduate Course Descriptions

FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science Laboratory (1)

Prerequisite or corequisite: FOOD 440. One three-hour laboratory per week. Chemical determina- tion of selected components in animal and plant foods.

FOOD 450 Advanced Food Science II (3)

One lecture, two laboratories per week. Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent. Individual and group laboratory experimentation as an introduction to methods of food research.

FOOD 480 Food Additives (3)

Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Effects of intentionaland inciden- tal additives on food quality, nutritive value and safety. Current regulatory procedures.

FOOD 490 Special Problems in Foods (2-3)

Prerequisite: FOOD 440 and consent of instructor. Individual selected problems in the area of food science.

FOOD 498 Special Topics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current aspects of food. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is substantially different.

FOOD 610 Readings in Food (3)

Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or consent of instructor. A critical survey of the literature of recent developments in food research.

FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation of Food (3)

Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or consent of instructor. Effects of production, processing, marketing, storage, and preparation on nutritive value and quality of foods.

FOOD 625 Food Texture (3)

Two lectures, one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: FOOD 450 or equivalent or consent of in- structor. A study of the factors related to food texture, the classification of food systems according to textural parameters, use of instrumentation in the evaluation of food texture.

FOOD 630 Sensory Evaluation of Foods (3)

Prerequisites: FOOD 450 or equivalent and a statistics course. A study of the role of sensory analysis in the evaluation of food quality. Principles and methodologies of sensory evaluation with emphasis on planning, conducting, and reporting sensory tests.

FOOD 640 Food Enzymes (3)

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent. The classification and behavior of naturally occurring and added enzymes in food; includes the effects of temperature, ph, radiation, moisture, etc.. On enzyme activity.

FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food (3-5)

Second semester. Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. Selected readings of litera- ture in experimental foods. Development of individual problem.

FOOD 660 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of appropriate research methodology and theories includ- ing experimental design. Each student is required to develop a specimen research proposal.

FOOD 670 Food-related Behavior of the Individual (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Examination of the factors that influence food-related behavior and of the research methods used.

FOOD 675 Current Issues in Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration (3)

Prerequisite: At least 3 credits of graduate-level coursework in FOOD. NUTR.or IADM. Broad issues related to the present and future quality, quantity and distribution of the U.S. food supply. The integration of efforts to develop policy relative to the U.S. food supply.

FOOD 678 Special Topics in Foods (1-6) Individual or group study in an area of foods.

FOOD —Food 363

FOOD 688 Seminar ( 1-2)

Reports and discussions of current research in foods.

FOOD 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3)

Directed graduate study which forms the basis of a non-thesis research paper.

FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

FOOD 888 Doctoral Seminar (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of current research related to foods. Presentation by doctoral students, faculty and visiting speakers.

FOOD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

FREN —French

FREN 400 Applied Linguistics (3)

The nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to the effective teaching of foreign lan- guages. Comparative study of English and French, with emphasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of related drills.

FREN 401 Stylistics (3)

Prerequisite: FREN 301 or course chairman's consent. Comparative stylistic analysis; translation.

FREN 402 Advanced Grammar and Phonetics (3)

Prerequisite: FREN 301 or course chairman's consent. Theory and practice of grammatical struc- tures and rules of phonetics.

FREN 404 Advanced Conversation in French (3)

Prerequisites: FREN 311 and FREN 312, or consent of the instructor. Development of fluency in French, stress on correct sentence structure and idiomatic expression. Credit may not be applied toward the major in French.

FREN 405 Explication De Textes (3)

Oral and written analysis of short literary works, or of excerpts from longer works chosen for their historical, structural, or stylistic interest, with the purpose of training the major to understand literature in depth and to make mature esthetic evaluations of it.

FREN 406 Business and Commercial French (3)

A study of French as used in the business and commercial world.

FREN 407 History of the French Language (3)

Evolution of the French language from Latin to modern French.

FREN 419 Studies in Medieval French Literature (3)

Selected topics in medieval French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.

FREN 429 Studies in French Literature of the Renaissance (3)

Selected topics in French literature of the Renaissance. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.

FREN 439 Studies in 17th Century French Literature (3)

Selected topics in seventeenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.

FREN 449 Studies in 18th Century French Literature (3)

Selected topics in eighteenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.

FREN 459 Studies in 19th Century French Literature (3)

Selected topics in nineteenth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.

364 Graduate Course Descriptions

FREN 469 Studies in 20th Century French Literature (3)

Selected topics in twentieth-century French literature. Repeatable with different subtitle to a max- imum of six credits.

FREN 471 French Civilization I (3)

French life, customs, culture, traditions (800-1750).

FREN 472 French Civilization II (3)

French life, customs, culture, traditions (1750 — present-day France). Credit not allowed for both FREN 472 and FREN 370.

FREN 473 Contemporary French Society (3)

The forces shaping contemporary France. Analysis of social groups, economic development, in- stitutions, political structures. Lectures, discussions and most readings in French.

FREN 475 French Cinema: A Cultural Approach (3)

A study of French culture, civilization, and literature through the medium of film.

FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French Literature in Translation (3)

Studies treatments of thematic problems or of literary or historical movements in French litera- ture. Topic to be determined each semester. Given in English.

FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature in Translation (3)

Treats the works of one or more major French writers. Topic to be determined each semester. Given in English.

FREN 489 Pro-Seminar in Themes or Movements of French Literature (3)

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.

FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry (3)

Supervised readings to be taken normally only by students admitted to the honors program.

FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, Novel (3)

Supervised readings to be taken normally only by students admitted to the honors program.

FREN 493 Honors Reading Course, Drama (3)

Supervised readings to be taken normally only by students admitted to the honors program.

FREN 494 Honors Independent Study (3)

Honors independent study involves guided readings based on an honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour written examination. HONR 494 and 495 are required to fulfill the departmental honors re- quirement in addition to two out of the following, 49IH, 492H, 493H. Open only to students admit- ted to the departmental honors program.

FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research (3)

Honors thesis research involves the writing of a paper under the direction of a professor in this department and an oral examination. HONR 494 and 495 are required to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in addition to two out of the following. 491 H, 492H, 493H. Open only to stu- dents admitted to the departmental honors program.

FREN 498 Special Topics in French Literature (3)

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.

FREN 499 Special Topics in French Studies (3)

An aspect of French studies, the specific topic to be announced each time the course is offered. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.

FREN 600 Problems in Bibliography and Research Methods (3)

FREN 601 The History of the French Language (3)

FREN 602 Comparative Romance Linguistics (3)

Also listed as SPAN 612.

FREN —French 365

FREN 603 Stylistics (3)

Advanced composition, translation, stylistic analysis.

FREN 609 Special Topic in the French Language (3)

FREN 610 La Chanson De Roland (3)

Close reading of the text, study of epic formulae and early Medieval literary techniques; reading knowledge of old French desirable.

FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval French Literature (3)

FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth Century French Literature (3)

FREN 630 Corneiile (3)

FREN 631 Moliere (3)

FREN 632 Racine (3)

FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth Century French Literature (3)

FREN 640 Voltaire (3)

FREN 641 Rousseau (3)

FREN 642 Diderot (3)

FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth Century French Literature (3)

FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Century (3)

FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Century (3)

FREN 652 The French Novel in the Nineteenth Century (3)

FREN 653 The French Novel in the Nineteenth Century (3)

FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth Century French Literature (3)

FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twentieth Century (3)

FREN 662 The French Novel in the Twentieth Century (3)

FREN 663 The French Novel in the Twentieth Century (3)

FREN 664 The French Theatre in the Twentieth Century (3)

FREN 665 The French Theatre in the Twentieth Century (3)

FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth Century French Literature (3)

FREN 679 The History of Ideas in France (3)

Analysis of currents of ideas as reflected in different periods and authors of French literature.

FREN 689 Seminar in A Great Literary Figure (3)

FREN 699 Seminar (3)

Topic to be determined each semester.

FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics (3)

Synchronic description of the phonology, morphology and syntax of modern spoken French: stan- dard French in contrast with other varieties.

FREN 709 College Teaching of French (1)

Introduction to the teaching of French at the college level with particular emphasis on methodolo- gy. Seminars in theory, demonstration of different teaching techniques, supervised practice teaching, training in language laboratory procedures, evaluation of instructional materials. Required of all graduate assistants in French. Repeatable to a maximum of two credits.

FREN 798 Master's Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of the department's Director of Graduate Studies. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of 3 credits.

366 Graduate Course Descriptions

FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

FREN 818 French Literary Criticism (3)

Analysis and evaluation of various trends in literary criticism as a manifestation of the French lit- erary genius. Topic to be determined each semester.

FREN 898 Doctoral Independent Study (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

GEOG —Geography

GEOG 410 Colonial North America (3)

The changing geography of the U.S. and Canada from pre-Columbian times to the end of the 18th century. Emphasis on areal variations, and changes in the settlements and economies of Indian and colonial populations. Areal specialization, and the changing patterns of agriculture, industry, trade and transportation. Population growth, composition and interior expansion. Regionalization.

GEOG 411 19th Century North America (3)

An analysis of the changing geography of the U. S. and Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. The settlement, expansion and socio-economic development of the U. S., and comparisons with the Canadian experience. Immigration, economic activities, industrialization, transportation and urban- ization.

GEOG 414 Historical Geography of the Hispanic World (3)

The social, economic, political and cultural geography of the countries of the Iberian peninsula and Latin America in the past with concentration on specific time periods of special significance in the development of these countries.

GEOG 416 Overseas European Colonization and the Third World (3)

The impact of European overseas expansion on Africa, Asia and Australasia during the 19th and early 20th centuries. Settlement patterns and territorial organization. Cultural and demographic change. Economic organization of space.

GEOG 420 Cultural Geography (3)

Prerequisite: one of the following; GEOG 201 and 202; ANTH 101 and 102; or consent of in- structor. The impact of man through his ideas and technology on the evolution of geographic lands- capes. Major themes in the relationships between cultures and environments.

GEOG 421 Cultural Ecology (3)

Basic issues concerning the natural history of man from the perspect ive of the geographer. Basic components of selected behavioral and natural systems, their evolution and adaptation, and survival strategies.

GEOG 422 Population Geography (3)

The spatial characteristics of population distribution and growth, migration, fertility and mortality from a global perspective. Basic population-environmental relationships; carrying capacity, density, relationships to national development.

GEOG 423 Political Geography (3)

Geographical factors in the national power and international relations; an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special reference to the current world scene.

GEOG 430 Location Theory and Spatial Analysis (3)

Theories and procedures for determining the optimal location of industrial, commercial and pub- lic facilities. Techniques to evaluate location decisions. The provision of services within regions and metropolitan areas. Emerging trends.

GEOG 433 Transportation Networks (3)

The description and modeling of the spatial components of transportation systems. The theory and practice of analysing transportation networks, including nodes, links, routes, flows and regions.

GEOG —Geography 367

Examples drawn from different transportation nodes.

GEOG 434 Agricultural and Rural Development (3)

The nature of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural exploitation in the world and the geographic conditions. Main problems of conservation.

GEOG 436 Issues in Urban Transportation (3)

The spatial patterns of personal travel, movement of goods, and public transit services in cities. Transportation and land use. Public policy issues; transportation access, energy use, and neighbor- hood disruption. Methods of data collection and analysis, travel demand surveys.

GEOG 440 Process Geomorphology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 340 or GEOL 340 or consent of instructor. A quantitative investigation of the fundamental geomorphic processes shaping modern landscapes, with emphasis on fluvial, coastal and glacial processes. Field, instrumentation and laboratory analyses.

GEOG 441 Geomorphological Environment (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 201, GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. Analysis of regional geomorphic environments; arctic, alpine, coastal, desert. Fluvial and glacial landscape impacts. Discussion of historical environments.

GEOG 442 Urban Climates (3)

Prerequisite: one of the following; GEOG 345, 347, METO 301 or consent of instructor. Effects of cities on their climatic environment. Radiant energy budgets, urban heat islands, precipitation patterns and effects of the urban climate on human activities. Computer simulation of urban climates and field study.

GEOG 446 Applied Climatology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 345 or consent of instructor. The components of the earth's readiation bal- ance and energy budgets: radiation, soil heat flux and the evaporation process. Measurement and es- timation techniques. Practical applications of microclimatological theory and techniques.

GEOG 448 Field and Laboratory Techniques in Environmental Science (1-3)

Two lectures and on two-hour laaboratory per week.

Prerequisite: one of the following; GEOG 201. GEOL 100, AGRO 105, ENCE 221 or consent of instructor. A variable credit course that introduces field and laboratory analyses in environmental science.

GEOG 450 The Contemporary City (3)

The contemporary urban system: towns, cities and metropolitan areas and their role as concentra- tions of social and economic activity. Patterns of land-use: residential, commercial activity, manu- facturing, and transportation. Explanatory and descriptive models. International comparisons.

GEOG 454 Washington: Past and Present (3)

The development of the Washington area from its origin as the Federal Capital to its role as a major metropolitan area. The geographic setting, the L' Enfant Plan and its modification, the federal government role, residential and commercial structure. The growth of Washington's suburbs.

GEOG 456 The Social Geography of Metropolitan Areas (3)

A socio-spatial approach to man's interaction with his urban environment: the ways people per- ceive, define, behave in, and structure their cities and metropolitan areas. Spatial patterns of social activities as formed by the distribution and interaction of people and social institutions.

GEOG 457 Historical Geography of North American Cities (3)

The urbanization of the United States and Canada prior to 1920. The evolution of the urban sys- tem across the countries and the spatial distribution of activities within cities. The process of indus- trialization and the concurrent structuring of residential patterns among ethnic groups.

GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water Resource Planning (3)

Critical concepts in U.S. water resources managememnt with emphasis on Federal water policy, water supply, water quality, flood control and water recreation issues. Water resource planning: bas- ic concepts and the development of water management plans.

368 Graduate Course Descriptions

GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollution (3)

Impact of human activities on the environment and resulting pollution problems. The characteris- tics and spatial aspects of air, water, and land resource problems. Federal legislation and planning techniques to reduce pollution.

GEOG 464 Energy Resources and Planning (3)

Regional distribution of energy resources and consumption in the U.S. past and present patterns of energy use. Assessment of the potential of conservation, and nuclear, fossil and renewable energy resources with an emphasis on spatial impact of energy policy desisions.

GEOG 467 Energy Resources and the Environment (3)

The effect of energy resource utilization on the physical environment including land use, air and water quality, and solid waste generation. Recent laws designed to reduce environmental impacts. The physical consequences of alternative energy technologies.

GEOG 470 Development of Cartographic Technology (3)

The impact of technological improvements in land surveying and maps production of graphic im- ages. The formation, expansion and diffusion of geographic information. Study of cartographic im- agery as a changing form of communication.

GEOG 471 Cartographic Production (3)

One hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Map making and modem methods of production and reproduction. Organization of artwork for multicolor or series map production includ- ing production planning and quality control.

GEOG 475 Principles of Map Design (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 370. The principles of designing maps for publication in print media, includ- ing books and atlases. The selection of symbols, colors, lettering, map projections, and map con- tent. Constraints and problems in the classification and representation of map data.

GEOG 478 Problems in Cartography (3)

Prerequisite: 6 credit hours in cartography or consent of instructor. Special topics in cartography for advanced students. Problems of cartographic management; special use maps; automated map pro- duction; map pattern perception; tabular information from maps; map projections, transformations, and new technologies. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GEOG 480 Advanced Remote Sensing (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 372 or introductory remote sensing in another department. Project-oriented approach to specific applications of remote sensing. Use of numerical, digital data and pictoral im- ages from aircraft and space vehicles. Image display and enhancement. Applications in resources management and environmental studies.

GEOG 481 Advanced Computer Mapping (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or consent of instructor. Advanced concepts in automated cartography. Computerized map projections and displays. Computer assisted map design and symbolization.

GEOG 482 Geographic Information Systems (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or consent of instructor. The construction and use of computer-based in- formation systems. The collection, manipulation and automated display 3f geographical data. Applications in areas such as resource management, political boundaries, terrain analysis and com- munity planning.

GEOG 483 Survey of Computer Facilities for Geography and Urban Studies (1)

The PRIME computer system. Graphics terminals, digitizers, plotters. File creation and use (PRIMOS), software for statistical analysis (MINITAB), relational data base management system (INFO), digitizing (DIGSRF2), contour mapping (SURFACE II), mapping of census data (CHOROMAP), symbol mapping (GIMMS). Other computer facilities on campus.

GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source Materials (3)

A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts designed exclusively for teach- ers. Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geography in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geography, source materials, and the problems of pre-

GEOG —Geography 369

senting geographic principles.

GEOG 498 Topical Investigations (1-3)

Independent study under individual guidance. Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours in geography and to graduate students. Any exception should have the approval of the head of the department.

GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Geography (3)

Introduces the student both to research procedures needed in graduate work and to current trends and developments in geographic research. Lectures by various staff members form basis for discus- sion. Research paper required.

GEOG 601 Field Course (3)

GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: GEOG 305 and 483; or consent of instructor. Multivariate statistical method appli- cations to spatial problems. Linear and non-linear correlation and regression, factor analysis, cluster analysis. Spatial statistics including: trend surfaces, sequences, point distributions. Applications orientation rather than mathematics or programming.

GEOG 608 Seminar in Regional Studies (3)

Selected topics in regional geography.

GEOG 610 Research Tutorial (1-3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 600 and permission of the department. Development of research proposal: critical literature review; formulation of research methodology; data identification and evaluation. Individual meetings with faculty. Proposal defense at end of semester.

GEOG 615 Geomorphology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 440 or consent of instructor. Analysis of physical process in landscape evo- lution. Coastal processes, river mechanics, alpone glaciation and aeolian transport.

GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology (3)

Study and discussion of empirical and theoretical research methods applied to geomorphological problems including review of pertinent literature.

GEOG 625 Advanced Climatology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's cli- mates. Analysis of the energy and water balances at the earth*s surface and their importance and ap- plication to life on this planet: radiation, soil heat flux, evaporation and evapotranspiration.

GEOG 628 Seminar in Climatology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected topics in climatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GEOG 638 Seminar in Environmental and Resource Management (3)

The resource management planning process, energy conservation and renewable energy develop- ment, state and federal energy politics, issues in land use planning, and water resources manage- ment.

GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geography (3)

An examination of selected themes and problems in cultural geography.

GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical Geography (3)

An examination of themes and problems in historical geography with reference to selected areas. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic Geography (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of themes and problems in the field of economic geography. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geography (3)

Beginning with a review of contemporary advanced theory, the seminar will turn to problems such as the spatial consequences of political behavior, the political system and the organization of

370 Graduate Course Descriptions

space including perceived space, the organization of political space. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography (3)

Post-industrial urbanization; urban planning and management; metropolitan systems; internal structure of the city; use of techniques in urban locational research; transportation and land use. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GEOG 688 Seminar in Third World Devlopment (3)

Selected topics in international development for the advanced student. Core-periphery spatial ex- changes, location and accessibility issues, resource constraints and opportunities, planning for rural and agricultural development, urbanization processes, emerging regional patterns.

GEOG 694 Computerized Map Projections and Transformations (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or equivalent in computer science, or consent of instructor. Computer generated projections; techniques for transforming one coordinate system to another; software for producing different map projections; mathematical and perceptual problems in producing and using projections.

GEOG 695 Spatial Models (3)

Mathematical and other models for varied subject matter. Models for point, line, area, surface spatial data contexts. Descriptive and normative models. Aggregate and dis-aggregate models. Tools for research, planning, decision making. Information systems context. Intuitive understanding em- phasized. Practical experience using several computer tools. Prerequisites: GEOG 483 or equivalent, and GEOG 605 or equivalent.

GEOG 696 Geographic Information Systems (3)

The design, use, and management of computer based geographic information systems. Computer assisted spatial data collection, management, and display in education, government, and industry.

GEOG 698 Seminar in Cartography (1-6)

Forensic cartography, tactual maps, design with new technologies, perception and cognitive mapping, history of cartography, laboratory management.

GEOG 699 Seminar in Computer Cartography (3)

Prerequisite: GEOG 373 or equivalent course in computer science or consent of instructor. Selected topics in computer-assisted cartography: algorithms for linear generalization, containing three-dimensional mapping and continuous-time mapping. Analysis of graphics systems of the D.C. area.

GEOG 788 Selected Topics in Geography (1-3)

Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of geography. To be taken only with the joint consent of advisor and head of the department of geography.

GEOG 789 Independent Readings (1-3)

Independent reading as arranged between a graduate faculty member and student. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GEOG 790 Internship in Geography (3)

Field experience in the student's specialty in a federal, state, or local agency or private business. A research paper required.

GEOG 798 Independent Study (1-6)

Open only to students in the non-thesis MA. Option.

GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

GEOL —Geology

GEOL —Geology 371

GEOL 410 Industrial Rocks and Minerals (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. The origin; occurrence; mineralogy; extraction and treatment technology; production and deposit-evaluation of rocks and minerals used in the con- struction, ceramic, chemical and allied industries. Restricted to non-fuels, non-metallic, non-gem materials. Field trips to industrial locations are required.

GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy (3)

One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. The optical behavior of crystals with emphasis on the theory and application of the petrographic micros- cope.

GEOL 432 Siratigraphic Paleontology (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 331. Principles of biostratigraphy, paleoecology and pateogeography. Laboratory study emphasizes significant index fossils.

GEOL 434 Micropaleontology (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 331 or consent of instructor. A systematic review of the morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges of important mi- crofossil groups, particularly ostracoses and foraminifera.

GEOL 436 Regional Geology of North America (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 102 or consent of the instructor. A systematic study of the regional geology of North America including history, structure, stratigraphy and petrology of the physiographic prov- inces of the United States, Canada and the Caribbean.

GEOL 443 Petrology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A detailed study of rocks: petrogenesis; distributions; chemical and mineralogical relation; macroscopic descriptions and geologic significance.

GEOL 444 Petrography (3)

One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisites: GEOL 423, 342 or consent of instructor. Microscopic thin-section studies of rocks stressing the description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks.

GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry (3)

Prerequisites: CHEM 103 and GEOL 322. An introduction to the basic principles of geochemis- try including geothermometry, geobarometry, geochronology and the genesis of natural inorganic materials.

GEOL 446 Geophysics (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 142 or consent of instructor. An in- troduction to the basic theories and principles of geophysics stressing such important applications as rock magnetism, gravity anomolies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying.

GEOL 447 Geochemistry of Fuels (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. Discussion of the progenitors and the biochemi- cal, chemical and physical agencies that convert them into crude oils, coals of various ranks, natural gas and other organic fuels. The origin, composition, mineralogy and organic constituents (kerogen) of oil shales. Mineralogy, geochemical cycles and accumulation of uranium and thorium.

GEOL 450 Economic Geology of Energy Sources (3)

Problems related to current methods for exploration for and recovery of crude oils, coals, asphalts, tar sands, oil shales, gas, uranium, and geothermal energy. Geological, geochemical, engi- neering, economic and environmental considerations.

GEOL 451 Groundwater Geology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 100 or GEOL 101 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic geo- logic parameters associated with the hydrologie cycle. Problems in the accumulation, distribution and movement of groundwater will be analyzed.

372 Graduate Course Descriptions

GEOL 453 Economic Geology (3)

Two laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or consent of instructor. A study of the geolo- gy of metallic ore deposits stressing ore-forming processes, configuration of important ore bodies, and familiarization with characteristic ore mineral suites.

GEOL 454 Petroleum Geology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 341. The occurrence of petroleum, the reservoir, fluids in the reservoir, and preliminary consideration of reservoir dynamics based upon temperature and pressure. Special em- phasis on reservoir sedimentology, the role of water in the behavior of constituent clays, and tech- niques of wireline logging of subsurface lithologies.

GEOL 456 Engineering Geology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 341 or consent of the instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. A study of the geological problems associated with the location of tunnels, bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope control, and natural hazards.

GEOL 462 Geological Remote Sensing (3)

One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisites: GEOL 341 and 342, or consent of the in- structor. An introduction to geological remote sensing including applications of aerial photographic interpretation to problems in regional geology, engineering geology, structural geology, and stratig- raphy. Films, filters, and criteria used in selecting imagery are also discussed. Laboratory exercises include measurements of geologic parameters and compilation and transference of data to base maps.

GEOL 471 Geochemical Methods of Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 103 AND 113. Principles and application of geochemical analysis as applied to a variety of geological problems. X-ray and optical spectroscopy. X-ray diffraction, atomic ab- sorption, electron microprobe and electron microscopy.

GEOL 472 Tectonics (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 341 or consent of instructor. Selected tectonic elements of organic belts through out the world viewed in the framework of plate tectonics and sea floor spreading.

GEOL 474 Computer Modeling for Geologists (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 331, 341, 342 or 423; CMSC 1 10. Computer modeling in the geosciences.

GEOL 475 General Oceanography (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or equivalent, and one additional semester of physical science. An intro- duction to physical, chemical and geological processes that occur in the marine environment includ- ing physical and chemical properties of sea water, geology of the sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, currents, waves, and tides.

GEOL 490 Geology Field Camp (6)

Prerequisites: GEOL 322, 331 and 341, or consent of instructor. Six weeks of summer field work prior to senior year. Principles and problems in sampling, measuring, mapping, and reporting of geologic data. Group field trips and discussions.

GEOL 499 Special Problems in Geology (1-3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 102 AND 110 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Intensive study of a special geologic subject or technique selected after consultation with instructor. Intended to provide training or instruction not available in other courses which will aid the student's development in his field of major interest.

GEOL 501 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers I (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

The history of the universe, the solar system and the earth, a description of the earth's atmo- sphere and weather phenomena. The major minerals and rocks of the earth, and a description of the major geologic processes that change the earth's surface.

GEOL 502 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers II (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: GEOL 501. Description of the earth's interior, the continents and ocean basins and an explanation of those features in terms of the theories of continental drift, sea floor spreading and

GEOL —Geology 373

plate tectonics.

GEOL 503 Earth Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers III (4)

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: GEOL 502. An intensive field study of the geology of Maryland and the Mid- Atlantic States including the Coastal Plain; Piedmont, Blue Ridge, Ridge and Valley, and Appalachian Plateau provinces.

GEOL 610 Geometries (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Formulation and analysis of geologic problems employing computer and statistical modeling techniques.

GEOL 614 Thermodynamics of Geological Processes (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 141, CHEM 113, GEOL 322, and PHYS 142. Thermodynamics and its ap- plication to problems in mineralogy, petrology and geochemistry. Systematic development of the laws of thermodynamics and the principles of chemical equilibrium as applied to geological prob- lems.

GEOL 621 Mineralogy of Ore-Forming Sulfides (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or equivalent and permission of instructor. A systematic study of chem- ical compositions, crystal structures, and paragenetic relations of major ore-forming sulfides.

GEOL 622 Minerology of the Rock-Forming Silicates (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 422 and CHEM 481 or equivalents and permission of instructor. A syste- matic study of the structure, polymorphic relations, composition and phase transformations of the major rock forming silicates.

GEOL 623 Ore Microscopy (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 423. Pre or corequisite: GEOL 653. One lecture and two laboratories per week. A systematic study of general principles of reflected light optics and their application to the reflected light polarizing microscope as well as techniques for identifying common ore mineral in polished section.

GEOL 632 Biostratigraphy and Paleoecology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 432 and consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Principles and processes of biostratigraphy and paleoecology including: controlling parameters of the marine environment; mode of life of fossil invertebrates; evolution and ecological function of popu- lations, communities and provinces; ecological history; time and stratigraphy including sedimentary systems and correlation.

GEOL 634 Micropaleontology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 431 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A systematic review of the morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges of important mi- crofossil groups, particularly ostracoses and foraminifera.

GEOL 641 Advanced Structural Geology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A detailed treatment of stress, strain, deformation of rocks, and resulting structures on microscopic, mesoscop- ic, and macroscopic scales; consideration of world examples of structural variation; concept and problems of plate tectonics; all designed as a complete study of structural geology.

GEOL 642 Sedimentary Petrography (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 442 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Two laboratories per week. Sampling and description of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Includes a statistical characterization of the mineral composition, texture, structure, and geometry of sedimentary bodies.

GEOL 643 Igneous Petrology (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 443, CHEM 481, or permission of instructor. Two laboratories per week. Analysis of the genesis of the igneous rocks using chemical, mineralogic, petrographic and field da- ta. Estimation of intensive parameters, such as temperature and pressure on the basis of these data. Interpretation of chemical variation in related rock suites in terms of fractional and equilibrium crys- tallization and melting processes.

374 Graduate Course Descriptions

GEOL 644 Metamorphic Petrology (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 443 and CHEM 481, or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one labora- tory per week. Analysis of the physical and chemical aspects of metamorphic processes. Suites of metamorphic rocks by the use of chemical, mineralogic. petrographic, and field data.

GEOL 652 Geological Oceanography (3)

Prerequisite: geoLOGY 475 and consent of instructor. Study of marine and estuarine environ- ments with special attention to present geological and geochemical processes. Origin and evolution of basins, margins, sediments and water; sediment-water and basalt-water interactions; environmental effects of societal actions; oceanographic and laboratory techniques; Chesapeake bay processes. Shipboard excursions required. Laboratory workups on collected samples conducted on an individual basis to the interests of the student.

GEOL 653 Advanced Problems in Economic Geology (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 453 or permission of instructor. A systematic study of particular ore deposit types or areas of mineralization, primarily involving major economically important metals. Geologic setting, mineralogy and form and character of the ore bodies, chemical and physical factors affecting source, transport and deposition of ore forming fluids.

GEOL 656 Engineering and Environmental Geology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The relation- ship of man to the planet earth; his increasing colonization based upon available food, materials, and energy; environmental consequences of resource extraction; and the desirability of planetary manage- ment policy as a long-term goal.

GEOL 660 Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The dynamics, form and thermo characteristics of ice as related to glacial structures. Quaternary deposition and strata in relation to older strata as well as modem day sediments. The general lithology, morphology, and classification of till. Specific em- phasis on the classical Wisconsin stage of glaciation of North America.

GEOL 663 Morphotectonics (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 462 and GEOL 664 or consent of the instructor. Two lectures and one lab- oratory per week. Interactions between surface geologic processes and recent deformation of the earth's crust. Discussion of criteria and techniques applicable to the identification of recent folding and faulting. Surface manifestation of deep structures in areas covered by unconsolidated deposits.

GEOL 664 Surface Geologic Processes and Terrain Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 440 and GEOL 441. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Chemical and physical processes which modify compositional and spatial parameters of geologic materials at and near the surface of the earth. Applications of surface process analysis in engineering geology, soils studies, archeology, land use planning, and mineral and petroleum exploration.

GEOL 671 Analytical Methods in Minerology (3)

Prerequisites: GEOL 422, CHEM 471 and permission of the instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An intensive study in the operation and application of instrumentation in mineralogical problems. Emphasis on designing and testing methods of analysis for use in the student's research problems in geology.

GEOL 675 Geochemistry of Sedimentary Environments (3)

Prerequisite: GEOL 442. Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Application of geochemi- cal principles and techniques to the study of authigenesis of sedimentary rocks. Emphasis on the geochemical parameters that describe recent sedimentary environments containing carbonates, clays, oron oxides and sulfides. Centering on instrumental techniques used in the study of chemical sedi- ments, e.g. X-ray analysis, electron microscopy and luminescence petrography.

GEOL 676 Geochemistry of Biosphere (3)

Prerequisite: two years of chemistry including one year of either organic or physical chemistry. An interdisciplinary approach involving inorganic, organic, physical and biochemistry to integrate the available information necessary to interpret and explain the major aspects of the geochemistry of

GEOL —Geology 375

the biosphere.

GEOL 789 Recent Advances in Geology (2-4)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Recent advances in geology research.

GEOL 798 Seminar in Geology (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics in current literature in all phases of geology.

GEOL 799 Master's Thesis Research (l-«) GEOL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

GERM —German

GERM 401 Advanced Conversation (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. Development of fluency in spoken German. Discussion of contemporary issues.

GERM 403 Advanced Composition (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. Advanced instruction in writing skills.

GERM 405 Stylistics (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. Stylistic analysis of oral and written German both literary and non-literary. Intensive study of vocabulary and syntax. Dictionary and composition exercises.

GERM 415 German/English Translation I (3)

An intensive presentation of German grammar limited exclusively to reading skill; graded read- ings in the arts and sciences. Instruction in English; can not be used to satisfy the arts and humani- ties foreign language requirement. May not be taken for credit by students who have completed GERM 111-115 and/or GERM 301/302.

GERM 416 German/English Translation II (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 302, GERM 415 or equivalent. Written translation of materials from the student's field of study. Discussion of basic problems of German-to-English translation, with exam- ples from students' projects. Instruction in English. Cannot be used to satisfy the arts and humani- ties foreign language requirement.

GERM 418 Practicum in German/English Translation (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 416 or equivalent. Problems of professional translating from German into English; translation of literary and technical texts; the assembling and use of a specialized translator's reference library. May be repeated up to a maximum of six credits.

GERM 419 Selected Topics in German Language Study (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 302 and consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 421 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. German literature from the 8th through the 15th centuries. Readings include old high German texts; the German heroic, courtly and popular epic; Minnesang, Meistersang, the late Medieval epic: folk literature of the late Middle Ages. Read in modern German translation.

GERM 422 From the Reformation Through the Baroque (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 AND 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the reformation and the period of humanism through the baroque (ca. 1517-1720). Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 423 From Enlightenment through Storm and Stress (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the Enlightenment (1720- 1785), the Age of Sentimentalism (1740-1780), and Storm and Stress (1767-1785). Readings and instruction in German.

376 Graduate Course Descriptions

GERM 424 Classicism (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the Age of Classicism (1786-1832). Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 431 Romanticism and Biedermeier (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the periods of Romanticism (1798-1835) and Biedermeier (1 820- 1850). Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 432 .lunges Deutschland and Realism (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the periods of Junges Deutschland (1830-1850) and Realism (1850-1890). Readings and in- struction in German.

GERM 433 Naturalism and Its Counter Currents (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the period of naturalism and its counter currents (1880-1920). Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 434 Expressionism to 1945 (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 AND 322. or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from Expressionism through the period between the wars to the contrast of Nazi and Exile Literature (ca. 1910-1945). Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 435 From 1945 to the Present (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of instructor. Readings of representative authors from the "Two Germanies," Austria, and Switzerland in the period from the end of World War II to the present. Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 439 Selected Topics in German Literature (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 321 AND 322, or permission of instructor. Specialized study of an author, school, genre, or theme. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different. Readings and instruction in German.

GERM 449 Selected Topics in Yiddish Studies (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Study of a linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Yiddish studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 459 Selected Topics in Netherlandic Studies (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of a linguisitic, literary or cultural topic in Netherlandic Studies. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 461 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwegian I (3)

Develops reading facility in three languages in one semester. Texts read include Bergman's Seventh Seal, tales by H.C. Andersen, excerpts from works by Ibsen and Hamsun, and selected folk literature. No foreign language prerequisite. Not available for credit to students who have taken GERM 164 or GERM 165.

GERM 462 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwegian II (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 461 or permission of instructor. Further development of reading facility.

GERM 463 The Icelandic Family Saga (3)

Analysis of the old Norse saga as historiography, literature, and folklore. Readings and instruc- tion in English.

GERM 464 The Fantastic and Historic Saga (3)

Mythological/heroic sagas, translation of chivalric materials from the continent, and the histories of the Norwegian kings, the "viking colonies" and the settlement of Iceland contrasted with the clas- sical structure of the family saga, chivalric models, and other national histories by Germanic writers of the Middle Ages. Readings and instruction in English.

GERM —German 377

GERM 469 Selected Topics in Scandinavian Studies (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Study of a linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Scandinavian studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic Philology (3)

Prerequisites: GERM 115 and GERM 471, or equivalent. Reconstructed proto-Germanic and sur- veys of Gothic, Old Norse, Old English, Old Saxon. The development of High German from the Old High German period through Middle High German to modern German; a short introduction to modern German dialectology. Instruction in English.

GERM 475 Old Norse (3)

The language of the old Icelandic saga, the Eddas and Skaldic poetry. Reading of texts in the original; historical development of Old Norse and its role in the Germanic language family. No knowledge of German or a Scandinavian language required; instruction in English.

GERM 479 Selected Topics in Germanic Philology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected topics such as comparative Germanic studies. Old Norse language or readings in Old Norse literature, modern German dialectology. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 499 Directed Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: by permission of department chairman and/or undergraduate advisor. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different.

GERM 610 Structure of the German Language (3)

An introduction to applied linguistics. Structural analysis of the phonetics, phonology, morpholo- gy, syntax and lexicon of modern German contrasted with that of modern English.

GERM 611 College Teaching of German (3)

Instruction, demonstration and classroom practice under supervision of modern procedures in the presentation of elementary German courses to college age students.

GERM 620 Methods and Concepts of Germanic Studies (3)

The history, methods and concepts of Germanic Studies (language and literature).

GERM 621 Middle High German Literature I (3)

Form and structure of the medieval verse narrative; treatment of the most important authors and works of the period.

GERM 622 Middle High German Literature II (3)

Form and structure of medieval lyric poetry; treatment of the most important authors of the period.

GERM 631 German Lyric Poetry (3)

An exposition of the genre of lyric poetry, its metrical and aesthetic background, illustrated by characteristic examples from the Middle Ages to the present.

GERM 632 The German Novelle (3)

Study of the development of the genre from the 18th century to the present.

GERM 633 The German Novel (3)

The theory and structure of the German novel from the Baroque to the present.

GERM 634 German Drama (3)

An introduction to the theory and structure of the German drama from the Baroque to the present with extensive interpretation of characteristic works.

GERM 671 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High German I (3)

The first semester of a two-semester practicum in reading Gothic, Old and Middle High German, with emphasis on linguistic analysis.

GERM 672 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High German II (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 671. Continuation of GERM 671.

378 Graduate Course Descriptions

GERM 691 Research Techniques: Documentation (1)

Principles and conventions of scholarly documentation.

GERM 692 Research Techniques: Bibliography and Manuscript Preparation (1)

Bibliographic verification and search resources and techniques. The preparation of a scholarly manuscript: format, editing, and proofreading.

GERM 693 Research Techniques: Formating (1)

Scholarly formats - the abstract, review, report, essay, article and monograph related to purpose, structure, and limitations.

GERM 694 Research Techniques: Materials Production (1)

The production of camera-ready copy for academic use.

GERM 798 Master's Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

GERM 818 Seminar: The Middle Ages (3)

Study of one or more representative authors or works of the Middle Ages. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 819 Seminar: The 16th and 17th Centuries (3)

The German literature of the Humanists, the Reformation and the Baroque as illustrated by study of one or more authors of the 16th or 17th centuries. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 828 Seminar: The 18th Century (3)

Study of one or more authors from the Enlightenment, Sentimentalism, Stress, or Classicism periods. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 829 Seminar: The 19th Century (3)

Study of one or more authors of Romanticism, Biedermeier, Young Germany or Realism. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 838 Seminar: The 20th Century (3)

Study of a literary movement or of one or more authors from the period of Naturalism to the pre- sent. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 839 Seminar: Special Topics (3)

Study of a topic of a general nature and not limited to any specific century. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when content differs.

GERM 879 Seminar in Germanic Philology (3)

In depth study of a topic in Germanic or Indo-European philology comparative Germanic gram- mar, runology, dialect geography, Eddie or Skaldic poetry, Indo-European studies. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if content differs.

GERM 889 Seminar in Germanic Area Studies (3)

Comprehensive study of a selected topic in German or Germanic area studies: history of ideas, cultural history, Germanic literatures other than German, folk literature and folklore. May be repe- ated to a maximum of nine credits if content differs.

GERM 898 Doctoral Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of six credits when content differs.

GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

GREK —Greek 379

GREK —Greek

GREK 402 Greek Philosophers (3)

GREK 403 Greek Tragedy (3)

GREK 404 Greek Comedy (3)

GREK 405 Greek Oratory (3)

GREK 406 Greek Epigraphy (3)

GREK 488 Independent Study in Greek Language and Literature (1-3)

Permission of departmental chairman and instructor required. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

GREK 499 Greek Readings (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. The reading of one or more selected Greek authors. Reports. May be repeated with different content.

GREK 602 Plato and Aristotle (3)

Readings from the works of Plato and Aristotle: an examination of their philosophies and literary qualities.

GREK 603 Greek Tragedy (3)

The reading of two tragedies of the Athenian tragedians. Detailed discussion of historical back- ground, literary art, thought, and the circumstances and manner of their production. Other tragedies will be read in English.

GREK 604 Homer (3)

The extensive and intensive reading of Homer, with concentration on one of his two epics. Discussion of the language, artistic qualities, and thought of the poems, and of modern views con- cerning their orgin and literary qualities.

GREK 606 Greek Historians (3)

Survey of the Greek historians, concentrating on Herodotus and Thucydides, contrasting the two historians in the areas of subject, methods of research, composition, and achievement.

GREK 688 Special Topics in Greek Literature (3)

May be repeated if the content differs for up to nine hours.

GREK 699 Independent Study in Greek Literature (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

GREK 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

GVPT — Government and Politics

GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to report on readings from current literature.

GVPT 402 International Law (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the basic character, general principles and specific rules of international law, with emphasis on recent and contemporary trends in the field and its relation to other aspects of international affairs.

GVPT 403 Law, Morality and War (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 300 or 401 or PHIL 142 or consent of instructor. An exploration of funda- mental moral and legal issues concerning war. Also offered as PHIL 403.

GVPT 405 Defense Policy and Arms Control (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or consent of instructor. Contemporary issues of military strategy and in- ternational security are covered, including: nuclear war, conventional (limited) war, guerrilla insur-

380 Graduate Course Descriptions

gency, arms control, disarmament, moderation of war, defense policy processes, and defense economics.

GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administration (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or BMGT 360. A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee relations, and retirement.

GVPT 412 Public Financial Administration (3)

Prerequisite: GVPr 410 or ECON 450. A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit and post-audit.

GVPT 413 Governmental Organization and Management (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 410. A study of the theories of organization and management in American government with emphasis on new trends, experiments and reorganizations.

GVPT 414 Administrative Law (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, includ- ing analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their procedures, and judical sanctions and controls.

GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public Administration (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 410, or consent of instructor. An introduction to the study of govern- mental administrative systems viewed from the standpoint of comparative typologies and theoretical schemes useful in cross-national comparisons and empirical studies of the politics of the administra- tive process in several nations. Both western and non-western countries are included.

GVPT 422 Quantitative Political Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. Introduction to quantitative methods of data analysis, including selected statistical methods, block analysis, content analysis, and scale construc- tion.

GVPT 423 Elections and Electoral Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or consent of instructor. An examination of various topics relating to elections; the focus includes the legal structure under which elections are conducted, the selection and nomination process, the conduct of election campaigns, and patterns of political participation and voting choice in different types of elections.

GVPT 426 Public Opinion (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda and pressure groups.

GVPT 427 Political Sociology (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. A study of the societal aspects of political life including selected aspects of the sociology of group formation and group dynamics, political associa- tion, community integration and political behavior presented in the context of the societal environ- ments of political systems.

GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The problem approach to political behavior with emphasis on theoretical and empirical studies on selected aspects of the political process.

GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional Law (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American consti- tutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforce- ment of the federal constitution.

GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitution (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 431. A study of civil rights in the American constitutional context, emphasiz- ing freedom of religion, freedom of expression, minority discrimination, and the rights of defend- ants.

GVPT —Government and Politics 381

GVPT 433 The Judicial Process (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of judicial organization in the United States at all levels of government, with some emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research and court procedures.

GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Law (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A political and legal examination of the constitutionally protected rights affecting racial minorities and of the constitutional power of the federal courts, congress, and the executive to define, protect and extend these rights.

GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior (3)

A study of judicial decision making at the state and national levels, drawing primarily on the more recent quantitative and behavioral literature.

GVPT 436 The Legal Status of Women (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of judicial interpretation and application of common, statutory, and constitutional law as these affect the status of women in American society.

GVPT 441 History of Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 100. A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers before Machiavelli.

GVPT 442 History of Political Theory— Medieval to Recent (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 100. A survey of the principal theorists set forth in the works of writers from Michiavelli to J. S. Mill.

GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 441 OR 442. A survey of the principal political theories and ideologies from Karl Marx to the present.

GVPT 444 American Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the development and growth of American political concepts from the Colonial period to the present.

GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey and analysis of political ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union from early times to the present.

GVPT 448 Non- Western Political Thought (3)

Examination of works by major authors and general themes of political thought originating in Asia, the Middle East, and Africa. This is not a survey of all non-western political thought, but a course to be limited by the professor with each offering. When repeated by a student, consent of in- structor is required.

GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign Policy Formation (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 300, or consent of instructor. An introduction to the comparative study of foreign policy formation structures and processes followed by a survey of the domestic sources of policy for major states. A conspectus of substantive patterns of foreign policy in analyti- cally salient types of systems is presented. Domestic and global systemic sources of foreign policy are compared.

GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the development of the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, with attention paid to the forces and conditions that make for continuities and changes from Tsarist policies.

GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An analytical and historical study of the Latin- American policies of the United States and of problems in our relations with individual countries, with emphasis on recent developments.

GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background and interpretation of recent political events in East Asia and their influence on world politics.

382 Graduate Course Descriptions

GVPT 454 Contemporary African Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary development in the international politics of Africa, with special emphasis on the role of an emerging Africa in world affairs.

GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary development in the international politics of the Middle East, with special emphasis on the role of emerging Middle East nations in world affairs.

GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela- tions, with emphasis on the department of state and the foreign service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.

GVPT 460 State and Local Administration (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the administrative structure, procedures and policies of state and local governments with special emphasis on the state level and on intergovernmental relation- ships, and with illustrations from Maryland governmental arrangments.

GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of administrative problems relating to public services, planning and coordination in a metropolitan environment.

GVPT 462 Urban Politics (3)

Urban political process and institutions considered in the light of changing social and economic conditions.

GVPT 471 Women and Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or permission of instructor. An examination of patterns of political parti- cipation among women and of problems of public policy especially relevant to women.

GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comprehensive study of legislative organization procedure and prob- lems. The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress and with the legislature of Maryland.

GVPT 474 Political Parties (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.

GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Executive Branch (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of the executive, legislative and party roles of the pre- sident in the political process.

GVPT 479 Problems of American Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background and interpretation of various factors which affect the formation and execution of American public policy.

GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 280 and at least one other course in comparative government. A study, along functional lines, of major political institutions, such as legislatures, executives, courts, bureaucra- cies, public organizations, and political parties.

GVPT 481 Government and Administration of the Soviet Union (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the adoption of the communist philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure and of the administration of government policy in the Soviet Union.

GVPT 482 Government and Politics of Latin America (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the governmental systems and political pro- cesses of the Latin American countries, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.

GVPT —Government and Politics 383

GVPT 483 Government and Politics of Asia (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 453, or HIST 261, or 262 or HIFN 442, or 445. A comparative study of the political systems of China, Japan, India and other selected Asian countries.

GVPT 484 Government and Politics of Africa (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the governmental systems and political pro- cesses of the African countries, with special emphasis on the problems of nation-building in emer- gent countries.

GVPT 485 Government and Politics of the Middle East (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the governmental systems and political pro- cesses of the Middle Eastern countries, with special emphasis on the problems of nation-building in emergent countries.

GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in European Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 280, or consent of instructor. A comparative study of political processes and governmental forms in selected European countries.

GVPT 487 The Government and Politics of South Asia (3)

Political systems and governments of such countries as India, Pakistan, BanglaDesh, Ceylon, and Nepal .

GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of Race Relations (3)

Impact of government and politics on race relations in various parts of the world. The origins, problems, and manifestations of such racial policies as segregation, apartheid, integration, assimila- tion, partnership, and nonracialism will be analyzed.

GVPT 622 Quantitative Methods For Political Science (3)

Introduction to quantitiative methods of data analysis, with emphasis on statistical methods and computer usage. Measures of association, probability, correlation, linear regression estimation tech- niques, introductory analysis of variance, and use of package computer programs.

GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political Science (3)

Required of all Ph.D. candidates. A seminar in the methodologies of political science, and their respective applications to different research fields. Interdisciplinary approaches and bibliographical techniques are also reviewed.

GVPT 707 Functional Problems in International Relations: Comparative Systems (3)

A survey from Kautilya to Kaplan of the literature in 1R theory with an emphasis on comparative historical systems.

GVPT 708 Seminar in International Relations Theory (3)

An examination of the major approaches, concepts, and theories in the study of world politics with special emphasis on contemporary literature. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours.

GVPT 710 Introduction to Graduate Study in Public Administration (3)

An examination of the history, background, and trends of public administration and the basic concepts and the approaches utilized in the organizational process of public bureaucracies. Readings from textual sources will include the following: the study of public administration. The societal and political environment, organization theory and behavior, administrative law, comparative and devel- opment administration, policy and systems analysis, program planning and budgeting, manpower re- sources development, organizational performance and accountability.

GVPT 722 Advanced Quantitative Methods For Political Science (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 622 or consent of instructor. Introduction to multivariate analysis. Elementary matrix algebra, multiple linear and curvilinear correlation and regression, analysis of variance, canonical correlation and regression, discriminant analysis, and several types of factor analysis.

GVPT 729 Special Topics in Quantitative Political Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 622 or consent of instructor. An intensive examination of special topics in quantitative methods of political analysis in such areas as survey research methods, exploratory data

384 Graduate Course Descriptions

analysis, advanced data management techniques, or advanced methods of policy analysis. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits provided the topics covered are different.

GVPT 730 Methods of Formal Political Theory (3)

An introduction to the methods of formal theory, with emphasis on selected aspects of philoso- phy of science and on propositional and quantified logic. The limitations and potentialities of formal theory in both normative and empirical political science.

GVPT 741 Political Theory (3)

A graduate level introduction to the history of political philosophy and political theory.

GVPT 750 Policy Evaluation (3)

An examination of the application of social indicators and accounts, field and laboratory experi- mentation, formal modeling, and other techiques drawn from the social sciences to problems of pub- lic policy selected from various levels of the political system.

GVPT 770 Seminar in American Political Institutions (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background and development of American government.

GVPT 780 Seminar in the Comparative Study of Politics (3)

An examination of the salient approaches to and conceptual frameworks for the comparative study of politics, followed by the construction of models and typologies of political systems.

GVPT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

GVPT 802 Seminar in International Law (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive and procedural international law.

GVPT 803 Seminar in International Political Organization (3)

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.

GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional Problems in International Relations (3)

An examination of the major substantive issues in contemporary international relations.

GVPT 810 Governmental Organization Theory (3)

A study of recent developments in the area of organizational theory with an emphasis on empiri- cal studies of organizational behavior.

GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial Administration (3)

Readings and reports on topics assigned for individual or group study in the field of public finan- cial administration.

GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public personnel ad- ministration.

GVPT 814 Developmental Public Administration (3)

Reports, readings and/or field surveys on topics assigned for individual or group study in interna- tional, national, regional or local environments.

GVPT 815 Government Administrative Planning and Management (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative planning and management in government.

GVPT 816 Studies in Comparative Governmental Administration (3)

An examination of theoretical concepts and empirical findings in the field of comparative ad- ministation. Individual readings and research dealing with the civil services of western and non- western nations will be assigned.

GVPT 818 Problems of Public Administration (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public administration.

GVPT —Government and Politics 385

GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative Political Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: Three hours of statistics or consent of instuctor. Study of selected problems in quantitative political analysis.

GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public opinion.

GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology (3)

Prerequisite - GVPT 427 or equivalent. Inquiries into the conceptual and theoretical foundations of and empirical data in the field of political sociology. Individual readings and research problems will be assigned, dealing with the social contexts of politics and the political aspects of social rela- tionships.

GVPT 828 Selected Problems in Political Behavior (3)

Individual reading and research reports on selected problems in the study of political behavior.

GVPT 831 Formal Theories of Politics (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 730 or consent of instructor. Survey of major formal theories of politics, with emphasis on those theories based on the assumptions of rationality. The theory of public goods, game theory, coalition theory, and the theoretical properties of voting systems.

GVPT 838 Topics in Formal Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 831 or consent of instructor. An examination of selected topics in formal the- ory. Theories of justice, the voters paradox, the liberal paradox, the effects of costly information, and theories of regulation.

GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory Construction (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 700. Examination of the general theoretical tools available to political scien- tists and of the problems of theory building. Attention is given to communications theory, decision- making, game theory and other mathematical concepts, personality theory, role theory, structural- functional analysis, and current behavioral approaches.

GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 441. Intensive study of one or more men each semester.

GVPT 842 Man and the State (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 442. Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, na- tionalism and the organic state.

GVPT 844 American Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 444. Analytical and historical examination of selected topics in American po- litical thought.

GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 443 or consent of instructor. Intensive study and analysis of the leading ideas of Marx and Engels and their development in the different forms of social democracy and of com- munism.

GVPT 846 Theories of Democracy (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 442. A survey and analysis of the leading theories of democratic govern- ment, with attention to such topics as freedom, equality, representation, dissent, and critics of de- mocracy.

GVPT 847 Seminar in Non- Western Political Theory (3)

Intensive study of selected segments of political theory outside of the Western European tradi- tion.

GVPT 848 Current Problems in Political Theory (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 443. Intensive examination of the development of political theory since the Second World War.

386 Graduate Course Descriptions

GVPT 850 Applied Foreign Policy Analysis (3)

Individual research and reporting on standards of policy performance and analysis with emphasis on data display, information organization, forecasting, and rational resource allocation.

GVPT 857 Seminar in American Foreign Relations (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.

GVPT 859 Selected Topics in Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 750 or consent of instructor. An examination of selected topics in public po- licy, such as judicial education, health, welfare, and resources policy. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits provided the topics covered are different.

GVPT 862 Seminar On Intergovernmental Relations (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent intergovernmen- tal relations.

GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local Government (3)

Report of topics assigned for individual study in the field of state local government throughout the United States.

GVPT 869 Seminar in Urban Administration (3)

Selected topics are examined by the team research method with students responsible for planning, field investigation, and report writing.

GVPT 871 Seminar in Public Law (3)

Reports on topics for individual study and reading in the fields of constitutional and administra- tive law.

GVPT 872 Judicial Process and Behavior (3)

An examination and assessment of the various social scientific approaches to the study of judicial behavior and process. The "behavioral" public law, featuring the application of social science re- search techniques to the study of the legal process.

GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition and organiza- tion of legislatures and about the legislative process.

GVPT 874 Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of political organization and action.

GVPT 875 Seminar in Judicial Policy Development (3)

The role of courts in policy development, the extent and limitations of judicial power, the divi- sion of labor among courts in creating policy, and the politics of litigation.

GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security Policy (3)

An examination of the components of United States security policy. Factors, both internal and external, affecting national security will be considered. Individual reporting as assigned.

GVPT 878 Problems in American Government and Politics (3)

An examination of contemporary problems in various fields of government and politics in the united states, with reports on topics assigned for individual study.

GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Soviet Union (3)

An examination of government and politics in the Soviet Union.

GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Asia (3)

An examination of governments and politics within Asia.

GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Africa (3)

An examination of governments and politics within Africa.

GVPT —Government and Politics 387

GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Middle East (3)

An examination of governments and politics within the Middle East.

GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental Institutions: Europe (3)

An examination of governments and politics within Europe.

GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of Developing Nations (3)

An examination of the programs of political development in the emerging nations with special references to the newly independent nations of Asia and Africa, and the less developed countries of Latin America. Individual reporting as assigned.

GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3)

An examination of special topics in comparative politics.

GVPT 889 Selected Topics in Area Problems in International Relations (3)

Special topics concerning regional problems in the relations of states.

GVPT 898 Readings in Government and Politics (3)

Guided readings and discussions on selected topics in political science.

GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

HEBR —Hebrew

HEBR 401 Introduction to Classical Hebrew I (3)

Readings in the Bible and other classical texts in original Hebrew. Emphasis on classical gram- mar and vocabulary, and reading of textual passages.

HEBR 402 Introduction to Classical Hebrew II (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 401 or equivalent. Continuation of HEBR 401.

HEBR 403 History of the Hebrew Language (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 201 or permission of instructor. Survey of the history of Hebrew from the period of the Bible through modern Israeli Hebrew. Readings in Hebrew.

HEBR 431 Modern Hebrew Literature (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 301 or equivalent. Selected readings from the major Hebrew prose writers of the 20th century such as J. Steinberg, Burla, Berkovitz, Shofman and Agnon describing traditional Jewish life in the Diaspora Mileu and in the land of Israel.

HEBR 432 Contemporary Hebrew Literature (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 301 or equivalent. The problems facing modern man as reflected in the writ- ings of Agnon, Hazaz, Meged, Yehoshua, Amichai, and others. Training in literary criticism. Reading of periodicals dealing with current literary trends.

HEBR 441 Studies in Classical Hebrew and Epigraphy (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or equivalent. Linguistic peculiarities of Classical Hebrew from Pre- Biblical epigraphic records to the Dead Sea Scrolls. Application of the method of literary form criti- cism to epic poetry and Thanksgiving songs, cultic formulae, historical annals and narratives.

HEBR 442 Classical Hebrew Literature (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or knowledge of Classical Hebrew. Readings in the Hebrew text of the Bible and related texts. Emphasis on the issues and methodology of modern biblical scholarship.

HEBR 471 Readings in Rabbinic Hebrew (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or permission of instructor. Introductory readings in Mishnaic and Talmudic Hebrew texts. Language of instruction English; all texts in Hebrew.

HEBR 472 Readings in Medieval Hebrew (3)

Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or permission of instructor. Introductory readings in Medieval Hebrew texts. Language of instruction English; all texts in Hebrew.

388 Graduate Course Descriptions

HEBR 498 Special Topics in Hebrew (3)

Prerequisite: as announced in the Schedule of Classes for each topic. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits provided the content is different.

HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences

HESP 400 Speech and Language Development in Children (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 300. Analysis of the normal processes of speech and language development in children.

HESP 401 Introduction to Communication Disorders (3)

Disorders of hearing, language and speech for non-majors. Communication disorders in children and adults, with emphasis on etiologies, characteristics, assessment and management.

HESP 402 Speech Pathology I (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 300. Etiology, assessment and treatment of language and phonological disord- ers in children.

HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic Science (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 305. An introduction to physiological, acoustic and perceptual phonetics; broad and narrow phonetic transcription; current models of speech production and perception.

HESP 404 Speech Pathology II (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 305. Etiology, assessment and therapeutic management of phonation, re- sonance, and fluency disorders in children and adults.

HESP 406 Speech Pathology HI (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 303, 305. Survey of the dysarthrias and aphasias in adults from an interdisci- plinary point of view.

HESP 407 Bases of Hearing Science (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 311. Fundamentals of hearing including the physics of sound, anatomy and physiology of peripheral and central auditory nervous system, psychophysical procedures used in measurement of auditory sensation and perception and topics in psychological acoustics.

HESP 408 Principles and Methods in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 402, 411. The principles underlying the treatment of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults.

HESP 411 Introduction to Audiology (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 311. An introduction to the field of audiology. Evaluation and remediation of the hearing-handicapped.

HESP 417 Principles and Methods in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 402, 411. The principles underlying the treatment of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults.

HESP 418 Clinical Practice in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (3)

Prerequisites: HESP 417. Supervised observation with some direct participation in clinical meth- ods for the treatment of disorders of articulation, fluency, child and adult language; evaluation and habilitation/rehabilitation of hearing impaired children and adults. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

HESP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education (1-3)

HESP 498 Seminar (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in human communication and its disord- ers. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hour credits, providing the content is different.

HESP 499 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A directed study of selected topics pertaining to human communication and its disorders. May be repeated for a maximum of six semester hour credits.

HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 389

HESP 604 Acoustical and Perceptual Phonetics (3)

Laboratory techniques in analysis of the acoustical and perceptual characteristics of the speech signal.

HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 411 or equivalent. Administration and interpretation of hearing tests by pure tones and by speech; screening and clinical test procedures.

HESP 610 Aphasia (3)

Language problems of adults associated with brain injury.

HESP 612 Stuttering (3)

HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies (3)

HESP 616 Language Disorders of Children (3)

HESP 620 Articulation Disorders (3)

HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of Speech (3)

HESP 624 Voice Disorders (3)

HESP 626 Language Disorders and Learning Disabilities (3)

Language disorders in children: pre-school through adolescence. Effects of oral language disabil- ities on social and emotional development and learning of academic skills, including implications for assessment and remediation.

HESP 630 Electrophysiological Measurements (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 606 or permission of instructor. Principles and techniques of impedance/admittance and electronystagmographic testing.

HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech and Hearing Disorders (1-3)

Lectures by physicians on embryological, anatomical, physiological, and neurological bases of speech and hearing disorders.

HESP 638 Minor Research Problems (1-3)

Special projects in Hearing and Speech Science. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 639 Special Topics in Hearing and Speech Sciences (1-3)

Prerequisite: departmental permission. Intensive coverage of selected topics of current interest. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when contents differs.

HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hearing and Speech Therapy (3)

Analysis of the clinical process with emphasis on the application of learning theory to treatment of speech disorders.

HESP 648 Clinical Practice in Speech (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Supervised training in the application of clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of speech disorders. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits

HESP 649 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Supervised training in the application of clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of hearing disorders. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 700 Hearing-aid Characteristics and Performance (3)

Electroacoustic characteristics of hearing aids. Methods of hearing-aid evaluation and selection.

HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures in Speech Pathology (3)

Diagnostic tools and methods in the analysis of various types of speech disorders. Practicum re- quired.

HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 604. Laboratory techniques in the study of the speech mechanism.

390 Graduate Course Descriptions

HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audiology (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 606 or equivalent. Techniques for evaluation of children and adults presenting special diagnostic problems.

HESP 708 Independent Study (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual research projects under guidance of a faculty member. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 710 Industrial and Environmental Noise Problems (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Evaluation and control of noise hazards. Effects of noise on man. Medico-legal aspects of noise-induced hearing impairment.

HESP 720 Structure and Function of the Hearing Mechanism (3)

Anatomy and physiology of the peripheral auditory and vestivular systems and pathologies of the peripheral hearing mechanism.

HESP 722 Experimental Audiology (3)

Experimental techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology.

HESP 724 Quantitative Methods in Hearing and Speech Science (3)

Prerequisite: a course in basic statistics. Analysis of current procedures used in quantifying phenomena observed in hearing and Speech Science.

HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice in Speech (1-8)

Prerequisite: HESP 648 and permission of instructor. Clinical internship in selected off-campus facilities. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits.

HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-8)

Prerequisite: HESP 649 and permission of instructor. Clinical internship in selected off-campus facilities. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits.

HESP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics (3)

Prerequisites: HESP 604 AND 704 or permission of instructor. Instrumental techniques in phonetic science.

HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and Speech Programs (3)

Problems of staffing, budgeting, and operating traning and clinical service programs.

HESP 810 Experimental Design in Hearing and Speech Science (3)

Prerequisite: HESP 724 or permission of instructor. Design and evaluation of research projects. Preparation for undertaking the doctoral dissertation.

HESP 820 Bioacoustics (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Functioning of the hearing mechanism in animals and hu- mans. Laboratory research methods.

HESP 822 Psychoacoustics (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Study of human response to acoustic stimulation.

HESP 826 Neurophysiology of Hearing (3)

Processing of stimuli by the auditory nervous system.

HESP 848 Seminar in Audiology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 858 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 868 Seminar in Speech Science (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP 878 Seminar in Language Disorders (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

HESP — Hearing and Speech Sciences 391

HESP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

HISP — Historic Preservation

HISP 600 Seminar in Historic Preservation (3)

A team taught introduction to the total range of preservation as well as the contributions of parti- cipating departments. Students will be introduced to practitioners in the field.

HISP 700 Final Seminar in Historic Preservation (3)

Critical evaluation of project, portfolio, or fieldwork on which the students have been working throughout the program; a synthesis of historic preservation process and achievements with special

focus on careers in the field.

HIST —History

HIST 400 Independent Study (1-6)

Prerequisite: departmental approval of research project and consent of the department. Available to all students who wish to pursue a specific research topic.

HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution: From Copernicus to Newton (3)

Major events in the history of physical science during the 16th and 17th centuries and their rela- tion to philosophy, religion and society in Western Europe. The attack on ancient and medieval scientific theories; the transition from geocentric to heliocentric astronomy; discoveries of Kepler, Galileo and Newton; and the establishment of the "mechanical philosophy" that dominated early mo- dern science.

HIST 402 The Development of Modern Physical Science: From Newton to Einstein (3)

The history of physics in the 18th and 19th centuries, including some of its connections with mathematics, technology, chemistry and planetary science. Emphasis on internal technical develop- ments in physical theory, with some discussion of experimental, philosophical and sociological aspects. This is the second part of a three-semester sequence (HIST 401, HIST 402, PHYS 490); each part may be taken independently of the others. For HIST 402 the prerequisites are MATH 1 10 and PHYS 112 OR 117, or equivalent competence in mathematics and physics.

HIST 403 20th Century Revolutions in the Physical Sciences (3)

MATH 110 and PHYS 112 or 117, or equivalent competence in mathematics and physics. Analysis of major changes in knowledge of the physical world, including quantum theory /atomic structure, relativity /cosmology, and continental drift/plate tectonics; theories about the nature of scientific revolutions.

HIST 404 History of Modern Biology (3)

The internal development of biology in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including evolu- tion, cell theory, heredity and development, spontaneous generation, and mechanism - vitalism con- troversies. The philosophical aspects of the development of scientific knowledge and the interaction of biology with chemistry and physics.

HIST 407 History of Technology (3)

The changing character of technology in modern history, beginning with the Middle Ages, but concentrating on the Industrial Revolution and its aftermath; the nature of technological knowledge, the sources of technological change, and the impact of technology on all aspects of our culture.

HIST 409 Topics in the History of Science and Technology (3)

Selected topics in the history of science and technology. May be repeated to maximum of six se- mester hours.

HIST 410 Introduction to Archives I (3)

Prerequisite; Consent of department. Corequisite; HIST 411. History of the basic intellectual problems relating to archives and manuscript repositories; emphasis on problems of selection, ac- cess, preservation, inventorying and editing as well as the variety of institutions housing documents.

392 Graduate Course Descriptions

HIST 411 Introduction to Archives II (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Corequisite: HIST 410. Practical experience through place- ment in cooperating archives or manuscript repositories in the Baltimore/Annapolis/Washington, D.C. areas. Assignments to specific projects based on intellectual interest of students.

HIST 412 Readings in Psycho-history (3)

Application of psychological theories to the study of historical personalities and collective behav- ior; survey of relevant personality theorists, and an evaluation of recent contributions.

HIST 413 History of Medicine and Public Health (3)

The history of medicine and public health from primitive times to the present, covering major medical theories, therapeutics, and techniques, the evolution of the medicine man or priest-physician into a professional medical practitioner, and the close relationship between medicine and society.

HIST 414 History of European Ideas I (3)

Review of the basic western intellectual traditions as a heritage from the ancient- world. Selected important currents of thought from the scientific revolution of the 16th and 17th centuries down to the end of the 18th century.

HIST 415 History of European Ideas II (3)

A continuation of HIST 414 emphasizing 19th and 20th century thought.

HIST 418 Jews and Judaism: Selected Historical Topics (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credit hours if topics differ.

HIST 419 Special Topics in History (3)

May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours.

HIST 422 Byzantine Empire I (3)

The Eastern Roman Empire from Constantine the Great to the crisis of the ninth century. The development of the late Roman state into the Medieval Christian Byzantine empire and the evolution of a distinctive Byzantine culture.

HIST 423 Byzantine Empire II (3)

The Byzantine empire from the Macedonian renaissance to the conquest of Constantinople by the Turks in 1453: the Byzantine empire at its height, the crusades, Byzantium as a minor power, and its contributions to the Renaissance and the cultures of Russia and the Balkans.

HIST 424 History of Russia to 1801 (3)

HIST 425 History of Russia From 1801 - 1917 (3)

A continuation of HIST 424.

HIST 426 Age of Industry: Britain 1760 to 1914 (3)

An economic, social, political and cultural analysis of Britain in the age of her industrial supre- macy. The nature of the first industrial revolution; the emergence of modern social classes; the cul- tural impact of industrialization; politics and society in the early and mid-nineteenth century; Victorianism and its critics; imperialism and politics; high and low culture; the rise of labor; social and political tensions 1910-1914.

HIST 427 Age of Decline: Britain 1914 to Present (3)

British society since the First World War. The social, cultural, economic and political impact of the First World War; labor and politics in the 1920s and 1930s; the inter- war depression, appease- ment and foreign policy; the social impact of the Second World War; the welfare state and national- ization of industry; the dissolution of Empire; the emergence of a consumer society; social criticism in 1950s; the economic and political problems of the 1960s and 1970s.

HIST 430 Tudor England (3)

An examination of the political, religious and social forces in English life, 1485-1603, with spe- cial emphasis on Tudor government, the English reformation and the Elizabethan era.

HIST —History 393

HIST 431 Stuart England (3)

An examination of the political, religious and social forces in English life, 1603-1714, with spe- cial emphasis on Puritanism and the English revolutions.

HIST 432 Britain in the IS I h Century (3)

Developments in Great Britain from the revolution of 1688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars.

HIST 434 Constitutional History of Great Britain I (3)

Constitutional development in England, with emphasis on the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the common law, the development of Parliament, and the emergence of systematized gov- ernment. First semester, to 1485.

HIST 435 Constitutional History of Great Britain II (3)

Constitutional development in england, with emphasis on the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the common law, the development of parliament, and the emergence of systematized gov- ernment. Second semester, since 1485.

HIST 436 French Revolution and Napoleon (3)

The causes and course of the French Revolution with emphasis on the struggle among elites, po- pular intervention, the spread of counterrevolution, the Terror as repression and popular government, the near collapse of the Republic, and the establishment and defeat of dictatorship.

HIST 437 Modern France from Napoleon to DeGaulle (3)

The changing political and cultural values of French society in response to recurrent crises throughout the 19th and 20th centuries. Students should have had some previous survey of either western civilization or European history.

HIST 440 Germany in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1914 (3)

The development of modern Germany and the rise of national socialism.

HIST 441 Germany in the Twentieth Century, 1914-1945 (3)

Germany's aims and policies during world War I, its condition and policies in the inter-war period, the rise of national socialism, and Germany's part in World War II.

HIST 442 The Soviet Union (3)

A history of Soviet Russia and the Soviet Union from 1917 to the present. Stress on the relation- ship between Marxist theory and practice, and the development of peculiarly socialist institutions and practices.

HIST 443 Modern Balkan History (3)

A political, socio-economic, and cultural history of Yugoslav, Bulgaria, Romania, Greece, and Albania from the breakdown of Ottoman domination to the present. Emphasis is on movements for national liberation during the nineteenth century and on approaches to modernization in the twentieth century.

HIST 444 Nineteenth Century European Diplomatic History (3)

The development and execution of European diplomacy from the Congress of Vienna to the out- break of World War I, concentrating on Central and Western Europe.

HIST 445 Twentieth Century European Diplomatic History (3)

The development and execution of european diplomacy from the outbreak of World War I to the conclusion of World War II, concentrating on Central and Western Europe.

HIST 446 European Economic History to 1750 (3)

Economic development of Europe from the manorial economy of medieval feudalism through the emergence of capitalist institutions and overseas empires to the advent of the industrial revolution.

HIST 447 European Economic History Since 1750 (3)

The mainsprings of the Industrial Revolution first in 18th century England and then across the rest of Europe during the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis on the English, French, German, Austro-Hungarian and Russian experiences with private capitalism and public policy, including fa- scism and communism. Social consequences of industrial development such as urbanization and the rise of labor movements.

394 Graduate Course Descriptions

HIST 450 Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3)

The development of the American economy from Columbus through the Civil War.

HIST 451 Economic History of the United States After 1865 (3)

The development of the American economy from the Civil War to the present.

HIST 452 Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898 (3)

American foreign relations from the beginning of the American Revolution in 1775 through the Spanish- American War of 1898, including both international developments and domestic influences that contributed to American expansion in world affairs, and analyses of significant individuals ac- tive in American diplomacy and foreign policy.

HIST 453 Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1898 (3)

American foreign relations in the twentieth century during the age of Imperialism, World War I, the Great Depression, World War II, and the Cold War. A continuation of HIST 452.

HIST 454 Constitutional History of the United States: From Colonial Origins to 1860 (3)

The interaction of government, law, and politics in the constitutional system. The nature and pur- pose of constitutions and constitutionalism; the relationship between the constitution and social forces and influences, the way in which constitutional principles, rules, ideas, and institutions affect events and are in turn affected by events. The origins of American politics and constitutionalism through the constitutional convention of 1787. Major constitutional problems such as the origins of judicial review, democratization of government, slavery in the territories and political system as a whole.

HIST 455 Constitutional History of the United States: Since 1860 (3)

American public law and government, with emphasis on the interaction of government, law, and politics. Emphasis on the political-constitutional system as a whole, rather than simply the develop- ment of constitutional law by the Supreme Court. Major crises in American government and politics such as Civil War, reconstruction, the 1890's, the new deal era, the civil disorders of the 1960's.

HIST 456 History of Ideas in America to 1865 (3)

The ideas, conflicts, myths, and realities that shaped American character and society from the first settlements to the Civil War.

HIST 457 History of Ideas in America Since 1865 (3)

A continuation of HIST 456.

HIST 458 Selected Topics in Women's History (3)

Selected topics on women in American society including such areas as women and the law, women and politics, the "feminine mystique" and the "new feminism." May be repeated to a maxi- mum of six semester hours. Students previously receiving credit in HIST 408 may not enroll.

HIST 459 Society in America: Historical Topics (3)

A consideration of selected aspects of American society from colonial times to the present. Special emphasis on regionalism, immigration, nativism, minorities, urbanization, and social re- sponses to technological changes. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are differ- ent.

HIST 460 History of Labor in the United States (3)

The American working class in terms of its composition; its myths and Utopias; its social condi- tions; and its impact on American institutions.

HIST 461 Blacks in American Life: 1865 to Present (3)

The role of the Black in America since slavery, with emphasis on twentieth century develop- ments: the migration from farm to city; the growth of the civil rights movement; the race question as a national problem.

HIST 462 The Civil War (3)

A detailed study of historical interpretations; the forces, situations and events that caused the war; the war and its impact.

HIST —History 395

HIST 463 History of the Old South (3)

The golden age of the Chesapeake, the institution of slavery, the frontier south, the antebellum plantation society, the development of regional identity and the experiment in independence.

HIST 464 History of the New South (3)

The experience of defeat, the restructuring of southern society, the impact of industrialization and the modern racial adjustment.

HIST 465 History of the American Frontier: the Trans-Allegheny West (3)

Major historical interpretation of the significance to the period of the Trans-Allegheny West. Assesses the impact of the frontier experience on American history. Equal attention is given to poli- tical, economic, social and cultural problems associated with the development of the west. Indian culture, treatment of the Indians, and Indian-White relations are integrated into the course through readings and lectures.

HIST 466 History of the American Frontier: the Trans-Mississippi West (3)

Exploration, settlement and development of the Trans-Mississippi West. Assesses the impact of the frontier experience on American history. Equal attention is given to political, economic, social and cultural problems associated with the development of the West. Indian culture, treatment of the indians, and indian- white relations are integrated into the course through readings and lectures.

HIST 467 History of Maryland (3)

Political, social and economic history of Maryland from seventeenth century to the present.

HIST 470 Diplomatic History of Latin America (3)

A survey of the political, economic and cultural relations of the Latin American nations with em- phasis on their relations with the United States and the development of the inter-American system.

HIST 471 History of Brazil (3)

The history of Brazil with emphasis on the national period.

HIST 472 History of the Argentine Republic (3)

Concentration upon the recent history of Argentina with emphasis upon the social and economic development of a third world nation.

HIST 473 History of the Spanish Caribbean (3)

HIST 474 History of Mexico and Central America I (3)

History of Mexico and Central America, beginning with the Pre-Spanish Indian cultures and con- tinuing through European contact, conquest, and colonial dominance, down to the beginning of the Mexican War for Independence in 1810.

HIST 475 History of Mexico and Central America II (3)

A continuation of HIST 474 with emphasis of the political development of the Mexican nation.

HIST 476 History of Canada (3)

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian rela- tions with Great Britain and the United States.

HIST 477 American Foreign Relations in the Age of Roosevelt (3)

An intensive study of foreign relations from 1932 to 1945. Diplomacy in the Great Depression; rise and fall of American isolationism; "aid-short-of-war" in opposition to Axis aggression; FDR's conduct of foreign affairs during World War II; his guidance toward an expanded leadership role for the United States after the war; and beginnings of the Cold War with the Soviet Union.

HIST 480 History of Traditional China (3)

China from earliest times to 1644 A.D. Emphasis on the development of traditional Chinese cul- ture, society, and government.

HIST 481 A History of Modern China (3)

Modern China from 1644 to the People's Republic of China. Emphasis on the coming of the west to China and the various stages of the Chinese reaction.

396 Graduate Course Descriptions

HIST 482 History of Japan to 1800 (3)

Traditional Japanese civilization from the age of Shinto mythology and introduction of continen- tal learning down to the rule of military families, the transition to a money economy, and the crea- tion of a townsmen's culture. A survey of political, economic, religious, and cultural history.

HIST 483 History of Japan Since 1800 (3)

Japan's renewed contact with the western world and emergence as a modern state, industrial so- ciety, and world power, 1800-1931; and Japan's road to war, occupation, and recovery, 1931 to the present.

HIST 485 History of Chinese Communism (3)

An analysis of the various factors in modern Chinese history that led to the victory of the Chinese communist party in 1949 and of the subsequent course of events of the People's Republic of China, from ca. 1919 to the present.

HIST 487 History of Soviet Foreign Relations, 1917 to Present (3)

A history of Soviet foreign relations both conventional diplomacy and the spread of proletarian international from the October Revolution to the present.

HIST 491 History of the Ottoman Empire (3)

Survey of the Ottoman Turkish Empire from 1300 A.D. To its collapse during World War I. Emphasis on the empire's social and political institutions and its expansion into Europe, the Arab East and North Africa.

HIST 492 The Contemporary Middle East (3)

This course covers the break-up of the Ottoman empire and the emergence of contemporary states of the area.

HIST 495 Twentieth Century Algeria (3)

A brief survey of the history of Algeria and an indepth study of twentieth century events leading up to and including the War of Liberation and Algerian independence. Reading knowledge of French desirable.

HIST 496 Africa Since Independence (3)

Analysis of socio-political and econo-political changes in Africa since approximately 1960; devel- opment of class structures, the role of the military, personal rule and the patrimonial state; decline of party politics and participatory politics. Discussion of changes in economic policies, policies with re- spect to rural communities, and their relationship to the state and decision-making.

HIST 497 Islam in Africa (3)

The introduction of Muslims and Islam into Africa from approximately the eighth to nineteenth century. Impact of Islam on a regional-cultural basis, as well as Islam in state development. A dis- cussion of political theory in Islamic Africa, and the impact of Islam on social structures, e.g., domestic African slavery. Role of Islam in resistance movements against imperialism and coloniza- tion, as well as the place of Islam in the independence movements of the 1950's and 1960's.

HIST 600 Historiography (3)

HIST 601 Methods in Historical Research (3)

Techniques of historical research and writing, emphasizing archival research, evaluation of sources, bibliography, and form and style in writing.

HIST 602 General Seminar: American History (3)

Classic and new interpretations of American history with special attention to current directions of scholarship and research.

HIST 603 General Seminar: European History (3)

Classic and new interpretations of European history with special attention to current directions of scholarship and research.

HIST 605 The Teaching of History in Institutions of Higher Learning (1)

HIST —History 397

HIST 606 Seminar in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology (3)

Fundamental problems and current research in the history of science and technology; theories of historical change applied to selected cases in physical and biological science and in technology; his- toriographic and philosophical issues pertaining to these cases.

HIST 608 Occupational Internship (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of department chairman. Individually arranged internship tailored to indi- vidual student needs with a cooperating public or private agency in the metropolitan, Washington/ Baltimore area. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours.

HIST 609 Readings in the History of Science and Technology (3)

HIST 618 Readings in the History of Women (3)

HIST 619 Special Topics in History (1-3)

HIST 628 Readings in Colonial American History (3)

HIST 629 Readings in the American Revolution and the Formative Period (3)

HIST 638 Readings in the Middle Period and Civil War (3)

HIST 639 Readings in Reconstruction and the New Nation (3)

HIST 648 Readings in Recent American History (3)

HIST 658 Readings in American Constitutional History (3)

HIST 659 Readings in American Intellectual History (3)

HIST 668 Readings in American Social History (3)

HIST 669 Readings in the Economic History of the United States (3)

An examination of the major issues in the history of the economy of the United States from the 17th century to the present, as these have been discussed by the more important economic histori- ans. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours.

HIST 678 Readings in American Labor History (3)

Social and cultural history of the American working class with special attention to communities based on ethnicity, race, sex, residence and ideology; history of the labor movement; selected com- parisons with working-class communities of other countries.

HIST 679 Readings in the History of American Foreign Policy (3)

HIST 689 Readings in Southern History (3)

HIST 698 Readings in the History of the American Frontier (3)

The american frontier experience 1763-1890. Equal emphasis on the Trans-Appalachian and Trans-Mississippi West. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

HIST 718 Readings in Medieval History (3)

HIST 719 Readings in the History of the Renaissance and Reformation (3)

HIST 728 Readings in Early Modern European History (3)

HIST 729 Readings in Modern European History (3)

Reading knowledge of some European language recommended but not required.

HIST 739 Readings in the History of Great Britain and the British Empire Commonwealth (3) HIST 748 Readings in Modern French History (3)

HIST 749 Readings in German History, 1815 to the Present (3)

Reading knowledge of German is encouraged, but not required. May be repeated for a maxi- mum of nine semester hours.

HIST 758 Readings in Eastern European History (3)

Selected topics in the history of the Habsburg monarchy and the successor states, Poland and the Balkans. Emphasis on the rise of nationalism during the 19th century and the experience with fa-

398 Graduate Course Descriptions

seism and communism in the 20th century. HIST 759 Readings in Russian History (3) HIST 768 Readings in Chinese History (3) HIST 769 Readings in Japanese History (3) HIST 778 Readings in Latin American History (3) HIST 779 Readings in Middle Eastern History (3)

HIST 788 Readings in European Economic and Labor History (3)

Selected topics in european economic history from 1648 to the second world war. Attention to the mainsprings of industrialization, the economic consequences of war and revolution, and the variety of European labor movements. An introduction to the use of quantitative methods is pro- vided. HIST 789 Readings in Modern European Intellectual History (3)

HIST 798 Readings in Jewish History (3)

Readings on selected topics in Jewish history. Emphasis on analysis of primary sources. Reading knowledge of hebrew recommended. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits.

HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

HIST 808 Seminar in the History of Science and Technology (3)

Prerequisite: HIST609 or consent of instructor.

HIST 809 Seminar in the History of Women (3)

HIST 818 Seminar in Historical Editing (3)

An apprenticeship in the editing of documentary sources and scholarly articles for publication. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours.

HIST 820 Seminar in Chinese History (3)

HIST 821 Seminar in Japanese History (3)

HIST 828 Seminar in Middle Eastern History (3)

HIST 829 Seminar in Latin American History (3)

HIST 838 Seminar in Ancient History (3)

By permission of instructor only. May be repeated to a maximum of six semester hours.

HIST 839 Seminar in Medieval and Early Modern European History (3)

HIST 840 Seminar in Greek History (3)

HIST 841 Seminar in Roman History (3)

HIST 844 Seminar in the History of the Renaissance and Reformation (3)

HIST 848 Seminar in Modern European History (3)

HIST 849 Seminar in Russian History (3)

HIST 850 Seminar in East European History (3)

Research papers on the history of the lands which are now Austria, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland and the Balkan states, from the 18th century to the present.

HIST 851 Seminar in German History (3)

Prerequisite: HIST 749, or consent of instructor. Reading knowledge of German is required. May be repeated to a maximum of six semester hours.

HIST 852 Seminar in Modern French History (3)

HIST 853 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe (3)

HIST —History 399

HIST 854 Seminar in 20Th Century European History (3)

Seminar in 20th century European history, 1914 to present. Prerequisite: HIST 729, or consent of instructor.

HIST 855 Seminar in Modern European Intellectual History (3)

HIST 856 Seminar in Modern European Diplomatic History (3)

Prerequisite: reading ability of either French of German; a course in modern European history. May be repeated for a maximum of nine semester hours.

HIST 857 Seminar in the Social and Cultural History of Europe (3)

Research methods for multi-generational family history, the comparative study of folk cultures, and the study of creative minorities. Includes a general introduction to research in European society and culture.

HIST 858 Seminar in the History of Great Britain and the British Empire-Commonwe (3)

HIST 859 Seminar in History of Modern Wars (3)

HIST 860 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart England (3)

HIST 861 Seminar in English Law and Government, 1550-1760 (3)

Prerequisites: one of the following courses; HIST 430, 431, 432, 435 or consent of instructor. From the accession of Elizabeth I to the death of George II.

HIST 878 Seminar in Colonial American History (3)

HIST 879 Seminar in the American Revolution and Formative Period (3)

HIST 880 Seminar in Southern History (3)

HIST 881 Seminar in American Frontier History (3)

A research-writing seminar dealing with selected topics related to the American frontier, especial- ly the Trans-Appalachian and Trans-Missippippi west, 1774 to the 20th century. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

HIST 882 Seminar in the History of Maryland (3)

HIST 888 Seminar in the Middle Period and Civil War (3)

HIST 889 Seminar in Reconstruction and the New Nation (3)

HIST 890 Seminar in American Intellectual History (3)

HIST 892 Seminar in American Social History (3)

HIST 893 Seminar in the Economic History of the United States (3)

A research-writing seminar dealing with selected topics in American economic development from the colonial period to the present. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

HIST 894 Seminar in American Labor History (3)

Advanced research and writing on selected topics in the history of American workers, their con- ditions, communities, organizations and ideas.

HIST 895 Seminar in American Constitutional History (3)

HIST 896 Seminar in the History of American Foreign Policy (3)

HIST 898 Seminar in Recent American History (3)

HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

HLTH —Health

HLTH 420 Methods and Materials in Health Education (3)

Prerequisites: HLTH 105 OR 140, 310 or consent of instructor. The purpose of this course is to present the interrelationships of curriculum planning, methodology and the selection and use of teaching aids and materials. Special problems associated with health teaching are discussed. Students will become familiar with a variety of resources as well as planning for and presenting demonstra-

400 Graduate Course Descriptions

tion lessons.

HLTH 430 Health Education in the Workplace (3)

A survey of the role of health education in work settings. Examination of occupational stress, the health effects of shift work, women's health in the workplace, health education approaches to in- forming workers and management, and health promotion programs in the workplace.

HLTH 440 Health Education and Behavioral Approaches to Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: NUTR 100 or equivalent. Health education and health behavior methods, techniques and approaches applied to nutrition behavior, ways of changing nutrition and dietary behavior, rela- tionship between nutrition and health, nutrition education, psychology of eating, and behavioral and cultural factors in diet.

HLTH 450 Health of Children and Youth (3)

A study of the health of 5 to 18 year olds. Physical, mental, social, and emotional health. Psychosexual development, diet, exercise, recreation, and the roles of parents and teachers.

HLTH 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual (3)

A study of the major physical fitness problems confronting the adult in modern society. Consideration is given to the scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special exercise programs are explored. This course is open to persons outside the fields of physical education and health.

HLTH 456 Health of the Aging and Aged (3)

Psychological, physiological and socio-economic aspects of aging; nutrition; sexuality; death, dy- ing, and bereavement; self-actualization and creativity; health needs and crises of the aged.

HLTH 460 Problems in School Health Education in Elementary and Secondary Schools (2-6)

This is a workshop type course designed particularly for inservice teachers to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services, healthful environment and health instruction.

HLTH 465 Safety Program Evaluation (3)

Prerequisite: HLTH 370 or permission of instructor. Methods and techniques used to evaluate safety programs with special reference to managerial decisionmaking, needs assessment and hazard recognition, evaluation and control.

HLTH 470 The Health Program in the Elementary School (3)

Prerequisites: HLTH 105 OR 140; 310. This course, designed for the elementary school class- room teacher, analyzes biological and sociological factors which determine the health status and needs of the individual elementary school child. The various aspects of the school program are eva- luated in terms of their role in health education. The total school health program is surveyed from the standpoint of organization and administration, and health appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modern methods and current materials in health instruction. (The state department of education ac- cepts this course for biological science credit).

HLTH 471 Women's Health (3)

The women's health movement from the perspective of consumerism and feminism. The physician-patient relationship in the gynecological and other medical settings. The gynecological ex- am, gynecological problems, contraception, abortion, pregnancy, breast and cervical cancer and surgical procedures. Psychological aspects of gynecological concerns.

HLTH 476 Death Education (3)

Examination of the genesis and development of present day death attitudes and behavior by use of a multidisciplinary life cycle approach.

HLTH 480 Measurement in Health (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. The application of the principles and tech- niques of educational measurement to the teaching of health and physical education; study of func- tions and techniques of measurements in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of health and physical education, and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching.

HLTH —Health 401

HLTH 487 Adult Health and Developmental Program (3)

Training and experience in a clinically oriented development program for the aged.

HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop (1-6)

A course designed to meet the needs of persons in the field with respect to workshop and re- search projects in special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses. Note: the maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any degree in physical education, re- creation, or health education under PHED, RECR, or HLTH 489 is six.

HLTH 490 Theories of Children's Love and Peace Behavior (3)

The development of love and peace behaviors as health correlates in infra human and human spe- cies from infancy through childhood with special emphasis upon the role of physical education, re- creation, and health. The examination of existing models in the areas of family, school, and clinical settings.

HLTH 498 Special Topics in Health (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics of special interest in areas not covered by regularly scheduled courses. Repeatable when the subject matter is different.

HLTH 600 Seminar in Health (1)

HLTH 650 Health Problems in Guidance (3)

HLTH 651 Seminar On the Health Correlates of the Aging and Aged (3)

Investigates the most recent theoretical formulations, research data, and clinical and therapeutic approaches to improving the health status of the aging. Extensive readings and research project are required.

HLTH 652 Seminar in Death Education (3)

Prerequisite: HLTH 456 or permission of the instructor. The advanced study and investigation of human dying, death, bereavement, suicidal behavior, and their relationship to human health utilizing a multidisciplinary approach.

HLTH 665 Health Behavior I (3)

The psychological, social psychological, and sociological theories of health behavior. The rela- tion of health knowledge, beliefs, attitudes, intentions, and behavior to preventive, illness, sick-role, and health utilization behaviors.

HLTH 666 Health Behavior II (3)

Prerequisite: HLTH 665. An advanced course with intensive training in health behavior research and the opportunity to carry out original research in health behavior. Patient-provider interaction, pa- tient cooperation with medical treatment and other social and psychological influences on health care.

HLTH 670 Status and Trends in Health Education (3)

HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar (1-3)

HLTH 688 Special Problems in Health Education (1-6)

HLTH 690 Administrative Direction of Health Education (3)

HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of Research (3)

HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of Health Education (3)

HLTH 730 Problems in Weight Control (3)

Prerequisite: HLTH 720 or permission of instructor. A study of the causes, health cost, and con- trol of obesity through analysis of lipid-glucose interaction; hunger-satiety theories and mechanisms; psycho-social forces in obesity; body composition, energy output; and disease states related to obesi- ty- HLTH 740 Modern Theories of Health (3)

402 Graduate Course Descriptions

HLTH 750 Stress and Disease (3)

A study of the causative agents of chronic disease with particular emphasis on stress including the physiological response of the human organism to contemporary psycho-social stressors and mechanisms of adaptation and prophylaxis.

HLTH 760 Public Health (3)

HLTH 775 Health Education Program Planning and Evaluation (3)

Prerequisites: HLTH 710 and permission of instructor. A systematic approach to the planning and evaluation of Health Education programs. Diagnosis of the social, psychological, educational and administrative aspects of the health education program. Program monitoring, rigorous methods of impact assessment, and the measurement of efficiency.

HLTH 780 Applied Principles of Health Education (3)

Prerequisite: HLTH 665 or permission of instructor. An application of psychosocial theory related to health behavior. The use of theoretical frameworks in developing group or individual instructional designs to affect psychosocial variables which impact upon health behavior.

HLTH 785 Internship in Health Education (3)

Prerequisites: HLTH 665, HLTH 675, and HLTH 680; or permission of instructor. The applica- tion of previously acquired skills and knowledge to the planning, conduct, and evaluation of health education. Emphasis on education designed to affect and use psychosocial influences of health be- havior. The setting of the internship will depend upon the student's background and career goals.

HLTH 791 Curriculum Construction in Health Education (3)

HLTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

HORT —Horticulture

HORT 411 Fruit Crop Production (3)

Prerequisite: HORT 202. Pre or co-requisite: BOTN 441. A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in the commercial production of fruit crops.

HORT 422 Vegetable Crop Production (3)

Prerequisite: HORT 202. Pre or co-requisite: BOTN 441. A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in the commercial production of vegetable crops.

HORT 432 Greenhouse Crop Production (3)

Prerequisite: HORT 202. Pre or co-requisite: BOTN 441. The commercial production and mar- keting of ornamental plant crops under greenhouse, plastic houses and out-of-door conditions.

HORT 452 Principles of Landscape Establishment and Maintenance (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: HORT 453 or HORT 454. A study of the establishment and maintenance of woody plants stressing the physiological determinants of recommended practices. Topics covered will in- clude site preparation, transplanting, staking, mulching, pruning, fertilizing and related topics.

HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 212. A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in orna- mental plantings.

HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials (3)

Prerequisite: BOTN 212. A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in orna- mental plantings.

HORT 456 Nursery Crop Production (3)

Two lectures a week and four all-day compulsory Saturday laboratories.

Pre or co-requisite: HORT 201, 202, 271, and 453 or 454. The methods used for producing or-

HORT —Horticulture 403

namental plants and an introduction to the different types of commercial nurseries.

HORT 457 Horticultural Education (1)

Instructional processes and practices used in the teaching of horticultural crop management.

HORT 462 Planting Design (3)

One lecture and two studio periods per week.

Prerequisite: HORT 361 and either HORT 453 or 454. Co-requisite: HORT 452. The design of public and private areas with major emphasis on plant materials.

HORT 464 Principles of Landscape Development (3)

One lecture and two studio periods per week.

Prerequisite: HORT 361. Landscape development principles and construction practices as applied to grading, drainage, layout, and vehicular and pedestrian circulation.

HORT 465 Design of Landscape Structures and Materials (3)

One lecture and two studio periods per week.

Prerequisite: HORT 464. The use and design of structures in the landscape.

HORT 466 Advanced Landscape Design (3)

One lecture and two studio periods per week.

Prerequisites: HORT 462, HORT 465 and HORT 452. A synthesis of design, landscape develop- ment, construction and planting principles and procedures as applied to the comprehensive design of public and private landscapes.

HORT 467 Principles of Landscape Contracting (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

Prerequisite: AREC 306 or AREC 414 and HORT 452. A systematic analysis of the structure and function of the landscape contracting firm. Landscape contracting as a process of managing man- power, materials, equipment and facilities in the implementation and maintenance of landscape pro- jects.

HORT 472 Advanced Plant Propagation (2)

Prerequisite: HORT 271. A study of the anatomy, morphology and physiology of the seed and plant as related to macro and micro forms of propagation. A review of research in propagation.

HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural Crops (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: BOTN 441. The physiological and biochemical changes occuring during storage of horticultural commodities. Application of scientific principles to handling and storage of fresh pro- duce.

HORT 489 Special Topics in Horticulture (1-3)

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of course. A lecture and/or laboratory series organized to study in depth a selected phase of horticulture not covered by existing courses.

HORT 682 Methods of Horticultural Research (3)

Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. The application of biochemical and biophysical methods to problems in biological research with emphasis on plant ma- terials.

HORT 689 Special Topics in Horticulture (1-3)

First and second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. Organized as a lecture series on a specialized advanced topic.

HORT 699 Special Problems in Horticulture (1-3)

First and second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. Organized as an experimental program other than the student's thesis problem. Maximum credit al- lowed toward an advanced degree shall not exceed four hours of experimental work.

HORT 781 Edaphic Factors and Horticultural Plants (3)

First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A critical study of scientific literature and current research concerning factors of the soil affecting production of horticultural plants.

404 Graduate Course Descriptions

Selected papers are studied and critically discussed. Attention is given to experimental procedures, results obtained, interpretation of the data, and to evaluation of the contribution.

HORT 782 Chemical Regulation of Growth of Horticultural Plants (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A critical review of literature and current research relating to the use of chemicals in controlling growth, and useful in the production, ripening, and handling of horticultural plants and products. Emphasis is placed on experimental procedures and the interpretation of results, current usage in the potentials for future research.

HORT 783 Environmental Factors and Horticultural Plants (3)

First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A study of the literature and a discus- sion of current research concerned with the effects of environmentla factors on the growth and fruit- ing of horticultural plants. Effects of temperature, light, and atmospheric conditions will be con- sidered.

HORT 784 Current Advances in Plant Breeding (3)

Second semester. Alternate years. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: HORT 274 or permis- sion of instructor. Studies of the genetic and cytogenetic basis of plant breeding, systems of pollina- tion control and their application, mutation breeding, methods of breeding for resistance to plant dis- eases and environmental pollutants.

HORT 798 Advanced Seminar (1)

Three credit hours maximum allowed toward the M.S. Degree or six credit hours maximum to- ward the PH.D. DegTee.

HORT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) HORT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

HSAD — Housing and Design

HSAD 440 Interior Design III (4)

Eight hours studio periods. Prerequisite: HSAD 344. Preparation of complete presentation: work specifications, floor plans, purchase orders, renderings, etc. Portfolio preparation.

HSAD 441 Interior Design IV (4)

Eight hours studio periods. Prerequisite: HSAD 440. Preparation of complete presentation: work specifications, floor plans, purchase orders, renderings, etc. Portfolio preparation.

HSAD 442 Barrier-free Interiors I (3)

Prerequisite: APDS 101 A or equivalent and consent of instructor. An introduction to deter- minants of design decisions in relation to the handicapped, aging and disabled: physical limitations and design support systems.

HSAD 443 Barrier-free Interiors II (3)

Prerequisites: HSAD 343, HSAD 442. Three studio periods. Experience in solving problems re- lated to interior space, both individual and congregate, and its use by the handicapped, aging and disabled.

HSAD 451 Gaming Simulation in Design I (3)

Prerequisites: Two upper-division level courses in HSAD, FMCD, ARCH, URBS, GVPT or per- mission of instructor. Simulation games as a means to model social interaction. Applications in the fields of urban, architectural, interior and graphic design; planning; housing; and community devel- opment. Mathematical gaming theory as it relates to simulation games.

HSAD 452 Gaming Simulation in Design II (3)

Prerequisite: HSAD 451. The design and testing of student-developed simulation games in the fields of urban, architectural, interior and graphic design; planning; housing; and community devel- opment.

HSAD — Housing and Design 405

HSAD 458 Readings in Housing (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 and consent of instructor. Readings in depth under the guidance of a fa- culty member on one or more facets of housing, in support of individual interests in urban renewal, public housing, etc. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

HSAD 460 Housing Costs and Financing (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 1 10 and ECON 205 or equivalent. Effects of housing costs and Financing on the ability of households to obtain satisfactory housing. Influence of the public and private groups on the cost of housing and availability of financing. Basic quantitative techniques of housing cost analysis.

HSAD 462 Seminar on Ideas in Design (3)

Pre- or corequisite: HSAD 362 or consent of instructor. Detailed examination and discussion of concepts presented in HSAD 362.

HSAD 488 Selected Topics in Housing and Interior Design (1-6) Offered on demand. May be repeated to a maximum of six hours.

HSAD 499 Individual Study in Housing and/or Interior Design (3-4)

Guidance for the advanced student capable of independent subject matter investigation or creative work. Problem chosen with consent of instructor.

HSAD 658 Special Topics in Housing and Interior Design (3-6)

Individual study or arranged group study. May be repeated to a maximum of six hours.

IADM — Institution Administration

IADM 410 School Foodservice (3)

Two lectures and one morning a week for field experience in a school foodservice.

Prerequisite: FOOD 200, OR 240 and 250, and NUTR 300, or consent of instructor. Study of or- ganization and management, menu planning, food purchasing, preparation, service, and cost control in a school lunch program.

IADM 440 Foodservice Personnel Administration (2)

Prerequisite: IADM 350. Personnel selection, training, scheduling, job evaluation, labor regula- tions and communications.

IADM 450 Foodservice Equipment and Planning (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: IADM 350. Equipment selection, maintenance and layout. Relation of the physical facility to production and service.

IADM 455 Manpower Planning in the Foodservice Industry (3)

Prerequisites: IADM 350; and BMGT 362 or ECON 370. The foodservice labor market with em- phasis on human resource planning and development, workforce productivity, and equal employment opportunities for minorities and the handicapped. Future needs and implications indicated by these and other factors.

IADM 480 Practicum in Institution Administration (3)

Prerequisites: IADM 350 and consent of instructor. Inservice training and practical experience to- taling at least 120 hours in an approved foodservice operation under direct supervision of practicum advisor.

IADM 490 Special Problems in Foodservice (2—3)

Prerequisites: senior standing, five hours in IADM courses and consent of instructor, individual selected problems in the area of foodservice.

IADM 498 Special Topics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current aspects of institution administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is subtantially different.

406 Graduate Course Descriptions

I ADM 600 Food Service Administration (3)

First or second semester. Principles of organization and management related to a food system. Control of resources through the use of quantitative methods. Administrative decision-making, and personnel policies and practices.

IADM 610 Readings in Food Administration (3)

Reports and discussion of significant research and development in the area of food administra- tion.

IADM 615 Education and Training Methodologies for the Health Care Industry (3)

Prerequisites: consent of the instructor. Theory and application of curriculum development, in- struction and evaluation strategies revelant to the conduct and design of continuing education and training programs for individuals engaged in the health care industry. The utilization and application of theories and principles to enhance and maximize the teaching - learning process in adults.

IADM 630 Computer Application in Food Service (3)

The applications of computers within foodservice operations. Basic programming concepts, the operation of personal computers, and larger computer systems. Applications of software to such top- ics as cost control systems and nutrition education.

IADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food Service (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite: MICB 200. Principles and practices of sanitation and safety unique to the production, storage and service of food in quantity: includes current legislation.

IADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food Production (3)

Alternate years. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: IADM 430 and FOOD 450 or equivalents. Application of experimental methods to quantity food production, recipe development and modification: relationship of food quality to production methods.

IADM 660 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of appropriate research methodology and theories includ- ing experimental design. Each student is required to develop a research proposal.

IADM 670 Control and Analysis of Costs in Food Service Industries (3)

Prerequisite - consent of the instructor. Principles of controlling and analyzing costs in food ser- vice operations. The effects of these principles on day-to day operations.

IADM 675 Advanced Administrative Dietetics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study and application of the principles and theories of management and organizational behavior management of a hospital foodservice operation.

IADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional Food (1-6)

Individual or group study in an area of institutional food service.

IADM 688 Seminar (1)

Reports and discussion of current research in institution administration. May be repeated to a maximum of three semester hours of credit.

IADM 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3)

Directed graduate study which forms the basis of a non-thesis research paper.

IADM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

First and second semesters. Credit in proportion to work done and results accomplished. Investigation in some phases of institution administration which may form the basis of a thesis.

IADM 888 Doctoral Seminar (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of current research related to the foodser- vice industry. Presentations by doctoral students, faculty and visiting speakers.

IADM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

I ADM — Institution Administration 407

ITAL —Italian

ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance (3)

A study of major trends of thought in Renaissance literature, philosophy, art, and science.

ITAL 411 Dante (3)

Dante's thought as expressed in his major writings: "The Vita Nuova," "De Monarchia" and "The Divine Comedy." In English.

ITAL 475 Italian Cinema: A Cultural Approach (3)

The culture of Italy through the medium of film from the silent days up to the present. In English.

ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature (3)

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.

ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies (3)

An aspect of Italian studies, the specific topic to be announced each time the course is offered.

Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.

JAPN — Japanese

JAPN 401 Readings in Modern Japanese I (3)

Prerequisite: JAPN 302 or equivalent. Development of translation techniques, vocabulary, gram- mar, and reading speed. Readings in history, social sciences, modern literature, and modern new- spaper and periodical literature.

JAPN 402 Readings in Modern Japanese II (3)

Prerequisite: JAPN 401 or equivalent. Continuation of more advanced readings.

JAPN 403 Readings in Classical Japanese (3)

Prerequisite: JAPN 302 or equivalent. Classical Japanese grammar and the varied styles of classi- cal Japanese. Readings in classical texts drawn from the Heian, Kamakura, Muromachi, and Edo periods.

JAPN 414 Masterpieces of Classical Japanese Literature in Translation (3)

Major classics, with focus on philosophical, historical and cultural backgrounds.

JAPN 415 Modern Japanese Fiction in Translation (3)

Major themes and literary developments in fiction from the late 19th century to the present. Emphasis on the works of Kawabata, Tanizaki, Mishima, and Abe.

JAPN 418 Japanese Literature in Translation (3)

Representative works of Japanese literature in translation. May be repeated for a total of nine credits when content differs.

JAPN 421 History of the Japanese Language (3)

Investigation of the origin of the Japanese language, its relationship with other languages, and its development. In English.

JAPN 422 Introductory Japanese Linguistics (3)

An investigation of Japanese sound patterns and syntax through a comparison with English.

JAPN 499 Directed Study in Japanese (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

JOUR — Journalism

JOUR 400 Law of Mass Communication (3)

Legal rights and constraints of mass media: libel, privacy, copyright, monopoly, and contempt, and other aspects of the law applied to mass communication. Previous study of the law not required.

408 Graduate Course Descriptions

JOUR 410 History of Mass Communication (3)

Development of newspapers, magazines, radio, television and motion pictures as media of mass communication. Analysis of the influences of the media on the historical development of America.

JOUR 420 Government and Mass Communication (3)

Relationship between news media and government, media coverage of government and politics; governmental and political information and persuasion techniques.

JOUR 430 Comparative Mass Communication Systems (3)

Comparative analysis of the role of the press in different societies.

JOUR 440 Public Opinion and Mass Communication (3)

Measurement of public opinion and media habits; role of the mass media in the formation of pub- lic opinion.

JOUR 450 Mass Media in Society (3)

Ethical, moral, political, economic, and social consideration of mass communication.

JOUR 459 Special Topics in Mass Communication (3)

Issues of special concern and current interest. Open to all students. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the topic differs.

JOUR 460 Women in the Media (3)

Participation and portrayal of women in the mass media from colonial to contemporary times.

JOUR 470 Newspaper Management (3)

Organization, operation, and administration of the departments of a newspaper: advertising, business-finance, circulation, news-editorial, personnel, production, and promotion.

JOUR 480 Mass Communication Research (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 1 10 or equivalent; students are encouraged to have completed the theory and technique courses in their major sequence. Communication research methods used in measuring public opinion and evaluating public relations, advertising, and mass media programs and materials.

JOUR 481 Advanced Science Writing (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 320 or 380. Intensive application of modern feature writing technique, both explanatory and dramatic, to the science writing field.

JOUR 483 Public Relations Campaigns (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 331. Planning and execution or public relations campaigns for specific organ- izations; integration of public relations theories and techniques into a complete campaign.

JOUR 484 Advertising Campaigns (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 341. Planning and executing advertising campaigns in actual agency situa- tions. Integration of advertising theories and techniques into a complete campaign.

JOUR 486 Advanced Television Journalism (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 361 or permission of instructor. A skills course in which students assume ma- jor responsibility for the production of a once weekly TV news and public affairs program. Students will work on extended TV reporting assignments such as mini-series and news documentaries. Note: In addition to classroom time, students are required to devote time out of class in reporting and edit- ing.

JOUR 487 Literary Journalism (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 371. Practice in the use of literary techniques and especially of dramatic structure in modern newspaper series, magazine pieces and books. Analysis, researching and writing of nonfiction stories, usually with a focus on a specialized area chosen by the student.

JOUR 490 Advising Student Publications (3)

Journalistic writing and editing in student newspapers, yearbooks, and magazines; libel and poli- cy; curriculum and teaching procedures; role of student publications.

JOUR —Journalism 409

JOUR 491 Policy, Censorship, and Legal Problems of Student Publications (3)

Censorship problems and court cases; legal rights of the student press; formulation of policy and legal guidelines.

JOUR 492 Typography and Layout For Student Publications (3)

Type design, type families, graphics, art, photography, and editorial and advertisement layout of school newspapers, year books, and magazines.

JOUR 493 Advanced Techniques For Student Publication Advisors (3)

Interpretative and investigative reporting; interviewing and scientific survey methods; curriculum and courses for high school and community colleges; textbooks, teaching units, and resource aids.

JOUR 501 Writing and Editing Reviews (3)

Review of writing and editing techniques for graduate students. Principles of news, feature and publicity writing for mass media, as well as editing and graphic concepts appropriate for newspapers and magazines. Not applicable for degree credit.

JOUR 600 Research Methods in Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 601 Theories of Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 610 Seminar in Mass Media and Society (3)

Analysis and discussion of the interrelationships between the mass media and society, including various social and cultural elements of modern society; responsibilities of the mass media and the mass communicator.

JOUR 620 Seminar in Public Affairs Reporting (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 320.

JOUR 621 Interpretation of Contemporary Affairs (3)

Prerequisite: JOUR 320.

JOUR 630 Seminar in Public Relations Management (3)

Relationship of public relations management to organizational structure and communication func- tions. Objectives, planning, staffing, budgeting, administering, and evaluation of public relations programs.

JOUR 631 Seminar in Public Relations Publics (3)

Analysis of public relations programs aimed at organizational publics. Media, issue-related, com- munity, employee, governmental, consumer, financial, and student/educator publics. Theories of the nature of publics, communication behavior of publics, and effects of public relations programs aimed at different publics.

JOUR 640 Mass Culture and Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 680 Science Communication (3)

Advanced professional training in science reporting and writing for the mass media and in techni- cal communication to specialized audiences. Communication behaviors of scientists and audiences. Application of communication theory and the history and philosophy of science to science writing.

JOUR 698 Special Problems in Communication (3)

Independent study in the area of the student's interest. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

JOUR 700 Seminar in Mass Media Law (3)

JOUR 710 Seminar in Mass Media History (3)

JOUR 720 Seminar in Government and Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 721 Seminar in Urban Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 730 Seminar in Comparative Mass Communication (3)

JOUR 731 Cross-cultural Communication (3)

410 Graduate Course Descriptions

JOUR 740 Seminar in Advertising Communication (3)

Role of advertising as a form of public communication in american society. Advertising and the firm; advertising and the economy; advertising and the individual; advertising and consumerism; ad- vertising and the media.

JOUR 750 Seminar in Mass Media Analysis (3)

Appraisal of mass media practices from the points of view of ethics, personal values, and societal values.

JOUR 760 Seminar in Broadcast News (3)

Descriptive and critical analysis of broadcast news; methods of evaluation of news judgments; decision-making and organizational aspects of the broadcast news industry.

JOUR 780 Seminar in Research Problems (3)

Prerequisite; JOUR 600. Methods of research design and analysis in specialized areas of mass communication research.

JOUR 798 Masters Professional Fieldwork (3)

Research for and preparation of news articles or programs for use in the mass media or in devel- opment of public relations or in advertising programs for actual organizations. Analysis of fieldwork experience using communication theory and research results. Fieldwork may be done independently or as an internship. Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.

JOUR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

JOUR 818 Seminar in Communication Theories (3)

May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if content differs.

LATN —Latin

LATN 400 level course prerequisite: LATN 361 LATN 401 Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets (3) LATN 402 Tacitus (3) LATN 403 Roman Satire (3) LATN 404 Roman Comedy (3) LATN 405 Lucretius (3)

LATN 411 Advanced Latin Grammar (3)

Prerequisite: three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive study of the morphology and syntax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid reading.

LATN 488 Independent Study in Latin Language and Literature (1-3)

Permission of departmental chairman and instructor required. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

LATN 499 Latin Readings (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The reading of one or more selected Latin authors from anti- quity through the Renaissance. Reports. May be repeated with different content.

LATN 601 Latin Pedagogy (3)

Practical problems and theoretical issues such as the nature method approach to language instruc- tion, self-paced and intensive approaches to Latin and Greek, computer-assisted instruction and teaching of culture through languages.

LATN 604 Cicero (3)

A study of Cicero's contributions to Roman literature and culture. Readings from the speeches, letters, and/or philosophical and rhetorical works. The development of Cicero's style, his philoso- phy, and his attitudes toward the changing political scene between 82 and 43 B.C.

LATN —Latin 41 1

LATN 605 Vergil (3)

A study of Vergil's development as a literary artist and Augustan poet through readings in the Eclogues, Georgics, and Aeneid.

LATN 610 Vulgar Latin Readings (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An intensive review of the phonology, morphology, and syn- tax of classical latin, followed by the study of the deviations of vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative texts. The reading of selections from the peregrinatio ad loca sancta and the study of divergences from classical usage therein, with special emphasis of those which anticipate subsequent developments in the romance languages. Reports.

LATN 622 The Age of Caesar (3)

Life and works of G. Julius Caesar and of his contemporaries in their social, political and intel- lectual contexts. Close analysis of the texts and familiarization with major developments in modern scholarship.

LATN 623 The Augustan Age (3)

Analysis of the major literary figures and genres in prose and poetry of the period from 43 BC to AD 14.

LATN 630 Latin Literature of the Late Empire (3)

Focus on pagan and Christian Latin literary texts from the late second to the fifth centuries A.D. to familiarize the student with the major developments in prose and poetry and with the principal works of modem scholarship and criticism.

LATN 640 Latin Epigraphy (3)

Advanced survey of written materials preserved on stone and other durable objects illustrating Roman culture and the Latin language, providing both the tools necessary for research on Latin epigraphy and an overview of the vast scope of subjects encompassed by the evidence.

LATN 688 Special Topics in Latin Literature (3)

Repeatable, if the content differs, to a maximum of nine credits.

LATN 699 Independent Studies in Latin Literature (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

LATN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

LBSC — Library Science

LBSC 488 Recent Trends and Issues in Library and Information Services (1-3)

Discussions of recent trends and issues in library and information services, designed for practic- ing professionals.

LBSC 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-9)

Workshops, clinics, and institutes developed around specific topics or problems primarily for practicing librarians. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credit hours.

LBSC 600 Proseminar: the Development and Operation of Libraries and Information Services

(3-6)

Background and an orientation for advanced study in library and information services, including such areas as libraries as social institutions and as organizations; communication; professionalism; and the use and economics of information.

LBSC 602 Curatorship and Records Management (3)

A general introduction to librarianship and to agencies and institutions such as historical mu- seums, genealogical societies, rare book collections, and archives. The theory and practices of cura- torship of historical and records collections and the relevant materials, such as magnetic tapes, pho- tographs, buildings, as well as printed media.

412 Graduate Course Descriptions

LBSC 603 Library Systems Analysis (3)

The total systems approach to library and information problems, emphasizing administrative and managerial decision-making. Model building, flowcharting, motion and time study, cost analyses, and system design.

LBSC 611 Archives and Libraries in Western Civilization (3)

An institutional approach to the study of western civilization by surveying from the earliest rec- ords to the present, the development of archives, libraries, their materials and personnel. Emphasis on the socio-economic forces controlling the development of these institutions, their proliferation and specialization, and their cultural role in the formation and continuation of western civilization.

LBSC 612 History of Books and Printing (3)

The history of the book in its various forms from the earliest surviving records to contemporary production, including the origin and evolution of the alphabet and scripts, writing materials, manu- scripts and decorative arts leading to the book as known today. The invention of printing, leading printers and type designs, and book distribution during both the hand and machine press periods.

LBSC 621 Library Service to the Disadvantaged (3)

Study of problems of service to the disadvantaged (ethnic/racial minorities, handicapped, institu- tionalized and the aged). Use of the case study method in creating library programs and resolving problems of service. Includes field experience.

LBSC 630 Library Administration (3)

An introduction to administrative theory and principles and their implications and applications to managerial activity in libraries.

LBSC 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instructional Media (3)

Development of criteria and methods for selection and evaluation of media for training and in- struction. Role of human factors and appropriate technology in designing instructional systems.

LBSC 643 Library Media Specialists in Educational Systems (3)

The educational context in which library media specialists function. The activities of library media specialists within the system. The development of processes and products in support of in- struction at all levels from elementary through post-secondary. The role of library media specialists as change agents in faculty and instructional development, program and product evaluation, and in- structional design principles.

LBSC 645 Children's Literature and Materials (3)

A survey of literature and other materials for children and the criteria for evaluating such ma- terials as they relate to the needs, interests, and capabilities of the child.

LBSC 651 Introduction to Reference and Information Services (3)

Information and reference systems, services, and tools provided in libraries and information centers. Problems and concepts of communication, question negotiation, bibliographic control, and search processes are considered. Major types of information sources and modes of information deliv- ery are introduced.

LBSC 671 Organization of Recorded Knowledge (3)

Principles of the organization of information for physical and intellectual access. Concepts and problems involved in subject analysis, classification, indexing, and cataloging.

LBSC 675 Introduction to Information Storage and Retrieval (1SAR) Systems (3)

Micro-organization of information services and basic principles underlying both manual and mechanized ISAR systems, including the conceptual structure of indexing languages and search strategies, file organization, typology of classifications, abstracting, and indexing.

LBSC 690 Introduction to Data Processing For Libraries and Information Services (3)

A general introduction to computers and their use in libraries and other information systems; in- cluding such topics as systems analysis, structured programming, file structure, data base manage- ment systems, and specific areas of application and management of data processing.

LBSC —Library Science 41 3

LBSC 691 Microcomputers in Information Processing (3)

Introduction to microcomputers via practical experience with programming, database management and information processing, word processing, instructional packages, and other applications. The use of personal computers in homes, schools, offices, libraries, and information centers.

LBSC 701 Research Methods in Library and Information Activity (3)

The techniques and strategies of research and their implications for the definition, investigation and evaluation of library problems.

LBSC 702 User Instruction (3)

Critical examination of the rationale, content and process of library instruction programs.

LBSC 703 Seminar in Information Transfer (3)

Prerequisite: LBSC 704, or permission of instructor. Discussion of significant problems in infor- mation science: topics include fundamental concepts, theory, methodology, current research.

LBSC 704 Seminar in Information Science (3)

Introduction to the fundamentals in information science. The nature of messages in human and machine communication are approached from the viewpoint of the physical, psychological, and log- ical transformations which they undergo in their paths from message sender to recipient. Cybernetic variety, basic constraints or variety in information systems and classes in their uses in search and communications models, and optimization and mechanization of access to messages for communica- tion of data, information, knowledge.

LBSC 706 Seminar in International and Comparative Librarianship and Information Science

(3)

Compares and contrasts bibliographical systems, institutions, service arrangements, and profes- sional patterns in developed and developing cultures. Libraries, information organizations and inter- national information systems are viewed against the backdrop of national cultures, and the influence of the social, political and economic factors upon these forms are considered.

LBSC 707 Field Study in Library Service (3)

Prerequisites: LBSC 600, 651, 671, 690 or 691 and permission of instructor. Familiarization of students with library operations through unpaid, supervised experience and/or the opportunity to per- form a study to solve a specific problem in a suitable library or other information agency.

LBSC 708 Special Topics in Library and Information Service (1-3)

No student may earn more than 9 credits in LBSC 708, nor more than a total of 12 credits in both LBSC 708 and LBSC 709.

LBSC 709 Independent Study (1-3)

Designed to permit intensive individual study, reading or research in an area of specialized inter- est under faculty supervision, registration is limited to the advanced student who has the approval of his advisors and of the faculty member involved. No student may earn more than 9 hours under LBSC 708, more than 9 hours under LBSC 709, nor more than a total of 12 hours in both LBSC 708 and 709.

LBSC 722 Communication and Libraries (3)

Theory and research in the multi-discipline domain of communication. Inquiry is directed into such diverse matters as coding theory, linguistic analysis, decision theory, network concepts, etc. Connections are pointed-out between communication research and library practice.

LBSC 723 Libraries and Information Services in the Social Process (3)

Community, institutional and cultural levels and their impact on information services. Identification of key aspects of the social environment and their significance in the development of the field.

LBSC 724 Public Library Seminar (3)

Principal influences which affect the patterns of organization, support and service patterns of public libraries based upon theoretical and case studies.

414 Graduate Course Descriptions

LBSC 727 Science Information and the Organization of Science (3)

Describes the institutional environments in which science information is produced, evaluated and disseminated.

LBSC 730 Organizational Processes in Libraries and Information Services (3)

Prerequisite: LBSC 630. Intensive study based on the concepts introduced in LBSC 630. Organizational and system change.

LBSC 733 Seminar in Library and Information Networks (3)

Explores the inter-library cooperative phenomenon and analyzes critical issues in network planning, economics, organization, technology, and services.

LBSC 734 Seminar in the Academic Library (3)

Academic library within the framework of higher education, treating problems of programs, col- lections, support, planning, physical plant, cooperation, and fiscal management.

LBSC 737 Seminar in the Special Library and Information Center (3)

Role of special libraries and information centers in the information transfer process. Analysis of the information transfer system; information needs, uses, and in part, management of special librar- ies and information centers; types, such as governmental or industrial libraries, archives, and infor- mation analysis centers.

LBSC 741 Seminar in School Library Media Programs (3)

Suggested prerequisite; LBSC 630. Development, management, and evaluation of school library media programs at all levels.

LBSC 742 Instructional Development Roles for Library/Media Specialists (3)

Discussion of instructional development and evaluation in the context of the school and other so- cial settings. The use of systematic approaches in the solution of instructional problems. The role of the media specialist as a consultant in relationships with teachers and other school personnel in the design of learning materials, instructional strategies, or innovative uses of appropriate instructional technology in a variety of learning environments. Emphasis is placed on program evaluation and cost effectiveness.

LBSC 744 Field Study in School Library Media Programs (3)

Prerequisite; LBSC 741 and permission of instructor. A practicum and seminar providing students with opportunities to observe the operation of a variety of library media programs at different levels (elementary, middle and secondary), to participate under supervision in the various operations and activities of ongoing library media programs, and to critically analyze their performance and experi- ences.

LBSC 745 Storytelling Materials and Techniques (3)

Literary sources are studied and instruction and practice in oral techniques are offered.

LBSC 746 Analysis of Client Groups: Young Adults (3)

A seminar in the analysis of the special characteristics of youth and the resultant implications for the interpretation of information, materials and services in all types of library and information settings.

LBSC 748 Advanced Seminar in Children's Literature (3)

Prerequisite; LBSC 645 or permission of the instructor. Selected topics in literature for children and adolescents including historical aspects, individual authors, major themes and trends.

LBSC 750 Advanced Reference Services (3)

Theoretical and administrative considerations, analysis of research problems, and directed activity in bibliographic method and search techniques in large collections.

LBSC 751 Literature and Research in the Humanities (3)

Analysis of the bibliographic organization and information structure, research methods and refer- ence services in the humanities, focusing on core vocabularies, classification, representative refer- ence tools, and the presentation of bibliographic information.

LBSC —Library Science 415

LBSC 752 Literature and Research in the Arts (3)

An advanced reference course designed as an interdisciplinary introduction to the bibliography and trends in research and library service in the fields of music, dance, film and theater, architecture and archeology, painting and sculpture and the minor arts, examinations of core bibliographies, or- ganizational patterns and problems, terminology and classification systems.

LBSC 753 Literature and Research in the Social Sciences (3)

Factors affecting the generation and use of social science information including the characteristics of the social sciences and their methodology, the structure of literature, and control of diverse forms of social science information.

LBSC 756 Literature and Research in Science and Technology (3)

The nature of sci-tech information, its generation and use by scientists and engineers, and its flow through formal and informal channels. The principal sources of sci-tech information, their characteristics, scope and utilization.

LBSC 762 Health Information Sources and Their Use (3)

Health sciences reference sources, stressing specialized reference and services characteristic of clinical medicine and health care delivery. Major emphasis on literature searches using medline and other manual and online databases. Considerable time is spent at the national library of medicine or another medical library.

LBSC 764 Legal Literature (3)

Survey and evaluation of information sources in law, with emphasis upon the bibliographic or- ganization of the field.

LBSC 766 Business Information Services (3)

Survey and analysis of information sources in business, finance, and economics with emphasis upon their use in problem solving.

LBSC 767 Governmental Information Systems (3)

Production and distribution of government information and its control and utilization within infor- mation agencies. State, local, foreign and international governmental information practices.

LBSC 770 Bibliographic Control (3)

Prerequisite: LBSC 671. Problems in bibliographic control of documents. Cataloging codes, bi- bliographic networks, computer-based systems, international aspects, use and user studies, and eva- luation of bibliographic control systems.

LBSC 772 Special Problems in the Organization of Knowledge (3)

Prerequisite: LBSC 671. Corequisite: LBSC 770 or permission of instructor. Seminar course in which students may take topics of special interest to them in the area of organization of knowledge and explore them in a research project/class discussion format.

LBSC 774 Seminar in Linguistic Topics (3)

Basic notions of language and its effect on various aspects of librarianship and information science. Problems of meaning and the effect of language on its users in communication situations. Writing systems of various languages. Topics of interest related to linguistics and information science as a research project and for class discussion.

LBSC 775 Construction and Maintenance of Index Languages and Thesauri (3)

Prerequisite: LBSC 675 or LBSC 671 or permission of instructor. Advanced course in the area of information systems analysis and design. The design of indexing languages and procedures to be used in their construction. Application of these methods in a team project in which students con- struct an indexing language and an accompanying thesaurus. Analysis and evaluation of existing in- dexing languages and thesauri.

LBSC 781 Problems of Nonbook Materials (3)

Examination of nonbook materials such as audiorecords, motion pictures, maps, videorecords, machine-readable data files, and realia. Technical services applicable to nonbook materials.

416 Graduate Course Descriptions

LBSC 782 Seminar On Manuscript Collections (3)

Management of archival and manuscript collection with analysis of special problems in develop- ment, control, access, and use of documents emphasizing both personal papers and official records.

LBSC 783 Seminar in Technical Services (3)

Special issues in technical services in large libraries. Deals with such areas as acquisitions, cata- loging, serial control, cooperative programs, and managerial controls.

LBSC 784 Resources of American Libraries (3)

Considers distribution and extent of library resources, means of surveying collections, mech- anisms of inter-institutional cooperation in building collections, and means of developing research collections in special subject fields.

LBSC 785 Introduction to Reprography (3)

A survey of the processes and technology through which materials are made available in further- ing library and information services, ranging from photography to microforms.

LBSC 786 Conservation of Archival and Library Materials (3)

Conservation literature, the profession, and various levels of preservation, conservation, and res- toration activities in archives and libraries. Emphasis on the physical aspects and structure of manu- scripts and books by period with some attention to other media, environmental conditions, selection of treatment methods and alternatives, and the ethical and administrative questions in conservation program management.

LBSC 787 Planning of Library Facilities (3)

An introduction to the planning of space, design and choice of equipment, and other physical planning aspects of libraries. Emphasis on the use of existing facilities, their expansion or remo- delling, and the planning of new buildings. Preparation of a building program for either a new li- brary or the remodelling of an existing one. Field trips to characteristic library buildings and facili- ties.

LBSC 790 Advanced Data Processing in Libraries (3)

Analysis of retrieval systems and intensive study of machine applications in the acquisition, anal- ysis, coding, retrieval and display of information.

LBSC 791 Computer Applications in Information Management (3)

The use of microcomputer-based software packages as augmentations of human information pro- cessing. Applications to decision-making problems in libraries, information centers, and schools. Applications packages for database management, word processing, statistical analysis, decision sup- port, instruction and learning, telecommunications and library automation. Small group work inter- preting and analyzing problems via electronic tools.

LBSC 792 Programming Systems For Information Handling Applications (3)

The elements of programming system design and operation are studied with special emphasis on the influence of information handling and library requirements.

LBSC 794 Principles of Software Evaluation (3)

Analysis and selection of microcomputer software from a human factors perspective. Cybernetic and behaviorist views of human-computer interaction are explored as they facilitate an understanding of the influences of hardware configuration, system capabilities/limitations , and software design on the selection and evaluation of commercially-availa ble software for utility/information management, educational, and entertainment applications.

LBSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

LBSC 802 Seminar in Research Methods and Data Analysis (3)

Recommended prerequisites: statistics and LBSC 701. An advanced seminar in research methods with emphasis upon analysis of data and hypothesis testing.

LBSC 878 Doctoral Seminar in Information Studies (3)

Prerequisites: Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with appropriate background; permission of instructor required. Topic varies. Provides a basis for developing knowledge of and insights into

LBSC —Library Science 417

subfields of information studies, such as Communication and Information Transfer and Information Storage and Retrieval, their concepts, problems, and methods. Serves as a research based mech- anism wherein students can discuss the intellectual concerns of a field with fellow students under the aegis of a faculty member with expertise in that particular area. Repeatable with different topics.

LBSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

LING — Linguistics

LING 410 Grammar and Meaning (3)

Prerequisite: LING 312. The basic notions of semantic theory: reference, quantification, scope re- lations, compositionality, thematic relations, tense and time, etc. The role these notions play in grammars of natural languages. Properties of logical form and relationship with syntax.

LING 411 Comparative Syntax (3)

Prerequisite: LING 312. Comparison of data from a variety of languages with respect to some aspect of current versions of syntactic theory in order to investigate how parameters of universal grammar are fixed differently in different languages. Attempts to work out fragments of grammars for some languages.

LING 419 Topics in Syntax (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

LING 420 Word Formation (3)

Prerequisite: LING 322. Definition of shape and meaning of possible words, both across lan- guages and within particular languages. Interaction between principles of word formation and other components of a grammar: syntax, logical form and phonology.

LING 421 Advanced Phonology (3)

Prerequisite: LING 322. Topics in current phonological theory, as they relate to data from the sound systems of various languages. Segmental and prosodic analysis. Discussion of autosegmental theory, metrical theory, etc.

LING 429 Topics in Phonology (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

LING 430 Language Change (3)

Prerequisite: LING 240. Changes in grammars from generation to generation. Consequences for the theory of grammars. Traditional work on historical change.

LING 431 Indo-European Studies (3)

Prerequisite: LING 330. Reconstruction of Proto-Indo-European according to the theories of the Neo-grammarians and their followers. The development of Proto-Indo-European into its descendant languages.

LING 439 Topics in Diachronic Linguistics (3)

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.

LING 440 Grammars and Cognition (3)

Prerequisite: LING 240. Relationship between the structure, development and functioning of grammars and the structure, development and functioning of other mental systems. Interpretations of experimental and observational work on children's language, aphasia, speech production and comprehension.

LING 445 Computer Models of Language (3)

Prerequisite: LING 240. The use of linguistic theory to improve psychological models of lan- guage comprehension. Formal and computer modelling of language processing systems.

LING 451 Grammars and Variation (3)

Prerequisite: LING 31 1. Grammars and the use of language in a variety of styles: formal, casual, literary, etc. Consequences for concepts of grammars. Variation theory. Literary styles.

418 Graduate Course Descriptions

LING 453 Mathematical Approaches to Language (3)

Prerequisite: LING 312. The aspects of mathematics used in linguistic discussions: recursion the- ory, Chomsky's hierarchy of grammars, set theory. Boolean algebra , finite state grammars, context-free grammars, etc. Applications to theories of grammars. Formalizations of grammatical theories.

LING 455 Second Language Teaching (3)

Relationship between theories of grammars, and techniques used for teaching and learning second languages, and for the teaching and learning of English in schools.

LING 457 Grammars and Discourse (3)

Prerequisite: LING 240. The use of a person's grammar in communication, sentence production. Speech act theory, pragmatics.

LING 499 Directed Studies in Linguistics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent study or research on language under the supervi- sion of a faculty member. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is different.

LING 610 Syntactic Theory (3)

Relationship between syntax and elements of logical form: reference, quantification, scope rela- tions, compositionality, tense and time, etc.

LING 611 Comparative Syntax (3)

Topics of current theoretical interest examined through data from a variety of languages. Methodological issues for comparative work.

LING 620 Phonological Theory (3)

Topics in current phonological theory, as they relate to data from various languages. Segmental and prosodic analysis. Autosegmental theory, metrical theory, etc.

LING 621 Morphology (3)

Form and meaning of possible words. Relationship between word formation processes and other components of a grammar: syntax, logical form and phonology.

LING 630 Diachronic Linguistics (3)

The ways in which grammars may change from generation to generation and the relevance of such changes for theories of the human linguistic capacity. Consideration of traditional work on his- torical change.

LING 640 Language Acquisition (3)

Interpretations of observational and experimental work on children's language development, and relationship between developmental stages and theories of human language faculties.

LING 645 Speech Processing (3)

The way in which grammars are used in sentence processing; attempts to construct language parsers, including computer models.

LING 650 History of Linguistics (3)

Different ways in which people have thought about language. Cartesian and neogrammarian theo- ries. Development of the generative research program.

LING 658 History of a Language (3)

Detailed examination of the history of a single language or language family.

LING 659 Structure of a Language (3)

Detailed examination of a particular language, which may vary from year to year.

LING 698 Directed Study (3)

LING 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

LING 819 Seminar in Syntactic Theory (3)

Prerequisite: LING 611. Current topics in syntactic research.

LING —Linguistics 419

LING 829 Seminar in Phonological Theory (3)

Prerequisite: LING 621. Current topics in research on phonology and morphology.

LING 839 Seminar in Language Change (3)

Prerequisite: LING 630. Topics in work on historical change in language.

LING 849 Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3)

Prerequisite: LING 640. Topics in the psychology of language: child language, aphasia, language processing.

LING 889 Directed Research < 1-8)

LING 895 Doctoral Research Paper (1-6)

LING 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MAPL — Applied Mathematics

MAPI 460 Computational Methods (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Basic computational methods for interpolation, least squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, systems of linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary dif- ferential equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational properties rather than on their analytic aspects. Listed also as CMSC 460. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, MAPL 460 or MAPL 470.)

MAPL 466 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240, 241 and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Floating point computations, direct methods for linear systems, interpolation, solution of nonlinear equations. Listed also as CMSC 466.

MAPL 467 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL/CMSC 466. Advanced interpolation, linear least squares, eigenvalue prob- lems, ordinary differential equations, Fast Fourier Transforms (also listed as CMSC 467).

MAPL 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 241; CMSC 110 or equivalent. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470, forms a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergradu- ate level. Direct solution of linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric eigenvalue problem, basic iterative methods. Topics will be supplemented with programming assignments. (Listed also as CMSC 471.)

MAPL 477 Optimization (3)

Prerequisite: CMSC 110; MATH 405 or MATH 401. Linear programming including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and elements of convex programming, combina- torial optimization integer programming. (Listed also as CMSC 477.)

MAPL 498 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Topics in applied mathematics of special interest to ad- vanced undergraduate students. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is different.

MAPL 600 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and other topics. (Same as CMSC 770.)

MAPL 604 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3)

Prerequisites: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlinear equations in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected applications. (Same as CMSC 772.)

420 Graduate Course Descriptions

MAPL 607 Advanced Numerical Optimization (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 410 and MAPL/CMSC 477; or equivalent. Modern numerical methods for solving unconstrained and constrained nonlinear optimization problems in finite dimensions. Design of computational algorithms and on the analysis of their properties.

MAPL 610 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Prerequisites: MAPL/CMSC 470 and MATH 414; or consent of instructor. Methods for solving initial value problems in ordinary differential equations. Single step and multi-step methods, stability and convergence, adaptive methods. Shooting methods for boundary value problems.

MAPL 612 Numerical Methods in Partial Differential Equations (3)

Prerequisites: concurrent registration in MATH/MAPL 680 or in MAPL 650; or consent of the instructor. Introduction to problems and methodologies of the solution of partial differential equa- tions. Finite difference methods for elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic equations, first order sys- tems, and eigenvalue problems. Variational formulation of elliptic problems. The finite element method and its relation to finite difference methods.

MAPL 614 Mathematics of the Finite Element Method (3)

Prerequisites: concurrent registration in MATH/MAPL 681 or in MATH/MAPL 685; or MAPL 612 and consent of instructor. Variational formulations of linear and nonlinear elliptic boundary val- ue problems; formulation of the finite element method; construction of finite element subspaces; er- ror estimates; eigenvalue problems; time dependent problems.

MAPL 640 System Theory (3)

General system models. State variables and state spaces. Differential dynamical systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity and its implications. Controllability and observability. State space structure and representation. Realization theory and algorithmic solutions. Parameterizations of linear sys- tems; canonical forms. Basic results from stability theory. Stabilizability. Fine structure of linear multi variable systems; minimal indices and polynomial matrices. Inverse Nyquist array. Geometric methods in design. Interplay between frequency domain and state space design methods. Interactive computer-aided design methods. (Listed also as ENEE 663)

MAPL 641 Optimal Control (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of the instructor. General optimization and control problems. Static optimization problems. Linear and nonlinear programming methods. Geometric interpreta- tions. Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete time maximum priciple and applications. Pontryagin maximum principle in continuous time. Dynamic-programming. Feedback realization of solutions. Extensive applications to problems in optimal design, navigation and guidance, power systems. Introduction to state constrained and singular optimal control problems. (Listed also as ENEE 664.)

MAPL 644 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Estimation of unknown parame- ters, Cramer-Rao lower bound: optimum (map) demodulation: filtering, amplitude and angle modula- tion, comparison with conventional systems; statistical decision theory; Bayes, minimax, neyman/pearson, criteria-68 simple and composite hypotheses; application to coherent and incoher- ent signal detection; m-ary hypotheses; application to uncoded and coded digital communication sys- tems. (Listed also as ENEE 621.)

MAPL 650 Advanced Mathematics For the Physical Sciences I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 410. Effective analytic methods for the study of linear and non- linear equations that arise in the physical sciences; algebraic equations, integral equations and or- dinary differential equations. (Not open to graduate students in math or mapl without special permis- sion from their advisor.)

MAPL 651 Advanced Mathematics For the Physical Sciences II (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 650. Continuation of MAPL 650. Partial differential equations; linear and nonlinear eigenvalue problems. (Not open to graduate students in MATH or MAPL without special permission from their advisor.)

MAPL —Applied Mathematics 421

MAPL 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 413 or MATH 463. Transcendental equations, gamma function, orthogonal polynomials, Bessel functions, integral transforms, Watson's lemma, Laplace's method, stationary phase, analytic theory of ordinary differential equations, Liouville-Green (or WKBJ) approximation. (Cross-listed with MATH 655)

MAPL 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 655. Steepest descents, coalescing saddle-points, singular integral equations, irregular singularities, Bessel, hypergeometric, and Legendre functions, Euler-Maclaurin formula, Darboux's method, turning points, phase shift. (Cross-listed with MATH 656)

MAPL 666 Numerical Analysis I (3)

Prerequisites: MAPL 466 and MATH 410. Iterative methods for linear systems, piecewise inter- polation, eigenvalue problems, numerical integration (also listed as CMSC 666).

MAPL 667 Numerical Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 666. Nonlinear systems of equations, ordinary differential equations, boun- dry value problems (also listed as CMSC 667).

MAPL 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent. Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with Floquet theory for periodic systems, linearization and stability, planar systems usually with Poincare-Bendixson theorem. (Same as MATH 670)

MAPL 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 630 and MATH/MAPL 670 or equivalent. The content of this course varies with the interests of the instructor and the class. Stability theory, control, time delay systems, Hamiltonian systems, bifurcation theory, and boundary value problems. (Same as MATH 671)

MAPL 673 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410 or equivalent. Cauchy problem for the wave equation and heat equation, Dirichlet and Neumann problem for Laplace's equation. Classification of equations, Cauchy- Kowaleski theorem. General second order linear and nonlinear elliptic and parabolic equations. (Same as MATH 673.)

MAPL 674 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 673. General theory of first order partial differential equations, characteristics, complete integrals, Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Hyperbolic systems in two independent variables, existence and uniqueness, shock waves, applications to compressible flow. (Same as MATH 674.)

MAPL 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 405 and 410 or equivalent. Operational methods applied to ordinary dif- ferential equations. Introduction to linear spaces, compact operators in Hilbert space, study of eigen- values. (Same as MATH 680.)

MAPL 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary value problems for linear differential equations. Method of energy integrals applied to Laplace's equation, heat equation and the wave equation. Study of eigenvalues. (Same as MATH 681.)

MAPL 685 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 630 and 631. Spaces of distributions, Fourier transforms, concept of weak and strong solutions. Existence, uniqueness and regularity theory for elliptic and parabolic problems using methods of functional analysis. (Same as MATH 685.)

MAPL 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 685. Emphasis on nonlinear problems. Sobolev embedding theorems, methods of monotonicity, compactness, applications to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic problems. (Same as MATH 686.)

422 Graduate Course Descriptions

MAPI 698 Advanced Topics in Applied Mathematics ( 1—1)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable if topic differs.

MAPI 699 Applied Mathematics Seminar (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Seminar to acquaint students with a variety of applications of mathematics and to develop skills in presentation techniques. Repeatable if topic differs.

MAPL 701 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Background from algebra and geometry, kinematics of defor- mation. Stress equations of motion, thermodynamics of deforming continua. Theory of constitutive relations. Materials with memory. Initial boundary value problems of nonlinear solid and fluid ther- momechanics. Boundary value problems of linear theories of solids and fluids.

MAPL 710 Linear Elasticity (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 701 or consent of instructor. Formulation of the equations. Compatability, uniquess, existence, representation and qualitative behavior of solutions. Variational principles. St. Venant beam problems, plane strain and plane stress, half— space problems, contact problems, vi- bration problems, wave propagation. Emphasis is placed on formulation and technique rather than on specific examples.

MAPL 711 Non-linear Elasticity (3)

Prerequisite: MAPL 701, or consent of instructor. Formulation of initial boundary value prob- lems. Constituive restrictions. Special solutions. Perturbation methods and their validity. Theories of rods and shells. Buckling and stability. Shock propagation.

MAPL 720 Fluid Dynamics I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A mathematical formulation and treatment of problems arising in the theory of incompressible, compressible and viscous fluids.

MAPL 721 Fluid Dynamics II (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A continuation of MAPL 720.

MAPL 731 Information Theory (3)

Corequisite: ENEE 620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent. Information measure, entrophy, mutual information: source encoding; noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem; exponential error bounds; introduction to probalistic error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes and error bounds; channels with memory; continuous channels; rate distortion function. (Same as ENEE 721.)

MAPL 732 Error Correcting Codes (3)

Introduction to linear codes; bounds on the error correction capabilities of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential and Viterbi decoding; cyclic random error corrcting codes; P-N se- quences; cyclic and convolutional burst error correcting codes. (Listed also as ENEE 722.)

MAPL 735 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in Detection and Filtering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 621. Foundations of random processes. Conditional expectations. Markov processes and martingales. ITO calculus. Detection and estimation of continuous signals with con- tinuous observations. Jump processes. Detection and estimation with discontinuous observations. Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for digital filtering problems. (Listed also as ENEE 772.)

MAPL 740 Mathematical Methods in Control Engineering (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 663 or consent of instructor. Applications of compactness in control and communication, geometric methods in optimal control of lumped and distributed systems and har- monic analysis of linear systems. Applications to control and estimation problems. (Listed also as ENEE 760.)

MAPL 741 Control of Distributed Parameter Systems (3)

Prerequisite: an introductory course in functional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760, and background in control and system theory. Study of systems governed by partial differential equa- tions. Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control, Lyapunov stability. Optimal control of systems governed by partial differential equations and of delay systems. Applications to continuum mechanics, distributed networks, biology, economics, and engineering. (Same as ENEE 761.)

MAPL —Applied Mathematics 423

MAPL 742 Stochastic Control (3)

Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent; and ENEE 663 / MAPL 640; or consent of the instructor. Stochastic control systems, numerical methods for the Ricatti equation, the separation principle, con- trol of linear systems with Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, nonlinear stochastic control, stochas- tic stability, introduction to stochastic games. (Same as ENEE 762.)

MAPL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) MAPL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MATH —Mathematics

MATH 400 Vectors and Matrices (3)

Prerequisites; MATH 221 or equivalent. The essentials of matrix theory needed in the manage- ment, social and biological sciences. Main topics; systems of linear equations, linear independence, rank, orthogonal transformations.eigenvalues, the principal axes theorem. Typical applications: linear models in economics and in statistics, Markov chains, age-specific population growth. Not open to students in the MPSE Division. Credit will be given for only one of MATH 240, MATH 400, or MATH 461.

MATH 401 Applications of Linear Algebra (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 400, or MATH 240, or consent of instructor. Various applications of linear algebra: theory of finite games, linear programming, matrix methods as applied to finite Markov chains, random walk, incidence matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks, transportation prob- lems.

MATH 402 Algebraic Structures (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent. For students having only limited experience with rigorous mathematical proofs, and parallels MATH 403. Students planning graduate work in mathematics should take MATH 403. Groups, rings, integral domains and fields, detailed study of several groups; properties of integers and polynomials. Emphasis is on the origin of the mathematical ideas studied and the logical structure of the subject. (Not open to mathematics graduate students. Credit will be given for only one of the courses, MATH 402 or MATH 403.)

MATH 403 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 241 or equivalent. Integers; groups, rings, integral domains, fields. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, MATH 402 or MATH 403.)

MATH 404 Field Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 403. Algebraic and transcendental elements, Galois theory, constructions with straight-edge and compass, solutions of equations of low degrees, insolubility of the Quintic, Sylow theorems, fundamental theorem of finite Abelian groups.

MATH 405 Linear Algebra (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 403 or consent of instructor. An abstract treatment of finite dimensional vector spaces. Linear transformations and their invariants.

MATH 406 Introduction to Number Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 141, or MATH 221 or consent of instructor. Rational integers, divisibility, prime numbers, modules and linear forms, unique factorization theorem, Euler's function, Mobius' function, cyclotomic polynomial, congruences and quadratic residues, Legendre's and Jacobi's sym- bol, reciprocity law of quadratic residues, introductory explanation of the method of algebraic number theory.

MATH 410 Advanced Calculus I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 241. First semester of a year course. Subjects covered dur- ing the year are: sequences and series of numbers, continuity and differentiability of real valued functions of one variable, the Rieman integral, sequences of functions, and power series. Functions of several variables including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals. The implicit function theorem.

424 Graduate Course Descriptions

MATH 411 Advanced Calculus II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410, and MATH 240 or MATH 400. Continuation of MATH 410.

MATH 414 Differential Equations (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 410, and MATH 240 or equivalent. Existence and uniqueness theorems for initial value problems. Linear theory: fundamental matrix solutions, variation of constants formula, floquet theory for periodic linear systems. Asymtotic orbital and Lyapunov stability with phase plane diagrams. Boundary value theory and series solutions.

MATH 415 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 246, and MATH 41 1 or MATH 251. (MATH 41 1 and MATH 415 may be taken concurrently). First order equations, linear second order equations in two variables, one di- mensional wave equation and the method of separation of variables, and other topics such as har- monic functions, the heat equation, and the wave equation in space. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses MATH 415 or MATH 462)

MATH 417 Introduction to Fourier Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410. Fourier series. Fourier and laplace transforms.

MATH 430 Euclidean and Non-Euclidean Geometries (3)

Prerequisites: Math 140-141 or equivalent. Hilbert's axioms for Euclidean Geometry. Neutral Geometry: the consistency of the hyperbolic parallel postulate and the inconsistency of the elliptic parallel postulate with neutral geometry. Models of hyerbolic geometry. Existence and properties of isometries.

MATH 432 Introduction to Point Set Topology (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410 or equivalent. Connectedness, compactness, transformations, homomor- phisms; application of these concepts to various spaces, with particular attention to the Euclidean plane.

MATH 433 Introduction to Algebraic Topology (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 403 and 432, or equivalent. Chains, cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the fundamental group.

MATH 436 Introduction to Differential Geometry (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 241, and either MATH 240 or MATH 461, or equivalent. The differential geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature and torsion, moving frames, the fundamental differential forms, intrinsic geometry of a surface.

MATH 444 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor An elementary development of prepositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algorithms, Turing machines and recursive functions. Topics include post productions, word problems, and for- mal languages. (Also listed as CMSC 450).

MATH 446 Axiomatic Set Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 403 or 450 or consent of instructor. Development of a system of axiomatic set theory, choice principles, induction principles, ordinal arithmetic including discussion of cancel- lation laws, divisibility, canonical expansions, cardinal arithmetic including connections with the ax- iom of choice, Hartog's theorem, Konig's theorem, properties of regular, singular, and inaccessible cardinals.

MATH 447 Introduction to Mathematical Logic (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 403 or 410 or 450. Formal prepositional logic, completeness, independence, decidability of the system, formal quantificational logic, first-order axiomatic theories, extended go- del completeness theorem, Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical applications.

MATH 450 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Sets, relations, mappings. Construction of the real number system starting with Peano postulates; algebraic structures associated with the construc- tion; Archimedean order, sequential completeness and equivalent properties of ordered fields. Finite and infinite sets, denumberable and nondenumberable sets.

MATH —Mathematics 425

MATH 461 Linear Algebra For Scientists and Engineers (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 141 and one MATH/STAT course for which MATH 141 is a prerequisite. Basic concepts of linear algebra. This course is similar to MATH 240, but with more extensive cov- erage of the topics needed in applied linear algebra: change of basis, complex eigenvalues, diagonal- ization, the Jordan canonical form. Credit will be given for only one of MATH 240, MATH 400 or MATH 461.

MATH 462 Partial Differential Equations For Scientists and Engineers (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 241 and MATH 246. Linear spaces and operators, orthogonality, Sturm- Liouville problems and eigenfunction expansions for ordinary differential equations, introduction to partial differential equations, including the heat equation, wave equation and Laplace's equation, boundary value problems, initial value problems, and initial-boundary value problems. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses MATH 462 or MATH 415.)

MATH 463 Complex Variables For Scientists and Engineers (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. The algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping properties of the elementary functions. Cauchy integral formula. Theory of residues and ap- plication to evaluation of integrals. Conformal mapping.

MATH 464 Transform Methods For Scientists and Engineers (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 246 and MATH 463. Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace transforms. Evaluation of the complex inversion integral by the theory of residues. Applications to ordinary and partial differential equations of mathematical physics: solutions using transforms and separation of variables. Additional topics such as Bessel functions and calculus of variations.

MATH 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, generating functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of graph theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as CMSC 475.)

MATH 478 Selected Topics For Teachers of Mathematics (1-3)

Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. (This course cannot be used toward the upper level math requirements for MATH/STAT majors.)

MATH 481 Introduction to Number Theory (3)

Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Elementary number theory and the development of the real numbers for teachers. (Not open to students majoring in mathema- tics or physical sciences.)

MATH 482 Introduction to Algebra (3)

Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Modern ideas in algebra and the theory of equations for teachers. (Not open to students majoring in mathematics or physical sciences.)

MATH 483 Introduction to Geometry (3)

Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. A study of basic ideas from Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry for teachers. (Not open to students majoring in mathe- matics or physical sciences.)

MATH 484 Introduction to Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. A study of the limit con- cept and the calculus for teachers. Previous knowledge of calculus is not required. (Not open to stu- dents majoring in mathematics or physical sciences.)

MATH 488 National Science Foundation Summer Institute For Teachers of Science and Mathematics: Seminar (1-3)

Lectures and discussion to deepen the student's appreciation of mathematics as a logical disci- pline and as a medium of expression. Special emphasis on topics relevant to current mathematical curriculum studies and revision. (Not open to students majoring in mathematics;not recommended for students majoring in any of the physical sciences.)

426 Graduate Course Descriptions

MATH 498 Selected Topics in Mathematics (1-16)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduate students will be offered occasionally under the general guidance of the departmental committee on undergraduate studies. Honors students register for reading courses under this number.

MATH 600 Abstract Algebra I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 405 or equivalent. Groups with operators, homomorphism and isomorphism theorems, normal series, Sylow theorems, free groups, Abelian groups, rings, integral domains, fields, modules. If time permits, HOM (A,B), Tensor products, exterior algebra.

MATH 601 Abstract Algebra II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 600 or consent of instructor. Field theory, Galois theory, multiilinear alge- bra. Further topics from: Dedekind domains, Noetherian domains, rings with minimum condition, homological algebra.

MATH 602 Homological Algebra (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 600. Projective and injective modules, homological dimensions, derived functors, spectral sequence of a composite functor. Applications.

MATH 603 Commutative Algebra (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 600. Ideal theory of Noetherian rings, valuations, localizations, complete lo- cal rings, Dedekind domains.

MATH 604 Ring Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 601 or consent of instructor. Topics selected from the following: ideal theo- ry, structure theory of rings with or without minimum condition, division rings, algebras, non- associative rings.

MATH 605 Group Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 601 or consent of instructor. Topics selected from the following: finite groups, Abelian groups, free groups, solvable or Nipotent groups, groups with operators, groups with local properties, groups with clan conditions, extensions.

MATH 606 Algebraic Geometry I (3)

Prerequisite: math 600-601 or consent of instructor. Prime and primary ideals in Noetherian rings, Hilbert Nullstellensatz places and valuations, prevarieties (in the sense of Serre), dimension, morphisms, singularities, varieties, schemes, rationality.

MATH 607 Algebraic Geometry II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 606. Topics in contemporary algebraic geometry chosen from among: theory of algebraic curves and surfaces, elliptic curves, abelian varieties, theory of schemes, theory of zeta functions, formal cohomology, algebraic groups, reduction theory.

MATH 608 Selected Topics in Algebra (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

MATH 620 Algebraic Number Theory I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 601, or consent of instructor. Algebraic numbers and algebraic integers, algebraic number fields of finite degree, ideals and units, fundamental theorem of algebraic number theory, theory of residue classes, Minkowski's theorem on linear forms, class numbers, Dirichlet's theorem on units, relative algebraic number fields, decomposition group, inertia group and ramifica- tion group of prime ideals with respect to a relatively Galois extension.

MATH 621 Algebraic Number Theory II (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 600, 620 or equivalent. Valuation of a field, algebraic function fields, completion of a valuation field, ramification exponent and residue class degree, ramification theory, elements, differents, discriminants, product formula and characterization of fields by the formula, Gauss sum, class number formula of cyclotomic fields.

MATH 630 Real Analysis I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 411 or equivalent. Lebesque measure and the Lebesque integral on R, dif- ferentiation of functions of bounded variation, absolute continuity and fundamental theorem of calcu-

MATH —Mathematics 427

lus, Lp spaces on R, Riesz-Fisher theorem, bounded linear functional on Lp, metric spaces, Baire category and uniform boundedness theorems.

MATH 631 Real Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 630. Abstract measure and integration theory, Radon-Nikodym theorem, Riesz Representation theorem, Lebesque decomposition, Fubini's theorem, Banach and Hilbert spaces, Banach-Steinhaus theorem, topological spaces, Arzela-Ascoli and Stone- Weierstrass theorems, compact sets and Tychonoff s theorem.

MATH 632 Functional Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 631. Introduction to functional analysis and operator theory: normed linear spaces, basic principles of functional analysis, bounded linear operators on Hilbert spaces, spectral theory of selfadjoint operators, applications to differential and integral equations, additional topics as time permits.

MATH 634 Harmonic Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 631. LI theory: Fejer theorem, inversion theorem, ideal structure, Tauberian theorem. L2 theory: Plancherel-Parseval theorems, Paley-Wiener theorem. Lp theory: Hausdorff- Young theorem. Distribution theory: Bochner's theorem, Wiener continuous measures theorem, Malliavin theorem, Schwartz theory, almost periodic functions.

MATH 636 Representation Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 631. Introduction to representation theory of Lie groups and Lie algebras; initiation into non-abelian harmonic analysis through a detailed study of the most basic examples, such as unitary and orthogonal groups, the Heisenberg group, Euclidean motion groups, the special linear group. Additional topics from the theory of nilpotent Lie groups, semisimple Lie groups, p- adic groups or C*-aIgebras.

MATH 642 Dynamical Systems I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 432 AND 630 or equivalent. Foundations of topological dynamics, homeomorphisms, flows, periodic and recurrent points, transitivity and minimality, symbolic dynam- ics. Elements of ergodic theory, invariant measures and sets, ergodicity, ergodic theorems, mixing, spectral theory, flows and sections. Applications of dynamical systems to number theory, the Weyl theorem, the distribution of values of polynomials, Vander Waerden's theorem on arithmetic pro- gressions.

MATH 643 Dynamical Systems II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 642 or equivalent. Entropy theory, variational principle for the entropy, ex- pansiveness, measures with maximal entropy. Smooth systems on manifolds, diffeomorphisms and flows, periodic points, stable and unstable manifolds, homoclinic points, transversality, the Krupka- Smale theorem, Morse-Smale systems. Hyperbolicity, Anosov systems, distributions and foliations, strange attractors, Bowen's measure.

MATH 648 Selected Topics in Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

MATH 654 Non-linear Elasticity (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 690. Fundamentals of non-linear elasticity. Finite deformations, rubber elasticity, small deformations superimposed on finite deformations.

MATH 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 413 or MATH 463. Transcendental equations. Gamma function, orthogonal polynomials, Bessel functions, integral transforms, Watson's lemma, Laplace's method, stationary phase, analytic theory of ordinary differential equations, Liouville-Green (or WKBJ) approximation. (Cross-listed with MAPL 655)

MATH 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Functions II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 655. Steepest descents, coalescing saddle-points, singular integral equations, irregular singularities, Bessel, hypergeometic, and Legendre functions, Euler-Maclaurin formula, Darboux's method, turning points, phase shift. (Cross-listed with MAPL 656)

428 Graduate Course Descriptions

MATH 660 Complex Analysis I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410 or equivalent. Linear transformations, analytic functions, conformal mappings, Cauchy's theorem and applications, power series, partial fractions and factorization, ele- mentary Riemann surfaces, Riemann's mapping theorem.

MATH 661 Complex Analysis II (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 630, 660. Topics in conformal mappings, normal families, Picard's theorem, classes of univalent functions, extremal properties, variational methods, elliptic functions, Riemann surfaces.

MATH 664 Interpolation and Approximation: Complex Domain (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 660 or consent of instructor. Possibility of approximation by polynomials. Lemniscates. Interpolation by polynomials. Maximal convergence. Uniform distribution of points. Interpolation and approximation by rational functions. Rational functions with some free poles.

MATH 665 Interpolation and Approximation: Real Functions (3)

Interpolation of real functions and remainder theory. Uniform and least square approximations. Chebychev oscillation theorems. Orthogonal polynomials. Degree of approximation. Abstact formu- lation of approximation theory. Constructive function theory.

MATH 668 Selected Topics in Complex Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Material selected to suit interests and background of the stu- dents. Typical courses: Riemann surfaces, automorphic functions, several complex variables, sym- metric spaces.

MATH 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent. Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with Floquet theory for periodic systems, linearization and stability, planar systems usually with Poincare-Bendixson theorem. (Same as MAPL 670.)

MATH 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 630 and MATH/MAPL 670 or the equivalent. The content of this course varies with the interests of the instructor and the class. Stability theory, control, time delay systems, Hamiltonian systems, bifurcation theory, and boundary value problems, and the like. (Same as MAPL 671.)

MATH 673 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 410 or equivalent. Cauchy problem for the wave equation and heat equation, Dirichlet and Neumann problem for Laplace's equation. Classification of equations, Cauchy- Kowaleski theorem. General second order linear and nonlinear elliptic and parabolic equations. (Same as MAPL 673.)

MATH 674 Classical Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 673. General theory of first order partial differential equations, characteris- tics, complete integrals, Hamilton-Jacobi theory'- Hyperbolic systems in two independent variables, existence and uniqueness, shock waves, applications to compressible flow. (Same as MAPL 674.)

MATH 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 405 AND 410 or equivalent. Operational methods applied to ordinary dif- ferential equations. Introduction to linear spaces, compact operators in Hilbert space, study of eigen- values. (Same as MAPL 680.)

MATH 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary value problems for linear paritial differential equa- tions. Method of energy integrals applied to Laplace's equation, heat equations and the wave equa- tions. Study of eigenvalues. (Same as MAPL 681.)

MATH 682 Variational Methods (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The Euler-Lagrange equation, minimal principles in mathema- tical physics, estimation of capacity, torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetrization, isoperimetric inequalities, estimation of eigenvalues, the minimax principle.

MATH —Mathematics 429

MATH 685 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 630 and 631. Spaces of distributions, Fourier transforms, concept of weak and strong solutions. Existence, uniqueness and regularity theory for elliptic and parabolic problems, methods of functional analysis. (Same as MAPL 685.)

MATH 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential Equations II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 685. Emphasis on nonlinear problems. Sobolev embedding theorems, methods of monotonicity compactness, applications to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic problems. (Also listed as MAPL 686.)

MATH 699 Proseminar in Research (1)

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate work in mathematics. Devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical logic, axiom systems, and set theory.

MATH 710 Consistency Proofs in Set Theory (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 446 and 447. Consistency and independence of such fundamental principles of set theory as the laws of choice, of cardinal arithmetic of constructability and regularity. Godel's model of constructible sets, inner models, Cohen's generic models.

MATH 712 Mathematical Logic I (3)

Prerequisite - consent of instructor. Sentential logic, first-order languages, models and formal deductions. Basic model theory including completeness and compactness theorems, other methods of constructing models, and applications such as non-standard analysis.

MATH 713 Mathematical Logic II (3)

PrerequisiTE - MATH712 or 447. Incompleteness and undecidability results of Godel, Church, Tarski and others. Recursive function. Basic proof theory and axiomatic set theory.

MATH 715 Model Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 712. Topics to be covered include the compactness theorem and Lowenheim-Skolem theorems for first-order logic. 'Omega'-completeness theorem, ultra products, saturated and special models, definability results, categoricity in power, omitting types of elements, and applications to algebra and analysis.

MATH 716 Recursive Function Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 713. Topics to be covered are formal definitions of computability and recur- sive functions, Kleenes' enumeration and fixed-point theorems, Turing reducibility, the arithmetical hierarchy. Other topics are simple and hypersimple sets, truth-table reducibility, creative sets, Myhill's theorem in one-one reducibility, deficiency sets, Friedberg's solution of Post's problem, maximal sets, retraceable sets, major subsets, the analytical hierarchy, recursive ordinals, hyper arithmetical sets.

MATH 718 Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

MATH 730 Fundamental Concepts of Topology (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 410, 411, 403 or equivalents. Survey of basic point set topology, funda- mental group, covering spaces, Van Kampen's theorem, simplicial complexes, simplicial homology, Euler characteristics and classification of surfaces.

MATH 734 Algebraic Topology (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 403 or equivalent; MATH 730 is recommended. Singulr homology and co- homology, cup products, Poincare duality, Eilenberg-Steenrod axioms. Whitehead and Hurewicz theorems, universal cooefficient theorem, cellular homology.

MATH 740 Riemannian Geometry (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 405 and 411 or equivalent. Manifolds, tangent vectors and differential forms, Riemannian metrics, connections, curvature, structure equations, geodesies, completeness, immersions, tensor algebra, Lie derivative.

430 Graduate Course Descriptions

MATH 742 Differential Topology (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 410, 411 or equivalent. Inverse and implicit function theorems, Sard's theorem, orientability, degrees, smooth vector bundles, imbeddings and immersions, transversality approximation theorems and applications, isotopy extension theorem, tubular neighborhoods.

MATH 744 Lie Groups I (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 403, 405, 411 and 432, their equivalents, or consent of instructor. An in- troduction to the fundamentals of Lie groups, including some material on groups of matrices and Lie algebras.

MATH 745 Lie Groups II (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 744, or consent of instructor. A continuation of Lie groups I in which some of the following topics will be emphasized: solvable Lie groups, compact Lie groups, classifications of semi-simple Lie groups, representation theory, homogeneous spaces.

MATH 748 Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

MATH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) MATH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MEES — Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences

MEES 440 Essentials of Toxicology (2)

Prerequisite: BCHM 261 or 461. Principles involved in the assessment of responses of organisms to toxic chemicals, including systemic and organ toxicology, carcinogenesis, teratogenesis, and con- sideration of the effects of major groups of toxicants.

MEES 498 Topics in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences ( 1-4)

Lecture and/or laboratory series organized to study a selected area of marine-estuarine- environmental sciences not otherwise considered in formal courses.

MEES 608 Seminar in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (1-2)

MEES 611 Systems Ecology of Estuaries (3)

Prerequisites: calculus and ZOOL 470 or ZOOL 480. or consent of instructor. A broad systems perspective on the important components and processes of estuarine ecosystems, with quantitative and/or mathematical treatment toward development of representative models for estuarine dynamics.

MEES 631 Ecology of Estuarine Microbes I (5)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory daily during Summer Session I.

Prerequisite: introductory course in each of Botany, Microbiology and Zoology, as well as Ecology, Physiology, and systematics from one of the disciplines. Basic conceptual treatment of es- tuarine microbial interactions with emphasis on the algae, protozoa, bacteria and viruses of the Chesapeake Bay. The laboratory will stress observation and experimentation with collected material. Field and shipboard experience are included. Offered during summer session only.

MEES 632 Ecology of Estuarine Microbes II (1-5)

Schedule by arrangement with instructor. Pre or corequisite: MEES 631. Directed research on problems of estuarine microbial interactions.

MEES 641 Environmental Toxicology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The introduction, behavior, fate, and effects of chemicals in the environment. Organisms in the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere and the effects of foreign chemicals and other stresses on their health and well-being.

MEES 642 Laboratory Methods in Toxicology (1-2)

Pre- or corequisite: MEES 641 or ENTM 653 or consent of the instructor. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. A methodology and techniques course designed to give the student experience in toxicological research. The first half of the course may be taken for one credit and will emphasize methods useful to entomologists.

MEES — Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 431

MEES 681 Coastal Resource Use, Law and Management: the Chesapeake (3)

An interdisciplinary course drawing on resource economics, political science and law to examine the natural resources of the Chesapeake and the market, political and legal processes through which Chesapeake resource use decisions result. The course is designed to provide social and natural scien- tists with an understanding of coastal use and management issues. No prerequisite.

MEES 698 Special Topics in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (1-4)

Credit according to time schedule and course organization. Lecture and/or laboratory series or- ganized to study selected areas of environmental science not otherwise considered by existing courses. May be repeated for credit since topic coverage will change.

MEES 699 Special Problems in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (1-3) Research on specialized topics under the direction of individual faculty members.

MEES 743 Aquatic Toxicology (3)

Two lectures and three four-hour laboratories per week. One all day field trip.

Prerequisites: MEES 641 and BCHM 462 or permission of instructor. Lectures and laboratory exercises on the chemical and biological principles involved in the design of experiments in aquatic toxicology. Analytical techniques needed to measure chemicals in toxicological studies. The design of acute and chronic bioassays. Chemical and biological phenomena which control or alter the re- sponses of aquatic organisms to chemicals in bioassay.

MEES 799 Masters Thesis Research (1-6) MEES 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

METO — Meteorology

METO 410 General Meteorology I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 241. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 294 or 263. An introduction to the broad range of theoretical and applied studies in meteorology to acquaint the student with the interaction of the physical and dynamic processes and the various scales of atmospheric phenomena. Introduction to radiational energy transfer in the atmosphere, earth-atmospheric energy budgets, atmospheric ther- modynamics.

METO 411 General Meteorology II (3)

Prerequisite: METO 410. METO 460 suggested as a companion course. A continuation of METO 410 including an introduction to the concepts of vorticity and circulation in the atmosphere, properties of cold fronts and warm fronts, cyclones and anticyclones, air masses, thunderstorms, ele- ments of dynamic weather forecasting, microphysics of cloud formation and precipitation, turbulence and diffusion in the atmosphere.

METO 412 Physics and Thermodynamics of the Atmosphere (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 241, PHYS 263. An introduction to atmospheric radiation, cloud physics, and basic thermodynamic processes and applications to the atmosphere.

METO 416 Introduction to Atmospheric Dynamics (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 241, 246; PHYS 263. The equations of atmospheric motion; coordinate systems; balanced flows and elementary application; divergence; circulation and vorticity; the plane- tary boundary layer; diagnostic analysis with the quasi-geotrophic equations.

METO 420 Physical and Dynamical Oceanography (3)

Prerequisite: METO 410 or a basic course in fluid dynamics such as ENME 340. Historical re- view of oceanography; physical, chemical, stratification and circulation properties of the ocean; dynamics of frictionless, frictional, wind driven and thermohaline circulation; air-sea interactions.

METO 422 Oceanic Waves, Tides and Turbulence (3)

Prerequisite: METO 420. Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave motions; tides, wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamis, internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion; probability, statistics and time series.

432 Graduate Course Descriptions

METO 434 Air Pollution (3)

Prerequisite: senior standing in science or engineering or consent of the instructor. Three lectures per week. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and ani- mate receptors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollution control legislation.

METO 460 Synoptic Meteorology I (3)

Pre- or corequisite: METO 411 or equivalent. Two three-hour lecture/ laboratory periods per week. The three-dimensional structure of synoptic scale systems and their relation to underlying dynamical principles. Weather map plotting and analysis techniques. Satellite imagery interpretation. Meteorological data acquisition and use.

METO 461 Synoptic Meteorology II (3)

Prequisite; METO 460. Synoptic meteorology applied to the modern weather forecast. The histo- ry of forecasting. Polar Front theory, surface and upper air analysis, baroclinic instability, numerical forecasting, interpreting computer forecasts, probability forecasting, forecast evaluation.

METO 499 Special Problems in Atmospheric Science (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research or special study in the field of meteorology and the atmospheric and oceanic sciences. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

METO 610 Dynamic Meteorology I (3)

Prerequisites: METO 412, 416, 460; MATH 461. Review of dynamic equations; linear wave analysis; instability, especially baroclinic and barotropic instability in the atmosphere; energy propa- gation, numerical weather prediction and the general circulation.

METO 611 Dynamic Meteorology II (3)

Prerequisite: METO 610. Advanced topics in atmospheric wave motion and stability analysis concentrating on the sub-synoptic scales: geostrophic adjustment and energy propagation with appli- cation to mountain waves; thermal convection with application to the atmosphere and especially tro- pical meteorology; the planetary boundary layer; numerical modeling of atmospheric phenomena on the mesoscale.

METO 612 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion (3)

Prerequisites: METO 610 or equivalent. Statistical description of turbulence; the profiles of tem- perature and wind near the ground; the vertical transport of momentum, heat and water vapor; spec- tra and scales of atmospheric turbulence; recent theories of turbulent shear flow and convection.

METO 614 Numerical Weather Prediction (3)

Prerequisites: METO 611 or equivalent. Numerical techniques for the solution of partial differen- tial equations; application to the equations of atmospheric motion; Eulerian, Lagrangian and spectral methods; numerical models of the general circulation; current applications to research and fore- casting.

METO 616 Planetary Fluid Dynamics (3)

Prerequisites: METO 412, 610 or equivalent. The structure of the atmospheres of the earth and other planets; analytical, numerical and experimental models of the circulations of planetary atmo- spheres and oceans; tidal motions.

METO 617 General Circulation of the Atmosphere (3)

Prerequisite: METO 610 or equivalent. Derivations of equations for mean axially symmetric field, mean axially asymmetric field and transient field of atmospheric motion; observed circulation, budget of heat, momentum and water vapor; energetics; numerical simulation of the atmosphere.

METO 620 Atmospheric Radiation (3)

Prerequisite: METO 412 or equivalent. Radiant energy-concepts and definitions; radiation absorp- tion and scattering in the atmosphere; direct and diffuse solar radiation; thermal radiation; the radia- tion balance and climate.

METO —Meteorology 433

METO 625 Satellite Meteorology (3)

Prerequisite: METO 416, METO 620. Technical review of the satellite program and instrumenta- tion systems of the United States and/or other countries; a brief survey of the use of visible, infrared and microwave imagery from satellites in weather analysis and forecasting; an extensive review of techniques for estimating sea surface temperature and atmospheric temperature and moisture profiles from satellite measurements.

METO 630 Statistical Methods in Meteorology (3)

Prerequisites: METO 411, STAT 400 or equivalent. Tests of significance; time series analysis; analysis of variance; multiple regression and screening multiple regression; representation of me- teorological field variables by orthogonal polynomials and empirical orthogonal polynomials; appli- cation of multiple discriminant analysis to the meteorological prediction.

METO 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: METO 434 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory and techniques utlized in the determination of gaseous and particulate atmospheric pollutants. Reduction and representation of data and consideration in sampling site selection.

METO 637 Atmospheric Chemistry (3)

Prerequisites: METO 412 or CHEM 482 or consent of instructor. Application of the techniques of thermodynamics, kinetics, and photochemistry to atmospheric gases in an effort to understand the global cycles of C, H, O, N, and S species; the use of laboratory and field measurements in models of the atomosphere.

METO 640 Micro-meteorology (3)

Prerequisites: METO 410, 411 or equivalent. A study of energy balances at the earth-atmosphere interface; statistical and spectral analysis of turbulence; turbulent transfer of energy and momentum; air motions in relation to terrain and landscape; the time and spatial variations of mechanical and thermodynamical quantities in the micro-layer of the atmosphere.

METO 646 Atmospheric Optics (3)

Prerequisites: METO 412, MATH 246 or equivalent. Quantitative assessment of radiative energy transfers in the atmosphere; absorption and scattering by atoms, molecules and particulates; emission by excited species. Spectroscopic analysis methods; laser assay of atmosphere for natural species and pollutants.

METO 658 Special Topics in Meteorology (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Various special topics in meteorology are given intensive study. The topic of concentration varies, from semester to semester and depends on student and fa- culty interests. Often, specialists from other institutions are invited to the campus on a visiting lec- tureship basis to conduct the course.

METO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) METO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MICB — Microbiology

MICB 400 Systematic Microbiology (2)

Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite: 8 credits in microbiology or consent of instructor. History and philosophy of classification. Alpha, numerical and molecular genetic taxonomy. Methods used in microbial identification and classification.

MICB 410 History of Microbiology (1)

Prerequisite: a major in microbiology or consent of instructor. History and integration of the fun- damental discoveries of the science. Modern aspects of abiogenesis, fermentation, and disease causa- tion in relation to early theories.

MICB 420 Epidemiology and Public Health (2)

Prerequisite: MICB 200. History, characteristic features of epidemiology; the important respons- ibilities of public health; vital statistics.

434 Graduate Course Descriptions

MICB 430 Marine Microbiology (2)

Prerequisite: MICB 200. Morphology, biochemistry and ecology of marine microorganisms in- cluding fungi, yeasts, bacteria and viruses. Properties of marine bacteria, such as luminescence, metal ion requirements for growth, production of ectocrine compounds, and sampling and culturing marine microorganisms.

MICB 431 Marine Microbiology Laboratory (3)

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and per- mission of the instructor. Morphology, biochemistry and ecology of marine microorganisms. Properties of marine bacteria; luminescence, metal ion requirements, ectocrine compound produc- tion, sampling and culturing. Laboratory may include sampling trips in Chesapeake Bay and a deep sea research cruise.

MICB 440 Pathogenic Microbiology (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 200. The role of bacteria and fungi in the diseases of man with emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of mi- croorganisms, types of disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic, and epide- miological aspects.

MICB 450 Immunology (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.

Prerequisite: MICB 440. Principles of immunity; hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of immunology. Credit not given for both ZOOL 455 and MICB 450.

MICB 460 General Virology (3)

Prerequisite: MICB 440 or equivalent. Discussion of the physical and chemical nature of viruses, virus cultivation and assay methods, virus replication, viral diseases with emphasis on the oncogenic viruses, viral genetics, and characteristics of the major virus groups.

MICB 470 Microbial Physiology (3)

Prerequisite: MICB 200. Pre- or co-requisite: BCHM 462. Microbial cellular and population growth. Fermentation metabolism, physiology of anaerobiosis, and energy conservation and transfor- mation in bacterial membranes. Efficiency of energy utilization for growth. Membrane structure and transport. Bacterial chemotaxis. Regulation of bacterial chromosome replication, RNA and protein synthesis. Control of metabolic pathways.

MICB 480 Microbial Ecology (3)

Prerequisites: MICB 200 and CHEM 243 or 245. Interaction of microorganisms with the en- vironment, other microorganisms and with higher organisms. Roles of microorganisms in the bio- sphere. Microorganisms and current environmental problems.

MICB 490 Microbial Fermentations (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 470. Principles and practice in industrial fermentation processes, and the study of fermentative metabolism in microorganisms.

MICB 491 Microbial Fermentations Laboratory (2)

Second semester. Two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 490, or concur- rent registration in MICB 490, and consent of instructor. Methods for the conduct, control and anal- ysis of fermentation processes.

MICB 674 Bacterial Metabolism (2)

Prerequisite: MICB 470 or equivalent, BCHM 462. Central pathways of bacterial energy and bio- synthetic metabolism. Bacterial fermentations, diversity of aerobic metabolism, metabolic regulation, chemolithotrophic and phototrophic metabolism. Salvage pathways of purine and pyrimidine meta- bolism, and occasional current topics.

MICB 688 Special Topics (1-4)

First semester. Prerequisite: twenty credits in microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fun- damental problems and special subjects in the field of microbiology.

MICB —Microbiology 435

MICB 689 Special Topics (1-4)

Second semester. Prerequisite: twenty credits in microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects in the field of microbiology.

MICB 704 Medical Mycology (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites - MICB 440 and 8 addi- tional hours in microbiology or advance courses in allied biological fields. MICB 450 is strongly re- commended. Primarily a study of fungi associated with human and animal diseases, with practice in the methods of isolation and identification.

MICB 714 Cytology of Bacteria (2)

A colloquium for graduate students in biological sciences covering structure-function relationships in bacteria. Formal presentations are required. Prior or concurrent enrollment in ANSC 610 and or ZOOL 612 is recommended.

MICB 750 Advanced Immunology (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Antigens, antibodies, and their interactions. Research fundamentals in immunology and immunochemistry.

MICB 751 Immunology Laboratory (2)

Second semester. Two htree-hour laboratory sessions a week. Prerequisite: consent of the in- structor. Techniques in experimental immunology and immunochemistry.

MICB 760 Virology and Tissue Culture (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 440 or equivalent. Physical, chemical and biological properties of viruses; viral replication; major virus groups.

MICB 761 Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 440 or equiva- lent. Registration only upon consent of instructor. Laboratory methods in virology with emphasis on cell culture techniques.

MICB 774 Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1)

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with emphasis on metabolic pathways of mi- croorganisms.

MICB 780 Genetics of Microorganisms (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to microorganisms. Cellular control mechanisms and protein biosynthesis.

MICB 781 Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2)

Two three-hour laboratory meetings per week. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. A labora- tory course designed to acquaint students with the techniques employed in studying gene control of microbial activities.

MICB 788 Seminar (1)

First semester.

MICB 789 Seminar (1)

Second semester.

MICB 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) MICB 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MUED — Music Education

Ml H) 410 Instrumental Arranging (2)

Prerequisites: MUSC 250 and permission of instructor. Arranging for school bands and orchestras from the elementary through high school levels.

436 Graduate Course Descriptions

MUED 411 Instrumental Music: Methods and Materials For the Elementary School (3)

A comprehensive study of instructional materials and teaching techniques for beginning instru- mental classes — winds, strings and percussion.

MUED 420 Instrumental Music: Methods, Materials and Administration For Secondary School (2)

A comprehensive study of instructional and program materials, rehearsal techniques and program planning for junior and senior High School bands and orchestras. Organization, scheduling, budget- ing and purchasing are included.

MUED 438 Special Problems in the Teaching of Instrumental Music (2-3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 113-213 or the equivalent. A study, through practice on minor instruments, of the problems encountered in public school teaching of orchestral instruments. Literature and teaching materials, minor repairs, and adjustment of instruments are included. The course may be taken for credit three times since one of four groups of instruments: strings, woodwind, brass or per- cussion will be studied each time the course is offered.

MUED 450 Music in Early Childhood Education (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 155 or equivalent. Creative experiences in songs and rhythms, correlation of music and everyday teaching with the abilities and development of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience with each age level.

MUED 460 Creative Activities in the Elementary School (2-3)

Prerequisite: music methods or teaching experience. A study of the creative approach to the development of music experiences for children in the elementary grades emphasizing contemporary music and contemporary music techniques.

MUED 470 General Concepts For Teaching Music (1)

Corequisite: MUED 411 or 471. Basic philosophical, psychological, educational considerations for a total music program K-12; strategies for teaching tonal and rhythmic concepts; evaluation tech- niques and field experiences in designated schools.

MUED 471 Methods For Teaching Elementary General Music (3)

A study of curriculum, materials, and teaching techniques for the development of meaningful music experiences which contribute to a sequential musical growth for children in the elementary schools.

MUED 472 Choral Techniques and Repertoire (2)

Prerequisites: MUED 470 and MUSC 490. Rehearsal techniques for developing appropriate dic- tion, tone, production, intonation, phrasing, and interpretation of choral music; examination of a wide variety of repertoire for use by choral performing groups on the elementary and secondary lev- els.

MUED 478 Special Topics in Music Education (1-2)

Prerequisite: MUED 470 or consent of department. Each topic focuses on a specific aspect of the music instructional program; collectively, the topics cover a wide range of subject matter relevant to today's schools. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

MUED 480 The Vocal Music Teacher and School Organization (2)

Prerequisite: student teaching, previous or concurrent. The role of the vocal music specialist in the implementation of the supervision and administration of the music programs in the elementary and secondary schools. Open to graduate students by permission of instructor.

MUED 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (2-6)

Innovative and experimental dimensions of music education will be offered to meet the needs of music teachers and music supervisors and to allow students to individualize their programs. The maximum number credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is six se- mester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been re- ached.

MUED —Music Education 437

MUKI) 635 Advanced Orchestration and Band Arranging (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 486 or the equivalent, or consent of instructor. A study of arranging and transcription procedures in scoring for the orchestra and band. Special attention is given to the ar- ranging problems of the instrumental director in the public schools.

MUED 637 Advanced Study: Developing Musicality Through Instrumental Music (3)

Analysis of new and established methods and materials for developing musicality. The study of the curriculum for large and small ensembles, and class instruction, and its adaptation to the diverse organizations of today's schools.

MUED 662 Advanced Study: Developing Musicality in Children (3)

Analysis of new and established methods and materials including Orff and Kodaly, and their adaptation to teaching music in the diverse organizations of today's elementary schools. Emphasis on general musical experiences for all children.

MUED 672 Advanced Study: Developing Musicality in the Adolescent (3)

Analysis of new and established methods and materials for developing musicality through classes in general music, music appreciation, music in the humanities, music theory, chorus, small en- sembles, and class voice.

MUED 674 Choral Conducting and Repertoire (3)

MUED 680 Administration and Supervision of Music in the Public Schools (3)

The study of basic principles and practices of supervision and adminstration with emphasis on curriculum construction, scheduling, budgets, directing of in-service teaching, personnel problems, and school-community relationships.

MUED 690 Research Methods in Music and Music Education (3)

The application of methods of research to problems in the fields of music and music education. The preparation of bibliographies and the written exposition of research projects in the area of the student's major interest.

MUED 692 Foundations of Music Education (3)

Educational thought and its application to instruction and evaluation in music education.

MUED 698 Current Trends in Music Education (2-4)

A survey of current and emerging philosophies, methodologies and curricula in music education and their implementation. The influence of educational and social changes and the expanding musi- cal scene upon the music programs for children of all ages and for teacher education. The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol (within established limits of pro- grams) toward any degree, eight semester hours. The symbol may be used two or more times until eight semester hours have been completed.

MUED 890 History of Music Education in the United States (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The study of historical development of pedagogical

practices in music education, their philosophical implications and educational values.

MUSC —Music

MUSC 400 Music Pedagogy (3)

Conference course. Prerequisite or corequisite: MUSC 418, or a more advanced course in applied music. A study of major pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation of pedagogical tech- niques, materials, and procedures.

MUSC 415 Music Management (3)

Prerequisite: permission of department chairman. Application of management concepts to music administration.

MUSC 428 Repertoire Coaching of Vocal or Chamber Music (2)

Prerequisite or corequisite: MUSC 328. A course for piano students who wish to go further than the work offered in MUSC 128, 228, and 328 by becoming specialists in the areas of vocal coach- ing or chamber music coaching. Elements of pedagogy, conducting, and responsible artistic

438 Graduate Course Descriptions

decision-making for the entire musical production.

MUSC 429 Opera Theater (2-3)

Ten hours per week. Open to music and non-music majors with consent of director. Advanced techniques of operatic production; preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic works from both the traditional and contemporary repertory. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.

MUSC 432 Music in World Cultures I (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 130 or permission of instructor. Asian musics from Japan to the Arab coun- tries analyzed in terms of musical, social and aesthetic approaches.

MUSC 433 Music in World Cultures II (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 130 or permission of instructor. Music of the Balkans, Africa, South and North America analyzed in terms of musical, social and aesthetic interrelationships.

MUSC 436 Jazz: Then and Now (3)

Major styles and influential artists of the past 75 years of jazz.

MUSC 438 Area Studies in Ethnomusicology (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 432 or 433 or equivalent. Advanced study of musics in selected regions of the world. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits provided content is different.

MUSC 439 Collegium Musicum (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Open to undergraduates and graduates, music majors and non-majors. Procurement, edition, and performance of music not belonging to a standard reper- tory: early music, compositions for unusual performing media, works which demand reconstruction of their original circumstances of performance. Outcome of a semester's work may be one or more performances for the public. May be repeated for credit five times.

MUSC 443 Solo Vocal Literature (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 330, 331 or the equivalent. The study of solo vocal literature from the Baroque Cantata to the Art Song of the present. The Lied, Melodie, vocal chamber music, and the orchestral song are examined.

MUSC 445 Survey of the Opera (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. A study of the music, librettos and composers of the standard operas.

MUSC 448 Special Topics in Music (2-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

MUSC 450 Musical Form (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251. A study of the principles of organization in music with emphasis on eighteenth and nineteenth century European music. Reading and analysis of scores exemplifying the musical forms.

MUSC 451 Analysis of Music (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 450 or permission of instructor. An advanced course in the analysis of tonal music. Discussion of individual works, with emphasis on their unique characteristics and on the rela- tion of analysis to performance.

MUSC 452 Keyboard Harmony (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 25 1 . Keyboard performance of musical score for vocal and instrumental en- sembles and keyboard realization of basso continuo parts.

MUSC 453 Class Study of Guitar and Recorder (2)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor or any four of the following: MUSC 102, 103, 113, 114, 1 16, 117, 120, 121, 202, 203. Three hours per week. Study and development of instrumental technique, pedagogical practices, and materials relating to group performance.

MUSC 457 Electronic Music Composition (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 250 and permission of instructor. Theory and practice of electronic music, electronically-generated sound, and its modulation in the voltage-controlled studio.

MUSC —Music 439

MUSC 460 Tonal Counterpoint I (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251 or permission of instructor. A course in eighteenth-century contrapuntal techniques, analysis and original composition of two-voice dances, preludes, and inventions.

MUSC 461 Tonal Counterpoint II (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 460. A continuation of MUSC 460. Analysis and original composition of larger works displaying imitation in more than two voices, including the chorale prelude and fugue.

MUSC 462 Modal Counterpoint (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An introduction to the contrapuntal techniques of the sixteenth century: the structure of the modes, composition of modal melodies, and contrapuntal writ- ing for two, three and four voices.

MUSC 465 Canon and Fugue (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 461 or the equivalent. Composition and analysis of the canon and fugue in the styles of the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

MUSC 466 Structural Counterpoint (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 461 or permission of the instructor. A study of counterpoint and its role in articulating large-scale tonal structures with emphasis on analysis and written exercises.

MUSC 467 Piano Pedagogy I (3)

A study of major pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation of pedagogical techniques, materials, and procedures.

MUSC 468 Piano Pedagogy II (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 467. Application of the studies begun in MUSC 467 to the actual lesson si- tuation. Evaluation of results. May be repeated once for credit.

MUSC 470 Harmonic and Contrapuntal Practices of the Twentieth Century (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251 or equivalent. A theoretical and analytical study of twentieth century materials.

MUSC 471 Contemporary Compositional Techniques (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 470 or permission of instructor. Continuation of MUSC 470, with emphasis on the analysis of individual works written since 1945.

MUSC 480 Music in Antiquity and the Middle Ages (3)

Survey of western music from Hellenic times to 1450.

MUSC 481 Music in the Renaissance (3)

Survey of western music from 1450 to 1600.

MUSC 482 Music in the Baroque Era (3)

Survey of western music from 1600 to 1750.

MUSC 483 Music in the Classic Era (3)

Survey of western music from 1750 to 1820.

MUSC 484 Music in the Romantic Era (3)

Survey of western music from 1820 to 1900.

MUSC 485 Music in the 20 1 h Century (3)

Survey of western music from 1900 to the present.

MUSC 486 Orchestration I (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251. A study of the ranges, musical functions and technical characteristics of the instruments and their color possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience in orches- trating for small and large ensembles.

MUSC 487 Orchestration II (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 486. A study of orchestration in the various historical periods, with empha- sis upon stylistic writing projects.

440 Graduate Course Descriptions

MUSC 490 Conducting (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 251. Vocal and instrumental baton techniques.

MUSC 491 Conducting II (2)

Prerequisite: MUSC 490 or the equivalent. Baton techniques applied to score reading, rehearsal techniques, tone production, style and interpretation.

MUSC 492 Keyboard Music I (3)

The history and literature of harpsichord and solo piano music from its beginning to the romantic period. Emphasis is placed on those segments of repertoire which are encountered in performance and teaching situations at the present time.

MUSC 493 Keyboard Music II (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 492. The history and literature of harpsichord and solo piano music from the romantic period to the present. Emphasis is placed on those segments of repertoire which are en- countered in performance and teaching situations at the present time.

MUSC 494 Survey of Theory (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 25 1 . A study of the major contributions of music theorists from Greek anti- quity through the twentieth century.

MUSC 495 Acoustics For Musicians (3)

Prerequisites: MUSC 251 or the equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in music. The basic physics of music, acoustics of musical instruments and music theory, physiological acoustics, and musico-architectural acoustics.

MUSC 499 Independent Studies (2-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Independent research on a topic chosen in consultation with the instructor, which may culminate in a paper or appropriate project. May be repeated once for credit.

MUSC 608 Chamber Music Repertoire (1-3)

Prerequisite: graduate standing as a major in performance. A study, through performance, of di- versified chamber music for standard media. May be repeated for credit to the maximum credit de- signated in the student's major degree program.

MUSC 621 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics: Ancient, Medieval and Renaissance (3)

Writings about music in antiquity, the middle ages, and the renaissance.

MUSC 622 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics: Baroque (3)

Writings about western music from 1600 to 1750.

MUSC 623 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics: Classic (3)

Writings about western music from 1750 to 1820.

MUSC 624 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics: Romantic (3)

Writings about western music from 1820 to 1900.

MUSC 625 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics: 20Th Century (3)

Writings about western music from 1900 to the present.

MUSC 630 Teaching the Theory, History, and Literature of Music (3)

Prerequisite: graduate standing and consent of instructor. A course in teaching methodology with emphasis on instruction at the college level.

MUSC 635 American Music (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A survey of american art music from Colonial times to pre- sent.

MUSC 639 Seminar in Music (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 330, 331 and consent of instructor. The work of one major composer (Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied. The course may be repeated for credit, since a different composer will be chosen each time it is offered.

MUSC —Music 441

MUSC 640 Performance Practice I (3)

Problems in the performance of music lying primarily outside the standard repertory. Mainly for performance majors.

MUSC 641 Performance Practice II (3)

Problems in the performance of music lying primarily outside the standard repertory. Mainly for performance majors. Continuation of MUSC 640.

MUSC 642 Early Music Notation (3)

Aspects of notation in music before 1600; transcription into modern notation.

MUSC 643 Seminar in Solo Vocal Literature I (3)

Preerquisite: MUSC 444 or equivalent. An intensive study of solo vocal literature from its origin to the present.

MUSC 644 Seminar in Solo Vocal Literature II (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 643 or equivalent. A continuation of MUSC 643 with an emphasis on areas of individual interest.

MUSC 645 Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 400 or the equivalent. A study of the physiological, psychological and acoustical aspects of the teaching of singing combined with the independent studies and research in areas of individual interest.

MUSC 648 Seminar in Music Research (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 331 and graduate standing. An introduction to graduate study in the history and literature of music. Bibliography and methodology of systematic and historical musicology.

MUSC 650 The Contemporary Idiom (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 470 or consent of instructor. Analysis of various works of the twentieth cen- tury.

MUSC 662 Advanced Modal Counterpoint (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 461 or consent of instructor. Composition of music in the style of the renais- sance. Analysis of the music of such composers as Cckeghem. Dufay, Josquin, Palestrina.

MUSC 670 Advanced Analytical Techniques I (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 451 or consent of instructor. Analysis of representative masterpieces of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.

MUSC 671 Advanced Analytical Techniques II (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 451 or consent of instructor. Analysis of representative masterpieces of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.

MUSC 675 Music Theory Pedagogy (3)

Analysis of introductory level music theory courses, evaluation of text materials, and teaching approaches for music fundamentals, aural training, and basic undergraduate theory programs.

MUSC 678 Seminar in Musical Composition (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 479 or equivalent, and graduate standing. An advanced course in musical composition. May be repeated for credit.

MUSC 679 Seminar in Ethnomusicology (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 434—435. Selected problems in Ethnomusicology. Independent research in such topics as transcription, analysis, and taxonomy.

MUSC 680 Seminar in Music of Antiquity and the Middle Ages (3) Research topics in music from antiquity to 1450.

MUSC 681 Seminar in Music of the Renaissance (3)

Seminar in music of the Renaissance. Research topics in music from 1450 to 1600.

MUSC 682 Seminar in Music of the Baroque Era (3)

Seminar in music of the Baroque era. Research topics in music from 1600 to 1750.

442 Graduate Course Descriptions

MUSC 683 Seminar in Music of the Classic Era (3)

Seminar in music of the Classic era. Research topics in music from 1750 to 1820.

MUSC 684 Seminar in Music of the Romantic Era (3)

Seminar in music of the Romantic era. Research topics in music from 1820 to 1900.

MUSC 685 Seminar in Music of the 20Th Century (3)

Seminar in music of the twentieth century. Research topics in music from 1900 to the present.

MUSC 688 Advanced Orchestration (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 487 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. Orchestration projects in the styles of DeBussy, Ravel, Stravinsky, Gchoenberg, Bartok, and others. May be repeated for credit.

MUSC 689 Advanced Conducting (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 491 or the equivalent. A concentrated study of the conducting techniques in- volved in the repertoire of all historical periods. May be repeated for credit.

MUSC 696 Factors in Musical Learning (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 331 or the equivalent and at least one course in psychology. The psychology of intervals, scales, rhythms, and harmony. Musical hearing and creativity. The psychology of musi- cal ability. The theory of functional music.

MUSC 699 Special Topics in Music (2-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours.

MUSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

MUSC 800 Advanced Seminar in Music Pedagogy (3)

Prerequisites: MUSC 400 or equivalent, doctoral standing and permission of instructor. A de- tailed study of historical and contemporary methods of pedagogy, and analysis of pedagogical prob- lems. Sectioning by instrument. Required of all candidates for the D.M.A. Degree in performance and literature.

MUSC 801 Advanced Seminar in Music Pedagogy (3)

Prerequisites: MUSC 400 or equivalent, doctoral standing and permission of instructor. A de- tailed study of historical and contemporary methods of pedagogy, and analysis of pedagogical prob- lems. Sectioning by instrument. Required of all candidates for the D.M.A. Degree in performance and literature.

MUSC 830 Doctoral Seminar in Music Literature (3)

Prerequisite: at least twelve hours in music history and literature. An analytical survey of the li- terature of music: keyboard music; vocal music; string music; wind instrument music; required of all candidates for the D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance.

MUSC 831 Doctoral Seminar in Music Literature (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 830 or consent of instructor. An analytical survey of the literature of music: keyboard music; vocal music; string music; wind instrument music. Required of all candidates for the D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance.

MUSC 878 Advanced Composition (3)

Prerequisite: MUSC 678 or the equivalent, and permission of the instructor. Conference course in composition in the larger forms. May be repeated for credit.

MUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

MUSP — Music Performance

Graduate music performance courses are available in three series:

minor series - MUSP 402, 403

intended for either music majors studying a secondary instrument or non-music majors.

MUSP —Music Performance 443

principal series - MUSP 409,410,609,610

intended for majors in music programs other than performance.

major series - MUSP 419,420,619,620,719,815,816,817

intended for students majoring in performance.

variable credit courses: may be taken for 2 or 4 credits.

Instrument designation: each student taking a music performance course must indicate the instru- ment chosen by adding a suffix to the proper course number, such as: MUSP 402A music perfor- mance - piano. A — piano; B — voice; C — violin; D — viola; E — cello; F — bass; G — flute; H — oboe; I- — clarinet; J — basson; K— saxophone; L — horn; M — trumpet; N — trombone; O — tuba; P — euphonium; Q— percussion; R — organ; S — guitar; T — composition; U — conducting; V — harp; W — electronic composition; X — hist inst - keyboard; Y — hist inst - strings; Z — hist inst - winds.

400-LEVEL courses in the minor series:

prerequisite: permission of department chairperson. Each course in the series must be taken in se- quence. One half-hour private lesson per week plus assigned independent practice.

400-LEVEL courses in the principal or major series:

2 or 4 credits. Prerequisite: permission of the department chairperson. Each course in the series must be taken in sequence. One-hour private lesson per week plus assigned independent practice.

MUSP 402 Music Performance (2)

Senior course, in the minor series.

MUSP 403 Music Performance (2)

Senior course, in the minor series.

MUSP 409 Music Performance (2-4) Senior course in the principal series.

MUSP 410 Music Performance (2-4)

Senior course in the principal series. Recital required.

MUSP 419 Music Performance (2-4) Senior course in the major series.

MUSP 420 Music Performance (2-4)

Senior course in the major series. Recital required.

MUSP 609 Interpretation and Repertoire (2)

Prerequisite: permission of department chairman and graduate standing in performance in the principal series.

MUSP 610 Graduate Music Performance (4)

Prerequisite: MUSP 609 and permission of department chairman. Recital course in the principal series.

MUSP 619 Interpretation and Repertoire (2-4)

Prerequisite: departmental audition and permission of Department Chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 credits.

MUSP 620 Graduate Music Performance (4)

Prerequisite: MUSP 619 and permission of Department Chairman. Recital course in the major series.

MUSP 719 Interpretation and Repertoire (2—4)

Prerequisite: departmental audition, admission to doctoral program in the major series and per- mission of department chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 credits.

MUSP 815 Interpretation, Performance, and Pedagogy (4)

A seminar in pedagogy and the pedagogical literature for the doctoral performer, with advanced instruction at the instrument, covering appropriate compositions. Required of all candidates for the D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance. Prerequisite: doctoral standing in performance and per- mission of department chairman. Recital course.

444 Graduate Course Descriptions

MUSP 816 Interpretation, Performance, and Pedagogy (4)

Recital course. Prerequisite: MUSP 815 and permission of Department Chairman.

MUSP 817 Interpretation, Performance, and Pedagogy (4)

Recital course. Prerequisite: MUSP 816 and permission of Department Chairman.

NUSC —Nutritional Science

NUSC 402 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental role of all nutrients in the body including their digestion, absorption, and metabolism. Dietary re- quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man.

NUSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MATH 1 10, NUSC 402 or per- mission of instructor. A critical study of those factors which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in formulation of economically efficient rations will be presented.

NUSC 425 International Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: course in basic nutrition. Nutritional status of world population and local, national, and international programs for improvement.

NUSC 450 Advanced Human Nutrition (3)

Prerequisites: consent of department; NUTR 300 and BCHM 261 or concurrent registration in BCHM 462. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. A critical study of the physio- logical and metabolic influences on nutrient utilization, with particular emphasis on current problems in human nutrition.

NUSC 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and NUTR 450. Modifications of the normal adequate diet to meet human nutritional needs in pathological condi- tions.

NUSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2)

Prerequisite: ANSC 401/NUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. Digestibility studies with ruminant and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food pro- ducts, and feeding trials demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals.

NUSC 600 Recent Progress in Human Nutrition (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Recent developments in the science of nutrition with em- phasis on interpretation for application in health and disease.

NUSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2)

First semester. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: permission of department. Biochemical, physiological and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of ruminants and other animals.

NUSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3)

Presentation of basic nutritional data on mineral metabolism with emphasis on interactions of minerals. Trace elements will be given special attention. The role of minerals in metabolic regula- tion is stressed. Two one-hour lectures/one two-hour discussion period.

NUSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3)

Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. Advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutrition including chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syndromes. A critical study of the biochemical basis of substances and of certain laboratory techniques.

NUSC 610 Readings in Nutrition (1-3)

Second semester. Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative

NUSC —Nutritional Science 445

descriptions of energy requirements and utilization.

NUSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2)

Second semester. Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or 450, CHEM 461. or consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative de- scriptions of energy requirements and utilization.

NUSC 614 Proteins (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid bal- ance.

NUSC 620 Nutrition For Community Services (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Application of the principles of nutrition to community problems of specific groups. Students may select problems for independent study.

NUSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3)

Prerequisite: ANSC 401 / NUSC 401 and either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and techniques desired for advanced nutritional research. The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, en- zyme kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals.

NUSC 670 Intermediary Metabolism in Nutrition (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week.

Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461 or 462. The major routes of carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts and their detection and sig- nificance in nutrition.

NUSC 680 Human Nutritional Status (3)

Prerequisites: Advanced Nutrition, Biochemistry and Physiology. Two lectures and one three- hour laboratory period a week. Indirect and direct methods of appraisal of human nutritional status which include: dietary, anthropometric, clinical evaluations and biochemical measures.

NUSC 698 Seminar in Nutrition (1-3)

First and second semesters. A study in depth of a selected phase of nutrition.

NUSC 699 Problems in Nutrition (1-4)

NUSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Students will be re- quired to pursue original research in some phase of nutrition, carrying the same to completion, and reporting the results in the form of a thesis.

NUSC 898 Colloquium in Nutrition (1)

First and second semesters. Oral reports on special topics or recently published research in nutri- tion. Distinguished scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A maximum of three credits allowed for the M.S.

NUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 1 1-X>

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Students will be re- quired to pursue original research in some phase of nutrition, carrying the same to completions, and

reporting the results in the form of a dissertation.

NUTR —Nutrition

NUTR 425 International Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: course in basic nutrition. Nutritional status of world population and local, national, and international programs for improvement.

446 Graduate Course Descriptions

NUTR 430 Nutritional Biochemistry (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 261 or equivalent. Nutritional biochemistry with special emphasis on the re- lationship between biochemistry and nutrition.

NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition (3)

Prerequisites: consent of department; NUTR 300 and BCHM 261 or concurrent registration in BCHM 462. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. A critical study of the physio- logical and metabolic influences on nutrient utilization, with particular emphasis on current problems in human nutrition.

NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.

Prerequisites: NUTR 300, 450. Modifications of the normal adequate diet to meet human nutri- tional needs in pathological conditions.

NUTR 468 Practicum in Nutrition (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of the practicum advisor. Inservice training and practical experience in the application of the principles of normal and/or therapeutic nutrition in an approved community agen- cy, clinical facility or nutrition research laboratory.

NUTR 470 Community Nutrition (3)

Prerequisites: NUTR 300. A study of different types of community nutrition programs, problems and projects.

NUTR 475 Dynamics of Community Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: NUTR 470 or consent of instructor. The practice of community nutrition. Community assessment; nutrition program planning, implementation and evaluation; nutrition educa- tion and counseling; grantmanship; and the legislative process.

NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition (2-3)

Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and consent of instructor. Individual selected problems in the area of human nutrition.

NUTR 498 Special Topics (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected current aspects of nutrition. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of six credits if the subject matter is substantially different.

NUTR 600 Recent Progress in Human Nutrition (3)

Recent developments in the science of nutrition with emphasis on the interpretation of these find- ings for application in health and disease.

NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition (1-3)

Reports and discussions of signifant nutritional research and investigation.

NUTR 615 Maternal and Infant Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: NUTR 460 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Current literature concerning the importance of diet during pregnancy and infancy on the health of the mother and infant. Physiological and biochemical changes during pregnancy aand infancy, current issues in infant feed- ing, such as possible effects of diet during infancy on obesity and degenerative diseases in later life, and current public health programs designed to serve pregnant women and infants.

NUTR 620 Nutrition For Community Services (3)

Application of the principles of nutrition to various community problems of specific groups of the punlic. Students may select specific problems for independent study.

NUTR 625 Nutritional Needs of the Developmentally Disabled (2)

An anlysis of the handicapping conditions resulting from abnormal brain structure, maturation or function and the effects on nutritional status. Assessment techniques, requirements and treatment ap- proaches.

NUTR 630 Nutritional Aspects of Energy Balance (3)

Prerequisite: CHEM 462 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The prevalence and basic causes of caloric imbalance, along with a wide variety of approaches to weight control.

NUTR —Nutrition 447

NUTR 635 Carbohydrates, Lipids and Proteins in Human Nutrition (3)

Prerequisite: NUTR 450 or equivalent. Current literature concerning recent developments in the area of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins in human nutrition. Application of research findings to clinical and community settings.

NUTR 645 Vitamin and Mineral Nutrition in Humans (3)

Current literature concerning recent developments in the areas of vitamin and mineral metabol- ism. Emphasis on interactions of these nutrients and clinical applications of current research.

NUTR 650 Nutritional Needs of Women (2)

Current literature concerning areas of nutrition that have special impact on women during the various stages of the life cycle. Examination of nutrient requirements from a hormonal perspective with an emphasis on the alteration of nutritional needs with hormonal contraceptives.

NUTR 655 Nutrition, Food and Public Policy (3)

Prerequisite: NUTR 450 or equivalent, and permission of instructor. History and current status of legislation relative to nutrition and food. Focus on gaining insights and skills regarding working effectively in the area of nutrition and public policy.

NUTR 660 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: a statistics course. A study of appropriate research methodology and theories includ- ing experimental design. Each student is required to develop a specimen research proposal.

NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism in Nutrition (3)

Second semester.

Prerequisite: CHEM 461, 462 or equivalent. The major routes of carbohydrate, fat, and protein metabolism with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts and their detection and significance in nutri- tion.

NUTR 675 Advanced Clinical Dietetics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study and application of principles and theories of normal and therapeutic nutrition to assess, plan, implement, evaluate and improve the total nutritional care of hospitalized and ambulatory patients.

NUTR 678 Special Topics in Nutrition (1-6) Individual or group study in an area of nutrition.

NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status (3)

Prerequisites: Advanced Nutrition, Biochemistry and Physiology. Two lectures and one three- hour laboratory period a week. Indirect and direct methods of appraisal of human nutritional status which include: dietary, anthropometric, clinical evaluations and biochemical measures.

NUTR 698 Seminar in Nutrition (1-3)

A study in depth of a selected phase of nutrition.

NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition ( 1-4)

Prerequisite: permission of faculty. Experience in a phase of nutrition of interest to the student. Use is made of experimental animals , human studies and extensive, critical studies of research methods, techniques or data of specific projects.

NUTR 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3)

Directed graduate study which forms the basis of a non-thesis research paper.

NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

NUTR 888 Doctoral Seminar (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of current research related to nutrition. Presentations by doctoral students, faculty and visiting speakers.

NUTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

448 Graduate Course Descriptions

PCOM — Public Communication

PCOM 700 Introduction to Doctoral Study in the Public Communication Arts (3)

The creation of an historical-critical context for reviewing the public communication arts. Significant questions underlying the disciplines of speech and communication, theatre, broadcasting and film.

PCOM 701 Methodological Approaches to the Study of Public Communication Arts (3)

The significant modes of inquiry practiced by scholars investigating the public communications arts.

PCOM 702 Advanced Research Methods in Public Communications (3)

Justification of research problem and validation of design. Conceptualization and design of lab- oratory and field experiments. Uses and limitations of the survey method in communication re- search. Analysis and interpretation of data, including secondary analysis and computer applications.

PCOM 703 Analysis for Communication Research (3)

Causality and causal systems. Estimation in simultaneous equation models: recursive models, nonrecursive models and models with unobserved variables. Model evaluation and theory construc- tion in communication.

PCOM 711 Historical-Critical Research in Public Communication I (3)

Resources and tools suitable for analyzing, researching and writing scholarly articles and books on significant topics in public communication.

PCOM 712 Historical-Critical Research in Public Communication II (3)

Analysis and application of principles of criticism suitable for the public arts of broadcasting, public address, film, journalism and theatre.

PCOM 888 Doctoral Practicum in Public Communication (3-9)

Critical analysis of a critical phase of a professional field of public communication. Analysis of professional activity through personal observation. Evaluation of the purpose, process, effectiveness, and efficiency of professional activity. Recommendations for training and further research. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits.

PCOM 889 Doctoral Tutorial in Public Communication (3-8)

Individual research in public communication. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits.

PCOM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

PERH — Physical Education, Recreation, and Health

PERH 488 Children's Health and Development Clinic (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An opportunity to acquire training and experience in a thera- peutically oriented physical education — recreation program for children referred by various educa- tion, special education, medical or psychiatric groups. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 credits.

PERH 615 Crises of Aging: Time, Retirement and Widowhood (3)

A cross-disciplinary and multidisciplinary investigation of phenomena which comprise a signifi- cant portion of the issues confronting an older adult's life: (1) introduction to multiple processes of adulthood and aging: (2) the concepts and meaning of time: (3) pre-retirement and retirement adjust- ments; and (4) loss and widowhood.

PERH 62S Issues in Retirement: Theory and Practice (3)

Multidisciplinary examination of retirement phenomena, including theories of transition, govern- ment and private sector policies, social expectations, physical correlates, personal adjustments, and economic consequences. Emphasis upon research utilization.

PERH 688 Field Work in Aging (1-6)

Two hours of class plus ten hours of supervised field work per week.

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Sequences of supervised field experience in the field of ag- ing including direct service, administration, research, or training. Emphasis on career exploration

PERH — Physical Education, Recreation, and Health 449

and assessment in relation to the field of aging.

PERH 689 Selected Problems in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (1-6)

Research projects in special areas in health, physical education and/or recreation which have interdisciplinary implications not covered in structured courses.

PERH 780 Interdisciplinary Issues in Aging (3)

Multidisciplinary approaches to the processes of aging to achieve a more holistic understanding. Pedagogical research dissemination, peer instruction, guest lecturing, and informal discussion. The demonstration of the multilateral nature of growing older. Discussion of cross-disciplinary and inter- disciplinary research proposals.

PHED —Physical Education

PHED 401 Kinesiology For Dance (3)

Mechanical and anatomical components of human movement. Integration of the scientific knowl- edge necessary to the dancer with the artistic aspects of dance. Practical experience in the applica- tion of kinesiological principles to dance and dance education. May not be taken for credit by stu- dents who have credit in PHED 400.

PHED 402 Biomechanics of Sport (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 300. Mechanical determinants influencing sport techniques. A quantitative, scientific basis for sport analysis with emphasis on the application to numerous sport activities. Evaluation and quantification of the filmed performance of athletes.

PHED 406 Perceptual-Motor Development in the Young Child (3)

Analysis of perceptual-motor components, their progression, interrelationships, developmental ac- tivities and evaluation. Study of the growth and other factors that influence perceptual-motor devel- opment in the young child.

PHED 420 Physical Education For the Elementary School (3)

Orientation of the general elementary teacher to physical education. Principles and practices in elementary physical education are discussed and a variety of appropriate activities are considered.

PHED 421 Elementary School Physical Education: A Movement Approach (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 183 and 184. An analysis of movement philosophy and content, focusing upon cognitive, psychomotor and affective developmental characteristics in relation to progression and planning of games, educational dance and educational gymnastices for elementary school age children.

PHED 450 Sport Psychology: Applications (3)

Two hours of lecture, two hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: PHED 350. Application of the principles of sport psychology to the competitive or recreational athlete, with an emphasis on the techniques that have been used with competitors to maximize skill acquisition and performance.

PHED 451 Sport and the American Woman (3)

The expanding perception of the woman's role in American society; etiology of sex differences; socialization of sex roles in America; development of "masculinity" and "feminity" in children through early play experiences; competition and women; personality of the female athlete; and per- sonal motivations of female athletes and projected future for sport and the American.

PHED 455 Scientific Bases of Athletic Conditioning (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 360. An examination of physical fitness/athletic conditioning programs stressing the practical application of exercise physiology theory for enhancing athletic performance. Cardiovascular considerations, strength and power development, nutrition, speed, muscular endur- ance, environmental considerations and ergogenic aids.

PHED 461 Exercise and Body Composition (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 360. Physiological concepts relating body composition factors to exercise and human performance. The scientific basis for the establishment and evaluation of conditioning pro-

450 Graduate Course Descriptions

grams where body composition may play an important role, such as weight control and athletics.

PHED 462 Neural Basis of Human Movement (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 201, 202; PHED 385 or permission of instructor. An introduction to the neural substrates which underlie postural and volitional movement. Neuroanatomical and neurophy- siological basis of motor functioning; past and present conceptualizations of motor control and coordination; movement disorders; and maturation of the neuromuscular system.

PHED 470 Seminar For Student Teachers (2)

A seminar held concurrently with student teaching in physical education. An intensive examina- tion of current problems and issues in teaching physical education.

PHED 480 Measurement in Physical Education (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: MATH 105 or 1 10. A study of the principles and techniques of educational measurement as applied to teaching of physical education; study of the functions and techniques of measurement in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of physical education and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching.

PHED 481 Biophysical Aspects of Human Movement (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 300, 360, 370, 385. Scientific principles and research techniques in the in- vestigation of the biophysical bases of human movement.

PHED 482 Socio-behavioral Aspects of Human Movement (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 287, 293, 350. Derivation, formulation, and application of research in the socio-behavioral aspects of human movement.

PHED 486 Politics and Economics of Organized Contemporary Sport (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 287. Interdependence of sport, politics, and economics. The structure, organ- ization, and uses of sport in contemporary societies.

PHED 487 Physical Education and Sport in Contemporary Cultures (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or equivalent. A study of the cultural impact of physical education activities in the United States and selected countries. Individual research on se- lected topics is required.

PHED 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop (1-6)

Workshops and research projects in special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly struc- tured courses. Note: the maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any degree in physical education is six.

PHED 490 Administration of Physical Education and Sport (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 180 or PHED 287. Principles and functions of administration in physical education and sport. Administrative duties in relation to financing, budgeting, staffing, planning, or- ganizing, directing, coordinating, evaluating, reporting, and discipline.

PHED 491 The Curriculum in Physical Education (3)

Curriculum sources, principles, and planning concepts, with emphasis on using valid criteria for the selection of content for physical education programs.

PHED 492 History of the Sportswoman in American Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 293. Women's involvement in and contributions to America's sporting cul- ture, especially in the 19th and 20th Centuries until enactment of Title IX. The interactions among historical perceptions of women's roles, responsibilities, and potential and their sporting lives; the effects of role stereotyping and opportunities for and directions taken in developing sport organiza- tions. Other issues affecting women's involvement in institutional sport.

PHED 493 History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education (3)

History and philosophical implications of sport and physical education through ancient, medieval, and contemporary periods in western civilization.

PHED 494 History of Organized Sport in America 1870-1970 (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 293. The development of organized amateur and professional sport in America since 1870. League and association formation and growth, promotion of and challenges to

PHED —Physical Education 451

the organizations.

PHED 495 Organization and Administration of Elementary School Physical Education (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 420. Studies the procedures basic to satisfactory organization of all phases of the elementary school physical education program. Emphasis is placed on the organizational and ad- ministrative factors necessary for the successful operation of the program in various types of elemen- tary schools.

PHED 496 Quantitative Methods (3)

Statistical techniques most frequently used in research pertaining to physical education. Effort is made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and applications of these techniques.

PHED 497 Independent Studies Seminar (3)

Discussions of contemporary issues vital to the discipline, critiques of research in the student's area/areas of special interest, completion of a major project where the student will be asked to de- monstrate the ability to carry out investigative processes in problem solving and critical writing un- der faculty direction.

PHED 498 Special Topics in Physical Education (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics of special interest in areas not covered by regularly scheduled courses. Repeatable when the subject matter is different.

PHED 602 Status and Trends in Elementary School Physical Education (3)

Analyzes the current status and implications for future trends in physical education at the elemen- tary school level. Open to experienced persons in all phases of education.

PHED 603 Advanced Motor Development (3)

The analysis of major theoretical positions in motor skill development. Stage theory in motor development; development of motor skill memory; the development of motor control and coordina- tion; and the role of reflexes in motor development.

PHED 604 Physical Education and the Development of the Child (3)

Analyzes the place of physical education in meeting the growth and developmental needs of chil- dren of elementary school age.

PHED 606 Perceptual Motor Development Through Movement (3)

A study of the development of perceptual-motor skills through directed physical activities. An in- vestigation of the growth and development of perceptual-motor programs. Analysis of common fac- tors and differences between selected programs and philosophies. Evaluation in perceptual-motor development.

PHED 607 Developmental Assessment of Motor Functioning (3)

Application of measurement principles to motor development assessment. Examination of se- lected assessment instruments used to evaluate the developmental level of a child's motor behavior including perceptual -motor tests; infant motor development tests; tests of specific motor skills; motor development tests for preschool and early elementary age children.

PHED 609 Research Issues in Physical Education (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Issues, methodologies, and critical analyses of current research in physical education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

PHED 610 Methods and Techniques of Research (3)

Studies methods and techniques of research used in physical education an analysis of examples of their use; and practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.

PHED 612 Research Literature (3)

Studies the research literature of physical education, plus research in one specific problem.

PHED 615 Principles and Techniques of Evaluation (3)

Prerequisite: an introductory course in measurement or permission of the instructor. A study of currently used means of evaluating the performance of students and the effectiveness of programs of physical education in schools and colleges. Specific problems concerning evaluation, brought in by

452 Graduate Course Descriptions

members of the class, will be analyzed.

PHED 620 Analysis of Contemporary Athletics (3)

Studies current problems, practices, and national issues of permanent importance to the conduct of athletic competition in a democracy.

PHED 630 Sociology of Sport in Contemporary Perspective (3)

Studies social organization and the role of individuals and groups in sport situations: the interrela- tionship of sport with traditional social institutions; sport as a sub-system and its structure; and sport and social problems.

PHED 640 Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education (3)

Studies current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and of their application; obser- vation of available supervising programs, including visits with local supervisors; and practice in the use of selected techniques.

PHED 641 Analysis of Teaching Behavior in Physical Education (3)

Modes of collecting descriptive data about teaching. Teaching effectiveness variables, models of teaching, teaching/learning styles, and designs for research on teaching. Design of research instru- ments.

PHED 642 Administrative Direction of Physical Education (3)

Analyzes administrative problems in the light of sound educational practice. Students concentrate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative problems and contribute to the solution of oth- er class members' problems.

PHED 644 Curriculum Construction in Physical Education (3)

Studies the principles underlying curriculum construction in physical education and the practical applications of these principles to the construction of a curriculum.

PHED 650 Mental and Emotional Aspects of Sports and Recreation (3)

Prerequisites: psychology and/or human development. An exploration of psychological aspects of physical education, sports and recreation, including personality dynamics in relation to exercise and sports. A study is made of the psychological factors in athletic performance and coaching.

PHED 660 Philosophy of Physical Education (3)

Studies five important philosophical disciplines and their impact on modem physical education and sport; and an exploration of the valid philosophical approaches and processes to formulation of a personal philosophy of physical education.

PHED 661 Philosophy of Sport (3)

An examination of the meaning and significance of the phenomena of sport. The influence of the major philosophical points of view as related to modern physical activity and sport in the american society. An exploration of the valid philosophical approaches and processes to the formulation of a philosophy of sport. Exploration and inquiry into the interpretations of facts, meanings, and values in sport.

PHED 662 Readings in American Sport History (3)

Introduction to the research literature in American Sport History. Analysis of historians' in- terpretations of how and why American sport developed as it did.

PHED 663 History of Sport in Western Culture to 1600 (3)

The history of sport in the ancient, medieval and renaissance West.

PHED 664 Seminar in Colonial and 19th Century Sport (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 662 or consent of instructor. Selected topics in the history of the sporting culture in the United States from the seventeenth through the late nineteenth centuries.

PHED 665 Seminar in Modern American Sport, 1890-1970 (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 662 or consent of instructor. Selected topics in the history of the sporting culture in the United States from about 1890 to 1970.

PHED —Physical Education 453

PHED 670 Biomechanics Theory (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 141 or 221 or equivalent. Theoretical basis for the understanding the inves- tigation of biomechanical aspects of the human body. Integration of subject matter from physics, en- gineering, anatomy, kinesiology, and physiology as it relates to the study of human motion and the body as a mechanical system.

PHED 675 Photo-analysis of Human Motion (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 400 or consent of instructor. The scientific analysis of human motion with emphasis on photographic principles, cinematographic methodology, and data point resolution as they influence quantification of kinematic variables of human motion.

PHED 680 Therapeutic Exercise (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 460 or permission of instructor. A current, critical analysis of the role of ex- ercise as a therapeutic modality in treating muscular-skeletal, neuromuscular and sensory disorders; nutritional disorders and obesity; emotional and stress related disturbances; and degenerative disease and aging.

PHED 681 Physical Performance and the Physically Impaired (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 333, ZOOL 201, and 202, or consent of instructor. The physical disabilities most often encountered in educational programs and their impact upon a person's movement abili- ties. Research regarding the motion of individuals with the presented physical disabilities.

PHED 682 Physical Performance for Those with Learning and Behavioral Disorders (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 333 or consent of instructor. Mental retardation, learning disabilities and emotional disturbances, and their impact upon a person's movement abilities. Implications regarding appropriate teaching techniques and programs. Research regarding movement capacities of individ- uals with the presented disabilities.

PHED 685 Advanced Motor Learning (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 485 or equivalent. A research oriented approach to motor learning, including instrumentation and laboratory experimental techniques in motor learning research. Major topics co- vered are motor learning theories, information processing, motor memory, proprioceptive control of movement, and feedback.

PHED 688 Seminar in Motor Learning and Performance (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 485 and 496. Discussion of research dealing with advanced topics in motor learning and skilled performance. Recent developments concerning individual differences, refrac- toriness, anticipation and timing, transfer, retention, and work inhibition are emphasized. May be repeated for a total of 6 hours.

PHED 689 Special Problems in Physical Education ( 1-6)

Master or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisor may register for 1-6 hours of credit under this number.

PHED 690 Scientific Bases of Exercise (3)

Prerequisites: Anatomy, Physiology, PHED 400, 460, or equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical exercise in modem society with attention given to such topics as: the need for physi- cal exercise, its chronic effects, the role of exercise in attaining good physical condition and fitness, factor determining championship performances, and physical fatigue.

PHED 691 Muscular Aspects of Exercise Physiology (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 460 or equivalent. Muscular aspects of exercise physiology, including senso- ry and mechanical factors controlling contraction. Emphasis on the study of muscular fatigue, strength development and hypertrophy, the metabolic and nutritional factors affecting physical per- formance, and the cellular events associated with exercise and training.

PHED 692 Cardiovascular Aspects of Exercise Physiology (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 460 or equivalent. A comprehensive consideration of the various cardiovas- cular factors affecting human physical performance. Emphasis on the regulation of cardiovascular functions during physical activity. Energy liberation and transfer, circulation, respiration, tempera- ture regulation, physiology of work at altitudes, aerobic endurance training, and exercise, health and

454 Graduate Course Descriptions

aging.

PHED 693 Pulmonary Dynamics in Exercise Physiology (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 690 or equivalent. Pulmonary factors affecting physical performance. Ventilation, diffusion, blood flow, ventilation-perfus ion relationships, gas transport to the periph- ery, mechanics of breathing, control of ventilation, respiratory physiology in unusual environments and tests of pulmonary function.

PHED 695 Laboratory Techniques in Exercise Physiology (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 360, BCHM 261. Practical applications and the theoretical understanding of techniques concerned with biochemical aspects of exercise physiology typically used in the labora- tory.

PHED 703 Research Seminar in Motor Development (3)

Prerequisite: PHED 603 or consent of instructor. Issues and strategies in the design and evalua- tion of research in motor skill development. Course culminates in student planning, conducting and interpreting a reserch study.

PHED 764 Advanced Seminar: Research and Writing in American Sport History (3)

Theoretical and practical study of experiences central to American Sport History. Historical evidence and writing in American sport history.

PHED 770 Advanced Biomechanics (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 670; CMSC 103 or equivalent. The application of scientific methods to problems in human biomechanics. Instrumentation for data collection and measurement, mechanical models of the body and their mathematical treatment, and current research topics.

PHED 775 Advanced Analysis of Human Motion (3)

Prerequisites: PHED 400, 460, college algebra or equivalent of by permission of instructor. A re- search oriented kinesiological analysis of human movement as it relates to sports and the activities of daily living. The analysis is accomplished by means of various measurement procedures including cinematography, electronic timing devices and similar instruments.

PHED 789 Advanced Seminar (1-3)

Studies the current problems and trends in selected fields of physical education.

PHED 798 Internship in Physical Education/Sports Management (1-8)

Prerequisites: consent of department. Practical application of previously acquired skills and knowledge in a sport and/or physical education setting. Emphasis on selected experiences to enhance the total academic program of the student. The internship site assignment will depend upon student's background and career goals. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits.

PHED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) PHED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

PHIL —Philosophy

PHIL 408 Topics in Contemporary Philosophy (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 320. An intensive examination of contemporary problems and issues. Source material will be selected from recent books and articles. May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with are different.

PHIL 412 The Philosophy of Plato (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A critical study of selected dialogues.

PHIL 414 The Philosophy of Aristotle (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A critical study of selected portions of Aristotle's writ- ings.

PHIL 416 Medieval Philosophy (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A study of philosophical thought from the fourth to the fourteenth centuries. Readings selected from Christian, Islamic, and Jewish thinkers.

PHIL —Philosophy 455

PHIL 421 The Continental Rationalists (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A critical study of selected writings of one or more of the continental rationalists.

PHIL 422 The British Empiricists (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A critical study of selected writings on one or more of the British Empiricists.

PHIL 423 The Philosophy of Kant (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A critical study of selected portions of Kant's writings.

PHIL 425 19th Century Philosophy (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A study of philosophy in the nineteenth century through an examination of such Figures as Hegel, Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, and Mill.

PHIL 428 Topics in the History of Philosophy (3)

Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320, or consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with are different.

PHIL 431 Aesthetic Theory (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy or permission of instructor. Study of the theory of the aes- thetic as a mode of apprehending the world and of the theory of criticism, its conceptual tools and intellectual presuppositions.

PHIL 438 Topics in Philosophical Theology (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 236 or consent of instructor. An examination of a basic issue discussed in theological writings, with readings drawn from both classical and contemporary theologians and phi- losophers. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when the topics are different.

PHIL 440 Contemporary Ethical Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 142. Contemporary problems having to do with the meaning of the principal concepts of ethics and with the nature of moral reasoning.

PHIL 441 History of Ethics: Hobbes to the Present (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 140. The history of ethical thought from the seventeenth century to the pre- sent, including such philosophers as Hobbes, Butler, Hume, Kant, Bentham, Mill, Bradley, Sidgwick, Moore, and Stevenson.

PHIL 445 Political and Social Philosophy II (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 142 or 345. A study of the main issues encountered in the philosophical anal- ysis and evaluation of social and political institutions.

PHIL 446 Law, Morality, and War (3)

Prerequisite: GVPT 300 or 401 or PHIL 142 or consent of instructor. An exploration of funda- mental moral and legal issues concerning war. Also offered as GVPT 403.

PHIL 447 Philosophy of Law (3)

Prerequisite: one course in philosophy. Examination of fundamental concepts related to law, e.g., Legal system, law and morality, justice, legal reasoning, responsibility.

PHIL 450 Scientific Thought I (3)

The development of science, its philosophical interpretations and implications, and views of its methods, from the ancients through Newton and Leibniz.

PHIL 451 Scientific Thought II (3)

The development of science, its philosophical interpretations and implications, and views of its methods, from the death of Newton to the early twentieth century.

PHIL 452 Philosophy of Physics (3)

Prerequisite: three credits in philosophy or three credits in physics. Implications of 20th century physics for such problems as operationalism, the structure and purpose of scientific theories, the meaning of "probability", the basis of geometrical knowledge, the nature of space and time, the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics, the nature and limits of measurement. Emphasis

456 Graduate Course Descriptions

on the interaction between physics and philosophy.

PHIL 453 Philosophy of Science II (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 250 or an upper-level course in philosophy or a major in science. A compre- hensive survey of developments in the main problems of the philosophy of science from logical po- sitivism to the present. The nature of theories, models, laws, and counterfactuals, testing inductive logic and confirmation theory, experimental methodology, measurement, explanation, concept for- mation, growth of scientific knowledge, and scientific realism.

PHIL 454 Philosophy of Economics (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or consent of instructor. Conceptual, methodological, ethical, and ideo- logical issues arising from or related to economic theory. Conceptual structure of economics, and logical relations among economic theories. The relations between economics and ethics, and of the importance of ideology.

PHIL 455 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)

Prerequisites: PHIL 250 or six hours in a social science or consent of the instructor. A considera- tion of philolophical issues arising in the social sciences, with particular emphasis on issues of prac- tical methodological concern to social scientists.

PHIL 456 Philosophy of Biology (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 250 or permission of the instructor. Questions about concepts, reasoning, ex- planation, etc., in biology, and their relations to those of other areas of science. Case studies of se- lected aspects of the history of biology, especially in the twentieth century.

PHIL 457 Philosophy of History (3)

An examination of the nature of historical knowledge and historical explanation.

PHIL 458 Topics in the Philosophy of Science (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 250 or consent of the instructor; when the topic for a given semester de- mands, additional philosophical or scientific prerequisites may be required by the instructor. A de- tailed examination of a particular topic or problem in philosophy of science. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of six credits when the content is different.

PHIL 461 Theory of Meaning (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. Theories about the meaning of linguisitic expressions, in- cluding such topics as sense and reference, intensionality and necessity, and possible-world seman- tics, through an examination of such writers as Mill, Frege, Wittgenstein, Quine, and Kripke.

PHIL 462 Theory of Knowledge (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. Some central topics in the theory of knowledge, such as perception, memeory, knowledge, and belief, skepticism, other minds, truth, and the problems of induction.

PHIL 464 Metaphysics (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. A study of some central metaphysical concepts such as substance, identity, relations, causality, and time, and of the nature of metaphysical thinking.

PHIL 465 Philosophy of Psychology (3)

A study of epistemological, conceptual, and methodological assumptions of three major move- ments in 20th Century psychology: psychoanalysis, behaviorism, and cognitive psychology.

PHIL 466 Philosophy of Mind (3)

Prerequisite: six credits in philosophy. An inquiry into the nature of mind through the analysis of such concepts as consciousness, thought, sensation, emotion, and desire. Consideration of mind- brain identity thesis.

PHIL 471 Symbolic Logic II (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 371 or consent of instructor. Axiomatic development of the propositional cal- culus and the first-order functional calculus, including the deduction theorem, independence of axi- oms, consistency, and completeness.

PHIL —Philosophy 457

PHIL 472 Philosophy of Mathematics (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 371 or consent of instructor. A study of results in foundations of mathematics and of philosophical views of the nature of mathematics and of mathematical knowledge.

PHIL 474 Induction and Probability (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study of inferential forms, with emphasis on the logical structure underlying such inductive procedures as estimating and hypothesis-testing. Decision- theoretic rules relating to induction will be considered, as well as classic theories of probability and induction.

PHIL 478 Topics in Symbolic Logic (3)

Prerequisite: PHIL 471. May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with are different.

PHIL 498 Topical Investigations (1-3)

PHIL 688 Selected Problems in Philosophy (1-3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 788 Research in Philosophy (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of chairman of tutorial-advisory committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.

PHIL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

PHIL 808 Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 828 Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 838 Seminar in Esthetics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 848 Seminar in Ethics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 858 Seminar in Logic and Philosophy of Sciences (3)

Prerequisiste: consent of instructor.

PHIL 868 Seminar in Metaphysics (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 869 Seminar in the Theory of Knowledge (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

PHIL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

PHYS —Physics

PHYS 400 Basic Concepts of Physics I (3)

Prerequisite: junior standing. A primarily descriptive course in two semesters, intended mainly for those students in the liberal arts who have not had any other course in physics. This course does not serve as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The main emphasis is on the con- cepts of physics, their evolution and their relation to other branches of human endeavor.

PHYS 401 Basic Concepts of Physics II (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 400 or consent of instructor.

PHYS 404 Intermediate Theoretical Mechanics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 142 or 263; MATH 241 previously or concurrently. Fundamentals and se- lected advanced topics of physical mechanics. Vector differential calculus will be used.

PHYS 405 Intermediate Theoretical Electricity and Magnetism (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 142 or 263; MATH 241. Intermediate electricity and magnetism and elec- tromagnetic waves (optics). Vector differential calculus is used throughout.

458 Graduate Course Descriptions

PHYS 406 Optics (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 263 or 294 and MATH 240, or consent of instructor. Geometrical optics, optical instruments, wave motion, interference and diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics.

PHYS 407 Sound (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 122, 142 or 263. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 246. A study of the basic con- cepts of sound production and its applications.

PHYS 410 Elements of Theoretical Physics: Mechanics (4)

Prerequisites: PHYS 294, or PHYS 404 and 405, or PHYS 263 and consent of instructor, MATH 241. Pre- or corequisite MATH 240. A study of the theoretical foundations of mechanics with ex- tensive application of the methods. Various mathematical tools of theoretical physics.

PHYS 41 1 Elements of Theoretical Physics: Electricity and Magnetism (4)

Prerequisite: PHYS 404 or 410, and PHYS 263 or 294 or 405, or consent of the instructor. A study of the foundations of electromagnetic theory, with extensive applications of the methods. Thorough treatment of wave properties of solutions of Maxwell's equations.

PHYS 412 Kinetic Theory of Gases (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 404 and 405 or PHYS 410 and MATH 240 or equivalent. Dynamics of gas particles, Maxwell-Bultzmann distribution, diffusion, Brownian motion, etc.

PHYS 414 Introduction to Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240, PHYS 294 or 404 or consent of the instructor. Introduction of basic concepts in thermodynamics and statistical mechanics.

PHYS 420 Principles of Modern Physics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 263 or 294 or 404 and 405: MATH 241 or consent of instructor. A survey of atomic and nuclear phenoma and the main trends in modem physics. This course is appropriate for students in engineering and other physical sciences. It should not be taken in addition to PHYS 421.

PHYS 421 Introduction to Modern Physics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or equivalent; MATH 241 including some knoledge of ordinary dif- ferential equations. Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom, wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra.

PHYS 422 Modern Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 421. This course uses the basic ideas of quantum mechanics and special rela- tivity to discuss the characteristics of many diverse subjects including complex atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei and elementary particles.

PHYS 423 Elementary Quantum Physics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 420 or 422; MATH 240 and 246; and a level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to that of a student who has taken PHYS 410 and 411, or ENEE 380 and 381. A rigorous presentation the quantum theory, including the concepts of operators, measurement and angular momentum. The application of these concepts together with the Schroedinger equation to some basic problems in atomic and molecular physics.

PHYS 429 Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory (3)

PHYS 395 and consent of instructor. Classical experiments in atomic physics and more sophisti- cated experiments in current techniques in nuclear physics.

PHYS 431 Properties of Matter (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 404 or 410, and PHYS 405 or 411; and PHYS 420 or 421. Introduction to solid state physics. Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elastic properties of metals, semiconductors, in- sulators and superconductors.

PHYS 441 Nuclear Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 404 and 405; or PHYS 410; or PHYS 420;OR PHYS 421. An introduction to nuclear physics at the pre-quantum-mechnaics level. Properties of nuclei; radioactivity; nuclear

PHYS —Physics 459

systematics; nuclear moment; the Shell model, interaction of charged particles and Gamma rays with matter; nuclear dectectors; accelerators; nuclear reactions; Beta decay; high energy phenomena.

PHYS 443 Neutron Reactor Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 420 or PHYS 421 or consent of instructor. Various related topics in neutron reactor physics.

PHYS 451 Introduction to Elementary Particles (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. Properties of elementary particles, production and detection of particles, relativistic kinematics, invariance principles and conservation laws.

PHYS 461 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 404 and MATH 240. Kinematics of fluid flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis, wave motions.

PHYS 463 Introduction to Plasma Physics (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 404 or 410, or ENES 221 ; and PHYS 405 or 41 1 , or ENEE 380; or consent of instructor. Students without the electricity and magnetism prerequisite but having a familiarity with Maxwell's equations should check with the instructor. Orbit theory, magneto-hydrodynamics, plasma heating and stability, waves and transport processes.

PHYS 465 Modern Optics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 410, and 420 or 421, and 411 or consent of instructor. Designed for stu- dents with a background in fundamental optics, the course deals with topics in modem optics such as coherence, holography, principles of laser action, electron optics, and non-linear optics.

PHYS 471 Introduction to Atmospheric and Space Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 404 or 410; and PHYS 405 or 411; and PHYS 420 or 421. Motions of charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of plasma physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts, atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodynamics and dynamics of the atmosphere.

PHYS 483 Biophysics and Theoretical Biology (3)

Prerequisite: consent of the intructor. Designed for advanced and mature students who may have only minimal knowledge of biological processes but are well grounded in physics. Areas in bio- science where physics, biophysical chemistry, and mathematical analysis fuse to provide definition for biologic statics and dynamics.

PHYS 485 Electronic Circuits (4)

Three hours of lecture and two of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 395, and concurrent enrollment in PHYS 405 or 411. Theory of semi-conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application in experimental physics.

PHYS 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and Engineering Principles (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 410, 41 1 or 271, 321 and 421, or equivalents. Sources or charged particles, methods of acceleration and focusing of electron and ion beams in electromagnetic fields; electrostat- ic accelerators; constant-gradient cyclotrons and synchrotrons; betatrons and microtrons; the alternating-gradient and sector-focusing principles; isochronous syclotrons and alternating-gradient sychrotrons: linear accelerators. This course is also listed as ENEE 487.

PHYS 490 History of Modern Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 420 or 421 or equivalent. Primarily for senior physics majors and first year graduate students. A survey of major discoveries and trends in 20th century physics, including the relations of physics to other sciences, philosophy of science, technology and society.

PHYS 499 Special Problems in Physics (1-16)

Prerequisite: major in physics and consent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 501 Physical Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers I (4)

An introductory experimentally-based physical science course modeled on the program PSNS/An Approach to Physical Science. Major concepts of chemistry and physics developed in an integrated, systematic fashion with reliance on direct laboratory observations and inferences.

460 Graduate Course Descriptions

PHYS 502 Physical Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers II (4)

Prerequisite: PHYS 501. The exploration of major physics topics including mechanics, sound, light, electricity and magnetism, and modem physics.

PHYS 521 General Physics for Science Teachers I (4)

The first semester of a two-semester sequence in physics stressing physical insight for prospective secondary school science and mathematics teachers. Designed to carefully integrate lecture and lab- oratory and to serve as a model for persons planning to teach physics or physical science. Mathematics use will include algebra, trigonometry, with occasional references to calculus.

PHYS 522 General Physics for Science Teachers II (4)

Prerequisite: PHYS 521. A continuation of PHYS 521.

PHYS 601 Theoretical Dynamics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or equivalent. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics, two-body central force problem, rigid body motion, small oscillations, continuous systems.

PHYS 602 Statistical Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or equivalent. Statistical mechanics, thermodynamics, kinetic theory.

PHYS 604 Methods of Mathematical Physics (3)

Prerequisite: advanced calculus, PHYS 410 and 411, or equivalent. Ordinary and partial dif- ferential equations of physics, boundary value problems, Fourier series. Green's functions, complex variables and contour integration.

PHYS 606 Electrodynamics (4)

Prerequisite: PHYS 604 or equivalent. Classical electromagnetic theory, electro- and magnetostat- ics. Maxwell equations, waves and radiation, special relativity.

PHYS 607 Advanced Classical Physics (3)

Preerquisite: PHYS 606. Selected topics in advanced classical physics will be studied from among the fields of radiation theory, spin-carrying waves, solitons and general non-linear dynamics.

PHYS 621 Graduate Laboratory (3)

Six hours of laboratory work per week.

Design and performance of advanced experiments in modern and classical physics.

PHYS 622 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I (4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: an outstanding undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger equation, matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods, scattering theory etc.. And applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear physics.

PHYS 623 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: an understanding undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger equation, matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods, scattering theory etc., And applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear physics. Continuation of PHYS 622.

PHYS 624 Advanced Quantum Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 623. Relativistic wave equations, second quantization in many body problems and relativistic wave equations, Feynman-Dyson perturbation theory, applications to many body problems, application to quantum electrodynamics, elements of renormalization.

PHYS 625 Non-relativistic Quantum Mechanics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 623. Non-relativistic second quantization, single particle Green's function, perturbation theory, linked cluster expansion, Feynman and Goldstone diagrams; applications to im- perfect fermi gases; superconductivity.

PHYS 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron and Ion Beams (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 410, 411 or PHYS 271, 321 or consent of instructor. Three hours per week. General principles of single-particle dynamics; analytical and practical methods of mapping electric and magnetic fields; equations of motion and special solutions; Liouville's theorem; electron optics; space charge effects in high current beams; design principles of special electron and ion beam de-

PHYS —Physics 461

vices. This course is also listed as ENEE 686.

PHYS 703 Thermodynamics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 602. The first and second laws of thermodynamics are examined and applied to homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems, calculations of properties of matter, the derivation of equilibrium conditions and phase transitions, the theory of irreversible processes.

PHYS 704 Statistical Mechanics (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 411 and 602. A study of the determination of behavior of matter from microscopic models. Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models. Applications of solid state physics and the study of gases.

PHYS 708 Seminar in Teaching College Physics (1)

PHYS 709 Seminar in General Physics (1)

PHYS 711 Symmetry Problems in Physics (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 623. A study of general methods of classification of physical systems by their symmetries and invariance properties, especially in quantum field theory applications.

PHYS 718 Seminar in General Physics (1)

PHYS 719 Seminar in General Physics (1)

PHYS 721 Theory of Atomic Spectra (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 622. A study of atomic spectra and structure: one and two electron spectra, fine and hyper-fine structure, line strengths, line widths, etc.

PHYS 722 Theory of Molecular Spectra (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 721. The structure and properties of molecules as revealed by rotational, vi- brational, and electronic spectra.

PHYS 723 Molecular Physics I (2)

Prerequisite: PHYS 623. The fundamentals of the interpretation of the spectra of simple of mole- cules with particular attention to quantitative considerations. Emphasis on topics generally regarded as falling outside the domain of molecular structure, notably the measurement and analysis of mole- cular spectroscopic line intensities.

PHYS 724 Molecular Physics II (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 623. The fundamentals of the interpretation of the spectra of simple molecules with particular attention to quantitative considerations. Emphasis on top- ics generally regarded as falling outside the domain of molecular structure, notably the measurement and analysis of molecular spectroscopic line intensities. Continuation of PHYS 723.

PHYS 728 Seminar in Atomic and Molecular Physics (1)

PHYS 729 Seminar in General Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Electronics (1)

PHYS 731 Solid State Physics: Survey (3)

A variety of topics such as crystal structure, mechanical, thermal, electrical, and magnetic prop- erties of solids, band structure, the semi-surface, and superconductivity will be treated. Although the emphasis will be on the phenomena, the methods of quantum mechanics are freely employed in this description.

PHYS 738 Seminar in Experimental Solid State Physics (1)

PHYS 739 Seminar in Theoretical Solid State Physics (1)

PHYS 741 Nuclear Physics: Survey (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 622 and 623. An introductory survey of nuclear physics, including the fol- lowing topics: properties of the two-nucleon force and the most popular phenomenological poten- tials; properties of nuclei including radii, shapes and charge distributions; introduction to nuclear structure models, including collective, independent particle, and shell model; basic features of ra- dioactivity including weak interactions and alpha decay; introduction to nuclear reactions, including phenomenological optical potentials and distorted wave approximations.

462 Graduate Course Descriptions

PHYS 748 Seminar in Experimental Nuclear Physics (1)

PHYS 749 Seminar in Theoretical Nuclear Physics (1)

PHYS 751 Elementary Particle Physics I: Survey (3)

Three lectures a week. Co-requisite: PHYS 624 or consent of the instructor. Nuclear forces are studied by examining interactions at high energies. Meson physics, scattering processes, and detailed analysis of high energy experiments.

PHYS 752 Elementary Particle Physics II: Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 624 and 751 or consent of the instructor. Survey of elementary particles and their properties, quantum field theory, meson theory, weak interactions, possible extensions of ele- mentary particle theory.

PHYS 758 Seminar in Elementary Particles and Quantum Field Theory (1)

PHYS 759 Seminar in Elementary Particles and Quantum Field Theory (1)

PHYS 761 Plasma Physics I: Survey (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 604, 606 or consent of instructor. A detailed study of plasma physics. The first semester treats particle orbit theory, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves, and transport phenomena.

PHYS 762 Plasma Physics II (3)

Continuation of PHYS 761. Vlasov theory, including waves, stability, and weak turbulence, kinetic equation theories of correlations and radiative processes.

PHYS 768 Seminar in Fluid Dynamics (1)

PHYS 769 Seminar in Plasma Physics (1)

PHYS 771 Cosmic Ray Physics: Survey (3)

Pre- or co-requisite: PHYS 601 or consent of instructor. Interaction of cosmic rays with matter, geomagnetic cutoffs, origin and propagation of cosmic rays, the electron component and its relation- ship to cosmic radio noise; experimental methods.

PHYS 778 Seminar in Space and Cosmic Ray Physics (1)

PHYS 779 Seminar in General Relativity (1)

PHYS 788 Seminar in Applied Physics (1)

PHYS 789 Seminar in Interdisciplinary Problems (1)

PHYS 798 Special Problems in Advanced Physics (1-3) Projects or special study in advanced physics.

PHYS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

PHYS 808 Special Topics in General Physics (1^4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 809 Special Topics in General Physics ( l-4i

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 818 Special Topics in General Physics (1^1)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 819 Special Topics in General Physics {1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 828 Special Topics in Atomic and Molecular Physics (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 829 Special Topics in Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Electronics (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS —Physics 463

PHYS 832 Theory of Solids I (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 623. Co-requisite: PHYS 625. Advanced topics in the quantum theory of sol- ids from such fields as band structure calculations, optical properties, phonons, neutron scattering, the dynamics of electrons in one-band theory, the Landau-Fermi Liquid Theory, charged Fermi liq- uids, the Fermi surface (surface impedance, cyclotron resonance, the DeHass-Van Alphen Effect, etc.).

PHYS 833 Theory of Solids II (3)

Continuation of PHYS 832. Covers special topics such as magnetism, superconductivity and electron-phonon interactions.

PHYS 838 Special Topics in Experimental Solid State Physics (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 839 Special Topics in Theoretical Solid State Physics (1^1) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 842 Advanced Nuclear Physics: Theory I (3)

Prerequisite or corequisite: PHYS 624 and 625. The theory of the nucleon-nucleon force and nu- clear bound states. Discussion of Brueckner theory of nuclear matter and finite nuclei and various models of nuclear structure: the Shell model, the Nilsson model, and the liquid drop model. The theory of fission and isometric states. Dynamical symmetries of nuclear excited states and the in- teracting boson approximation.

PHYS 843 Advanced Nuclear Physics: Theory II (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 842. The theory of the nucleon-nucleon force and nuclear reactions. Discussion of such topics as: the theory of the optical potential, high-energy scattering of nucleons and Glauber theory, interaction of nuclei with mesons and hyperons, photonuclear reactions, scatter- ing and reactions of nuclear heavy ions, Lepton-nucleus scattering, and few nucleon scattering and Faddeev theory.

PHYS 844 Advanced Nuclear Physics: Experiment I (3)

Prerequisites: PHYS 623 and 741 . The structure of nuclei, and a comparison of the experimental- ly measured properties to various nuclear models. Discussion of such nuclear models as: collective models, the Shell model, and the Nilsson model. Measured properties such as energy levels, transi- tion rates, electric and magnetic moments, and spectroscopic factors will be compared with these models as a test of their validity. Experimental techniques used in these measurements.

PHYS 845 Advanced Nuclear Physics: Experiment II (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 844 or PHYS 842 and consent of instructor. Emphasis on direct nuclear reactions, and the comparison between popular reaction models and experimental data. Discussion of such topics as: analysis of elastic scattering of hadrons via optical models, folding models, and the impulse approximation; distorted wave born approximation analyses of inelastic scattering and transfer reactions; distorted wave impulse approximation analyses of inelastic scattering and quasi- free knockout reactions; pre-equilibrium and cascade model calculations of continuum yields; reac- tion models of heavy ion strongly damped collisions; reaction models of relativistic heavy ion in- teractions. Experimental techniques used in reaction studies.

PHYS 848 Special Topics in Experimental Nuclear Physics (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 849 Special Topics in Theoretical Nuclear Physics (1^1) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 851 Advanced Quantum Field Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 624. Renormalizations of Lagrangian field theories. Lamb shift, positronium fine structure, T. C. P. Invariance, connection between spin and statistics, broken symmetries in many body problems, soluble models, analyticity in perturbation theory, simple applications of dispersion relations.

464 Graduate Course Descriptions

PHYS 852 Theoretical Methods in Elementary Particles (3)

Prerequisite or co-requisite: PHYS 85 1 .

PHYS 853 Quantum Field Theory (3)

Co-requisite: PHYS 851. Introduction to Hilbert space, general postulates of relativistic quantum field theory, asymptotic conditions, examples of local field theory, Jost-Lehmann-Dyson representa- tion and applications, generalized free field theory, general results of local field theory-tcp theorem, spin statistics connections, Borchers' theorems, Reeh-Schlieder theorem.

PHYS 858 Special Topics in Elementary Particles and Quantum Field Theory (1-4) Prerequisites: PHYS 851 and PHYS 752. First semester.

PHYS 859 Special Topics in Elementary Particles and Quantum Field Theory (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 862 Controlled Fusion Physics and Technology (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 761. Review of fusion plasma physics, followed by high voltage pulse tech- nology, ion sources, high power lasers; magnetic and inertia! confinement schemes major "matches" in controlled thermonuclear research.

PHYS 863 Plasma Equilibrium, Stability and Transport Properties (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 762 or equivalent. Applications of magnetohydrodynamics and kinetic theory to the equilibrium, stability and transport properties of magnetically confined high temperature plas- mas.

PHYS 864 Nonlinear Effects and Radiation Processes in High-temperature Plasmas (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 762. Advanced survey of fundamental nonlinear effects and radiation pro- cesses in high-temperature plasmas.

PHYS 868 Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 869 Special Topics in Plasma Physics < 1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 875 Theory of Relativity: Survey (3)

Prerequisite: PHYS 601. A brief survey of Einstein's special theory of relativity followed by a solid introduction to general relativity and its applications.

PHYS 878 Special Topics in Space and Cosmic Ray Physics (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 879 Special Topics in General Relativity (1-4)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 888 Special Topics in Applied Physics (2)

PHYS 889 Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Problems (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Credit according to work done.

PHYS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

PORT —Portuguese

PORT 478 Themes and Movements of Luso-Brazilian Literature in Translation (3)

A study of specific themes and movements in Luso-Brazilian literature, as announced. Designed for students for whom the literatures would be inaccessible in Portuguese. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PORT 699 Independent Study of Portuguese (1-3)

This course is designed to provide graduate students an opportunity to pursue independent study

under the supervision of a member of the department. Repeatable to a maximum of three credits.

PSYC— Psychology 465

PSYC —Psychology

PSYC 400 Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation (4)

Two lectures and four one-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisites: PSYC 200 or a course in statistics from an approved departmental list; completion of the departmentally required English, math and science supporting course sequence; consent of the department. The experimental analysis of behavior, with emphasis on conditioning, learning and mo- tivational processes. Experiments on the behavior of animals.

PSYC 401 Advanced Laboratory in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 400. An intensified extension of the principles and techniques demonstrated in the laboratory of PSYC 400. Emphasis on complex schedules of reinforcement, and experimental designs using repeated measures.

PSYC 402 Physiological Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 206 or 301. An introduction to research on the physiological basis of human behavior, including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis of learning.

PSYC 403 Animal Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 206 or 301. A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major em- phasis on mammals.

PSYC 404 Introduction to Behavioral Pharmacology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 206 or 301 or 400 or a course in zoology. The basic findings and theoretical viewpoints on the interaction of drugs and behavior. Introduction to basic principles of pharmacolo- gy, the effects of drugs on various behavior, experimental analysis of drug dependence and abuse, and neuropharmacology and behavior.

PSYC 405 Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 301. Theoretical and research literature in the application of operant and re- spondent conditioning principles to human behavior. Approaches to behavior problems in school, home and professional settings.

PSYC 410 Experimental Psychology: Sensory Processes I (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory/demonstration period per week.

Prerequisite: PSYC 100; completion of the departmentally required English, math, and science supporting course sequence; consent of the department. A systematic survey of the content, models, and methodology of sensory and perceptual research. A student who has completed PSYC 310 must have permission of the instructor in order to register for PSYC 410.

PSYC 412 Experimental Psychology: Sensory Processes II (4)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise and research per week. Prerequisite: PSYC 410 or consent of instructor. Primarily for psychology majors and majors in biological sciences with a special interest in sensory processes. Lectures and laboratory exercises will emphasize contem- porary problems in sensory process research. Sufficient latitude will be provided so the exceptional student may conduct original research based on findings reported in the current literature.

PSYC 415 History of Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: twelve credits in psychology or permission of the instructor. The origins of psycho- logy in philosophy and biology, and the development of psychology as a science in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Consideration of current theoretical perspectives and experiments in relation to the enduring problems of psychology, and of the role of culture, science, and technology in the development of psychological ideas.

PSYC 420 Experimental Psychology: Social Processes I (4)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise and demonstation per week. Prerequisites: PSYC 200 or a statistics course from an approved departmental list, PSYC 221, completion of the English, math and science supporting course sequence; consent of the department.

466 Graduate Course Descriptions

A laboratory course to provide a basic understanding of experimental method in social psychology and experience in conducting research on social processes.

PSYC 421 Experimental Psychology: Social Processes II (4)

Prerequisite: PSYC 420. Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. An ad- vanced laboratory course which provides intensive training in experimental work in social psycholo- gy and the opportunity to design and carry out original research on social processes.

PSYC 423 Advanced Social Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 420 or permission of the instructor. A systematic review of research and points of view in regard to major problems in the field of social psychology.

PSYC 424 Communication and Persuasion (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 221 or equivalent. The effect of social communication upon behavior and at- titudes. Theory and research concerning attitude change and social influence.

PSYC 432 Introduction to Counseling Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: nine hours in psychology. A survey and critical analysis of research and intervention strategies developed and used by counseling psychologist*. Examination of both historical and cur- rent trends in content and methodology.

PSYC 435 Personality Theories (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100; PSYC 200 or its equivalent. Major theories of personality and research methods and findings relevant to those theories.

PSYC 436 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100. A survey and critical analysis of clinical psychology, with particular emphasis on current developments and trends. Students will be expected to conduct individual pro- jects with a substantial amount of direct supervision.

PSYC 440 Experimental Psychology: Cognitive Processes (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or a statistics course from an approved departmental list, and completion of the departmentally required English, math and science supporting course sequence; consent of the department. A laboratory course to provide a systematic survey of the content, models, and methods in cognitive psychology with an emphasis on auditory and visual partem recognition, information processing, attention, memory, learning, problem solving, and language.

PSYC 442 Psychology of Language (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100, 200 and either 341 or 440 or consent of the instructor. Introductory sur- vey of topics in psycholinguistic research, theory and methodology. Major emphasis on the contribu- tion of linguistic theory to the psychological study of language behavior and cognition. Linguistic theory, biological bases of language, and speech, grammars, phonetics and phonological perfor- mance, speech perception and production, psychological studies of syntax and semantics, language and cognitive development, language comprehension and thought, etc.

PSYC 443 Thinking and Problem Solving (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100, 200 and either 341 or 440 or consent of the instructor. Survey of topics in the psychology of thinking and problem solving. The historical development, current theory and data, and research methods in problem solving. Formal problem solving theory and computer models of thinking and human problem behavior. The uses of strategies to improve students' own thinking processes and problem solving behavior.

PSYC 444 Cognitive Structure in Perception (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100, and 200 and either 341 or 440 or consent of the instructor. Perception as an information extraction and pattern recognition process. Complex form and space perception and pattern recognition of speech. Review of early studies of form and pattern perception which sup- port information processing state or cascade models of perceptual capacities; studies on development and the roles of learning and attention.

PSYC —Psychology 467

PSYC 451 Principles of Psychological Testing (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equiva- lent. A survey of the basic concepts and theories of psychological measurement illustrated through demonstration of principal approaches to psychological testing.

PSYC 452 Psychology of Individual Differences (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200. Problems theories and researches related to psychological differences among individuals and groups.

PSYC 453 Mathematical Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. A survey of mathematical for- mulations in psychology, including measurement and scaling models, statistical and psychometric models, and elementary mathematical representations of psychological processes in learning, choice, psychophysics, and social behavior.

PSYC 456 Research Methods in Developmental Psychology (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 200 and either 355, 356, or 357. A presentation of major research designs used in developmental psychology and of the methodology used in developmental research, such as observational research, program evaluation and laboratory experimentation.

PSYC 457 Cultural Context of Psychological Development (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 100, and either 355, 356 or 357, or permission of instructor. An examina- tion of whether important differences or similarities exist among and within cultures in the way peo- ple develop psychological competencies in the period from birth through adolescence.

PSYC 458 Applied Developmental Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 and either 355, 356 or 357. An examination of a topic in developmental psychology which has been examined in the laboratory and is central to developmental theories. Extension of these analyses to practical and social issues in the daily life of the developing individ- ual. Topics will vary from semester to semester. Repeatable up to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 460 Psychological Foundations of Personnel Selection and Training (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. An examination of issues and processes involved in the design and evaluation of personnel selection and training programs in a variety of organizational settings: job, person and organizational analysis; organizational choice; development of predictors; evaluation of instructional and training systems; criteria for performance evaluation, promotion and training.

PSYC 462 Engineering Psychology and Training Models (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent, and one other 200 level course. For majors. An examina- tion of the theories and research regarding human performance capabilities and skills (information processing, decision-making, environmental constraints, automation), training procedures (traditional methods, programmed learning, computer-assisted instruction) and models and procedures for eva- luating training programs in industry, education, and service organizations.

PSYC 463 Psychology of Motivation and Attitudes in Organizational Settings (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 361 or equivalent. Theories, research and practice regarding the assessment, understaning, and prediction of motivation at work. Theories of, and the assessment and conse- quences of, various work-related attitudes. An intergration of theory, research and practice.

PSYC 464 Psychology of Leaders in Work Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 361 or equivalent. The psychologial assumptions and implications of various theories of management and leadership. Selections and training; development of careers; influence processes; change of managerial behavior;and the impact of the larger environment, nature of pro- duct or service, and organization structure on managerial behavior.

PSYC 465 Psychology of Organizational Processes (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 361 or equivalent. Various theories of interpersonal, intra- and inter-group re- lations, with emphasis on issues of conflict, competition, cooperation and the role of power in or- ganizations. Organizational diagnosis and intervention.

468 Graduate Course Descriptions

PSYC 466 Environmental and Ecological Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. An examination of measurement, description, and impact of the physical and social environments which affect various aspects of behavior in school, at work, and during leisure.

PSYC 468 Eield Experience and Special Assignments in Honors (1-3)

Prerequisite: Supervisor and honors faculty approval. An individual experience arranged by the honors student and his or her supervisor. A proposal submitted to the honors faculty in the semester preceding registration for the course should state the activities anticipated and the method of evalua- tion.

PSYC 469 Honors Thesis Proposal Preparation (1-3)

Prerequisite: Honors thesis supervisor's approval. Development of honors thesis proposal by pre- liminary research and literature review. Presentation of formal proposal to the thesis committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 3 credits.

PSYC 470 Comprehensive Review For Honors Students (3)

Prerequisite: Honors faculty approval. This course provides students with senior review guided by the honors faculty for preparation and completion of the honors examination.

PSYC 478 Independent Study in Psychology (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor in the form of a written agreement signed by the student and the faculty mentor. The students must have completed 9 hours in psychology with at least a 3.0 G.P.A. in psychology and a 2.8 overall G.P.A. Integrated reading under direction leading to the preparation of an adequately documented report on a special topic. Students may not accumulate more than a total of 9 credits in PSYC 478 and 479 without permission of the Chair of the Department of Psychology or the Psychology Undergraduate Committee.

PSYC 479 Special Research Problems in Psychology (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor in the form of a written agreement signed by the student and the faculty mentor. The students must have completed 9 hours in psychology with at least a 3.0 G.P.A. in psychology and a 2.8 overall G.P.A. Research and data collection under individual facul- ty supervision, leading to a written research report.

PSYC 488 Advanced Psychology I (Honors) (3)

Usually taken during junior year. Prerequisites: PSYC 200 and permission of department honors committee. Seminar covering topics in sensation, perception, learning, and motivation.

PSYC 489 Senior Seminar (3)

PSYC 498 Advanced Psychology II (Honors) (3)

Usually taken during senior year. Prerequisite: PSYC 488H. Semester covering topics in mea- surement, social processes and other subject matter of current interest.

PSYC 499 Honors Thesis Research (3)

Usually taken during last semester in residence. Prerequisite: permission of thesis advisor.

PSYC 601 Quantitative Methods (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. A basic course in mathematical formulations and quantita- tive analysis in psychology, with an emphasis on measurement, probability, statistical inference and estimation, regression, and correlation.

PSYC 602 Quantitative Methods (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. A basic course in mathematical formulations and quantita- tive analysis in psychology, with an emphasis on measurement, probability, statistical inference and estimation, regression, and correlation.

PSYC 611 Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)

Empirical, experimental and theoretical literature related to developmental processes.

PSYC 612 Theories of Personality (3)

Scientific requirements for a personality theory. Postulates and relevant research literature for several current personality theories.

PSYC —Psychology 469

PSYC 619 Clinical Research Team (1-3)

Discussion of research topics; presentation and critique of original research proposals in clinical psychology. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 640 Fundamentals of Social Psychology (3)

Method, research and theory in social psychology.

PSYC 651 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3)

A broad coverage of knowledge in sensory and perceptual processes. Major theories and antece- dents of contemporary research in the field.

PSYC 660 Human Biopsychology (3)

An introductory graduate level course in human psychobiology designed for graduate students with little specific training in this area. Introduction to the comparative and evolutionary approach to the study of human behavior, the biobehavioral basis of human sexuality and social behavior, the physiological basis of higher cortical functions in humans including language, memory, and spatial perception, and an introduction to neuropharmacology.

PSYC 661 Experimental Analysis of Behavior (3)

Fundamental principles and theoretical framework of the experimental analysis of behavior.

PSYC 671 Advanced Topics in Human Learning (3)

A systematic review of major topic areas in the general field of human learning with particular emphasis upon learning, memory, and linguistic processes.

PSYC 678 Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 671. Contemporary psycholinguistic theories of language acquisition and use. Phonological, semantic and syntactic aspects of language. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 679 Seminar in Cognitive Development (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 611 or 671. Advanced coverage of research methodology and research issues in various areas of cognitive development such as discrimination learning, concept identification, form perception, language acquisition, and memory. Emphasis on interrelationships among develop- mental changes during infancy and childhood. Utility of a developmental perspective in analyzing the components of cognition. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 687 Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 622.

PSYC 688 Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology (3)

PSYC 701 Multivariate Analysis I (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. Fundamentals of maxtrix algebra, multivari- ate distributions, multivariate estimation problems and test of hypotheses, general linear model.

PSYC 702 Multivariate Analysis II (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 701 or permission of instructor. Component and factor analysis with empha- sis on the appropriateness of the models to psychological data. Both theoretical issues and research implications will be discussed. The course will treat the factor analytic model, the three indeter- minanct problems of communalities, factor loadings, and factor scores, extraction algorithms, rota- tional algorithms, and the primcipal component model.

PSYC 703 Scaling Techniques and Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. Theory of measurement as applied to psycholo- gy; and the associated experimental techniques needed to construct measurement scales. The princi- pal psychophysical and psychometric scaling models are discussed.

PSYC 704 Test Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. A survey of theories of test construction with emphasis on reliability, validity, and criteria problems. Covers measurement in differential psycholo- gy, item analysis, reliability, validity, reliability of difference scores, prediction and the construction of test batteries, and factor theory.

470 Graduate Course Descriptions

PSYC 705 Mathematical Models of Learning and Memory (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. Topics to be covered include a review of basic probability theory; matrix operations and difference equations; stochastic models of learning, memo- ry and attention; stimulus sampling theory; computer simulations of learning processes.

PSYC 706 Seminar in Prediction (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. In depth review of techniques for prediction in the behavioral sciences. Emphasis on both theoretical rationale and research implications.

PSYC 707 Theory of Decision and Choice (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. A study of algebraic and probabilistic models for decision and choice behavior, and related experimental procedures. Topics include: measurement of preference, utility and subjective likelihood models for certain and uncertain outcomes, normative strategies, competitive strategies, and group decision making.

PSYC 708 Seminar in Psychometric Theory (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. Study of the current practices, trends, or recent developments in psychometric theory. Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours.

PSYC 709 Seminar in Mathematical Models (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. Special topics in mathematical psychology. A discussion of quantitative representations of psychological processes in one or more substantive areas of psychology. Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours.

PSYC 71 1 Introduction to Counseling Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Introduction to the professional field, examination of perti- nent scientific and philosophical backgrounds, and survey of the major theories, principles, and training models in counseling. Correlated laboratory analogue experiences in dyadic and group in- terrelationships.

PSYC 712 Principles and Procedures of Counselor Functions (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 711. Specific functions and areas of specialization of the counseling psycho- logist including vocational psychology, use of tests in counseling, and student ecology. Principles of consultation, interprofessional relations, and ethical standards. Concurrent correlated laboratory experiences for all topics.

PSYC 713 Fundamentals of Clinical Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Analysis of clinical psychology as a scientist - profes- sional paradigm, its historical roots and its scientific and professional evolution; selected coverage of current major research topics, e.g., Psychotherapy, psychopathology, community; current nature of clinical psychology and evolving trends.

PSYC 718 Research Issues in Clinical, Counseling, and Community Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Issues and strategies in conceptual systems, designs and methodologies of current research in these areas; critical analysis of current research. May be repe- ated to a maximum of nine credits.

PSYC 719 Seminar in Clinical, Counseling, and Community Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced selected topics in areas such as psychotherapy, consultation, assessment, psychopathology, student ecology, etc. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits.

PSYC 721 Seminar and Laboratory in Behavioral Assessment I (2)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. PSYC 721 AND 722 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches, issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and problem solving in a variety of clinical si- tuations and includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and standardized tests.

PSYC 722 Seminar and Laboratory in Behavioral Assessment I (2)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. PSYC 721 AND 722 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches, issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and problem solving in a variety of clinical si-

PSYC —Psychology 471

tuations and includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and standardized tests.

PSYC 723 Seminar and Laboratory in Behavioral Assessment II (2)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. PSYC 723 and 724 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches, issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and problem solving in a variety of clinical si- tuations and includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and standardized tests.

PSYC 724 Seminar and Laboratory in Behavioral Assessment II (2)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. PSYC 723 and 724 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches, issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and problem solving in a variety of clinical si- tuations and includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and standardized tests.

PSYC 727 Introductory Counseling Practicum (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 711 and 712. Supervised training in application of methods relevant to behav- ior change through counseling.

PSYC 728 Introductory Didactic-Practicum in Psychological Intervention (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Introduction to concepts and skills of psychological inter- vention emphasizing the relationship to the behavioral science foundation theories, methods and re- search findings with the development and utilization of intervention skills. The course includes su- pervised experience in intervention skills as designated by the subtopics of the course. May be repe- ated to a maximum of nine credits.

PSYC 729 Advanced Didactic-Practicum in Psychological Intervention (3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and PSYC 727 or 728. Concept, research and supervised ex- perience in intervention skills in advanced specialized areas, e.g., college student counseling, child evaluation, parent and school consultation, psychoevaluation, behavioral therapy, individual psycho- therapy. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours.

PSYC 730 Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology (3)

Advanced survey of industrial-organizational psychology, including selection, training, human engineering, motivation, group processes, leadership, organizational psychology, and some topics in research methods including philosophy of science. Readings stressed and seminar time will be used for discussion and integration of the reading materials. Various faculty members will serve as con- tent experts.

PSYC 731 Training Procedures and Evaluation in Organizational Settings (3)

Psychological principles and methods in the development and evaluation of training procedures in business and industry, government and military, and educational and service institutions. Included are discussions of learning foundations, and training methodology (simulators, programmed instruc- tion, computer-assisted instruction). The focus of the course is the design of evaluation research in social settings.

PSYC 732 Selection and Classification Issues in Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 730, PSYC 601-602 or the equivalents, or permission of the instructor. Consideration of societal, organizational and individual demands for appropriate use of individual differences in (primarily) initial placement of employees. Recruitment, and selection issues, the role of governmental regulations, and the role of individual factors in individual behavior are considered. Extensive coverage given to fundamental psycho-metric problems and the development of individual and organizational criteria of effectiveness.

PSYC 733 Organizational Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 730, PSYC 601-602 or their equivalents or permission of the instructor. Emphasizes theories and data regarding the impact of environmental factors on individual, group, and organizational behavior. Group dynamics, leadership, and power, motivation and satisfaction, and organization structure and environment are examined as correlates of behavior.

472 Graduate Course Descriptions

PSYC 734 Motivation and Attitudes in Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Major theories of human motivation in organizational contexts. Included will be theories concerning some determinants of performancs, satisfaction and dissatisfaction, the relationship between satisfaction and performancs, determinants of boredom and fatigue, and the functions and effects of incentives.

PSYC 735 Seminar in Human Performance Theory (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. An examination of man-machine interaction with em- phasis on the theories and research which focus on human performance capabilities and skills. Some of the topics covered are information processing and communications, decision making, environmen- tal constraints and automation.

PSYC 738 Seminar in Industrial Psychology (3)

An advanced seminar covering specialized topics such as: morale and motivation, labor relations, consumer motivations, man-machine systems, quantitative and qualitative personnel requirements in- ventory, job evaluation, environment conditions and safety, occupational choice and classification, and the interview.

PSYC 740 Social Psychology Research Methodology (3)

A review of research methodology in social psychology, including research design, techniques of data collection, and the interpretation of data. Emphasis is placed on developing skill in evaluating studies and generating research designs.

PSYC 741 Attitude Change (3)

A review of research and theory concerning the nature of attitudes and the determinants of atti- tude change.

PSYC 742 Group Behavior (3)

A review of research and theory concerning group behavior, including topics such as problem solving, communication, leadership and conformity.

PSYC 743 Person Perception (3)

A review of research and theory concerning the attribution of personal characteristics, interper- sonal attraction and self-evaluation.

PSYC 748 Seminar in Social Psychology (3)

A seminar on selected topics in social psychology. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 749 Current Research in Social Psychology (1-3)

Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits.

PSYC 751 The Cross-Cultural Context of Psychological Development (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 611. The methodological issues in making comparisons of developmental sta- tus across different cultures and subcultures. The ways different cultural contexts affect the acquisi- tion and employment of various cognitive skills.

PSYC 752 Developmental Transitions from Informal to Formal Knowledge (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 611. Research and theory on the conversion of informal practical knowledge to abstract formal systems and on individual differences and socialization practices which influence the transition.

PSYC 753 The Psychology of Adult Development and Aging (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 611. Theoretical models of stability and change during the adult years. Experimental tasks for assessing adult development and appropriate research designs. Selected topics in adult development and their implications for the design of interventions.

PSYC 758 Seminar in Vision (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 651 or consent of instructor. Selected topics in vision. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of six credits.

PSYC 759 Seminar in Auditory Mechanisms (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 651 or consent of instructor. Selected topics in auditory and psychoacoustic research, with emphasis on sensory and perceptual phenomena and their physiological bases.

PSYC —Psychology 473

Rcpea tabic to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 761 Advanced Laboratory Techniques (1-3)

Methodology of the automatization or research techniques and apparatus; apparatus design and construction; telemetric and digital techniques; logical block circuitry.

PSYC 762 Comparative Psychology (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 661. The experimental literature on the behavior of infra-human organisms. Special topics.

PSYC 763 Advanced Psychophysiology (3)

Alternate years.

PSYC 764 Comparative Neuroanatomy (3)

Prerequisites: A graduate or undergraduate course in physiological psychology or physiology or comparative anatomy or permission of instructor. Demonstrations and lectures on the gross, micros- copic and ultrastructural morphology of the central nervous system of vertebrates.

PSYC 765 Seminar in Psychopharmacology (3)

Prerequisite: One year of graduate study in psychology and consent of the instructor. A critical review and detailed analysis of the literature and problems related to the effects of drugs on animal and human behavior. Designed for advanced graduate students in experimental psychology and clini- cal psychology.

PSYC 766 Laboratory Methods in Neuroanatomy (3)

Permission of the instructor. Laboratory practice in the perfusion and fixation of neural tissue. Training in the use of the compound microscope, the microprojector, the reconstruction of brain le- sions and macro- and microphotography of neural tissue.

PSYC 768 Conditioning and Learning (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite: PSYC 622. The literature on the experimental analysis of behavior, with examination of basic experiments and contemporary theories related to them.

PSYC 778 Seminar in Learning and Memory (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 671. An advanced topical seminar covering the areas of human learning and memory. Acquisition processes, storage and retrieval processes, and attention and information pro- cessing. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 788 Special Research Problems (1-4)

Supervised research on problems selected from the area of experimental, industrial, social, quan- titative, or mental health psychology.

PSYC 789 Special Research Problems (1-1)

PSYC 798 Graduate Seminar (2)

PSYC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

PSYC 818 Research Issues in Personality Or Development (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 601, 602 and either 611 or 612 or their equivalents, depending on course content. Experimental design and methodology and statistical treatment of data appropriate to per- sonality or developmental research; critical analysis of major current areas of research including me- thodologies, findings and implications. The course will focus on either personality research or deve- lopmental research in a given semester. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours.

PSYC 819 Seminar in Personality and Development (3)

An advanced seminar covering specialized topics. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits.

PSYC 858 Contemporary Theories in Sensory Processes (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 651 or consent of instructor. Specialized study of sensory processes with emphasis on mathematical models. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 859 Special Topics in Perception (3)

Prerequisites: PSYC 651 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of selected topics in perception. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits

474 Graduate Course Descriptions

PSYC 878 Current Research in Language and Cognition (3)

Prerequisite: PSYC 67 1 . Seminar will cover current research and methodological issues in lan- guage and cognition. Specialized topics include: computer models of cognitive behavior; cross- cultural studies in language and thought; mathematical and analytical techniques for assessing struc- tures; and others. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

PSYC 888 Research Methods in Psychology (1-3)

PSYC 889 Research Methods in Psychology (1-3)

PSYC 898 Graduate Seminar (2)

PSYC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

PUAF —Public Affairs

PUAF 600 Introduction to Financial Management (3)

The basics of accounting. Financial statements of private and public sector organizations, fund accounting, cost accounting, capital budgeting, financial analysis of organizational performance.

PUAF 610 Quantitative Methods in Policy Analysis (3)

An introduction to the use of statistical and mathematical analysis of public policy problems util- izing skills in statistics, probability theory, computer programming, and regression analysis. Recognition of inaccurate analyses and the use of available tools in the construction of models.

PUAF 611 Quantitative Analysis of Policy Issues (3)

Study of a series of problems and the development of quantitative techniques to describe or eva- luate the problem. The organization and interpretation of complex data and its use for prediction and inference about casual effects. The definition of objectives, trade-offs among objectives, and alloca- tion of resources to meet objectives. Sensitivity of outcomes to changing conditions.

PUAF 620 Political Analysis (3)

Examination of politics as a process for allocating scarce resources among claimants for public benefits. Comparision of the allocative model of politics with other distributive processes such as markets. Comparison of the model with behavior of different political institutions such as Congress and the presidency. Study of politics as a process with distinctive concepts of rationality. The trans- lation of voter and interest group preferences into public choices. The impact of political decisions on competing constituencies.

PUAF 630 Government Intervention in the Private Sector (3)

The ways in which different social science disciplines analyze and evaluate public policy in a sin- gle area. Government involvement in private sector decision making. Theories of government inter- vention, measures of the degree of intervention; instruments of intervention and their consequence for private and social performance; and the politics, ethics, and economics of reducing the level of intervention.

PUAF 640 Microeconomic Theory and Policy Analysis (3)

The application of microeconomic theory to public policy problems. The theory of resource allo- cation in the firm and by the individual consumer; the response of these economic agents to changes in incentives; the properties of market allocations in competitive and non-competitive environments; the nature of market failures; and government interventions to remedy those failures.

PUAF 641 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy Analysis (3)

An introduction to competing macroeconomic theories: Keynesian, monetarist, and "supply side." In the light of these theories, evaluation of the Kant performance of the American economy and of policies designed to alter that performance. An examination of public policy issues having both mi- croeconomic and macroeconomic components.

PUAF 650 Normative Analysis (3)

The normative or philosophical issues involved in public policy issues: the limits and usefulness of decision making tools like cost/benefit analysis; problems of choosing, justifying and using cri- teria to judge a program's success and/or appropriateness; and questions of personal conduct.

PUAF —Public Affairs 475

Consideration of such policy problems as tariffs, income distribution, and reverse discrimination.

PUAF 660 Policy Workshop (3)

The development and presentation of a standard analysis of a policy problem. Substantial group work, field research, report writing, and oral presentations required. The difficulties of creating an effective and useful analysis. Development of techniques to aid in overcoming those difficulties.

PUAF 670 Public Sector Financial Management (3)

The ways in which governments account for their finances and evaluate their financial decisions. Public sector practices with respect for financial information and decision making, investment, budg- eting and implementation.

PUAF 698 Selected Topics in Public Affairs (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of the School of Public Affairs. Special topics that arise in public policy.

PUAF 700 Public Policies Toward Business: Instruments (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An analytical survey and introduction to the techniques of evaluation of instruments that governments use to influence business conduct and performance: regulation, subsidies, taxation, purchasing, trade restrictions, the imposition of liability, public ow- nership.

PUAF 701 Public Policies Toward Business: Legal Institutions (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The legal constraints on the use of instruments by which governments attempt to alter business conduct and performance. The legal processes through which these instruments operate. The legal environment of business-govemmen t relations.

PUAF 702 Public Policies Toward Business: Choice of Strategies (3)

Prerequisite: PUAF 700 and PUAF 701 or permission of the instructor. The instruments and strategies governments, principally in the United States, use to influence business conduct and per- formance. The strategies firms develop to influence government policies affecting business.

PUAF 710 Public Sector Program Operations (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The main institutional features of three common state and local governmental functions: income maintenance (including welfare, workman's compensation, unemployment insurance, etc.), health care (including Medicaid, hospital financial operations, etc.), and economic development (including site selection, financial incentives, etc.).

PUAF 711 Management Strategies in Public Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The day to day problems faced by public sector mana- gers, including setting out an organization's goals, obtaining and protecting a mandate for a new program, designing a service delivery system, implementing a new program, supervising subor- dinates, and marketing a new program to the public.

PUAF 712 Advanced Financial Management (3)

Prerequisites: PUAF 710 and PUAF 711 or permission of the instructor. The financial operations of American governments, particularly local governments. Practical problems in revenue manage- ment, including revenue forecasting and cash flow analysis, debt management operations such as borrowing, intergovernmental financial operations such as grants management and reporting require- ments, and personnel management issues that have a direct bearing on governmental finances.

PUAF 720 The Security Policy Agenda I (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Examination of issues, choices, and analyses which continue to shape postwar American security policy agenda. Decision for coalition strategy rather than continental defense, adaptation to nuclear revolution at strategic and tactical level, the evolution of forces-in-being and forward deployments rather than mobilization planning.

PUAF 721 Security Policy Agenda II (3)

Prerequisite: PUAF 720 or permission of the instructor. The security policy process, both in the translation of strategic objectives into operational forces and plans, and in the acquisition of man- power and material. The analytic base for force sizing; tradeoffs between mobility, readiness, and survivability, the impact of technology and industrial readiness on weapons acquisition practices.

476 Graduate Course Descriptions

PUAF 722 Regional Security: U.S. Policy and the Caribbean Basin (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Alternative approaches to U.S. national security policy with emphasis on the Caribbean Basin. Human rights, trade, aid, and investment, immigration, and democratic and revolutionary change-all analyzed in terms of the choices facing U.S. decision- makers.

PUAF 723 Ethics and National Security Policy (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Normative and ethical issues raised by the substance and process of U.S. national security decisionmaking, in war and in peace. Ethical choices in the use of military force, in pursuit of arms limitation and in conflict termination, the theory of the just war in a nuclear age, and the issues of individual vs. collective responsibility.

PUAF 724 Defense Policy Analysis: Quantitative Techniques (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. The principal analytic approaches and techniques used in national security decisionmaking. Systems analysis, strategic exchange models, queing theory, cost estimation, manpower models, indicators of defense capability, and campaign analysis.

PUAF 750 Topics in Normative Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: PUAF 650 or permission of the instructor. Equity issues in income transfer and health care policies; the role of ideals concerning the envimment and equal opportunity as they per- tain to regulation; and standards of personal conduct in bureaucratic settings.

PUAF 752 Tactics and Principles of Negotiation (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Elements of a 2-person and n-person game theory, the role of time constraints, linkage versus separation of issues. The uses and value of information, types of mediation and arbitration, the design of meetings and procedures of fair division, critical analysis of past and current internation negotiations, labor-management, and environmental disputes, supplemented by in-class gaming exercises.

PUAF 753 Applied Public Choice (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Legislative and committee decision-making processes and how they structure the formulation and choice of policies. Translation of individual preferances into collective choices, and their properties: instability, cycling, manipulability, consistency, opti- mality. Application to issues such as government growth, income tax legislation, and regulation.

PUAF 754 Operations Research Methods for Policy Analysts (3)

Prerequisites; PUAF 610 and 611 or permission of the instructor. Basic operations research methods used in public sector decision-making. Network theory and its application to transportation and logistics problems, linear models for planning and production, game theory and models of con- flict with applications to defense policy. Model formulation rather than solution techniques, empha- sized through case studies and student presentation of term papers.

PUAF 755 Computers as an Aid to Decision Making (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Non-technical treatment of computer usage in public organizations. Designing a system, structures of information systems, data analysis, and displaying and communicating computer output. The course is not designed for students wishing to develop an expertise in programming or information systems.

PUAF 757 The Politics of Budgeting (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Budgeting as a political and administrative instrument of government. Development of budgeting, the multiple uses of the budget including its role in fis- cal policy and in resource allocation, the roles and relationships of the major participants, and the effects of resource scarcity on budgetary behavior. Emphasis on the federal level, but state and local practices also are considered.

PUAF 790 Project Course (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Students work in small groups at sponsoring govern- ment agency or private firm researching problem of interest to sponsor and relevant to concentration. Emphasis on problem definition, organizing information, and both oral and written presentation of results.

PUAF —Public Affairs 477

PUAF 798 Readings in Public Policy (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of Dean and instructor. Guided readings for discussions on public policy.

RECR —Recreation

RECR 410 Measurement and Evaluation in Recreation (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325 or consent of instructor. A survey course in measurement tools and methods and application of measurement to evaluative processes applicable in specific and broad areas of interest and specialization in recreation and parks.

RECR 415 Quantitative Methods (3)

A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research pertaining to recrea- tion. An effort will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques.

RECR 420 Program Planning and Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325; RECR 220 recommended. The essential elements and basic prin- ciples involved in the organization and administration of various types of recreation programs with emphasis on the development of practical, comprehensive program plans and evaluations for a popu- lation and a facility within the student's particular area of interest.

RECR 421 Campus Leisure Services Programming (3)

An introduction to the various elements of campus leisure services program development. Intramurals, clubs and organizations as well as an analysis of the campus union as a key in the college/university community activity effort.

RECR 426 Industrial Employee Recreation (3)

An introductory study of the philosophy of and practices and problems in industrial recreation. Where possible the course will include opportunities for observation and for meeting visiting special- ists.

RECR 432 Philosophy of Recreation (3)

A study of the meanings, relationships, and services of recreation as expressed by past and pre- sent authorities and leaders. This course should be of interest to people active in education, social- work, and related fields.

RECR 440 Leisure Services for the Aging (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 130 or related course. Theory and practice in program development of ser- vices for the aging. Emphasis on: (1) needs assessment theory and practice; (2) program develop- ment; (3) evaluation theory and practice; (4) leisure service settings for the aging; and, (5) issues confronting providers of services to the aging population.

RECR 450 Camp Management (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 150 or experience. An advanced camping course for those students with pre- vious training and experience; organization, administration, programming, current trends, evaluation, and special problems. Whenever possible, visiting specialists and field trips will be included.

RECR 454 Outdoor Education (6)

Field experience and resident camping in an outdoor setting will be used to present the activities and techniques recommended for modern outdoor education practice. Where possible groups of par- ticipants will be utilized as subjects for practice instructional work. Activity will emphasize not only the subject matter of science and education but also the broad concepts of conservation, worthy use of leisure time, education for democratic living, etc.

RECR 455 Historical and Natural Interpretation (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 351. Examination of the philosophies of and techniques appropriate to his- torical and natural interpretation. Analysis and development of interpretive programs and visitor in- formation services. Field trips and laboratory experiences will be required.

478 Graduate Course Descriptions

RECR 457 Concepts and Issues in Outdoor Recreation (3)

A survey of the relationships between land, leisure and people as increasingly vital and interde- pendent issues in American civilization. The mainstream of thoughts, methods and policies of re- source based recreation, with special attention to the history of conservation and the significance of wilderness.

RECR 460 Leadership Techniques and Practices (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325. Various types and dynamics of recreation leadership at academ- ic, agency, small and large group levels. Acquisition of tangible techniques, such as goal setting, decision making, and leadership for purposes of organizing, implementing, observing and analyzing human function in organizational settings.

RECR 463 Supervisory Techniques in Recreation (3)

A study of the principles, methods, techniques as well as an analysis of the functions of supervi- sion in the recreation and parks environment. This course is designed to advance the student's un- derstanding of the art of building human relationships, and to apply the emerging concepts and prin- ciples of modern supervision to practical situations in which administrators, supervisors, leaders (both professional and paraprofessional) and volunteers are working.

RECR 475 Problems in Therapeutic Recreation (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 375. Problems encountered in the delivery of therapeutic recreation services to individuals with special problems. Current trends, innovative service delivery models, literature review, and identification of funding sources.

RECR 476 Institutional Recreation (3)

An introductory study of the philosophy of and practices in hospital and institutional recreation. Where possible the course will include opportunities for observation and for meeting visiting special- ists.

RECR 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop (1-6)

A course designed to meet the needs of persons in the field with respect to workshops and re- search projects in special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.

RECR 490 Organization and Administration of Recreation (3)

A study of the organizational patterns and administrative problems involved in the various types of operating recreation departments and agencies; forms of organization; finance and budget; person- nel; public relations.

RECR 493 Tourism and Commercial Leisure Services (3)

A study of the tourism and commercial leisure services industries. Skill in feasibility study and management. Representative types of tourism and leisure services enterprises and their relationships to the public sector.

RECR 495 Recreation Resource and Facility Planning I (3)

Basic principles of planning, design, development, and maintenance of community recreation areas and facilities. The interrelationships between local, regional, state, and national park and re- creation systems.

RECR 497 Recreation Resource and Facility Planning II (3)

Prerequisite: RECR 495 or consent of instructor. Principles of design, development, procedures, and maintenance considerations for recreation areas and facilities. Use of analytical methods to carry out park designs and development of skills in graphically conveying design concepts. Safety, effi- ciency and economy as they affect design, development and park maintenance.

RECR 498 Special Topics in Recreation (3)

Prerequisite: Consent to instructor. Topics of special interest in areas not covered by regularly scheduled courses. Repeatable when the subject matter is different.

RECR 600 Seminar in Recreation (1)

Presentation, discussion and defense of student thesis proposals and outlines and/or of appropriate faculty projects and research activities.

RECR —Recreation 479

RECR 610 Methods and Techniques of Research (3)

A study of appropriate research methodology including experimental, historical, philosophical, sociological and case study techniques, examples and problems. Each student is required to develop a specimen thesis or dissertation proposal and outline.

RECR 633 Foundations of Recreation (3)

A broad study of the sociological, psychological and economic forces that historically have struc- tured attitudes toward leisure and the development of recreation.

RECR 660 Group Processes (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. The diagnosis and improvement of group processes in hu- man relations services administration and practice.

RECR 687 Advanced Seminar (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Advanced topics in the various areas of recreation. May be taken for repeated credits, up to a total of 3.

RECR 688 Special Problems in Recreation (1-6)

RECR 689 Independent Study (1-6)

Special graduate research problems conducted under the direction of a student's advisor.

RECR 690 Administrative Direction of Recreation (3)

This course is concerned with analyzing various problems in the administration of leisure services in parks and other recreational settings. Students concentrate on simulated situations and their own on-the-job problems to enhance their understanding of sound administrative practice and to improve their problem-solving and decision-making abilities.

RECR 700 Advanced Doctoral Seminar (1)

Presentation, discussion and defense of doctoral dissertation proposals and outlines and/or of ap- propriate faculty projects and research activities.

RECR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) RECR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

RTVF —Radio, Television and Film

RTVF 402 Advanced Sound Production (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 302 and consent of instructor. An advanced sound production methodology in radio drama and documentaries.

RTVF 413 The History of the FUm (3)

An advanced survey of the film as an art form. Cinema pre-history, actualities and the Lumiere tradition, Melies, Griffith, and their contemporaries, the silent film (1920-29): Germany, Russia, and the U.S.A., screen comedy, the sound film (1926-present): American and foreign master direc- tors, recent and current trends. Recommended prior to this course: RTVF 314.

RTVF 414 Contemporary American Cinema (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 222. An analysis of the trends and major social issues in American culture as they are expressed through the film medium. Emphasis on "new wave", experimental, underground, independent, and cinema verite motion pictures.

RTVF 415 Contemporary European Cinema (3)

A comparative and critical analysis of the European motion picture both as a distinct art form re- flecting the national character of a particular country and as a medium for mass communications de- monstrating the universality of the human condition.

RTVF 417 Dramatic Writing For Broadcasting and Film (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the principles, methods and limitations of writing comedy, drama, and the documentary for radio, television, and film.

480 Graduate Course Descriptions

RTVF 418 The Him Auteur (3)

The intensive chronological study of the work of one European or American film director each semester.

RTVF 419 Film Genres (3)

The study of one major film genre each semester (the gangster film, the western, science fiction and horror, the political film). Cinema develops formal and thematic conventions and how, as a medium for reflecting social ideals and needs. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

RTVF 420 The Documentary Film (3)

Growth, implication, and the use of the international nonfiction film as propaganda, public ser- vice, promotion, education, and entertainment. Case studies from representative documentaries will be analyzed.

RTVF 421 Film Criticism and Theory (3)

Critical-aesthetic approaches to film in order to develop a vocabulary for film analysis. Included will be shot analysis; montage and deep focus; the Auteur theory; the role of screenwriter, director of photography, actor; genre analysis; analysis of film as popular art.

RTVF 424 The Film Industry: History and Technology (3)

The history, status and present functions of the American film industry including the studio sys- tem, the innovation of color and sound, distribution and exhibition.

RTVF 425 Television and Politics (3)

Critical review of studies of the effects of political broadcasts; legal and social issues; surveys and media campaigns.

RTVF 440 Television Direction (3)

Prerequisites: RTVF 340 and consent of instructor. Principles of television direction including elements of composition, picturization, timing, script notation and program coordination.

RTVF 441 Television Direction II (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 440 or consent of instructor. Advanced theories of television direction; script analysis and adaptation, production coordination, casting, blocking, rehearsals and mixing.

RTVF 447 Quantitative Methods of Broadcast Research (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 347 or the consent of instructor. An examination of the fundamentals of sur- vey research methodology as it relates to the study and analysis of broadcast audiences.

RTVF 449 Television Workshop (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Special studio projects. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

RTVF 450 Radio and Television Station Management (3)

The role of the manager in the modern broadcasting industry. Station communication factors, re- gulation, licensing, personnel functions, sales, programming supervision, audience analysis, and sta- tion promotion.

RTVF 451 Broadcast Criticism (3)

An analysis of the professional, historical, social, and psychological criticism of American radio and television, together with practical application of professional and scholarly critical methods.

RTVF 452 International and Comparative Broadcasting Systems (3)

A comparative study of international broadcasting program policies, economic systems, control and organization. The use of broadcasting in international affairs as an instrument of propaganda, culture and information dissemination. Monitoring of overseas broadcasts, television programs and discussions with representatives of domestic and foreign international broadcast agencies.

RTVF 453 Broadcast Regulation (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 223. Legal issues involving radio and television: freedom, restraints, self- regulation; regulation of programming, competition, rights as seen by the broadcaster, regulatory agencies and the public.

RTVF —Radio, Television and Film 481

RTVF 454 Cable Television (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 223. History, regulatory development, system designs, communications cap- ability and franchising of cable television.

RTVF 456 Structure and Criticism of TV Advertising (3)

Prerequisites: RTVF 222, RTVF 223 and RTVF 317. An examination of the persuasive power of television advertising. Analysis of form, structure and content of the television commercial and tech- niques used to influence attitudes and behavior.

RTVF 457 Media Economics (3)

Economic issues involving radio, television, film, and new technologies of cable and satellite transmission.

RTVF 466 Film Production III, Synchronized Sound Film Systems (3)

Prerequisites: RTVF 355 and consent of instructor. Synchronized sound and color technology with emphasis on the 16mm format.

RTVF 467 Film Production IV, Advanced (3)

Prerequisites: RTVF 464 and consent of instructor. Direction and production of 16mm, color, synchronized sound motion picture. Production management, cinematography, and sound recording.

RTVF 498 Seminar (3)

Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of instructor. Present day radio-television-film re- search. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

RTVF 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Broadcasting (3)

RTVF 601 Visual Communication (3)

A theoretical analysis of aspects of perception; effects of visual messages in human communica- tion through television and film.

RTVF 621 Formal Film Analysis (3)

The elements and composition of intensive analysis of selected narrative films on a shot by shot basis.

RTVF 628 Seminar in Film (3)

Studies of various aspects of film. Subject matter changed each semester. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of 6 credits.

RTVF 629 Special Problems in Film (3)

An experimental course for the development of new ideas in film. May be repeated to a maxi- mum of 6 credits, if subject is different.

RTVF 640 Advanced Television Direction (3)

Prerequisite: RTVF 440 or consent of instructor. Princples of television direction as applied to dramatic programs, together with a consideration of the specific aesthetic values of the television medium.

RTVF 642 History of Broadcasting (3)

Seminar study of the individuals, technological developments, and social and economic factors responsible for the development and direction of the broadcast media in the United States.

RTVF 648 Seminar in Broadcasting (3)

Studies of various aspects of broadcasting. Subject matter changed each semester.

RTVF 649 Special Problems in Broadcasting (3)

An experimental course for the development of new ideas in broadcasting.

RTVF 662 Seminar in Political Broadcasting (3)

A seminar integrating the theory of mass communication with rhetorical-critical theory in an anal- ysis of major political uses of the broadcast media.

RTVF 666 Producing and Production Management For Film (3)

Prerequisites: RTVF 357 or equivalent. Management problems facing independent and organiza- tional filmmakers, budgeting, production management, unions, financing, insurance, taxes, and dis-

482 Graduate Course Descriptions

tribution.

RTVF 699 Independent Study (1-3)

RTVF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

SLAV —Slavic

SLAV 401 Advanced Russian Conversation I (3)

Prerequisite: SLAV 202. For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.

SLAV 402 Advanced Russian Conversation II (3)

Prerequisite: SLAV 401. A continuation of SLAV 401.

SLAV 403 Advanced Russian Composition I (3)

Prerequisite: SLAV 202.

SLAV 404 Advanced Russian Composition II (3)

Prerequisite: SLAV 403. A continuation of SLAV 403.

SLAV 410 Applied Russian Linguistics (3)

The nature of applied linguistics and its contributions to the effective teaching of foreign lan- guages. Comparative study of English and Russian, with emphasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of related drills.

SLAV 419 Selected Topics in Russian Language Study (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Presentation of a topic in Russian language study. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

SLAV 423 Russian Literature of the 18th Century (3)

SLAV 431 Russian Literature of the 19th Century I (3)

SLAV 432 Russian Literature of the 19th Century II (3)

SLAV 433 Russian Literature of the 20th Century (3)

SLAV 434 Soviet Russian Literature (3)

SLAV 439 Selected Topics in Russian Literature (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Presentation of a topic in Russian literature. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

SLAV 468 19th Century Russian Literature In Translation (3)

Development of Russian literary thought in the Russian novel and short prose of the 19th cen- tury. Influence of western literatures and philosophies considered. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when content differs.

SLAV 469 Selected Topics in Slavic Studies (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic studies. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

SLAV 472 Comparative Slavic Linguistics (3)

Prerequisite: GERM 471 or equivalent. Comparative Slavic linguistics and, especially, a concept of the place of the Russian language in the world of Slavic culture through the reading of selected texts illustrating common Slavic relationships and dissimilarities.

SLAV 475 Old Church Slavonic (3)

Introduction to the language of the oldest recorded Slavic documents. Historical presentation of phonology, morphology, and syntax; reading of texts.

SLAV 479 Selected Topics in Slavic Linguistics (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic linguistics. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

SLAV —Slavic 483

SLAV 489 Selected Topics in Slavic Area Studies (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Presentation of a topic in Slavic area studies. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

SLAV 499 Directed Study (1-3)

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated to a

maximum of six hours if content differs.

SOCY —Sociology

SOCY 401 Intermediate Statistics For Sociologists (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 201 or equivalent, and six additional credits in sociology. Intermediate corre- lation techniques, analysis of variance, sampling, additional nonparametric techniques, additional topics in inferential statistics.

SOCY 402 Intermediate Procedures For Data Collection (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent or permission of the instructor. An intermediate survey of the major research methods used by sociologists, including survey research, experimentation, obser- vation, archival research, and in-depth interviewing. The selection of an appropriate research meth- od, with analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of various methods, practical issues, data collec- tion and preparation, and analytical techniques.

SOCY 403 Intermediate Sociological Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 203. Major theoretical approaches e.g., Functionalism conflict, symbolic in- teractionism, and their implicit methods of logic illustrated by case studies. Original works of major theorists in historical perspective.

SOCY 404 Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent or permission of instructor. A computer-based approach to the analysis of sociological data. Statistical program packages such as spss, using both card input and computer terminals; data storage and file manipulation. Use of multivariate statistical tech- niques, national sample surveys, census, and artificial data sets constructed to illustrate specific fea- tures of the techniques.

SOCY 410 Population I (3)

Prerequisite: junior standing; SOCY 100 or 105 not required. Population distribution and growth; sources of demographic data; population composition; population theories; mortality; fertility and fa- mily planning; migration; and population problems and policy.

SOCY 411 Population II (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 410 or permission of instructor. Introduction to basic techniques for analyz- ing population change. The measurement of fertility, mortality, and migration.

SOCY 423 Ethnic Minorities (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups; immigra- tion groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe.

SOCY 424 Sociology of Race Relations (3)

Prerequisite: 9 credits in sociology or permission of instructor. Analysis of race-related issues, with a primary focus on American society. The hisorical emergence, development, and institutional- ization of racism; the impact of racism on its victims; and racially based conflict.

SOCY 425 Sex Roles and Social Institutions (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 325 or permission of instructor. Relationship between sex roles and the struc- ture of one or more social institutions (e.g., the economy, the family, the political system, religion, education). The incorporation of sex roles into social institutions; perpetuation or transformation of sex roles by social institutions; how changing sex roles affect social institutions.

SOCY 426 Sociology of Religion (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institu- tions and the role of religion in social life.

484 Graduate Course Descriptions

SOCY 427 Deviant Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 327 or 12 credits in sociology or permission of instructor. Current theories of the genesis and distribution of deviant behavior, and their implications for a general theory of devi- ant behavior. Definitions of deviance, labeling theory, secondary deviance.

SOCY 430 Sociology of Personality (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences and social behavior.

SOCY 431 Formal and Complex Organizations (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 331 or permission of instructor. The concept of formal organization. The stu- dy of functioning and control in the operation of bureaucracies such as corporations and in large- scale organizations such as military, religious and educational hierarchies. Forms of recruitment, in- ternal mobility and organizational personality. Relations between large-scale organizations and with the larger society.

SOCY 432 Collective Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105 or 230 or permission of instructor. Unlike most sociology courses which focus on structured groups, this course examines instances of transient behavior: crowds, disasters, hysterical contagion, revolution, and social movements, including American Utopian experiments.

SOCY 433 Social Control (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105 or 200. Forms, mechanism, and techniques of group influence on human behavior; problems of social control in contemporary society.

SOCY 440 Sociology of the Self-Concept (3)

The nature of the self-concept and the social forces that mold it. Major sociological, psycholog- ical, and psycho-analytic theories of the self-concept. Self-concept motives, mechanisms of self- defense, and the nature of a healthy self-concept. Empirical research dealing with the bearing of so- cial interaction, social structure, social context and social institutions on the self-concept.

SOCY 441 Social Stratification and Inequality (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 341 or permission of instructor. The sociological study of social class, status, and power. Topics include theories of stratification, correlates of social position, functions and dys- functions of social inequality, status inconsistency, and social mobility.

SOCY 443 The Family and Society (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 343 or permission of instructor. Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundation; historic development, changing structure, and function; the in- teraction of marriage and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends.

SOCY 445 Sociology of the Arts (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Functions of the arts as a social institution. Social role of the artist. Recruitment to and organizational structure of artistic professions. Art forms and social characteristics of audiences. Changing technology and social values as reflected in artistic expres- sion.

SOCY 447 Small Group Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY 100 or 105 and 201 (sociological statistics) or equivalent. Analysis of small group structures and dynamics. Review of research on small groups in real life settings and in la- boratories. Presentation of techniques used in small groups.

SOCY 450 Applied Sociology (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY 201, 202, 203. The uses of sociology in non-academic settings. The ethics and social organization of sociological research, the range of applied settings, the development and evaluation of proposals, and the communication of sociological findings to non-sociological audi- ences.

SOCY 457 Sociology of Law (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Law as a form of social control interrelation between legal and other conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity; law as an

SOCY —Sociology 485

integral part of the culture of groups; factors and processes operative in the formation of legal norms as determinants of human behavior.

SOCY 460 Sociology of Work (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 331 or permission of instructor. Analysis of the American work world with special attention to the impact of social change and occupational conflicts on the individual worker. Professionalization, career patterns, problems of minority groups and the future of work.

SOCY 462 Industrial Sociology (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 331 or permission of instructor. The sociology of human relations in American industry and business. Complex industrial and business organization as social systems. Social relationships within and between industry, business, community and society.

SOCY 464 Military Sociology (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Social change and the growth of military institutions. Complex formal military organizations. Military service as an occupation or profession. The sociology of mi- litary life. Relations between military institutions, civilian communities and society.

SOCY 465 The Sociology of War (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. The origin and development of armed forces as institutions, the social causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations of peace and war and re- volution in contemporary civilizations.

SOCY 466 Sociology of Politics (3)

Prerequisite: 9 credits in sociology. An introduction to the sociology of political phenomena. Consideration of the basic concepts and major findings in the field; the relationship of the polity to other institutional orders of the society; the relationship of political activity in america to the theory of democracy.

SOCY 467 Sociology of Education (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY 100 or 105 or permission of the instructor. Listed also as EDSF 430. Sociological analysis of educational institutions and their relation to society: goals and functions, the mechanisms of social control, and the impacts of stratification and social change. Study of the school as a formal organization, and the roles and subcultures of teachers and students.

SOCY 470 Rural-Urban Relations (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and urban life; migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of studying individual and national issues. Applied field problems.

SOCY 473 The City (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecolog- ical process and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and planning.

SOCY 474 Soviet Ethnic Issues (3)

Ethnic processes and issues in the Soviet Union. The major ethnic groups in the U.S.S.R. cultur- al, political, religious, economic, and other aspects of Soviet ethnicity.

SOCY 498 Selected Topics in Sociology (1-3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in sociolo- gy. Such courses will be offered in response to student request and faculty interest. No more than 6 credits may be taken by a student in selected topics.

SOCY 601 Multivariate Statistics (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 401 or equivalent. Advanced treatment of inferential statistics; sampling; re- search design; non-parametric techniques; scaling.

SOCY 602 Intermediate Procedures of Data Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: Undergraduate training in sociological research methods, statistics, and theory of equivalent. This course is designed to provide the graduate student with practical experience in ana- lyzing data. Extensive use of "canned" computer programs is made to analyze available data. Knowledge of computer systems, languages, or applications is not a prerequisite. However, the stu-

486 Graduate Course Descriptions

dent is required to have completed an introductory course in research methods and have a basic grasp of multivariate statistics.

SOCY 604 Survey Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 602 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. The design, collection, and analysis of data using the method of the social survey. Comparison of the advantages and disadvan- tages of the survey method with those of other methods of social inquiry. Control over the major sources of survey variation: survey mode, sampling, questionnaire format, question wording, inter- viewing and coding. Measurement and multivariate analysis alternatives.

SOCY 60S Methods of Program Evaluation (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Survey of research methods used to evaluate social programs. Conceptualization and measurement of program inputs and out- comes; experimental, quasi-experimental and time-series designs for determining causal influence of program; strategies of data analysis.

SOCY 606 Seminar in Field and Qualitative Methods (3)

Prerequisite: six graduate level credits in sociology and permission of instructor. Survey of quali- tative research methods, and practice, through small-scale field research, in design, collection of da- ta, and analysis. Use of intensive and unstructured interviews; participation-observation; unobtrusive measures; content analysis of personal and public documents. Research with natural groups.

SOCY 607 Research Methods: Data Archives (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 401 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Secondary data analysis, with emphasis on the use of data archives such as those available from national sample surveys, the cen- sus, and international social science research organizations. Research design, computer skills neces- sary to manipulate large data sets, formulation of hypotheses and interpretation of data. Emphasis on practical experience in locating and using data archives.

SOCY 609 Practicum in Social Research (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The conduct of research in collection and analysis of social science data under the guidance of experienced investigators. Emphasis on a particular research area of procedure, e.g. secondary analysis of survey data; experimental design; evaluation of research; data collection techniques.

SOCY 618 Computer Methods For Sociologists (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY 400, 401 or equivalents and elementary knowledge of a programming lan- guage, CMSC 120, 220 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Designed to present the potential of the computer as a tool in sociological research. Projects involving programming and running of data manipulation techniques, statistical techniques, and simple simulations.

SOCY 620 Development of European and American Sociological Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 203 or consent of instructor. Review of the history of sociological thought with major attention to the key figures in the early years of the discipline (Marx, Weber, and Durkheim). The development of the major schools of sociological theory.

SOCY 621 Contemporary Sociological Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 203 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Systematic examination of socio- logical theory since approximately 1920

SOCY 622 The Sociology of Knowledge (3)

Analysis of the relation of types of knowledge to social structure. Role of social class and social organization in the development of science, political ideology, belief systems and social values. Social roles associated with production of knowledge.

SOCY 623 Survey of Urban Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 120, 473 or equivalnet. Theoretical approaches of sociology and other social sciences to urbanism, urbanization, and urban phenomena. Selected approaches: Chicago school; me- tropolitan region; demography; institutions.

SOCY —Sociology 487

SOCY 624 Socialization Theory and Research (3)

Emphasis on processes of theory building, utilizing research to compare the efficacy of several theories as they relate to socialization, culminating in a detailed theory of socialization and personal- ity,

SOCY 626 Human Ecology (3)

Review of research and theory in human ecology. Assessment of the ecological complex (population, organization, environment, technology).

SOCY 630 Population and Society (3)

Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative aspects; American and world problems.

SOCY 631 Comparative Sociology (3)

Cross-national analysis of selected social institutions.

SOCY 632 Personality and Social Structure (3)

First semester. Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and social traits in select social structures.

SOCY 633 Sociology of Occupations and Professions (3)

An analysis of the occupational and professional structures of American society, including such topics as changing roles, functions, ideologies and their impact on individuals.

SOCY 634 Attitudes and Public Opinion (3)

Processes invloved in the formation of attitudes; effects of communication; measurement tech- niques.

SOCY 635 Sociology of Law (3)

SOCY 640 Social Change and Social Policy (3)

First semester. Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change, policy- making factors in social welfare and social legislation.

SOCY 641 Family Studies (3)

Second semester. Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends, methods of investigation and analysis.

SOCY 642 The Sociology of Mental Health (3)

Social factors that influence mental health. Group dynamics of mental health preservation.

SOCY 643 Community Studies (3)

Factors affecting community development and growth, social structure, social stratification, social mobility and social institutions; analysis of particular communities.

SOCY 644 Work and the Family (3)

The interrelationships between work and the family for both men and women in contemporary societies. Major research issues addressed from an interdisciplinary and comparative (international) perspective.

SOCY 645 Sociology of the Self Concept (3)

Theory and empirical research dealing with the social determination and social consequences of the self-concept. Sociological, psychological, and psychoanalytic approaches to the self.

SOCY 646 Collective Behavior and Social Movements (3)

Transitory and non-institutionalized social behavior; crowds, mass hysteria, panic, riots; secular and sectarian social reform movements; experimental Utopian communities; intensified mass activity with particular relation to dissidence and change; critique of trends in social activism.

SOCY 647 Interpersonal Behavior and Small Groups (3)

Theory and empirical research on small group structure and processes and interpersonal behavior. Social influence, interpersonal attraction. Cohesiveness, power and prestige structures, role differen- tiation, coalition formation. Laboratory and field methods of investigation.

488 Graduate Course Descriptions

SOCY 660 Theories of Social Psychology (3)

Prerequisites: Undergraduate training in sociological research methods, statistics, and theory or equivalent. An introduction to some of the theories in social psychology that are particularly useful to sociologists. Topics to be covered include theories of cognitive consistency, social exchange, symbolic interaction, role theory, group processes, and collective behavior.

SOCY 661 Social Stratification (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Major theoretical and research problems in the sociology of social stratification. The characteristics, correlates, and consequences of class and status stratifica- tion; the distribution of power; the relationship of social stratification to ideology and the institution- al orders of society.

SOCY 662 Theories of Formal Organization (3)

An introduction to the study of organization, the nature of organizations, types of organizations, determinants and consequences of organizational growth, determinants and consequences of growth for administrative staff, determinants of effectiveness and research in organizations.

SOCY 663 Theories of Social Systems (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 603 or equivalent. Study of systems models: logical, social-psychological and social; types of social systems: ecological, functional, formal, consensual, and historical; levels of social systems: group, complex organization, collectivity and community; methods of study: ana- lytical and empirical, qualitative and quantitative; examples of specific systems: professions, science, politics, cities.

SOCY 664 Armed Forces and Society (3)

Analysis of the relationship between military organization and modem industrial society. Growth and decline of the mass army, the transition from conscription to all-volunteer forces, the social legi- timacy of military organization, the military as a form of industrial organization, and problems of civil-military relations in the modern world.

SOCY 665 Sex Stratification (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Theoretical and empirical literature on social roles of men and women at both the social-psychologic al and structural levels. Socialization, attitudes, interper- sonal behavior, work roles, stratification by race and class as related to gender, social problems re- lated to gender inequality.

SOCY 674 Ethnicity (3)

The theoretical orientations found in the study of ethnicity, the historical emergence and contem- porary nature of ethnic communities, selected aspects of interethnic conflict and ethnic re vital ization from the personality level to the national ideological level. Primary emphasis on American society.

SOCY 699 Special Social Problems (1-16)

SOCY 700 Theory Construction (3)

Prerequisite one graduate course each in statistics, sociological theory, and sociological research methods. Review of symbolic logic and the meaning prediction and explanation. The nature of con- cepts propositions, and axiomatic systems; the use of models; the nature of casuality; fundamental assumptions and variables commonly used in sociological theory. Examples from current theories.

SOCY 701 Issues in the Integration of Theory and Method (3)

Prerequisites: SOCY 401 or equivalent, and at least two of the following SOCY 402, 604, 605, 606, 607, 609, 702; or permission of instructor. The construction of theory, design of research, and interpretation of data, for example, strategies of theory building: the nature of causality; advantages and disadvantages of experimental, survey and case study designs: temporal problems; measurement strategies.

SOCY 702 Intermediate Procedures For Data Collection (3)

Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Research design including ex- perimental and quasi-experimental designs; measurement problems; reliability and validity; question- naire construction; scaling; interviewing; the problem of nonresponse; processing and coding of data; preparation of data for analysis.

SOCY —Sociology 489

SOCY 709 Advanced Special Topics in Data Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive examination of an area of interest in data analysis, including such topics as log linear analysis; discriminant function analysis; canonical corre- lation; factor analysis; analysis of qualitative data; content analysis; mathematical models. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 719 Advanced Special Topics in Social Psychology (3)

Prerequisite; Permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, including such topics as social influence; interpersonal attraction; equity theory; the dramaturg- ical perspective; stress and coping; interpersonal conflict; the social psychology of large organiza- tions. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 728 Advanced Special Topics in Meta-theory (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive examination of an area of interest in sociolog- ical theory, including such topics as paradigm conflicts; philosophy of social science; value issues in sociological theory; formal theory. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 729 Advanced Special Topics in Substantive Theory (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive examination of an area of interest in theory or a school of sociological theory, including such topics as ethnomethodology; structuralism; Marxism and critical theory; historical study of a major sociological theorist such as Marx, Weber, or Durkheim. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 739 Advanced Special Topics in Organizations and Occupations (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, including such topics as managing organizational data sets; problems of industrial democracy; quality of work life; innovation and productivity. May be repeated for credit with permission of in- structor.

SOCY 749 Advanced Special Topics in Demography (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, including such topics as population policy; social and demographic issues in aging; migration; family demography. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 758 Advanced Special Topics in Sex Roles (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, including such topics as labor force participation; comparative studies; sex roles and aging; gender socialization. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 759 Advanced Special Topics in Sociology of the Family (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, such as alternative family life styles, cross-cultural and comparative family studies; victimiza- tion (sexual and physical abuse). May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 769 Advanced Special Topics in Military Sociology (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive review of an area of current interest in the field, including such topics as women in the military; conscription and national service; organiza- tional change in the military; comparative studies of the military. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 789 Advanced Special Topics in Social Stratification (3)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An intensive examination of an area of interest in the field, including such topics as macrostratification; measurement of prestige; institutional variation in status attainment. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.

SOCY 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

SOCY 819 Research Seminar in Social Psychology (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in social psychology. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits.

490 Graduate Course Descriptions

SOCY 829 Research Seminar in Sociological Theory (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in sociological theory. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits.

SOCY 839 Research Seminar in Organizations and Occupations (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in organizations or occupations. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits.

SOCY 849 Research Seminar in Demography (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in demography. May be repeated for credit to a maxi- mum of six credits.

SOCY 858 Research Seminar in Sex Roles (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in sex roles. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits.

SOCY 859 Research Seminar in Sociology of the Family (1)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in sociology of the family. May be repeated for a max- imum of 6 credits.

SOCY 869 Research Seminar in Military Sociology (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in military sociology. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six credits.

SOCY 889 Research Seminar in Social Stratification (1)

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An advanced research seminar for students preparing to do research or take comprehensive examinations in stratification. May be repeated for credit to a maxi- mum of six credits.

SOCY 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (IS)

SPAN —Spanish

SPAN 401 Advanced Composition (3)

Exercises in practical stylistics, with special emphasis on idiomatic and syntactic structures.

SPAN 402 Advanced Composition (3)

Exercises in practical stylistics, with special emphasis on idiomatic and syntactic structures.

SPAN 404 Oral Practice For Non-native Teachers of Spanish I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Development of fluency in Spanish with stress on correct sen- tence structure, pronounciation and idiomatic expression.

SPAN 405 Oral Practice For Non-native Teachers of Spanish II (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 404, a continuation of SPAN 404.

SPAN 408 Great Themes of the Hispanic Literatures (3)

Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or Spanish-America. Each theme will be announced when the course is offered.

SPAN 409 Great Themes of the Hispanic Literatures (3)

Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or Spanish- America. Each theme will be announced when the course is offered.

SPAN 410 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)

Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth century. Reading of representative texts. This course covers until 1350.

SPAN —Spanish 491

SPAN 411 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)

Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth century. Reading of representative texts. This course covers from 1350 to 1500.

SPAN 412 The Komaneero (3)

Origin, nature and influence. Extensive reading in each of the respective sub-genres.

SPAN 416 Practicum in Translation V (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 357 or permission of instructor. Translation of complete literary texts from Spanish into English. Presentation and comparison of special problems encountered in individual projects.

SPAN 417 Practicum in Translation VI (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 416 or permission of instructor. Translation of complete literary texts from Spanish into English. Evaluation of different renditions of the originals. Problems of interpretation and literary analysis, structure and criticism.

SPAN 418 Hispanic Literature in Translation (3)

May be repeated to a maximum of six credits, with change of topic.

SPAN 420 Poetry of the 16th Century (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent. Selected readings and literary analysis.

SPAN 421 Prose of the 16th Century (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent. Selected readings and literary analysis.

SPAN 424 Drama of the Sixteenth Century (3)

From the earliest autos and pasos, the development of Spanish drama anterior to Lope de Vega, including Cervantes.

SPAN 430 Cervantes: Don Quijote (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent.

SPAN 431 Cervantes: Novelas Ejemplares and Entremeses (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent.

SPAN 434 Poetry of the 17th Century (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent. Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion of the outstanding poetry of the period, in the light of the historical background.

SPAN 435 Prose of the 17th Century (3)

Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent. Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion of the outstanding prose of the period, in the light of the historical background.

SPAN 436 Drama of the Seventeenth Century (3)

Devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic theory and the Spanish stage.

SPAN 437 Drama of the Seventeenth Century (3)

Drama after Lope de Vega to Calderon de la Barca and the decline of the Spanish theater.

SPAN 440 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)

Traditionalism, Neo-Classicism, and Pre-Romanticism in prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and poetics of the enlightenment.

SPAN 441 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)

Traditionalism, Neo-Classicism, and Pre-Romanticism in prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and poetics of the enlightenment.

SPAN 448 Special Topics in Latin American Civilization (3)

An intensive study of a selected topic related to Latin American civilization. This course may be taken no more than twice. Conducted in Spanish.

SPAN 449 Special Topics in Spanish Civilization (3)

An intensive study of a selected topic related to Spanish civilization. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs.

492 Graduate Course Descriptions

SPAN 452 The Romantic Movement in Spain (3)

Poetry, prose and drama of the Romantic and Post-Romantic periods.

SPAN 454 Nineteenth Century Fiction (3)

Significant novels of the nineteenth century.

SPAN 456 Nineteenth Century Drama and Poetry (3)

Significant dramas and poetry of the Realistic Period.

SPAN 460 The Generation of 1898 and Its Successors (3)

Authors and works of all genres of the generation of 1898 and those of the immediately succeed- ing generation.

SPAN 461 The Generation of 1898 and Its Successors (3)

Authors and works of all genres of the generation of 1898 and those of the immediately succeed- ing generation.

SPAN 462 Twentieth Century Drama (3)

Significant plays of the twentieth century.

SPAN 464 Contemporary Spanish Poetry (3)

Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to the present.

SPAN 466 The Contemporary Spanish Novel (3)

The novel and the short story from 1940 to the present.

SPAN 468 Modernism and Post-Modernism in Spain and Spanish-America (3)

A study of the most important works and authors of both movements in Spain and Spanish- America.

SPAN 469 Modernism and Post-Modernism in Spain and Spanish-America (3)

A study of the most important works and authors of both movements in Spain and Spanish- America.

SPAN 480 Spanish-American Essay (3)

A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic qualities of representative works from the co- lonial to the contemporary period.

SPAN 481 Spanish American Essay (3)

A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic qualities of representative works from the co- lonial to the contemporary period, with emphasis on the essay of the twentieth century.

SPAN 488 Spanish-American Fiction (3)

Representative novels and/or short stories from the Wars of Independence to the present or close analysis of major contemporary works. Subject will be announced each time course is offered.

SPAN 489 Spanish-American Fiction (3)

Representative novels and/or short stories from the Wars of Independence to the present or close analysis of major contemporary works. Subject will be announced each time course is offered.

SPAN 491 Honors Reading Course: Poetry (3)

Supervised reading to be taken by students admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with the instructor.

SPAN 492 Honors Reading Course: Novel (3)

Supervised reading to be taken by students admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with the instructor.

SPAN 493 Honors Reading Course: Drama (3)

Supervised reading to be taken by students admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with the instructor.

SPAN 496 Honors Seminar (3)

Required of all students in the honors program. Other students will be admitted on special recom- mendation. Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a central theme with related investigation by stu-

SPAN —Spanish 493

dents.

SPAN 498 Spanish-American Poetry (3)

Main trends, authors and works from the conquest to Ruben Dario.

SPAN 600 Reading Course For Minors in Spanish (3)

SPAN 601 Reading Course For Minors in Spanish (3)

SPAN 602 Reading Course For Minors in Spanish-American Literature (3)

SPAN 603 Reading Course For Minors in Spanish-American Literature (3)

SPAN 605 Teaching Spanish in Institutions of Higher Learning (3)

Required of all graduate students, teaching assistants, and new instructors. Instruction, demon- stration, and classroom practice under supervision, of modem procedures in the presentation of first year Spanish.

SPAN 608 Medieval Spanish Literature (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary periods studied in depth.

SPAN 609 Medieval Spanish Literature (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary periods studied in depth.

SPAN 610 The History of the Spanish Language (3)

SPAN 611 Applied Linguistics (3)

Nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study of English and Spanish, with emphasis on points of divergence.

SPAN 612 Comparative Romance Linguistics (3)

SPAN 618 Poetry of the Golden Age (3)

Analyses and studies in depth of specific works of specific poets in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.

SPAN 619 Poetry of the Golden Age (3)

Analyses and studies in depth of specific works of specific poets in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.

SPAN 628 Seminar: the Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3)

SPAN 629 Seminar: the Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3)

Specific authors, genres, literary movements and literary periods of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries studied in depth.

SPAN 699 Independent Study in Spanish (1-3)

This course is designed to provide graduate students an opportunity to pursue independent study under the supervision of a member of the department. Repeatable to a maximum of three credits.

SPAN 708 The Eighteenth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 709 The Eighteenth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 718 The Nineteenth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 719 The Nineteenth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres, and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 728 The Twentieth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 729 The Twentieth Century (3)

Specific authors, genres and literary movements studied in depth.

494 Graduate Course Descriptions

SPAN 738 The Drama of the Twentieth Century (3)

Specific authors and movements studied in depth.

SPAN 798 Open Seminar (3)

SPAN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

SPAN 808 Colonial Spanish-American Literature (3)

Didactic and narrative prose and epic, dramatic and lyric poetry; principal works and authors.

SPAN 809 Colonial Spanish American Literature (3)

Didactic and narrative prose; dramatic and lyric poetry.

SPAN 818 National Spanish-American Literature (3)

Characteristics of the national literatures. Romantic and Costumbrista literature. Cauchismo and Indigenismo. Principal works and authors.

SPAN 819 National Spanish American Literature (3)

Characteristics of the national literatures. Romantic and Costumbrista literature. Cauchismo and Indigenismo. Principal works and authors.

SPAN 828 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3)

Specific authors, genres and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 829 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3)

Specific authors, genres and literary movements studied in depth.

SPAN 898 Open Seminar (3)

SPAN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

SPCH —Speech

SPCH 400 Introduction to Research Methodologies in Speech Communication (3)

Prerequisite: speech communication major or minor or consent of the instructor. An introductory survey of empirical and historical-criti cal research methodologies in speech communication. The course is designed to prepare the student to understand and to conduct basic research in the field.

SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discussion (3)

Prerequisite; SPCH 220 or consent of the instructor. An examination of current research and techniques in the discussion and conference, including extensive practice in various types of discus- sions. Emphasis is upon small group leadership and dynamics.

SPCH 422 Interviewing (3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Speech principles and practices basic to recognized types of interview, giving special attention to behavioral objectives and communication variables involved in the process of interviewing.

SPCH 423 Communication Processes in Conferences (3)

Prerequisite: one course in speech communication or consent of the instructor. Group participa- tion in conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic aspects of language, and the function of conferences in business, industry and government settings.

SPCH 424 Business, Industrial and Government Communication (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Structure, methodology and application of communica- tion theory in the industrial setting will be emphasized.

SPCH 425 Communication and Sex Roles (3)

An investigation of the creation of images of male and female, and masculine and feminine, through communication, the differences in male and female communication behaviors and styles, and the implications of those images and styles for male-female interpersonal transactions.

SPCH 435 Development of Interpersonal Communication Competencies (3)

Investigation, development and application of interpersonal communication competencies, includ- ing assertiveness, listening, and conflict resolution.

SPCH —Speech 495

SPCH 440 Advanced Oral Interpretation (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 240. A study of the advanced theories and techniques employed in the in- terpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Attention is given to selections, analyses, cuttings, script compilations, and the planning of programs and performances in oral interpretation.

SPCH 441 Readers Theatre (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 240 or consent of the instructor. Theories and techniques of readers theatre will be analyzed to enhance the interpreting and directing abilities of students. Special attention will be given to interpretation and direction of prose, drama, and script compilation.

SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval Rhetorical Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. The theories of speech-making and speech com- position as propounded by the Classical Rhetoricians. Special attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Cicero, Quintlian, and St. Augustine.

SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modern Rhetorical Theory (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. A study of the development of modern rhe- torical theories in Europe and America with consideration of the application of the theories to public address. Special attention is given to Thomas Sheridan, John Walker, George Campbell, Hugh Blair, Richard Whately, James A. Winans, Charles Woolbert, I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke.

SPCH 455 Speechwriting (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. Intensive study of rhetorical principles of speech composition through study of model speeches and through a practicum in speech writing. Emphasis will be placed on the application of research in speech writing to various forms and styles of speeches.

SPCH 460 American Public Address 1635-1900 (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. Course examines the rhetorical development of major historical movements and influential spokesmen from 1635-1900. Emphasis on the Reign of Theocracy, the American Revolution, the Presidential Inaugural as a rhetorical type, the Compromise of 1850, the Lincoln-Douglas Debates, the Civil War rhetoric and the Populist move- ment.

SPCH 461 American Public Address in the 20th Century (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. Course examines the rhetorical development of major historical movements and influential spokesmen from 1900 to the present. Focus on the pro- gressive movement the rise of labor, women's suffrage, mccarthyism and the evolution of pro- and anti-war rhetoric.

SPCH 462 British Public Address (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. A biographical, textual and critical-rhetorical study of Great British speakers and their influences. Special attention will be devoted to the "Golden Age" of British oratory and to the forms and styles of contemporary speakers.

SPCH 470 Listening (3)

A study of the listening process, listening variables, listening levels, and the development of ef- fective listening behavior

SPCH 471 Diffusion of Innovation (3)

Diffusion theory and its implications for public communication campaigns.

SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication (3)

Survey of nonverbal communication in human interaction; theory and research on proxemics, kinesics and paralinguistics as expression of relationship, affect and orientation within and across cultures.

SPCH 474 Communication Theory and Process (3)

A general survey of introductory material in communication theory.

496 Graduate Course Descriptions

SPCH 475 Persuasion in Speech (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases of persuasion with emphasis on recent ex- perimental developments in persuasion.

SPCH 476 Foundations of Speech Behavior (3)

This course will provide a study of the acquisition of speech, the elements that influence speech behavior, the influences of speech behavior, and a theoretical framework for the analysis of com- munication situations. Students will apply the theory to analysis of specific communication situa- tions.

SPCH 477 Speech Communication and Language (3)

Survey of language acquisition and development in human communication behavior;theory and research on language structure, syntactic, phonological, and cognitive systems as an influence of an individual's orientation and development within and across cultures.

SPCH 478 Speech Communication Colloquim (1)

Current trends and issues in the field of speech communication, stressing recent research meth- ods. Recommended for senior and graduate student majors and minors in speech communication. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 hours.

SPCH 482 Intercultural Communication (3)

The major variables of communication in an intercultural context. Communication problems cre- ated by cultural, racial, and national differences; analysis of stereotypes, values, and cultural as- sumptions influencing verbal and nonverbal communication.

SPCH 483 Urban Communication (3)

A study of communication variations in the urban community, exploration of strategies for im- proving communication.

SPCH 488 Speech Communication Internship (1-6)

Registration by permission of adviser only. This independent internship is designed to give the speech communication student practical career experience with a speech communication professional in the Washington Metropolitan area. Limited to a maximum of six credits.

SPCH 489 Speech Communication Workshop (1-6)

Workshops devoted to special, in-depth study in speech communication. Course may be repeat- able to a maxium of six semester hours.

SPCH 498 Seminar (3)

Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of instructor. Present-day speech research.

SPCH 499 Honors Seminar (3)

For honors students only. Readings, symposiums visiting lectures, discussions.

SPCH 600 Empirical Research in Speech Communication (3)

SPCH 601 Historical-Critical Research in Speech Communication (3)

Intense study in critical and historical methodology as applicable to research in speech communi- cation. Emphasis will be placed on the composition and the evaluation of historical-critical studies of significance in the field of rhetorical communication scholarship.

SPCH 628 Organization Communication: Research and Intervention (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 424 or consent of instructor. The role of the internal and external communi- cation consultant as an organization change-agent. Emphasis upon data gathered to facilitate the communication development of the organization. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

SPCH 655 Seminar in Speechwriting (3)

Theoretical and practical aspects of speechwriting at an advanced level.

SPCH 670 Seminar in Listening Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 470 or consent of instructor. A study of research in and measurement of lis- tening behavior.

SPCH —Speech 497

SPCH 680 Speech Communication Programs in Education and Training (3)

An analysis of instructional development in speech communication. Instructional objectives, strategies and evaluation are applied to educational, corporate and industrial training programs.

SPCH 681 Communication Issues in Human Resource Development (3)

Research in and theory of contemporary communication issues in the human resource develop- ment of governmental, corporate, business organizations.

SPCH 688 Speech Communication Field Experience (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Applications of speech communication principles and research in professional communication settings.

SPCH 698 Special Problems in Speech Communication (3)

SPCH 720 Seminar in Small Group Communication (3)

Small group communication theory, research, and applications.

SPCH 724 Seminar in Organizational Communication (3)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Theories and problems of human communication with- in, between, and/or among formal organizations will be emphasized.

SPCH 730 Seminar in Health Communication (3)

Communication processes in health care and promotion.

SPCH 755 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: SPCH 460, 461 or 450. Examination of selected theories of style drawn from the fields of rhetoric and literature, and analysis of model speeches.

SPCH 760 Seminar in Political Communication (3)

Prerequisite: SPCH 601 or consent of the instructor. A blend of theory and practice to integrate rheotrical-critical theory and empirical methods with politics. Practitioners in political communica- tion will be drawn in as resource persons. Students will map the communication strategy for can- didates and analyze actual campaign strategies.

SPCH 762 Seminar in Public Address (3)

An in-depth study of national and international speakers and issues throughout the history of the spoken word. Emphasis will be placed upon the application of rhetorical principles to the analysis of world speakers and their speeches.

SPCH 775 Seminar in Persuasion and Attitude Change (3)

This seminar will concentrate on the problem of making message strategy decisions. Course con- tent will consist of study of both theoretical and empirical research on attitude and attitude change in persuasive communication.

SPCH 776 Seminar in Interpersonal Communication (3)

Interpersonal communication theory, research, and practice.

SPCH 798 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An individual course designed for intensive study or research of problems in any one of the three areas of drama, general speech, or radio/tv.

SPCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

STAT — Statistics and Probability

STAT 400 Applied Probability and Statistics I (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 141. Random variables, standard distributions, moments, law of large numbers and central limit theorem. Sampling methods, estimation of parameters, testing of hypo- theses.

STAT 401 Applied Probability and Statistics II (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 400. Point estimation - sufficient, unbiased, and consistent estimators. Interval estimation. Minimum variance and maximum likelihood estimators. Testing of hypotheses. Regression correlation and analysis of variance. Sampling distributions. Sequential tests, elements

498 Graduate Course Descriptions

of non-parametric methods.

STAT 410 Introduction to Probability Theory (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 241. Probability and its properties. Random variables and distribution functions in one and several dimensions. Moments. Characteristic functions. Limit theorems.

STAT 411 Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 250 or 400 or equivalent. Elementary stochastic processes. Renewal process, random walks, branching process, discrete Markov chains, first passage times, Markov chains with a continuous parameter, birth and death processes. Stationary processes.

STAT 420 Introduction to Statistics (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 410 or equivalent. Point estimation, sufficiency, completeness, Cramer-Rao inequality, maximum likelihood. Confidence intervals for parameters of normal distribution. Hypotheses testing, most powerful tests, likelihood ratio tests. Chi-square tests, analysis of variance, regression, correlation. Nonparametric methods.

STAT 421 Elements of Statistical Inference (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 420 or equivalent. Rank tests, confidence and tolerance intervals, Kolmogorov-Smimov tests. Sequential analysis, multivariate analysis. Decision theory, Bayesian and minimax procedures. Sampling theory.

STAT 440 Sampling Theory (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 401 or STAT 420, or consent of the instructor. Simple random sampling. Sampling for proportions. Estimation of sample size. Sampling with varying probabilties of sampling. Sampling: stratified, systematic, cluster, double, sequential, incomplete.

STAT 450 Regression and Variance Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 401 or 420. One, two, three and four-way layouts in analysis of variance, fixed effects models, linear regression in several variables, Gauss-Markov-Theorem, multiple regres- sion analysis, experimental designs.

STAT 460 Applied Nonparametric Statistics (3)

Prerequisite: a statistics course other than STAT 100. Review of basic statistical ideas. Sign tests and ranking methods for one and two samples, one-way layout, two-way layout, correlation and re- gression, including significance tests, nonparametric confidence intervals and robust point estimates. Goodness-of-fit, contingency tables, exact and Chi-square test for homogeneity and independence. Techniques illustrated using data from social biological and behavioral sciences.

STAT 464 Introduction to Biostatistics (3)

Prerequisite: one semester of calculus and junior standing. Probabilistic models. Sampling. Some applications of probability in genetics. Experimental designs. Estimation of effects of treatment. Comparative experiments. Fisher-Irwin test. Wilcoxon tests for paired comparisons. Not acceptable for credit towards degrees in mathematics or statistics.

STAT 498 Selected Topics in Statistics (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduate students will be offered occasionally under the general guidance of the MATH/STAT major commit- tee. Students register for reading in statistics under this number. Repeatable to a maximum of 16 credits.

STAT 600 Probability Theory I (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 410. Probability space, classes of events, construction of probability meas- ures. Random variables, convergence theorems, images of measures. Independence. Expectation and moments, Lebesgue integration, LP spaces, Radon-Nikodym Theorem, singular and absolutely con- tinuous measures. Conditional expectations, existence of regular distributions, applications. Probabilities on product spaces, Fubini Theorem, Kolmogorov Extension Theorem, Tulcea Product Theorem.

STAT —Statistics and Probability 499

STAT 601 Probability Theory II (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 600. Characteristic functions. Bochner's representation theorem. Helly's Theorems and Levy's Inversion Formula. Applications of Cauchy's Residue Theorem. Infinitely di- visible distributions. Kolmogorov's Three-Series Theorem. Law of the iterated logarithm. Arc Sine Law. Central limit theorems (Lindegerg-Feller Theorem). Weak and strong laws of large numbers. Martingale convergence theorems (for sequences).

STAT 610 Stochastic Processes I (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 601. Separability, measurability, and sample continuity of stochastic pro- cesses. Stopping times. Martingales: fundamental inequalities, convergence theorems and their appli- cations, optional sampling, Riesz Decomposition, sample function behavior. Processes with inde- pendent (orthogonal) increments, Brownian motion. Stationary processes, spectral analysis and er- godic theory.

STAT 611 Stochastic Processes II (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 601. Definition and classification of Markov processes. Properties of transi- tion probabilities, forward and backward equations (boundary conditions), absorption probabilities, strong Markov-property, standard processes. Markovian semi-groups, extended infinitesimal opera- tor. Sample function behavior. Connections between semigroup approach and sample function ap- proach. Diffusion theory, Ito equation, potential theory, fine topology.

STAT 650 Applied Stochastic Processes (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 410 or MATH 410 with one semester of probability. Basic concepts of sto- chastic processes. Renewal processes and random walks, fluctuation theory. Stationary processes, spectral analysis. Markov chains and processes (discrete and continuous parameters.) Birth and death processes, diffusion processes. Applications from theories of queueing, storage, inventory, epidemics, noise, prediction and others.

STAT 698 Selected Topics in Probability (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

STAT 700 Mathematical Statistics I (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 410 or equivalent. Sampling distributions including noncentral chi-squared, t, F. Exponential families, completeness. Sufficiency, factorization, likelihood ratio. Decision theory, Bayesian methods, minimax principle. Point estimation. Lehmann-Scheffe and Cramer-Rao Theorems. Set estimation.

STAT 701 Mathematical Statistics II (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 700 or equivalent. Testing hypotheses-parametric methods. Neyman-Pearson Lemma. Uniformly most powerful tests. Unbiased tests. Locally optimal tests. Nonparametric meth- ods, Wilcoxon, Fisher- Yates, median tests. Linear models, analysis of variance, regression and correlation. Sequential analysis.

STAT 710 Advanced Statistics I (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 421. Concurrent registration with STAT 600 recommended. Statistical deci- sion theory. Neyman-Pearson Lemma and its extensions. Uniformly most powerful test. Monotone likelihood ratio. Exponential families of distributions, concepts of similiarity, and tests with Neyman structure. Unbiased tests and applications to normal families.

STAT 711 Advanced Statistics II (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 710. Invariance, almost invariance, and applications to rank tests. Invariant set estimation. Linear models with applications to analysis of variance and regression. Elements of asymptotic theory. Minimax principle and hunt-stein theorem.

STAT 720 Nonparametric Statistics (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 700 or equivalent. Order statistics. Nonparametric point and set estimation. Tolerance regions. Invariance principle and its applications. Large sample properties and optimality criteria. Rank statistics, their distributions and moments. U statistics.

500 Graduate Course Descriptions

STAT 740 Analysis of Variance (3)

Prerequisite STAT 700 or STAT 420. Linear models, point estimation, testing and confidence el- lipsoids under normal theory. One-way layout, two-way layout and higher layouts. Topics in experi- mental design: Latin squares, analysis of covariance, factorial designs, random effects models, mixed models. Emphasis is placed upon the mathematical theory of the general linear model which contains regression analysis as a special case.

STAT 750 Multivariate Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: STAT 420 or STAT 700. Multivariate normal, Wishart's and Hotelling's distribu- tions. Tests of hypotheses, estimation. Generalized distance, discriminant analysis. Regression and correlation. Multivariate analysis of variance; distribution of test criteria. Principal components, canonical correlations and factor analysis.

STAT 770 Analysis of Categorical Data (3)

Prerequisites - STAT 420, STAT 450 and some knowledge of FORTRAN; or consent of the in- structor. Single classification, two-way classification; contingency tables; tests of homogeneity and independence models, measures of association, distribution theory. Bayesian methods. Incomplete contingency tables. Square contingency tables - symmetry. Extensions to higher dimesion contingen- cy tables.

STAT 798 Selected Topics in Statistics (1-4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

STAT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) STAT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

TEXT — Textiles

TEXT 400 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: MATH 110 or 115. Research methodology in textiles and consumer economics, with particular emphasis on the application of statistical concepts and techniques to the analysis of data from the areas of textiles and consumer economics. May not be taken by students who have credit in CNEC 400.

TEXT 420 Apparel Design: Draping (3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisites: APDS 101 and TEXT 222. APDS 220 recommended but not required. Students ex- plore pattern design through draping on the human form. Emphasis is on the interrelationship be- tween material, design and form.

TEXT 425 Advanced Apparel Design (3)

Six hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: APDS 101, TEXT 250, and TEXT 222. The integration of apparel design skills and principles in solving problems in apparel production, merchandising, and in clothing for special needs.

TEXT 441 Clothing and Human Behavior (3)

Three lectures per week.

Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY 100. An exploration of socio-psychological approaches to the study of clothing in relation to human behavior. Social and psychological theories will be exam- ined as possible framework for the study and investigation of clothing.

TEXT 452 Textile Science: Chemical Structures and Properties of Fibers (3)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. The chemical structure, properties and reac- tions of the major classes of natural and man-made fibers. The relationship between molecular struc- ture and physical properties of fibers and fabrics. Laboratory includes chemical identification of fib- ers, preparation of selected fibers and examination of chemical reactions and properties of fibers.

TEXT —Textiles 501

TEXT 454 Textile Science: Finishes (3)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TEXT 452 or consent of instructor. A study of the chemical reactions and and mechanisms involved in imparting water repellance, crease resistance and crease recovery properties, shrink-resistance, flame resistance, soil-release properties and moth and mildew resistance to textile materials. Properties of the finished material which affect its end-use. The application of finishes, identification of finishes and a study of the properties of finished fabrics.

TEXT 456 Textile Science: Dyes and Dye Application (3)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TEXT 452 or consent of instructor. Examination of the principles and techniques of dyeing and printing of textile materials. Properties ofthe finished products which affect their end- use.

TEXT 470 Textile and Apparel Marketing (3)

Prerequisite: BMGT 350 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the production, pricing, distribu- tion, and promotion of fibers, yarns, fabrics and textile products by end use. Identification of target markets and development of marketing strategies. Application of case study method to problems of textile and apparel firms.

TEXT 488 Senior Honors Thesis (1^1)

Limited to undergraduate students in the departmental honors program. An independent literary, laboratory of field study, conducted throughout the student's senior year. Student should register in both fall and spring.

TEXT 498 Special Studies (2-4i

Independent study by an individual student or by a group of students in advanced work not other- wise provided in the department. Students must prepare a description of the study they wish to un- dertake. The plan must be approved by the faculty directing the study and the department chairman.

THET —Theatre

THET 415 Playwriting (3)

The writing of a one-act and a full-length play.

THET 420 Styles and Theories of Acting (3)

Prerequisites: THET 120, 221, 320 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on the philosophical basis and techniques necessary for acting modem realistic drama and acting period style dramas. In-depth study of Stanislavski System and application of those techniques toward performance in scenes. Examination and application of the techniques necessary for the preparation and performance of an acting score for performing Shakespeare. Improvisation. Required attendance at live theatre produc- tions.

THET 421 Movement for Actors (3)

Studies and intensive exercises to aid the acting student in understanding physical and emotional energy flow, body placement, alignment and body image. The physical aspects of character.

THET 422 Mime (3)

Exploration of the principles and techniques of mime. Concentration on theory, body awareness and control, balance, isolation, illusions, characterizations. Emphasis on solo and duet performance.

THET 423 Stage Combat (3)

Principles and techniques of directing fights for the stage with emphasis on hand-to-hand combat, quarterstaff and rapier and dagger. History of hand weapons from primitive man through the nine- teenth century.

THET 429 Actor's Studio (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Participation in dramatic roles executed under faculty supervi- sion in the department's productions. Eligible students must make commitments and plan perfor- mances with course instructor during pre-registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

502 Graduate Course Descriptions

THET 430 Advanced Directing For the Stage (3)

Prerequisite: THET 330 or consent of instructor. Discussion of the preparation procedures and re- hearsal practices necessary for the presentation of a variety of theatrical styles and forms. Emphasis on understanding the relationship between the director, the actor, the script and the audience. A se- ries of student directed scenes supplemented by attendance at theatre productions.

THET 450 American Musical Comedy (3)

The evolution of musical comedy through opera to early American extravaganzas and minstrels to the musicals of the 1920's and 1930's. The development and highlights of the form since 1940. The function and form of the libretto, music and lyrics, and the roles of the creative personnel of a musical production. Workshops in performance skills.

THET 451 Musical Comedy Workshop (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Development of the ability to move, act and express through the media of lyric and music.

THET 460 Theatre Management I (3)

The practical tools of theatre management: production philosophies, selecting and balancing a season, tickets and box office procedures, budgeting, graphic arts production, advertising, publicity and other promotional devices.

THET 461 Theatre Management II (3)

Prerequisite: THET 460 or consent of instructor. Case studies, discussions, lectures and projects concerning advance theatre management decision making and administration, including such areas as personnel relations, contract negotiations, theatrical unions, fund raising, touring, audience develop- ment and public relations.

THET 471 Advanced Scenic Design (3)

Prerequisites: THET 170, 273, 375 or consent of instructor. Study of period styles and tech- niques in scenic design. Emphasis on individual projects and multi-use theatres.

THET 472 Stage Property Design (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Materials and techniques for the design and execution of stage properties with special emphasis on period research, special materials, and special effects.

THET 473 Scene Painting (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Scene painting techniques and materials. Three-dimensional realistic scenery and non-realistic two-dimensional backdrops. Individual projects.

THET 474 Stage Management and Technical Direction (3)

Intensive practical study of the techniques and procedures for stage management and technical direction. An independent project dealing with the production of a theoretical show.

THET 476 Principles and Theories of Stage Lighting (3)

Prerequisite: THET 170, recommended THET 273. A study of the theories of electrification, in- struments, design, color, and control for stage and television. Brief survey of sound for the theatre. Practical work on productions.

THET 477 Advanced Lighting Design (3)

Prerequisite: THET 476. Study of history and theory of lighting design. Design exercises in pro- scenium, in-the-round, thrust, outdoor pageant, circus, concert, spectacle, dance and television lighting. A survey of lighting companies and equipment and architectural lighting.

THET 479 Theater Workshop (1-3)

Prerequisite: THET 170 and permission of the instructor. Participation in the technical aspects of theatre production in selected university and experimental theatre productions. Repeatable to a maxi- mum of six credits.

THET 480 Stage Costume History and Design I (3)

Basic principles of theatre costume design and introduction to rendering skills. Emphasis on development of design conception, unity, character statement, basic clothing design and period style adaptation.

THET —Theatre 503

THET 481 Stage Costume History and Design II (3)

One lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: THET 480. An advanced study of costume design and interpretation leading to un- derstanding and facility in design of stylized productions. Emphasis on design for musical comedy, dance theatre, opera and various non-traditional forms of theatre production.

THET 486 Stage Costume Construction I (3)

Study and practical experience in garment construction and related costume crafts as used in theatre costume design. Flat pattern development, textiles, theatrical sewing techniques and organ- ization of the costume construction process.

THET 487 Stage Costume Construction II (3)

Study and practical experience in the construction of stage costumes, props and accessories. Pattern development by draping, millinery, corsets, masks, jewelry, armor and period footwear.

THET 490 History of the Theatre I (3)

Evolution of the theatre from primitive origins, through the early Renaissance with emphasis on playwrights and plays, theatre architecture and decor, and significant personalities. Extensive use of graphic material, play reading, related theatre-going.

THET 491 History of the Theatre II (3)

A continuation of THET 490 beginning with the 16th century and progressing into the 20th, ex- amining the late Renaissance, Elizabethan, Restoration, 17th to 19th century European, and early American theatres. Emphasis on dramatic forms and styles, theatre architecture and decor, and signi- ficant personalities. Extensive use of graphic material, play reading, related theatre-going.

THET 495 History of Theatrical Theory and Criticism (3)

The development of theatrical theory and criticism from the Greeks to the modem theorist. The philosophical basis of theatre as an art form. Important theorists and the practical application of their theories in either play scripts or theatrical productions. Required attendance at selected live theatre productions.

THET 499 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An independent study course in which each student com- pletes an assigned major theatre project under close faculty supervision. Projects may culminate with term papers, scenic or costume designs, or a stage production. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

THET 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3)

THET 603 The Aesthetics of Theatre Arts (3)

THET 604 Development of Theatrical Isms (3)

Study of theatricalisms from classicism through collectivism.

THET 607 Criticism in the Public and Communicative Arts (3)

THET 610 The American Theatre (3)

THET 611 Trends and Opportunities in Modern Theatre (3)

THET 612 The Educational Theatre (3)

An examination and analysis of all aspects of the Educational Theatre.

THET 625 Shakespearean Acting (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and practice of Shakespearean acting.

THET 626 Advanced Acting Ensemble in Styles I (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Performance of comedy, using the works of Moliere and George Bernard Shaw.

THET 627 Advanced Acting Ensemble in Styles II (3)

Prerequisite: THET 626 or permission of instructor. Performance of serious contemporary drama using works of Chekhov and Pinter.

504 Graduate Course Descriptions

THET 630 The Performing Arts: Contextual Approach (3)

The common contextual approach to criticism and research in theatre.

THET 650 Directing and Performing in Musical Theatre (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selection, production, direction and performance in musical theatre through class and studio theatre presentations.

THET 660 Theatre Management (3)

The relationship between professional theatre management and educational theatre management. The goals and responsibilities of theatre management in terms of planning, supervision and com- munication.

THET 669 Independent Study (1-3)

THET 670 Historical Studies in Theatrical Architecture and the Scenic Arts (3)

Studies of the origin of the physical theatre and stage scenery from pre-Grecian ritual to esta- blishment of the modern theatre plant and theatre practices.

THET 671 Theory of Visual Design in Theatre Forms (3)

A historical and theoretical study of the development of theatre forms with an emphasis on the relationship of the form to the production.

THET 672 Theory of Visual Design in Scenery (3)

A historical and theoretical study of design practices in performing arts with an emphasis in scene design and interpretation.

THET 675 Theory of Visual Design in Lighting (3)

An arts with an emphasis in lighting design and interpretation.

THET 678 Theory of Visual Design For the Performing Arts (3)

Prerequisite: THET 375 or consent of instructor. An historical and theoretical study of design practices in the performing arts.

THET 681 Theory of Visual Design in Costuming (3)

An arts with an emphasis in costume design and interpretation.

THET 688 Special Problems in Drama (3)

The preparation of adaptations and other projects in dramaturgy.

THET 689 Theories of the Drama (3)

Advanced study of the identification and development of dramatic form from the early Greek dra- ma to contemporary forms; the aesthetics of theatre arts; and dramatic criticism.

THET 690 Historical Studies in Greek and Roman Theatre (3)

The ancient theatre from the earliest Greek origins through Roman origins and collapse.

THET 691 Historical Studies in Medieval Theatre (3)

The origin, development and practice of the medieval theatre.

THET 692 Historical Studies in Renaissance Theatre (3)

An investigation of varied elements of the Renaissance related to the theatre arts, the influence of the Renaissance on the theatre, and general theatre practices that originated in this period.

THET 693 Historical Studies in Elizabethan Theatre (3)

A study of the Elizabethan era to gain a clear understanding of drama and theatre at that time.

THET 694 Historical Studies in Modern Theatre (3)

An historical survey of production styles.

THET 698 Seminar: Studies in Theatre (3)

Research projects adapted to individual backgrounds and special work.

THET 699 The Theory of Pre-modern Dramatic Production (3)

An historical survey of production styles.

THET —Theatre 505

THET 788 Master's Tutorial (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Collaboration with a faculty member on joint creative and ar- tistic projects.

THET 789 Master's Practicum (1-6)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Participation in creative and artistic activities with professional level theatrical organizations.

THET 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

TXCE — Textiles and Consumer Economics

TXCE 600 Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: basic course in statistics. Methods of data collection and analysis in textiles and consumer economics. Regression, analysis of variance and non-parametric techniques. Preparation of a research paper which involves some computer applications.

TXCE 608 Special Problems (1-3)

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. The course may be organized as a lecture series on a specialized advanced topic or may consist of an experimental problem other than the student's thesis topic. Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced degree shall not exceed six hours.

TXCE 610 Economics of Consumption (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. Economic analysis of consumer decision- making at the individual and aggregate levels. The economic theory of consumer behavior, markets for consumer goods and services, the economics of consumer protection, income distribution and maintenance programs and consumer expenditures in the U.S.

TXCE 612 Economics of the Household (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403. Economic analysis of the household production function. Division of la- bor in households and families, value of household work, working wives, consumption patterns and time use, and economics of fertility.

TXCE 620 Consumer Behavior (3)

Prerequisite: CNEC 437 or consent of instructor. An application of the behavioral sciences to a study of consumer behavior. Estimation and critique of current theories of consumer behavior.

TXCE 625 Research Methods in Consumer Behavior (3)

Pre- or co-requisite: TXCE 600. Application of research methodology in the behavioral sciences to the study of consumer behavior. Measurement of variables, sampling and survey methodology, correlational research and experimental design.

TXCE 638 Advanced Topics in Consumer Economics (2-3)

A lecture/discussion series on a specialized advanced topic. Course may be repeated for a maxi- mum of six credits.

TXCE 639 Seminar in Consumer Economics (1-3)

A critical discussion of current research literature in the field. Course may be repeated for a max- imum of six credits.

TXCE 640 Historiography of Costume and Textiles (3)

Directed readings in history of costume and textiles. The location and use of primary sources, choice of methods used and critical evaluation of recent work in the field.

TXCE 642 Management of Textile and Costume Collections (3)

Theoretical and practical aspects of the management of costume and textile collections in univer- sities and museums. Emphasis on collection policy and planning, information management and con- servation.

506 Graduate Course Descriptions

TXCE 645 Fabric Structures (3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Classification of fabric structures and methods of manufactur- ing, describing and analyzing non-woven, knitted and woven structures. Use of computers in design- ing fabrics.

TXCE 647 Clothing and Comfort (3)

Prerequisite: TEXT 250 or consent of instructor. An examination of the physical, psychological and environmental factors which affect the physiological response of the human body to the clothing microclimate.

TXCE 648 Seminar in Historic Textiles (1-3)

In depth studies of selected areas of historic textiles and/or historic textile products, together with their relationships to the cultures and societies of man. Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced degree shall not exceed six hours.

TXCE 649 Seminar in Clothing and Human Behavior (3)

An examination of theories and research concerned with the relation between clothing and human behavior. Special emphasis will be placed on research techniques. Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced degree shall not exceed six hours.

TXCE 650 Textile Economics (3)

Prerequisite: TEXT 375 or consent of instructor. Economic analysis of the textile, apparel and fiber industries. Factors affecting the production, marketing and consumption of textile products. International trade in textile products.

TXCE 652 Textile Marketing (3)

Prerequisite: TEXT 470 or consent of instructor. Analysis of product, pricing, promotion and dis- tribution strategies of textile, apparel and home furnishings firms in the domestic and foreign mar- kets. Evaluation of firm performance, using case-study method.

TXCE 658 Advanced Topics in Textiles (2-3)

A lecture/discussion series on a specialized advanced topic. Course may be repeated for a maxi- mum of six credits.

TXCE 659 Seminar in Textiles (1-3)

A critical discussion of current research literature in the field. Course may be repeated for a maximum of six credits.

TXCE 660 Fiber Structure and Properties (3)

Prerequisite: TEXT 452 or consent of instructor. A study of the chemical and physical structure of fiber-forming polymers as they affect the performance of textile materials. Emphasis on structure/property relationships.

TXCE 661 Dyes and Dye Application (3)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TEXT 660 or consent of instructor. Principles and techniques of dyeing and printing textile materials. Properties of the finished products which affect end-use.

TXCE 662 Finishes and Finish Application (3)

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TXCE 660 or consent of instructor. Principles and techniques of applying finishes to textile materials. Properties of the finished products which affect end-use.

TXCE 670 Appearance and Sensory Properties (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TEXT 250 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the principles and concepts involved in the laboratory evaluation of appearance, colorimetry. soiling and detergency and other sensory properties of textile materials.

TXCE 671 Mechanical and Thermal Properties (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequisite: TEXT 250 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the principles and concepts

TXCE — Textiles and Consumer Economics 507

involved in the laboratory evaluation of mechanical properties (strength, abrasion, wear) and thermal properties (flammability, heat) of textile materials.

TXCE 699 Research Seminar (1)

Seminars on various topics in textiles and consumer economics. Colloquia by graduate students, faculty and visiting speakers. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits.

TXCE 700 Consumption Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: TXCE 600 and consent of instructor. Application of economic and statistical theory to the measurement of consumer demand. Single equation models and complete demand systems, dynamic demand models, and qualitative response models. Specification, estimation and interpreta- tion of these models.

TXCE 710 Public Policy and the Consumer (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The application of economic theory to an eva- luation of policy decisions which affect the consumer. The economic, social and political framework within which policy decisions are made. The need for social intervention and government regulation and economic evaluation of policy decisions including cost effectiveness and cost-benefit analyses.

TXCE 760 Physics and Chemistry of Fibers (3)

Prerequisite: TXCE 660 or consent of instructor. The physical and chemical structure of textile fiberforming polymers. The physical, thermal, electrical and optical performance properties of textile fibers and structures relative to fine fiber structure and polymer properties.

TXCE 770 Textile Microscopy (3)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. The theory and practice of fiber and textile microscopy.

TXCE 789 Non-Thesis Research (1-3)

Directed graduate study which forms the basis of a non-thesis research paper.

TXCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) TXCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

URBS —Institute for Urban Studies

URBS 410 The Development of the American City (3)

The evolution of the American city and American city planning. Ways in which the interests and ideologies of American city planners have shaped and responded to urban development in the U.S.

URBS 420 Seminar in Urban Literature (3)

Prerequisite: two URBS courses or permission of the instructor. The works of several of the ma- jor 20th century writers in urban studies. A comparative analysis of the perspectives of these writers on theoretical and substantive urban issues, is a basis for more advanced study in the theory and process of urbanization.

URBS 438 Urban Internship (1-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the department. Supervised field training in urban-oriented programs. Emphasized areas of interest are (I) neighborhoods and communities, (2) organizations and agen- cies, (3) specific programs. The student will be assigned to a specific agency or project and will be responsible to that agency. Class meetings, written reports, instructor conferences, and a student's critique of his experience are included. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.

URBS 440 City and Regional Economic Development (3)

Prerequisite: URBS 210 and ECON 105, or ECON 201, or ECON 205. Emphasis on urban finance and causes of urban fiscal stress, the spatial patterns of employment and population, urban labor markets, and models of urban and regional growth and decline. Focus on application of economic theory and urban planning techniques to issues of public service delivery, local economic development, and land use planning.

508 Graduate Course Descriptions

URBS 450 Problems in Urban Law (3)

Recommended preparation: six credits in URBS courses. A survey of the urban legal environ- ment and special legal problems of urban governments and public interest lawyers. Problems related to planning, zoning, eminent domain and land use controls; consumer protection in central cities; housing codes and multiple dwelling regulation; public accommodations and civil rights ordinances; defending the indigent; and welfare delivery systems.

URBS 460 Urban and Regional Planning in Developing Countries (3)

The theoretical issues of spatial development from a comparative urbanization perspective and analysis of multiple problems facing cities in developing countries. Current government planning po- licies and interventions.

URBS 470 Management and Administration of Metropolitan Areas (3)

Management and administration of local governments in metropolitan areas with emphasis on cit- ies, counties and special districts in urban areas. Urban governmental organizations, management styles and service delivery. Contemporary problems confronting urban local governments.

URBS 480 Urban Theory (3)

Contemporary theories of the city as a physical and an institutional system. Urban theory as inte- gration of information involving economic, political, and social dimensions of contemporary cities.

URBS 488 Selected Topics in Urban Studies (1-3)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Topics of special interest to advanced urban studies stu- dents. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided subject matter is different.

URBS 498 Honors Seminar in Selected Topics (3)

Prerequisite: Admission to honors program in URBS or other departments. Individual reading and research, and group discussion dealing with selected major contemporary urban issues: Philosophy and growth of new towns; emergent forms of urban policy; federal legislation and the cities; citizen attitudes toward metropolitan government; housing abandonment, rehabilitation, and new construction; the urban future; major world capitals; and urbanization in developing nations. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits for credit provided the topics are different.

URBS 499 Honors Thesis (3-6)

Prerequisite: admissions to honors program in URBS or other departments. Individual reading and research, and the writing of an original paper on an urban topic of the student's choice under the guidance of a faculty member.

URBS 601 Intermediate Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: URBS 350 or equivalent. Use of social science research techniques for problem analysis, program evaluation, forecasting and decision-making. Emphasis on the integration of prob- lem and program analysis skills with quantitative techniques. Urban data sources, data collection techniques, experimental and quasi-experimental research design, sampling, modeling, and survey research.

URBS 602 Advanced Research Methods (3)

Prerequisite: URBS 601. Continuation of URBS 601 with emphasis on the integration of alterna- tive quantitative techniques and research strategies. Tests of significance, multiple regression analy- sis, treatment of time in investment analysis, path analysis, factor analysis, scaling and forecasting techniques.

URBS 630 Urban Economics and Policy Analysis (3)

Prerequisite: ECON 454 or consent of the instructor. Urban problem and policy analysis in the context of urban spatial patterns and trends and urban public sector organization, finance and opera- tion. Education, zoning and land use planning, fiscal diversity and equal opportunity, new communi- ties, the future of the central city, and alternative institutions for the future.

URBS 640 Ecology and Demography of Urban Studies (3)

Analysis of land-use patterns and demographic characteristics. Examination of changes in these relations and their influence on institutional structures. Study of dynamics of transactions and flows between localities. Metropolises as examples of exchange systems. Problems in indicator develop-

URBS —Institute for Urban Studies 509

ment which define the demographic and ecological characteristics. Policy implications f data banks based on indicator information. Social indicators for metropolises as predictors of future develop- ment.

URBS 660 Urban Social Systems (3)

Prerequisite: URBS 480 or its equivalent or permission of the instructor. A substantive and criti- cal overview of social science approaches to the study of urbanism. Cultural and structural aspects of urban social life.

URBS 666 Urban Management and Decision Making (3)

The processes of urban resource allocation, management, and decision-making. Problems of budgeting for delivery of urban services, citizen participation, role of management and political offi- cials, impact of intergovernmental financial systems such as revenue sharing; administrative central- ization and decentralization; metropolitan service districts; and evaluation of urban services provided by cities, counties, and special districts.

URBS 670 Urban Public Policy Analysis (3)

The processes and structures of policy-making and implementation in urban settings. Systematic study of policy outputs through various quantitative indicators of the distribution and delivery of public goods to indicate who decides, on what grounds, who will get how much of what - and why? Discussion and application of urban indicators.

URBS 680 Environmental and Land Use Planning (3)

An overview of planning processes needed by the urban administrator and researcher. The ele- ments and techniques of the planning process, and the institutional setting in which planning takes place.

URBS 683 Social Planning and Community Development (3)

Operational aspects of social planning in communities. Models such as those which view social planning as (1) the delivery of social services, (2) a comprehensive approach to community socio- economic and political development, and (3) advocacy of the interests of the disadvantaged. Methods by which the social planner develops the legitimacy and power to catalyze a community to seek and achieve social change.

URBS 688 Recent Developments in Urban Studies (3)

Examination of selected current aspects of the rapidly evolving field of urban affairs, including for example, trends revealed by the 1970 census, evaluation of model cities, "new towns" in the United States.

URBS 689 Internship Seminar (3-6)

Prerequisite: permission of the department. A seminar combined with a field internship with an approved urban planning or management office or organization. The internship field supervisor as well as the assignment must be approved by the professor and the Director of the Institute. A mini- mum of two days a week must be spent on the field assignment. The seminar will stress the applica- tion of urban and administrative theory to the actual urban environment.

URBS 698 Independent Study in Urban Topics (3)

Directed research and study of selected aspects of urban affairs.

URBS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

WMST —Women's Studies

W MSI 400 Theories of Feminism (3)

Prerequisite: WMST 200 or 250, or consent of instructor. A study of feminist theories from an interdisciplinary perspective, including politics, sociology, psychology, anthropology, and philoso- phy.

WMST 490 Feminist Reconceptualizations (3)

Prerequisites: WMST 200 or 250, and 400; or permision of instructor. A synthesis of feminist theory and methodology, focusing on how the diversity of feminist perspectives affects the develop-

510 Graduate Course Descriptions

ment of knowledge, theory, research, and pedagogy.

WMST 498 Special Topics in Women's Studies (1-3)

Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. Prerequisite: a course on women (ideally WMST 200) or consent of instructor.

WMST 499 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: three credits in women's studies courses and consent of instructor. Research and writing or specific readings on a topic selected by the student, supervised by a faculty member of the Women's Studies Program.

WMST 699 Independent Study (1-3)

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research and writing on specific readings on a topic selected by the student, approved and supervised by a faculty member of the Women's Studies Program.

WMST 700 Feminist Reconceptualizations (3)

WMST 708 Research Seminar in Women's Studies (3)

Prerequisite: six credits of women's studies coursework or evidence of previous work in women's studies, and consent of instructor. Interdisciplinary research, writing, synthesis and analysis of fe- minist theories and methods. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when course content differs.

ZOOL —Zoology

ZOOL 411 Cell Biology (4)

Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: ZOOL 211 and 213; CHEM 243 or 245; MATH 140 or 220; or permission of the instructor. A study of the molecular and biochemical basis of cell structure and of integrated func- tions of the subcellar organelles, with an emphasis on eukaryotes.

ZOOL 413 Biophysics (3)

Three lectures a week.

Prerequisites: ZOOL 211, PHYS 122 or 142, and MATH 140 or 220. An introduction to the ideas and methods used in biophysics to analyze the functional components of cells and tissues as physical-chemical systems.

ZOOL 415 Cell Differentiation (3)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 211 or 213. The processes by which cells become differentiated from each other during development, with an emphasis on the biochemical and ultrastructural mechanisms of these changes.

ZOOL 421 Neurophysiology (4)

Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: an introductory course in zoology or biology (e.g., ZOOL 211), CHEM 233, and physics through an introduction to electricity and magnetism. The physiology of nerves, muscles and sensory receptors and aspects of central nervous system physiology.

ZOOL 422 Vertebrate Physiology (4)

Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 21 1 and one semester of organic chemistry or permission of instructor. A study of the cardiovascular, hemopoiet- ic, gastrointestinal, renal and respiratory systems. Chemical and endocrine regulation of physiolog- ical functions in higher vertebrates with emphasis on mammals.

ZOOL 426 General Endocrinology (3)

Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 211, CHEM 233, and CHEM 243. Functions and the functioning of the endocrine glands of animals with special reference to the verte- brates.

ZOOL 430 Vertebrate Embryology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 211 and 213, or permission of instructor. Vertebrate embryogenesis, developmental physiology and experimental em- bryology.

ZOOL —Zoology 51 1

ZOOL 431 Advanced Developmental Biology (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 211, 213, and an upper division course in cell biology or developmental biology. A study of the progression of selected problems in developmental biology from their origins in classical experimental embryology to their current status in modern developmental biology, through analysis of original articles and experimental results.

ZOOL 440 Evolution (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 210, ZOOL 212, and ZOOL 213. A consideration of current thought in re- gard to the evolution of living organisms.

ZOOL 444 Advanced Evolutionary Biology (3)

Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 440 or equivalent; one semester of calcu- lus. The nature and consequences of organic evolution in relation to present day geography and geo- logic time. Topics covered will include organic diversity gradients in space and time, rates of evolu- tion, co-evolution and extinctions. Particular emphasis will be placed in the synthesis of information and on construction and evaluation of hypotheses.

ZOOL 445 Genetic Analysis (3)

Prerequisites: a course in genetics (e.g., ZOOL 213) and CHEM 233. A consideration of the mechanisms involved in the transmission of hereditary factors in eukaryotes. Emphasis on the ex- perimental evidence and its interpretation which underlies our present knowledge of heredity.

ZOOL 446 Molecular Genetics (3)

Prerequisites: A course in genetics (e.g., ZOOL 213) and a course in organic chemistry. The molecular basis of gene structure and function. Regulation of differential gene expression.

ZOOL 455 General Immunology (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 21 1 and 213. Basic principles of immunobiology, immunochemistry and im- munogenetics with emphasis on the cellular and molecular basis of the immune response: cells of the immune system and their development, interactions and physiologic environment; the antibody re- sponse and interaction with antigen; cell mediated immunity; genetic regulation of the immune re- sponse; and the relationship of the immune system to disease. Credit not given for both ZOOL 455 and MICB 450.

ZOOL 456 Laboratory in General Immunology (1)

Three hours of laboratory per week.

Pre- or corequisite: ZOOL 455. Methodology and experimentation employed in basic and applied immunological research: detection, isolation and purification of antibodies; hybridoma production by cell fusion; maintenance of cell lines; purification of lymphoid cell populations; detection of cell mediated immunity; and mathematical analysis of immunological data.

ZOOL 460 Ethology (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 210 and ZOOL 212. A course in physiology is recommended. An introduc- tion to the principles of animal behavior with emphasis on physiological bases, ecological correlates and evolutionary aspects of behavior.

ZOOL 461 Ethology Laboratory (3)

One hour of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite or corequisite: ZOOL 460 or equivalent. Training in the description of behavior, methods of quantification and experimenta- tion, and the mathematical treatment of behavioral data.

ZOOL 465 Behavioral Ecology (4)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 212 or permission of instructor. Three lectures and one two-hour discussion-laboratory per week. The ways in which natural and social environments shape individual behavior. The influence of evolution on patterns of individual adaptation. Use of the evolutionary paradigm to investigate specific problems in animal and human behavior.

ZOOL 468 Experimental Behavioral Endocrinology (2)

One hour of lecture and 6 hours of laboratory per week.

ZOOL 368 or consent of instructor. Repeatable to a total of 4 credits.

512 Graduate Course Descriptions

ZOOL 470 Advanced Animal Ecology (2)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 212, a course in calculus, and a course in statistics. A course in genetics is strongly recommended. Theory of population growth and regulation, life tables and population pro- jection theory of competition and predation, diversity analysis and island geography. Emphasis on current literature and research in ecological theory.

ZOOL 471 Laboratory and Field Ecology (2)

Four hours of laboratory and field work per week. Co- or prerequisite: ZOOL 470. Laboratory and field exercises involving problems of contemporary ecological interest; population density regu- lation, community structure, and spatial pattern diversity in both terrestrial and aquatic systems. Topics coordinated with those presented in ZOOL 470.

ZOOL 472 Protozoology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory including field trips per week. Prerequisite: one year of biology. Basic conceptual treatment of free-living and parasitic protozoan functional morpho- logy, life history, and systematics. The laboratory will stress observations of protozoa, living and stained, collected from diverse habits.

ZOOL 473 Marine Ecology (3)

Prerequisites: A course in invertebrate zoology or animal diversity, and ZOOL 470, or permis- sion of the instructor. Courses in evolution and animal behavior are strongly recommended. A de- tailed analysis of the evolutionary ecology of marine invertebrates; emphasis on testing of theories and on current literature.

ZOOL 475 General Parasitology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.

Prerequisites: ZOOL 210, 212 and one semester of organic chemistry. A consideration of the phenomenon of parasitism through a study of the structure, function and host relationships of para- sitic organisms.

ZOOL 477 Symbiology (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 210 or ZOOL 212. An introduction to basic concepts of symbiosis, with emphasis on coevolution between symbiotic organisms. Adaptations for establishment and main- tenance of mutualistic, commensal and parasitic associations. Emphasis on current literature and a research perspective.

ZOOL 480 Aquatic Biology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: a course in animal di- versity (e.g., ZOOL 210) and a course in ecology (e.g., ZOOL 212). An investigation of the rela- tionships of freshwater and estuarine biotic communities to their environment.

ZOOL 481 The Biology of Marine and Estuarine Invertebrates (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: one year of zoology in- cluding ZOOL 210 or equivalent. A study of the taxonomy and functional morphology of the in- vertebrates, exclusive of insects. Emphasis on the study of living material.

ZOOL 482 Marine Vertebrate Zoology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: two years of zoology in- cluding ZOOL 210 and ZOOL 213. A consideration of the evolution, taxonomy, morphology, phy- siology, behavior and ecology of marine and estuarine protochordates and vertebrates.

ZOOL 483 Vertebrate Zoology (4)

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 212 or permis- sion of instructor. The identification classification, habits, and behavior of vertebrates with emphasis on fresh water, terrestrial and aerial forms, and a consideration of the evolution of living and fossil representatives.

ZOOL 492 Form and Pattern in Organisms (3)

Prerequisites: one year of calculus; one year of physics; one semester of introductory biology. A lecture course in structural and functional interpretation of form in organisms. Partem formation in morphogenesis, mathematical description of shape, methods, and examples of functional analysis of

ZOOL— Zoology 513

form, and patterns of morphological diversity through space and time.

ZOOL 495 Mammalian Histology (4)

Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 211 AND 422; or permission of the instructor. A study of the microscopic anatomy, ultrastructure and histophysio- logy of tissues and organs of mammals.

ZOOL 608 Zoology Seminar (1-2) Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits.

ZOOL 609 Special Problems in Zoology (1-6)

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. One seminar per week for each subject selected: A-Cell biology; B-Developmcntal biology; C-Estuarine and marine biology; D-Genetics; E-Parasitology; F- Physiology; G-Systematics and Evolutionary biology; I-Behavior; J-General; K-Endocrinology; L- Ecology.

ZOOL 610 Cellular Physiology (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: a course in animal or plant physiology, one year of organic chemistry, one year of physics, and a course in biochemistry. Reccommended, ZOOL 411 or an equivalent course in cytology or cell biology. A study of the structure and functions of cells on the molecular, subcellular and cellular levels by investigations and discussions of their physical, chemical, and microscopic properties.

ZOOL 612 Electron Microscopy Laboratory I (3)

Two three-hour laboratories per week and additional arranged time. Prerequisites lecture course in electron microscopy and permission of instructor. Preparation and study of biological material by electron microscopy.

ZOOL 613 Electron Microscopy Laboratory II (2)

Two three-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisite:ZOOL 612 or equivalent and permission of instructor. A directed individual research project that uses the techniques of electron microscopy to study biological materials.

ZOOL 615 Biological Ultrastructure (3)

Three hours of lecture -discussion a week. Prerequisite: cell biology or histology, or permission of instructor. The ultrastructure of cells and tissues, with emphasis on interpretation and correlation of ultrastructure and function.

ZOOL 621 Comparative Physiology (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: one year of zoolo- gy, one year of organic chemistry and one semester of physiology. The study of the differences and similarities in the functioning of organs of species of the animal kingdom.

ZOOL 622 Membrane Transport Phenomena (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 422 or equivalent training in physiology; and knowledge of calculus; or per- mission of the instructor. The fundamental phenomena related to solute movement in bulk solution and across interfaces. Examination of natural and artificial membrane transport systems, with em- phasis placed on their mechanism of action.

ZOOL 623 Electrophysiology (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: a course in physiolo- gy, one year of physics, and permission of the instructor. Concerned with electrical phenomena oc- curring in living matter and with the effect of electrical current on cells, with special emphasis on nerves and muscles.

ZOOL 624 Experimental Mammalian Physiology (4)

Two four-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: a course in physiology and one year of chemistry above general chemistry. The theory, use and application to research of instrumentation normally in the physiology laboratory with an introduction to surgical techniques on both large and small animals.

514 Graduate Course Descriptions

ZOOL 626 Mammalian Physiology (3)

One three-hour lecture a week. Prerequisite: a course in physiology and a course in biochemistry. A biochemical and pharmacological approach to problems in physiology. A survey of neurochemis- try and neuropharmacology, the study of action of hormones and drugs at the molecular and cellular level.

ZOOL 627 Behavioral Endocrinology (3)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 326 or ZOOL 426 or consent of instructor. The interactive effects of hor- mones and behavior. Emphasis on the reproductive and stress hormones as they affect the brain and behavior.

ZOOL 630 Analysis of Development (4)

Four hours of lecture/discussion per week. Prerequisite: Zoology 431, or permission of instructor. A survey of modern developmental biology, including a review of developmental patterns in the various animal groups, an introduction to the mechanisms of animal morphogenesis, a survey of molecular mechanisms of differentiation, and an overview of current areas of research in develop- mental biology.

ZOOL 631 Biochemical Patterns in Development (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 630 and a course in biochemistry. The biochemical and cellular mechanisms regulating gene activity and cell differentiation, emphasising early development of higher eukaryotic organisms.

ZOOL 632 Animal Morphogenesis (3)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 630. The processes and mechanisms of tissue interactions, and their develop- mental consequences for the cell, tissue, and organism.

ZOOL 634 Experimental Developmental Zoology (4)

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Two four-hour lecture/lab periods per week. A laboratory oriented course focused on current problems in developmental zoology and designed to instruct stu- dents modern experimental techniques.

ZOOL 640 Population Genetics (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: a course in genetics. The role of mutation, selection, migration, inbreeding, and stochastic process in evolution.

ZOOL 641 Ecological Genetics (3)

Three hours of lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisites: a course in genetics and a course in eco- logy, of permission of the instructor. Analysis of the interactions between genotype and the en- vironment in natural and experimental populations of animals.

ZOOL 642 Developmental Genetics (3)

Three lecture -discussion periods per week. Prerequisites: courses in molecular genetics and deve- lopmental or cell biology, or permission of the instructor. Differential gene function and its regula- tion in developing systems. Genes and the analysis of developmental processes.

ZOOL 643 Cellular Genetics (3)

TWO 1-1/2 hour lecture -discussion periods a week. Prerequisites: 1 year of genetics including basic molecular genetics or permission of the instructor. The course will evaluate studies using pro- tozoan systems as models for analyzing phenomena of nuclear differentiation, cytoplasmic heredity and control of cellular organization.

ZOOL 650 Systematic Zoology (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The principles and methods involved in the classification of animals, with emphasis on population dynamics and speciation. Methods of evaluating taxonomic data, principles of zoological nomenclature, field and museum techniques, and the factors influencing the distribution of animals are also stressed.

ZOOL 655 Genetics of the Immune System (3)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 455 or MICB 450, ZOOL 446. ZOOL 430 and BCHM 461; or consent of instructor. The genetic mechanisms governing function of the cells and tissues of the immune sys- tem, and of the genetic regulation of the immune response.

ZOOL —Zoology 51 5

ZOOL 660 Advanced Ethology Laboratory (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 460 and ZOOL 46 1, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Group project in behavioral research on a topic to be decided by the participants. Practical research experience for the new graduate student in ethology, from the writing of a research proposal through observation and experimentation to the final report.

ZOOL 661 Principles and Methods in Ethology (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 460, 461 and per- mission of the instructor. The physics and physiology of signal production and reception with em- phasis on animal communication systems.

ZOOL 665 Sociobiology (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: a course in behavior and permission of the instructor. Deals with the description and analysis of animal social organiza- tions, the adaptive nature of animal societies, the effects of early experience, and the role of com- munication in the integration of animal groups.

ZOOL 670 Concepts in Animal Ecology (4)

Three hours of lecture and two hours of discussion per week. Prerequisite: a course in ecology (ZOOL 470 or equivalent) or permission of instructor. A graduate-level treatment of ecological pro- cesses and their evolutionary implications. Review of classical and contemporary literature, with em- phasis on current developments in ecological theories, and their testing in the laboratory and in the field.

ZOOL 673 Advanced Aquatic Ecology (4)

Prerequisite: ZOOL 670 or equivalent. One discussion session (arranged) and one all-day labora- tory per week. Emphasizes field experience in analyzing ecological processes in freshwater lakes and rivers, and the plankton communities of estuaries.

ZOOL 674 Quantitative Field Ecology (4)

One full day per week. Prerequisites: animal or plant ecology, statistics, and permission of in- structor. Group-oriented formulation of hypotheses, collection of data, analysis and discussion of re- sults. Current problems in community and population ecology to be studied in the field. Extended field trips.

ZOOL 675 Ecological Models (3)

Three hours of lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 670 or equivalent. Explores the as- sumptions, structure and consequences of theoretical models in ecology.

ZOOL 676 Behavioral Ecology (4)

Prerequisites: a course in ecology and a course in behavior, or permission of the instructor. Two lecture-recitation periods and six hours of laboratory per week. The role of interactions among or- ganism and environment upon the dynamics and resource utilization of animals.

ZOOL 677 Ecology of Marine Communities (4)

Prerequisites: ZOOL 670 or permission of the instructor, ZOOL 481 strongly recommended. Two lecture-recitation periods and six hours of laboratory per week. An evaluation and extension of our current knowledge of marine communities and how their component populations are limited and in- teract with one another.

ZOOL 682 Ecology of Marine Invertebrates (4)

Two lectures and six hours of laboratory a week (including some Saturday field trips). Prerequisites: a course in animal ecology, or hydrobiology, and invertebrate zoology, or permission of instructor. The distribution, abundance, and adaptations of marine and estuarine invertebrates as related to the factors of those environments.

ZOOL 686 Marine and Estuarine Protozoa (4)

Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. An indepth study of the taxonomic and mor- phological diversities, life histories, and autecologies of the protozoan fauna of marine and estuarine environments. Special emphasis will be placed on Chesapeake Bay forms. Field work will be an

516 Graduate Course Descriptions

integral part of the laboratory, and shipboard experience is anticipated. Permission of instructor re- quired. Offered in alternate years.

ZOOL 708 Advanced Topics in Zoology (1-4)

Lectures, experimental courses and other special instructions in various zoological subjects. Repeatable four times if the contents are different.

ZOOL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)

ZOOL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)

Faculty Listing 517

Faculty Listing

Aaron, Henry J. Professor, Part-time, Economics. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1958; M.A., Harvard University, 1960; Ph.D.. 1963.

Abed, Eyad H. Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1979; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1981; Ph.D., 1982.

Adams, Jeffrey D. Assistant Professor. Mathematics. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1977; Ph.D., Yale University, 1981.

Adams, John Q., Ill Professor, Economics. A.B., Oberlin College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1965.

Adams, William W. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1959; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1964.

Ades, Ibrahim Z. Assistant Professor, Zoology. B/A/, University of California (Los Angeles), 1971; Ph.D., 1976.

Adler, Isidore Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry and Geology. B.S., Brooklyn College, 1942; M.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1947; Ph.D., 1952.

Agar, Michael H. Professor, Anthropology. A.B., Stanford University, 1967; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1971.

Aggour, M. Sherif Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Cairo University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1972.

Agrawala, Ashok K. Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Agra University, I960; B.E., Indian Institute of Science, 1963; M.E., 1965; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1970.

Agre, Gene P. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Macalester College, 1951; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1953; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1964.

Ahad, Rafiul Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.Sc, Burma Arts and Science University, 1973; M.Sc, 1975; M.Sc, Asian Institute of Technology, 1980; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1985.

A'Hearn, Michael F. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Acting Director, Astronomy Program. B.S., Boston College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1966.

Ahrens, Richard A. Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958; Ph.D., University of California (Davis), 1963.

Albrecht, Pedro Professor, Civil Engineering. Dipl. Ing., Federal Institute of Technology (Switzerland), 1962; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1972.

Alexander, James C. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Alexander, Millard H. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.A., Harvard, 1964; Ph.D., University of Paris, 1967.

Alford, C. Fred Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Austin College, 1969; M.A., University of Texas, 1971.

Allan, J. David Professor, Zoology. B.Sc, University of British Columbia, 1966; M.S., University of Michigan, 1968; Ph.D., 1971.

518 Faculty Listing

Allan, Thomas K. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Northwestern University, 1950; M.A., University of Maryland, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Allen, LaRue Associate Professor. Psychology. A.B., Radcliffe College. 1972; M.S., Yale Univesity, 1973; Ph.D., Yale University, 1980.

Allen, Redfield W. Professor, Part-time, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959.

Allen, Roger J. Associate Professor, Health Education. B.S.E., University of Kansas, 1976; M.S., 1977; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1979.

Alley, Carroll O,, Jr. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Richmond, 1948; M.A., Princeton University, 1951; Ph.D., 1962.

Almenas, Kazys K. Associate Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., University of Nebraska, 1957; Ph.D., University and Polytechnic of Warsaw, 1968.

Almon, Clopper, Jr. Professor, Economics. A.B., Vanderbilt University, 1956; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1962.

Aloimonos, John Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Athens (Greece), 1981; M.S., University of Rochester, 1984; Ph.D.. 1986.

Alston-Mills, Brenda Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. A.B.. Lycoming College, 1967; M.Sc, Michigan State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1984.

Alt, Frank B. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S.E., Johns Hopkins University, 1967; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1973; Ph.D., 1977.

Altman, Barbara Lecturer, Sociology. B.A., Pennsylvania State L'niversity. 1958; M.A., University of Maryland, 1976; Ph.D., 1984.

Amershek, Kathleen G. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Indiana State College (Pennsylvania), 1951; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.

Amir, Amihood Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Bar Ilan University. Magna Cum Laude. 1975; M.S.. Bar Ilan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1983.

Ammon, Herman L. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.Sc, Brown University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1963.

Anand, Davinder K. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Georse Washington University, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1965.

Anderson, Clarita S. Lecturer, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1959; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1985.

Anderson, C. Raymond Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education; Associate Dean, College of Education. B.S., University of Maryland. 1954; M.Ed., 1959; Ed.D., 1969.

Anderson, Elaine A. Assistant Professor, Family and Community Development. B S., The University of Nebraska, 1973; M.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975: Ph.D., 1978.

Anderson, John D. Jr. Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., University of Florida, 1959; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1966.

Anderson, J. Robert Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Iowa State University, 1955; Ph.D., 1963.

Anderson, Nancy S. Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; M.A., Ohio State University, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.

Faculty Listing 519

Andrews, J. Edward Visiting Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.S., Frostburg State College, 1957; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1961; Ed.D., 1968.

Angle, Jay S. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Maryland, 1975; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1980.

Anjanappa, Muniswamappa Assistant Professor. Mechanical Engineering. B.E., University of Bangalore (India), 1973; M.E., University of Madras (India), 1975; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1986.

Ansello, Edward F. Affiliate Associate Professor, Family and Community Development; Acting Director, Center on Aging. A.B., Boston College, 1966; M.Ed., University of Missouri, 1967; Ph.D., 1970.

Antman, Stuart S. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1961; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Antonsen, Thomas M. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Electrical Engineering. B.S., Cornell University, 1973; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1977.

Arends, Richard I. Professor and Chairperson, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Eastern Oregon College, 1959; M.A., University of Iowa, 1961; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1972.

Armstrong, Earlene Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., North Carolina Central University, 1969; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975.

Armstrong, Richard N. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Western Illinois University, 1970; Ph.D., Marquette University, 1974.

Armstrong, Ronald W. Professor. Mechanical Engineering. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1955; M.Sc, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1957; Ph.D., Carneigie-Mellon University, 1958.

Arnold, Douglas Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Brown University, 1975; S.M., University of Chicago, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Arrighi, Margarite A. Assistant Professor. Physical Education. B.S.. Westhampton College, 1958; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., University of North Carolina (Greensboro), 1974.

Arsenault, Richard J. Professor, Chemical and. B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1962; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1962.

Asbjornsen, Odd A. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering; Professor, Systems Research Center. B.S., The Technical Institute of Norway, 1955; Ph.D., 1972.

Assad, Arjang J. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1971; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1978.

Atchison, William F. Professor, Computer Science. A.B., Georgetown College (Kentucky), 1938; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1943.

Auchard, John F. Assistant Professor, English. A.B., New York University, 1970; M.A., University of Michigan, 1971; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1980.

Auslander, Joseph Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1952; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1953; Ph.D.. 1957.

Austing, Richard H. Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Xavier University, 1953; M.S., Saint Louis University, 1955; Ph.D., Catholic University of America, 1963.

Aycock, Marvin K., Jr. Professor and Acting Chairman, Agronomy. B.S., North Carolina State University, 1959; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1966.

Aylward, Thomas J. Professor, Communications Arts and Theatre. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1960.

520 Faculty Listing

Ayyub, Bilal Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S.. Kuwait University, 1980; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1981; Ph.D., 1983.

Azar, Edward E. Professor, Government and Politics; Director, Center for International Development and Conflict Management. B.A.. American University of Beirut, 1960; M.A., University of the Pacific, 1965; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1969.

Azarm, Shapour Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Tehran (Iran), 1977; M.S., George Washington University, 1979; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1984.

Babuska, Ivo Research Professor, Mathematics and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. Dipl. Ing., Technical University of Prague, 1949; Ph.D., 1951; Ph.D., Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, 1955; D.Sc, 1960.

Baer, Ferdinand Professor and Chairman, Meteorology. B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1961.

Bailey, William J. Research Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D., University of Illinois. 1946.

Baker, Donald J. Associate Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

Ball, Michael O. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.S.E., 1972; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1977.

Ballmann, H. Werner Associate Professor. Mathematics. Diplom., University of Bonn, 1976; Dr. Rer. Nat., 1979; Dr. Rer. Nat. Hab., University of Bonn., 1984.

Balthrop, Carmen A. Assistant Professor. Music. B.M., University of Maryland. 1971; M.M., Catholic University, 1972.

Bandel, Vernon A. Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1965.

Banerjee, Manoj K. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S.. Patna University, 1949; M.S., Calcutta University, 1952; Ph.D., 1956.

Barao, Scott M. Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Michigan State University, 1980; M.S., 1983; Ph.D., 1985.

Baras, John S. Professor, Electrical Engineering: Director, Systems Research Center. Dipl.E.E., National Technical University of Athens, 1970; S.M., Harvard University, 1971; Ph.D.. 1973.

Barbe, David F. Associate Director for Energy Research Center; Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., West Virginia University, 1962; M.S., . 1964: Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1969.

Barbosa, Pedro Professor. Entomology. B.S., City College of New York, 1966; M.S., University of Massachusetts, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Bardasis, Angelo Associate Professor and Associate Chairman, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Cornell University, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1959; Ph.D.. 1962.

Barker, Donald B. Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S.M.E., University of Washington, 1969; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1976.

Barkin, Steve M. Associate Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1965; M.A., , 1970; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1977.

Barlow, Jewel B. Associate Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.Sc, Auburn University, 1963; M.S., 1964; Ph.D.. University of Toronto, 1970.

Barnett, Audrey J. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., Wilson College. 1955; M.A., Indiana University. 1957; Ph.D.. 1962.

Faculty Listing 521

Barnett, Neal M. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S., Purdue University, 1959; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966.

Barnett, Ronald J. Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Rochester, 1960; M.Mus., University of Maryland, 1973.

Barry, Jackson G. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Yale University, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University, 1963.

Bartol, Kathryn M. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Marygrove College, 1963; M.A., Univeristy of Michigan, 1966; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1972.

Basili, Victor R. Professor and Chairman, Computer Science. B.S., Fordham University, 1961; M.S., Syracuse University, 1963; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1970.

Basu, Amit Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Indian Institute of Technology, 1979; M.B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1981; M.S., University of Rochester, 1983; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1986.

Bean, George A. Professor, Botany. B.S., Cornell University, 1958; M.S., University of Minnesota, I960; Ph.D., 1963.

Beasley, Maurine H. Associate Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., University of Missouri, 1958; B.J., 1958; M.S., Columbia University, 1963; Ph.D., George Washington University, 1974.

Beaton, John R. Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration; Dean, College of Human Ecology. B.A., University of Toronto, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 1952.

Beatty, Charles J. Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1959; M.S., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1966.

Beauchamp, Virginia W. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., University of Michigan, 1942; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1955.

Bechhoefer, William B. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. A.B., Harvard College, 1963; M. Arch., Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1967.

Beck, Evelyn T. Director, Women's Studies Program; Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1954; M.A., Yale University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. 1969.

Beck, Kenneth H. Associate Professor, Health Education. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1972; M.A., Syracuse University, 1975; Ph.D., 1977.

Beckman, Paula J. Associate Professor, Special Education. B.A., Hastings College, 1974; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1977; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1980.

Beckmann, Robert B. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1940; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1944.

Bedingfield, James P. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; MB. A., 1968; DBA., 1972.

Behall, Kay McCague Adjunct Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., University of Arizona, 1965; M.S., Oregon State University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1982.

Beicken, Peter U. Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. M.A., University of Munich (Germany), 1968; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1971.

Bell, Roger A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph.D., Australian National University, 1961; Ph.D. (honoris causa), Uppsala University, 1982.

522 Faculty Listing

Bellama, John M. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. A.B., Allegheny College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1966.

Belz, Herman J. Professor, History. A.B., Princeton University, 1959; M.A., University of Washington, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Bender, Filmore E. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of California (Davis), 1961; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1964; Ph.D., 1965.

Benedetto, John J. Professor, Mathematics. B.A.. Boston College, 1960; M.A. Harvard University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Toronto, 1964.

Benesch, William Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.A., Lehigh University, 1942; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952.

Bennett, Jr., Ralph D. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. B.A. Arch., Princeton University, 1961; M.F.A. Arch, 1966.

Bennett, Lawrence H. Adjunct Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1958.

Bennett, Maurice J. Associate Professor, English. A.B., Harvard University, 1971; M.A., 1972; Ph.D., 1978.

Bennett, Robert L. Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., University of Texas, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1963.

Bennett, Stanley W. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A., Iowa State University, 1959; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1961; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1970.

Benson, Jeri Assistant Professor, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.A., University of Florida, 1973; M.A.E., 1975; Ph.D., 1977.

Bentley, Eric Professor, Comparative Literature; Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A.., Oxford University, 1938; B. Lilt., 1939; Ph.D., Yale University, 1941; D. Litt., University of Wisconsin, 1975; D. Litt., University of East Anglia, 1979.

Berdahl, Robert O. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration; Director, Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1949; M.Sc, London School of Economics and Political Science, 1957; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1954; Ph.D., 1958.

Berenstein, Carlos A. Professor. Mathematics. Licenciado En Matematicas, University of Buenos Aires, 1966; M.S., New York University, 1969; Ph.D., 1970.

Berg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of Minnesota, I960; Ph.D., 1967.

Berg, Linda R. Lecturer, Botany. B.S., University of Maryland, 1969; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1983.

Berger, Bruce S. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962.

Bergmann, Barbara R. Professor, Economics. A.B., Cornell University, 1948; M.A., Harvard University, 1955; Ph.D., 1959.

Berke, Deborah L. Assistant Professor, School of Architecture. B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1975; B. Arch., , 1977; M.U.P., City University of New York, 1984.

Berlin, Adele Professor, Hebrew and East Asian. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1964; Ph.D., 1976.

Berlin, Ira Professor, History. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1970.

Berman, Joel H. Professor, Music. B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1953; D.M.A., University of Michigan, 1957.

Faculty Listing 523

Berman, Louise M. Professor, Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. A.B., Wheaton College, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1953; Ed.D., 1960.

Bernard, Peter S. Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. BE. (M.E.), City College of the City University of New York, 1972; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1973; Ph.D., 1977.

Bernold, Leonhard E. Assistant Professor. Civil Engineering. M.S., Swiss Institute of Technology (Zurich), 1978; M.B.A., St. Gall Graduate School (St. Gall), 1981; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1983; Ph.D., 1985.

Bernstein, Melvin Professor, Music; Administrative Dean, Summer Programs. A.B., Rhodes College, 1947; B. Mus., 1948; M.Mus., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1954; Ph.D., 1964.

Best, Otto F. Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., University of Munich (Germany), 1963.

Beste, C. Edward Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Purdue University, 1961; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Betancourt, Roger R. Professor, Economics. B.A., Georgetown University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1969.

Bhagat, Satindar M. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A.. Jammu and Kashmir University, 1950; M.Sc, University of Delhi, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.

Bigio, David I. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Case Western Reserve University, 1971; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1976; Engr., 1978; Ph.D., 1986.

Bilik, Dorothy Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1951; M.A., University of Cincinnati, 1969: Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1977.

Billig, Frederick S. Lecturer, Part-time, Aerospace Engineering. B.E., Johns Hopkins University, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958; Ph.D., 1964.

Billingsley, Andrew Professor, Sociology; Professor, Afro-American Studies. A.B., Grinnell College, 1951; M.S., Boston University, 1956; M.A., University of Michigan, 1960; Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1964.

Birdsall Esther K. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1947; M.A., University of Arizona, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.

Birk, Janice M. Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Sacred Heart College, 1963; M.A., Loyola University, 1966; Ph.D.. University of Missouri, 1970.

Birkner, Francis B. Professor, Civil Engineering and Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1961; M.S.E., University of Florida, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.

Black, Cordell W. Associate Professor, French and Italian. B.A., St, Augustine's College, 1965; M. A., Wayne State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1976.

Blankenship, Gilmer L. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1967; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Blitz, Leo Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Cornell University, 1967; M.S., Columbia University, 1975; M.Phil., 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Block, Ira Associate Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., University of Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1971.

Blotner, Pamela Assistant Professor, Art. B.S., The Cleveland Institute of Art, 1976; M.F.A., Syracuse University, 1986.

524 Faculty Listing

Blum, Richard A. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Farleigh Dickinson University, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1977.

Blunder, Jay G. Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., Antioch College, 1947; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1962.

Bobrow, Davis B. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of Chicago, 1955; B.A., 1956; B.A., Queen's College, Oxford University, 1958; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962.

Bockstael, Nancy E. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. A.B., Connecticut College, 1971; M.A., Brown University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island, 1976.

Bodin, Lawrence D. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Northeastern University, 1962; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1966; Ph.D., 1967.

Bodwell, C.E. Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1957; M.S., University of Cambridge (England), 1959; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1964.

Bonar, Dale B. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., Whitman College, 1967; M.S., University of the Pacific, 1970; Ph.D., University of Hawaii, 1973.

Bonta, Juan P. Professor, Housing and Design. B.H., Collegio Nacional de Buenos Aires, 1951; M.Arch., University of Buenos Aires, 1959.

Booth, Nancy M. Affiliate Assistant Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education. B.S., Seton Hall University, 1971; M.S., Michigan State University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1979.

Borgia, Gerald Assistant Professor, Zoology. A.B., University of California (Berkeley), 1970; M.S., University of Michigan, 1973; Ph.D., 1978.

Borko, Hilda Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1971; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., 1978.

Bottino, Paul J. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S., Utah State University, 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1969.

Bottrell, Dale G. Professor, Entomology. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.

Bouwkamp, John C. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Michigan State University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 1969.

Boyce, Jeanann S. Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.A., Douglass College-Rutgers University, 1965; M.A., University of Massachusetts (Amherst), 1974; Ed.D., , 1981.

Boyd, Alfred C. Jr. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Canisius College, 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D., 1957.

Boyd, Derek A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Cape Town (S. Africa), 1964; B.S., (Hons.), 1965; M.Sc, 1967; Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1973.

Boyd, Douglas A. Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.F.A., University of Texas (Austin), 1962; M.A., University of Maryland, 1970; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1972.

Boyd, Vivian S. Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Antioch College, 1961; M.A., University of Colorado, 1968; M.A., University of Maryland (Far East Division), 1972; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1975.

Boyle, Mike Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Stanford University, 1974; A.B. and B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1977; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1983.

Faculty Listing 525

Brace, John W. Professor Emeritus, Mathematics. B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

Bradbury, Miles L. Assistant Professor, History. A.B., Harvard University, 1960; A.M., 1961; Ph.D., 1967.

Bradford, William D. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Howard University, 1967; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1972.

Brand, Charles F. Affilate Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction; Director, M. Lucia James Curriculum Laboratory. B.S., West Liberty State College, 1964; M.Ed., Kent State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1977.

Brandt, John C. Adjunct Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Washington University (St. Louis), 1956; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1960.

Brannigan, Vincent M. Associate Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.A., University of Maryland, 1973; J.D., Georgetown University, 1975.

Brauth, Steven E. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1967; Ph.D., New York University, 1973.

Brechling, Frank P. Professor, Economics. B.A., University of Freiburg, 1951; Ph.D., Trinity College, 1955.

Brecht, Richard D. Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures; Acting Dean, College of Arts and Humanities. B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1965; M.A., Harvard University, 1969; Ph.D., 1972.

Breslow, Marvin A. Associate Professor, History. B.A., University of Nebraska, 1957; A.M., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

Breuer, Herbert Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. Diploma, University of Heidelberg, 1974; Ph.D., 1976.

Brigham, Bruce H. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., SUNY (Brockport), 1949; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Temple University, 1967.

Brill, Dieter R. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

Brin, Michael Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Moscow State University, 1970; Ph.D., Kharkov State University, 1975.

Brinsfield, Russell B. Affiliate Assistant Professor. Agricultural Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1981.

Brodsky, Harold Associate Professor, Geography. B.S., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1954; M.S., Colorado College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1966.

Brown, David L. Adjunct Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education; Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Sociology. B.A., Miami University (Oxford, Ohio), 1967; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1969; Ph.D., 1974.

Brown, Earl H. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1961.

Brown, Elizabeth Y. Lecturer, Physical Education. B.S., Kent State University, 1965; M.Ed., 1967; Ed.D., University of Houston, 1973.

Brown, John H. Associate Professor, Philosophy. A.B., Princeton University. 1952; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

Brown, Peter G. Professor, School of Public Affairs. B.A., Haverford College, 1961; M.A., Columbia University, 1964; Ph.D., 1969.

526 Faculty Listing

Brown, Richard H. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1961; M.A., Columbia University, 1965; Ph.D., University of California (San Diego), 1973.

Brown, Robert A. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Richmond, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1961; Ph.D., 1962.

Bruns, Herbert A. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Missouri, 1972; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1981.

Brush, Stephen G. Professor, History and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B., Harvard University, 1955; Ph.D., Oxford University, 1958.

Brusilow, William S. Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. A.B., Princeton University, , 1975; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1980.

Bryer, Jackson Professor, English. B.A., Amherst College, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.

Bub, Jeffrey Professor, Philosophy. B.Sc, University of Cape Town (pure science), 1961; B.Sc, University of Cape Town (applied mathematics), 1962; Ph.d., University of London, 1966.

Buckley, Frank T., Jr. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; Ph.D., 1968.

Bundy, Mary L. Professor, College of Library and Information Services. A.B., State University College (Potsdam), 1948; M.A., University of Denver, 1951; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1960.

Burke, Philip J. Chairman and Professor, Special Education. B.S., University of Scranton, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1970.

Burnham, Jack W. Professor and Chairman, Art. B.F.A., Yale University, 1959; M.F.A., 1961.

Burt, John J. Dean, College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health; Professor, Health Education. B.A., Duke University, 1956; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1957; M.S., University of Oregon, 1960; Ed. D.. 1962.

Butterworth, Charles E. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Michigan State University, 1959; Doct., University of Nancy (France), 1961; M.A., University of Chicago, 1962; Ph.D., 1966.

Cadman, Theodore W. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Cain, Jarvis L. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Purdue University, 1955; M.S., Ohio State University, 1956; Ph.D., 1961.

Calabrese, Richard V. Assistant Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., University of Rochester, 1969; M.S., University of Massachusetts, 1971; Ph.D., 1976.

Callcott, George H. Professor, History. B.A., University of South Carolina, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1956.

Campbell, Elwood G. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction; Assistant to the Dean, College of Education. B.S., Northeast Missouri State College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1952; Ph.D., 1963.

Campbell, Patricia F. Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., College of Saint Frances, 1970; M.S., Michigan State University, 1972; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1976.

Candela, Philip A. Assistant Professor, Geology. B.S., CUNY (Brooklyn College), 1977; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1982.

Canjar, Theresa W. Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., Northwestern University, 1974; M.A., University of Michigan, 1979; Ph.D., 1983.

Faculty Listing 527

Caramello, Charles Associate Professor, English. B.A., Wesleyan University, 1970; M.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 1973; Ph.D., 1978.

Carbone, Robert F. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Eastern Montana College, 1953; M.S., Emory University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1961.

Carlson, Cheree Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Colorado State University, 1979; M.A., 1981; Ph.D.. University of Southern California, 1985.

Carr, John C. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., District of Columbia Teachers College, 1952; M.F.A., Catholic University of America, 1953; Ph.D., 1965.

Carretta, Vincent Associate Professor, English. B.A., State University of New York (Binghamton), 1968; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1977.

Carroll, Stephen J., Jr. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1957; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959; Ph. D., 1964.

Carson, Scott D. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. M.S., University of Virginia, 1981; Ph.D., 1986.

Carter, Everett C. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1958; M.E., University of California, 1959; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1969.

Carter-Porges, C. Sue Professor, Zoology. B.A., Drury College, 1966; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1969.

Carton, James A. Assistant Professor, Meteorology. B.S.E., Princeton University, 1976; M.S., University of Washington, 1979; M.A., Princeton University, 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Cassel, Eleanore K. Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Delaware Valley College of Science and Agriculture, 1975; M.S., Cornell University, 1978; Ph.D., 1983.

Cassidy, Claire M. Lecturer, Part-tune, Anthropology. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1972.

Castellan, Gilbert W. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Regis College, 1945; Ph.D., Catholic University, 1949.

Caswell, Jean M. Assistant Professor, Art. A.B., Goucher College, 1945; M.A., American University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1978.

Gate, George A. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Rutgers-The State University, 1960; M.A., Duke University, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

Caughey, John L. Associate Professor, American Studies. B.A., Harvard College, 1963; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; Ph.D., 1970.

Celarier, James L. Associate Professor, Philosophy. A.B., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

Chait, Richard P. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration; Executive Director, National Center for Postsecondary Governance and Finance. B.A., Rutgers University, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1968; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1972.

Chambers, Erve J. Chairman, Anthropology. B.A., West Washington State College, 1969; M.A., University of Oregon, 1972; Ph.D., 1973.

Chambers, Robert G. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 1972; M.S., University of Maryland, 1975; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1978.

Chander, Suresh Lecturer Part-time, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., Banaras Hindu University, 1964; M.S., Indian Institute of Science, 1966; M.S., University of Maryland, 1971; Ph.D., 1975.

528 Faculty Listing

Chang, Chia-Cheh Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Tunghai University (Taiwan), 1961; M.A., University of Southern California, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

Chang, Chung Yun Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1954; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1965.

Chang, Eric C. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., National Cheng Kung University, 1974; M.B.A., Wright State University, 1979; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1982.

Chang, Luke L. Y. Professor and Chairman, Geology. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1963.

Chang, Peter C. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Texas A & M University, 1975; M.S., University of Illinois, 1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Chang, Wook Assistant Professor, Urban Studies. B.A., Sung-Kyun-Kwan University, 1975; M.A., Seoul National University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1986.

Chant, Nicholas S. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., University of Cambridge, 1962; M.A., Downing College (Cambridge University), 1966; Ph.D., Lincoln College (Oxford University), 1966.

Chaves, Antonio F. Lecturer, Part-time, Geography. Doctor of Law, University of Havana, 1941; Ph.D., 1946; M.A., Northwestern University, 1948.

Chen, Alexander Assistant Professor, Housing and Design. B.A., New York University, 1973; M.U.P., 1976; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1981.

Chen, Hsing-Hen Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S.. National Taiwan University, 1968; M.A., Columbia University, 1970; Ph.D., 1973.

Chen, Jigien Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1973; M.S., Stanford University, 1977; Ph.D., 1981.

Chen, Son-Nan Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., National Taiwan University, 1964; M.S., University of Georgia, 1971; Ph.D., , 1975.

Chern, Wen S. Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics; Affiliate Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., National Chang-Hsing University, 1964; M.S., University of Florida, 1969; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1971; Ph.D., 1975.

Choi, Kyu-Yong Assistant Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Seoul National University, 1976; M.S., , 1978; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1984.

Choi, Young R. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Seoul National University, 1961; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1976.

Chopra, Inderjit Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.Sc, Punjab Engineering College, 1965; M.E., Indian Institute of Science, 1968; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1977.

Christian, Charles M. Associate Professor, Geography and Urban Studies. B.A., Northeastern State College, 1966; M.A.A.T., 1968; M.A., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1970; Ph.D., 1975.

Chu, Hsin Professor, Mathematics. M.S., Tulane University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1959.

Chu, Yaohan Professor, Computer Science and Electrical Engineering. B.S.. Chiao-Tung University (China), 1942; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1945; Sc.D., 1953.

Churaman, Charlotte V. Assistant Professor, Family and Community Development. B Sc, Berea College, 1942; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1964; Ed.D., 1969.

Church, Kenneth R. Associate Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of Northern Iowa, 1946; M.S., University of Iowa, 1955; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1963.

Faculty Listing 529

Church, Marilyn G. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Indiana University, 1962; M.S.. 1963; Ed.D., 1969.

Churchill, John W. Associate Professor, Recreation. B.S., State University College (Cortland). 1958; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1959; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968.

Cirrincione, Joseph M. Associate Professor. Curriculum and Instruction; Associate Professor, Geography. B.S., State University of New York (Oswego), 1962; M.A., Ohio State University, 1967; M.A., Brooklyn College, 1965; Ph.D., The Ohio State University, 1970.

Clabaugh, Susan R. Director. Educational Technology Center; Affiliate Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1970; M.S., 1975; Ed.D., 1977.

Clague, Christopher K. Professor, Economics. B.A., Lafayette College, 1961; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1966.

Clague, Monique W. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Swarthmore College. 1959; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1969.

Clark, Eugenie Professor, Zoology. B.A., Hunter College, 1942; M.A., New York University, 1946; Ph.D., 1950.

Clark, Jane E. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., State University of New York (Brockport), 1968; M.S., University of Washington (Seattle), 1970; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1976.

Clarke, David H. Professor and Chairman, Physical Education. B.S., Springfield College, 1952; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1959.

Claude, Richard P. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., College of Saint Thomas, 1956; M.S.. Florida State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1964.

Clearwater, Harvey E. Associate Professor, Health Education. A.B., State University ot New York (Albany). 1955; M.A.. Michigan State University, 1967; Ed.D., 1970.

Cleghorn, Reese Professor and Dean, College of Journalism. B.A., Emory University, 1950: M.A., Columbia University, 1956.

Clement, Linda M. Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Director Undergraduate Admissions Office. B.A., State University of New York (Oswego), 1971; M.A. Michigan State University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1981.

Clignet, Remi P. Professor, Sociology. B.A., University of Paris, 1948; Licence es Lettres, 1951 Licence es Law, 1953; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

Cockburn, James S. Professor, History. LL.B., Leeds University, 1959; LL.M.. 1961; Ph.D. 1970.

Coffindafler, Billy L. Acting Assist. Vice Pres. Agricultural Affairs for. Finance and Management Associate Director, Maryland Cooperative Extension Service; Associate Director, Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station. B.A.. West Virginia University. 1950; M.S., 1955; Ph.D University of Wisconsin. 1961.

Cohen, H. Robert Professor and Chair, Music. B.A., New York University, 1963; M.A., 1967 Ph.D., 1973.

Cohen, Joel M. Professor, Mathematics. Sc.B., Brown University, 1963; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1966.

Cohen, Michael L. Faculty Research Associate, School of Public Affairs. B.S., University of Michigan, 1975; M.S., Stanford University, 1977; Ph.D.. 1981.

Cole, Wayne S. Professor, History. B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

530 Faculty Listing

Coleman, Don Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.F.A., University of Texas, 1969; M.F.A., New York University, 1975.

Coleman, Linda K. Assistant Professor, English. A.B., University of Michigan, 1973; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1982.

Coletti, Theresa Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1971; M.A., University of Rochester, 1973; Ph.D., 1975.

Collier, Michael Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Connecticut College, 1976; N.F.A., University of Arizona, 1979.

Collmer, Alan R. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.A., Antioch College, 1973; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1981.

Colombini, Marco Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., McGill University, 1970; Ph.D., 1974.

Colville, James Professor and Chairman, Civil Engineering. B.S., Purdue University, 1959; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1970.

Colwell, Rita R. Professor, Microbiology; Vice President for Academic Affairs. B. S., Purdue University, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1961.

Conway, Joan M. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. A.B., St. Josesph's College, 1965; M.Ed., C.C. N.Y., 1970; M.S., Columbia University, 1974; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1979.

Conway, M. Margaret Professor, Government and Politics. B.S., Purdue University, 1957; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1960; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1965.

Coogan, Robert M. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Iona College, 1954; M.A., DePaul University, 1958; Ph.D., Loyola University, 1967.

Cook, Clarence H. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., State University of Iowa, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1962.

Cook, Thomas M. Professor, Microbiology. B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., RutgersThe State University, 1963.

Cooke, Todd J. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S., Antioch College, 1974; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1979.

Cooper, David H. Assistant Professor, Special Education. A.B., Brown University, 1975; M.Ed., University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill, 1980; Ph.D., 1984.

Cooper, Elmer L. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education; Affiliate Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological & Occupational Education. B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 1965; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State Unversity, 1974.

Cooper, Jeffery M. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Haverford College, 1962; M.S., University of Illinois (Chicago), 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Cooper, Sherod M., Jr. Associate Professor, English. B.S., Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1963.

Coplan, Michael A. Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.A., Williams College, 1960; Ph.D., Yale University, 1963.

Cornell, M. Kenneth. Professor, Botany. B.Sc, McGill University, 1950; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1954.

Corey, Kenneth E. Professor and Chairman, Geography; Director, Urban Studies. A.B., University of Cincinnati, 1961; M.A., 1962; M.C.P., 1964; Ph.D., 1969.

Corliss, John O. Professor and Chairman, Zoology. B.S., University of Chicago, 1944; B.A., University of Vermont, 1947; Ph.D., New York University, 1951.

Faculty Listing 531

Correl, Ellen Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Douglass College, 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.

Corsi, Thomas M. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Case- Western Reserve University, 1971; M.A., Kent Stae University, 1974; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1976.

Coughlin, Peter J. Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1973; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., 1976.

Coursey, Robert D. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., Spring Hill College, 1966; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1970.

Courtright, Benjamin F., Jr. Lecturer, Part-time, College of Business and Management. B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1939; Ph.D., 1968.

Craig, Patrick M. Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Western Michigan University, 1974; M.F.A., University of Cincinnati, 1976.

Craig, Randall J. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Morgan State University, 1955; M.F.A., Temple University, 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1974.

Cropper, Maureen Associate Professor, Economics and Bureau of Business and Economic Research. B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1969; M.A., Cornell University. 1972; Ph.D., 1973.

Cross, Richard K. Professor and Chair, English. A.B., Princeton University, 1962; M.A., Stanford University, 1966; Ph.D., 1967.

Cumberland, John H. Professor, Economics; Director, Bureau of Business and Economic Research. B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; M.A., Harvard University, 1949; Ph.D.. 1951.

Cunniff, Patrick F. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.C.E., Manhattan College, 1955; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1956; Ph.D.. 1962.

Currie, Douglas G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.E.P., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1962.

Currier, Albert W. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., State University of Iowa, 1954; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1959; Ph.D., 1968.

Curtis, Suzanne R. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Lewis & Clark College, 1974; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Dager, Edward Z. Professor, Sociology. A.B., Kent State University, 1950; A.M., Ohio State University, 1951; Ph.D., 1956.

Dally, James W. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S., , 1953; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1958.

Damrosch, Leopold, Jr. Professor, English. B.A., Yale University, 1963; M.A., Cambridge University, 1966; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1968.

Dancis, Jerome Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1961; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Darden, Lindley Associate Professor, Philosophy and History. B.A., Southwestern University, 1968; A.M., University of Chicago, 1969; S.M., 1972; Ph.D.. 1974.

Dardis, Rachel Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., Saint Mary's College (Dublin). 1949; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D.. 1965.

Das Sarma, Sankar Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Presidency College (Calcutta), 1973; Sc.M.. Brown University, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Davey, H. Beth Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., University of Miami, 1965; M.A., University of Rochester, 1969; Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University, 1971.

532 Faculty Listing

David, Deirdre Assistant Professor. English. B.A., Columbia University, 1972; M.A., 1973; M.Phil., 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Davidson, John A. Professor, Entomology. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.

Davidson, Neil A. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.A., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1963; Ph.D., 1970.

Davis, Christopher C. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.A., Cambridge University, 1965; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Manchester University (England), 1970.

Davis, Larry S. Professor, Computer Science; Acting Director, UMIACS. B.A., Colgate University, 1970; M.S., University of Maryland, 1972; Ph.D., 1976.

Davis, Shelley G. Associate Professor, Music. A.B., New York University, 1957; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1971.

Davisson, Lee D. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S.E., Princeton University, 1958; M.S.E., University of California (Los Angeles), 1961; Ph.D., 1964.

Dawisha, Karen L. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of Lancaster, 1971; Ph.D., London School of Economics, 1975.

Dawson, Townes L. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy, 1946; M.B.A., University of Texas, 1947; Ph.D., 1950; J.D., 1954.

Dayton, C. Mitchell. Professor, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.A., University of Chicago, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1964.

DeBarthe, Jerry V. Associate Professor. Animal Sciences. B.S., Iowa State University, 1961; Ph.D., 1966.

Decker, A. Morris Professor. Agronomy. B.S., Colorado State University, 1949; M.S., Utah State University, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1953.

DeClaris, Nicholas Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University, 1952; S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1954; Sc.D., 1959.

Del. in, Thomas J. Associate Professor, Music. B.M., New England Conservatory of Music. 1972; Ph.D., Brown University, 1979.

DeLorenzo, William E. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., Montclair State College, 1959; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1971

Demaitre, Ann Associate Professor, French and Italian. B.A., Columbia University, 1950; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1951; M.S., Columbia University, 1952; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1965.

DeMonte, Claudia A. Associate Professor, Art. B.A., College of Notre Dame of Maryland, 1969; M.F.A., Catholic University of America, 1971.

Denno, Robert F. Professor, Entomology. B.S.. University of California (Davis), 1967; Ph.D., 1973.

Denny, Don W. Professor, Art. B.A., University of Florida, 1959; M.A., New York University, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.

Dent, Richard J. Assistant Professor, Anthropology. B.A., University of Maryland. 1975; Ph.D., American University, 1979.

Dernoeden, Peter H. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Colorado State University, 1970; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island, 1980.

Faculty Listing 533

DeShong,Philip R. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Texas, 1971; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976.

DeSilva, Alan W. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1954; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1961.

Destler, William W. Professor and Chairman, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1968; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1972.

Deuster, Patricia A. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., College of William and Mary, 1971; M.A., 1978; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1982.

DeVoe, Howard J. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. A.B., Oberlin College, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1960.

Dickerson, Russell R. Assistant Professor, Meteorology. B.A., University of Chicago, 1975; M.S., University of Michigan, 1978; Ph.D., 1980.

Dies, Robert R. Professor, Psychology. B.S., Carroll College, 1962; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1968.

Dieter, George E. Professor, Mechanical Engineering; Dean, College of Engineering. B.S., Drexel University, 1950; Sc.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1953.

Dietzer, Gerald F. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., State University of New York (Buffalo), 1966; Ph.D., University of Georgia, 1971.

DiFederico, Frank R. Professor, Art. B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1955; M.A., Boston

University, 1961; Ph.D., New York University, 1970.

Dillard, Dudley Professor Emeritus, Economics. B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1935;

Ph.D., 1940.

Dimarzo, Marino Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. Dr. Ing., University of Naples

(Italy), 1976; Ph.D., Catholic University, 1982.

Diner, Hasia R. Assistant Professor, American Studies. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968; M.A.T., University of Chicago, 1970; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1975.

Dingwall, William O. Associate Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.S., Georgetown University, 1957; Ph.D., 1964.

DiRocco, Joseph Patrick Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., Ithaca College, 1969; M.S., University of Oregon, 1972; Ph.D:, 1975.

Dively, Galen P. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., Juniata College, 1966; M.S., Rutgers University, 1968; Ph.D., 1974.

Diz, Marta Ana Associate Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. M.A., University of Maryland, 1969; Ph.D., 1976.

Dobin, Howard Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Yale University, 1974; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1982.

Doerr, John A. Associate Professor, Poultry Science. B.A., Washington and Lee University, 1968; B.S., North Carolina State University, 1972; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Donaldson, Bruce K. Professor, Aerospace Engineering. A.B., Columbia University, 1954; B.S., 1955; M.S., University of Wichita, 1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1968.

Donawerth, Jane L. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Miami University, 1969; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1970; Ph.D., 1975.

Dooling, Robert J. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., Creighton University, 1967; M.S.. St. Louis University, 1969; Ph.D., 1975.

534 Faculty Listing

Dorfman, J. Robert Professor, Physics and Astronomy and Institute for Physical Sciences; Acting Dean, College of Computer, Mathematical and Physical Sciences. A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.

Dotson, Charles O. Professor, Physical Education. B.A., Morehead State University, 1963; M.S., Purdue University, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Douglass, Larry W. Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Purdue University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1969.

Douglis, Avron. Professor, Mathematics. A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York University, 1948; Ph.D., 1949.

Dragt, Alex J. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Calvin College, 1958; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1963.

Drake, James F. Senior Research Scientist, Laboratory for Plasma and Fusion Energy Studies. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1969; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1975.

Dreher, M. Jean Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., University of California (Riverside), 1970; M.A., 1976; Ph.D., 1980.

Drew, H. Dennis. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1962; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1968.

Driskell, David C. Professor, Art. A.B., Howard University, 1955; M.F.A., The Catholic University of America, 1962; Doctor of Fine Arts, Tougaloo College, ; Doctors of Letters, David Payne College, .

Dudley, James Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1951; M.S., 1957; Ed.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1964.

Duffey, Dick Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Purdue University, 1939; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1956.

Duffy, John Professor Emeritus, History. B.A., Louisiana State University, 1941; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1946.

Dunaway-Mariano, Debra Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Texas A&M, 1973; Ph.D, , 1975.

Dungey, Kevin R. Assistant Professor, English. A.B., University of North Carolina, 1972; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1980.

Dunn, Norma E. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Madison College, 1946; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1952; Ph.D., 1968.

DuPuy, Karl F.G. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1964; M.Arch., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; M. Arch., Delft University of Technology (The Netherlands), 1969.

Durelli, August J. Professor, Part-time, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Buenos Aires, 1932; Soc.Sc.D., Catholic University of Paris, 1936; D.Eng., University of Paris (Sorbonne), 1936.

Dutta, Sukanta K. Associate Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. B.Sc. (Vet.), Bombay University (India), 1956; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Earl, James A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1953; Ph.D., 1957.

Eckersley, Michael D. Assistant Professor, Housing and Design. B.A., Weber State College, 1978; M.F.A., Washington University, 1980; Ed.D., Ball State University, 1985.

Faculty Listing 535

Eckstein, Arthur M. Associate Professor, History. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1968; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1978.

Edelstein, Stewart L. Associate Dean, College of Behavioral and Social Sciences; Affiliate

Assistant Professor, Gov. and Politics and Educ. Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., State

University of New York (Buffalo), 1968; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1973; Ph.D.,

1979.

Edgar, Timothy M. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Eastern Illinois

University, 1979; MA., Purdue University, 1982; Ph.D., 1986.

Edmister, Robert O. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Miami

University, 1964; MB. A., University of Michigan, 1965; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970.

Edmundson, Harold P. Professor, Computer Science; Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of California, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1953.

Egel, Andrew L. Associate Professor, Special Education. B.A., University of California, 1976; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., 1979.

Ehrlich, Gertrude Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Georgia College, 1943; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1945; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1953.

Eichler, David S. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology (Physics), 1972; S.B. (Math). 1972; Ph.D., 1969.

Einstein, Theodore L. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Harvard University, 1969; M.A., 1969; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1973.

Elam, Harry J., Jr. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. A.B., Harvard University, 1978; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1983.

Eley, George, Jr. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Ohio State University,

1952; M.Ed., 1957; Ph.D., 1966.

Eliot, John Professor, Human Development. A.B., Harvard University, 1956; A.M.T., 1958;

Ed.D., Stanford University, 1966.

Elkin, Stephen L. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Alfred University, 1961;

Ph.D., Harvard University, 1969.

Elkins, Richard L. Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1958; Ed.D.. 1972.

EUingson, R. G. Associate Professor, Meteorology. B.S., Florida State University, 1967; M.S.,

1968; Ph.D., 1972.

Ellis, Richard F. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Cornell University, 1966;

M.A., Princeton University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Ellis, Robert L. Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Miami University (Ohio), 1960; Ph.D.,

Duke University, 1966.

Elliston, Ronald J. Associate Professor, Music. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1970; M.S.,

1973.

Elman, Howard Assistant Professor, Computer Science; Assistant Professor, Institute for Physical

Science and Technology. B.A., Columbia University, 1975; M.A., 1977; M.S.. Yale University,

1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Elsing, Evelyn L. Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1970; M.Mus.,

1971.

Emad, Fawzi P. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S.E.E., American University

(Beirut), 1961; M.S., Northwestern University, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

536 Faculty Listing

Ephremides, Anthony Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., National Technical University of Athens, 1967; M.A., 1969; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971.

Epstein, Norman B. Assistant Professor, Family and Community Development. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1969; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., 1974.

Erdman, Richard A. Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1974; M.S., University of Kentucky, 1977; Ph.D., 1979.

Erickson, William C. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1956.

Etlin, Richard A. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. A.B., Princeton University, 1969; M. Arch., 1972; Ph.D., 1978.

Ettenson, Thomas Richard Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1978; M.S., Kansas State University, 1981; Ph.D., 1984.

Eun, Choel S. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Seoul National University, 1968; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., New York University, 1981.

Evans, Emory G. Professor, History. B.A., Randolph Macon College. 1950; M.A., University of Virginia, 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

Evans, Lawrence Craig Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1971; Ph.D., University of California, 1975.

Eyler, Marvin H. Professor Emeritus, Physical Education; Dean Emeritus, College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. A.B., Houghton College. 1942; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1948; Ph.D., 1956.

Eyo, Ekpo Professor, Art. B.A., Pembroke College, Univ. of Cambridge (England), 1963; M.A., 1967; Ph.D., University of Ibadan (Nigeria), 1974.

Fabunmi, James A. Assistant Professor, Aerospace Engineering. M.E., Kiev Institute of Civil Aviation Engineers, USSR, 1974; M.Sc, 1974; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1978.

Fagan, Sarah M. B. Assistant Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., University of Hawaii, 1977; M.A., 1979; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1985.

Fahnestock, Jeanne Assistant Professor, English. B.A., University of Illinois, 1966; M.A., Indiana University, 1967; Ph.D., University of London, 1970.

Falabella, Gonzalo Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., Universidad, Catolica De Chile, 1967; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1970; Ph.D., University of Sussex, 1981.

Falcione, Raymond L. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Akron, 1965; M.A., 1967; Ph.D., Kent State University, 1972.

Falk, David S. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Assistant Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs. B.Eng.Phys., Cornell University, 1954; M.S., Harvard University, 1955; Ph.D., , 1959.

Falk, William W. Professor and Chair, Sociology. B.A., North Texas State University, 1969; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Texas A & M University, 1975.

Faller, Alan J. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S., 1953; D.Sc, 1957.

Faloutsos, Cristos Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., National Technical University of Athens, 1981; M.S., University of Toronto. Canada, 1982; Ph.D., 1985.

Fanning, Delvin S. Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Cornell University, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.

Faculty Listing 537

Farquhar, James D. Associate Professor, Art. B.A.. Washington and Lee University, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago, 1966; Ph.D., 1972.

Farrell, Richard T. Associate Professor. History; Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., Wabash College, 1954; M.S., Indiana University, 1958; Ph.D., 1967.

Farvardin, Nariman Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1979; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Favero, Phillip G. Affiliate Assistant Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.A., University of Montana, 1965; M.A.. 1970; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1977.

Fedler, Anthony J. Assistant Professor, Recreation. B.S., Oregon State University, 1972; M.A., Texas A & M University, 1978; Ph.D., 1981.

Fein, Greta Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A.. Queens College, 1951; M.S., Bank Street College of Education, 1961; Ph.D., Yale University, 1969.

Feldman, Robert H.L. Associate Professor, Health Education. B.A., City University of New York, 1964; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; M.S., Syracuse University, 1972; Ph.D.. 1974.

Fernandez, Jose L. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Universidad De Zargosa, 1978; Ph.D., Washington University, 1983.

Ferrell, Richard A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1952.

Fey, James T. Professor, Mathematics and Curriculum; Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1962; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1968.

Fink, Beatrice C. Associate Professor, French and Italian. B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1953; M.A., Yale University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1966.

Fink, Edward Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Columbia University, 1966; M.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1969; Ph.D., 1975.

Finkelstein, Barbara J. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration; Director, Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values. B.A., Barnard College, 1959; M.A.. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960; Ed.D., 1970.

Finsterbusch, Kurt Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., Princeton University, 1957; B.D.. Grace Theological Seminary, 1960; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1969.

Fitzpatrick, Patrick M. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Rutgers University, 1966; Ph.D., 1971.

Fivel, Daniel I. Associate Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A.. Johns Hopkins University, 1953; Ph.D., 1959.

Flack, James K., Jr. Associate Professor. History. B.A., Albion College, 1959; M.A., Wayne State University, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.

Flatter, Charles H. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A.. DePauw University, 1961; E.Ed., University of Toledo, 1965; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1968.

Fleck, Jere Associate Professor. Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., University of Munich, 1966.

Fleishman, John A. Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A.. Brown University, 1970; M.S.,

University of Wisconsin, 1974; Ph.D., 1978.

Fleming, Leon B. Associate Professor. Music. B.S.. East Carolina College. 1948; M.Mus.,

Westminster Choir College, 1950.

Flieger, Verlyn B. Associate Professor, English. B.A., George Washington University, 1955;

M.A., Catholic University of America, 1972; Ph.D.. 1977.

538 Faculty Listing

Fogle, David P. Associate Professor, School of Architecture; Affiliate Associate Professor, Urban Studies. A.B., Princeton University, 1951; M.C.R.P., University of California (Berkeley), 1958.

Folsom, Kenneth E. Associate Professor, History. A.B., Princeton University, 1943; A.B., Instructor, California (Berkeley), 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1964.

Folstrom, Roger J. Professor, Music; Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1956; M.Ed., 1959; M.M., Northwestern University, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

Fonaroff, L. Schuyler Professor, Geography. B.A., University of Arizona, 1955; Ph.D.. Johns Hopkins University, 1961.

Fontecilla, Rodrigo Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Universite de Grenoble (France), 1978; Ph.D., Rice University, 1983.

Forbes, James Associate Professor, Art. B.A., University of Maryland. 1964; M.A., 1966.

Foreman, Christopher Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Harvard University, 1974; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., 1980.

Forseth, Irwin N. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.A., Hamline University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1982.

Foster, Phillips W. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1956; Ph.D., 1958.

Fourney, William L. Professor and Chairman, Mechanical Engineering. B.S.A.E., West Virginia University, 1962; M.S., 1963; Ph.D.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1966.

Foust, Clifford M. Professor, History. B.A., Syracuse University, 1949; M.A., University of Chicago, 1951; Ph.D., 1959.

Fox, Nathan A. Associate Professor, Human Development. A.B., Williams College, 1970; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1975.

Fraistat, Neil R. Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1974; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Francescato, Guido Professor and Chairman, Housing and Design. B.Arch., University of Illinois, 1959; M. Arch., 1966.

Franklin, Jon D. Associate Professor, Journalism. B.S., University of Maryland, 1970; Doctor of Humane Letters (Hon), University of Maryland (UMBC), 1981; Doctor of Humane Letters (Hon), College of Notre Dame, 1982.

Frederiksen, Elke P. Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. M.A.. University of Keil (Germany), 1962; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1973.

Freedman, Morris Professor, English. B.A., City University of New York (City College), 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953.

Freeman, David H. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Rochester, 1952; M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1954; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957.

Freeman, Robert Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Haverford College, 1951; M.A., Wesleyan College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1964.

Freimuth, Vicki S. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.S., Eastern Illinois University, 1968; M.A., University of Iowa, 1967; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1974.

Fretz, Bruce R. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1961; M.A., Ohio State University, 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Friedel, Robert D. Associate Professor, History. A.B., Brown University, 1971; M.Sc, University of London, 1972; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 1977.

Faculty Listing 539

Fritz, Sigmund Senior Research Associate, Meteorology. B.S., Brooklyn College, 1934; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1941; Sc.D., 1953.

Fromovitz, Stan Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A.Sc, University of Toronto, 1960; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1965.

Fry, Gladys-Marie Associate Professor, English. B.A., Howard University, 1952; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1967.

Fuegi, John Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures; Professor, Comparative Literature Program. B.A., Pomona College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1967.

Furuta, Richard Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.A., Reed College, 1974; M.S., University of Oregon, 1978; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1986.

Gaines, Robert N. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of California (Davis), 1972; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1982.

Gallagher, Charles C. Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1950; M.Mus., 1952.

Galletta, Gene J. Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Horticulture. B.S., University of Maryland, 1981; M.S., Rutgers University, 1953; Ph.D., University of California, 1959.

Gambrell, Linda B. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. A. A., Anderson College, 1962; B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; M.Ed., 1970; Ph.D., 1973.

Gammon, R. W. Associate Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1961; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1963; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1967.

Gannon, John D. Associate Professor, Computer Science. A.B., Brown University, 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., University of Toronto, 1975.

Gannon, Martin J. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Scranton, 1961; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1969.

Garber, Daniel L. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1965.

Gardner, Albert H. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.S., State University of New York (Cortland), 1958; M.A., Syracuse University, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Gardner, Bruce L. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of Illinois, 1964; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1968.

Garner, Ruth A. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1967; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., 1977.

Garvey, Evelyn F. Professor, Music. B.S., Temple University, 1943; M.M., University of Rochester, 1946.

Gasarch, William Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., SUNY (Stony Brook), 1980; M.S., Harvard University, 1982; Ph.D., 1985.

Gasner, Larry L. Associate Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1965; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Gass, Saul I. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Boston University, 1949; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University ofCalifornia (Berkeley), 1965.

Gates, S. James Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1973; Ph.D., , 1977.

Gaylin, Ned L. Professor, Family and Community Development. B.A., University of Chicago, 1956; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1965.

540 Faculty Listing

Gelman, Ellen P. Associate Professor, Art. A.B.. Brandeis University. 1961; M.F.A., Columbia University, 1964.

Gelso, Charles J. Professor. Psychology. B.S.. Bloomburg State College. 1963; M.S.. Florida State University, 1964; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970.

Gentry, James W. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1961; M.S., University of Birmingham, 1963; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1969.

Geraci, Philip C. Associate Professor, College of Journalism. B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1961.

Geraniotis. Evaggelos Assistant Professor. Electrical Engineering. B.S.. National Tech. University of Athens, 1978; M.S., University of Illinois. 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Gerlt, John A. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S.. Michigan State University, 1969; A.M., Ph.D.. Harvard University, 1974.

Gessow, Alfred Professor and Chairman, Aerospace Engineering. BE., City College of New York, 1943; M.S.. New York University, 1944.

Gibson, George R., Jr. Assistant Professor. Agricultural and Extension Education. B.S.. University of Maryland, 1968; M.S., Michigan State University, 1972; Ph.D.. 1977.

Gibson, Robert L. Assistant Professor. Music. B.M., University of Miami. 1972; MM., Catholic University, 1975; D.M.A.. University of Maryland, 1980.

Gilbert, Glen G. Professor and Chairman. Health Education. B.S.. University of Oregon, 1968; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., The Ohio State University. 1975.

Gilbert, James B. Professor, History. B.A., Carleton College, 1961; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Gill, Douglas E. Professor, Zoology. B.S.. Marietta College, 1965; M.A., University of Michigan. 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Gillespie, Patti P. Professor and Chairperson. Communication Arts and Theatre. B.S., University of Kentucky, 1958; M.A., Western Kentucky University, 1962; Sp.Ed.. 1964; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1970.

Gillingham, Mark G. Assistant Professor. Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., University of Minnesota, 1976; M.S., Iowa State University, 1978; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin (Madison). 1984.

Gilmour, Joseph E. Executive Assistant to the Chancellor; Affiliated Assistant Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., University of Delaware, 1966; M.Ed., 1970; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974.

Ginter, Marshall L. Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B., Chico State College, 1958; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 1961.

Glad, John Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., Indiana University, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., New York University, 1970.

Glass, James M. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A.. University of California (Berkeley), 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., 1970.

Glasser, Robert G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., University of Chicago. 1948; B.S., 1950; M.S.. 1952; Ph.D., 1954.

Glaz, Harland M. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1971; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1975; Ph.D., 1977.

Glendening, Parris N. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Florida State University, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., 1967.

Faculty Listing 541

Glenn, Donald S. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Kentucky, 1975; Ph.D., 1979.

Glick, Arnold J. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn), 1955; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1961.

Gligor, Virgil D. Associate Professor. Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1972; M.S., , 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

Gloeckler, George Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S.. University of Chicago, 1960; S.M., 1961; Ph.D., 1965.

Glover, Rolfe E., HI. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Bowdoin College, 1948; B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1948; Ph.D., University of Goettingen (Germany), 1953.

Gluckstern, Robert L. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.E.E., City University of New York (City College), 1944; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1948.

Gold, Robert S. Professor. Health Education. AS.. Orange County Comm.. 1967; B.S., State University of New York (Brockport), 1969: M.S., State University of New York, 1971; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1976; Dr. Ph.H., University of Texas, 1980.

Goldberg, Andrew P. Adjunct Associate Professor. Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Clark University, 1965; M.D., State University of New York, 1969.

Goldberg, Seymour Professor, Mathematics. A.B, Hunter College. 1950; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph.D., U.C.L.A., 1958.

Golden, Bruce L. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A.. University of Pennsylvania, 1972; S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D.. 1976.

Goldenbaum, George C. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Muhlenberg College, 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1966.

Goldfarb, Allan H. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., Brooklyn College. 1972; M.Ed.. Temple University, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Goldhaber, Jacob K. Professor, Mathematics; Acting Dean, Graduate Studies and Research. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1944; M.A., Harvard University, 1945; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1950.

Goldhar, Julius Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1971; Ph.D., 1976.

Goldman, Harvey Associate Professor. Education Policy. Planning and Administration. B.A., University of Rhode Island, 1960; M.A., John Carroll University, 1962; Ed.D., Michigan State University, 1966.

Goldman, William M. Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B.. Princeton University, 1977; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1980.

Goldsmith, Harold F. Adjunct Professor. Part-time. Sociology. Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1949; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1961.

Goldstein, Irwin L. Professor and Chairman, Psychology. B.B.A., City University of New York (City College), 1959; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Gollub, Lewis R. Professor, Psychology. A.B., University of Pennsylvania. 1955; Ph.D.. Harvard University, 1958.

Gomery, J. Douglas Associate Professor, Communications Arts and Theatre. B.S.. Lehigh University, 1967; M.A., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1970; Ph.D., 1975.

Gonzalez, Nancie L. Professor, Anthropology; Professor, Affiliate. Sociology. B.S.. University of North Dakota, 1951; M.A., University of Michigan. 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.

542 Faculty Listing

Good, Richard A. Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Ashland College, 1939; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1940; Ph.D., 1945.

Goodblatt, David Louis L. Kaplan Professor, History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M. Heb. Lit., Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 1968; Ph.D., Brown University, 1972.

Goode, M. Dennis Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of Kansas, 1963; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1967.

Goodings, Deborah J. Associate Profssor, Civil Engineering. B.S., University of Toronto, 1975; Ph.D., Cambridge University, 1979.

Goodman, Jordan Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Maryland, 1973; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Goodrich, Charles C. Associate Research Scientist, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1972; Ph.D., 1978.

Gordon, Donald C. Professor Emeritus, History. B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia University, 1937; Ph.D., 1947.

Gordon, Glen E. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry; Acting Associate Dean for Research, Graduate Studies and Research. B.S., University of Illinois, 1956; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1960.

Gordon, Lawrence A. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., State University of New York (Albany), 1966; M.B.A., 1967; Ph.D., Rennsealer Polytechnic Institute, 1973.

Gordon-Salant, Sandra M. Assistant Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.A., State University of New York (Albany), 1974; M.A., Northwestern University, 1976; Ph.D., 1980.

Gorham, Sammy L. Assistant Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. B.S., Tuskegee Institute, Alabama, 1976; D.V.M., , 1978; Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1983.

Gottfredson, Denise C. Assistant Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1974; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1980.

Gouin, Francis R. Professor, Horticulture. B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1962; M.S., University of Maryland, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.

Gould, William, Jr. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.A., Albion College, 1940; M.L.A., University of Georgia, 1975.

Goward, Samuel N. Professor, Geography. B.A., Boston University, 1967; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., Indiana State University, 1979.

Gowen, Bradford Associate Professor, Music. B.M., Eastern School of Music, 1968; M.M., , 1969.

Grade!, Kathleen Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.S., University of Virginia, 1973; M.Ed., 1974; Ed.D., 1979.

Graeber, Anna O. Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., State University (Buffalo), 1964; M.S., Indiana State University, 1965; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1974.

Graham, Steven Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.A., Valdosta State College, 1972; M.S., 1975; Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1978.

Gramberg, Eduard Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. M.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1949; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1957.

Grambs, Jean D. Professor, Human Development. B.A., Reed College, 1940; M.A., Stanford University, 1941; Ed.D., 1948.

Faculty Listing 543

Granatstein, Victor L. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Columbia University, 1960; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1963.

Grant, Lee P. Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering; Affiliate Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological & Occupational Education. B.S., University of Connecticut, 1962; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1971; Ph.D., 1974.

Grant-Davie, Keith A. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., University of Exeter (England), 1979; M.A., University of California (San Diego), 1980; C. Phil., 1983.

Gray, Alfred Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Kansas, 1960; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1964.

Green, Harry B., Jr. Assistant Professor, Human Development. B.A., University of Virginia, 1959; M.Ed., 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Green, Paul S. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Cornell University, 1959; M.A., Harvard University, 1960; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1964.

Greenberg, James D. Affiliate Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction; Director, Office of Laboratory Experiences. A.B., Brown University, 1964; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1966; Ph.D., 1969.

Greenberg, Jerrold S. Professor, Health Education. B.S., City College of New York. 1964; M.S.. 1965; Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1969.

Greenberg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Ohio State University, 1951; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University, 1960.

Greenberg, Leon Professor, Mathematics. B.S., City University of New York (City College). 1953; M.A., Yale University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

Greenberg, Oscar W. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Rutgers_The State University, 1952; A.M., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

Greenfeld, Alexander Lecturer, College of Journalism. B.A., University of Delaware, 1949; J.D., University of Pennsylvania Law School, 1953.

Greenspan, Patricia Associate Professor, Philosophy. A.B., Columbia University, 1966; A.M.. Harvard University, 1968; Ph.D., 1972.

Greer, Sandra C. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Furman University, 1966; M.S., University of Chicago, 1968; Ph.D., 1969.

Greer, Thomas V. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Texas, 1953; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1964.

Griem, Hans Professor, Physics and Astronomy. Bach., Max Planck Schule. 1949; Ph.D., University of Kiel, 1954.

Griffin, James J. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Villanova College, 1952; M.S., Princeton University, 1955; Ph.D., 1956.

Grim, Samuel O. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1956; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960.

Grimes, D. Jay Lecturer, Microbiology. B.A., Drake University, 1966; M.A., 1968; Ph.D., Colorado State University, 1971.

Grimm, Curtis M. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1975; M.A., University of California, 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Grimsted, David A. Associate Professor, History. A.B., Harvard University, 1957; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

544 Faculty Listing

Grove, Karsten Professor, Mathematics. Cand. Scient., University of Aarhus. 1971; Lie. Scient., 1974.

Groves, Paul A. Associate Professor, Geography. B.S., University of London, 1956; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1969.

Grunig, James E. Professor, College of Journalism. B.S., Iowa State University, 1964; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

Grunig, Larissa A. Assistant Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., North Dakota State University, 1967; M.A., University of Maryland, 1978; Ph.D., 1985.

Grybauskas, Arvydas P. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1976; M.S., 1977; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1983.

Gulick, Sidney L., Ill Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Oberlin College, 1958; M.A., Yale University, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.

Gullickson, Gay L. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Pomona College, 1965; B.D., Yale University Divinity School, 1968; S.T.M., 1970; Ph.D., University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill), 1978.

Gupta, Anil K. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B. of Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, 1970; D.B.A., Harvard Business School, 1980.

Gupta, Ashwani K. Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.Sc. Panjab University (India), 1966; M.Sc, University of Southampton (England), 1970; Ph.D., University of Sheffield, 1973.

Gurevitch, Michael Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1958; Ph.D., MIT, 1961.

Guthrie, John T. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction; Director of Research, College of Education. B.A., Earlham College, 1964; M.A., University of Illinois, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

Haber, Francis C. Professor, History. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1948; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1952; Ph.D., 1957.

Hacklander, Effie Associate Dean. College of Human Ecology; Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., University of Minnesota (Minneapolis-St. Paul), 1962; M.S., Michigan State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1973.

Hage, Jerald Professor, Sociology. B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1955; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1963.

Hage, Madeleine Associate Professor, French and Italian. C.A.P.E.T., Ecole Normale Superieur de l'Enseignement Techniqu, 1955; Agregation (English), University of Paris, Sorbonne, 1965; Doctorat de Troisieme Cycle, University of Nancy (France), 1973.

Halemane, Keshava P. Assistant Professor, ChemicaJ and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Cornell University, 1979; M.S., 1981; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1984.

Hall, William S. Professor, Psychology. A.B., Roosevelt University (Chicago), 1957; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1968.

Hallett, Judith P. Associate Professor, Classics. B.A., Wellesley College, 1966; A.M., Harvard University, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Hallfrisch, Judith Adjunct Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Indiana University, 1965; M.S., University of Maryland. 1978; Ph.D., , 1982.

Halpin, Daniel W. A. J. Clark Chair Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S.. U.S. Military Academy, 1961; M.S., University of Illinois, 1969; Ph.D., 1973.

Faculty Listing 545

Hamed, Safei A. Assistant Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Cairo University, 1968; ML. A.. University of Georgia. 1973.

Hamilton, David H. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.Sc, Tasmania University, 1977; M.Sc, University of London, 1978; Ph.D., 1980.

Hamilton, Donna B. Associate Professor. English. B.A., Saint Olaf College, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968.

Hamilton, Gary D. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Saint Olaf College, 1962; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.

Hamlet, Sandra L. Chairman, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1959: M.A., 1967; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1970.

Hammar, John N. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. O.N.D., The College of Further Education (England). 1974; H.N.D., 1977; M.S., Cranfield Institute of Technology (England), 1979; Ph.D., 1984.

Hammond, Eugene R. Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1969: B.A., Oxford University, 1973; Ph.D., Yale University, 1977.

Hammond, Robert M. Instructor. Part-time, Spanish and Portuguese. B.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1967; M.A., Florida Atlantic University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Florida, 1976.

Hamosh, Margit Adjunct Professor, Part-time. Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. M.Sc, Hebrew University, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

Handelman, Susan Associate Professor, English. A.B., Smith College. 1971; M.A., State University of New York (Buffalo), 1977; Ph.D., 1979.

Hanna, William J. Professor, Family and Community Development. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1957; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Hansen, J. Norman Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1968.

Hao, Oliver J. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Cheng Kung University, Taiwan, 1980; M.S., Colorado State University, 1971; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1982.

Hardie, Ian W. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of California (Davis), 1960; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1965.

Hardy, Robert C. Professor and Director, Human Development. B.S.Ed., Bucknell University, 1961; M.S.Ed., Indiana University, 1964; Ed.D., 1969.

Harger, Robert O. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of Michigan, 1955; M.S.. 1959; Ph.D.. 1961.

Hargrove, June E. Associate Professor, Art. B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1968; M.A., New York University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976.

Harhalakis, George Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S.. National Technical University of Athens (Greece), 1971; M.S., University of Manchester Institute of Science and, ; , Technology (England), 1981; Ph.D., 1984.

Harlan, Louis R. Distinguished Professor, History. B.A., Emory University, 1943; M.A.. Vanderbilt University, 1948; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1955.

Harley, Sharon Assistant Professor, Afro-American Studies. B.A., St. Mary of The Woods College. 1970; M.A., Antioch College, 1971; Ph.D., Howard University, 1978.

Harper, Glenn Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.S., Purdue University, 1958; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1968.

546 Faculty Listing

Harper, Robert A. Professor, Geography. Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1946; B.S., 1947; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1950.

Harrington, J. Patrick Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Chicago, 1961; M.S., Ohio State University. 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Harris, Curtis C. Professor, Economics; Professor, Bureau of Business and Economic Research. B.S.. University of Florida, 1956; M.A., Harvard University, 1959; Ph.D., 1960.

Harris, James F. Associate Professor, History. B.S., Loyola University, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Harris, Karen R. Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1974; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1978; Ed.D., Auburn University, 1981.

Harris, Wesley L. Professor, Agricultural Engineering, Director Agricultural Experiment Station. B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1969.

Harrison, Floyd P. Professor, Entomology. B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1955.

Hartsock, Thomas G. Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1968; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., 1974.

Haslem, John A. Professor, College of Business and Management. A.B., Duke University, 1956; MB. A., University of North Carolina, 1961; Ph.D., 1967.

Hassam, Adil B. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. SB/SM, MIT. 1974; M.A., Princeton University, 1976; Ph.D., 1978.

Hatfield, Bradley D. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.P.E., University of New Brunswick, 1975; B.A., 1975; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1976; Ph.D., 1982.

Haynes, Jacqueline A. Research Associate, Special Education. B.A., University of Maryland, 1970; M.Ed., 1976; Ph.D., 1982.

Head, Emerson W. Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1957; M.Mus., 1961; D.M.A., Catholic University of America, 1980.

Heald, Felix P. Affiliate Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Colorado College, 1943; M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1946.

Healy, William E. Assistant Professor, Horticulture. B.S., University of Minnesota. 1977; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., 1982.

Heath, James L. Professor, Poultry Science. B.S., Louisiana State University, 1963; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Hebeler, Jean R. Professor, Special Education. B.S., State University of New York (Albany), 1953; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1956; Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1960.

Hebert, Mitchell Patrick Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin, 1980; M.F.A., University of Washington, 1983.

Ileikman, Timothy M. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Harvard University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Washington (Seattle), 1978.

Hegwood, Donald A. Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Mississippi State University, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1965.

Heidelbach, Ruth A. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.Ed., University of Florida, 1957; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1967.

Heikkinen, Henry W. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry; Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.Eng., Yale University, 1956; M.A., Columbia University Teacher's College, 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1973.

Faculty Listing 547

Heim, Norman M. Professor, Music. B.M.Ed., University of Evansville, 1951; M.Mus., University of Rochester, 1952; DMA., 1962.

Heins, Maurice H. Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Harvard University, 1937; A.M., 1939; Ph.D., 1940; A.M., Brown University, 1947.

Heisler, Martin O. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., 1969.

Hellman, John L. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1975.

Helm, Eugene E. Professor, Music. B.Mu.Ed., Southeastern Louisiana College, 1950; M.Mu.Ed., Louisiana State University, 1955; Ph.D. North Texas State Univer, 1958.

Helms, Janet E. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Missouri (Kansas City), 1968; M. A., 1972; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1975.

Helz, George R. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. A.B., Princeton University, 1964; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1971.

Helzer, Garry A. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Portland State College, 1959; M.A., Northwestern University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Hendler, James Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Yale University, 1978; M.A., Southern Methodist University, 1982; M.S., Brown University, 1983; Ph.D., 1985.

Henery-Logan, Kenneth R. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.Sc, McGill University. 1942; Ph.D., 1946.

Henkel, Ramon Associate Professor, Sociology. Ph.B., University of North Dakota, 1958; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1961; Ph.D., 1967.

Henkelman, James Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Miami University (Ohio), 1954; M.Ed., 1955; Ed.D., Harvard University, 1965.

Henretta, James A. Priscilla Alden Burke Professor, History. B.A., Swarthmore College, 1962; M.A., Harvard University, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.

Herb, Rebecca A. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Oregon, 1969; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1974.

Ik-riii, Christoph A. Professor. Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., University of Bonn, 1950.

Herman, Harold J. Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

Herman, Wayne L. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., Ursinus College, 1955; M.Ed., Temple University, 1960; Ed.D., 1965.

Herndon, James W. Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of North Carolina (Greensboro), 1979; M.A., Princeton University, 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Herschbach, Dennis R. Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. A.B.. San Jose State College, 1960; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1968; Ph.D., 1972.

Hershenson, David B. Professor and Chairman. Counseling and Personnel Services. A.B., Harvard University, 1955; A.M., Boston University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964.

Hershey, David R. Assistant Professor, Horticulture. B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1977; M.S., University of California (Davis), 1980; Ph.D., University of California, 1983.

Hershfield, Allan F. Affiliate Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration; Executive Vice Chancellor, University College. B.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1953; M.S., Syracuse University, 1958; M.A., Indiana University (Bloomington), 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

548 Faculty Listing

Hi irii k. Frank M. Professor, Microbiology. B.S., Michigan State University, 1954; M.S., University of Maryland, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Hevner, Alan R. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Purdue University, 1973; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1973.

Heyndels, Ralph Director and Professor, Comparative Liturature. B.A., Free University Brussels, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., 1978.

Hiebert, Ray E. Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., Stanford University, 1954; M.S., Columbia University, 1957; M.A., University of Maryland, 1961; Ph.D., 1962.

Higgins, William J. Associate Professor, Zoology; Campus Retention Officer. B.S., Boston College, 1969; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1973.

Highton, Richard Professor, Zoology. B.A., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of Florida, 1953; M.A., 1956.

Hill, Bennett D. Lecturer, Part-time, General Honors Program. A.B., Princeton University, 1956: A.M., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.d., Princeton University, 1963.

Hill, Clara E. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1970; M.A., 1972 Ph.D., 1974.

Hill, John W. Professor, School of Architecture. B.A., Rice University, 1951; B. Arch., 1952 M.Arch., University of Pennsylvania, 1959.

Hill, Robert L. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., North Carolina State University, 1974 M.S., , 1981; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1984.

Hill, Wendell T., HI Assistant Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.A. University of California (Irvine), 1974; M.S., Stanford University, 1976; Ph.D., , 1980.

Hirzel, Robert K. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1946 M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1954.

Ho, Ping-Tong Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. SB., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1973; S.M., 1975; Sc.D., 1978.

Hochuli, Urs E. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Technikum Biel, Switzerland, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Catholic University of America, 1962.

Hodos, William Professor, Psychology. B.S., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1955; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.

Hoffman, Mary Ann Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Macalester College, 1971; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1975.

Hoffman, Ronald Associate Professor, History. B.A., George Peabody College, 1964; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.

Holcomb, John L. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Augustana College, 1967; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1972; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center, 1977.

Holland, Joshua Z. Research Associate, Meteorology. B.S., University of Chicago, 1941; Certificate in Meteorology, *, 1942; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1968.

Hollander, Roberta B. Assistant Professor, Health Education. B.A., Boston University, 1967; M.S., George Washington University, 1971; M.P.H., Johns Hopkins University, 1977; Ph.D., American University, 1979.

Holliday, William Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Purdue University, 1963; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., University of Texas (Austin), 1970.

Hollies, Norman R. S. Professor,, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., University of Alberta (Canada), ; Ph.D., McGill University (Montreal), 1947.

Faculty Listing 549

Holloway, David C. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1966; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Holloway, Susan D. Assistant Professor, Human Development. B.A., University of California (Santa Cruz), 1976; Education Specialist, Stanford University, 1982; Ph.D., 1983.

Holman, Benjamin F. Professor, College of Journalism. B.S., University of Kansas, 1952.

Holmgren, Harry D. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 1954.

Holmlund, Chester E. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1943; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1954.

Holton, W. Milne Professor, English. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1954; L.L.B., Harvard University, 1957; M.A., Yale University, 1959; Ph.D., 1965.

Holum, Kenneth Associate Professor, History. B.A., Augustana College, 1961; M.A., University of Chicago, 1969; Ph.D., 1973.

Hopkins, Richard L. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Education. B.S., Stanford University, 1962; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1969.

Hopkins, Thomas D. Visiting Associate Professor, School of Public Affairs. B.S., Oberlin College, 1964; M.A., Yale University, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Hornbake, R. Lee Professor Emeritus, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education; Vice President for Academic Affairs Emeritus. B.S., California State College (Pennsylvania), 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936; Ph.D., 1942; LL.D., Eastern Michigan University, 1963.

Hornstein, Norbert Associate Professor, Linguistics Program. B.A., McGill University, 1975; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1979.

Hornyak, William F. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.E.E, City University of New York (City College), 1944; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1946; Ph.D., 1949.

Horton, David L. Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota, 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

Horvath, John M. Professor, Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Budapest, 1947.

Hovey, Richard B. Professor, English. B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1943; Ph.D., 1950.

Howard, John D. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Washington College (Maryland), 1956; MA, University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

Howarth, John L. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Director, General Honors Program. B.A., University of Cambridge, 1945; M.A., 1948; B.Sc, University of London, 1948; M.Sc, 1950; Ph.D., 1963.

Howland, Marie Assistant Professor, Urban Studies. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1972; M.C.P., 1974; Ph.D., MIT, 1981.

Hsu, Yih-Yun Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Taiwan University, China, 1952; M.S., University of Illinois, 1957; Ph.D., 1958.

Hsueh, Chun-Tu Professor, Government and Politics. L.L.B., Chaoyang University (China), 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.

Hu, Bei-Lok Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., University of California (Berkeley), 1967; M.A., Princeton University, 1969; Ph.D., 1972.

Hubbard, Bert E. Research Professor, Mathematics and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Western Illinois University. 1949; M.S.. State University of Iowa, 1952; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1960.

550 Faculty Listing

Hubbe, Rolf O. Associate Professor, Classics. B.A., Hamilton College, 1947; M.A., Princeton University, 1950; Ph.D., 1950.

Huden, Daniel P. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.S., University of Vermont, 1954; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1958; Ed.D.. 1967.

Hudson, William L. Professor, Music. B.Mus., Philadelphia Music Academy, 1954; A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1957; M.Mus., Yale University, 1961.

Huebner, Robert W. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.S., Concordia Teachers College, 1957; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1969.

Hueth, Darrell L. Professor and Chairman, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Montana State University, 1959; M.S., , 1969; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1973.

Huffman, George J. Assistant Professor, Meteorology. B.S., Ohio State University, 1976; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1982.

Huheey, James E. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., 1961.

Hula, Richard C. Associate Professor, Family and Community Development. B.A., Michigan State University, 1969; M.A., Northwestern University, 1970; Ph.D., 1975.

Hult, Joan S. Associate Professor, Physical Education. B.S., Indiana University, 1954; M.Ed., University of North Carolina (Greensboro), 1957; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1967.

Hulten, Charles R. Professor and Chairman, Economics. A.B., University of California, 1965 Ph.D., 1973.

Hultgren, Francine H. Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education B.S., University of Minnesota, 1968; M.S., North Dakota State University, 1977; Ph.D. Pennsylvania State University, 1982.

Hummel, James A. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1949 M.A., Rice University, 1953; Ph.D., 1955.

Humphrey, Fred N. Professor and Chairman, Recreation. B.A., Tarkio College, 1946; M.A. University of Iowa, 1953; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1973.

Humphrey, James H. Professor Emeritus, Physical Education. A.B., Denison University, 1933 M.A., Western Reserve University, 1946; Ed.D., Boston University, 1951.

Hunt, E. Joan Assistant Professor. Human Development. A.B., University of Redlands, 1954 M.A., Fresno State College, 1964; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1967.

Hunt, Janet G. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A. University of Redlands, , 1962; M.A., Indiana University. 1966; Ph.D., 1973.

Hunt, Larry L. Associate Professor. Sociology. B.S., Ball State University, 1961; M.A., Indiana University, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Hunter, Alain E. Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1973; M.Ed., 1974; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1980.

Hurley, Bernard F., Jr. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.A., University of South Florida, 1972; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1981.

Huss, H. Fenwick Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A.. University of North Carolina, 1972; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1975; D.B.A., University of Tennessee, 1982.

Hutcheson, Steven W. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.A., University of California (Santa Cruz), 1975; Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley), 1982.

Faculty Listing 551

Hyer, Michael Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., State University of N.Y. (Buffalo), 1964; M.S., Purdue University, 1966; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974.

Hynes, Cecil V. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Michigan State University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1965.

Igel, Regina Associate Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. M.A., State University of Iowa, 1969; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1973.

Hindis, Agisilaos Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Aristotelian University of Thessaloniki, 1975; M.S., University of Manchester, 1976; Ph.D., 1980.

Imamura, Anne E. Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., Ohio Dominican College, 1968; M.A., University of Hawaii, 1979; M.A., Columbia University, 1976; Ph.D., 1980.

Imberski, Richard B. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of Rochester, 1959; Ph.D., 1965.

Inana, Marjorie Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Hood College, 1971; M.Ed., National College of Education, 1976; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1981.

Ingling, Allen L. Assistant Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. B.S.E.E., University of Maryland, 1963; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1969.

Ingraham, Barton, L. Associate Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. A.B., Harvard University, 1952; J.D., 1957; M.Crim., University of California (Berkeley), 1968; Ph.D., 1971.

Ingram, Anne G. Professor, Physical Education. A.B., University of North Carolina, 1944; M.A., University of Georgia, 1948; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1962.

Inouye, David W. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., Swarthmore College, 1971; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1976.

Intriligator, Barbara A. Assistant Professor, Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. A.B., Syracuse University, 1962; M.Ed., Tufts University, 1963; Ed.D., Boston University, 1978.

Ioannou, Dimitris E. Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of Thessaloniki, 1974; M.S., University of Manchester, 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Ipavich, Fred Associate Research Scientist, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Manhattan College, 1967; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.

Irwin, George R. Professor, Part-time, Mechanical Engineering. A.B., Knox College, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1933; Ph.D., 1937; Hon. Doctor of Engineering, Lehigh University, 1977.

Isaacs, Neil D. Professor, English. A.B., Dartmouth College, 1953; A.M., University of California (Berkeley), 1956; Ph.D., Brown University, 1959.

Iseman, Sheila C. Instructor, part-time. Human Development. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1967; M.A., Oklahoma State University, 1970; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1982.

Iso-Ahola, Seppo E. Professor, Recreation. B.S., University of Jyvaskyla, Finland, 1971; M.S., University of Illinos, 1972; M.S., University of Jyvaskyla, Finland, 1973; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1976.

Jackson, Trevor w. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. H.N.D., Dorset Institute of Higher Education (England), 1978; M.S., Cranfield Intitute of Technology (England), 1980; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983.

Ja'Ja', Joseph Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering; Affiliate Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., American University (Beirut), 1974; M.S., Harvard University, 1976; Ph.D., 1977.

552 Faculty Listing

Jalote, Pankaj Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Indian Institute of Technology. 1980; M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1982; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1985.

James, Bruce R. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Williams College, 1973; M.S., University of Vermont. 1979; Ph.D., 1981.

James, Edward F. Assistant Professor, English and Secondary Education. B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., Catholic University of America, 1969.

Janes, Robert W. Professor Emeritus, Sociology and Institute for Urban Studies. A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.A., 1939; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1942.

Jantz, Richard K. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Indiana University, 1968; M.S., 1970; Ed.D., Ball State University, 1972.

Jaquith, Richard H. Professor. Chemistry and Biochemistry; Assistant Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs. B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1955.

Jarvis, Bruce B. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1963; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1966.

Jellema, Roderick H. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Calvin College, 1951; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh, 1962.

Johns, Elizabeth B. Associate Professor, American Studies. B.A., Birmingham-Southern College, 1959; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1965; Ph.D., Emory University, 1974.

Johns, Ferdinand S. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. B.A., Hampton Sydney College, 1963; B. Arch.. University of Virginia, 1971; M.S. Arch. & Urban Design, Columbia University, 1975.

Johnson, Arthur T. Professor. Agricultural Engineering. B.S.A.E.. Cornell University, 1964; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1969.

Johnson, Charles E. Associate Professor, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., 1964.

Johnson, Conrad D. Associate Professor, Philosophy. A.B., Stanford University, 1965; M.A.. University of Michigan, 1966; Ph.D., 1969.

Johnson, Gregory Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.A., Pomona College, 1976; M.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1981; Ph.D., 1983.

Johnson, Janet W. Assistant Professor, Psychology. A.B., George Washington University. 1951; A.M., 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

Johnson, Martin L. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Morris College, 1961; M.Ed., University of Georgia, 1968; Ed.D., 1971.

Johnson, Raymond L. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Texas, 1963; Ph.D., Rice University, 1969.

Johnson, Roy Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Rochester, 1949; M.Mus., 1951; D.M.A., 1960.

Jolson, Marvin A. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.E.E., George Washington University, 1949; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965; D.B.A., University of Maryland, 1969.

Jones, Christopher K.R.T. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Bristol, 1974; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1976; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1979.

Jones, Everett Associate Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.A.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1956; M.A.E., 1960; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1968.

Faculty Listing 553

Jones, George F. Professor Emeritus, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., Emory University, 1938; M.A., Oxford University, 1943; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1951.

Jones, Rose L. Lecturer, Institute of Applied Agriculture. Certificate, Anoka Technical Institute (Minnesota), 1970; B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1973; M.S.. University of Illinois, 1979; Ph.D., Iowa State University. 1985.

Joseph, John E. Assistant Professor, French and Italian. B.A., University of Michigan, 1977; M.A., 1978; Ph.D., 1981.

Joseph, Sam W. Professor and Chairman, Microbiology. B.S., University of Florida, 1956; M.S., St. Johns University, 1964; Ph.D., , 1970.

Joyce, Joyce A. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Val Dosta State College, 1972; M.A.. University of Georgia, 1974; Ph.D., 1979.

Just, Richard Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1969; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1971; Ph.D., 1972.

Kacser, Claude Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Oxford University, 1955; M.A.. 1959; Ph.D., 1959.

Kaminiski, Bartlomiej K. Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. M.S., University of Warsaw, 1967; Ph.D., 1972.

Kammeyer, Kenneth C. W. Professor, Sociology. B.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1953; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.

Kanal, Laveen N. Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Washington, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

Kantzes, James G. Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

Karlander, Edward P. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Vermont, 1960; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Kasler, Franz Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. Doctorandum, University of Vienna, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

Kaufman, Stuart B. Associate Professor, History. B.A., University of Florida. 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Emory University, 1970.

Kearney, Michael S. Assistant Professor, Geography. B.S., Univeristy of Illinois, 1973; M.A., Western Illinois University. 1976; Ph.D., University of Western Ontario. 1981.

Kedem, Benjamin Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Roosevelt University, 1968; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1970; Ph.D., 1972.

Kehoe, Patrice Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., University of North Carolina, 1973; M.F.A., Washington University (St, Louis), 1977.

Kelejian, Harry H. Professor, Economics. B.A.. Hofstra College, 1962; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Kelleher, Catherine Professor, School of Public Affairs. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1960; Ph.D., MIT, 1967; D. Litt., Mount Holyoke College, 1980.

Kelley, David L. Professor, Physical Education. A.B., San Diego State College, 1957; M.S., University of Southern California. 1958; Ph.D., 1962.

Kellogg, R. Bruce Research Professor, Mathematics and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1959.

554 Faculty Listing

Kelly, James J. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1977; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1981.

Kelly, R. Gordon Associate Professor and Chairman, American Studies. B.A., Depauw University, 1961; M.A., Claremont Graduate School, 1962; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1970.

Kelly, Thomas J. Adjunct Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1969; Ph.D., 1975.

Kelsay, June L. Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., North Texas State College, 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1967.

Kent, George O. Professor, History. B.S., Columbia University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Oxford University, 1958.

Kenworthy, William J. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Purdue University, 1970; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1976.

Kerkham, H. Eleanor Associate Professor, Hebrew and East Asian. B.A., Pomona College, 1961; M.A., Stanford University, 1963; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1974.

Kerley, Ellis R. Professor, Anthropology. B.S., University of Kentucky, 1950; M.S., University of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

Kerr, Frank J. Professor, Astronomy Program. B.Sc, University of Melbourne, 1938; M.Sc, 1939; M.A., Harvard University, 1951; D.Sc, University of Melbourne, 1962.

Kerrigan, William Professor, English. B.A., Stanford University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1966; Ph.D., , 1970.

Kessides, Ioannis N. Assistant Professor, Economics. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1974; M.A., Princeton University, 1980; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

Khanna, Raj K. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. M.Sc, University of Delhi, 1957; Ph.D., Indian Institute of Science (Banglore), 1962.

Kidd, Jerry S. Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.S., Illinois Wesleyan University, 1950; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

Kiguel, Miguel A. Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A. (Licenciatura), University of Buenos Aires, 1976; M.A., Columbia University, 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Kim, Young Suh Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1958; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1961.

King, Henry C. Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Brown University, 1969; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1973; Ph.D., 1974.

King, Nancy R. Assistant Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Antioch College, 1964; M.Ed., Harvard University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1976.

King, Raymond L. Professor Emeritus, Animal Sciences. A.B., University of California (Davis), 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

Kinter, James L., Ill Assistant Professor, Meteorology. A.B., Princeton University, 1979; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., 1984.

Kirk, James A. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Ohio State University, 1967; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D., 1972.

Kirkley, Donald H., Jr. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1967.

Kirkpatrick, Theodore R. Assistant Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology; Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1977; Ph.D., Rockefeller University, 1981.

Faculty Listing 555

kirwan, William E. Professor, Mathematics; Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs. A.B., University of Kentucky, 1960; M.S., Rutgers The State University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Kjaer, Bodil Professor, Housing and Design. Diploma Int. Des./lnt. Arch., State School of Interior Arch. /Design (Denmark), 1954; Arch. Assn., School of Architecture (England), 1967; Ph.D., Royal College of Art (London, England), 1967.

Klank, Richard Associate Professor, Art. B. Arch., Catholic University of America, 1962; M.F.A., 1964.

Klavon, Albert J. Assistant Dean, Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences. B.S., University of Maryland, 1968; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1975.

Kleiman, Devra Gail Adjunct Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of Chicago, 1964; Ph.D., University of London, 1969.

Klein, Katherine J. Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A., Yale University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Texas (Austin), 1984.

Klein, William H. Senior Research Associate, Meteorology. B.S., City College of New York, 1938; M.S., 1940; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1944; Ph.D., New York University, 1964.

Kleine, Don W. Associate Professor, English. B.A.. University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1961.

Kleppner, Adam Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Yale University, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan, 1954; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1960.

Klumpp, James F. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Kansas, 1968; M.A., University of Minnesota 1971, 1971; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1973.

Knight, Robert E.L. Associate Professor, Economics. A.B., Harvard University, 1948; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1958.

Knott, Gary D. Visiting Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.A., American University, 1964; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1968; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1975.

Kohl, Frances L. Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1973; M.Ed., Temple University, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1979.

Kole, Linda S. Assistant Professor, Economics. A.B., University of Michigan, 1979; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

Kolker, Robert P. Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., City University of New York (Queens College), 1962; M.A., Syracuse University, 1965; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1969.

Kolodny, Richard Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S.B.A., Northwestern University, 1965; MB. A., New York University, 1967; Ph.D., 1972.

Koopman, Elizabeth Janssen Associate Professor, Human Development. A.B., University of Michigan, 1960; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1973.

Korenman, Victor Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Princeton University, 1958; A.M., Harvard University, 1959; Ph.D., 1965.

Kornblatt, Joyce R. Assistant Professor, English. B.A.. Carnegie-Mellon University, 1966; M.A., Case-Western Reserve University, 1968.

Koscianski, Leonard Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art, 1977; M.F.A., University of California (Davis), 1979.

Kotz, Samuel Professor, College of Business and Management. M.S., Hebrew Univerity, Jerusalem. 1956; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1960.

556 Faculty Listing

Kozarich, John W. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Boston College, 1971; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1975.

Krajcik, Joseph S. Assistant Professor. Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 1973; M.S.. 1983; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1986.

Krapfel, Robert E. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Connecticut. 1970; M.B.A., 1975; Ph.D.. Michigan State University, 1979.

Krisher, Lawrence C. Professor, Part-time. Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B., Syracuse University. 1955; A.M., Harvard University, 1957; Ph.D.. 1959.

Krishnaprasad, P.S. Associate Professor. Electrical Engineering. B.Tech.. Indian Institute of Technology, 1972; M.S.. Syracuse University. 1973; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1977.

Kristal, Efrain S. Assistant Professor. Spanish and Portuguese. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1980; M.A., Stanford University, 1982; Ph.D., 1985.

Krizek, Donald T. Adjunct Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.A., Western Reserve University, 1957; M.S., University of Chicago, 1958; Ph.D., 1964.

Krusberg, Lorin R. Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Delaware, 1954; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

Krushenick. Nicholas Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Art Students' League, 1950; M.A., Hans Hofmann School, 1951.

Kruskal, Clyde Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.A., Brandeis University, 1976; M.S., Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, 1978; Ph.D., 1981.

Kudla, Stephen S. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Harvard University, 1971; Ph.D., State University of New York (StonyBrook), 1975.

Kueker, David W. Professor. Mathematics. A.B.. University of California (Los Angeles), 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1967.

Kuenzel, Wayne J. Professor, Poultry Science. B.S., Bucknell University. 1964; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D.. University of Georgia. 1969.

Kundt, John F. Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.S., West Virginia University, 1952; Ph.D., North Carolina State University, 1972.

Kundt], Mukul R. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, Calcutta University, 1949; M.Sc, 1951; D.Sc, University of Paris, 1957.

Kung, Shain-dow Professor, Botany. B.S.. University of Chung-Hsing (China), 1958; M.S., University of Guelph (Canada), 1965; Ph.D.. Indiana University, 1968.

Kuss, Fred R. Associate Professor, Recreation. B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1970.

Lai, Poh-Chin Assistant Professor. Geography. B.E.S.. University of Waterloo, 1978; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Laidlaw, Charles D. Lecturer, Part-time, Urban Studies. B.A., Colgate University, 1952; M.A., Yale University. 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1968.

Lamone, Rudolph P. Professor and Dean, College of Business and Managemennt. B.S., University of North Carolina. 1960; Ph.D.. 1966.

Lamp, William Assistant Professor. Entomology. B.S., University of Nebraska, 1972; M.S., Ohio State University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1980.

Lampe, John R. Professor. History. B.A:, Harvard University, 1957; M.A., University of Minnesota. 1964; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1971.

Faculty Listing 557

Landry, L. Bartholomew Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., Saint Mary's Seminary, 1961; B.A., Xavier University, 1966; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1971.

Lanning, Eldon W. Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.S., Northwestern University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1965.

Lapinski, Tadeusz Professor, Art. M.F.A., Academy of Fine Arts, Warsaw , Poland, 1955.

Larkin, Willard D. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., University of Michigan, 1959; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1967.

Lawrence, Richard E. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Michigan State University, 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1965.

Lawrence, Robert G. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1957; M.B.A., 1960; Ph.D., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University, 1969.

Lawson, Lewis A. Professor, English. B.S., East Tennessee State University, 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.

Lay, David C. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Aurora College, 1962; M.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1965; Ph.D., 1966.

Layman, John W. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction and Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Park College, 1955; M.S.Ed.. Temple University, 1961; Ed.D.. Oklahoma State University, 1970.

Leatherman, Stephen P. Associate Professor, Geography. B.S., North Carolina State University, 1970; Ph.D., University of Virginia. 1975.

Lee, Chi H. Professor. Electrical Engineering. B.S.. National Taiwan University (Taipei), 1959; M.S., Harvard University, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

Lee, Edward H. Adjunct Associate Professor. Agronomy. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1959; M.A., University of Kansas, 1966; Ph.D., University of Okalhoma, 1969.

Lee, Hugh M. Assistant Professor, Classics. B.A., St, Mary's College of California, 1966; M.A., Stanford University, 1971; Ph.D., 1972.

Lee, Sung W. Associate Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., Seoul National University, 1966; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D.. 1978.

Lee, Yee-Chun Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1966; Ph.D., Dartmouth College, 1970.

Leedy, Charlotte A. Assistant Professor. Recreation. B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., Temple University. 1975.

Leete, Burt A. Professor and Acting Associate Dean, College of Business and Management. B.S., Juniata College, 1962; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1964; J.D., American University, 1969.

Lehner, Guydo R. Professor. Mathematics. B.S.. Loyola University, 1951; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D.. 1958.

Leinwand, Theodore B. Assistant Professor, English. B.A.. Hamilton College, 1973; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1978; Ph.D., 1980.

Lejins, Peter P. Professor Emeritus, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology; Professor Emeritus, Sociology. M.Phil., University of Latvia, 1930; Mag. Iur., 1933; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1938.

Lengermann, Joseph J. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1958; S.T.B., Gregorian University, I960; S.T.L., 1962; M.A., University of Notre Dame, 1964; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1969.

Leonard, Mary M. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Boston College. 1968; M.A., University of Minnesota. 1971; Ph.D., 1974.

558 Faculty Listing

Leone, Mark Associate Professor, Anthropology. B.A., Tufts University, 1963; M.A., University of Arizona, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.

Leone, Peter E. Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.A., University of Iowa, 1972; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1981.

Lesher, James H. Professor, Philosophy; Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Graduate Studies and Research. B.A., University of Virginia, 1962; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1966.

Leslie, Leigh A. Assistant Professor, Family and Community Development. B.S., Texas Tech University, 1975; M.S., 1977; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1982.

Lessley, Billy V. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of Arkansas, 1957; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1965.

Levine, Marvin J. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1952; J.D., 1954; M.A.. 1959; Ph.D.. 1964.

Levine, Robert Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Columbia University, 1975; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1981.

Levine, William S. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962; Ph.D., 1969.

Levins, Richard A. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.A., University of Florida, 1972; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., Mississippi State University, 1982.

Levinson, Jerrold Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974.

Levinson, John Z. Professor, Emeritus, Psychology. B.A., University of Toronto, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., 1948.

Levitan, Herbert Professor, Zoology. B.E.E., Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.

Levitine, George Professor, Art. B.A., University of Paris, 1938; M.A., Boston University, 1946; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952.

Leviton, Daniel Professor, Health Education. B.S.. George Washington University, 1953; M.A., Springfield College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1967.

Levy, Frank S. Professor. School of Public Affairs. B.S., MIT, 1963; M.A., Yale University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1969.

Levy, Mark R. Associate Professor. College of Journalism. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1964; M.A., Rutgers University, 1965; M. Phil., Columbia University, 1975; Ph.D., 1977.

Lewis, Roger K. Professor, School of Architecture. B. Arch.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1964; M. Arch.. 1967.

Lieber, Joan A. Assistant Professor. Special Education. B.A., Douglass College (Rutgers Univ.), 1969; M.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1970; Ph.D., University of California (Santa Barbara), 1986.

Liesener, James W. Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.A., Wartburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1960; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

Lightfoot, David W. Professor, Director, Linguistics Program; Affiliate Professor, Hearing and Speech Science, Psychology. B.A., King's College (London), 1966; M.A., University of Michigan, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Ligomenides, Panos A. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of Athens, 1951; M.S., 1952; M.S.E.E., Stanford University. 1956; Ph.D.. 1958.

Faculty Listing 559

Lin, Hung Chang Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Chiao-Tung University, 1941; M.S.E., University of Michigan, 1948; Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1956.

Linder, Harris J. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., Long Island University, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

Lindsay, Rao H. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., Brigham Young University, 1954; M.A., 1958; M.A.. University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., 1964.

Linduska, James J. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., University of Maryland, 1965; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1973.

Link, Conrad B. Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. B.S.. Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940.

Lipsman, Ronald L. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., City University of New York (City College), 1964; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1967.

Lissitz, Robert W. Professor and Chairman, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation; Affiliate Professor, Psychology. B.S., Northwestern University, 1963; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1969.

Liu, Chuan Sheng Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Tunghai University (Taiwan), 1960; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1964; Ph.D., 1968.

Liu, Tai-Ping Professor, Mathematics. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1968; M.S., Oregon State University, 1970; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1973.

Lockard, J. David Professor, Botany; Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1951; M.Ed., 1955; Ph.D., 1962.

Locke, Edwin A. Professor, Psychology: Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Harvard University, 1960; M.A., Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Loeb, Martin P. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., SUNY (Stony Brook), 1970; M.S., Northwestern University, 1972; Ph.D., 1975.

Loeb, Stephen E. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1961; M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1963; Ph.D., 1970.

Loftin, Colin Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1971.

Loizeaux, Elizabeth B. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Mount Holyhoke College, 1972; M.A., University of Michigan, 1974; Ph.D., 1980.

Longest, James W. Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education; Professor, Affiliate, Sociology. B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.

Lopez, Ramon S. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., University of Chile, 1969; M.S., University of British Columbia, 1977; Ph.D.. 1980.

Lopez-Escobar, Edgar G. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Cambridge University, 1958; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1961; Ph.D., 1965.

Lorion, Ray Professor, Psychology. B.S., Tufts University. 1968: Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1972.

Loss, John C. Professor, School of Architecture. B. Arch., University of Michigan, 1954; M. Arch., 1960.

Lounsbury, Myron O. Associate Professor, American Studies. B.A., Duke University, 1961; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1962; Ph.D., 1966.

Lu, Paul C.K. Professor, School of Architecture. B.S., Chung-Kung University (Taiwan), 1954; B.Arch., Kansas State University, 1958; M.Arch., 1962; ML. A.. Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1967.

560 Faculty Listing

Lucas, Margaretha S. Affiliate Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Ohio State University, 1979; M.S., Iowa State University, 1983; Ph.D., 1985.

Luetkemeyer, Joseph F. Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Stout State College, 1953; M.S., 1954; Ed.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1961.

Lynn, Jeffrey W. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1969; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., 1974.

Ma, Michael C. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1973; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Mabbs, Linda Associate Professor, Music. B. Mus., Northwestern University, 1968; M. Mus., 1970.

MacArtliur, Charles A. Research Associate, Special Education. B.A., Cornell University, 1969; M.Ed., American University, 1974; Ph.D., 1980.

MacBain, William Professor, French and Italian. M. A., Honors, Saint Andrews University (Scotland), 1952; Ph.D.. 1955.

MacDonald, William M. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

Mack, Maynard, Jr. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Yale University, 1964; M.Phil., 1969; Ph.D., 1969.

MacLeod, Anne S. Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.A., University of Chicago, 1949; M.L.S., University of Maryland, 1966; Ph.D., 1973.

MacQuillan, Anthony M. Associate Professor, Microbiology. B.S.A., University of British Columbia, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1962.

Macready, George B. Associate Professor, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.A., Williamette University, 1965; M.A., University of Oregon, 1967; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1972.

Maddocks, John H. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.Sc, University of Glasgow, 1978; D.Phil, Balliol College, 1982.

Magette, William L. Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University , 1974; M.E., , 1975; Ph.D., 1982.

Magoon, Thomas M. Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services and Psychology; Director, Counseling Center. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; Ph.D., 1954.

Maida, Peter R. Associate Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., St, Vincent College, 1960; M.A., Fordham University, 1962; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1969.

Majeska, George P. Associate Professor, History. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1961; M.A., Indiana University, 1961; Ph.D.. 1968.

Majeskie, J. Lee Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1970.

Makowski, Armand M. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Univ. Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, 1975; M.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1976; Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1981.

Male, George A. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., University of Michigan, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1952.

Faculty Listing 561

Maley, Donald Professor and Chairman, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., California State College (Pennsylvania), 1944; M.A., University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D., 1950.

Mallinson, Edward T. Associate Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1956.

Malouf, David B. Research Associate, Special Education. B.A., University of Utah, 1968; M.Ed., , 1970; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1976.

Mann, Patricia H. Lecturer, Health Education. B.A., University of Maryland, 1977; M.A., 1979; Ph.D., 1981.

Manning, Raymond Adjunct Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of Miami, Coral Gables, 1956; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1963.

Manspeaker, Joe E. Associate Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1952.

Marando, Vincent L. Professor, Urban Studies. B.S., State University at Buffalo, 1960; M.A., Michigan State University, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Marchetti, Gina Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Florida State University, 1976; M.A., Northwestern University, 1978; Ph.D., 1982.

Marchionini, Gary J. Assistant Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.A., Western Michigan University, 1971; M.Ed., Wayne State University, 1974; Ph.D., 1981.

Marcinkowski, Marion J. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1953; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1959.

Marcus, Robert F. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A., Montclair State College, 1965; M.A., New York University. 1967; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1973.

Marcuse, Michael J. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1966; M.A., University of Michigan, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Mariano, Patrick Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1969.

Mark, Leo Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Aarhus University, 1977; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., 1985.

Markham, Paul L. Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., Utah State University, 1976; M.A., University of Washington. 1977; Ph.D.. The Ohio State University, 1984.

Markley, Nelson G. Professor and Chairman, Mathematics. A.B., Lafayette College, 1962; M.A., Yale University, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Marks, Colin H. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1956; M.S.. 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1965.

Marquardt, Warren W. Professor. College of Veterinary Medicine. B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1970.

Marra-Lopez, Jose R. Professor, Part-time, Spanish and Portuguese. B.A., (Licenciatura), University of Madrid (Spain), 1959.

Marshall, James T. Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Texas Tech University, 1967; M.S.. 1969: Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1974.

Martin, James G. Professor, Psychology. B.S., University of North Dakota, 1951; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.

Martin, L. John Professor. College of Journalism. A.B.. American University (Cairo), 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; Ph.D.. 1955.

562 Faculty Listing

Martin, Raymond F. Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ohio State University, 1962; M.A., 1964: Ph.D.. University of Rochester, 1968.

Martinez, Tomas Eloy Visiting Professor. Spanish and Portuguese. A.B., National University of Tucuman, Argentina, 1958; M.A., Universite de Paris VII, 1971.

Marx, George L. Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Dean, Graduate Studies & Research, Eastern Shore. B.A., Yankton College, 1953; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1958; Ph.D., 1959.

Mason, Glenn M. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Associate Chairman. B.A., Harvard University, 1965; M.S., University of Chicago, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.

Mason, Leslie E. Instructor, School of Architecture. B.S., University of Virginia, 1983; M.Arch., Princeton University, 1985.

Mather, Ian H. Professor, Animal Sciences. B.Sc, University of Wales, 1966; Ph.D., 1970.

Matossian, Mary K. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Stanford University, 1951; M.A., American University (Beirut), 1952; Ph.D.. Stanford University, 1955.

Matteson, Richard L. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A., Knox College, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland, 1955; Ed.D., 1962.

Matthews, David L. Research Associate Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Queens University (Canada), 1949; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1959.

Matthews, Thomas A. Associate Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A., University of Toronto, 1950; M.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1951; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1956.

Mattick, Joseph F. Professor Emeritus, Animal Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; Ph.D., 1950.

Mayergoyz, Isaak Professor, Electrical Engineering. E.E.Dipl., Polytechnical Institute, Novocherkask.USSR, 1963; Kandidat Nauk, 1968; Doctor Nauk E.E., Cybernetics Inst, of the Ukrainian Acad, of Sci., 1975.

Mayo, Marlene J. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Wayne State University, 1954; M.A.. Columbia University, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.

Mazzocchi, Paul H. Professor and Chairman, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.Sc, Queens College, 1961; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1965.

McAvoy, Thomas J. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1961; M.A., Princeton University, 1963; Ph.D., 1964.

McCaleb, Joseph L. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction; Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Abilene Christian College, 1969; M.Ed., University of Texas (Austin), 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

McCall, Gerald N. Professor and Acting Chairman, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.S., Florida State University, 1959; M.A., Northwestern University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

McCarrick, Earleen M. Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Louisiana State University, 1953; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 1964.

McClurg, Charles A. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Iowa State University, 1966; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

McConnell, Kenneth E. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.A.. University of Florida, 1964; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1973.

McCoy, Robert Assistant Professor, Music. B.A., University of Iowa. 1974; M.A., 1975; D.M.A., University of Southern California, 1982.

Faculty Listing 563

McCuen, Richard H. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1967; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D., 1970.

McCusker, John J. Professor, History. B.A., Saint Bernards College, 1961; M.A., University of Rochester, 1963; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1970.

McDonald, James Associate Professor, Music. B.M., Momingside College, 1962; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964; D.M.A., 1974.

McEwen, Marylu K. Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Purdue University, 1968; M.S., Indiana University, 1970; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1973.

McFadden, Lucy-Ann Assistant Research Scientist. B.A., Hampshire College, 1974; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1977; Ph.D., University of Hawaii, 1983.

McGuire, Martin C. Professor, Economics. B.S., United States Military Academy, 1955; M.A., Oxford University, 1958; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1964.

Mcllrath, Thomas J. Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Michigan State University, 1960; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1966.

Mclntire, Roger W. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Northwestern University, 1958; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Mcintosh, Maria S. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Illinois, 1974; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1978.

Mcintosh, Wayne V. Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of South Carolina, 1973; M.A., Wichita State University, 1974; Ph.D., Washington University, 1981.

McInturfT, Mark C. Assistant Professor, School of Architecture. B.Arch., University of Maryland, 1972.

Mclntyre, Jennie J. Associate Professor, Sociology. A.B., Howard College, 1960; M.S., Florida State University, 1962; Ph.D., 1966.

McKay, Ruth B. Assistant Professor, Health Education. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1954; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1961; Ph.D., 1965; M.P.H., Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene & Public Health, 1980.

McKee, Claude G. Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1959.

McKenna, Mary Catherine Affiliate Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., University of Maryland, 1968; Ph.D., 1978.

McLaughlin, Margaret M. Research Associate, Special Education. B.A., University of Denver, 1968; M.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1971; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977.

McLoone, Eugene P. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., LaSalle College, 1951; M.S., University of Denver, 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1961.

McNelly, Theodore H. Professor, Government and Politics. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A., 1942; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1952.

McNesby, James R. Professor Emeritus, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Ohio University, 1943; M.S., New York University, 1946; Ph.D., 1951.

McWhinnie, Harold J. Associate Professor, Housing and Design; Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A.E., Art Institute of Chicago, 1953; M.F.A., 1957; Ed.D., Stanford University. 1965.

Mecklenberg, Marion F. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1984.

564 Faculty Listing

Medvene, Arnold Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Counselor, University Counseling Center. B.S.. Temple University, 1959; M.Ed.. 1963; Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1968.

Meeker, Barbara F. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., University of Kansas, 1961; M.A., Stanford University, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Meersman, Roger L. Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Saint Ambrose College, 1952; M.A.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1959; Ph.D., 1962.

Meijer, Marianne S. Associate Professor, French and Italian. Romance Language, University of Leiden (Holland), 1948; M.A., Catholic University, 1960; Ph.D.. 1972.

Meisinger, John J. Adjunct Assistant Professor. Agronomy. B.S., Iowa State University. 1967; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1976.

Meizlik, Jeffrey N. Assistant Professor, Art. B.S., University of Tennessee. 1969; M.F.A., Brooklyn College, 1972.

Melnik, Walter L. Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., University of Minnesota. 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., 1964.

Mench, Joy A. Assistant Professor, Poultry Science. B.A., California State University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Sussex, 1982.

Menzer, Robert E. Professor, Entomology; Director, Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences; Director, Water Resources Research Center. B.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1960; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.

Messersmith, Donald H. Professor, Entomology. B.Ed., University of Toledo, 1951; M.S., University of Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1962.

Meyer, Paul A. Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1961; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1966.

Michaelis, Otho E., IV Adjunct Assistant Professor. Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Gannon College, 1964; M.S., West Virginia University, 1970; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1973.

Mietus, Walter S. Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Chicago Teachers College, 1957; M.Ed.. Illinois State Teachers College, 1959; Ed.D.. Loyola University, 1966.

Mignerey, Alice C. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Rochester, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1975.

Mikulski, Piotr W. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Lyceum (Warsaw), 1942; M.S., School of Planning and Statistics, 1952; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley). 1961.

Miles, Carolyn W. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University , 1969; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1977.

Milhous, Judith Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill), 1968; Ph.D.. University of Cornell. 1974.

Miller, Arthur G. Professor, Art. B.A., Colby College, 1964; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1969.

Miller, Catherine M. Associate Professor, Health Education. B.S., Illinois State University, 1956; M.A., Colorado State College, 1959; Ph.D.. Ohio State University, 1967.

Miller, Gerald R. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958; M.S., University of Illinois, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Faculty Listing 565

Miller, Mary R. Associate Professor. English. B.A., University of Iowa. 1941; M.A.. University of Denver, 1959; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1969.

Miller, Merl E. Acting Chair and Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1958; M.S.. 1971; Ed. E., 1981.

Miller, Raymond J. Professor, Agronomy; Dean, Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences; Vice President. Agricultural Affairs. B.S., University of Alberta, 1957; M.S., Washington State University, 1960; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1962.

Mills, Harlan D. Professor, Computer Science. B.S.. Iowa State University, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., 1952.

Mills, Judson R., Jr. Professor, Psychology. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1958.

Milton, Annie Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Oregon- Eugene, 1980; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1983.

Minker, Jack Professor, Computer Science. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1959.

Mintz, Lawrence E. Associate Professor, American Studies. B.A., University of South Carolina, 1966; M.A.. Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1969.

Mintz, Yale Research Associate. Meteorology. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1937: M.S., Columbia University, 1942; Ph.D., University of California, 1949.

Misner, Charles W. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; M.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

Mitchell, Robert D. Associate Professor, Geography. M.A., University of Glasgow. 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968.

Mitter, Charles Assistant Professor, Entomology. B.S., Stanford University, 1970; Ph.D., State University of New York (Stony Brook), 1977.

Mityga, Henry G. Lecturer, Institute of Applied Agriculture; Lecturer, Horticulture. B.S., Cornell University, 1966; M.S. Purdue University. 1969; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1976.

Modarres, Mohammad Associate Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S.. Tehran Polytechnic Institute, 1974; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976; Ph.D.. 1979.

Mohanty, Sashi B. Professor and Associate Dean, College of Veterinary Medicine. B.V.Sc, Bihar University, 1956; M.S., University of Maryland. 1961; Ph.D., 1963.

Mohapatra, Rahindra Nath Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc. Uktal University (India), 1964; M.Sc, Delhi University (India). 1966; Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 1969.

Montgomery, William Professor, Music. B.Mus., Cornell College. 1953; M.Mus.. Catholic University of America, 1957; Ph.D.. 1975.

Moore, John H. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1963; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1965: Ph.D.. 1967.

Moore, John R. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics; Assistant Dean, Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences. B.S., Ohio State University, 1951: M.S., Cornell University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1959.

Morris, Louis A. Lecturer, part-time. Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.A., Boston University. 1968; M.A., New School of Social Research, 1971; Ph.D.. Tulane University. 1974.

Morrison, Keith Professor. Art. B.F.A.. Art Institute of Chicago, 1963; M.F.A., 1965.

Morton, Eugene S. Adjunct Professor. Zoology. B.S., Denison University, 1962; Ph.D., Yale University. 1969.

566 Faculty Listing

Moser, Phylis B. Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S . University of Maryland, 1969; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

Moses, Claire G. Associate Professor, Women's Studies Program. A.B., Smith College, 1963; M. Phil., George Washington University, 1972; Ph.D., 1978.

Moss, Alfred A. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Lake Forest College. 1965; M.Div.. Episcopal Divinity School, 1968; M.A., University of Chicago, 1972; Ph.D., 1977.

Moss, Lawrence Professor, Music. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1949; M.A., University of Rochester, 1950; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1957.

Mossman, Carol A. Assistant Professor, French and Italian. B.A., University of New Mexico, 1975; M.A., Rice University, 1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Motta, Jerome J. Associate Professor, Botany. A.B., San Francisco State College. 1959; M.A., 1964; Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley), 1968.

Mount, David Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Purdue Universitv, 1977; Ph.D., 1983.

Mueller, Dennis C. Professor, Economics and Bureau of Business and Economic Research. B.S., Colorado College, 1962; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1966.

Mulchi, Charles L. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., North Carolina State University, 1964; M.S., 1969; Ph.D.. 1970.

Muller, Robert E., Jr. Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. B.S.A.E.. University of Maryland, 1972; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1981.

Mullison, Donald D. Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Counselor, Counseling Center. B.S., Iowa State University, 1978; M.S., University of Utah, 1982; Ph.D., , 1984.

Munn, Robert J. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.Sc, University of Bristol, 1957; Ph.D.. 1961.

Munno, Frank J. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering; Director. Nuclear Engineering Program. B.S., Waynesburg College, 1957; M.S., University of Florida, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Murphy, Thomas J. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S.. Fordham University, 1963; Ph.D., Rockefeller University, 1968.

Murrell, Peter Associate Professor, Economics. B.Sc, London School of Economics, 1971; M.Sc, 1972; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1977.

Muse, Stephen A. Lecturer, School of Architecture. B. Arch., University of Maryland, 1973; M.Arch. in Urban Design, Cornell University, 1976.

Myers, Samuel L., Jr. Director, Afro-American Studies; Professor, Economics. B.A., Morgan State University, 1971; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976.

Myricks, Noel Associate Professor, Family and Community Development. B.A.. San Francisco University, 1965; M.S., 1967; J.D., Howard University, 1970; Ed.D., American University, 1974.

Nacht, Michael Associate Professor, School of Public Affairs; Acting Dean, School of Public Affairs. B.S., New York University, 1963; M.S., Case Western Reserve University, 1966; M.S., New York University, 1969; M.A., New School of Social Research, 1970; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1973.

Nakajima, Kazuo Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Osaka University. 1973; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1979.

Narayan, Prakash Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B. Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, 1976; M.S., Washington University (St. Louis), 1978; D.Sc, 1981.

Faculty Listing 567

Nau, Dana S. Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Missouri, 1974; A.M., Duke University, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Nelson, Judd O. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1969; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1974.

Nemes, Graciela P. Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. B.S., Trinity College (Vermont), 1942; M.A., University of Maryland, 1946; Ph.D.. 1952.

Neri, Umberto Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of Chicago, 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1966.

Neubert, Debra A. Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1976; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1981; Ph.D., 1985.

Neumann, Walter Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Adelaide University (Australia), 1966; M.A., 1968; Ph.D., University of Bonn (West Germany), 1969.

Newcomb, Robert W. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Purdue University, 1955; M.S., Stanford University, 1957; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1960.

Newhouse, Sheldon E. Professor, Mathematics; Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.A., University of Maryland, 1965; M.A.. University of California (Berkeley), 1967; Ph.D., 1969.

Ng, Timothy J. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., University of California, 1969; M.S., Purdue University, 1972; Ph.D., 1976.

Nickels, William G. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S.B.A., Ohio State University, 1962; M.B.A., Western Reserve University, 1966; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1969.

Nicklason, Fred H. Assistant Professor, History. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1953; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Yale University, 1967.

Nielsen, Roger L. Assistant Professor, Geology. B.S., University of Arizona, 1976; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., Southern Methodist University, 1983.

Niese, Henry Associate Professor, Art. Cert., The Cooper Union, 1949; Cert., Academie Grande Chaumiere (Paris), 1949; B.F.A., Columbia, 1955.

Noble, Janet M. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Kent State University. 1968; M.A., 1976; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University , 1980.

Noll, James Wm. Associate Professor, Education Policy. Planning and Administration. B.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 1954; M.S., , 1961; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1978.

Norman, Kent L. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., Southern Methodist University, 1969; M.A., University of Iowa, 1971; Ph.D., 1973.

Norton, Virgil J. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Kansas State University, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1964.

Norton, Virginia P. Lecturer, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., University of Colorado, 1958; Dietetic Internship Cert., Brooke Genera! Hospital, 1960; M.Ed., University of North Carolina, 1971; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1974.

Nossal, Ralph J. Adjunct Professor, part-time. Chemical Physics Program; Adjunct Professor, part- time. Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Cornell University, 1959; M.S., University of Michigan, 1961; Ph.D., 1961.

Oates, Wallace E. Professor, Economics and Bureau of Business and Economic Research. M.A., Stanford University. 1959; Ph.D., 1965.

568 Faculty Listing

O'Brien, Stephen J. Adjunct Professor. Zoology. B.S.. St. Francis College, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1971.

O'Connell, Donald W. Professor Emeritus. Economics. B.A.. Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

Odell, Stanley J. Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University of Kansas, I960; M.A., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1962; Ph.D., 1967.

O'Grady, Kevin E. Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A., Washington and Lee University, 1972; M.S., Old Dominion University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1980.

O'tlara, George J. Research Associate, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1953; M.S., 1955.

O'Haver, Thomas C. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Spring Hill College, 1963; Ph.D., University of Florida, 1968.

O'Leary, Dianne P. Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Purdue University, 1972; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1976.

O'Leary, Ronald T. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.S.. Bowling Green State University, 1960; M.A., 1961; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Olek, Anthony T. Assistant Professor. Zoology. B.A., Oakland University, 1973; Ph.D., State University of New York, 1978.

Olian, Judith D. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A.. Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1974; M.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison). 1977; Ph.D., University of Wisconson (Madison). 1980.

Oliver, Craig S. Professor, Horticulture; Director, Cooperative Extension Service; Associate Dean, Colleges of Agriculture and Life Sciences. B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1957; M.Ed., 1960; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1968.

Olson, Alison G. Professor, History. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1952; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., Oxford University (England), 1956.

Olson, Keith W. Professor, History. B.A., State University of New York (Albany), 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.

Olson, Mancur L. Jr. Professor, Economics. B.S., North Dakota State University. 1954; B.A., Oxford University, 1956; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1963.

Olson, Orrin O. Associate Professor. Music. A.B.. Sacramento State College. 1960; M.Mus., Indiana University, 1961.

Olver, Frank W. Research Professor, Mathematics and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.Sc, University of London, 1945; M.Sc, 1948; D.Sc, 1961.

Ondov, John M. Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S.. Muhlenberg College, 1970; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1974.

Oneda, Sadao Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S.. Tohoku Imperial University, 1946; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., Nagoya University, 1953.

Oppenheimer, Joe A. Professor, Government and Politics. A.B., Cornell University, 1963; M.A., University of Michigan, 1964; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971.

Ordonez, Margaret T. Affiliate Assistant Professor. Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.A., University of Tennesee, 1961; M.S., 1968; Ph.D.. Florida State University. 1978.

Osborn, John E. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Faculty Listing 569

Osteen, James Affiliate Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., University of Tennessee, 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1980.

Oster, Rose-Marie Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. M.A., Stockholm University, 1956; Dr. Phil., Kiel University (Germany), 1958.

Ott, Edward Professor, Electrical Engineering and Physics and Astronomy. B.S., The Cooper Union, 1963; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1965; Ph.D., 1967.

Ottinger, Mary Ann Associate Professor, Poultry Science. B.S., University of Maryland, 1972; M.S., 1974; Ph.D., 1977.

Owings, James C. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Dartmouth College, 1962; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1966.

Pacheco, Jose E. Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. Doctor Honoris Causa, Universidad Autonoma de Sinaloa (Mexico), 1979.

Pai, Shih I. Professor Emeritus, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., National Central University (China), 1935; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1938; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1940.

Paik, Ho Jung Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Seoul National University, 1966; M.S., Stanford University, 1970; Ph.D., , 1974.

Palmer, Milton E., Ill Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1976; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., 1981.

Panagariya, Arvind Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., University Rajasthan, 1971; M.A., 1973; M.A., Princeton University, 1977; Ph.D., 1978.

Pandelidis, Ioannis O. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1976; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., 1983.

Panichas, George A. Professor, English. B.A., American International College, 1951; M.A., Trinity College (Connecticut). 1952; Ph.D., Nottingham University, 1961.

Pao, Eleanor, M. Asjunct Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Cornell University, 1945; M.S., Ohio State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1977.

Paoletti, Jo B. Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., Syracuse University, 1971; M.S., University of Rhode Island. 1976; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1980.

Papadopoulos, Konstantinos Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, University of Athens, 1960; M.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1968.

Park, Robert L. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Texas (Austin), 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Brown University, 1964.

Parks, Sheri L. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill), 1978; M.A., University of Massachusetts, 1983; Ph.D., 1985.

Parming, Tonu Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A. Princeton University, , 1964; M.A., Yale University, 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

Pasch, Alan Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., New School for Social Research, 1952; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

Paternoster, Raymond Associate Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., University of Delaware, 1973; M.S., Southern Illinois University, 1975; Ph.D., Florida State University. 1978.

Paterson, Judith Instructor, College of Journalism. B.A., Hollins College, 1960; M.A.. Auburn University, 1972; Ph.D., , 1975.

570 Faculty Listing

Pati, Jogesh C. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Ravenshaw College, 1955; M.Sc, Delhi University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1960.

Patrick, W. Lawrence lecturer, Part-time, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Kentucky, 1972; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1973; Ph.D., Ohio University, 1975; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center, 1979.

Patterson, Glenn W. Professor and Chairman, Botany. B.S., North Carolina State University, 1960; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1964.

Patterson, William V. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.F.A., University of Oklahoma, 1970; M.F.A., University of Utah, 1972.

Payerle, Las/Jo Assistant Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Maryland, 1960; M.Mus., University of Texas, 1962.

Pearl, Martin H. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1955.

Pearson, Barry L. Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Michigan, 1968; M.A., Indiana University, 1970; Ph.D., 1977.

Pease, John Associate Professor, Sociology. B.S., Western Michigan University, 1960; M.A., Michigan State University, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.

Pecht, Michael G. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1976; M.S., 1979; M.S., 1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Peckerar, Martin C. Professor, part-time, Electrical Engineering. B.S., SUNY at Stonybrook, 1968; M.S., University of Maryland, 1971; Ph.D., 1976.

Penner, Merrilynn J. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Harvard University, 1966; Ph.D., University of California (San Diego), 1970.

Pennington, Kenneth Associate Professor, Music. B.A., Friends University, 1949; B.Mus., 1950; M.A., New York University, 1953; D.Mus., Indiana University, 1961.

Perinbam, B. Marie Associate Professor, History; Associate Professor, Afro-American Studies. B.A., London University (England), 1955; M.A., University of Toronto, 1959; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1969.

Perl, Jossef Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Ben Gurion University of the Negev, 1974; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1977; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1982.

Perlis, Donald R. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Purdue University, 1966; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1981.

Pertmer, Gary A. Associate Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Iowa State University, 1971; M.S., University of Missouri (Columbia), 1973; Ph.D., 1978.

Peters, Robert Morgan Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Mankato State College, 1955; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965.

Peters, Robert R. Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1973; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1980.

Peterson, Carla Associate Professor, Comparative Literature and English. B.A., Radcliffe College, 1965; Ph.D., Yale University, 1976.

Peterson, William S. Professor, English. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1961; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1962; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1968.

Petzold, Donald E. Jr. Assistant Professor, Geography. B.Sc, McGill University, 1971; M.Sc, 1974; Ph.D., 1980.

Faculty Listing 571

Pfister, Guenter G. Associate Professor and Acting Chairman, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1963; M.A., Michigan State University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1970.

Phillips, Sally J. Associate Professor, Physical Education. B.S., Slippery Rock State College, 1964; M.Ed., Colorado State University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1978.

Phillips, Warren R. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Northwestern University, 1963; M.S., California State University (San Francisco), 1968; Ph.D., University of Hawaii, 1969.

Pierce, Sidney K., Jr. Professor, Zoology. B.Ed., University of Miami, 1966; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1970.

Pike, Nancy L. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., Washington State University, 1969; M.S., Purdue University, West, 1970; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1980.

Pinker, Rachel Associate Professor, Meteorology. M.Sc, Hebrew University (Israel), 1966; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1976.

Piper, Don C. Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., Duke University, 1961.

Pirages, Dennis A. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., State University of Iowa, 1964; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1958.

Plateau, Brigitte Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Ecole Normale Superieure de Fontendy aux Roses, 1974; M.S., Universite de Paris, 1976; Ph.D., Universite de Paris Sud, 1984.

Plude, Dana Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A., State University of New York, 1976; M.A., Syracuse University, 1979; Ph.D., 1980.

Plumly, Stanley Professor, English. B.A., Wilmington College, 1962; M.A., Ohio University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Pogue, Stephanie E. Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Howard University, 1966; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art, 1968; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1980.

Poist, Richard F. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1965; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1967; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1972.

Polakoff, Murray E. Professor, Economics and College of Business and Management; Dean, College of Behavioral and Social Sciences. B.A., New York University, 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 1949; Ph.D., 1955.

Ponnamperuma, Cyril Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.A., University of Madras, 1948; B.Sc, University of London, 1959; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1962.

Porges, Stephen W. Professor, Human Development. B.A., Drew University, 1966; M.S., Michigan State, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Potter, Michael Adjunct Professor, Zoology. A.B., Princeton University, 1945; M.D., University of Virginia, 1949.

Pourdeyhimi, Benham Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. L.T.I. , Huddersfield Polytechnic (U.K.), 1976; A.T.I. , 1978; Ph.D., Leeds University (U.K.), 1982.

Power, Daniel J. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., University of Iowa, 1974; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1982.

Power, Paul W. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A.. St, Paul's College, 1953; M.S., San Diego State University, 1971; Sc.D., Boston University, 1974.

Prange, Richard E. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. M.S., University of Chicago, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

572 Faculty Listing

Prather, Elizabeth S. Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Auburn University, 1951; M.S., 1955; Ph.D.. Iowa State University, 1963.

Presser, Harriet Professor, Sociology. B.A., George Washington University, 1959; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1962; Ph.D., Univeristy of California (Berkeley), 1969.

Preston, Lee E. Professor, College of Business and Management; Director of Doctoral Programs, College of Business and Management. B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1951; M.A., Harvard University, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.

Price, Richard Chairman and Professor, History. B.A., University of Sussex. 1965; Ph.D., 1968.

Prucha, Ingmar R. Assistant Professor, Economics. M.A., University of Vienna, 1973; Ph.D., 1977.

Pugsley, James M. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. A.B., Oberlin College, 1958; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

Pumroy, Donald K. Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1954.

Purtillo, James M. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.A., Hirma College, 1978; M.A., Kent State University, 1980; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1986.

Quebedeaux, Bruno, Jr. Professor and Chairman, Horticulture. B.S., Louisiana State University, 1962; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1968.

Quester, George H. Professor and Chairperson, Government and Politics. A.B., Columbia College, 1958; M.A., Harvard University, 1964; Ph.D., 1965.

Rabenhorst, Martin C. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Maryland, 1975; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., Texas A & M University, 1983.

Rabin, Herbert Director, Engineering Research Center; Associate Dean, College of Engineering; Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., University of Illinois, 1951; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1959.

Racusen, Richard H. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Vermont, 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1975.

Radermacher, Reinhard Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Technical University Munich, 1974; M.S., 1977; Ph.D., 1981.

Ragan, Robert M. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S.. Virginia Military Institute, 1955; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1965.

Raiten, Daniel, J. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., S.U.N.Y. - Oswego, 1973; B.S., Kansas State University, 1978; M.S., Penn State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984.

Ramakrishnan, I. V. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Indian Institute of Technology. 1975; M.S., Indian Institute of Science, 1977; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1983.

Ramaty, Reuven Adjunct Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, Tel-Aviv University, 1961; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1966.

Ranald, Ralph A. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. A.B., University of California (Los Angeles), 1952; M.A., 1954; A.M., Princeton University, 1958; Ph.D.. 1961.

Rao, Desirajo B. Lecturer. Meteorology. B.Sc, Andhra University, 1956; M.Sc, 1959; M.S., University of Chicago, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.

Ratner, Nan Bernstein Assistant Professor. Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.A., Jackson College, Tufts University, 1974; M.A., Temple University, 1976; Ed.D., Boston University, 1982.

Faculty Listing 573

Raupp, Michael Assistant Professor, Entomology. B.S., Cook College, Rutgers University, 1975; M.S., Rutgers University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1981.

Read, Merrill S. Professor and Chairman, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Northwestern University, 1949; M.S., Ohio State University, 1951; Ph.D., 1956.

Reaka, Marjorie L. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., University of Kansas. 1965; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1975.

Rearick, W. R. Professor, Art. B.A., New York University, 1953; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1968.

Redish, Edward F. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Princeton University, 1963; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1968.

Reeves, Mavis M. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., West Virginia University, 1942; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1947.

Regan, Thomas M. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Tulane University, 1963; Ph.D., 1967.

Reggia, James A. Assistant Professor, Computer Science; Associate Professor, Department of Neurology UMBC. B.S., University of Maryland. 1971; M.D., 1975; Ph.D., 1981.

Reichelderfer, Charles F. Associate Professor, Entomology. B.S., Saint Cloud State College, 1961; M.S., University of Washington, 1963; Ph.D., University of California (Riverside), 1968.

Reinhart, Bruce L. Professor. Mathematics. B.A.. Lehigh University, 1952; M.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

Reiser, Martin P. Professor, Electrical Engineering. M.S., Johannes Gutenberg Universitat, Mainz, W. Germany , 1957; Ph.D., Johannes Gutenberg Universitat, 1960.

Reiser, Sheldon Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., City College of New York, 1953; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

Reveal, James L. Professor, Botany. B.S., Utah State University, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Brigham Young University, 1969.

Reynolds, Robert Adjunct Associate Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Ohio State University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1971.

Rhee, Moon-Jhong Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Seuol University, 1958; M.S., Seoul University, 1960; Ph.D., Catholic University of America. 1970.

Rhoads, David J. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Temple University, 1954; M.A.. 1958; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1963.

Rib, Harold Senior Research Associate, Civil Engineering. B.C.E., City College of New York, 1953; M.S., Cornell University, 1957; Ph.D., Purdue University. 1967.

Richard, Jean-Paul Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Universite Laval, 1956; B.S., 1960; Ph.D., University of Paris, 1963.

Richardson, William C. Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., University of North Carolina, 1975; M.F.A., Washington University (St, Louis), 1977.

Riddick, Carol C. Assistant Professor, Recreation. B.A., Florida State University, 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., Pennyslvania State University, 1980.

Ridgway, Whitman H. Associate Professor, History. A.B., Kenyon College, 1963; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1967; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1973.

Rimer, J. Thomas Professor, Hebrew and East Asian. B.A., Princeton University, 1954; M.A., Columbia University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

574 Faculty Listing

Rinke, Wolf J. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Drexel University, 1968; M.S., Iowa State University, 1973; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1979.

Ritter, Ronald L. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Delaware, 1975; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1977; Ph.D., 1979.

Ritzer, George Professor, Sociology. B.A.. City College of New York. 1962; M.A., University of Michigan. 1964; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1968.

Rivera, William M. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education. B.A., University of North Carolina, 1955; M.A., American University, 1959; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1974.

Roberson, Bob S. Professor, Microbiology. B.A., University North Carolina, 1951; Ph.D., 1960.

Robertson, Carol E. Associate Professor, Music. B.S., Indiana University, 1970; M.A., 1972; Ph.D., 1975.

Roberlson-Tchabo, Elizabeth A. Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A., University of Calgary, 1966; M.Sc, 1967; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1972.

Robinson, Eugene S. Assistant Professor. Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Maryland, 1973; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., 1984.

Robinson, James A. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Kenyon College, 1967; M.A., University of Pennsylvania. 1968; Ph.D., Duke University, 1975.

Robinson, John P. Professor, Sociology; Director, Survey Research Center. B.A.. University of Toronto (St. Michael's College), 1957; M.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1959; M.S., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D, 1965.

Robl, Martin Assistant Professor, Pathology. D.V.M.. Kansas State University, 1964; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

Robock, Alan Associate Professor, Meteorology. B.A., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1970; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.

Rodenhuis, David R. Associate Professor, Meteorology. B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1959; B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1967.

Roderick, Jessie A. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Wilkes College, 1956; M.A., Columbia University, 1957; Ed.D., Temple University, 1967.

Rodriguez, Santiago Associate Professor, Music. B.M., University of Texas, 1973; M.M., Julliard School of Music, 1975.

Rogolsky, Saul Associate Professor, Human Development. B.A., Harvard University, 1948; M.A., University of Chicago, 1953; Ed.D., Harvard University, 1963.

Rombach, Hans Dieter Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Karlsruhe, 1975; M.S., 1978; Ph.D., University of Kaiserslautern, 1984.

Roos, Philip G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1960; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Techonology, 1964.

Rose, William K. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Columbia University, 1957; Ph.D., 1963.

Rosen, Meriam Associate Professor. Dance. B.A., University of Illinois. 1948; M.A., University of Maryland, 1965.

Rosenberg, Jonathan M. Professor, Mathematics. A.B.. Harvard College, 1972; Math. Tripos, Pt. Ill, University of Cambridge (England), 1973; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1976.

Rosenberg, Morris Professor, Sociology. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953.

Faculty Listing 575

Rosenberg, Theodore J. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. BEE., City University of New York (City College), 1960; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1965.

Rosenfeld, Azriel Director and Professor, Center for Automation Research. B.A., Yeshiva University, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ordination, Yeshiva University, 1952; M.H.L., 1953; M.S., Yeshiva University, 1954; D.H.L., 1955; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957.

Ross, George Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., Virginia State College, 1961; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1966; D.M.A., 1975.

Roth, Froma P. Associate Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.A., Hunter College, 1970; M.A., Queens College, 1972; Ph.D., 1980.

Roush, Marvin L. Professor and Chairman, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.Sc, Ottawa University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1964.

Roussopoulos, Nicholas Associate Professor and Associate Chairman, Computer Science. B.A., University of Athens, 1969; M.S., University of Toronto, 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

Rowland, Robert J., Jr. Professor and Chairman, Classics. B.A., La Salle College, 1959; M.A., Univeristy of Pennsylvania, 1961; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1964.

Rozenblit, Marsha L. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Barnard College, 1971; M.A., Columbia University, 1974; M. Phil., 1975; Ph.D., 1980.

Rubin, Roger H. Associate Professor and Acting Chairperson, Family and Community Development. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1965; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1970.

Rubin, Vivien Assistant Professor, French and Italian. B.A., London University, 1955; M.A., University of Michigan, 1960; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1970.

Rudolph, Daniel J. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1972; M.S., Stanford University, 1973; Ph.D., 1975.

Russek-Cohen, Estelle Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., State University of New York (Stony Brook), 1972; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1979.

Russell, Charles C. Associate Professor, French and Italian. B.A., Oberlin College, 1956; M.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1964; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1970.

Russell, John D. Professor, English. A.B., Colgate University, 1951; M.A., University of Washington, 1956; Ph.D., RutgersThe State University, 1959.

Rutherford, Charles S. Acting Assistant Dean, College of Arts and Humanities; Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Carleton College, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., 1970.

Ryder, Margaret N. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of North Carolina of Greensboro, 1957; M.A., University of Michigan, 1961; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.

Sachs, Stephen F. Lecturer & Associate Dean, School of Architecture. B. Arch., Ohio University, 1968.

Salamanca, Jack H. Professor, English. Grad., Royal Academy of Dramatic Art (London), 1952; Dipl., University of London, 1953; Licentiate, Graduate School of Drama (Royal Academy of Music) , 1954.

Sallet, Dirse W. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., George Washington University, 1961; M.S., University of Kansas, 1963; Ph.D., University of Stuttgart, 1966.

Samet, Hanan Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1970; M.S., Stanford University, 1975; Ph.D., 1975.

576 Faculty Listing

Sammons, David J. Associate Professor. Agronomy. B.S., Tufts University, 1968; A.M.. Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1978.

Sampugna, Joseph Associate Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1959; M.A.. 1962; Ph.D.. 1968.

Sanborn, H. James Assistant Professor. Art. B.A., Randolph-Macon College. 1967; M.F.A., Pratt Institute, 1971.

Sanders, Beverly A. Assistant Professor. Computer Science. B.S., University of Southern California, 1980; M.S., Harvard University, 1982; Ph.D., 1985.

Sanford, Julie P. Assistant Professor. Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Texas A & I University. 1972; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Texas (Austin), 1977.

Sanford, Robert J. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E., George Washington University, 1962; M.S.. . 1965; Ph.D., Catholic University of America, 1971.

Santa Maria, D. Laine Associate Professor, Physical Education. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1953; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962; Ed.D., University of Oregon, 1968.

Saracho, Olivia N. Associate Professor. Curiculum and Instruction. B.S., Texas Woman's University, 1967; M.Ed., 1972; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1978.

Sargent, Stuart H. Associate Professor, Hebrew and East Asian. B.A., University of Oregon, 1968; M.A., Stanford University, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.

Sather, Jerome O. Associate Professor. Mathematics. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1963.

Sayre, Clifford L., Jr. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., Duke University, 1947; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1961.

Scales, William R. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S.E., Emporia State University, 1959; M.S., 1963; Ed.D., Indiana University, 1970.

Scanned, Dale P. Dean, College of Education; Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., The University of Iowa, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

Schafer, James A. Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of Rochester, 1961; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1965.

Schafer, William D. Associate Professor. Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.A., University of Rochester, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ed.D., 1969.

Schales, Franklin D. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Louisiana State University, 1959; M.S., Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., 1963.

Schelling, David R. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Lehigh University, 1961; M.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1964; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1969.

Scheraga, Carl Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.Sc, Brown University, 1973; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Connecticut (Storrs), 1985.

Schick, Allen Professor, School of Public Affairs. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1956; M.A., Yale University, 1959; Ph.D., 1966.

Schick, Allen G. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.B.A., University of Texas, 1960; M.P.A., , 1962; MB. A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1978.

Schiraldi, Glenn R. Lecturer, Health Education. B.S., U.S. Military Academy (West Point), 1969; M.S., Brigham Young University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1983.

Schlesinger, B. Frank Professor, School of Architecture. B.S.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1950; M. Arch.. Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1954.

Faculty Listing 577

Schlimme, Donald V. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1964.

Schlossberg, Nancy K. Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Barnard College, 1951; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1961.

Schmidtlein, Frank A. Assistant Professor, Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. B.S., Kansas State University, 1954; M.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1970; Ph.D., 1979.

Schneider, Benjamin Professor, Psychology. B.A., Alfred University, 1960; M.B.A., University of City of New York, 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1967.

Schneider, David I. Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Oberlin College, 1959; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1964.

Schneider, Edwin K. Associate Research Scientist, Meteorology. B.A., Harvard University, 1970; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1976.

Schoenbaum, Samuel Professor, English. B.A., Brooklyn College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1949; Ph.D., 1953.

Scholnick, Ellin D. Professor, Psychology. A.B., Vassar College, 1958; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1963.

Schonfeld, Paul M. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; M.S., 1974; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley, 1978.

Schultze, Charles L. Professor, Part-time, Economics. B.A., Georgetown University, 1948; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1960.

Schumacher, Thomas Professor, Music. B.Mus., Manhattan College, 1958; M.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1962.

Schumacher, Thomas L. Associate Professor, School of Architecture. B. Arch., Cornell University, 1963; M. Arch., 1966.

Schwab, Robert Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., Grinnell College, 1969; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1971; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1980.

Schwartz, Charles W. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; M.S.C.E., 1977; Ph.D., 1979.

Scott, I, eland E. Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State University, 1929; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943.

Scott, Thomas W. Assistant Professor, Entomology. B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1973; M.S., 1977; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1981.

Sedlacek, William Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Assistant Director, Counseling Center. B.S., Iowa State University, 1960; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1966.

Seefeldt, Carol A. Professor, Human Development and Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; M.A., University of South Florida, 1968; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1971.

Segal, David R. Professor, Sociology. B.A., Harpur College, 1962; M.A., University of Chicago, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Segal, Mady W. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A., City University of New York (Queens College), 1965; M.A., University of Chicago, 1967; Ph.D., 1973.

Segovia, Antonio V. Associate Professor, Geology. B.S., Colorado School of Mines, 1956; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1963.

578 Faculty Listing

Seibel, Ronald J. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education; Director, Institute of Applied Agriculture; Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological & Occupational Education; Acting Assistant Dean, College of Agriculture. B.S., University of Illinois, (Urbana), 1957; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.

Seidman, Eric Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S., New York University, 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1964.

Selden, Steven Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.S., SUNY (Oswego), 1963; M.S., Brooklyn College, 1967; M.A., Columbia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1971.

Sellers, Piers J. Assistant Research Scientist, Meteorology. B.Sc, Edinburgh University, 1976; Ph.D.. Leeds University, 1981.

Sellis, Timoleon K. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., National Technical University of Athens (Greece), 1982; M.S., Harvard University, 1983; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1986.

Sengers, Jan V. Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.Sc, University of Amsterdam, 1952; Ph.D., 1962.

Serwer, Howard Professor, Music. A.B., Yale University, 1949; Ph.D., 1969.

Shamma, Shihab Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Imperial College, 1976; M.S., Stanford, 1977; Ph.D., , 1980.

Shankar, I'daya A. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B. Tech., Indian Institute of Technology, 1976; M.S., Syracuse University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Texas (Austin), 1982.

Shanks, James B. Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. B.S.. Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1949.

Shapiro, Steven Assistant Professor, Zoology. B.S., State University of New York (Stonybrook), 1972; M.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1977; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1980.

Shayman, Mark Allen Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.A., Yale University, 1975; S.M., Harvard University, 1977; Ph.D., 1981.

Sherman, Lawrence W. Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., Denison University, 1970; M.A., University of Chicago, 1970; M.A., Yale University, 1974; Ph.D., 1976.

Shih, Tien-Mo Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1970; M.S., University of Southern California, 1973; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1977.

Shirley, George I. Professor, Music. B.S., Wayne State University, 1955.

Shirmohammadi, Adel Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. B.S., University of Rezaeiyeh (Iran), 1974; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1977; Ph.D., North Carolina State University, 1982.

Shneiderman, Ben Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., City College of New York, 1968; M.S., State University of New York (Stony Brook), 1972; Ph.D., 1973.

Shreeve, Charles A. Professor, Part-time, Mechanical Engineering. B.E., Johns Hopkins University, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943.

Shukla, Jagadish Professor, Meteorology. B.Sc, Banaras Hindu University (India), 1962; M.Sc, 1964; Ph.D., 1971; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976.

Shyles, Leonard C. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Brooklyn College (City of New York), 1971; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1981.

Siegrist, Henry G., Jr. Associate Professor, Geology. B.A., Lehigh University, 1956; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; Ph.D., 1961.

Faculty Listing 579

Sigall, Harold F. Professor, Psychology. B.S., City University of New York (City College), 1964; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1968.

Silbergeld, Sara Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Chicago, 1939; M.S., University of Illinois, 1941; Ph.D., 1943; M.D., Duke University, 1954.

Silio, Charles B., Jr. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S.E.E., University of Notre Dame, 1965; M.S. E.E., 1967; Ph.D., 1970.

Silverman, Joseph Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn), 1944; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

Simms, Betty H. Professor, Special Education. B.A., Harris Teachers College, 1947; M.A., University of Michigan, 1955; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1962.

Simon, Julian L. Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Harvard University, 1953; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1959; Ph.D., 1961.

Sisler, Hugh D. Professor, Botany. B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

Skard, John Arthur J. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. Cand. Mag., University of Oslo, 1966; M.A., University of California (Santa Barbara), 1970; Ph.D., 1973.

Skuja, Andris Associate Professor and Associate Chairman. Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, University of Toronto, 1966; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1972.

Slater, Wayne H. Assistant Professor, English and Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., University of Minnesota (Diluth), 1967; M.A., 1972; Ph.D., University of Minnesota (Minneapolis), 1982.

Slaughter, John B. Chancellor, University of Maryland; Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., Kansas State University, 1956; M.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1961; Ph.D., University of California (San Diego), 1971; D.Sc.(Hon), Texas Southern University, 1984; D.Sc.(Hon), University of Massachusetts (Amherst), 1983; D.Sc.(Hon), Wayne State University, 1983; D.Sc.(Hon), University of Notre Dame, 1982.

Slawsky, Zaka I. Professor, Part-time, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1935; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1938.

Slote, Michael Professor and Chairman, Philosophy. A.B., Harvard College, 1961; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1965.

Slud, Eric V. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Harvard College, 1972; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1976.

Small, Eugene B. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., Wayne State University, 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1964.

Smith, Barry D. Professor, Psychology. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962; M.A., Bucknell University. 1964; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1967.

Smith, Betty F. Professor and Chairman, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., University of Arkansas, 1951; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D., 1965.

Smith, Carl A. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Vermont, 1972; M.S., SUNY (Buffalo), 1975; Ph.D., 1979.

Smith, Douglas A. Associate Professor, Institute of Criminal Justfce and Criminology. A.B., Florida Atlantic University, 1978; A.M., Indiana University, 1980: Ph.D., 1982.

Smith, Elbert B. Professor, History. A.B.. Maryville College, 1940; A.M., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1949.

580 Faculty Listing

Smith, Kenneth G. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1970; MB. A., 1972; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1983.

Smith, Mark A. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1980; M.S., 1981; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1983.

Smith, Martha Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Livingston College (Rutgers University), 1977; M.A., Rutgers University, 1982; Ph.D., 1985.

Smith, Michael V. Lecturer, College of Journalism. A.M., University of Chicago, 1980.

Smith, Mildred F. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Extension Education. B.S., Mississippi State University, 1964; M.Ed., University of Florida, 1967; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1978.

Smith, Paul J. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1965; M.S., Case-Western Reserve University, 1967; Ph.D., 1969.

Smith, Ralph W. Lecturer, Recreation. B.S., Western Maryland College, 1965; M.S., University of Illinois, 1967; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1984.

Smith, Ruth B. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Agnes Scott College, 1970; M.B.A., Georgia State University, 1977; Ph.D., 1982.

Smith, Theodore G. Director and Professor. Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.E.S., John Hopkins University, 1956; M.E.S., 1958; D.Sc, Washington University, 1960.

Snipp, Matthew C. Assistant Professor, Sociology. A.B., University of California, 1974; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. .

Snow, George A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., City University of New York (City College), 1945; M.A., Princeton University, 1947; Ph.D., 1949.

Snyder, David B. Assistant Professor, College of Veterinary Medicine. B.S., University of West Virginia, 1975; M.S., University of Maryland, 1978; Ph.D., 1983.

Soares, Joseph H. Jr. Professor, Poultry Science; Coordinator, Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences. B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 1968.

Soberon-Ferrer, Horacio Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. Licentiature, University of Mexico, 1975; M.S., Clemson University, 1980; Ph.D., 1986.

Soergel, Dagobert Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.S., University of Freiburg, 1960; M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Solomos, Theophanes Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Athens College of Agriculture (Greece), 1956; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Cambridge University (England), 1963.

Soltan, Karol E. Assistant Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Harvard University, 1972; M.A., Sociology, University of Chicago, 1978; M.A., Public Policy, 1981; Ph.D., 1982.

Sommer, Holger T. Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. M.E., Technical University (Aachen, Germany), 1974; Ph.D., 1979.

Sosnowski, Saul Professor and Chairman, Spanish and Portuguese. B.A., University of Scranton, 1967; M.A., University of Virginia, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Soubra, Badih C. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., American University (Beirut), 1975; M.B.A., University of Southern California, 1977; Ph.D., New York University, 1985.

Sparks, David S. Professor, History; Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research. B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., 1951.

Sparks, Richmond L. Assistant Professor, Music. B.M.E., Illinois State University, 1977; M.M., Arizona State University, 1984.

Faculty Listing 581

Speece, Deborah L. Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1974; M.Ed., 1978; Ph.D., University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill), 1984.

Spiegel, Gabrielle M. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1964; M.A.T., Harvard University, 1965; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1969; Ph.D., 1974.

Spiro, Marie Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Wilson College, 1955; M.A., Institute of Fine Arts, 1961; Ph.D., 1975.

Spivak, Steven M. Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1963; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D., University of Manchester, 1967.

Splaine, John E. Associate Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1963; M.A., 1965; Ed.D., Boston University, 1973.

Spokane, Arnold R. Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Ohio University, 1970; M.S.Ed., University of Kentucky, 1972; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1976.

Ssemakula, Emmanuel Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Manchester, 1980; M.S., 1981; Ph.D., 1984.

Stairs, Allen Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University of New Brunswick, 1973; M.A., University of Western Ontario, 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Staley, Gregory A. Associate Professor, Classics. B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.A., Princeton University, 1973; Ph.D., 1975.

Stark, William A. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Christ's College (Cambridge, England), 1972; M.B.A., Manchester Business School (England), 1974; Ph.D., University of Manchester, 1983.

Steel, Donald H. Professor, Physical Education. B.A., Trenton State College, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957; Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1964.

Steele, Robert E. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., Morehouse College, 1965; M.Div., Episcopal Theological School, 1968; M.P.H., Yale University, 1971; M.S., 1974; Ph.D., 1975.

Steffian, John Ames Professor and Dean, School of Architecture. B. Arch., University of Pennsylvania, 1957; M. Arch., Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1967.

Stein, Daniel C. Assistant Professor, Microbiology. B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1977; M.S., University of Rochester, 1981; Ph.D., 1981.

Steinberg, Phillip H. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1959.

Steiner, Paul W. Associate Professor, Botany. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1964; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1976.

Steinhauer, Allen L. Professor and Chairman, Entomology. B.S.A., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

Steinman, Robert M. Professor, Psychology. D.D.S., Saint Louis University, 1948; M.A., New School For Social Research, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.

Stephens, Debra L. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., The University of Texas (Austin), 1975; M.A., The University of Chicago, 1981; Ph.D., 1983.

Stephens, E. Robert Professor, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.S., Momingside College. 1952; M.S., Drake University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1966.

Stepp, Carl S. Assistant Professor, College of Journalism. B.A.. University of South Carolina, 1970; M.A., 1972.

582 Faculty Listing

Sternberg, Yaron M. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., University of Illinois, 1961; M.S., University of California (Davis), 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Sternheim, Charles E. Professor, Psychology. B.A., City University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1961; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1967.

Stevens, George A. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

Stewart, Gilbert W. Professor, Computer Science and Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A. B., University of Tennessee, 1962; Ph.D., 1968.

Stewart, James M. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.A., Western Washington College, 1953; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1958.

Stewart, Larry E. Associate Professor and Chairman, Agricultural Engineering. B.S.A.E., West Virginia University, 1960; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.

Stielow, Frederick J. Assistant Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.A., Indiana University (South Bend), 1971; M.A., Illinois University (Bloomington), 1972; Ph.D., 1977; M.L.S., University of Rhode Island (Kingston), 1980.

Stifel, Peter B. Associate Professor, Geology. B.S., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1964.

Stone, Clarence N. Professor, Urban Studies; Professor, Government and Politics. A.B., University of South Carolina, 1957; M.A., Duke University, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.

Stotts, David P. Jr. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S., University of Richmond, Summa Cum Laude, 1979; M.S., University of Virginia, 1981; Ph.D., 1985.

Stough, Kenneth F. Associate Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Millersville State College, 1954; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1961; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1969.

Stowasser, Karl Associate Professor, History. Ph.D., University of Muenster, 1966.

Stowe, Laura Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of California (Davis), 1980; M.F.A., University of California (Irvine), 1983.

Strand, Ivar E. Jr. Associate Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.A., University of Rochester, 1967; M.A., University of Rhode Island, 1971; Ph.D., 1975.

Straszheim, Mahlon R. Professor, Economics. B.S., Purdue University, 1961; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1965.

Strauch, Gabriele L. Assistant Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A., Saarbrucken (West Germany), 1969; M.A., Southern Illinois University (Carbondale), 1975; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1984.

Strein, William Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1970; M.S., 1973; D.Ed., 1979.

Stricklin, W. Ray Associate Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Tennessee, 1968 M.S., 1972; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1975.

Striffler, Charles D. Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S.E., University of Michigan, 1961 M.S.E., 1963; Ph.D., 1972.

Strobed, Adah P. Associate Professor, Recreation. B.A., San Francisco State College, 1953 M.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1958; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1966.

Struna, Nancy L. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1972 M.A., University of Maryland, 1975; Ph.D., 1979.

Faculty Listing 583

Stuart, William T. Assistant Professor, Anthropology. B.A., George Washington University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1971.

Stunkard, Clayton L. Professor, Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1948; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., 1959.

Stutte, Gary Wayne Assistant Professor, Horticulture. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1979; M.S., University of Georgia, 1981; Ph.D., University of California, 1984.

Sublett, Henry L. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. A.B., Duke University, 1951; M.Ed., University of Virginia, 1953; Ed.D., 1959.

Succar, Patricia R. Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A., University of the Andes, 1976; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1983.

Sucher, Joseph Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Brooklyn College, 1952; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957.

Sullivan, Denis F. Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. A.B., Tufts University, 1966; M.S., Catholic University, 1975; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1972.

Sumida, Jon T. Assistant Professor, History. B.A., University of California (Santa Cruz), 1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; Ph.D., 1982.

Suppe, F. R. Professor, Philosophy. A.B., University of California (Riverside), 1962; M.A., University of Michigan, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.

Sutherland, Donald M. G. Professor, History. B.A., Carleton University, 1965; M.A., University of Sussex, 1966; Ph.D., University of London, 1974.

Sutton, Timothy G. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of Sussex (England), 1969; M.B.A., Cranfield Institute of Technology (England), 1973; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1979.

Svenonius, Lars Professor, Philosophy. Filosofie Kandidat, Uppsala University, 1950; Filosofie Magister, 1955; Filosofie Licentiat, 1955; Filosofie Doktor, 1960.

Swart/, Harry J. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S., State University of New York (Buffalo), 1973; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1979.

Sweet, Daniel Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965; Ph.D., Brown University, 1969.

Syski, Ryszard Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Chelsea College, 1954; Ph.D., University of London (Chelsea), 1960.

Sze, Heven Assistant Professor, Botany. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1968; M.S., University of California (Davis), 1970; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1975.

Szepesi, Bela Adjunct Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Albion College (Michigan), 1961; M.S., Colorado State University, 1964; Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1968.

Taff, Charles A. Professor, Emeritus, College of Business and Management. B.S.C., State University of Iowa, 1937; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

Talaat, Mostafa E. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Cairo, 1946; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1947; Ph.D., 1951.

Talaga, Richard Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of San Francisco, 1971; M.S., University of Chicago, 1973; Ph.D., 1977.

Tarica, Ralph Associate Professor and Chairman, French and Italian. B.A., Emory University, 1954; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1966.

584 Faculty Listing

Taylor, Angela R. Assistant Professor, Human Development. B.A., Stanford University, 1971; M.S., San Jose State University, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana, 1983.

Taylor, Leonard S. Professor, Electrical Engineering. A.B., Harvard University, 1951; M.S., New Mexico State University, 1956; Ph.D., 1960.

Taylor, Martha L. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., University of Delaware, 1971; M.S., University of Maryland, 1972; Ph.D., 1977.

Taylor, Mary S. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., University of South Alabama, 1973; M.S., Iowa State University, 1975; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1978.

Teglasi-Golubcow, Hedwig Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A., Douglass College, 1969; M.A., Temple University, 1971; Ph.D., Hofstra University, 1975.

Teramura, Alan H. Associate Professor, Botany. B.A., California State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., Duke University, 1978.

Terchek, Ronald J. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., University of Chicago, 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1965.

Therrien, Madeleine B. Professor, French and Italian. Licence d'enseignement, University of Paris, Sorbonne (France), 1959; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1966.

Thiratrakoolchai, Sombat Assistant Professor, School of Architecture. B.Arch., Silpakorn University (Thailand), 1978; M.Arch., University of Oklahoma, 1979; M.E.P., Environmental Planning, Arizona State University, 1981; D.Arch., University of Michigan, 1986.

Thirumalai, Devarajan Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry; Assistant Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. M.Sc, Indian Institute of Technology (Kanpur), 1977; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1982.

Thomas, Owen P. Professor and Chairman, Poultry Science. B.S., University of Natal, 1954; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1966.

Thomas, William Affiliate Assistant Professor. Counseling and Personnel Services; Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. B.S., University of Tennessee, 1955; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1970.

Thomison, Peter R. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.A., Duke University, 1977; M.S., Purdue University, 1980; Ph.D., 1983.

Thompson, Arthur H. Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1945.

Thompson, Derek Associate Professor, Geography. B.A., Manchester University, 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1969.

Thompson, Owen E. Professor, Meteorology. B.S., University of Missouri, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Tits, Andre Leon Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. E.E., University of Liege, Belgium, 1974; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1979; Ph.D., 1980.

Toll, John S. President of the University; Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Yale University, 1944; A.M., Princeton University, 1948; Ph.D., 1952.

Tolliver, Joseph Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ohio State University, 1972; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., 1979.

Torney-Purta, Judith Professor, Human Development. A.B., Stanford University, 1959; M.A., University of Chicago, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.

Tossell, John A. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., University of Chicago, 1966; M.A., Harvard University, 1967; Ph.D., 1972.

Faculty Listing 585

Trader, Ramona L. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Indiana University, 1974; M.B.A., 1977; M.A., 1978; DBA., 1979.

Traver, Paul P. Acting Chairman and Professor, Music. B.Mus., Catholic University of America, 1955; M.Mus., 1957; D.M.A., Stanford University, 1967.

Tretter, Steven A. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1962; M. A., Princeton University, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.

Trickett, Edison J. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Trinity College, 1963; M.A., Ohio State University, 1965; Ph.D., 1967.

Trimble, Virginia L. Visiting Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1962; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D., 1968; M.S., Cambridge University, 1969.

Tripathi, Satish K. Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S.. Banaras Hindu University, 1968; M.S., 1970; M.S.. University of Alberta, 1974; M.S.. University of Toronto, 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Troth, Eugene W. Professor, Music. B.Mus., DePaul University, 1947; M.Mus., 1950; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1958.

Trousdale, Marion S. Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Michigan, 1951; M.A., University of California (Berkeley). 1955; Ph.D., University of London (England), 1975.

Trout, David, L. Adjunct Professor, Part-time, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.A., Swarthmore College, 1951; M.A.. Duke University, 1954; Ph.D., 1958.

True, Nelita Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1958; M.Mus., 1960; D.M.A., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1976.

Truitt, Anne Professor, Art. B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1943.

Tsai, Lung-Wen Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1967; M.S., State University of New York (Buffalo), 1970; Ph.D., Stanford University. 1973.

Tsui, Chung Y. Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Hong Kong, 1953; M.S., Purdue University, 1959; Ph.D., 1967.

Turner, Thomas R. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1973; M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1976; Ph.D., 1979.

Tuthill, Dean F. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Cornell University, 1949; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1954; Ph.D.. 1958.

Twigg, Bernard A. Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.

Tyler, Bonnie B. Associate Professor. Human Development. B.A., DePauw University, 1948; M.A., Ohio State University, 1949; Ph.D., 1954.

Tyler, Forrest B. Professor, Psychology. B.A., Depauw University, 1948; M.A., Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952.

Tyler, Robert W. Assistant Professor, Physical Education. A.B., Drury College, 1957; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; Ph.D., 1969.

Uchida, Craig D. Assistant Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., University of California (San Diego), 1976; M.A., SUNY (Stony Brook), 1978: M.A., SUNY (Albany), 1979; Ph.D., 1982.

Urban, Louise McClelland Associate Professor. Music. B.A., College of Wooster, 1957; M.A., Columbia University, 1959.

586 Faculty Listing

Usiak, Kenneth Assistant Professor, Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education. B.S., Black Hills State College, 1970; M.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1972; Ph.D., Texas A & M University, 1981.

Uslaner, Eric M. Associate Professor, Government and Politics. B.A., Brandeis University, 1968 M.A., Indiana University, 1970; Ph.D., 1973.

Vaccaro, Paul Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1970; M.A. University of Florida, 1973; Ed.D., 1976.

Vamos, John S. Lecturer, Part-time, Aerospace Engineering. B.M.E., Villanova University, 1964 Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970.

Van den Dool, Hugo Marinus Associate Research Scientist. B.S., University of Utrecht, 1968 M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1975.

Vandersall, John H. Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954 Ph.D., 1959.

VanderVelden, Lee Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1961 Ph.D., 1971.

Van Egmond, Peter G. Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Mississippi College, 1959; M.A., University of Mississippi, 1961; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1966.

Vann, R. Lindley Associate Professor, School of Architecture. B.S. History of Art, University of Texas (Austin), 1968; Ph.D. Arch. Hist., Cornell University, 1976.

Vanneman, Reeve Associate Professor, Sociology. A.B., Cornell University, 1967; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1975.

Vannoy, Donald W. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., West Virginia Institute of Technology, 1970; M.S., University of Virginia, 1971; Ph.D., 1975.

Van Orden, J. Wallace Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Utah State University, 1973; M.S., Stanford University, 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Van Valkenburg, Shirley D. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.A., Washington State University, 1948; M.S., University of Washington, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Varner, Mark A. Assistant Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1975; M.S., Washington State University, 1977; Ph.D., North Carolina State University, 1981.

Venit, Marjorie Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., San Francisco Art Institute, 1962; M.A., Institute of Fine Arts, New York University, 1976; Ph.D., 1982.

Verdaguer, Pierre Assistant Professor, French and Italian. Licence/Maitrise, Sorbonne, Paris III, 1972; Agregation, , 1974; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1980.

Vergnaud, Jean-Roger Professor, Linguistics Program. B.A., University of Paris, 1962; M.A., 1967; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974.

Verhoven, Peter J. Associate Professor, Recreation. B.A., Morehead State College, 1963; M.S., Indiana University, 1965; Re.D., 1969.

Vermeij, Geerat J. Professor, Zoology. A.B., Princeton University, 1968; M.Phil., Yale University, 1970; Ph.D., 1971.

Vernekar, Anandu D. Professor, Meteorology. B.Sc.(Hons), University of Poona, 1956; B.Sc, University of Michigan, 1956; M.Sc, University of Poona, 1959; M.Sc, University of Michigan, 1959; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Vyay, Inder K. Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Panjab University (India), 1961; M.S., University of Saskatchewan, 1966; Ph.D., University of California (Davis), 1971.

Faculty Listing 587

Vitzthum, Richard C. Professor, English. B.A., Amherst College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1963.

Vizzini, Anthony J. Assistant Professor, Aerospace Engineering. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1981; S.B., 1982; S.M., 1983; Ph.D., 1986.

Vogelius, Michael S. Associate Professor, Mathematics. Cand. Scient., University of Aarhus, 1977; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1980.

Voll, Mary Associate Professor, Microbiology. B. A., Mount Saint Agnes College, 1955; M.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1964.

Vough, L.R. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1969; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1972.

Wagner, Janet Assistant Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S., Cornell University, 1970; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1982.

Wakefield, John E. Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1963; M.Mus., 1964.

Waldo, Michael Assistant Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services. A. A., College of San Mateo, 1973; A.B., University of California (Berkeley), 1976; M.S., University of Utah, 1978; Ph.D., 1979.

Wallace, James M. Professor, Mechanical Engineering; Assistant Dean, College of Computer, Mathematical and Physical Sciences. B.C.E., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S., 1964; D. Phil., Oxford University, 1969.

Wallace, Stephen J. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., University of Washington (Seattle). 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Wallis, John J. Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A., University of Washington, 1975; M.A., 1978; Ph.D., 1981.

Walsh, Christopher S. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.A., Middlebury College, 1969; M.S., Cornell University, 1977; Ph.D., 1980.

Walston, Claude E. Dean, College of Library and Information Services. B.S., University of South Carolina, 1946; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1953.

Walston, William H., Jr. Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E., University of Delaware, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1964.

Walters, Edward H. Instructor, Music. B.A., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1968; M.A., Catholic University, 1982.

Walters, Richard W. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1977; M.S., MIT, 1978; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1981.

Walters, William B. Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Kansas State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1964.

Waltrup, Paul Lecturer, Part-time, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1971.

Wang, Ching-Ping Shih Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Tung-Hai University, 1969; M.S., Louisiana State University, 1971; Ph.D., 1974.

Ward, Veda E. Lecturer, Recreation. B.A., Bucknell University, 1972; M.S., University of Baltimore, 1978; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1984.

Wardlow, Penelope S. Assistant Professor, College of Business and Management. B.A., Indiana University, 1980; Ph.D., University of Georgia, 1985.

588 Faculty Listing

Warner, Charles R. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., University of Toronto, 1955; B.S., University of Rochester, 1957; Ph.D., 1962.

Warren, Anne Associate Professor, Dance. B.A., Ohio State University, 1966; M.Ed., Wayne State University, 1969.

Warren, Donald R. Professor and Chairman, Education Policy, Planning and Administration. B.A., University of Texas, 1957; Th.M., Harvard University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1968.

Warren, J. Benedict Professor, History. B.A., Duns Scotus College, 1953; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.

Warren, Lawrence. Associate Professor, Dance. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles), 1953; M. A., 1968.

Washburn, Wilcomb E. Adjunct Professor, American Studies. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1948; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1955.

Washington, Lawrence C. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1971; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1974.

Wasserman, Paul Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.B.A., City University of New York (City College), 1948; M.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1960.

Watson, John C. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.S., Butler University, 1975; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1982.

Weaver, V. Phillips Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. A.B., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1956; Ed.D., 1962.

Webb, Kevin Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.Eng., Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, 1977; M.Eng., , 1980; M.S., University of California (Santa Barbara), 1981; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1981.

Weber, Joseph Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., United States Naval Academy. 1940; Ph.D., Catholic University of America, 1951.

Wei, Ching-Zong Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., National Tsing-Hua University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1980.

Weidner, Jerry R. Associate Professor, Geology. A.B., Miami University (Ohio), 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1968.

Weil, Raymond R. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Michigan State University, 1970; M.S., Purdue University, 1972; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1977.

Weiner, John Professor, Chemistry and Biochemistry. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1970.

Weiner, Ronald M. Professor, Microbiology. B.S., CUNY (Brooklyn College), 1964; M.S., Long Island University, 1967; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1970.

Weinstein, Paul A. Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., College of William and Mary, 1954; M.A., Northwestern University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961.

Weiser, Mark Associate Professor, Computer Science; Associate Chairman, Computer Science. M.S., University of Michigan, 1979; Ph.D., 1979.

Weismiller, Richard A. Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Purdue University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1969.

Weiss, Gene A. Associate Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., Brandeis University, 1961; MA., New York University, 1965; Ph.D., Ohio University, 1970.

Faculty Listing 589

Weissman, Ronald F. E. Affiliate Associate Professor, History; Director, Instructional Computing Programs, Computer Science Center. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1972; M.A., 1973; C.Phil., 1975; Ph.D., 1978.

Weldon, Linda J. Assistant Research Scientist, Computer Science. B.A., California State College (Chicago), 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1980.

Wellford, Charles F. Professor and Director, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., University of Maryland, 1961; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1969.

Welsh, Susan O. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1974.

Welterlen, Mark S. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1977; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1982.

Wemmer, Christen Adjunct Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., San Francisco State College, 1965; M.A., 1967; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.

Wentzel, Donat G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., University of Chicago, 1954; B.S., 1955; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1960.

Werlinich, Carol Ann Instructor, Family and Community Development. B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1961; M.S., University of Maryland, 1974; Ph.D., 1983.

Westbrook, Franklin Associate Professor, Counseling and Personnel Services; Counseling Center. B.S., Chicago State University, 1961; M.S., City University of New York, 1969; Ed.D., Indiana University, 1971.

Westhoff, Dennis C. Professor and Chairman, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Georgia, 1966; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.

Wexler, Richard Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1963; M.A., New York University, 1969; Ph.D., 1974.

Wheaton, Fredrick W. Professor, Agricultural Engineering. B.S.A.E., Michigan State University, 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1969.

Wheelock, Arthur K. Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Williams College, 1965; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1973.

White, Marilyn D. Associate Professor, College of Library and Information Services. B.A., Our Lady of the Lake College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1971.

Widhelm, William B. Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1959; M.S.E., 1960; M.S. M.S., 1965; Ph.D.. 1969.

Wiedel, Joseph W. Associate Professor, Geography. B.A., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1963.

Wiedemann, Gregory Assistant Professor, School of Architecture. B.A., Tufts University, 1972; B.S.C.E., 1973; M.Arch., Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1977.

Wiley, Robert C. Professor, Horticulture; Coordinator, Food Science Program. B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1953.

Wilkenfeld, Jonathan Professor, Government and Politics. B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., George Washington University, 1966; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1969.

Wilkerson, Thomas D. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., University of Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., 1962.

Williams, Aubrey W., Jr. Professor, Anthropology. B.A., University of North Carolina, 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., University of Arizona, 1964.

590 Faculty Listing

Williams, David L. Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., Bradley University, 1953; M.Ed., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1956; Ed.D., 1964.

Williams, Eleanor Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S., Texas Woman's University, 1945; M.S., Iowa State University, 1947; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1963.

Williams, Ellen D. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Michigan State University, 1976; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1981.

Williams, Helen E. Assistant Professor, College of Library and Information Services; Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., Morris College, 1954; M.S.L.S., Atlanta University, I960; C.A.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1969; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1983.

Williams, Melvin D. Professor, Anthropology; Professor, Afro-American Studies. A.B., University of Pittsburgh, 1955; M. A., 1969; Ph.D., 1973.

Williams, Walter F. Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., University of Missouri, 1951; M.S., 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

Williams, William H. Assistant Professor. History. A.B., Washington and Lee University, 1956; M.A., Duke University, 1960; Ph.D., 1965.

Wilson, Andrew S. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Cambridge University, 1969; M. A., 1073; Ph.D., 1973.

Wilson, Charmaine E. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.A., University of Montana, 1979; M.A., Purdue University, 1981.

Wilson, Gayle E. Associate Professor, English. B.A., Wayne State University, 1960; M.A., University of Rochester, 1963; Ph.D., 1965.

Wilson, Jack M. Professor, part-time, Physics and Astronomy. B.A., Thiel College, 1967; M.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1968; Ph.D., Kent State University, 1972.

Wilson, Leda A. Associate Professor, Family and Community Development. B.S., Lander College, 1943; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1950; Ed.D., 1954.

Wilson, Mark Associate Professor, Music. A.B., University of California (Los Angeles), 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1974.

Wilson, Robert M. Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.S., California State College (PA), 1950; M.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1956; Ed.D., 1960.

Wiltz, Alcine J. Professor and Chairman, Dance. B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana, 1964; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, 1967.

Winkelmann, Allen E. Associate Professor, Aerospace Engineering. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1965; M.S., 1967; Ph.D. University of Maryland, 1976.

Winkelnkemper, H. E. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A., National University of Mexico, 1963; M.A., Princeton University, 1965; Ph.D., 1970.

Winston, Jay Senior Research Associate, Meteorology. B.A.. Brooklyn College, 1942; M.S., New York University, 1947; Ph.D., 1969.

Winton, Calhoun Professor, English. A.B., University of the South (Sewanee), 1948; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1950; M.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1955.

Witczak, Matthew W. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S., Purdue University, 1962; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1969.

Withers, Josephine Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Oberlin College, 1960; M.A., Columbia University, 1965; Ph.D., 1971.

Faculty Listing 591

Wittreich, Joseph A. Professor, English. A.B., University of Louisville, 1961; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Western Reserve University, 1966.

Wolde-Tinsae, Amde M. Associate Professor, Civil Engineering. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1970; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1971; Ph.D., State University of New York (Buffalo), 1976.

Wolfe, Peter Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Saint Lawrence University, 1959; B.S.E.E., Renssalaer Polytechnic, 1959; M.S., Northwestern University, 1961; Ph.D., New York University, 1965.

Wolniak, Stephen M. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.A., SUNY (Oswego), 1972; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1974; Ph.D., University of Calfornia (Berkeley), 1979.

Wolpert, Scott A. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.A., Stanford University, 1974; Ph.D., 1976.

Wolvin, Andrew D. Professor, Communication Arts and Theatre. B.S., University of Nebraska, 1962; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1968.

Wonnacott, Paul Professor, Economics. B.A., University of Western Ontario, 1955; M.A., Princeton University, 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

Woo, Ching Hung Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Louisiana Technological Institute, 1958; M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

Wood, Francis E. Professor, Entomology. B.S., University of Missouri, 1958; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.

Wrenn, Jerry P. Associate Professor and Assistant Chairman, Physical Education. B.S., East Carolina University, 1961; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.

Wright, Winthrop R. Associate Professor, History. B.A., Swarthmore College, 1958; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1960; Ph.D., 1964.

Wu, C.S. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S.E., National Taiwan University (Taipei), 1954; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1956; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1959.

Wuttig, Manfred R. Professor and Director, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. B.S., Technische Hochschule Dresden, 1955; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1962.

Wylie, Ann G. Associate Professor, Geology. B.S., Wellesley College, 1966; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1972.

Wysong, John W. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Economics. B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1954; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.

Yaney, George L. Professor, History. B.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1952; M.A., University of Colorado, 1956; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1961.

Yang, Grace L. Professor, Mathematics. B.A., National Taiwan University, I960; M.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1963; Ph.D., 1966.

Yang, Jackson C.S. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1963.

Yao, S. Bing Associate Professor, College of Business and Management. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1968; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974.

Yeck, Robert G. Visiting Professor, Agricultural Engineering. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1948; M.S., University of Missouri, 1953; Ph.D., 1960.

592 Faculty Listing

Yeh, Kwan-nan Professor. Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S.. National Taiwan University, 1961; M.S.. Tulane University. 1965; Ph.D., University of Georgia, 1970.

Yeni-Komshian, Grace H. Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences. B.A., American University of Beirut, Lebanon, 1957; M.S., Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., McGill University, 1965.

Yodh, Gaurang B. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc, University of Bombay, 1948; M.Sc, University of Chicago, 1951; Ph.D., 1955.

Yorke, James A. Research Professor, Mathematics; Acting Director, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B., Columbia University. 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1966.

Young, Edgar P. Professor, Animal Sciences. B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1958.

Young, H. Peyton Professor, School of Public Affairs. B.A., Harvard University, 1966; Ph D., University of Michigan, 1970.

Young, Judith C. Assistant Professor. Curriculum and Instruction; Assistant Professor, Physical Education. B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1965; M.A., University of Maryland, 1969; Ph.D., 1981.

Young, Vernetta D. Assistant Professor, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology. B.A., University of Maryland, 1972; M.A., Florida State University, 1974; Ph.D., SUNY (Albany). 1981.

Zagier, Don Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1968; Diploma Adv. Math., Oxford University, 1969; D. Phil. Math., 1972; Habilitation Math. University of Bonn, 1975.

Zaki, Kawthar Associate Professor, Electrical Engineenng. B.S., Ain Shams University (Cairo). 1962; M.S.. University of California (Berkeley). 1966; Ph.D., 1969.

Zalcman, L. A. Professor, Mathematics. A.B., Dartmouth College, 1964; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1968.

Zanot, Eric J. Associate Professor, College of Journalism. B.A., Pennsylvania State University. 1965; M. A., 1970; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1977.

Zappala, Michael O. Assistant Professor, Spanish and Portuguese. B.A.. Queen College of CUNY, 1969; M.A., Harvard University, 1970; Ph. D., 1975.

Zedek, Mishael Professor, Mathematics. M.S.. Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 1952; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1956.

Zeiger, Robyn S. Lecturer, Part-time. Women's Studies Program. B.S., University of Maryland, 1972; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1979.

Zelkowitz, Marvin M. Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1967; M.S.. Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.

Zilfi, Madeline C. Associate Professor, History. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1964; M.A., University of Chicago, 1971; Ph.D.. 1976.

Zipoy, David M. Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S., University of Minnesota, 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

Zorn, Gus T. Professor, Physics and Astronorny. B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S., University of New Mexico, 1950; Ph.D.. University of Padua. 1954.

Zwanzig, Robert W. Distinguished Professor of Physical Science, Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1948; M.S.. University of Southern California, 1950; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1952.

Other Campuses 593

Other Campuses

UM BALTIMORE GRADUATE SCHOOL (UMBGS)

In addition to programs leading to professional degrees, the University of Maryland Baltimore Graduate School has established graduate programs in many fields in the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. The Graduate School, which represents a merger of graduate programs at the Baltimore City Campus and the Baltimore County Campus, has more than 450 graduate faculty and 40 graduate programs offering masters and Ph.D. degrees.

For information and to request a catalog, write:

University of Maryland Baltimore Graduate School 5401 Wilkens Avenue Baltimore, Maryland 21228

EASTERN SHORE (UMES)

For information on programs offered at UMES, contact:

Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, Maryland 21853 (301) 651-2200

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE (UMUC)

University of Maryland University College (UMUC) is the continuing education campus of the University system, offering courses and programs of study designed primarily to meet the unique needs of the part-time student. The following degree programs are offered:

For more information write to:

Dean for Graduate Studies

University of Maryland

University College

University Boulevard and Adelphi Road

College Park, Maryland 20742

(301)454-^755

Appendices 595

Appendices

University Policy Statements

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations and in the academic requirements. There are estab- lished procedures for making changes, procedures which protect the institution's in- tegrity and the individual student's interest and welfare. A curriculum or graduation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive unless the alteration is to the student's advantage and can be accommodated within the span of years normally re- quired for graduation. When the actions of a student are judged by competent authority, using established procedure, to be detrimental to the interests of the univer- sity community, that person may be required to withdraw from the university.

It is university policy that smoking in classrooms is prohibited unless all partici- pants agree to the contrary. Any student has the right to remind the instructor of this policy throughout the duration of the class.

Policies on Nondiscrimination

The University of Maryland is an equal opportunity institution with respect to both education and employment. The University's policies, programs, and activities are in conformance with pertinent federal and state laws and regulations on non- discrimination regarding race, color, religion, age, national origin, sex and handicap. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, Section 504 of the Rehabil- itation Act of 1973, or related legal requirements should be directed to the appropriate individual designated below.

Director, Human Relations Program Main Administration Building UMCP

Resolution on Academic Integrity

May 8, 1981 WHEREAS, it is the responsibility of the University of Maryland to maintain integrity in teaching and learning as a fundamental principle on which a uni- versity is built; and

WHEREAS, all members of the university community share in the responsibility for academic integrity; therefore

BE IT RESOLVED, that the University of Maryland Board of Regents hereby adopts the following statement of Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Responsi- bilities for Academic Integrity.

596 Appendices

Statement of Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Responsibilities for Academic Integrity

Preamble At the heart of the academic enterprise are learning, teaching, and scho- larship. In universities these are exemplified by reasoned discussion between student and teacher, a mutual respect for the learning and teaching process, and intellectual honesty in the pursuit of new knowledge. In the traditions of the academic enterprise, students and teachers have certain rights and responsibilities which they bring to the academic community. While the following statements do not imply a contract be- tween the teacher or the University and the student, they are nevertheless conventions which the University believes to be central to the learning and teaching process.

Faculty Rights and Responsibilities

1. Faculty shall share with students and administration the responsibility for academic integrity.

2. Faculty are accorded freedom in the classroom to discuss subject matter reasonably related to the course. In turn they have the responsibility to encourage free and honest inquiry and expression on the part of stu- dents.

3. Faculty are responsible for the structure and content of their courses, but they have the responsibility to present courses that are consistent with their descriptions in the University catalog. In addition, faculty have the obligation to make students aware of the expectations in the course, the evaluation procedures, and the grading policy.

4. Faculty are obligated to evaluate students fairly and equitably in a manner appropriate to the course and its objectives. Grades shall be as- signed without prejudice or bias.

5. Faculty shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent the occurrence of academic dishonesty through the appropriate design and administration of assignments and examinations, through the careful safeguarding of course materials and examinations, and through regular reassessment of evaluation procedures.

6. When instances of academic dishonesty are suspected, faculty shall have the right and responsibility to see that appropriate action is taken in accordance with University regulations.

Student Rights and Responsibilities

1. Students shall share with faculty and administration the responsibility for academic integrity.

2. Students shall have the right of inquiry and expression in their courses without prejudice or bias. In addition, students shall have the right to know the requirements of their courses and to know the manner in which they will be evaluated and graded.

3. Students shall have the obligation to complete the requirements of their courses in the time and manner prescribed and to submit to evaluation of their work.

Appendices 597

4. Students shall have the right to be evaluated fairly and equitably in a manner appropriate to the course and its objectives.

5. Students shall not submit as their own work any work which has been prepared by others. Outside assistance in the preparation of this work, such as librarian assistance, tutorial assistance, typing assistance, or such assistance as may be specified or approved by the instructor is al- lowed.

6. Students shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent the occurrence of academic dishonesty. They shall by their own example encourage aca- demic integrity and shall themselves refrain from acts of cheating and plagiarism or other acts of academic dishonesty.

7. When instances of academic dishonesty are suspected, students shall have the right and responsibility to bring this to the attention of the fa- culty or other appropriate authority.

Institutional Responsibility

1. Campuses or appropriate administrative units of the University of Maryland shall take appropriate measures to foster academic integrity in the classroom.

2. Campuses or appropriate administrative units shall take steps to define acts of academic dishonesty, to insure procedures for due process for students accused or suspected of acts of academic dishonesty, and to impose appropriate sanctions on students guilty of acts of academic dis- honesty.

3. Campuses or appropriate administrative units shall take steps to deter- mine how admission or matriculation shall be affected by acts of aca- demic dishonesty on another campus or at another institution. No stu- dent suspended for disciplinary reasons at any campus or the University of Maryland shall be admitted to any other University of Maryland campus during the period of suspension.

AND, BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that campuses or appropriate administrative units of the University of Maryland will publish the above Statement of Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Responsibilities for Academic Integrity in faculty handbooks and in student handbooks and catalogs; and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Board of Regents hereby directs each campus or appropriate administrative unit to review existing procedures or to imple- ment new procedures for carrying out the institutional responsibilities for academic in- tegrity cited in the above Statement; and

BE IT FINALLY RESOLVED, that the Board of Regents hereby directs each cam- pus or appropriate administrative unit to submit to the President or a designee for ap- proval the campus' or unit's procedure for implementation of the institutional respons- ibility provisions of the above Statement.

598 Appendices

Code of Student Conduct

A Code of Student Conduct was adopted by the Board of Regents on January 25, 1980, and is applicable to both graduate and undergraduate students. The Code is re- produced in the Undergraduate Catalog and is available in the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and in the Office of Judicial Programs.

Charges of academic dishonesty are handled by the Graduate School, and procedu- ral guidelines for dealing with these matters are available in the Dean's office.

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records

(Buckley Amendment)

The University of Maryland adheres to a policy of compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Buckley Amendment). As such, it is the policy of the University (1) to permit students to inspect their education records, (2) to limit disclosure to others of personally identifiable information from education records without students' prior written consent, and (3) to provide students the opportunity to seek correction of their education records where appropriate. I. Definitions

A. "Student" means an individual who is or who has been in attend- ance at the University of Maryland. It does not include any appli- cants for admission to the University who does not matriculate, even if he or she previously attended the University. (Please note, however, that such an applicant would be considered a "student" with respect to his or her records relating to that previous attend- ance.)

B. "Education records" include those records which contain informa- tion directly related to a student and which are maintained as offi- cial working files by the University. The following are not educa- tional records:

1 . records about students made by professors and administrators for their own use and not shown to others;

2. campus police records maintained solely for law enforcement purposes and kept separate from the education records described above;

3. employment records, except where a currently enrolled student is employed as a result of his or her status as a student;

4. records of a physician, psychologist, or other recognized profes- sional or paraprofessional made or used only for treatment pur- poses and available only to persons providing treatment. However, these records may be reviewed by an appropriate pro- fessional of the student's choice;

5. records which contain only information relating to a person's ac- tivities after that person is no longer a student at the University.

Appendices 599

II. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to permit students to in- spect their education records.

A. Right of Access

Each student has a right of access to his or her education records, except confidential letters of recommendation received prior to January 1, 1975, and financial records of the student's parents.

B. Waiver

A student may, by a signed writing, waive his or her rights of ac- cess to confidential recommendations in three areas: admission to an educational institution, job placement, and receipt of honors and awards. The University will not require such waivers as a condition for admission or receipt of any service or benefit normally provided to students. If the student chooses to waive his or her right of ac- cess, he or she will be notified, upon written request, of the names of all persons making confidential recommendations. Such recom- mendations will be used only for the purpose for which they were specifically intended. A waiver may be revoked in writing at any time, and the revocation will apply to all subsequent recommenda- tions, but not to recommendations received while the waiver was in effect.

C. Types and Locations of Education Records, Titles of Records Custodians

Please note that all requests for access to records should be routed through the Registrations Office (see II. D. below).

1 . Admissions

Applications and transcripts from institutions previously at- tended.

a. Undergraduate — Director of Undergraduate Admissions, North Administration.

b. Graduate — Director of Graduate Records, South Administra- tion.

2. Registrations

All on-going academic and biographical records. Graduate and Undergraduate — Director of Registrations, North Administra- tion.

3. Departments

Departmental offices; the Department Chair (Check first with the Director of Registrations.) (Miscellaneous records kept vary with the department.)

4. Deans and Provosts

Deans and Provosts offices of each school. Miscellaneous rec- ords.

5. Resident Life

North Administration, Director of Resident Life. Student's

600 Appendices

housing records.

6. Advisors

Pre-law Advisor: Undergraduate Library. Pre-Dental Advisor: Turner Laboratory. Pre-Medical Advisor: Turner Laboratory. Letters of evaluation, personal information sheet, transcript, test scores (if student permits).

7. Judicial Affairs

North Administration Building. Director of Judicial Affairs. Students' judicial and disciplinary records.

8. Counseling Center Shoemaker Hall, Director.

Biographical data, summaries of conversations with student, test results. (Where records are made and used only for treatment purposes, they are not education records and are not subject to this policy.)

9. Financial Aid

a. Undergraduate — North Administration, Director of Financial Aid.

b. Graduate and Professional Schools — Located in Dean's Of- fices. Financial aid applications, need analysis statements, awards made (no student access to parents' confidential statements).

10. Career Development Center

Terrapin Hall, Director. Recommendations, copies of academic records, (unofficial) (not WAIVER section).

1 1 . Business Services

South Administration Building, Director. All student accounts receivable, records of students' financial charges, and credits with the University. D. Procedure to be Followed

Requests for access should be made in writing to the Office of Registrations. The University will comply with a request for access within a reasonable time, at least within 45 days. In the usual case, arrangements will be made for the student to read his or her records in the presence of a staff member. If facilities permit, a student may ordinarily obtain copies of his or her records by paying repro- duction costs. The fee for copies is $.25 per page. No campus will provide copies of any transcripts in the student's records other than the student's current University transcript from that campus. Official University transcripts (with University seal) will be pro- vided at a higher charge. III. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to limit disclosure of per- sonally identifiable information from education records unless it has the student's prior written consent, subject to the following limitations and

Appendices 601

exclusions.

A. Directory Information

1. The following categories of information have been designated directory information:

Name

Address

Telephone listing

Date and place of birth

Photograph

Major field of study

Participation in officially recognized activities and sports

Weight and height of members of athletic teams

Dates of attendance

Degrees and awards received

Most recent previous educational institution attended

2. This information will be disclosed even in the absence of con- sent unless the student files written notice informing the University not to disclose any or all of the categories within three weeks of the first day of the semester in which the student begins each school year. This notice must be filed annually within the above alloted time to avoid automatic disclosure of directory information. The notice should be filed with the cam- pus registrations office. See II. C.

3. The University will give annual public notice to students of the categories of information designated as directory information.

4. Directory information may appear in public documents and otherwise be disclosed without student consent unless the stu- dent objects as provided above.

B. Prior Consent not Required

Prior consent will not be required for disclosure of education rec- ords to the following parties:

1. School officials of the University of Maryland who have been determined to have legitimate educational interests;

a. "School officials" include instructional or administrative per- sonnel who are or may be in a position to use the informa- tion in furtherance of a legitimate objective;

b. "Legitimate educational interests" include those interests directly related to the academic environment;

2. Officials of other schools in which a student seeks or intends to enroll or is enrolled. Upon request, and at his or her expense, the student will be provided with a copy of the records which have been transferred;

3. Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the U.S., the Secretary of HEW, the Commissioner of the Office of

602 Appendices

Education, the Director of the National Institute of Education, the Administrator of the Veterans' Administration, the Assistant Secretary of HEW for Education, and State educational authori- ties, but only in connection with the audit or evaluation of fed- erally supported education programs, or in connection with the enforcement of or compliance with federal legal requirements re- lating to these programs. Subject to controlling Federal law or prior consent, these officials will protect information received so as not to permit personal identification of students to outsiders;

4. Authorized persons and organizations which are given work in connection with a student's application for, or receipt of, finan- cial aid, but only to the extent necessary for such purposes as determining eligibility, amount, conditions, and enforcement of terms and conditions.

5. State and local officials to which such information is specifically required to be reported by effective state law adopted prior to November 19, 1974;

6. Organizations conducting educational studies for the purposes of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, ad- ministering student aid programs, and improving instruction. The studies shall be conducted so as not to permit personal iden- tification of students to outsiders, and the information will be destroyed when no longer needed for these purposes;

7. Accrediting organizations for purposes necessary to carry out their functions;

8. Parents of a student who is a dependent for income tax pur- poses. (Note: The University may require documentation of de- pendent status such as copies of income tax forms.)

9. Appropriate parties in connection with an emergency, where knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals;

10. In response to a court order or subpoena. The University will make reasonable efforts to notify the student before complying with the court order.

C. Prior Consent Required

In all other cases, the University will not release personally identifi- able information in education records or allow access to those rec- ords without prior consent of the student. Unless disclosure is to the student himself or herself, the consent must be written, signed, and dated, and must specify the records to be disclosed, the identity of the recipient, and the purpose of the disclosure. A copy of the records disclosed will be provided to the student upon request and at his or her expense.

D. Record of Disclosures

The University will maintain with the student's education records a

Appendices 603

record for each request and each disclosure, except for the follow- ing:

1 . disclosures to the student himself or herself;

2. disclosures pursuant to the written consent of the student (the written consent itself will suffice as a record);

3. disclosures to instructional or administrative officials of the University;

4. disclosures of directory information.

This record of disclosures may be inspected by the student, the official custodian of the records, and other University and gov- ernmental officials. IV. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to provide students the opportunity to seek correction of their education records.

A. Request to Correct Records

A student who believes that information contained in his or her edu- cation records is inaccurate, misleading, or violative of privacy or other rights may submit a written request to the Office of Registrations specifying the document(s) being challenged and the basis for the complaint. The request will be sent to the person re- sponsible for any amendments to the record in question. Within a reasonable period of time of receipt of the request, the University will decide whether to amend the records in accordance with the re- quest. If the decision is to refuse to amend, the student will be so notified and will be advised of the right to a hearing. He or she may then exercise that right by written request to the Office of the Chancellor.

B. Right to a Hearing

Upon request by a student, the University will provide an oppor- tunity for a hearing to challenge the content of the student's rec- ords. A request for a hearing should be in writing and submitted to the Office of Registrations. Within a reasonable time of receipt of the request, the student will be notified in writing of the date, place, and time reasonably in advance of the hearing.

1 . Conduct of the hearing

The hearing will be conducted by a University official who does not have a direct interest in the outcome. The student will have a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised and may be assisted or represented by individuals of his or her choice at his or her expense, including an attorney.

2. Decision

Within a reasonable period of time after the conclusion of the hearing, the University will notify the student in writing of its decision. The decision will be based solely upon evidence pre- sented at the hearing and will include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision. If the University de-

604 Appendices

cides that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of students, the University will amend the records accordingly. C. Right to Place an Explanation in the Records

If, as a result of the hearing, the University decides that the infor- mation is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student's rights, the University will inform the student of the right to place in his or her record a statement commenting on the information and/or explaining any reasons for disagreeing with the University's decision. Any such explanation will be kept as part of the student's record as long as the contested portion of the record is kept and will be disclosed whenever the contested portion of the re- cord is disclosed. V. Right to File Complaint

A student alleging University noncompliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may file a written complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), Department of HEW, 330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20201.

Index

605

INDEX

Academic Calendar / 27 Accounting (Tax), course in / 231 Acoustics for Musicians, course in / 440 Activation Analysis, course in / 351 Adding a Course / 33 Administrative Law, course in / 380 Admission of Faculty / 19 Admission Process / 17 Admission to an Institute / 16 Admission to Candidacy / 39 Admission to Candidacy, Doctoral

Program / 39 Admission, Categories of / 13 Admission, Criteria for / 11 Admission, Eligibility for / 12 Admission, General / 11 Admission, Offer of / 16 Admission, Termination of / 17 Adolescent Development, course in / 285 Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate

Status / 13 Advanced Special Student Status / 14 Advertising Design, courses in / 215 Advertising, course in / 233 Aerodynamics and High-Speed Flight,

course in / 3 1 2 Aerospace Engineering Program / 69 Aerospace Engineering, courses in / 311 Aerospace Vehicle Design, course in /

311 Africa: Art, courses in / 223 Africa: Ethnology, course in / 212 Africa: Government and Politics, course

in / 383 Africa: Ideologies (Contemporary),

course in / 201 Africa: Politics, courses in / 381 Afro- American Folklore and Culture,

course in / 340 Afro- American Literature, course in / 339 Afro- American Studies, courses in / 201

Agricultural and Extension Education

Programs / 70 Agricultural and Extension Education,

courses in / 201 Agricultural and Resource Economics

Program / 71 Agricultural Business Management,

course in / 219 Agricultural Commodities (Economics of

Marketing Systems for), course in /

219 Agricultural Engineering Program / 73 Agricultural Engineering, courses in /

314 Agricultural Materials Handling and

Environmental Control, course in /

315 Agricultural Prices, course in / 219 Agricultural Production Equipment,

course in / 314 Agriculture (Econometrics in), course in /

220 Agriculture and Resource Economics,

courses in / 219 Agriculture, courses in / 203 Agronomy Program / 74 Agronomy, courses in / 204 Air Pollution, course in / 317, 431 Aircraft Design, course in / 311 Algerian History, course in / 396 Algorithms and Logic, courses in / 296 America: Drama, course in / 339 America: English, course in / 341 America: Foreign Relations, course in /

382 America: Poetry, course in / 339 America: Political Theory, course in /

381 America: Workers, Cultural and Social

History, course in / 394 America: Writers, course in / 339

606

Index

American Studies Program / 75 American Studies, courses in / 207 Animal Behavior, course in / 465 Animal Ecology, course in / 51 1 Animal Science, courses in / 207 Animal Sciences Program / 77 Antennas, course in / 332 Anthropology Program / 79 Anthropology, courses in / 212 Application Deadlines / 19 Applied Design, courses in / 215 Applied Mathematics, courses in / 419 Applies Mathematics Program / 79 Aquatic Biology, course in / 512 Archaeology, courses in / 213, 222 Architecture and Engineering

Performance Information Center

(AEPIC) / 48 Architecture History, courses in / 216 Architecture Program / 83 Architecture Studio, courses in / 215 Architecture, courses in / 215 Argentine History, course in / 395 Aristotle (Philosophy of), course in / 454 Art Education, courses in / 222 Art History Program / 87 Art History, courses in / 222 Art Program / 86 Art Studio, courses in / 225 Asia: Geography, course in / 366 Asia: Government and Politics, course in

/382 Assistantships / 25 Astronomy Program / 89 Astronomy, courses in / 227 Atmospheric and Space Physics, course

in / 459 Atmospheric Dynamics, course in / 431 Atomic Physics, courses in / 458 Audiology, courses in / 388 Auditing (BMGT), courses in / 231 Automatic Controls, course in / 345 Avian Anatomy, course in / 210 Avian Physiology, course in / 209

Axiomatics Set Theory, course in / 424 Balkan History, course in / 393 Bank Management, course in / 232 Beef Production, courses in / 208 Behavior Analysis (Applied), course in /

465 Behavior Modification, course in / 282 Biochemical Engineering, courses in /

326 Biochemistry Program / 90 Biochemistry, courses in / 229 Biology (History of), course in / 391 Biology (Marine and Estuarine

Invertebrates), course in / 512 Biology (Philosophy of), course in / 456 Biology, courses in / 229 Biomedical Engineering, courses in / 330 Biometrics, courses in / 230 Biophysics and Theoretical Biology,

course in / 459 Biophysics, courses in / 510 Biostatistics, course in / 498 Black Resistance Movements, course in /

201 Blacks in American Life, course in / 394 Botany (Teaching of), course in / 243 Botany Program / 92 Botany, courses in / 242 Brazilian History, course in / 395 British History, courses in / 393 British Literature, course in / 339 British Writers, courses in / 339 Broadcast Criticism, course in / 480 Bureau of Business and Economic

Research / 47 Bureau of Governmental Research / 47 Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes / 47 Business (Statistical Models in), course

in / 231 Business and Government, course in /

234 Business and Management Program / 93 Business and Management, courses in /

230

Index

607

Business and Society, course in / 235 Business Cycles, course in / 264 Business Policies, course in / 235 Byzantine Empire, courses in / 392 Calliope / 2, 254

Camp Management, course in / 477 Canon and Fugue, course in / 439 Career Development Center / 65 Cartography: History and Theory, courses

in / 368 Categories of Admission / 1 3 Celestial Mechanics, course in / 227 Cell Biology, course in / 510 Cell Differentiation, course in / 510 Center for Automation Research / 48 Center for Business and Public Policy /

48 Center for Curriculum Development and

Change / 50 Center for Educational Research and

Development (CERD) / 50 Center for Innovation / 51 Center for International Development and

Conflict Management (CIDCM) / 51 Center for Language and Cognition / 52 Center for Mathematics Education / 52 Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere

Interactions / 53 Center for Renaissance & Baroque

Studies / 54 Center for Research in Public

Communication / 54 Center for Rotorcraft Education and

Research / 55 Center for the Study of Education Policy

and Human Values / 56 Center for Young Children / 57 Center on Aging / 47 Cereal and Oil Crops, course in / 204 Cervantes, courses in / 491 Change of Status or Program / 16 Chaucer, course in / 338 Chemical Engineering Program / 97 Chemical Engineering, courses in / 325

Chemical Physics Program / 98 Chemical Physics, courses in / 252 Chemical Process Analysis and

Optimization, course in / 326 Chemical Process Development, course

in / 325 Chemical Synthesis, course in / 247 Chemical, Liquid and Power Processing

of Engineering Materials, course in /

343 Chemistry (Physical), courses in / 247 Chemistry Program / 100 Chemistry, courses in / 247 Chesapeake Research Consortium, Inc. /

62 Child Growth and Development, course

in / 285 China: Communism, course in / 396 China: Economy, course in / 267 China: History, courses in / 395 Chinese, courses / 252 Choral Techniques and Repertoire, course

in / 436 City, course in / 485 Civil Engineering Planning, course in /

316 Civil Engineering Program / 102 Civil Engineering Systems, course in /

318 Civil Engineering, courses in / 316 Civil Rights and U.S. Constitution,

course in / 380 Civil War, course in / 394 Classics Program / 103 Classics, courses in / 254 Climatology, courses in / 367 Clinical Psychology, course in / 466 Clio / 2, 391 Clothing and Human Behavior, course in

/500 Cognitive Psychology, course in / 466 Collegium Musicum, course in / 438 Combinatorics and Graph Theory,

courses in / 258, 425

608

Index

Commencement / 43

Communication (Nonverbal), course in /

495 Communication Arts and Theatre

Program / 105 Communication Theory, course in / 495 Comparative Education Center / 49 Comparative Literature Program / 106 Comparative Literature, courses in / 254 Compiler Writing, course in / 257 Composition, courses in / 439 Computational Methods, course in / 258,

419 Computer Architecture, course in / 256 Computer Languages and Systems,

course in / 256 Computer Science Center / 49 Computer Science Program / 108 Computer Science, courses in / 256 Conducting, courses in / 439 Conservation, courses in / 202 Consortia / 61 Consortium for International Crop

Protection (CICP) / 64 Consortium on Human Relationships in

Education / 63 Consortium, Washington Area / 30 Constitutional Law, course in / 380 Consumer Analysis, course in / 232 Consumer and Law, course in / 261 Consumer Behavior, course in / 261 Consumer Economics Program / 109 Consumer Economics, courses in / 261 Consumer Problems, course in / 358 Consumer Techology: Product Safety /

262 Consumer Techology: Product Standards,

course in / 261 Contemporary Authors, course in / 255 Continental Novel, course in / 255 Control Systems, course in / 331 Cooperative Institute for Climatic Studies

(CICS) / 58 Cost Accounting, course in / 231

Counseling and Personnel Services

Program / 109 Counseling Center / 66 Course Changes / 33 Course Numbering System / 28 Course Requirements / 37 Creative Activities in the Elementary

School, course in / 436 Creative Writing, courses in / 341 Credit by Examination / 32 Credit Changes / 33 Credit, Transfer of / 32 Credit, Undergraduate for Graduate

Courses / 32 Crime and Delinquency Prevention,

course in / 262 Criminal Justice and Criminology

Program / 1 1 2 Criminal Justice and Criminology,

courses in / 253 Criminology, courses in / 262 Criteria for Admission / 1 1 Crop Breeding, course in / 204 Cropping Systems, course in / 205 Cultural Geography, course in / 366 Curriculum and Instruction Program / 1 14 Curriculum and Instruction, courses in /

271 Dairy Production Systems (Analysis of),

course in / 209 Dance, courses in / 263 Data Structures, course in / 256 Death Education, course in / 400 Degree Requirements / 36 Design (Concrete Structures), course in /

317 Design (Steel Structures), course in / 317 Design, (Highway and Airfield

Pavement) courses in / 317 Design, (Machinery and Equipment)

courses in / 315 Design, courses in / 502 Designation of Full and Part-Time

Graduate Students / 28

Index

609

Deviant Behavior, course in / 483 Differential Equations, courses in / 424 Differential Geometry, course in / 424 Digital Computer Design, course in / 331 Digital Systems (Logic Design of),

course in / 33 1 Discrete Structures, course in / 331 Diseases of Animals, course in / 208 Dissertation, Doctoral / 39 Doctor of Education Requirements / 42 Doctoral Degree, Requirements for / 38 Doctoral Degrees, Requirements / 42 Drama (English), courses in / 340 Drama (Modern), course in / 340 East Asian Politics, course in / 381 Ecology (Marsh and Dune Vegetation),

course in / 244 Economic Development of

Underdeveloped Areas, courses in /

265 Economic Geography, courses in / 366 Economic Statistics, course in / 265 Economics (International), course in /

266 Economics (Mathematical), course in /

265 Economics (Urban), course in / 267 Economics of Consumption, course in /

261 Economics Program / 115 Economics, courses in / 264 Education (Sociology of), course in / 485 Education and Racism, course in / 282 Education Counseling and Personnel

Program / 109 Education Counseling and Personnel

Services, courses in / 282 Education Curriculum and Instruction

Program / 114 Education Curriculum and Instruction,

courses in / 271 Education Human Development Program

/ 144 Education Measurement and Statistics

Program / 158

Education Policy, Planning and

Administration, courses in / 298 Education Policy, Planning, and

Administration Program / 117 Education Special Program / 191 Education, Human Development, courses

in / 285 Education, Measurement and Statistics,

courses in / 296 Electrical Engineering Program / 118 Electrical Engineering, courses in / 329 Electricity and Magnetism (Physics),

course in / 457 Electrochemical Engineering, course in /

326 Electrodes and Electrical Processes in

Biology and Medicine, course in /

330 Electromagnetic Measurements Lab,

course in / 332 Electronic Composition, course in / 438 Electronics Circuits, course in / 459 Elgibility for Admission / 12 Embryology (Vertebrate), course in / 510 Endocrinology, course in / 510 Energy Conversion, courses in / 345 Engineering Acoustics, course in / 346 Engineering and Physiological Systems,

course in / 326 Engineering Economics and System

Analysis, course in / 318 Engineering Experimentation, courses in /

347 Engineering Hydrology, course in / 315 Engineering Materials Program / 120 Engineering Psychology and Training

Models, course in / 467 Engineering Science, courses in / 337 Engineering: Aquacultural, course in /

315 English (Old), course in / 341 English Language (History of), course in

/ 341 English Language and Literature Program

/ 121

610

Index

English Proficiency Test / 20

English, courses in / 338

Enterpe / 2, 437

Entomology (Veterinary), course in / 355

Entomology for Science Teachers, course

in / 354 Entomology Program / 123 Entomology, courses in / 354 Environmental Engineering, course in /

346 Epidemiology and Public Health, course

in / 433 Erato / 2, 255, 339 Ethical Theory, course in / 455 Ethnology (Field Methods), course in /

213 European History, courses in / 393 European Ideas (History of), courses in /

392 Evolution, course in / 511 Expository Writing, course in / 341 Family and Community Development

Program / 124 Family and Community Development,

courses in / 358 Family and Society, course in / 484 Family Counseling, course in / 359 Family Crises and Rehabilitation, course

in / 358 Family-Community Advocacy, course in

/359 Far East Anthropology, course in / 212 Fees, Graduate / 20 Fees, Payment of / 22 Fees, Refund of / 22 Fellowships / 24 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial

Assistance / 23 Fertilizers (Commercial), course in / 204 Finance (Personal and Family), Course in

/358 Financial Management, course in / 232 Fire Protection Engineering, courses in /

338

Fish and Wildlife Management, course in

/ 210 Flight Propulsion, courses in / 312 Flight Structures, courses in / 311 Fluid Dynamics, course in / 459 Folk Narrative, course in / 340 Folklore, courses in / 340 Folksong and Ballad, course in / 340 Food Additives, course in / 362 Food Chemistry, course in / 356 Food Microbiology, course in / 357 Food Processing, courses in / 356 Food Product Research and

Development, course in / 356 Food Quality Control, course in / 357 Food Science Program / 127 Food Science, courses in / 356 Food, courses in / 361 Food, Nutrition and Institution

Administration Program / 1 25 Forage Crop Production, course in / 204 Foreign Language, courses in / 361 Foreign Policy of U.S.S.R., course in /

381 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory,

course / 213 Fourier Analysis, course in / 424 Fracture Mechanics, course in / 346 French Civilization, courses in / 364 French History, courses in / 393 French Language and Literature Program

/ 129 French Linguistics, course in / 363 French, courses in / 363 French: Oral Practice for Teachers,

course in / 363 Fruits (Technology of), course in / 402 Full Graduate Status / 13 Full-Time Students, Designation of/ 28 Fusion, courses in / 352 Galactic Research, course in / 227 General Admission / 1 1 General Education, courses in / 377 Genetics (Molecular), course in / 511

Index

611

Geochemistry of Fuels, course in / 371 Geochemistry, courses in / 247, 371 Geographic Concepts and Source

Materials, course in / 368 Geographic Information Systems Program

/ 132 Geography Program / 1 30 Geography, courses in / 366 Geography: Europe, courses in / 366 Geological Remote Sensing, course in /

372 Geology (Economic), course in / 371 Geology (Engineering), course in / 372 Geology (Groundwater), course in / 371 Geology Program / 132 Geology, courses in / 370 Geology: North America, course in / 371 Geometric Transformations, course in /

424 Geomorphology, courses in / 367 Geophysics, course in / 371 German History, courses in / 393 German Language and Literature

Program / 134 German, courses in / 375 Germanic Philology, courses in / 377 Gerontology, course in / 285 Government and Politics Program / 1 35 Government and Politics, courses in /

379 Governmental Organization and

Management, course in / 380 Grade Point Average / 18 Grades / 35 Graduate Credit for Senior

Undergraduates / 31 Graduate Fees / 20 Graduate Management Admission Test

(GMAT) / 18 Graduate Management Admissions Test

(GMAT) / 12 Graduate Record Examination (GRE) /

12, 18 Graduate School Tuition Scholarships /

24

Graduate Status, Full / 13

Graduate Status, Provisional / 13

Graduate Status, Visiting / 15

Graduate Tuition Grants / 25

Graphic Arts, courses in / 223

Greek Comedy, course in / 379

Greek Drama, course in / 255

Greek Oratory, course in / 379

Greek Tragedy, cousre in / 379

Greek, courses in / 379

Greenhouse Crop Production, courses in /

402 Ground Water Hydrology, course in /

317 Group Dynamics, course in / 201, 282 Handicapped Students, Partial Credit

Registration / 29 Hatchability (Physiology of), course in /

209 Health Care / 66 Health Education Program / 1 36 Health Insurance / 67 Health, courses in / 399 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program /

137 Hearing and Speech Sciences, courses in

/388 Hebrew, courses in / 387 Herpetology, course in / 208 Highway Engineering, course in / 318,

338 Hispanic World: Historical Geography,

course in / 367 Historic Preservation, courses in / 391 History and Philosophy of Science

Program / 140 History Program / 138 History, courses in / 391 History: Latin America, courses in / 395 History: Maryland, course in / 395 Horse Farm Management, course in / 209 Horticulture Program / 142 Horticulture, courses in / 402 Housing / 64

612

Index

Housing and Design, courses in / 404 Human and Community Resources,

courses in / 264 Human Development Education Program

/ 144 Human Growth and Constitution, course

in / 213 Human Osteology Laboratory, course /

213 Human Population Biology Laboratory /

213 Hydrology, courses in / 315, 317 Ibsen, course in / 255 Immunology, course in / 434 In-State Status, Determination of / 21 Individual Differences, course in / 467 Induction and Probability, course in / 457 Industrial Employee Recreation, course in

/477 Industrial Engineering, course in / 345 Industrial Marketing, course in / 233 Industrial Organization, course in / 266 Industrial Relations and Labor Studies

Center / 50 Industrial Sociology, course in / 485 Industrial, Technological and

Occupational Education / 145 Industrial, Technological and

Occupational Education, courses in /

289 Information Theory, course in / 330 Inorganic Chemistry, course in / 247 Insecticides, course in / 354 Institute for Advanced Computer Studies

/58 Institute for Child Study / 58, 144 Institute for Governmental Service / 59 Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy

/59 Institute for Physical Science and

Technology / 59 Institute for Research in Higher and

Adult Education / 60 Institute for the Study of Exceptional

Children and Youth / 60

Institute for Urban Studies / 60 Institute of Criminal Justice and

Criminology / 58 Institute of Criminal Justice and

Criminology, courses in / 253 Institutes, Admission to / 16 Institution Administration, courses in /

405 Institutional Recreation, course in / 478 Instrumental Music Program, course in /

436 Inter-Campus Student / 30 Inter-University Communications Council

(EDUCOM) / 62 Inter-University Consortium for Political

and Social Research (ICPSR) / 62 International Law, course in / 379 International Marketing, course in / 233 International Students / 19 Interviewing, course in / 494 Italian Renaissance, course in / 407 Italian, courses in / 407 Japanese, courses in / 407 Journalism Program / 146 Journalism, courses in / 407 Judicial Behavior, course in / 381 Judicial Process, course in / 380 Juvenile Delinquency, courses in / 262 Keyboard Music, courses in / 438 Kinetic Theory of Gases, course in / 458 Labor Economics, courses in / 266 Labor Legislation, course in / 233 Laboratory Animal Management, course

in / 208 Lactation, course in / 209 Lasers and Electro Optic Devices, course

in / 332 Late Registration, Procedures for / 34 Latin America: Government and Politics,

course in / 382 Latin, courses in / 410 Law (Business), course in / 234 Law (Corrections), course in / 262 Law (Philosophy of), course in / 455

Index

613

Law (Sociology of), course in / 484 Law, Family Problems, course in / 359 Leadership Techniques and Practices,

course in / 478 Learning and Motivation, course in / 465 Legislatures and Legislation, course in /

382 Libraries / 45 Library and Information Services

Program / 148 Library Science, courses in / 411 Linear Analysis for Engineers, course in /

425 Linguistics Program / 150 Linguistics, courses in / 417 Listening, course in / 495 Literary Criticism, course in / 340 Literature (Middle Ages), course in / 255 Literature (Renaissance), courses in / 338 Literature (Romantic), courses in / 255,

339 Literature (Victorian), courses in / 339 Living Experiences with Families, course

in / 358 Loans and Part-Time Employment / 26 Loans, Part-Time Employment / 26 Logic and Algorithms, courses in / 257,

424 Logistics Management, course in / 234 Machine Design Technology, courses in /

344 Machine Design, course in / 346 Mammalian Histology, course in / 209,

513 Marine Ecology, course in / 512 Marine Vertebrate Zoology, course in /

512 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences

Program / 152 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental

Sciences, courses in / 430 Marketing Research Methods, course in /

232 Marketing, courses in / 233

Maryland Center for Productivity and

Quality of Working Life / 52 Materials (Strength of), courses in / 316 Materials Engineering, courses in / 343 Mathematical Logic, course in / 424 Mathematical Psychology, course in /

467 Mathematical Statistics Program / 153 Mathematics Program / 155 Mathematics, courses in / 423 Matrix Methods in Computational

Mechanics, course in / 312 Matter (Properties of), course in / 458 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation

Program / 158 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation,

courses in / 296 Meat Processing, course in / 357 Meats, course in / 208 Mechanical Engineering Analysis

(Oceanic Environment), course in /

346 Mechanical Engineering Program / 159 Mechanical Engineering Systems

(Underwater Operations), courses in /

346 Mechanical Engineering Systems Design,

course in / 345 Mechanical Engineering, courses in / 344 Mechanics (Theoretical), courses in / 457 Melpomene / 2, 379 Mental Hygiene, course in / 282 Mentally Retarded Children, courses in /

309 Meteorology Program / 1 6 1 Meteorology, courses in / 431 Metropolitan Administration, course in /

382 Microbial Fermentations, courses in / 434 Microbiology (History of), course in /

433 Microbiology Program / 165 Microbiology, courses in / 433 Micropaleontology, course in / 371

614

Index

Middle East: Government and Politics,

course in / 382, 383 Middle East: History, courses in / 396 Military Sociology, courses in / 485 Miller Analogies Test (MAT) / 12, 18 Milton, course in / 338 Music (Childhood Education), course in /

436 Music (Form), course in / 438 Music Education, courses in / 435 Music Pedagogy, course in / 437 Music Performance, courses in / 442 Music Program / 167 Music, courses in / 437 Mycology, course in / 244 Narcissus / 614 National Center for Atmospheric

Research (NCAR) / 61 National Income Analysis, course in /

264 Natural Resources (Economic Analysis

of), course in / 220 Natural Resources Policy, course in / 220 Network Analysis, course in / 329 Network Synthesis, course in / 329 Neural Networks and Signals, course in /

330 Neurophysiology, course in / 510 Neutron Reactor Physics, course in / 459 New Testament as Literature, course in /

255 Non-Thesis Option / 37 Nonparametric Statistics, course in / 498 North America: Historical Geography,

course in / 212 Nuclear Engineering Program / 170 Nuclear Engineering, courses in / 351 Nuclear Fuel and Power Management,

course in / 352 Nuclear Heat Transport, course in / 351 Nuclear Reactor Engineering, courses in /

351 Nuclear Technology Lab, course in / 351 Number Theory, courses in / 423, 425

Numerical Mathematics, courses in / 258 Nutrition (Animal), course in / 444 Nutrition (Community), course in / 446 Nutrition (International), course in / 444 Nutrition, courses in / 207, 445 Nutritional Biochemistry, course in / 445 Nutritional Science, courses in / 444 Nutritional Sciences Program / 171 Nutritional Sciences, courses in / 444 Oak Ridge Associated Universities, Inc.

(ORAU) / 61 Ocean Waves and Tides, course in / 346,

431 Oceania (Peoples and Cultures of),

course in / 212 Oceanography (Physical and Dynamical),

course in / 431 Oceanography (Physical and Dynamical),

courses in / 346 Oceanography, course in / 372 Offer of Admission / 16 Old Testament as Literature, course in /

255 Opera Theater, course in / 438 Operations Research, course in / 345 Operations Research, courses in / 232 Optimization, courses in / 258, 419 Orchestration, courses in / 439 Organisms (Form and Pattern), course in

/ 512 Organizational Behavior, course in / 233 Outdoor Education, course in / 477 Painting, courses in / 222 Parasitology, course in / 512 Part-Time Students, Designation of/ 28 Partial Credit Course Registration for

Handicapped Students / 29 Particle Accelerators, course in / 332,

459 Particles, course in / 459 Pathogenic Microbiology, course in / 434 Payment of Fees / 22 Perceptual Learning Problems, course in /

309

Index

615

Personality (Sociology of), course in /

484 Personality, course in / 466 Personnel Management, courses in / 233 Persuasion in Speech, course in / 495 Petrography, course in / 371 Petrology, course in / 371 Pharmacology (Behavioral), course in /

465 Philosophy of Science, course in / 456 Philosophy Program / 171 Philosophy, courses in / 454 Phonetic Science, course in / 388 Photography (History of), course in / 223 Photography, courses in / 217 Phycology, course in / 244 Physical Education Program / 174 Physical Education, courses in / 449 Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health, courses in / 448 Physical Fitness, courses in / 449 Physical Science, course in / 391 Physics (Nuclear), course in / 458 Physics and Thermodynamics of the

Atmosphere, course in / 431 Physics Program / 1 76 Physics, courses in / 455, 457 Physiological Psychology, course in / 465 Physiology (Environmental), course in /

207 Physiology (Vertebrate), course in / 510 Piano Pedagogy, courses in / 439 Plant Anatomy, courses in / 243 Plant Ecology, course in / 244 Plant Genetics, course in / 243 Plant Geography, course in / 243 Plant Pathology, courses in / 244 Plant Physiology, course in / 244 Plants (Medicinal and Poisonous), course

in / 243 Plasma Physics, course in / 459 Plato (Philosophy of), course in / 454 Play writing, course in / 340 Political Behavior, courses in / 380

Political Parties, course in / 382 Political Sociology, course in / 380 Political Theory, courses in / 381 Politics (Sociology of), course in / 485 Politics and Government, courses in /

213 Polyhymnia / 2, 255 Polymer Materials (Processing of),

courses in / 327 Polymer Science, courses in / 326 Polymeric Engineering Materials, course

in / 343 Polymers (Physical Chemistry of), course

in / 326 Population, courses in / 483 Portuguese, courses in / 464 Potomac River Basic Consortium / 63 Poultry Breeding and Feeding, course in /

210 Poultry Hygiene, course in / 210 Poultry Products and Marketing, course

in/ 210 Poultry Science Program / 179 Power and Environment, course in / 337 Power Systems, course in / 315 Presidency and Executive Branch, course

in / 382 Price Theory, course in / 265 Primate Anatomy Laboratory, course /

213 Primate Studies, course in / 213 Primitive Technology and Economy,

course in / 2 1 3 Process Engineering and Design, course

in / 325 Production Management, courses in / 234 Protozoology, courses in / 512 Provisional Graduate Status / 13 Psychological Testing, course in / 466 Psychology (Educational), course in / 286 Psychology Program / 180 Psychology, courses in / 465 Public Address, courses in / 495 Public Administration, courses in / 380

616

Index

Public Affairs Program / 181 Public Affairs, courses in / 474 Public Communication Program / 184 Public Communication, courses in / 448 Public Finance, course in / 266 Public Management and Public Policy

Programs / 1 8 1 Public Opinion, course in / 380 Public Utilities, course in / 234 Publications of Interest to Graduate

Students / 67 Publications, Graduate School / 67 Quantitative Analysis (CHEM), courses

in / 247 Quantum Physics, course in / 458 Race Relations (SOCY), course in / 483 Race Relations and Public Law, course in

/ 381 Radio, Television and Film, courses in /

479 Radiochemistry, course in / 247 Radioisotope Power Sources, course in /

351 Reactor Core Design, course in / 352 Readers Theatre, course in / 495 Reading Center / 53 Recorder, course in / 438 Recreation Program / 1 86 Recreation, courses in / 477 Refund of Fees / 22 Refund Statement / 23 Registration / 27 Registration and Credits / 27 Registration Requirements, Minimum /

29 Registration through the Washington

Consortium Arrangement / 30 Regression and Variance Analysis, course

in / 498 Religion (Primitive Peoples), course in /

212 Religion (Sociology of), course in / 483 Requirements for Doctoral Degree / 38 Research and Development Laboratory on

School-based Administration / 61

Resources / 43

Rheology of Engineering Materials,

course in / 343 Rural Education, courses in / 202 Rural Life in Modern Society, courses in

/ 201 Rural-Urban Relations, course in / 485 Russia: History, courses in / 392 Russian Political Thought, courses in /

381 Sales Management, course in / 233 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and

Design, course in / 317 Satire, course in / 340 Scenic Design, course in / 502 Science Fiction and Fantasy, course in /

340 Science Teaching Center / 55 Scientific Revolution, course in / 391 Scientific Thought, courses in / 455 Sculpture, courses in / 223 Sea Grant Association / 62 Seafood Products Processing, course in /

357 Security Administration, courses in / 253 Security Analysis and Valuation, course

in / 232 Sensory Processes, courses in / 465 Slavic, courses in / 482 Social Control, course in / 484 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples,

course in / 212 Social Sciences (Philosophy of), course

in / 456 Sociology Program / 187 Sociology, courses in / 483 Software Engineering, course in / 330 Soil and Water Conservation, course in /

204 Soil and Water Engineering, course in /

315 Soil Biochemistry, course in / 205 Soil Chemistry, course in / 205 Soil Classification and Geography, course

in / 204

Index

617

Soil Fertility Principles, course in / 204

Soil Physics, course in / 205

Soil Survey and Land Use, course in /

204 Soil-Foundation Systems, courses in /

317 Soil- Water Pollution, course in / 205 Solar Energy Applications for Buildings,

courses in / 337 Solar System, course in / 227 Solid State Electronics, course in / 331 Sound, course in / 458 South Asia: Government and Politics,

course in / 383 South-east Consortium for International

Development / 64 Southeastern Universities Research

Association (SURA) / 64 Southern U.S. History, courses in / 212 Soviet Union: Economics, course in / 266 Soviet Union: Government and

Administration, course in / 382 Soviet Union: History, course in / 393 Spanish Language and Literature Program

/ 189 Spanish, courses in / 490 Special Education Program / 191 Special Education, courses in / 305 Speech and Language Development of

Children, course in / 388 Speech Behavior, course in / 496 Speech Disorders, course in / 388 Speech, courses in / 494 Speechwriting, course in / 495 Spenser (Edmund), course in / 338 State and Local Administration, course in

/ 382 State and Local Finance, course in / 266 Statistical Analysis (BMGT), course in /

232 Statistical Decision Theory in Business,

course in / 232 Statistical Experiments in Business,

course in / 23 1

Statistics and Probability, courses in /

497 Stochastic Processes, course in / 498 Stress Analysis (Experimental), course in

/ 316 Stuart England, course in / 392 Student Loans / 26 Student Services / 64 Summer School / 19 Survey Research Center / 56 Symbiology, course in / 512 Systems Programming, course in / 256 Systems, Control and Computation,

course in / 331 Technological Assessment, course in /

337 Technology (History of), course in / 391 Telemetry Systems, course in / 329 Television and Politics, course in / 480 Termination of Admission / 17 Terpsichore / 2, 263 Textile Science, course in / 500 Textiles and Consumer Economics

Program / 193 Textiles and Consumer Economics,

courses in / 505 Textiles, courses in / 500 Thalia / 2, 502

The Inter-Campus Student / 30 Theatre, courses in / 501 Thesis Option / 37 Thesis Requirement / 37 Time Limitation, Doctoral Degree / 39 Tobacco Production, course in / 204 Topology, courses in / 424 Toxicology Program / 195 Transcript / 36 Transducers and Electrical Machinery,

courses in / 331 Transfer and Transport Processes, courses

in / 325 Transfer of Credit / 32 Transportation Studies Center / 57 Transportation Systems, courses in / 234

618

Index

Tudor England, course in / 392

Tuition Grants / 25

Tuition Scholarships, Graduate School /

24 Turf Management, course in / 204 Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level

Courses / 32 United States History, courses in / 393 Universities Council on Water Resources

(UCOWR) / 63 Universities Research Association , Inc

(URA) / 62 Universities Space Research Association

(USRA) / 62 University Corporation for Atmospheric

Research (UCAR) / 61 University Dining Services / 65 University Refund Statement / 23 University-National Oceanographic

Laboratory System (UNOLS) / 63 Urania / 2, 227 Urban Design Seminar / 217 Urban Economics, courses in / 267 Urban Folklore, course in / 340 Urban Land Management, course in / 234 Urban Law, courses in / 507 Urban Literature, course in / 507 Urban Planning, course in / 217 Urban Politics, course in / 382 Urban Problems Seminar / 2 1 7 Urban Studies Program / 195 Urban Studies, courses in / 507 Urban Theory and Simulation, course in /

508 Urban Transport and Urban Development

/234 Vectors and Matrices, course in / 423 Vegetables (Technology of), course in /

402 Veterans Benefits / 27 Virology, course in / 434 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating,

course in / 3 1 2 Visiting Graduate Student Status / 15

Visual Processes, course in / 225

Vocal Music, course in / 438

War (Sociology of), course in / 485

Water Resource Planning, course in / 367

Water Resources Research Center / 57

Weed Control, course in / 205

West African History, courses in / 396

Wildlife Management, course in / 208

Women's Health, course in / 400

Women's Studies, courses in / 509

Women: Legal Status, course in / 381

Woody Plants, courses in / 402

Work Study Program / 25

World Agricultural Development, course

in / 220 World Politics, course in / 379 Writing (Dramatic) for Film, course in /

479 Zoology (Vertebrate), course in / 512 Zoology Program / 197 Zoology, courses in / 510

Area Map and Directions to University of Maryland College Park (UMCP)

® = UMCP North Gate © « UMCP South Gale

0 Beltway Interchange

• .•...-.• Entrances to UMCP

From Baltimore:

1 95 South to Capital Beltway (495). follow signs lo College Park, u S 1 South (Inter- change 25) Proceed approx 2 mi south on U S 1 to UMCP s North Gate Right turn into campus

B W Parkway (295) south to Greenbelt Rd (193) west on Greenbelt Rd to U S 1 Take U S 1 South lo UMCP s North Gate Right turn into campus

From Bowie/Annapolis Areas and Points East:

Rt 50 10 Capital Beltway (495). norm on 495 to College Park, exit Beltway at Inter change 25 (U S 1 South) proceed approx

2 mi on U S 1 Right turn into campus

From Montgomery County and Points West:

Capital Beltway (495) lo U S 1 South (Inter change 25) proceed approx 2 mi on U S 1 Right turn mio UMCP North Gate

From Washington:

Rhode Island Ave (U S 1 North) to College Park Enter UMCP by turning left otl U S 1 at UMCP South Gate

New Hampshire Ave (29) or Riggs Rd (212) to East-Wesl Hwy (410). right on 410 to Queen s Chapel Rd (500) left on 500 to US 1 Left on U S 1 to UMCP South Gate Lett mto campus

N Y Ave (50) to B W Pkwy (295) exit at Riverdale Road West (410) proceed to U S 1 and turn right Continue to College Park Enter campus by turning left oil U S 1 al UMCP South Gate

The University's Central Administra- tion is located in the Elkins Building, 3300 Metzerott Road. Adelphi. Md To reach the Elkins Building trom the UMCP campus:

Take U S 1 North lo University Blvd (193 West), proceed west on 193 to Metzerott Rd turn right on Metzerott right lurn ott Metzerott into parking lot

G

nn

r\

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

*o,A

College Park Campus

CDlllfll fl'k

Inltitutt ol *l'<B"»"

Jewish Sludtnl Ctnti

■ 4

Mt

'%(<

" , An.

O*

.j/0*.''

*•!*„,„ ■ "•Sen,,

ri»

Chapel

linlramural! Fields

€0

.?°»»> t

hat''

10

11

12

13

BOOK 1 a

EKtUUGE \ '\\. ffr

4 "•'»•

iiV' fi

'»'

">«- -HI

■fct%V "

I, V «^'-

EflgiHMrx

llatfiaiii

full!

'*, S

'«>

' ■>»

D«pjflmenl ol !.,...[■. Umvaritlj ol U.r, ,m Collage

M

o

P Q R

10

11

12

13

M

O

Q

Building Directory

(see College Park Campus Map on reverse side)

Bldg	No- Location	Bldg.	No Location	Bldg	No. Location
102	Agriculture Shed	0-9	018	Environmental Safety Office Bldg	D-9	006	Plant Operations and Maintenance
024	Allegany Hall (Dorm)	E-6	007	Fire and Rescue Inst . Md (MFRI)	E-9		Shops	G-11
104	Animal Scrence Annex	O-10	158	Football Bldg	P-6	101	Plant Operations and Maintenance
142	Animal Science Bldg	P-9	048	Francis Scott Key Hall	J-6		Shops	H-11
103	Animal Science Service Bldg	R-9	126-			328	Plant Operations and Maintenance
008	Annapolis Hall	F-7	132	Fraternity Houses	E-10		Vehicle Storage Bldg	N-12
060	Anne Arundel Hall (Dorm)	L-4	138-			003	Police (Service Bldg )	H-10
156	Apiary	S-5	139	Fraternity Houses	E-9	113	Police Substation	E-6
145	Architecture Bldg	K-4	029	Frederick Hall (Dorm)	E-7	093	Post Office and Custodial Bldg	N-11
146	Art-Sociology Bldg	K-4	031	Garrett Hall (Dorm)	H-6	229	Poultry Laboratory. East	0-7
092	Asphalt Institute	N-10	299	Gate House	K-11	228	Poultry Laboratory. West	0-7
095	Asphalt Institute Garage	O-10	237	Geology Bldg	M-8	181 —
016	Baltimore Hall (Dorm)	F-6	166	Golf Course Club House	S-3	191	Poultry Complex	0-7
099	Bel Air Hall (Dorm)	S-8	002	Greenhouses	l-lt	054	Premkert Field House	J-5
143	Benjamin Bldg	M-4	258	Hagerstown Hall (Dorm)	S-6	164	President's Residence	P-3
119	Blacksmith Shop	R-9	064	Harford Hall (Dorm)	F-7	021	Prince George s HaJI (Dorm)	G-6
300-			002	Harrison Laboratory	1-11	061	Queen Anne s Hall	K-5
307	Byrd Stadium Bldgs.	Q-5	140	Health Center	M-6	078	Reckord Armory	1-8
177	Byrd Stadium South Bldg	PS	074	Holzapfel Hall (Dorm)	K-7	334—
178	Byrd Stadium North Bldg	0-6	027	Home Management House	E-6	337	Relocatable Bldgs	P-11
161	Byrd Stadium Center Bldg	P-6	147	Hornbake Library	M-7	339-
302	Byrd Stadium Press Box	P-5	108	Horse Barn	0-9	341	Relocatable Bldgs	P-11
015	Calvert Hall (Dorm)	G-6	112	Hospital Barn	O-10	004	Ritchie Coliseum	G-9
096	Camondge Hall (Dorm)	Ft-8	028	Howard Hall (Dorm)	F-6	080	Rossborough Inn	H-9
070	Caroline Hall (Dorm)	I-4	104	Inst of Applied Agriculture	0-10	003	Service Bldg	H-10
065	Carroll Hall (Dorm)	J-5	085	Inst lor Physical Science and		109	Sheep Barn	0-9
110	Cattle Barn	R-10		Technology	P-9	159	Shipley Field House	N-6
017	Cecil Hall (Dorm)	G-6	045	Instructional Television Facility	M-10	037	Shoemaker Bldg	H-6
345	Center of Adult Education	N-2	034	Jimenez Hall	L-6	075	Shrivel Laboratory	L-7
087	Central Animal Resources Facility	P 11	059	Journalism Bldg	K-5	013	Shuttle Bus Facility	H-12
001	Central Heating Plant	H-11	227	Jull Hall	0-7	044	Skinner Bldg	MS
206	Central Receiving Warehouse	C-12	022	Kent Hall (Dorm)	G-6	063	Somerset Hall (Dorm)	J-5
098	Centreville Hall (Dorm)	ne	259	LaPlata Hall (Dorm)	S-6	133—
025	Charles Hall (Dorm)	E-6	038	LeFrak Hall	I-6	137	Sorority Houses	D-10
090	Chemical and Nuclear Engineering	250	Leonardlown Community Center	D-11	170—
	Bldg	O-10	238-			176	Sorority Houses	B-9
091	Chemistry Bldg	N-9	243	Leonardlown Apartments	C-11	071	South Administration Sldg	1-8
121	Chestertown Hall (Dorm)	S-8	244—			062	St Mary's Hall (Dorm)	M-5
162	Cole Student Activities Bldg		249	Leonardlown Aparlments	E-11	163	Stamp Union (formerly Student
	(Cole Fieldhouse)	N-5	201	Leonardlown Office Bldg	D-12		Union Bldg )	N-6
224	Computer and Space Sciences		260—			094	Surge Facility	0-11
	Bldg	P-8	285	Lord Calvert Apartments	A-6	232	Surge Facility	M-7
122	Cumberland Hall (Dorm)	R-7	077	Mam Administration Bldg	1-8	118	Swine Barn	T-10
107	Dairy Science Annex	0-9	046	Mane Mounl Hall	1-7	076	Symons HaJI	K-8
105	Dairy Science Office	P-10	084	Mathematics Bldg	L-9	030	Talbot Hall (Dorm)	H-6
252	Denton Hall (Dorm)	S-4	035	McKeldin Library	K-5	043	Taliaferro Hall	I-6
097	Dining Hall (Cambndge)	R-8	009	Memorial Chapel	H-7	141	Tawes Fine Arts Bldg	L-4
251	Dining Hall (Denton)	T-5	231	Microbiology Bldg.	M-7	053	Temporary Classroom Bldg AA	G-6
026	Dining Hall (South Campus)	H-5	032	Montgomery Hall (Dorm)	E-7	058	Temporary Classroom Bldg EE	G-6
257	Dining Hall (Ellicott)	S-6	040	Mornir Hall	1-5	079	Turner Laboratory	I-9
064	Dorchester Hall (Dorm)	M-5	011	Motor Transportation Facility	G-12	042	Tydings Hall	J-6
253	Easton Hall (Dorm)	U-S	052	North Administration Bldg	J-8	286—
066	Education Annex. West	H-5	116	Nugent House	E-7	292	University Hills Apartments	N-1
254	Elklon Hall (Dorm)	T-5	179	Parking Garage	N-5	005	University Press and Plant
256	Ellicott Hall (Dorm)	S-6	073	H. J. Patterson Hall	L-7		Opera tions and Maintenance
223	Energy Research Facility	P-12	083	J M Patterson Bldg.	0-9		Shops	K-11
088	Engineering Classroom Bldg	L-10	255	Physical Education, Recreation		023	Washington Hall (Dorm)	F-6
089	Engineering Laboratory Bldg	M-10		and Health Bldg (PERH)	T-8	069	Wicomico Hall (Dorm)	l-S
			082	Physics Bldg	M-8	081	Wind Tunnel Bldg	M-11
			too	Physics and Astronomy Research		047	Woods Hall	1-7
				Facility	H-11	051 144	Worcester Hall (Dorm) Zoology-Psychology Bldg	J-6 N-7

CAMPUS ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE

College of Agriculture

Department of

Agricultural Engineering

Agricultural and Extension Education

Agricultural and Resource Economics

Agronomy

Animal Sciences

Horticulture

Poultry Science Institute of Applied Agriculture

Virginia-Maryland Regional College of Veterinary Medicine

School of Architecture

College of Arts and Humanities

Department of American Studies Art

Classics

Communication Arts and Theatre Dance English French and Italian Languages and

Literatures Germanic and Slavic Languages

and Literatures Hebrew and East Asian Languages

and Literatures History Music Philosophy

Spanish and Portuguese Languages and Literatures Institute for Philosophy and Public

Policy Comparative Literature Program Jewish Studies Program Linguistics Program Women's Studies Program

Center for Mediterranean Archaeology Center for Renaissance and Baroque

Studies Language Media Center University Community Concerts

College of Behavioral and Social Sciences

Department of

Anthropology

Economics

Geography

Government and Politics

Hearing and Speech Sciences

Psychology

Sociology Institute of Criminal Justice and

Criminology Institute for Philosophy and Public

Policy Institute for Urban Studies Afro-American Studies Program Center for International Development Industrial Relations and Labor Studies

Center Survey Research Center Bureau of Business and Economic

Research Computer Laboratory

College of Business and Management

Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life

College of Education

Department of

Counseling and Personnel Services Curriculum and Instruction Education Policy, Planning, and

Administration Human Development Industrial, Technological, and

Occupational Education Measurement, Statistics, and

Evaluation Special Education Curriculum Laboratory Center for Educational Research and

Development Educational Technology Center Center for Young Children Special Student Support Services

College of Engineering

Department of

Aerospace Engineering

Chemical and Nuclear Engineering

Civil Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Fire Protection Engineering

Mechanical Engineering Engineering Research Center Engineering Cooperative Education Systems Research Center Transportation Studies Center Instructional Television System

College of Human Ecology

Department of

Family and Community

Development Food, Nutrition, and Institution

Administration Housing and Design Textiles and Consumer Economics

College of Journalism

College of Library and Information Services

College of Life Sciences

Department of

Botany

Chemistry and Biochemistry

Entomology

Microbiology

Zoology Marine and Estuarine Environmental

Studies Program Water Resources Research Center

College of Computer, Mathematical, and Physical Sciences

Department of Computer Science Geology Mathematics Meteorology Physics and Astronomy Center for Automation Research Institute for Advanced Computer

Studies Institute for Physical Science and

Technology Laboratory for Plasma and Fusion Energy Studies

College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health

Department of

Health Education

Physical Education

Recreation Center on Aging

School of Public Affairs

Bureau of Government Research

Non-Profit Organization

U.S. Postage Paid

College Park, MD 20742

Permit #10

■■■•■■:'

GS&R

COLLEGE PARK

.

W*

.
	hwwpm
	^i ■

'%.m'm

S&'X

Jki

;*0l

i^sp&Ts^l

" "W5»"

I!

I

I

w

jwCMfe/'*''

'

i

1

■

■

i; %'"

3

■

. -

«?■:

.

.

.

■ ■

.

'

.

J

? :

. ■-

. -

:• ' i i .

,.'■

.

• •

■

-

1

I

■

-

i

■

'•r'